Skip to main content

Full text of "University calendar"

See other formats


BOMBAY 


UNIVERSITY  CALENDAR 


FOR  THE  YK\\< 


i-»V'~>J.- 


THACKEE    &    0 


i8s; 


r 

15 


THE 


BOMBAY 
UNIVERSITY   CALENDAR 

FOR  THE  YEAR 

1887-88.  '■ 


BOMBAY: 

THACKER    &    Co 

1887. 


^7 


& 


CONTENTS 


PAGE 


i.     Almanac,  Aprill,  1887,  to  April  30, 1888...      1 
||b    Notifications  op  Examinations  fob  1887-88  14a 

HI.    Notifications;— 
List  of  Books  for  a  cycle  of  five  years 
(1887-1891) : 
I. 


II.     Sanskrit. 


III.     Greek. 


IV.     Lath 


Hebrew. 


b  1306— a 


Previous  Examination     ... 

..     15 

First  B.A.  Examination  ... 

..     15 

Second  B.A.  Examination 

..     16 

M.A.  Examination 

...     16 

Previous  Examination 

..     17 

First  B.A.  Examination... 

..     17 

Second  B.A.  Examination 

..     18 

M.A.  Examination 

...     18 

Previous  Examination     ... 

..     19 

First  B.A.  Examination  ... 

..     19 

Second  B.A.  Examination 

...     20 

Previous  Examination     ... 

...     20 

First  B.A.  Examination  ... 

...     20 

Second  B.A.  Examination 

...     21 

M.A.  Examination           a. 

...     21 

Previous  Examination     ... 

...     22 

First  B.A.  Examination ... 

...     22 

Second  B.A.  Examination 

...     22 

M.A.  Examination           „, 

...     23 

IT 


CONTENTS. 


VII.     French 


VIII.  Persian. 


VI.     Arabic.      Previous  Examination 

First  B.A.  Examination... 
Second  B.A.  Examination 
M.A.  Examination 
Previous  Examination  ... 
First  B.A.  Examination  ... 
Previous  Examination 
First  B.A,  Examination  ... 
Second  B.A.  Examination 
M.A.  Examination 

Periods  of  History : 

Previous  Examination  ... 
M.A.  Examination 

Books  recommended  in  Law: 

LL.B.  Examination 

Honours  in  Law  Examination  ... 

Academic  Costume 


PAGE 

23 
23 
24 
24 
25 
25 
25 
26 
26 
27 

28 
28 

29 
30 

32 


IV.  Acts:- 

Act  XXII.  of  1857,  incorporating  the  University... 
Act  XL VII.  of  1860    for    conferring    additional 

Degrees  ... 
Act  I  of  1884  for  conferring  Honorary  Degrees  ... 

y^    Bye-Laws  ;— 

I.  Senate 
II.  Faculties 

III.  Syndicate    ...  ...         

IV.  Board  of  Accounts 


35 

44 
45 


46 
46 
47 
48 


CONTENTS.  T 

PAGK 


V.  Registrar 

... 

49 

VI.  Meetings  of  the  Senate     

... 

50 

VII.  Order  of  Business... 

... 

52 

VIII.  Rules  of  Debate 

... 

52 

IX.  Elections    ... 

.  • . 

58 

Endowments          .,.         

58 

University  Terms  ... 

... 

58 

V|.      EEGULATSONfi  :— 

I.    Arts:— 

Matriculation 

... 

60 

The  Previous  Examination 

62 

First    Examination    for    the    Degree 

of 

Bachelor  of  Arts  ... 

... 

64 

Second   Examination  for    the    Degree 

of 

Bachelor  of  Arts    ... 

66 

First    Examination   for    the     Degree 

of 

Bachelor  of  Science 

... 

70 

Second   Examination  for  the  Degree 

of 

Bachelor  of  Science 

78 

Master  of  Arts 

... 

89 

II.    Law  : — 

Bachelor  of  Laws    ... 

... 

92 

Honours 

93 

III.    Medicine : — 

First  Examination  in  Medicine 

... 

94 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine  . . . 

. .. 

96 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.M.  &  S 

... 

97 

Doctor  of  Medicine...         

.  .  I 

100 

VI  CONTENTS, 

PAGE 
IV,    Civil  Engineering  : — 

First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering  ...  101 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.C.E.     ...  104 

Master  of  Civil  Engineering         Ill 

General       Ill 

VII.  Forms:— 

I.  Arts  112 

II.  Law  124 

III.  Medicine       126 

IV.  Civil  Engineering  ...         ...  135 

The  Mungnldass    Nathoobhoy    Travelling 

Fellowship 140 

The  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  Scholarship      ...         ...  141 

The  Hebbert  and  LaTouche  Scholarship         ...   141 
The  Rao  Sir  Pragmalji  Scholarships    ...         ...  142 

The  Kahandas  Mancharam  Scholarship  ...  142 

The  Majmndar  Manishankar  Kikani    Sanskrit 

Scholarship  ...         ...         ...  ...   143 

VIII.  Endowments  :— 

I.  The  Mungnldass   Nathoobhoy    Travelling 

Fellowship  ...         ...  144 

II.  The  Manockjee  Limjee  Gold  Medal  ...  145 

III.  The  Bhugwandass  Purshotnmdass  Sanskrit 

Scholarship         ...  ...  149 

IV.  The  Homejee  Cursetjee  Dady  Prize  ...   150 

V.  The  Jngonnath  Sunkersett  Sanskrit  Scho- 

larships   ...         ...         ...         ...         ...   153 

VI.  The  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  Scholarship            ...  155 
VII.  The  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Latin  Scholar- 
ship        ,, 157 


CONTENTS.  »  Vll 

PAGE 

VIII.  The  Kinloch  Forbes  Gold  Medal        ...  159 

IX.  The  David  Sassoon  Hebrew  Scholarship  160 

X.  The  James  Berkley  Gold  Medal         ...  162 

XL  The  Ellis  Prize 163 

XII.  The  Hebbert  and  LaTouche  Scholarship.  165 

XIII.  The  Wilson  Philological  Lectureship  ...  167 

XIV.  The  Ellis  Scholarship 169 

XV.  The  Chancellor's  Medal  170 

XVI.  The  Arnould  Scholarship         ...         ...  171 

XVII.  The  Duke  of  Edinburgh  Fellowship  ...  172 
XVIII.  The  Bai  Maneckbai    Byramjee  Jeejee- 

bhoy  Prize 174 

XIX.  The  Rao  Sir  Pragmalji  Scholarships  ..  175 

XX.  The  Sir  Jasvantsingji  Scholarships    ...  177 

XXL  The  Karsandas  Mulji  Prize     178 

XXII.  The  Dossabhoy  Hormusjee  Cama  Prize.  180 

XXIII.  The  Hughlings  Prize 182 

XXIV.  The  James  Taylor  Prize  183 

XXV.  The  Bhau  Daji  Prize 184 

XXVI.  The  Venayekrao  Jugonnathji  S unkersett 

Prize 186 

XXVII.  The  Merwanjee  Framjee  Panday  Scholar- 
ship              187 

XXVIII.  The  Kahandas  Mancharam  Scholarship.  188 
XXIX.  The  Dhirajlal  Mathuradas  Scholarship.  189 

XXX.  The  Sinclair  Prize         190 

XXXI.  The  Gibbs  Prize 192 

XXXII.  The  Narayan  Vasudev  Scholarship     ...    193 

XXXIII.  The  Cobden  Club  Medal  194 

XXXIV.  The  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob  Scholar- 
ship      195 

b  1306— a* 


: 


i 


YlU  CONTENTS. 

PAGE 

XXXV.  The  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob  Prize...  196 
XXXVI.  The  Jairazbhoy  Peerbhoy  Scholarship..  198 
XXXVII.  The  Varjivandas  Madhavdas   Sanskrit 

Scholarship 199 

XXXVIII.  The    Jamshedji  Dorabji    Naegaumvala 

Prize 200 

XXXIX.  The  Melvill  Memorial  Scholarship      ...  201 
XL.  The  Sir  Frank  Souter  Scholarships    ...  203 

XLI.  The  Charles  Morehead  Prize 205 

XLIL  The  Balkrishna  Sudamji  Prize             ...  206 
XLIII.  The  Bhagvatsinghji  Collection  of  Sans- 
krit Manuscripts       207 

XLIV,  The   Majmndar   Manishankar    Kikani 

Sanskrit  Scholarship  ...  ...   207 

XLV.  The  Bhownagar  Percival  Scholarship...  209 
XL VI,  The  Bhau  Saheb  Desai  Scholarships  ...   210 

XL VII.  The  Ashburner  Prize 212 

XLVIII.  The  Kntchi  Divan  Bahadur  Manibhai 

Prize 213 

XLIX.  The  James  Greaves  Scholarship         ...  214 

IX.    Benefactions  : — 

I.  The  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Hall  of  the 

University  of  Bombay...         ...  ...  216 

II,  University  Arms  and  Common  Seal     ...   218 

III.  University  Library         ...218 

IV.  The  Rajabai  Tower        ...         ...         ...  219 

V.  University  Mace  ...         ...         ...  ...   220 

VI.  Gibbs  Testimonial  220 


CONTENTS. 

it 

PAGE 

,    The  University:— 

Senate  -  ... 

...  221 

Deans      ...         

...  221 

Syndicate 

Board  of  Accounts 

...  236 
...  236 

Registrar 

Assistant  Registrar  and  Librarian 

...  236 
...  236 

Succession  Lists  : — 

Chancellors 

...  237 

Vice- Chancellors 

...  237 

Deans : — 

I.   Deans  in  Arts     ... 

...  238 

II*         „        Law 

...  238 

III.         „         Medicine 

.  '      ...  238 

IV.         „         Civil  Engineering 

Registrars           ...         

Deceased  and  retired  Fellows 

...  239 
...  240 
...  241 

Graduates,  M.A.             

...  251 

B.A 

...  257 

B.Sc 

...  307 

Honorary  Degree  of  LL.D. 

...  308 

Graduates  LL.B.           

...  308 

M.D 

...  313 

L.M 

...  314 

L.M.&S 

...  317 

L.C.E 

...  323 

The  following  is  a  list  of   the  Candidates  who 
have  passed  the  Examinations  of   1886  as 
follows : — 

First  Examination  for  the  Degree 

of  B,A.  329 

CONTENTS, 


PAGE 


Previous  Examination      ...          332 

First  Examination  of  B.Sc 336 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine  .         ...  336 

First  Examination  in  Medicine     337 

First  Examination  in  CivilEngineering  ...  338 

Matriculation  Examination,  1886     340 

XL    Recognition  and  Eecognized  Institutions  :— 

Recognition        ...          ...          ...         ...  353 

I.     Elphinstone  College      354 

II.     Deccan  College  ...         ...         ...         ...  362 

III.  Free   General    Assembly's  Institution, 

Bombay        ...         ...         ...         -••  369 

IV.  Bombay  St.  Xavier's  College 375 

V.     Gujarat  College 379 

VI.     Rajaram  College...         ...         ...         ...  383 

VII.     Baroda  College 386 

VIII.     Fergusson  College         389 

IX.     Samaldas  College            394 

X,     Ahmednagar  College      ...         ...         ...  396 

XI,     Sind  Arts  College           398 

XII.     Government  Law  School           400 

XIII.  Government  Law  Class...         ...         ...  406 

XIV.  Grant  Medical  College 407 

XV.     Poona  College  of  Science         ...         ...  416 

XII.    A  Statement  op  Accounts  of  Endowments 
and  Benefactions  :— 

Endowments      ...         ...         ...  425 

Benefactions       428 


CONTENTS.  XI 

PAGE 

Results  of   Examinations    of  the   University  of 

Bombay  for  the  year  1886-87  430 

XIII.    Convocation  foe  conferring  Degrees,  1886-87. 

Convocation  Report                   ...                 ...  431 

XlVi    Jubilee  Address                 ...                «~  466 
Examination  Papers,  1886-87  : — 

Directions  to  Candidates      ...                  ...  ii 

I.     Matriculation  Examination                ...  iii 

II.     Previous  Examination  ...                    ...  xlvii 

III.  First  Examination  for  the   Degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts         ...                 ...  lxxv 

IV.  Second   Examination  for  the  Degree 
of  B.A.       ...  ...  ...        cxv 

V.     First  Examination  for  the  Degree 

of  Bachelor  of  Science...  ...  clxxxiv 

VI.     Second  Examination  for  the  Degree 

of  Bachelor  of  Science  ...       cxcii 

VII.     Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.      ccviii 
VIII.     Examination     for     the    Degree     of 

LL.B.        ...  ...  ...  cclxviii 

IX.     First  Examination  in  Medicine        ...  cclxxvii 
X.     Second  Examination  in  Medicine  ...  cclxxxi 

XI.  Examination     for     the    Degree    of 
L.M.  &  S —  ...  ...cclxxxiii 

XII.  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.D.  cclxxxviii 
XIII.     First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineer- 

»ing  ...  ...  ...     ccxcii 

XIV.     Examination     for    the     Degree     of 


ABBREVIATIONS, 


A.  Ahmedabad  High  School. 
Ah.  Ahmednagar  High  School. 

Ah.  M-S.  Ahmednagar  Mission  High  School. 

Ah-M.  Ahmedabad  Irish  Presbyterian  Mission  High  School. 

Alf.  B.  Alfred  High  School,  Bhuj. 

Ak.  Akola  High  School. 

Am.  Amraoti  High  School. 

AS.  Anglo-Portuguese  School,  Bombay. 

B-  H.  Bombay  High  School. 

B-  K.  Bahadurkhanji  High  School,  Junagad 

B.C.  Baroda  College. 

B-S.  Baroda  High  School. 

B-M.  Belgaum  London  Mission  School. 

B.  Belgaum  Sirdars'  High  School. 
Bh.  Bhavnagar  High  School. 
BhO-  Bhore  English  School. 

Bis.  Bishop's  High  School,  Poona. 

B-E-  Bombay  English  School. 

B-Pro.  Bombay  Proprietary  School. 

B-R.  Bombay  Ripon  High  School. 

Br.  Broach  High  School. 

B.T.  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy  High  School,  Thana. 

Ch.  Chandanvadi  High  School,  Bombay. 

C-H-S.  Cathedral  High  School. 

CG.S.  Cathedral  Girls'  School,  Bombay. 

C.Sc.  College  of  Science,  Poona. 

D.  Deccan  College. 

Dh.  Dharvad  High  School. 

Dhu.  Dhulia  High  School. 

E-  Elphinstone  College. 

E.S.  Elphinstone  High  School. 

F.C.  Fergusson  College,  Poona. 

F.  Fort  High  School. 

F.C- A.  Free  Church  Mission  School,  Alibig. 

FGr.  A.  Free  General  Assembly's  Institution,  Bombay, 

G.A.  General  Assembly's  Institution,  Bombay, 

L.  Government  Law  School. 

G.  Grant  Medical  College. 
G.C.  Gujarat  College,  Ahmedabad. 
G-K-  Grammar  School,  Karachi, 

H.  Haidarabad  High  School. 


ABBREVIATIONS. 


I.P.  Indian  Female  Normal  School,  Girgaum. 

J.C  JohnConnon  High  School. 

K.  Karwar  High  School. 

K-M.  Karachi  Mission  High  School. 

Kat-  Kathiawar  High  School,  Rajcot. 

M.  Miraj  High  School. 

N.J.  Narayan  Jagannath  High  School,  Karachi. 

N.  Nariad  High  School. 

N.S-  Nasik  High  School. 

N.  W.  Nawanagar  High  School. 

N.E.  New  English  School,  Poona. 

P-H.  Panchagani  High  School. 

P.E.  Poona  Civil  Engineering  College. 

P.  II.  Poona  Free  Church  Mission  Institution. 

P.  Poona  High  School. 

P-N.  Poona  Native  Institution. 

P.T.  Private  Tuition. 

R.  Rajaram  High  School,  Kolhdpur. 

R.C.  Rajaram  College,  Kolhapur. 

Rat.  Ratnagiri  High  School. 

R.M.  Robert  Money  Institution,  Bombay. 

S.C.B.  Samaldas  College,  Bhavnagar. 

S.  Satara  High  School. 

Sav.  Savantvadi  English  School. 

S-E.  Sangli  English  School. 

Sc.  Scottish  High  School,  Byculla. 

gft.  Shikarpur  High  School. 

Sho-  Sholapur  High  School. 

Sir  C  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Navsari  Zarthosti  Madresa. 

Sir  J.  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy  Parsi  Benevolent  Institu 
tion,  Bombay. 

St-M-P.  St.  Mary's  School,  Poona. 

St-P.B-  St.  Peter's  Boys'  School,  Mazagon. 

St-P.G.  St.  Peter's  Girls' School,  Mazagon. 

St.  V. '  St.  Vincent  School,  Poona. 

St-X.  St.  Xavier's  College.     . 

StX.H.  St.  Xavier's  High  School. 

Su.  Surat  High  School. 

Su.  M-  Surat  Mission  High  School. 


I. 

JSomlrag  fctoiig  Almanac. 

APRIL  1,  1887,  to  APRIL  30,  1888. 


e  1306—1  Btf 


BOMBAY  UNIVERSITY   ALMANAC. 


APRIL,  1887. 

1 

Fri. 

2 
3 

Sat. 

- 

4 

Mon. 

5 

Tues. 

6 

Wed. 

7 

Thurs. 

8 

Fri. 

9 

Sat. 

10 

<v3>UH- 

11 

Mon. 

12 

Tues. 

13 

Wed. 

Quarterly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Accounts 

14 

Thurs. 

at  4£  p.m. 

15 

Fri. 

16 
17 

Sat. 

18 

Mon. 

t%ni  ®tm  *tt  Stfof  and  €%vi\  (&n$inmim 

19 

Tues. 

tU$. 

20 

Wed. 

. 

21 

Thurs. 

22 

Fri. 

23 
24 

Sat. 

25 

Mon. 

26 

Tues. 

27 

Wed. 

28 

Thurs 

29 
30 

Fri. 

Sat. 

jtat  ©**»  ia  gfeflisitw  Md- 

BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


MAY,  1887. 

1 

2 

<§>tttt. 

Mon. 

3 

Tues. 

4 

Wed. 

5 

Thurs. 

6 

Fri. 

7 

8 
9 

Sa,t. 

Mon. 

10 

Tues. 

11 

Wed. 

12 

Thurs. 

13 

Fri. 

14 

15 

16 

Sat. 

Mon. 

17 

Tues. 

18 

Wed. 

19 

Thurs. 

20 

Fri. 

21 

22 
23 

Sat. 

gton 

Mon. 

24 
25 

Tues. 
Wed. 

tyMM  f  XttMfo  fotftt,  1819. 

26 

Thurs. 

27 

Fri. 

28 

Sat. 

;  29 

30 

Mon. 

31 

Tues. 

BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY   ALMANAC. 


JUNE,  1887. 

1 

Wed. 

2 

Thurs. 

3 

Fri. 

4 

5 

Sat. 

§m. 

6 

Mon. 

7 

Tues. 

8 

Wed. 

9 

Thurs. 

10 

Fri. 

11 
12 

Sat. 

gm 

13 

Mon. 

SfttM  i&vm  iu  gifts  Mb  (Mv.  <&n$.  teging. 

14 

Tues. 

15 

Wed. 

gttM  ®tm  in  IKefticitt*  totting. 

16 

Thurs. 

17 

Fri. 

18 

Sat. 

19 

«§»». 

20 

Mon. 

(Qmm  Wutmw#  mmiw,  1837. 

21 

Tues. 

22 

Wed. 

23 

Thurs. 

24 

Fri. 

25 

26 

Sat. 

§MJ. 

27 

Mon. 

Last  day  of  sending  in  Essays  for  the  Homejee  Cursetjee  Dady 

28 

Tues. 

Prize,  and  notifying  new  subject. 

29 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5£  p.m. 

30 

Thurs. 

BOMBAY  UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


JULY,  188?, 

1 

Fri. 

2 

3 

4 

Sat. 

Mon. 

5 

Tues. 

6 

Wed. 

7 

Thurs. 

8 

^Fri. 

Sat. 

9 

10 
11 

Mon. 

12 

Tues. 

13 
14 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Quarterly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Accounts 
at4£p-M. 

15 

Fri. 

16 

Sat. 

17 
18 

Mon. 

University  of  Bombay  incorporated,  1857. 

19 

Tues. 

20 

Wed. 

21 

Thurs. 

22 

Fri. 

23 

24 
25 
26 

Sat. 

Mon. 
Tues. 

Last  day  of  sending  in  Essays  for  the  Karsandas  Mulji,  the 
Dossabhoy  Hormusjee  Cama  and  the  Sir  George  LeGrand 
Jacob  Prizes ;  and  for  notifying  new  subjects. 

27 

28 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5J  p.m. 

29 

Fri. 

30 
1  31 

Sat. 

gtttt. 

B  1306—1  BU* 


BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY  ALMAKAC. 


ATJGUST,  1887. 

l 

Mon. 

2 

Tues. 

3 

Wed. 

4 

Thurs. 

5 

Fri. 

6 

Sat. 

7 

8 

Mon. 

* 

9 

Tues. 

10 

Wed. 

11 

Thurs. 

12 

Fri. 

13 

Sat. 

14 

15 

Mon. 

16 

Tues. 

17 

Wed. 

18 

Thurs. 

19 

Fri. 

20 

Sat. 

21 

• 

22 

Mon. 

Last  day  of  awarding  the  Homejee  Cursetjee 
Dady  Prize. 

23 

Tues. 

24 

Wed. 

25 

Thurs. 

26 

Fri. 

27 
28 

Sat. 

5  • 

29 

Mon. 

30 

Tues. 

31 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  h\  p.m. 

BOMBAY  UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


SEPTEMBER,  188?. 

1 

Thurs. 

2 

Fri. 

3 

Sat. 

4 

§toii, 

5 

Mon. 

University  oj  Madras  incorporated,  1857. 

6 

Tues. 

7 

Wed. 

8 

Thurs. 

9 

Fri. 

10 

Sat. 

11 

-van 

12 

Mon. 

13 

Tues. 

U 

Wed. 

15 

Thurs. 

§tconb  fttmiu  Ptfdiritw  imbjL 

16 

Fri. 

17 

Sat. 

18 

§m. 

19 

Mon. 

gtttuaA  Wma  in  gtffs  aufc  $foil  *Bwm&iu$ 

20 

Tues. 

tu&$     First  Examination  in  Medicine 

21 

Wed. 

begins. 

22 

Thurs. 

23 

Fri. 

24 
25 

Sat. 

Sua. 

26 

27 

28 
29 

Mon. 
Tues. 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine  begins. 

Last  day  of  sending  in  Essays  for  theManockjee  LimjeeGold 
Medal,  and  for  notifying  new  subject.   Karsandas  Mulji, 
Dossabhoy  Hormusjee  Caraa,  and  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob 
Prizes  awarded. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5j  p.m. 

30 

Fri. 

BOMBAY    UNIVERSITY   ALMANAC. 


OCTOBER,  1887. 

1 

2 
3 

Sat. 

Mon. 

4 

Tues. 

5 

Wed. 

6 

Thurs. 

7 

Fri. 

8 

Sat. 

9 
10 

<§>tttt> 

Mon. 

11 

Tues. 

12 
13 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Quarterly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Accounts 
at  4|  p.m. 

14 

Fri. 

15 

Sat. 

16 
17 

Mon. 

18 

Tues. 

19 

Wed. 

20 

Thurs. 

21 

Fri. 

22 

Sat. 

23 

24 

Mon. 

25 

Tues. 

26 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5j  p.m. 

27 

Thurs, 

28 

Fri. 

29 

Sat, 

30 
31 

Mon. 

1 

BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY   ALMANAC. 


NOVEMBER,  1887. 

l 

2 

Tues. 
Wed. 

Jirst  S&tttn  in  Jtttbitttw  bzQine. 

3 

Thurs. 

4 

Fri. 

5 

Sat. 

6 

<Sttit 

7 
8 

Mon. 
Tues. 

Examinations  for  Previous,  First  B.A., 
First  B.Sc,  and  F.C.E.  begin. 

9 

Wed. 

10 

Thurs. 

11 

Fri. 

12 

Sat. 

13 

.Stttt. 

14 
15 

Mon. 
Tues. 

Second  B.A.,  Second  B.Sc.,  and  LC.E. 
Examinations  begin. 

16 

Wed. 

17 

Thurs. 

18 

Fri. 

19 
20 

Sat. 

<§tttt. 

21 
22 
23 

Mon. 
Tues. 
Wed. 

gmt  ®tm  in  &ti%  anfl  Civil  <&n$Mttm$ 
toittS.  Examinations  for  M. A.,  LL.B., 
LL.  B.  Honours,  and  Matriculation  begin. 

24 

Thurs. 

25 

Fri. 

26 

27 
28 
29 

Sat. 

<§tttt. 

Mon. 
Tues. 

Examinations  for  L.M.  &S.  and  M.C.E. 

begin  ;  Manockjee  Limjee  Gold  Medal  awarded. 

30 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5J  p.m. 

10 


BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


DECEMBER,  1887. 

1 

Thurs. 

2 

Fri. 

3 

Sat. 

Last  day  of  announcing  the  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  and 
Hebbert    and    LaTouche     Scholarships,    when 
vacant. 

4 

5 

Mon. 

M,D.  Examination  begins. 

6 

Tues. 

7 

Wed. 

8 

Thurs. 

9 

Fri. 

10 

Sat 

11 

<Sttn. 

12 

Mon. 

13 

Tues. 

14 

Wed. 

15 

Thurs. 

16 

Fri. 

17 

Sat. 

Smmal  ^ulMQ  at  ijx  Jtai*. 

18 
19 

<Stm- 

Mori. 

20 

Tues. 

21 

22 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5|  p.m. 

23 

Fri. 

24 

25 
26 

Sat. 

Mon. 

(&$Mmz  §ag. 

27 

Tues. 

28 

Wed. 

29 

Thurs. 

30 

Fri. 

31 

Sat. 

BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


11 


JANUABT,     888, 

1 

gtttt.  | 

2 

Mon. 

3 

Tues. 

4 

Wed. 

5 

Thurs. 

6 

Fri. 

7 

Sat. 

Last  day  of  Applications  for  Degrees. 

8 

.-• 

9 

Mon. 

10 

Tues. 

11 
12 

Wed. 
Thurs. 

Quarterly  Meeting  of  the  Board  of  Accounts 

at  4^  p.m. 

13 

Fri. 

14 
15 

Sat. 

§tm. 

16 

Mon. 

17 

Tues.' 

QtimMtm  to  StQtu*. 

18 

Wed. 

19 

Thurs. 

20 

Fri. 

21 
22 

Sat. 

-  '  . 

23 

Mon. 

University  of  Calcutta  incorporated,  1857. 

24 

Tues. 

25 

Wed. 

26 

Thurs. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5\  p.m. 

27 
28 

29 

Fri. 

Sat. 

Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  and  Hebberi  and  LaTouche  Scholarships 
adjudged. 

■Iw-- 

30 

Mon. 

31 

Tues. 

12 


BOMBAY   UNIVERSITY   ALMANAC. 


FEBRUARY,  1888. 

1 

Wed. 

2 

Thurs. 

3 

Fri, 

4 
5 

Sat. 

6 

Mon. 

7 

Tues. 

8 

Wed. 

9 

Thurs. 

10 

Fri. 

11 
12 

Sat, 

<Stm. 

i 

13 

Mon. 

14 

Tues. 

15 

Wed. 

16 

Thurs. 

17 

Fri. 

18 

Sat. 

19 

<§tttt. 

20 

Mon. 

21 

Tues. 

22 

Wed. 

23 

Thurs. 

24 

Fri. 

25 

Sat. 

26 

£tm. 

27 

Mon. 

28 

Tues. 

29 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5J 

P.M. 

BOMBAY  UNIVERSITY  ALMANAC. 


13 


MARCH.  1838. 

1 

Thurs. 

2 

Fri. 

3 

Sat. 

4 

gtatt. 

5 

Mon. 

6 

Tues. 

7 

Wed. 

8 

Thurs, 

9 

Fri. 

10 
11 

Sat. 

§MI. 

12 

Mon. 

13 

Tues. 

14 

Wed. 

15 

Thurs. 

16 

Fri. 

17 

18 

Sat. 

<Sttn. 

19 

Mon. 

20 

Tues. 

21 

Wed. 

22 

Thurs. 

23 

Fri. 

24 

Sat. 

25 

gun. 

26 

Mon. 

27 

Tues. 

28 

Wed. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndioate  at  5|  p.m. 

29 

Thurs. 

30 

Fri. 

31 

Sat. 

b  1306—2  bu 


14 


r.OMBAT   CNIVERSIT7   ALMANAC 


APRIL,  1888. 

1 
2 
3 
4 
5 
6 
7 

Suit 

Mon. 

Tues. 

Wed. 

Thurs. 

Fri. 

Sat 

8 
9 

10 
11 
12 
13 
14 

§nn* 

Mon, 

Tues. 

Wed. 

Thurs. 

Fri, 

Sat. 

Ordinary  Meeting  of  the  Syndicate  at  5J  p.m. 
Quarterly  Meeting  of  the  Board  Of  Accounts 
at  4£  p.m. 

15 
16 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 

Mon.  , 

Tues. 

Wed. 

Thurs. 

Fri. 

Sat. 

guest  ^mri  in  Jlrte  anb  Gtttoil  Gttgiitemng 
mis. 

22 
23 
24 
25 

26 
27 

28 

Sun. 
Mon. 
Tues. 
Wed. 
Thurs. 
Fri. 
Sat. 

29 
30 

Sun, 

Mon. 

jfirst  <®ttm  in  £&tbiaiu  tnH. 

14a 
II. 

latitat™  us. 

The  following  list  shows  the  dates  of  sending 
in  applications  for  permission  to  attend  the 
Examinations  and  for  Scholarships ;  and  the  dates 
on  which  the  Examinations  begin  : — 


Examinations. 


First  Examination  in  Medicine. 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine 

Previous  Examination 

First  B.A 

First  B.Sc 

F.C.E 

L.C.E 

Second  B.Sc 

Second  B.A 

M.A 

LL.B.  Honours 

LL.B. 

Matriculation   

M.C.E 

L.M.  &  S 

M.D 

The  Majmudar  Manishankar 
Kikani  Sanskrit  Scholarship 

The  Rao  Sir  Pragmalji  Scholar 
ships  

The  Kahandas  Mancharam 
Scholarship  

The  Jairazbhoy  Peerbhoy  Scho- 
larship    


Candidates' 

Applications 

due. 


19th  July 
26th  „ 
22nd  Sept. 
22nd  „  ... 
22nd  „  ... 
22nd  „  ... 
22nd  „  ... 
22nd  „  ... 
22nd 

22nd  Aug.. 
22nd  Sept . 
22nd  „  .. 
21st  Oct... 
28th  Sept. 
28th  „  .. 
5th  Oct. 

22nd  Sept 

21st  Oct. 

21st    „ 

21st    „ 


Examina* 

tions  begin 

on 


19th  Sept. 
26th     „ 

7th  Nov. 

7th 

7th 

7th 
14th 
14th 
14th 
21st 
21st 
21st 
21st 
28th 
28th 

5th  Dec 


b  1306—2  bu  T 


111. 

LIST  OF  BOOKS  FOR  A  CYCLE  OF 
FIVE  YEARS  (I887H890). 


I.— ENGLISH. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

1887, 

1.  Southey — Life  of  Nelson. 

2,  Scott— Lady  of  th.e  Lake. 

1888. 

1.  Austen— Sense  and  Sensibility. 

2.  Scott — Marmion. 

1889- 

1.  Austen — Pride  and  Prejudice. 

2.  Goldsmith — The    Good-natured    man,     She  stoops  to 

conquer. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887. 

1.  Shakespeare — Kichard  III. 

2.  Milton— Minor  Poems  (pp.  510—553,  Globe  Edition), 

3.  The  Golden  Treasury — Book  IV. 

4.  Burke — Reflections  on  the  French  Revolution. 

1888. 

1.  Shakespeare — Henry  VI.— Part  I. 

2.  Milton — Paradise  Lost — Books  I  and  II. 

3.  The  Golden  Treasury— Book  IV. 

4    Burke — Reflections  on  the  French  Revolution. 


16  NOTIFICATIONS. 

1889. 

1.  Shakespeare — Julius  Caesar. 

2.  Milton — Paradise  Lost— Books  III  and  IV. 

3.  The  Golden  Treasury — Book  IV. 

4.  Burke — Keflections  on  the  French  Revolution. 

FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887-1890, 

(1.) — Necessary. 
Bacon— Advancement  of  Learning. 
(2.)— G-rouf  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 
1887. 

1.  Pope— Moral  Essays  and  Satires. 

2.  Johnson — Lives  of  the  Poets  (M.  Arnold's  Edition). 

1888. 

1.  DrYden — Translation  of  Virgil. 

2.  Milton — Select  Prose  Works  (Parchment  Library). 

1889. 

1.  Chapman — Translation  of  Homer. 

2.  Bacon — Essays. 

1890. 

1.  Wordsworth — The  Prelude. 

2.  Landor— Colvin's  Selections  from. 

1891. 

1.  Pope — Poetical  Works,  Globe  Edition,  pp.  1  to  226. 

2.  Boswell— Life  of  Johnson  to  the  end  of  Tour  in  the 

Hebrides. 

1892. 

1.  Pope— Poetical  Works,  Globe  Edition,  pp.  226  to  end. 

2.  Boswell — Life  of  Johnson  from  end  of  Tour  in  the 

Hebrides  to  end  of  Life. 

FOE  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887  and  1889. 

1.  Spenser — Faery  Queene,  Book  I. 

2.  Shakespeare — Eichard  III ;  The  Tempest ;  Lear. 

3.  Wordsworth — Selections  by  Matthew  Arnold. 

4.  Coleridge — Biographia  Literaria,  I — XIII. 

5.  Hooker— Ecclesiastical  Polity,  Book  I. 


LIST  OP  BOOKS  FO*  1887,  &c.  17 

1888. 

1.  Spenser— Faery  Queene,  Book  I. 

2.  Shakespeare — Julius  Caesar ;  The  Tempest ;  Hamlet. 

3.  Wordsworth — Selections  by  Matthew  Arnold. 

4.  Carlyle — French  Eevolution. 

5.  Sir  Thomas  Browne — Keligio  Medici. 

II.— SANSKRIT. 
FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION". 
1887. 

1.  Vikramorvasri. 

2.  Kumarasambhava,  I — VI, 

1888. 

1.  S'akuntala,  I— IV. 

2.  Raghuvans'a,  I — V. 

1889. 

1.  S'akuntala,  V— VII. 

2.  Raghuvans'a,  XI— XV. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887. 

1.  Rigveda — Selection.* 

2.  Viracharita. 

3.  Tarkakaumudi  by  Laugakshi  Bhaskara. 

4.  Kadambari,  pp.  1 — 124. 

1888. 

1.  Rigveda — Selection.* 

2.  Uttarrar&macharita. 

3.  Tarkasangraha. 

4.  Kadambari,  pp.  125—237. 

1889. 

1.     Rigveda— Selection.* 

*The  hymns  selected  are  as  follows  :— 

Mandala  I.— Hymns  19,  25, 115, 143, 154 
II.  „      12. 

III.  „      59, 61. 

IV.  „      46,  54. 
V.  „      26,  83. 

VI.  „  53,  54,  55,  56,  57. 

VII.  „  28,  49,  54,  68,  75,  83,  86,  88,  89, 

VIII.  „  30. 

X  „  14,  90,  119  121,  125,  168. 

b  1306— 2  bu* 


18  NOTIFICATIONS. 

2.  Uttarraramacharita. 

3.  Tarkasangraha. 

4.  KMambari,  pp.  1 — 124  of  the  Bombay  Edition. 

FOB,  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887-1889. 

•     (1.) — Necessaet. 
Kavyaprakas'a,  Chaps.  I,  II  and  X. 

(2.) — Groot  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 
1887  and  1889- 

1.  Mrichchhakati. 

2.  Mudrarakshasa. 

3.  S'ankaracharya's  BMshya,    Chap.     I,   Pada    IV   and 

Chap.  II,  Pada  I. 

1888. 

1.  Malatimadhava. 

2.  Balaramayana. 

3.  S'ankaracharya's  Bhashya,  Chap.  II,  Padas  I  and  II. 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887-1889. 

I.  (a.)— Rigveda.  The  Seventh   Mandate  with  the  Com- 

mentary of  Sayana. 
(&.)— Yaska's  Nirnkta,  I— VII. 

II.  One  of  the  following  five  : — 

1.  Nyaya-s'astra. 

viz. :  (a.) — Tarkasangraha  with  Dipika. 
(6.) — Muktavali. 
(c.) — Gautamasutra  with  Vatsyayana's  Bhashya. 

2.  Dharma-s'astra. 

viz. :  (a.) — Mitakshara. 

(6. ) — Vyavahara-Mayukha. 

(c.) — Viramitrodaya — Vyavaharakanda. 


LIST  OP  BOOKS  FOR   1887,    &C.  19 

3.  Vy&karana-s  astra. 

viz, :  (a.)— Siddhanta  Kaumudi.  Mahabhashya,  Chap.  I, 
Pada.  I,  Ahnikas  I— V. 
(b.) — Paribhashendus'ekhara. 

4.  Vedanta-s'astra. 

viz. :  (a.) — Vedantasara. 

(b.) — Vedantaparibhasha. 

(c.) — S'ankaracharya's  S'arirabhashya. 

5     Alankara-s'astra, 

viz. :  (a.) — Dandin's  Kavyadars'a. 
(&.)—  Kavyaprakas'a. 
(c.) — Rasagangadhara. 


III.— GREEK. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 

1.  Xenophon— Anabasis,  II, 

2.  Homer— Iliad,  II. 

1888. 

1.  Xenophon— Anabasis,  I, 

2.  Homer— Iliad,  I. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889, 

Herodotus— I.,  II. 
Euripides  — Hecuba. 
Demosthenes— The  Philippics. 

1888. 

1.    Herodotus— III,  IV. 
Euripides — Electra. 
Demosthenes — The  Philippics. 


20  NOTIFICATIONS. 

FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887-1889. 

(1.) — Necessary. 
Thucydides— I— IV. 
(2.) — Group  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

1.  iEscHYLUS — Agamemnon. 

2.  Sophocles— Antigone,  CEdipus  Coloneus. 


IV.— LATIN. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

1887. 

1.  Livy— Book  IX. 

2.  Ovid— Metamorphoseon,  XII,  1—628. 

1888. 

1.  Livy— Book  XXVII. 

2.  Ovid— Metamorphoseon,  XIII,  1—622. 

1889. 

1.  Livy— Book  XXXVIII. 

2.  Ovid— Metamorphoseon.  j  jV   i_32g* 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887. 

2.  Tacitus— Historic,  I. 

3.  Vlugil— jEneid,  III. 


LIST  OF  BOOKS  FOR  1887,    &C.  21 


1888. 


1.  Cicero — De  Natura  Deorum. 

2.  Tacitus — Historic,  II. 

3.  Virgil— iEneid,  V. 


1889, 


1.  Cicero — De  Officiis. 

2.  Tacitus — Annales,  I. 

3.  Virgil— ^Eneid,  VI. 


FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887-1889. 

(1 .) — Necessary. 
Horace— Epistles, 
(2.) — Group  A.  (Language  and.  Literature),    * 

-n™,™     /Odes,  III. 
Horace- |  Satir'egf 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 

Tacitus — Historic. 

Cicero—  Epistolse  ad  Atticum, I — III, 

Plautus — Captivi. 

Juvenal— Satires,  I,  III,  IV,  V,  VII. 

1888. 

Tacitus— Annales  I— VI. 
Cicero — Epistolas  ad  Atticum  IV — VI, 
Terence — Heautontimorumenos. 
Lucretius,  I— III. 


22  NOTIFICATIONS. 

V.— HEBREW. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

1887  and  1889. 


1.  Genesis— I— X. 

2.  Psalms,  I— XXX. 


1.  Genesis — XI — XX. 

2.  Psalms— XXXI— LX. 


1888. 


FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 


1.  Exodus. 

2.  Euth. 

3.  Zechaeiah. 


1.  Genesis. 

2.  Ktjth. 

3.  Isaiah— I— XXXIX. 


1888. 


FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
(1.) — Necessary. 

•    1887  and  1889. 

I.    Hosea  and  Joel. 

1888. 

1.    Ezra — With  the  Chaldee  passages. 

(2.) — Geoup  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 
1887—1889. 

1.  Exodus,  Leviticus,  Deuteronomy 

2.  Psalms— I— LXXII. 


LIST  OF 'BOOKS  FOR  1887,  &C  23 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889- 

1.  ECCLESIASTES. 

2.  I  Kings. 

3.  Nahum  and  Habukkuk. 

4.  Ezekiel— XXV— XLVIIL 


VI.— ARABIC. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 
1887. 

1.  Alf-Laila— Nights  31—40. 

2.  Nahfat-ol- Yaman-  -Bab  IV. 

1888. 

1.  Alf-Laila— Nights  41 — 50. 

2.  Nahfat-ol-Yaman— Bab  V. 

1889. 

1.  •  Alf-Laila— Nights  1—10. 

2.  Nahfat-ol-Yaman— Bab  I. 


FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887. 

1.  Alf-Laila— Nights  141— 170.  * 

2.  Shahrestani— (Book  II),  pages  1—50. 

3.  Moallakat— Labid. 


24  NOTIFICATION?. 

1888. 

1.  Alf-Laila— Nights  171 — 220. 

2.  Shahrestani— (Book  II),  pages  51 — 102. 

3.  Moallakat — Autara. 

1889. 

1.  Alf-Laila — Nights  51 — 80. 

2.  Shahrestani — (Egyptian  Edition,  Book  I),  pages  1—50 

3.  Moallakat — Amrolkais. 

FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887  and  1889. 

(1.) — Necessary. 

Makamat — Sessions  26 — 50. 
(2.)  Group  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

1.  Wakedi — Book  II. 

2.  Motanabbi- Pages  147—292  (Bombay  Edition). 

1888. 

(1.) — Necessary. 
Otbi — Book  I. 

(2.)  Gboup  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

1 .  Wakedi — Book  II. 

2.  Divani  Moarri  (Abol-Ala,  Egyptian  Edition),  Book  1. 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887-1889. 

1.  Otbi— Book  II. 

2.  Ebni— Khalikan— (Persian     Edition)— First   Volume, 

pages  9 — 92. 


LIST  OF  BOOKS  FOR  1887,  &C.  25 


3.  Hamasah— (Frey tag's  Edition),  pages  1—150. 

4.  Moallakat — Hareth  and  Amribni — Kolthoom. 


VII.— FRENCH. 

FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

1887, 

.     Corinne. 

.     Fables  de  la  Fontaine. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887. 

1.  Moliere's   Les    Fourberies    de    Scapin    and    Racine's 

Athalie.     With  Voltaire's  Life  of  Moliere. 

2.  Selections    from  the   Correspondence  of  Madame  de 

Sevigne  and  her  chief  contemporaries. 


VII.— PERSIAN. 
FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 
1887- 

1.    HAFiz-Odes  401—450. 
2.    Anvaki  Sohaili— Chapters  VI,  VII,  VIII  and  IX. 

1888. 

Hafiz— Odes  451—500. 

Anvam  Sohaili-  Chapters  X,  XI,  XII,  XIII  and  XIV. 

b  1306—3  bu 


26  NOTIFICATIONS. 

1889- 

1.  HAFiz-(Bombay  Edition) -Odes  251—300. 

2.  Anvari  Sohaili — Chapter  I. 

FOR  THE  FIRST  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 

1887. 

1.  Sady— Odes  151—200. 

2.  Ferishta— Chapter    III— (Bahamany   Kings),    pages 

518—615. 


1888* 

L     SadY— Odes  201—250. 

2,    Ferishta— Chapter    III — (Bahamany    Kings),     pages 
615—730. 

1889. 

1.  Sady— (Bombay  Edition)— Tayebat  Odes,  1—50. 

2.  Ferishta — Preface  with  the  First  Chapter — (Kings  ol 

Lahore),  pages  1—91  (Government  Edition). 


FOR  THE  SECOND  B.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887. 


(1.)-— Necessary. 

Habeeb-os- Sear— History  of  Timoor  (or  Tamerlane),  pages 
2—92. 

(2). — Group  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

1.  Habeeb-os-Sear.— History  of  Bany  Abbas,  pages  1—82, 

2,  Ateshkada— From  Shiran  to  India. 


LIST   OF  BOOKS   FOR  1887,  &C.  27 

1888. 

(1.) — Necessary. 

Habeeb-os-Sear — History  of  the  descendants  of  Timoor 
from  Shahrokh  Mirza  to  the  death  of  Sultan  Aboo 
Saeed  (second  volume),  pages  93 — 191. 

(2). — Group  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

1.  Habeeb-os- Sear— History  of  the  contemporary  dynas- 
ties of  Bany  Abbas  from  the  house  of  Taher  to  the  ex- 
tinction of  the  house  of  Saljooh,  pages  1 — 116  (second 
volume). 

2.  Ateshkada — From  the  poets  of  India  to  the  autobio- 
graphy of  the  author. 

1889. 

(1.) — Necessary. 

Habeeb-os-Sear — History  of  Gazan  Khan,  (first  portion  of 
the  second  volume),  pages  81 — 141. 

(2). — Group  A.  (Language  and  Literature). 

Habeeb-os-Sear — History  of  the  Creation  and  the 
Patriarchs,  pages  1 — 92. 

Ateshkada — (Bombay  Edition),  from  page  25  till 
Sistan 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 

Shahnamah — From  the  birth  of  Nushzad,  son  of  Nou- 
shiravan,  till  the  sending  of  Burzuya  the  Physician 
to  India. 


28  NOTIFICATIONS, 

2.  Masnavi— Daftar  II. 

3.  Bauzat-os-Safa— Changiz  Khan. 

4.  Akhlaki  Jalali  (Calcutta  Edition),  pages  111 — 223. 

1888. 

1.  Shahnamah — From  the  accession  of  Khosro  Perviz  to 

the    throne  till  the  death     of    Bahram    Choobina 
inclusive. 

2.  Masnavi — Daftar  III. 

3.  Bouzat-os-Safa — The     conclusive     portion   regarding 

Wonders  of  the  World,  pages  1 — 45. 

4.  Akhlaki  Jalali  (Calcutta  Edition),  pages  223—337. 

PERIODS   OF  HISTORY. 
FOR  THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 

Greek  History— The  Peloponnesian  War. 

1888. 

Greek  History — From  the  accession  of  Philip  of  Macedon 
to  the  death  of  Alexander. 

FOR  THE  M.A.  EXAMINATION. 
1887  and  1889. 

Western  Europe.— From  the  Peace  of  Westphalia  to  the 
Meeting  of  the  States  General  at  Versailles,  1789. 

1888. 

Western  Europe. — From  the  Meeting  of  the  States  General 
at  Versailles,  1789,  to  the  passing  of  the  Reform  Bill. 


BOOKS    RECOMMENDED   IN   LAW. 


29 


BOOKS  RECOMMENDED  IN  LAW. 


I.— FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  BACHELOR  OF  LAWS. 

1.  Markby's  Elements  of  Law. 

2.  Justinian  (Sandar's  edition  recommended). 

3.  Maine's  Ancient  Law. 

4.  Kent's  International  Law. 

5.  Succession  Act  (Stokes'  edition  recommended). 

6.  Parsi  Succession  Act, 

7.  Hindu  Wills  Act. 

8.  Indian  Majority  Act. 

9.  Macnaghten's  Principles  of  Mahomedan  Law. 

10.  Sir  T.  Strange's  Hindu  Law. 

11.  Mayne's  Hindu  Law. 

12.  Contract  Act  (Cunningham  and   Shepherd's  edition 

recommended). 

1 3.  Registration  Act. 

14.  Pollock's  Law  of  Contracts. 

15.  Smith's  Mercantile  Law. 

16.  Specific  Relief  Act. 

17.  Snell's  Equity. 

18.  The  following  selection  from  White  andTudor's  Lead- 

ing Cases  in  Equity  : — 

Cuddee  vs.  Rutter. 
Ellison  vs.  Ellison. 
Fox  vs.  Mackreth. 
Glenorchy  vs.  Bosville. 
Keech  vs.  Sandford. 
Pusey  vs.  Pusey. 
Russell  vs.  Russell. 
Bassett  vs.  Nossworthy. 
Brice  vs.  Stokes. 
Howard  vs.  Harris. 
Huguenin  vs.  Baseley. 
Robinson  vs.  Pett. 
Seton  vs.  Slade. 
Woollam  vs.  Hearn. 


19.  Penal  Code  (Mayne's  edition  recommended). 

20.  Broom's  Commentaries  on  the  Common  Law,  Books 

III<md  IV. 

21.  Evidence  Act  (Cunningham's  edition  recommended), 

b  1306—3  bu* 


30  NOTIFICATIONS 

22.  Civil  Procedure  Code. 

23.  Limitation  Act. 

24.  Criminal  Procedure  Code. 

II.— ADDITIONAL  FOR  HONOURS. 

1.  Austin's  Jurisprudence. 

2.  Gaius  (Poste's  edition  recommended). 

3.  Wheaton's  International  Law. 

4.  Domat's  Civil  Law. 

5.  Story's  Conflict  of  Laws. 

6.  Tagore  Lectures  on  Mahomedan  Law,  and  parts  of 

Mitakshara  and  Mayukha  relating  to   Succession 
and  Partition. 

7.  Pollock's  Law  of  Partnership. 

8.  The  following  selection  from  Tudor's  Leading  Cases 

on  Mercantile  Law  : — 

Birkley  vs.  Preograve. 
Chase  vs.  Westmore. 
Clayton's  Case. 
Don  vs.  Lippmann. 
Dixon  vs.  Sadler. 
Forbes  vs.  Aspinall. 
Gratitudine,  The. 
Hanson  vs.  Meyer. 
Harman  vs.  Fisher. 
Johnson  vs.  Sheddon. 
Croft  vs.  Day. 
Joy  vs.  Campbell. 
Market  Overt  Case. 
Roux  vs.  Salvador. 
Rowlandson,  Ex  parte. 
Tyrie  vs.  Fletcher. 
Whitehead  vs.  Anderson. 
Woolridge  vs.  Boydell. 
Worseley  vs.  DeMattos. 

9.    The  following  selection  from  White  and  Tudor's  Lead- 
ing Cases  in  Equity  :— 
Aleyn  vs.  Belchier. 
Elliot  vs.  Merryman, 
Dyer  vs.  Dyer. 
Lake  vs.  Cradock. 
Mackreth  vs.  Symmons. 


I 


BOOKS  RECOMMENDED  IN  LAW.  31 

Toilet  vs.  Toilet. 
Casborne  vs.  Scarfe. 
Harding  vs.  Glynn. 
Le  Neve  vs.  Le  Neve. 
Peachy  vs.  Duke  of  Somerset. 
Rees  vs.  Berrington. 
Ryall  vs.  Rowles. 
Stapilton  vs.  Stapilton. 
Townley  vs.  Sherborne. 
Penn  vs.  Lord  Baltimore. 

10.  Story's  Equity  Jurisprudence. 

11.  Addison  on  Torts. 

12.  Bentham's  Principles  of  Morals  and  Legislation. 

13.  Best  on  Evidence. 


ACADEMIC    COSTUME 


1.  Academic  Costume  is  worn  at  Convocations  for 
conferring  Degrees. 

2.  Such  of  the  Fellows  of  the  University  of  Bombay 
as  are  Graduates  of  other  Universities,  or  as  are  entitled 
to  wear  official*  costume  or  uniform,  may  appear  in  the 
academic  dress  of  their  own  Universities,  or  in  such  cos- 
tume or  uniform,  wearing  in  addition  the  Fellow's  Scarf 
of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

3.  Other  Fellows  wear  the  Fellow's  Gown  and  Scarf 
of  the  University  of  Bombay.  The  head-dress  of  the 
European  Fellows  is  a  College  Cap. 

Academic  Costume  to  be  worn  by  the  Senate  mid  Graduates 
of  the  University  of  Bombay, 

Chancellor, 

Gown. — Black  damask  silk  with  gold  lace  and  tufts. 
Cap. — Black  velvet  Academic  Cap  with  gold  tassel. 

Vice-  C  hancellor  . 

Gown. — The  same,  but  with  silver  lace  and  tufts. 
Cap. — The  same,  but  with  silver  tassel. 

Registrar. 

Gown. — The  same,  but  with  black  silk  lace  and  tufts. 
Cap. — Black  cloth  Academic  Cap  with  black  silk  tassel. 


*Ex.  g.  Judges,  Bishops,  Barristers,  Military  and  Naval  Officers,  &c. 


academic  costume.  33 

Fellows. 

Gown. — Bishop's  purple  silk  with  full  sleeves. 
Scarf. — Of  the  same  colour  with  gold  fringed  ends. 

Graduates. 
B.A.  &  B.Sc. 

Gown, — Black  silk  or  stuff,  shape  as  Oxford  B.A. 
Hood. — Black  stuff,  bound  with  garter  blue  silk,  one 
inch  wide. 

M.A. 

Gown. — Black  silk  or  stuff,  as  Oxford  M.A, 
Hood. — Garter  blue  silk,  lined  the  same. 

LL.B. 

Gown, — Black  silk  or  stuff,  as  M.A. 
Hood. — Black  silk  with   scarlet  cloth  band  inside,  two 
inches  wide,  shape  as  Cambridge  M.A. 

L.M.  &  S. 

Gown. — Black  silk  or  stuff,  as  B.A, 
Hood. — Black  stuff,  bound  with-  crimson  silk,  one  inch 
wide. 

M.D. 

Gown. — Undress,  black  silk  or  stuff,  as  M,A, 

Full  dress,  crimson  silk,  garter  blue  facings 
shape  as  M.A. 
Hood. — Crimson  silk,  lined  garter  blue, 


34  NOTIFICATIONS. 

L.C.E. 

Gown. — Black  silk  or  stuff,  shape  as  B.A. 
Hood. — Black  stuff,  bound  with  brown  silk,  one    inch 
wide. 

M.C.E. 

Gown. — Black  silk  or  stuff,  as  M.A. 
Hood. — Brown  silk,  lined  garter  blue. 


Cap. — For  all  European  Fellows  or  Graduates — 

Black  cloth  Academic  Cap   with  black   silk 
tassel. 


IV 
ACT  OF  INCORPORATION 

Act  No.  XXII.  of  1857. 

Passed  by  the  Legislative  Council  of  India. 

(Received  the  Assent  of  the  Governor  General  on  the 
18th  July  1857.) 


An  Act  to  establish  and  incorporate  a  University 
at  Bombay. 

Whereas,  for  the  better  encouragement  of  Her 
Majesty's  subjects  of  all  classes  and 
denominations  within  the  Presidency 
of  Bombay  and  other  parts  of  India  in  the  pursuit  of  a 
regular  and  liberal  course  of  education,  it  has  been 
determined  to  establish  a  University  at  Bombay  for  the 
purpose  of  ascertaining,  by  means  of  examination,  the 
persons  who  have  acquired  proficiency  in  different 
branches  of  Literature,  Science,  and  Art,  and  of  reward- 
ing them  by  Academical  Degrees  as  evidence  of  their 
respective  attainments,  and  marks  of  honour  propor- 
tioned thereunto  ;  and  whereas,  for  effectuating  the 
purposes  aforesaid,  it  is  expedient  that  such  University 


36  ACTS. 

should   be   incorporated  :     It   is  enacted  as    follows  : 

(that  is  to  say) — 

1.    The  following  persons,  namely,  The  Right  Honour- 

able   John,   Lord  Elphinstone,  Gov- 
Incorporation.         ernor  of  Bqmbay> 

The  Honourable  Sir  William  Yardlet,  Knight,  Chief 
Justice  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Judicature  at  Bombay, 
Ex  officio, 

The  Right  Reverend  John  Harding,  Doctor  of  Divinity, 
Bishop  of  Bombay,  Ex  officio, 

The  Honourable  Sir  Henry  Somerset,  Lieutenant- 
General,  Knight  Companion  of  the  Most  Honourable 
Order  of  the  Bath,  Commander-in-Chief  of  the  Forces 
in  Bombay,  Ex  officio, 

The  Honourable  James  Grant  Lumsden,  Member  of 
the  Council  of  Bombay,  Ex  officio, 

The  Honourable  Arthur  Malet,  Member  of  the  Council 
of  Bombay,  Ex  officio, 

Edward  Irvine  Howard,  Esquire,  Director  of  Public 
Instruction,  Presidency  Division,  Ex  officio, 

Robert  Haines,  Esquire,  M.B.,  Acting  Educational 
Inspector,  Presidency  Division,  Ex  officio, 

C.  Morehead,  Esquire,  M.D.,  Principal  of  the  Grant 
Medical  College,  Ex  officio, 

John    Harkness,    Esquire,    LL.D.,    Principal    of   the 

Elphinstone  College,  Ex  officio, 
The  Reverend  James  McDougall,  Acting  Principal  of 

the  Poona  College,  Ex  officio, 

Philip  William  LeGeyt,  Esquire,  Member  of  the 
Legislative  Council  of  India, 

The  Honourable  Sir  Matthew  Richard  Sausse,  Knight, 
Puisne  Judge  of  the  Supreme  Court  of  Judicature  at 
Bombay, 

Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  Knight, 

Metcalf  Larken,  Esquire,  Judge  of  the  Sudder  Court  in 
Bombay,  and  President  of  the  late  Board  of  Education, 


ACT  OF  INCORPORATION.  37 

Jugonnath  SunkerseTT,   Esquire,  Member  of  the  late 

Board  of  Education, 
Bomanjee    Hormusjee,    Esquire,    Member   of  the  late 

Board  of  Education, 

Bhao  Dajee,  Esquire,  Graduate  of  the  Grant  Medical 
College,  Member  of  the  late  Board  of  Education, 

Matthew  Stovell,  Esquire,  Surgeon  in  the  Bombay 
Army,  Secretary  to  the  late  Board  of  Education, 

Claudius  James  Erskine,  Esquire,  Civil  Service, . late 
Director  of  Public  Instruction, 

William  Edward  Frere,  Esquire,  Member  of  the  Royal 
Asiatic  Society,  and  President  of  the  Bombay  Branch 
of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society,  Judge  of  the  Sudder 
Court  in  Bombay, 

Major- General  Charles  Waddington,  Companion  of  the 
Most  Honourable  Order  of  the  Bath,  Chief  Engineer 
of  Public  Works, 

The  licverend  John  Wilson,  Doctor  of  Divinity,  Fellow 
of  the  Hoyal  Society,  Honorary  President  of  the 
Bombay  Branch  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society, 

The  Reverend  Philip  Anderson,  Master  of  Arts,  Chap* 
lain  on  the  Bombay  Establishment, 

Henri  Bartle  Edward  Frere,  Esquire,  Commissioner 
in  Sind, 

Lieutenant  Edward  Frederick  Tierney  Fergusson, 
Indian  Navy, 

Mahomed  Yusoof  Moorgay,  Cazee  of  Bombay, 

Jam  ks  John  Berkley,  Esquire,  Fellow  of  the  Geogra- 
phical Society,  M.I.C.E.,  President  of  the  Bombay 
Mechanics'  Institute,  and  Chief  Resident  Engineer  of 
the  Great  Indian  Peninsula  Railway  Company, 

Henry  Lacon  Anderson,  Esquire,  Secretary  to  Govern- 
ment, 

Being   the    first    Chancellor,     Vice-Chancellor,    and 
Fellows  of  the  said  University,  and  all  the  persons  who 
b  1306— 4  bu 


38  ACTS. 

may  hereafter  become  or  be  appointed  to  be  Chancellor, 
Vice -Chancellor,  or  Fellows  as  hereinafter  mentioned, 
so  long  as  they  shall  continue  to  be  such  Chancellor, 
Vice- Chancellor,  or  Fellows,  are  hereby  constituted  and 
declared  to  be  one  Body  Politic  and  Corporate  by  the 
name  of  the  University  of  Bombay  ;  and  such  Body 
Politic  shall  by  such  name  have  perpetual  succession 
and  shall  have  a  common  Seal,  and  by  such  name  shall 
sue  and  be  sued,  implead  and  be  impleaded,  and  answer 
and  be  answered  unto,  in  every  Court  of  Justice  within 
the  territories  in  the  possession  and  under  the  Govern- 
ment of  the  East  India  Company, 

II.  The  said  Body  Corporate  shall  be  able  and  capa- 

ble in  law  to  take,  purchase,  and 
diap0orof°pr«d    told  any  property,  moveable  or  im 

moveable,  which  may  become  vested 
in  it  for  the  purposes  of  the  said  University,  by  virtue 
of  any  purchase,  grant,  testamentary  disposition,  or 
otherwise  ;  and  shall  be  able  and  capable  in  law  to  grant, 
demise,  alien,  or  otherwise  dispose  of  all  or  any  of  the 
property,  moveable  or  immoveable,  belonging  to  the  said 
University  ;  and  also  to  do  all  other  matters  incidental 
or  appertaining  to  a  Body  Corporate. 

III.  The  said  Body  Corporate   shall  consist  of   ona 
„       .      .  .     Chancellor, one  Vice- Chancellor,and 

Body  Corporate.  suc^1  ntlmber  of  ex-officio  and  other 

Fellows  as  the  Governor  of  Bombay 
in  Council  hath  already  appointed,  or  shall  from  time  to 
time,   by  any  order  published    in   the  Bombay  Gazette, 
hereafter  appoint :  and  the  Chancellor,  Vice- Chancellor, 
and  Fellows  for  the  time  being  shall 
fee       •  <  constitute   the    Senate   of  the   said 

University.     Provided,  that  if  any  person  being  Chan- 
cellor, Vice- Chancellor,  or  Fellow  of  the   said  Univer- 

nffi™  „n„„4.~A  u       sity>    SQaU   leave    India  without  the 
Omce   vacated  by      •   /     ■•  *        .        .         ,, 

leaving  India.  intention  of  returning  thereto,  his 

office  shall  thereupon  become  vacant. 


ACT  OF   INCORPORATION.  39 

IV.  The  Governor  of  Bombay  for  the  time  being 

shall  be  the   Chancellor  of  the  said 

Chancellor.  University,   and  the  first  Chancellor 

shall  be  the  Right  Honourable  John,  Lord  Elphinstone. 

V.  The  first  Vice- Chancellor  of  the  said  University 
_,  „.  ..  shall  be  Sir  William  Yardley, 
Vice-Chancellor.       KnigM    The  office  of  y ice_Chancellor 

shall  be  held  for  two  years  only  ;  and  the  Vice-Chancellor 
hereinbefore  nominated  shall  go  out  of  office  on  the 
1st  day  of  January  1859.  Whenever  a  vacancy  shall 
occur  in  the  office  of  Vice-Chancellor  of  the  said  Uni- 
versity by  death,  resignation,  departure  from  India, 
effluxion  of  time,  or  otherwise,  the  Governor  of  Bombay 
in  Council  shall,  by  notification  in  the  Bombay  Gazette, 
nominate  a  fit  and  proper  person,  being  one  of  the  Fel- 
lows of  the  said  University,  to  be  Vice- Chancellor  in  the 
room  of  the  person  occasioning  such  vacancy.  Provided 
that,  on  any  vacancy  in  the  said  office  which  shall  occur 
by  effluxion  of  time,  the  Governor  of  Bombay  in  Coun- 
cil shall  have  power  to  re-appoint  the  Vice-Chancellor 
hereinbefore  nominated,  or  any  future  Vice- Chancellor 
to  such  office. 

VI.  The   Chief   Justice  of  Her  Majesty's    Supreme 
F  ..  Court  of   Judicature,  the    Bishop   of 

Bombay,  the  Members  of  the  Council 
of  Bombay,  the  Director  or  Acting  Director  of  Public 
Instruction,  the  Educational  Inspector  or  Acting  Educa- 
tional Inspector  of  the  Presidency  Division,  the  Princi- 
pals and  Acting  Principals  of  Government  Colleges,  all 
for  the  time  being,  shall,  while  filling  such  Offices,  be 
ex-officio  Fellows  of  the  said  University.  The  whole  num- 
ber of  the  Fellows  of  the  said  University,  exclusive  of 
the  Chancellor  and  Vice-Chancellor  for  the  time  being, 
shall  never  be  less  than  twenty- six  ;  and  whenever  the 
number  of  the  said  Fellows,  exclusive  as  aforesaid,  shall 
by  death,  resignation,  departure  from  India,  or  otherwise, 
be  reduced  below  twenty-six,  the  Governor  of  Bombay 


40  ACTS. 

in  Council  shall  forthwith,  by  notification  in  the  Bombay 
Gazette,  nominate  so  many  fit  and  proper  persons  to  be 
Fellows  of  the  said  University,  as  with  the  then  Fellows 
of  the  said  University  shall  make  the  number  of  such 
Fellows,  exclusive  as  aforesaid,  twenty-six.  But  nothing 
herein  contained  shall  prevent  the  Governor  of  Bom- 
bay in  Council  from  nominating  more  than  twenty- six 
persons  to  be  Fellows  of  the  said  University,  if  he  shall 
see  fit. 

VII.  The  Governor  of  Bombay  in  Council  may  can- 

cel  the  appointment    of    any    person 

The  appointment     already  appointed  or  hereafter  to  be 

cancelled™  ^         appointed  a  Fellow  of  the  University 

and  as  soon  as  such  order  is  notified 
in  the  Gazette,  the  person  so  appointed  shall  cease  to  be 
a  Fellow. 

VIII.  The  Chancellor,  Vice -Chancellor,  and  Fellows 

for  the  time  being  shall  have  the  en- 
Chancellor,  Vice-  tire  management  of  and  superintend- 
Chancellor,  and  ence  over  ^e  affairs,  concerns,  and 
Sl^fiSTf  Property  of  the  said  University  ;  and 
the  University.  in  aH  cases  unprovided  tor  by  this 

Act,  it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Chan- 
cellor, Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fellows  to  act  in  such  man- 
ner as  shall  appear  to  them  best  calculated  to  promote 
the  purposes  intended  by  the  said  University.  The  said 
Chancellor,  Vice- Chancellor,  and  Fellows  shall  have  full 

power  from  time  to  time  to  make  and 
ye-  aws.  alter  any  bye-laws  and  regulations  (so 

as  the  same  be  not  repugnant  to  law,  or  to  the  general 
objects  and  provisions  of  this  Act)  touching  the  examina- 
tion for  degrees  and  the  granting  of  the  same  ;  and 
touching  the  examination  for  honours,  and  the  granting 
of  marks  of  honour  for  ahigher  proficiency  in  the  different 
branches  of  Literature,  Science,  and  Art ;  and  touching 
the  qualifications  of  the  candidates  for  degrees,  and  the 
previous  course  of  instruction  to  be  followed  by  them 
and  the  preliminary  examinations  to  be  submitted  to  by 


ACT  OF  INCORPORATION.  41 

them  ;  and  touching  the  mode  and  time  of  convening  the 
meetings  of  the  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fel- 
lows ;  and  in  general  touching  all  other  matters  whatever 
regarding  the  said  University.  And  all  such  bye-laws 
and  regulations,  when  reduced  into  writing,  and  after 
the  common  seal  of  the  said  University  shall  have  been 
affixed  thereto,  shall  be  binding  upon  all  persons,  mem- 
bers of  the  said  University,  and  all  candidates  for  degrees 
to  be  conferred  by  the  same,  provided  such  bye-laws  and 
regulations  shall  have  been  first  submitted  to  and  shall 
have  received  the  approval  of  the  Governor  of  Bombay 
in  Council. 

IX.  All  questions  which  shall  come  before  the  Chan- 
jjr    ..         f  cellor,  Vice- Chancellor,  and  Fellows, 

Senate  sha11  be  decided  at  a  meeting  of  the 

Senate  by  the  majority  of  the  mem- 
bers present  ;  and  the  Chairman  at  any  such  meeting 
shall  have  a  vote,  and,  in  case  of  an  equality  of  votes,  a 
second  or  casting  vote.  No  question  shall  be  decided  at 
any  meeting,  unless  the  Chancellor,  or  Vice- Chancellor 
and  five  Fellows,  or,  in  the  absence  of  the  Chancellor 
and  Vice -Chancellor,  unless  six  Fellows  at  the  least  shall 
be  present  at  the  time  of  the  decision.  At  every  meeting 
of  the  Senate,  the  Chancellor,  or  in  his  absence  the 
Vice-Chancellor,  shall  preside  as  Chairman  ;  and,  in  the 
absence  of  both,  a  Chairman  shall  be  chosen  by  the 
Fellows  present,  or  the  major  part  of  them, 

X.  The  said  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor   and   Fel- 

lows for  the  time  being  shall  have  full 
Appointment  and     power  from  time  to  time  to    appoint, 

™     rf°nffiXami"     and>   as   the7   shall   see  occasion,   to 

ners  and.  Umcers.  '  .,    £,  .  ~.  ~,  '      , 

remove  all  Examiners,  Umcers,   and 

servants  of  the  said  University. 

XT.     The  said  Chancellor,   Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fel- 
lows shall   have  power,   after  exami- 

degrJeT  *°  °       *"    nation>   *°  con*er  tne  several   degrees 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Master  of   Arts, 

b  1306—4  uu* 


42  ACTS. 

Bachelor  of  Laws,  Licentiate  of  Medicine,  Doctor  of  Me- 
dicine, and  Master  of  Civil  Engineering  ;  they  shall  also 
have  power,  after  examination,  to  confer  upon  the  candi- 
dates for  the  said  several  degrees  marks  of  honour  for  a 
high  degree  of  proficiency  in  the  different  branches 
of  Literature,  Science,  and  Art,  according  to  rules  to  be 
determined  by  the  bye-laws  to  be  from  time  to  time  made 
by  them  under  the  power  in  that  behalf  given  to  them 
by  this  Act. 

XII.  Except  by  special  order  of  the  Senate,  no  person 

shall  be  admitted  as  a  candidate  for 
Qualification  for  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  Master 
£™d£^  of  Arts  Bachelor  of  Laws  Licentiate 
oi  Medicine,  Doctor  01  Medicine,  or 
Master  of  Civil  Engineering,  unless  he  shall  present  to 
the  said  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fellows  a  cer- 
tificate from  one  of  the  Institutions  authorized  in  that 
behalf  by  the  Governor  of  Bombay  in  Council,  to  the 
effect  that  he  has  completed  the  course  of  instruction 
prescribed  by  the  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fel- 
lows of  the  said  University,  in  the  bye-laws  to  be  made  by 
them  under  the  power  in  that  behalf  given  by  this  Act. 

XIII.  The   said    Chancellor,    Vice-Chancellor,    and 

Fellows  shall  cause  an  examination  for 
de|xeae^mafci0n  for     degrees  to  be   held  at   least   once   in 

every  year ;  on  every  such  examination 
the  candidates  shall  be  examined  either  by  Examiners 
appointed  for  the  purpose  from  among  the  Fellows,  by 
the  said  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fellows,  or  by 
other  Examiners  so  to  be  appointed ;  and  on  every  such 
examination  the  candidates,  whether  candidates  for  an 
ordinary  degree  or  for  a  degree  with  honours,  shall  be 
examined  on  as  many  subjects  and  in  such  manner  as 
the  said  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fellows  shall 
appoint. 

XIV.  At  the  conclusion  of   any  examination  of  the 

nMn+A«,iam.aac.  candidates,  the  Examiners  shall  de- 
lr rant  of  degrees,  ,i  *  j-i  l 

dare  the  name   ot   every    candidal 


ACT  OF  INCORPORATION.  43 

whom  they  shall  have  deemed  entitled  to  any  of  the  said 
degrees,  and  his  proficiency  in  relation  to  other  candi- 
dates ;  and  also  the  honours  which  he  may  have  gained 
in  respect  of  his  proficiency  in  that  department  of 
knowledge  in  which  he  is  about  to  graduate  ;  and  he 
shall  receive  from  the  said  Chancellor  a  certificate,  under 
the  seal  of  the  said  University  of  Bombay,  and  signed 
by  the  said  Chancellor  or  Vice- Chancellor,  in  which  the 
particulars  so  stated  shall  be  declared. 

XV.     The   said    Chancellor,     Vice-Chancellor,   and 
Fees  Fellows   shall  have  power  to  charge 

such  reasonable  fees  for  the  degrees  to 
be  conferred  by  them,  and  upon  admission  into  the  said 
University,  and  for  continuance  therein,  as  they,  with 
the  approbation  of  the  Governor  of  Bombay  in  Coun- 
cil, shall  from  time  to  time  see  fit  to  impose.     Such  fees 

.         4  .  shall  be  carried  to  one  General  Fee 

Annual  Accounts.     Fund  for  the   payment   of   expenses 

of  the  said  University,  under  the  directions  and  regula- 
tions of  the  Governor  of  Bombay  in  Council,  to  whom 
the  accounts  of  income  and  expenditure  of  the  said  Uni- 
versity shall,  once  in  every  year,  be  submitted  for  such 
examination  and  audit  as  the  said  Governor  of  Bombay 
in  Council  may  direct. 


ACT  FOR  CONFERRING  ADDITIONAL 
DEGREES 


Act  No.  XLVII.  of  1860. 

An  Act  for  giving  to  the  Universities  of  Calcutta, 
Madras,  and  Bombay,  the  power  of  conferring  Degrees 
in  addition  to  those  mentioned  in  Acts  II,  XXII,  and 
XXVII.  of  1857. 

Whereas  it  is  expedient  to  give  to  the  Universities 

of   Calcutta,    Madras,   and  Bombay, 

Preamble.  established  nnder  Acts  II.,   XXII., 

and  XXVII.  of  1857,  the  power  of  conferring  Degrees 

other  than  the  Degrees  in  that  Act  expressly  provided 

for ;  it  is  enacted  as  follows  : — 

I.  It  shall  be  competent  to  the  Chancellor,  Vice- 
p  ,       .  Chancellor,      and      Fellows    of    the 

sitieTtoconfeT De-  Universities  of  Calcutta,  Madras,  or 
grees.  Bombay,  respectively,  to  confer  such 

Degrees,  and  to  grant  such  Diplomas 
or  Licences  in  respect  of  Degrees,  as  the  said  Chancellor, 
Vice-Chancellor,  and  Fellows  of  any  such  University 
shall  have  appointed  or  shall  appoint  by  any  Bye-laws 
or  Regulations  made  and  passed,  or  to  be  made  or  passed 
by  them  in  the  manner  provided  in  the  said  Acts,  and 
submitted  to  and  approved  by  the  Governor  General  in 
Council  as  far  as  regards  the  University  of  Calcutta,  or 
by  the  Governor  in  Council  of  Madras  or  Bombay  as 
regards  the  Universities  of  Madras  and  Bombay  respec- 
tively. 

II.  All  the  provisions  contained  in  the  said  Acts  II., 

.  XXII.,  and  XXVII.   of  1857,  with 

Construction.  respect  to  the  Degrees   therein  men- 

tioned, and  to  the  examinations  for  those  Degrees,  shall 
apply  to  any  Degrees  which  may  be  conferred  under 
this  Act  and  to  the  examinations  for  such  Degrees. 


ACT  FOR  CONFERRING  HONORARY 
DEGREES 


Act  No.  I.  of  1884. 

An  Act  to  amend  the  law  relating  to  the  granting  of 
honorary  degrees  by  the  Universities  at  Calcutta,  Madras, 
and  Bombay. 

Whereas  it  is  expedient  to  amend  the  law  relating  to 
the  granting  of  honorary  degrees,  and  to  give  to  the  Uni- 
versities at  Calcutta,  Madras  and  Bombay  the  power  of 
granting  the  degree  of  Doctor  in  the  faculty  of  Law  to  per- 
sons who  have  not  undergone  a  previous  examination ; 
and  whereas  the  executive  government  of  each  of  the 
said  Universities  is,  by  bye-laws  made  under  the  Acts  esta- 
blishing the  same,  vested  in  a  Syndicate  consisting  of  the 
Vice-Chancellor  and  certain  of  the  Fellows  ; 

It  is  hereby  enacted  as  follows  : — 

1.  Act  No.  XXI.  of  1875  (an  Act  to  authorize  the  Univer- 

sity at  Calcutta  to  grant  honorary  degrees) 
^Repeal  of  Act  XXI.      ig  repealed. 

2.  If  the  Vice-Chancellor  and  not  less   than  two-thirds 

of  the  other  members   of  the  Syndicate 
Power   to  confer    0f  any  of  the    Universities  at   Calcutta, 
D°ocS  thffacu?     Madras  and  Bombay  recommend  that  an 
ty  of  Law.  honorary  degree  be  conferred  on  any  per- 

son, on  the  ground  that  he  is,  in  their 
opinion,  by  reason  of  eminent  position  and  attainments,  a 
fit  and  proper  person  to  receive  such  a  degree,  and  their 
recommendation  is  supported  by  a  majority  of  those  present 
at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  and  is  confirmed  by  the  Chan- 
cellor, it  shall  be  lawful  for  the  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor 
and  Fellows  to  confer  on  that  person  the  degree  of  Doctor 
in  the  faculty  of  Law,  without  requiring  him  to  undergo 
any  examination. 


V 


I.— CONSTITUTION  OF  THE  SENATE  AND  OF 
THE  FACULTIES. 

1.  The  Chancellor,  Vice-Chancellor,  the  Deans  of  the 
Faculties  of  Arts,  Law,  Medicine  and  Engineering,  the 
Syndics,  and  theFellows  of  the  University,  according  to  sec- 
tions III,  IV,  V,  and  VI  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  shall 
have  seniority  and  precedence,  first,  in  the  order  above 
specified  down  to  the  Syndics,  and,  secondly,  according  to 
their  official  precedence  in  the  case  of  ex-ofiicio  Fellows, 
and,  thirdly,  in  the  case  of  other  Fellows,  according  to  the 
sequence  of  appointments. 

2.  The  Senate  may,  for  gross  misbehaviour  unfitting  a 
Fellow  in  its  opinion  for  his  office,  and  after  hearing  such 
Fellow  or  any  other  Fellow  nominated  by  him  on  his  be- 
half, request  that  his  appointment  be  cancelled  under  the 
provisions  of  section  VII  of  the  Act  of  Incorporation. 

3.  At  a  convenient  time,  soon  after  the  appointment  of 
any  Fellow,  the  Syndicate  shall,  and  at  any  subsequent 
time  the  Syndicate  may,  consider  and  recommend  his  ap- 
pointment to  one  or  more  of  the  Faculties.  Such  recom- 
mendation shall  be  considered  and  adopted  or  rejected  at 
the  next  following  meeting  of  the  Senate. 

II.— THE  FACULTIES. 

4.  There  shall  be  four  Faculties,  namely,  of  Arts,  Law, 
Medicine,  and  Civil  Engineering.  Every  member  of  the 
Senate  shall  be  a  member  of  one  Faculty  at  least,  and  any 
member  of  the  Senate  may  be  a  member  of  more  than  one 
Faculty. 

5.  Each  Faculty  shall  meet  ordinarily  once  a  year, 
within  three  weeks  after  the  fixed  date  for  the  Annual 
Convocation  for  Conferring  Degrees,  for  the  purpose  of 
electing  a  Dean  and  Syndics  for  the  year,  and  at  other 
times  when  convened  by  the  Dean,  or  as  provided  in 
Bye-law  8. 


THE  SYNDICATE.  47 

6.  A  meeting  of  any  Faculty  shall  also  be  convened  by 
the  Dean  on  the  requisition  of  any  three  of  its  members. 
The  Dean,  or  Senior  Fellow  present,  shall  be  chairman  at 
such  Meeting,  and  the  chairman  shall  hare  a  vote,  and,  in 
case  of  an  equality  of  votes,  a  casting  vote. 

7.  The  office  of  Dean  shall  be  vacated  by  the  Dean's 
ceasing  to  reside  in  the  City  of  Bombay  for  a  period  of 
more  than  three  calendar  months,  or  by  his  leaving  the 
Presidency  of  Bombay  without  giving  notice  to  the  Regis- 
trar  of  his  intention  to  return  within  three  calendar  months, 

8.  On  the  occurrence  of  such  a  vacancy  the  Vice-Chan- 
cellor shall  direct  the  Senior  Fellow  in  Bombay  belonging 
to  the  Faculty  in  which  the  vacancy  has  occurred  to  convene 
a  Meeting  of  the  Faculty  for  the  election  of  a  new  Dean. 

9.  Three  Members  of  any  Faculty  shall  constitute  a 
quorum  of  that  Faculty. 

III.— THE  SYNDICATE. 

10.  The  Executive  Government  of  the  University  shall  be 
vested  in  a  Syndicate,  consisting  of  the  Vice-Chancellor  and 
ten  of  the  Fellows,  who  shall  be  elected  for  one  year  by 
the  several  Faculties  in  the  following  proportions  : — 

Four  by  the  Faculty  of  Arts,  one  of  whom  shall 
be  elected  separately  to  represent  the  Physical 
and  Experimental  Sciences. 

Two  by  the   Faculty  of  Law. 

Two        „  „       „     Medicine. 

Two        „  „       „     Civil  Engineering. 

11.  It  will  be  the  duty  of  the  Syndicate,  subject  to  the 
revision  and  control  of  the  Senate,  to  appoint,  and,  if  ne- 
cessary, to  remove  the  Examiners  and  all  other  officers  and 
servants  of  the  University  except  the  Registrar ;  to  fix 
their  salaries  and  emoluments,  save  as  provided  by  any 
Bye-law ;  to  order  Examinations  in  conformity  with  the 
Regulations,  and  declare  the  results  as  they  bear  on  Degrees, 
Honours, and  Rewards;  to  keep  the  accounts  of  the  Uni- 
versity, and  to  correspond  on  the  business  of  the  Univer- 
sity with  the  Government  and  all  other  authorities  and 
persons  ;  to  consider  proposals  laid  before  it  by  members  of 
the  Senate,  and  from  time  to  time  to  frame  such  Bye-laws 
and  Regulations  as  may  be  necessary,  subject  to  the 
approval  of  the  Senate. 


48  JBYE-UWS. 

12.  The  elections  of  Syndics  shall  take  place  within 
three  weeks  after  the  fixed  date  for  the  Annual  Convocation 
for  Conferring  Degrees. 

13,  The  Syndicate  shall  meet  ordinarily  once  a  month, 
and  at  other  times  when  convened  by  the  Vice-Chancellor, 
or,  in  his  absence,  by  the  Senior  Fellow  in  the  Syndicate. 

14  The  office  of  Syndic  shall  be  vacated  by  the  Syndic's 
being  absent  from  three  consecutive  ordinary  monthly 
meetings. 

15.  On  the  occurrence  of  such  a  vacancy  the  Vice-Chan* 
cellor  shall  direct  a  Meeting  of  the  Faculty  in  which  the 
vacancy  has  occurred  to  be  convened  for  the  election  of  a 
new  Syndic. 

16.  Four  members  of  the  Syndicate  shall  constitute  a 
quorum,  and  all  questions  shall  be  decided  by  a  majority. 

17.  The  Vice- Chancellor,  or,  in  his  absence,  the  Senior 
Fellow  present,  shall  preside  at  all  Meetings  of  the  Syn- 
dicate. The  Chairman  at  such  Meetings  shall  have  a  vote, 
and,  in  case  of  an  equality  of  votes,  a  casting  vote. 

18.  Each  Faculty  shall  report  on  any  subject  that  may 
be  referred  to  it  by  the  Syndicate. 

19.  Any  Faculty,  or  any  Member  of  the  Senate,  may 
make  any  recommendation  to  the  Syndicate,  and  may 
propose  any  Bye-law  or  Regulation  for  the  consideration 
of  the  Syndicate. 

20.  Subject  to  Bye-law  40,  the  decision  of  the  Syn* 
dicate  on  any  such  recommendation  or  proposal  may  be 
brought  before  the  Senate  by  any  member  of  the  Senate 
by  way  of  Resolution  at  one  of  its  Meetings,  and  the  Senate 
may  approve,  revise,  modify  or  overrule  any  such  decision, 
or  may  direct  the  Syndicate  to  review  it. 

21.  No  proposal  shall  be  entertained  by  the  Senate  that 
has  not,  in  the  first  instance,  been  considered  by  the  Syn- 
dicate, or  submitted  for  a  period  of  at  least  three  months 
for  consideration  by  the  Syndicate* 

IV.— BOARD  OF  ACCOUNTS. 

•22.  A  Board  of  Accounts,  consisting  of  three  Fellows 
of  the  University  not  being  members  of  the  Syndicate,  shall 
be  appointed  annually  by  the  Senate  within  three  weeks 


THE  REGISTRAR. 


49 


after  the  fixed  date  for  the  Annual  Convocation  for  Con- 
ferring Degrees. 

23.  The  Board  shall  meet  ordinarily  once  every  three 
months,  and  at  other  times  when  convened  by  the  Vice- 
Chancellor. 

24.  The  Board  shall  examine  and  audit  the  University 
Accounts  ;  prepare  the  University  Budget,  and  the  account 
of  Endowment  and  Trust  Funds ;  consider  ways  and 
means;  and  make  recommendations,  where  necessary,  to 
the  Syndicate  on  all  matters  relating  to  the  finances  of 
the  University. 

25.  Members  of  the  Board  shall  hold  office  until  the  next 
Annual  Election.  They  shall  be  eligible  for  re-appoint- 
ment at  the  expiration  of  their  office.  All  vacancies  in  the 
Board  occurring  between  two  Annual  Elections  shall  be 
filled  up  by  persons  appointed  by  the  Syndicate. 

V— THE  REGISTRAR. 


26.  The  Registrar  shall  be  appointed  by  the  Senate  at 
an  Ordinary  Annual  Meeting.  His  term  of  office  shall  be 
two  years,  but  the  Registrar  may  be  re-appointed. 

27.  The  duties  of  the  Registrar  shall  be  as  follows  : — 

(a)  To  be  the  custodian  of  the  Records,  Library,  Com- 

mon Seal,  and  such  other  property  of  the  Univer- 
sity as  the  Syndicate  shall  commit  to  his  charge. 

(b)  To  act  as  Secretary  to  the  Syndicate  and  to  attend 

all  Meetings  of  the  Senate,  Faculties,  Syndicate, 
Board  of  Accounts  and  Examiners,  and  to  keep 
Minutes  thereof. 

(c)  To    conduct    the     official     correspondence    of  the 

Syndicate. 

(d)  To  issue  all  notices  convening  meetings  of  the  Se- 

nate, Faculties,  Syndicate  and  Board  of  Accounts. 

(e)  To  perform  such  other  duties  as  may  be  from  time  to 
time  prescribed  by  the  Syndicate,  and  generally  to 
render  such  assistance  as  may  be  desired  by  the 
V  ice-Chancellor  in  performance  of  his  official  duties. 

28.  The  salary  of  the  Registrar  shall  be  Rs.  360  per 
month. 

b  1306—5  bu 


50  BYE-LAWS. 

29.  Leave  of  absence  may  be  granted  to  the  "Registrar  by 
the  Syndicate  for  a  period  not  exceeding  two  months  for  any 
one  term  of  office,  or  six  months  in  all,  on  such  terms  as 
to  salary  as  the  Syndicate  may  think  proper.  During  the 
absence  of  the  Registrar  on  leave,  an  Acting  Registrar  may 
be  appointed  by^  the  Syndicate,  who  shall  be  paid  at  such 
rate  not  exceeding  the  salary  of  the  Registrar  as  the  Syn- 
dicate may  determine.  If  the  Registrar  shall  overstay  his 
leave,  his  appointment  shall  become  vacant. 

30.  In  case  of  necessity  the  Vice-Chancellor  is  empower- 
ed to  provide  for  the  performance  of  the  duties  of  the 
Registrar. 

YL— MEETINGS  OF  THE  SENATE. 

31.  Meetings  of  the  Senate  shall  be  held  in  the  Sir  Co  was - 
jee  Jehanghier  Hall  of  the  University,  unless  for  special  rea- 
sons the  Chancellor  or  Vice-Chancellor  otherwise  directs. 

32.  Such  proposals  and  amendments  only  as  are  imme- 
diately connected  with  the  University  of  Bombay,  and  are 
in  accordance  with  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  shall  be  enter- 
tained and  debated  in  the  Senate. 

33.  The  Senate  shall  meet  ordinarily  once  a  year,  on  the 
Fourth  Saturday  in  the  First  Term  in  Arts,  and  at  other 
times  when  convened  by  the  Vice -Chancellor,  or,  in  his 
absence  from  the  Presidency,  by  the  Syndicate. 

34.  A  meeting  of  the  Senate  shall  be  convened  on  the  re- 
quisition of  any  six  of  the  Fellows  to  the  Vice-Chancellor. 

35.  A  Convocation  for  Conferring  Degrees  shall  be  held 
on  the  Third  Tuesday  in  January,  and  on  such  other  gradua- 
tion days  as  may  be  appointed  by  the  Chancellor  or  Vice- 
Chancellor. 

36.  Persons  entitled  to  Degrees,  and  desirous  of  being  ad- 
mitted, must  apply  in  writing  ten  days  previously  to  the  Re- 
gistrar, who  will  communicate  their  names,  together  with 
the  necessary  certificates,  to  the  respective  Deans  of  Faculty, 
for  submission  to  the  Senate  on  the  next  graduation  day. 

37.  The  Senate  will,  on  the  motion  of  the  Deans  of  Fa- 
culty, respectively  pass  the  necessary  graces  in  that  behalf, 
and  the  Dean  of  Faculty  will  then  present  the  persons  so 
approved  of  to  the  Chancellor  or  Vice-Chancellor  successively 
in  the  following  order :— Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering, 
Licentiate  of   Medicine   and   Surgery,  Bachelor  of  Science, 


MEETINGS  OF  THE  SENATE.  51 

Bachelor  of  Arts,  Bachelor  of  Laws,  Master  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering-, Master  of  Arts,  and  Doctor  of  Medicine, 

38.  Nothing  in  the  foregoing  is  to  be  held  to  prevent  the 
Chancellor  admitting  to  the  Degree  of  M.D.  or  M.A.  any 
person  who  may  be  presented  to  him  by  the  Senate  with  a 
certificate  that  he  has  been  examined  and  judged  worthy  of 
such  special  distinction, 

39.  In  special  cases  and  at  the  discretion  of  the  Syndi- 
cate, Candidates  who  have  passed  the  Examinations  may  be 
permitted  to  take  their  Degrees  in  absentia. 

40.  Fourteen  days  before  the  day  fixed  for  a  meeting  of 
the  Senate  the  Registrar  shall  forward  to  each  member  of 
the  Senate  a  statement  of  all  business  to  be  brought  before 
the  Meeting  and  of  the  terms  of  all  Resolutions  to  be  then 
proposed,  together  with  the  name  of  the  proposer  of  each, 
intimation  in  writing  of  which  has  previously  reached  him. 
Notice  in  writinsr  of  proposed  amendments  and  the  terms  there- 
of and  of  motions  for  any  change  in  the  order  of  business  as 
set  forth  in  the  statement,  must  be  forwarded  so  as  to  reach 
the  Registrar  four  clear  days*  before  the  day  of  meeting. 
The  Registrar  shall,  two  clear  days  before  the  day  of  meeting, 
forward  to  each  member  of  the  Senate  a  statement  of  all  the 
motions  and  amendments ;  and  no  motion  or  amendment,  of 
which  such  notice  has  not  been  given,  shall  be  pnt  to  the 
Meeting,  other  than  a  motion  for  dissolution,  adjournment, 
or  suspension  of  the  sitting,  for  passing  to  the  next  business 
on  the  statement,  for  directing  the  Syndicate  to  review  their 
decision,  or  an  amendment  which  shall  be  accepted  by  the 
Chairman  as  merely  formal. 

N.  B. — The  Chancellor,  or  in  his  absence  the  Vice-Chan- 
cellor, or,  in  the  absence  of  both,  a  Fellow  elected  by  the 
Meeting,  presides  at  the  meetings  of  the  Senate.  The 
Senior  Fellow  present  shall  take  the  chair  for  and  until  such 
election  only.  Six  members  of  the  Senate  form  a  quorum, 
and  all  questions  are  decided  by  a  majority  of  the  votes  of 
the  members  present,  the  Chairman,  in  case  of  an  equality  of 
votes,  having  a  second  or  casting  vote  (Act  XXII.  of  1857, 
section  IX). 


*  "  Four  clear  days  "  means  four  days  exclusive  of  the  day  on  which  notice 
reaches  the  Registrar  and  of  the  day  of  meeting.  Thus,  if  the  meeting  is  fixed 
for  Saturday,  the  notice  must  reach  the  Registrar  on  Monday  ;  if  for  Friday, 
the  notice  must  reach  him  on  Saturday. 


52  BYE-LAWS. 


VIL— ORDER  OF  BUSINESS. 

41.  Each  Fellow,  before  he  takes  his  place,  shall  write 
his  name  on  a  slip  of  paper  which  shall  be  provided  for  the 
purpose  at  the  entrance  of  the  place  of  Meeting,  and  which 
he  shall  then  deliver  to  the  door-keeper. 

42.  At  the  expiration  of  half  an  hour  from  the  time  of 
Meeting,  the  Chairman  shall  take  notice  whether  there  are 
six  Fellows  present ;  and  if  there  are  not,  the  Meeting  shall 
forthwith  be  dissolved.  Such  dissolution  shall  be  recorded 
by  the  Registrar  under  the  signature  of  the  Chairman. 

43.  At  every  Meeting  the  business  to  be  entertained 
shall,  unless  the  Meeting  shall  by  special  vote  otherwise 
determine,  be  taken  in  the  following  order : — 

(1.)  The  election,  if  it  is  part  of  the  business  to  be  enter- 
tained at  the  Meeting,  of  the  Chairman. 

(2.)  The  election,  if  it  is  part  of  the  business  to  be  enter- 
tained at  the  Meeting,  of  any  official  of  the  University. 

(3.)     Any  motion  for  a  change  in  the  order  of  business. 

(4.)  Any  business  and  motions  of  which  due  notice  has 
been  given  in  the  order  in  which  such  business  and  motions 
are  entered  in  the  statement  of  the  business  and  motions  to 
be  brought  forward  subject  to  the  provisions  of  this  Bye- 
law  and  to  Bye-law  49. 

VIIL— RULES  OF  DEBATE. 

(i.)     Motions. 

44.  Every  motion  shall  be  affirmative  in  form,  and  shall 
begin  with  the  word  That. 

45.  Every  motion  at  a  Meeting  must  be  seconded  ;  other- 
wise it  will  drop.  Any  Fellow  may  second  a  motion,  by 
saying  "  That  motion  is  seconded  by  me,"  and  may  reserve 
his  speech. 

46.  When  a  motion  has  been  seconded,  it  shall  be  stated 
from  the  Chair,  which  shall  be  done  by  the  Chairman  say- 
ing "  The  proposal  is,"  and  concluding  in  the  terms  of  the 
motion, 

47.  When  the  proposal  has  been  thus  stated,  it  may  be 
discussed  as  a  question  to  be  resolved  simply  in  the  affirma- 


RULES   OF   DEBATE.  0<5 

tive  or  negative,  or  as  proposed  to  be  varied  by  way  of 
amendment.  When,  before  or  after  debate,  no  Fellow  rises 
to  speak  to  the  motion,  the  Chairman  shall  proceed  to  put 
the  question  to  the  vote  in  the  manner  hereinafter  men- 
tioned. 

48.  Not  more  than  one  proposal  and  one  amendment 
thereto  shall  be  placed  before  the  Meeting  at  the  same  time. 

49.  A  substantive  proposal  once  brought  forward  shall 
not  be  proposed  a  second  time  at  the  same  Meeting,  or  at 
any  adjournment  thereof.  A  proposal  substantially  iden- 
tical in  part  with  one  already  brought  forward  may  be 
brought  forward  with  the  omission  of  such  part. 

(ii.)     Amendments. 

50.  Any  proposal  before  the  Meeting  may  be  amended 
(1)  by  simply  leaving  out  a  word  or  words  ;  (2)  by  leaving 
out  a  word  or  words  and  adding  or  inserting  a  word  or 
words  ;  (3)  by  simply  adding  or  inserting  a  word  or  words. 

51.  No  amendment  shall  be  proposed  which  would  re- 
duce a  proposal  to  a  negative  form,  or  would  alter  the  first 
word. 

52.  No  amendment  shall  be  proposed  which  substantial- 
ly raises  a  question  already  disposed  of  by  the  Meeting,  or 
is  inconsistent  with  any  resolution  already  passed  by  it. 

53.  The  order  in  which  amendments  to  a  proposal  are 
to  be  brought  forward  shall  be  determined  by  the  Chairman 
with  reference  to  their  extent  and  mutual  relation  subject 
to  Bye-law  43  (3)  and  (4). 

54.  An  amendment  may  be  moved  by  any  Fellow  who 
has  not  already  spoken  in  the  debate,  and  must  be  seconded 
in  the  same  way  as  a  motion  ;  otherwise  it  will  drop.  An 
amendment,  the  substance  of  which  has  been  disposed  of 
in  part,  may  be  modified  by  its  proposer  so  as  to  retain  only 
the  part  not  so  disposed  of. 

55.  When  an  amendment  has  been  moved  and  seconded 
it  shall  be  stated  from  the  Chair,  and  then  the  debate  may 
proceed  on  the  original  proposal  and  the  amendment 
together ;  but,  so  far  as  the  question  raised  by  the  amend- 
ment is  one  on  which  he  has  not  yet  spoken,  any  Fellow 
may  speak  to  that  question,  though  he  has  spoken  to  the 
original  question,  or  a  previous  amendment. 

b  58—5  bu* 


°*  BYE-LAWS. 

(iii).    Putting  the  Question;  Further  Amendments. 

56.  When  the  debate  is  concluded,  the  Chairman  shall 
put  question  to  the  vote  thus  : — 

If  there  is  no  amendment,  the  Chairman  shall  say  "  The 
proposal  is,"  and  conclude  in  the  terms  of  the  motion. 

If  there  is  an  amendment  he  shall  say  "  It  has  been 
moved,"  and  state  the  motion ;  then  he  shall  say  "  Since 
which  it  has  been  moved  by  way  of  amendment,"  and 
state  the  amendment ;  and  then,  if  the  amendment  is 
one  of  the  first  two  kinds,  he  shall  put  the  question 
"  Shall  the  words  (or  word)  proposed  to  be  left  out  be 
retained." 

If  the  amendment  is  of  the  second  kind,  and  the  last- 
mentioned  question  has  been  resolved  in  the  affirmative, 
the  amendment  shall  drop.  If  the  last-mentioned  ques- 
tion has  been  negatived,  the  Chairman  shall  then  put 
the  question  "  Shall  the  proposed  words  be  added  " 
[or  "  inserted"]. 

If  the  amendment  is  of  the  third  kind,  the  first  question 
put  shall  be  "  That  those  words  be  there  added  "  [or 
"  inserted  "]. 

57.  If  an  amendment  is  negatived,  the  original  motion 
shall  be  again  stated  from  the  Chair,  and,  subject  to  the 
foregoing  Bye -laws,  any  other  amendment  duly  notified 
shall  then  be  proposed  thereto. 

58.  If  an  amendment  is  carried,  the  proposal  as  amended 
shall  be  stated  from  the  Chair,  and  may  then  be  debated  as 
a  substantive  question,  to  which  the  further  amendments 
to  the  original  proposal  of  which  due  notice  has  been  given 
and  so  far  as  they  shall  be  applicable,  may  be  proposed 
subject  to  the  foregoing  Bye-laws  ;  and  such  further  amend- 
ments shall  be  disposed  of  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
original  amendment. 

59.  No  question  shall  be  withdrawn  from  the  decision 
of  the  Meeting  without  its  unanimous  consent ;  but  this 
consent  shall  be  presumed  if  the  mover  states  his  wish  to 
withdraw  the  motion,  and  the  Chairman,  after  an  interval, 
announces  that  it  is  withdrawn. 

(iv.)     Adjournments,  dtc. 

60.  A  proposal  "That  this  Meeting  be  now  dissolved"  or 
"  be  now  adjourned  to  (some  specified  time)"  may 


RULES   OF   DEBATE.  55 


be  moved  at  any  time  as  a  distinct  question,  but  not  as  an 
amendment,  nor  so  as  to  interrupt  a  speech.  If  a  motion 
for  dissolution  is  carried,  the  business  before  the  Meeting 
shall  drop. 

61.  A  proposal  w  That  the  debate  be  now  ad j  ourned  "  may 
be  moved  at  the  like  time  and  in  the  like  manner  as  the 
motion  "That  this  Meeting  be  now  adjourned,"  and  if 
carried  shall  have  the  effect  of  postponing  the  debate  till 
the  next  meeting.  If  it  be  negatived,  the  debate  shall  be 
resumed. 

62.  IsTo  amendment  shall  be  moved  to  a  proposal  under 
either  of  the  two  last  preceding  Bye-laws,  except  one  for 
substituting  a  different  time  for  that  for  which  it  is  pro- 
posed to  adjourn  the  Meeting  or  debate. 

63.  A  Meeting  or  a  debate  renewed  or  continued  after 
an  adjournment  is  to  be  deemed  one  with  that  preceding 
the  adjournment, 

64.  The  motion  "  That  the  Meeting  pass  to  the  next 
business  on  the  statement "  may  be  made  at  any  time,  in 
like  manner  and  subject  to  the  same  rules  as  one  for 
adjournment.  If  such  a  motion  be  carried,  the  proposal 
under  consideration  and  the  amendment  thereto  shall  not 
be  further  dealt  with  at  the  Meeting. 

65.  JNo  motion  for  the  dissolution  or  for  the  adjourn- 
ment of  the  Meeting,  or  for  the  adjournment  of  the  debate, 
or  for  the  suspension  of  the  sitting,  or  to  pass  to  the  next 
business,  shall  be  made  or  spoken  to  during  a  debate  by 
any  Fellow  who  has  spoken  in  the  debate  or  shall  be  spoken 
to  by  such  Fellow.  Any  such  motion  shall  take  the  place 
of  any  question  that  may  be  before  the  Meeting,  and,  if  not 

rithdrawn,  must  be  disposed  of  before  such  qiiestion. 

6Q.  When  a  motion  of  the  class  contemplated  in  the  last 
receding  Bye -law  has  been  brought  forward  and  nega- 
tived, no  other  motion  of  that  class  shall  be  again  brought 
forward  until  after  the  lapse  of  what  the  Chairman  shall 
leem  a  reasonable  time  ;  nor  shall  a  debate  be  allowed  on 
mch  second  or  subsequent  motion  brought  forward  during 

debate  on  the  same  proposal  discussed  alone,  or  the  same 
jroposal  and  amendment  discussed  together,  according  to 
3ye-law  43, 


56  BYE-LAWS- 


(v.)     Miscellaneous. 

67.  On  each  proposal,  or  proposal  and  amendment  in 
debate,  a  Fellow  may  speak  once,  subject  to  the  provisions 
of  Bye-laws  64  and  65. 

68.  The  Fellow  who  is  first  up,  at  the  conclusion  of  a 
speech,  has  the  right  to  be  heard.  In  cases  of  competi- 
tion the  Chairman  shall  decide. 

69.  The  mover  of  every  original  Resolution  may  reply 
upon  the  whole  debate.  But  the  mover  of  an  amendment 
or  of  a  dissolution  or  adjournment,  or  of  the  suspension 
of  the  sitting,  or  that  the  Meeting  pass  to  the  next  busi- 
ness on  the  statement,  has  no  right  to  reply. 

70.  No  Fellow  shall  speak  to  the  question  after  the 
mover  has  entered  on  his  reply. 

71.  The  Chairman  has  the  same  right  of  moving  or 
seconding  a  motion  or  amendment  and  of  addressing  the 
Meeting  as  any  other  Fellow.  But  he  shall  vacate  the 
chair  whilst  he  is  addressing  the  Meeting,  and  the  chair 
shall  during  such  time  be  taken  by  the  Senior  Fellow  pre- 
sent not  being  the  Chairman. 

72.  Any  Fellow  may  call  the  Chairman's  attention  to  a 
point  of  order  even  whilst  another  Fellow  is  addressing  the 
Meeting,  but  no  speech  shall  be  made  on  such  point  of 
order.  Such  a  call  pronounced  by  the  Chairman  to  be 
vexatious,  and  any  interruption  or  obstruction  to  the 
progress  of  the  business  before  the  Senate  so  pronounced  to 
be  unseemly  or  unreasonable,  shall  be  deemed  a  breach  of 
order. 

73.  The  Chairman  shall  be  the  sole  judge  on  any  point 
of  order,  and  may  call  any  Fellow  to  order,  and,  if  the  Fel- 
low so  called  to  order  shall  in  speaking  disregard  such  call, 
the  Chairman  may  direct  him  to  sit  down  and  thereon  an- 
other Fellow  may  speak.  In  the  event  of  any  contumacious 
disregard  of  a  ruling  or  call  to  order  by  the  Chairman,  he 
may  request  the  Fellow  so  offending  to  leave  the  Meeting, 
and  on  such  requisition  the  Fellow  named  by  the  Chairman 
shall  be  suspended  from  his  functions  as  a  Fellow  during 
the  Meeting,  and  shall  be  bound  immediately  to  withdraw. 

74.  Any  motion  standing  in  the  name  of  a  Member  who 
is  absent  from  a  Meeting  may  be  brought  forward  by  any 
other  Member. 


RULES    OF   DEBATE.  57 

(vi.)     Voting. 

75.  On  putting  any  question  to  the  vote,  the  Chairman 
shall  call  for  an  indication  of  the  opinion  of  the  Senate  by  a 
show  of  hands  in  the  affirmative  and  negative,  or  by  sitting 
and  rising,  and  shall  declare  the  result  thereof  according 
to  his  opinion. 

76.  Any  Fellow  may  then  demand  a  Division,  except 
on  a  motion  of  the  kind  contemplated  in  Bye-laws  60  and 
61. 

77.  The  Chairman  shall  thereupon  appoint  four  Tellers, 
two  on  each  side ;  and  shall  give  such  directions  for  effect- 
ing the  Division  as  he  shall  consider  expedient. 

78.  Upon  the  Chairman  announcing  the  Division  to  be 
begun,  every  Fellow  who  was  present  at  the  putting  of  the 
question  and  desires  to  vote,  shall  signify  his  vote  by  giving 
to  the  Tellers  for  the  side  of  the  question  upon  which  he 
intends  to  vote,  a  paper  stating  his  name. 

79.  Upon  the  Chairman  announcing  the  Division  to  be 
closed,  the  Tellers  shall  state  in  writing  the  numbers  on 
each  side,  sign  the  statement,  and  hand  it  to  the  Chairman, 
together  with  the  papers  (in  two  separate  bundles)  con- 
taining the  names  of  the  several  voters  on  each  side,  where- 
upon the  Chairman  shall  declare  the  result  of  the  Division 
to  the  Meeting,  and  the  Division  Lists  shall  be  recorded  in 
the  Minutes. 

80.  If,  after  a  Division  has  been  taken,  five  Fellows  pre- 
sent shall  in  writing  demand  a  scrutiny,  the  Chairman 
shall  appoint  two  or  more  Fellows  to  act  with  the  Tellers 
as  Scrutineers ;  and  such  Scrutineers  shall  thereupon  with- 
draw and  compare  the  numbers  with  the  names  and  such 
names  with  the  list  of  the  Senate  for  the  time  being,  and 
shall  report  the  facts  found  by  them  to  the  Chairman,  who 
shall  thereupon  declare  the  result  to  the  Meeting,  and  such 
declaration  shall  be  conclusive. 

81.  Pending  the  scrutiny,  the  Chairman  may,  in  his  dis- 
cretion, either  suspend  the  sitting  or  call  for  such  business 
as  may,  in  his  opinion,  be  most  conveniently  proceeded 
with.  Business  thus  entered  on,  shall  be  proceeded  with  ; 
but  on  its  disposal  the  regular  order  of  subjects,  if  it  have 
been  departed  from,  shall  be  resumed. 


LAWS'. 


I  X.— ELECTIONS. 

82,  E1octionRbyi.hr  Senate  shall  be  oonduoted  accord 
in^  to  the  rules  hereinbefore  provided,  subject  bo  the  modi 
ftcation  prei  oribed  by  bhe  Bye-laws  next  following. 

No  ( landidate  shall  he  put  m  nomination  at  any 
Meeting  of  the  Senate  for  n  hdul  on  l-lm  Hoard  oi'Accounti 
i ;..•!•, i ,  h';ir  ()!•  at  any  Meeting  of  a  Faoulty  tor  bhe 
office  of  Dean  of  mob  a  Faculty,  or  Syndio,  unless  a  proposi 
tion  i"i-  In::  n< >ni i nati< >i i  m  writing,  signed  by  the  intending 
proposer  and  seconder,  shall  have   I >< •< -i i    handed    in    bo  the 

University  office  at  least  four  dear  days  previously.    And 
the  University  Registrar  shall,  two  dear  days  before  the 

Meeting,  forward  to  nvery  M.inl  i-r  of  tin-  S .  •  1 1 ;  1 1 « •  or  FaOTllty, 

ai  i.Ih'  case  may  be,  a  list  of  bhe  proposed  nomination 

64.    In  all  oases  of  contested  election,  bhe  election  shall 
be  by  ballot  by  means  of  voting  papers,    in  case  ofs  con 
bested  eleotion   amongst  more  bnan  two  candidates  for  a 
single  appointment ,  bhe  candidate    who  bas   I  be  bid 
number  of  votes  on  a  Brit  ballot  shall  be  withdrawn,  and 
another   ballot   between   bhe  remaining  candidal     shall 
Mini   bo  taken;  and  ho  on  until  tho  number  ofoandids 
reduoed  bo  bwoj  when  the  final  ballot  between  these  two  shall 
be  taken.     Cn  oase  of  a  oontested   election  for  more  than 
one  appointment,  eaoh  Fellow  shall  be  entitled  j 

many   vol.es  as  I, here,  arc  appointments  to  )>o  filled,  bntshall 

not  give  more  than  one  row  for  one  person* 

ENDOWMENTS. 
85.     A  Statement  of  all    Mndowmentu  and  Trust  Fundi 

beld  by  bhe  University  shall  be  published  annually  In  the 
Univrr; ill y  ( Calendar. 

UNIVERSITY  TERMS. 

The  Universiti  year  for  the  Faculties  of  Arts,  Civil 
Engineering,  and  Meoioine  shall  be  divided  into  two  bermi . 
In  bhe  Faculties  of  Arts  and  Civil   Engineering  the 
Term  shall  oommenoe  on  the  Third  Monday  in  November, 

and   shall   end    on    the    Third    Monday    in    April.      In    lie- 

Kaeulty  of  Medicine  the  i''n:.i. Term  BnalJ  oommenoe  on  the 

First,  ol'  November  and  shall  end  on  bhe  Thirtieth  of  April. 

In  the  Faculties  of  Arts  and  Oivil  Bnarineerinfl  the  Seoond 


UNIVERSITY   TERMS.  59 

Term  shall  commence  on  the  Second  Monday  in  June  and 
shall  end  on  the  Third  Monday  in  September.  In  the  Fa- 
culty of  Medicine,  the  Second  Term  shall  commence  on  the 
Fifteenth  of  June  and  end  on  the  Fifteenth  of  September. 

87.  Terms  can  be  kept  only  by  matriculated  students 
who  shall  attend  for  a  prescribed  number  of  days  at  one  or 
more  of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions  recognized  by  the 
University. 

88.  The  following  shall  be  the  number  of  days'  attend- 
ance necessary  for  keeping  terms : — For  the  First  Term, 
eighty  days ;  for  the  Second  Term  in  the  Faculties  of 
Arts  and  Civil  Engineering,  sixty  days  ;  and  for  the  Second 
Term  in  that  of  Medicine,  seventy  days.  But  if  an  Under- 
graduate shall,  after  his  matriculation,  attend  sixty  days 
during  that  same  term  in  which  he  has  matriculated,  he 
shall  be  held  to  have  kept  that  term. 

89.  The  Principals  and  Heads  of  Colleges  and  Institu- 
tions will  be  requested  to  register  the  daily  attendance  of 
matriculated  students,  with  a  view  to  being  able  to  certify 
their  having  kept  terms. 

90.  Days  during  which  Undergraduates  or  Graduates 
are  engaged  in  University  Examinations  may  count 
towards  the  keeping  of  their  terms. 

91.  To  keep  a  term  at  a  College  or  Recognized  Institu- 
tion, an  Undergraduate  must  go  through  the  full  course 
of  study  at  that  College  or  Institution  prescribed  for  such 
term  to  the  class  to  which  such  Undergraduate  then 
belongs. 


VI- 

I.  ARTS. 

In  the  folloiving  Regulations  the  pronoun  "he"  and  its 

derivatives  are  used  to  denote  either  sex,  the  masculine 

or  the  feminine. 

MATRICULATION. 

1.  The  Examination  will  be  held  once  a  year  at  Bombay 
and  at  snch  other  places  as  shall,  from  time  to  time,  be 
appointed  by  the  Syndicate,*  commencing  on  the  Third 
Monday  in  November. 

2.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the  Regis- 
trar one  month  before  the  Examination.     (Vide  Form  A.) 

3.  One  month  before  the  commencement  of  the  Exami- 
nation, each  Candidate  must  pay  or  cause  to  be  paid  to  the 
Registrar  at  Bombay,  or  to  such  person  as  he  may  appoint 
in  the  Mofussil,  a  fee  of  Rs.  10,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be 
given.     (Vide  Form  B.) 

4.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  again  presenting  himself  at  any  subse- 
quent Matriculation  Examination  on  a  new  application 
being  forwarded,  and  a  fresh  fee  paid. 

5.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  Languages,  Mathe- 
matics, and  General  Knowledge. 

I. — Languages. — Two  papers. 

1.  English. 

2.  One  of  the  following : — 


Sanskrit. 

French. 

Hindustani. 

Greek. 

Portuguese. 

Persian. 

Latin,  t 

Marathi. 

Sindhi. 

Hebrew. 

Gujarathi. 

Arabic. 

Canarese. 

*  The  following  places  have  been  appointed  by  the  Syndicate  : — 
Poona,  Belgaum,  Ahmedabad,  and  Karachi 

f  The  attention  of  students  intending  to  study  Medicine  is 
drawn  to  the  fact  that  the  Examining  Bodies  of  the  United 
Kingdom  which  recognize  the  Matriculation  Examination  of  the 
University  of  Bombay,  require  a  certificate  that  the  Candidate 
passed  in  Latin. 


MATRICULATION.  61 

(Any  other  language  may  at  any  time  be  added  to  this 
list  by  the  Syndicate). 

In  English  there  will  be  one  paper  containing  (1)  one  or 
more  passages  for  paraphrase*  with,  as  an  alternative,  one 
or  more  passages  for  translation  into  English  in  the  following 
vernacular  languages,  via. :— -Marathi,  Gujarathi,  Canarese, 
Hindustani,  Sindhiand  Portuguese  ,  (2)  questions  in  gram* 
mar  ;  and  (3)  an  exercise  or  exercises  in  composition. 

In  the  second  Language  there  will  be  one  paper  contain- 
ing  prose  passages  for  translation  from  and  into  English, 
and  questions  in  grammar. 

The  Candidate  will  be  called  upon  to  read  and  to  explain 
extempore  a  prose  passage  from  a  standard  author  to  be 
selected  by  the  Examiners. 

N*B. — It  is  essential  that  the  Candidate  should  not  know 
beforehand  from  what  books  he  will  have  to  read. 

IL — Mathematics. — Two  papers. 

1st. — Arithmetic.  The  examples  to  be  worked  from  first 
principles,  and  not  merely  by  rules.  Algebra  to  Simple 
Equations  inclusive.  Problems  will  be  set  involving 
Simple  Equations. 

2nc& — First  four  books  of  Euclid,  with  deductions. 
III. — General  Knowledge. — Two  papers. 

let. — Elementary  History  of  England  and  India,  and 
Elementary  Geography. 

2nd. — Elementary  knowledge  of— 
(a.) — The  mechanical  powers. 

(b.) — The  laws  of  chemical  combination,  the  chemistry 
of  air  and  water,  and  the  phenomena  of  combustion, 
(c.)— The  solar  system. 

N.B> — Candidates  must  satisfy  the  Examiners  in  each 
branch  of  the  Examination* 

6.    Jhe  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means  of 
printed  questions  to  be  answered  in  English,  except  when 
otherwise  specified.    The  Candidates  will  also  be  examined 
viva  voce  in  English. 
b  1306—6  bu 


62  REGULATIONS. 

7.  On  the  Fourth  Monday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  sue* 
cessful  Candidates  in  the  order  of  merit,  with  the  total 
number  of  marks  obtained  by  each  Candidate,  and  the  name 
of  his  school. 

8.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.    (Vide  Form  C) 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 

9.  Candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  must 
have  passed  the  Matriculation  Examination,  and  will  be 
required  to  pass  three  subsequent  examinations,  the  first 
to  be  called  the  Previous  Examination,  the  second  the 
First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  and 
the  third  the  Second  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bache- 
lor of  Arts. 

N.B. — A  Bachelor  of  Science  may  obtain  the  Degree  of 
B.A.  on  passing  the  Examinations  in  Languages  of  the 
First  and  Second  B.A.  Examinations. 

THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

10.  The  Previous  Examination  will  be  held  once  a  year 
in  Bombay,  commencing  on  the  First  Monday  in  November. 

11.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Exami- 
nation unless  he  shall  have  kept  two  terms  at  a  College 
or  Institution  recognized  in  Arts,  and  unless  he  produce 
satisfactory  testimonials  under  Form  D. 

Any  Undergraduate  of  a  University  recognized  by  the 
University  of  Bombay  may  be  admitted  to  this  Examina- 
tion, provided  his  testimonials  of  good  conduct  and  length 
of  study  from  his  own  University  be  satisfactory. 

12.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  third  day  after  the  end  of  the 
Second  Term  in  Arts.     (Vide  Form  D.) 

13.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  20,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.     (Vide  Form  E.) 

14.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects : — 

I.    Languages. 
II.   Mathematics. 

III.  Logic. 

IV.  History. 

V.    Natural  Science. 


THE  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION.  63 

I. — Languages — Two  papers. 

1.  English. 

2.  One  of  the  following  : — 

Sanskrit.      I    Latin.  I    Arabic.      I    Persian. 

Greek.  |    Hebrew.      |    French. 

Candidates  will  be  examined  in  books  to  be  prescribed 
by  the  Syndicate  one  year  before  the  Examination. 

In  each  language  there  will  be  one  paper  and  a  vivd  voce 
Examination.  The  paper  in  English  will  contain  passages 
to  be  paraphrased.  The  paper  in  the  second  language  will 
contain  passages  for  translation  both  out  of  that  language 
into  English  and  vice  versa.  The  paper  on  each  language 
will  contain  questions  in  grammar,  as  well  as  in  the  mat- 
ter of  the  books  taken  up  by  the  Candidates. 

II. — Mathematics — Two  papers. 

1  Algebra  to  Quadratic  Equations,  inclusive,  with 
Proportion  and  Variation,  Permutations  and 
Combinations,  the  Progressions,  and  the  Binomial 
Theorem. 

2.  Euclid,  Books  I — IV  and  VI,  with  deductions;  and 
Definitions  of  Book  V, 

III. — Logic — One  paper. 
Logic. — The  subjects  treated  of  in  Fowler's  Deductive  Logic. 
The  Examination  will  comprise  easy  questions  in  Logical 
Analysis. 

IV.— History— One  paper. 

Ancient  History. 

A  definite  period  will  be  notified  by  the  Syndicate  one 
year  before  the  Examination. 

V. — Natural  Science. — One  paper. 

Elementary  Experimental  Physics — Heat.  Energy,  Con- 
servation of  Energy.  Atmospheric  Pressure.  Boyle's 
law.  Air-pump.  Barometer.  Hydrostatic  Pressure. 
Specific  Gravity.  Temperature.  Thermometers.  Ex- 
pansion of  Solids,  Liquids  and  Gases.  Charles'  law. 
Fusion  and  Solidification.  Vaporisation,  definition  of 
Maximum  Tension.  The  Kinetic  theory  of  Gases. 
Ebullition.    Hygrometry.    Conduction.    Specific  Heat. 


64  REGULATIONS. 

Latent    Heat.     Radiation.    Dew.     Mechanical  theory 
of  Heat.     General  Principles  of  Heat-engines. 

N.B.—  Text- book  prescribed  :— 'Larden's  School  Course  on  Heat' (pp.1-139, 
150-248,  266-292).    Sampson  Low,  1882. 

15.  The  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means  of 
printed  questions  to  be  answered  in  English,  except  when 
otherwise  specified.  The  Candidates  will  also  be  examined 
viva  voce  in  languages. 

16.  On  the  Third  Monday  in  November  the  Examiners 
will  publish  a  list  of  successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes 
and  Pass,  the  names  in  each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 

17.  The  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts  will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on 
the  First  Monday  in  November. 

18.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examin- 
ation unless  he  shall  have  kept  four  terms  in  the  University 
of  Bombay,  and  unless  he  produce  satisfactory  testimonials 
under  Form  F. 

N.B. — An  Undergraduate  of  a  University  recognized  by 
the  University  of  Bombay,  who  has  passed  at  his  own  Uni- 
versity an  Examination  in  Arts  corresponding,  in  the  judg- 
ment of  the  Syndicate,  to  the  Previous  Examination  at  this 
University,  may  be  admitted  to  this  Examination,  provided 
that  he  has  studied  in  residence  for  such  time  at  a  recognized 
University  or  at  this  University,  or  partly  at  one  and  partly 
at  the  other,  as  may  be  considered  by  the  Syndicate  equi- 
valent, in  the  circumstances  of  each  case,  to  the  terms  requir- 
ed for  the  aforesaid  Examinations. 

19.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  third  day  after  the  end  of  the 
Second  Term  in  Arts.     (Vide  Form  F.) 

20.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  20,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.     (Vide  Form  G.) 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOB  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A,  65 

31.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  on  a  subsequent 
occasion  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a 
fresh  fee  paid. 

22.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub. 
jects : — 

I,     Languages, 

II,     Mathematics, 

I. — Languages — Four  papers, 

1,  English, 

2,  One  of  the  following  : — 

Sanskrit,      I    Latin,        I    Arabic,       1  Persian, 
Greek.  J    Hebrew.    |    French. 

Candidates  will  be  examined  in  books  to  be  prescribed 
by  the  Syndicate  one  year  before  the  Examination. 

In  each  language  there  will  be  two  papers  and  a  vivd 
voce  Examination,  The  papers  on  English  will  contain  pass- 
ages to  be  paraphrased.  The  papers  on  the  second  lan- 
guage will  contain  passages  for  translation  both  out  of  that 
language  into  English  and  vice  versd.  The  papers  on  each 
language  will  contain  questions  in  grammar,  as  well  as 
in  the  matter  of  the  books  taken  up  by  the  Candidates. 

II. — Mathematics — Two  papers. 

1,  Trigonometry, — Solution  of  Plane  Triangles  with 
expressions  for  the  Area.  The  nature  and  use  of 
Logarithms. 

2.  Statics. — Composition  and  Eesolution  of  Forces, 
Centre  of  Gravity,  and  the  Mechanical  Powers. 

23.  The  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means  of 
printed  questions  to  be  answered  in  English,  except  when 
otherwise  specified.  The  Candidates  will  also  be  examined 
vivd  voce  in  Languages. 

24.  On  the  Third  Monday  in  November  the  Examiners 
will  publish  a  list  of  successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes 
and  Pass,  the  names  in  each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order. 

25.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (Vide  FormH,) 

*  1306-6  VV* 


66  •  REGULATIONS. 

SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF 
BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 

26.  The  Second  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts  will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on 
the  Second  Monday  in  November. 

27.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examjn. 
ation  unless  he  shall  have  kept  six  terms  in  the  University 
of  Bombay,  or  has  been  admitted  to  the  First  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  B.A.  under  the  N>B.  to  Regulation  18,  and 
has  thereafter  kept  two  terms  in  the  University  of  Bombay 
and  unless  he  produce  satisfactory  testimonials  under 
Form  I. 

28.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  third  day  after  the  end  of  the 
Second  Term  in  Arts.     ("We  Form  I.) 

29.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  10,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given  (vide  Form  J). 

30.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  on  a  subsequent 
.occasion,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a  fresh 
fee  paid. 

31.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects :— 

I.  Languages. 

II.  One  of  the  following  groups  to  be  selected  hy  the 
Candidate: — 

A.  Language  and  Literature. 

B.  History  and  Political  Economy. 

C.  Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy. 

D.  Mathematics. 

E.  Natural  Science. 

I. — Languages — Two  papers. 

1.  English. 

2,  One  of  the  following : — 

Sanskrit.      I    Latin.  I    Arabic.        I  Persian. 

Greek.  |    Hebrew.      |    French. 

Candidates  will  be  examined  in  books  in  each  language 
to  be  prescribed  by  the  Syndicate  two  years  before  the 
Examination, 


SECOND   EXAMINATION  FOR   THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A. 


67 


In  each  language  there  will  be  one  paper.  The  paper 
on  the  second  language  will  contain  passages  for  trans, 
lation  both  out  of  that  language  into  English  and  vice 
versd.  The  paper  on  eaoh  language  will  contain  ques- 
tions in  grammar,  as  well  as  in  the  matter  of  the  books 
taken  up  by  the  Candidates. 


(a.) 


II. — Groups — Four  papers, 

A. — Language  and  Literatuhe. 
English — Two  papers  on  books  to  be  prescribed  from 


time  to  time  by  the  Syndicate. 

(&.)  Second  Language— Two  papers  on  books  to  be  pre- 
scribed from  time  to  time  by  the  Syndicate. 

B. — History  and  Political  Economy. 

{a.)  Political  Economy— One  paper ;  Smith :  Wealth  of 
Nations  ;  Fawcett :  Manual  of  Political  Economy. 

(6.)  History  of  India  in  the  16th,  17th,  and  18th  Cen- 
turies down  to  the  overthrow  of  the  Peshwa.  One 
paper  :  Elphinstone :  History  of  India  ;  Mill :  History 
of  British  India. 

(c.)— One  of  the  following ; — 

(1.)  History  of  Rome,  from  the  earliest  times  to  the 
close  of  the  Republic  Two  papers  :  one  on  the 
Political  History,  and  one  on  the  History  of 
Institutions,  Literature,  and  Religion. 

(2.)  History  of  Greece,  from  the  Persian  invasion  to 
the  taking  of  Corinth,    Two  papers,  as  above. 

(3.)  History  of  England,  from  the  Restoration  to  the 
passing  of  the  Reform  Bill  in  1832.  Two  papers, 
one  on  the  Political  History,  and  one  on  the 
History  of  Institutions,  Literature,  and  Science. 

C. — Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy* 

(a.)  Logic — Two  papers  :  Fowler :  Deductive  and  In- 
ductive Logic  ;  Mill :  Books  I,  II,  and  III. 

{b.)  Moral  Philosophy. — Two  papers :  Sidgwich  :  Method 
of  Ethics;  Butler:  First  part  of  the  Analogy,  and 
Sermons. 


68  REGULATIONS. 

D, — Mathematics. 

(a)  Pure  Mathematics, 
(a.)     Conic  Sections  treated  Geometrically  and  Analytically 
not  including  abridged  notation.     One  paper. 

(&,)  Deferential  Calculus:  One  paper — Differentiation  of 
Functions  of  one  variable  ;  Successive  Differentiation  ; 
Taylor's  Theorem  ;  ^valuation  of  Indeterminate  Func- 
tions ;  Maxima  and  Minima  of  Functions  of  one  variable. 
Integral  Calculus. — Integration  of  Functions  of  one  vari^ 
able. 

(b)  Applied  Mathematics. 

[The  student  may  select  either  (I)  and  (2),  or  (3)  and  (4). 

(1) — Dynamics ;  One  paper :  Laws  of  motion  ;  Uniform 
and  uniformly  accelerated  motion ;  Falling  Bodies ; 
Projectiles  ;  Collision  ;  the  Pendulum. 

(2)— Hydrostatics :  One  paper  :  Pressure  of  nonrelastic  and 
elastic  Fluids  ;  Specific  gravity ;  Floating  Bodies  ;  .Ro- 
tating Liquid  ;  Tension  of  vessels  containing  Fluids  ; 
Construction  and  use  of  the  more  simple  Instruments 
and  Machines. 

(3) — Optics :  One  paper  :  Reflection  and  Refraction  of  Rays 
at  Plane  and  Spherical  Surfaces,  not  inoluding  Aber- 
rations ;  Refraction  through  Prisms,  Plates  and  Lenses  ; 
the  Eye  ;  Telescopes, 

(4) — Astronomy :  One  paper  :  The  more  elementary  parts 
so  far  as  they  are  necessary  for  the  explanation  of  the 
more  simple  phenomena  without  calculation, 
E.— Natural  Science. 
[The  student  may  select  either  (1)  and  (2),  or  (3)  and  (4).] 
(1) — Elementary  Physics  :  Two  papers  :  and  a  practical 
examination  as  for  First  B.  Sc. 

(2)  —Inorganic    Chemistry :  Two  papers  :  and  a  practical 
examination  as  for  First  B.Sc. 

(3) — Structural,   Morphological,   and   Systematic  Botany  : 
Two  papers  and  a  practical  examination. 

The  subjects  prescribed  for  General  Biology  for  the  First 
B.Sc.  Examination  with  the  addition  of  the  following  : — 

Flowering  plants  ;    their    Parts  ;    the   Leaf  ;     Stem  ; 
Buds  and  Branches  j  the  various   forms  and   the 


SECOND  EXAMINATION   FOR   THE    DEGREE    OP   B.A.        69 

duration  of  Plants  ;  the  Root  and  underground  Stem; 
Inflorescence  ;  the  Flower  ;  Calyx ;  Corolla  ;  Stamens 
and  Pistil ;  the  Fruit  and  Seed;  Cells  and  their  con- 
tents :  Forms  and  sizes  of  cells  ;  general  properties 
and  structure  of  the  Cell-wall  ;  the  kinds  of  cells  and 
their  connection  with  each  other;  Surface  covering 
and  appendages  of  Plants ;  Principles  of  Classifica- 
tion ;  a  general  knowledge  of  the  characters,  distri- 
bution, properties,  and  uses  of  the  following  Natural 
order  : — Anonacece,  Cruciferoe,  Malvacece,  Amjpelidece, 
Leguminosce,  Myrtacece,  Cucubitacece,  Solanacece, 
Rubiacece,  Composites,  Apocynacece,  Convolvulacecef 
Zabiatce,  Acantacece,  Luphorbiacece,  Scitaminece, 
OrchidacecB,  Amaryllidaceoe.,  Pahnacecef  Aroidece  and 
Graminece. 

A  general  knowledge  of  the  two  Cryptogamic  orders 
— Filices  and  Fungi. 

Additional  text-books  recommended :  Oliver's  Text- 
Book  of  Indian  Botany,  Bentley's  Manual  of  Botany. 

(4) — Zoology  and  Physiology :  Two  papers  and  a  practical 
examination.  The  subjects  prescribed  for  General 
Biology  for  the  First  B.Sc,  Examination  with  the  addi- 
tion of  the  following  : — 

A  general  knowledge  of  the  classes  in  the  Animal 
Kingdom,  Principles  of  Zoological  Classification,  Dis- 
tribution of  Species,  Development,  Recognition,  and 
Description  of  Preparations.  General  knowledge  of 
the  structure  of  a  Mammalian  animal,  with  the  minute 
structure  and  chemical  constituents  of  the  most  im- 
portant tissues.  The  Vascular  System  and  the  cir- 
culation of  the  blood  and  the  lymph.  Respiration 
and  the  sources  of  loss  and  of  gain  to  the  blood.  Ali- 
mentation, motion  and  locomotion,  voice  and  speech. 
Sensation  and  sensory  organs,  including  sight,  hear- 
ing, and  smell,  taste  and  touch.  Nervous  system, 
Innervation,  Death. 

Additional  text-books  recommended  : 
Husley's  Physiology, 
Bell's  Comparative  Anatomy  and  Physiology. 

32.    The  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means   of 
inted  questions  to  be  answered  in  English,  except  when 
bherwise  specified. 


70  REGULATIONS. 

33.  On  the  Fourth  Thursday  in  November,  the  Examiners 
will  publish  a  list  of  successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes 
and  Pass,  the  names  in  each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order. 

34.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination  (vide  Form  K). 

BACHELOK  OF  SCIENCE. 

35.  Candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science 
must  have  passed  the  Previous  Examination,  and  will 
be  required  to  pass  two  subsequent  Examinations,  the 
one  to  be  called  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Science,  and  the  other  the  Second  Examina- 
tion for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

N.B.  (1)  —Masters  of  Arts  who  shall  have  passed  the 
examination  for  their  degree  prior  to  the  end  of  1887,  and 
who  in  the  Examination  for  B.A.  have  passed  in  Group 
C,  D.  or  E.,  or  the  subjects  in  the  opinion  of  the  Syndicate 
equivalent  thereto  when  the  examination  was  passed,  and 
who  in  the  examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.  have  passed 
in  Branch  3  or  4  of  that  Examination,  may  obtain  the  Degree 
of  B.Sc.  on  passing  an  examination  in  such  of  the  subjects 
prescribed  for  that  Degree  as  in  the  opinion  of  the  Syndicate 
shall  be  properly  complementary  to  those  in  which  the  Can- 
didates have  already  passed,  regard  being  had  to  the  rules 
prescribed  for  the  Final  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.Sc. 
But  Candidates  passing  under  this  provision  shall  not  be 
classed  or  be  eligible  for  prizes. 

N.B.  (2)— A  Bachelor  of  Arts  may  obtain  the  Degree  of 
B.Sc.  on  passing  (a)  the  final  examination  for  B.Sc.  and  (b) 
such  portions  of  the  First  B.Sc.  Examination,  the  subjects 
of  which  are  not  included  in  the  examinations  he  has 
already  passed. 

I.— FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE. 

36.  The  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of 
Science  will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on 
the  First  Monday  in  November. 

37.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examina- 
tion, unless  he  shall  have  kept  four  terms  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Bombay,  and  unless  he  produce  satisfactory 
testimonials  under  Form  L. 


FIRST   EXAMINATION  FOB   THE   DEGREE   OF   B.SC.  71 

N.B. — An  Undergraduate  of  a  University  recognized  by 
the  University  of  Bombay,  who  has  passed  at  his  own 
University  an  examination  in  Arts  corresponding,  in  the 
judgment  of  the  Syndicate,  to  the  Previous  Examination  at 
this  University,  may  be  admitted  to  this  Examination, 
provided  that  he  has  studied  in  residence  for  such  time  at 
a  recognized  University  or  at  this  University  or  partly  at 
one  and  partly  at  the  other  as  may  be  considered  by  the 
Syndicate  equivalent,  in  the  circumstances  of  each  case,  to 
the  terms  required  for  the  aforesaid  examinations. 

38.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  third  day  after  the  end  of  the 
Second  Term  in  Arts  (vide  Form  L). 

39.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  20,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given  (vide  Form  M). 

40.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  on  a  subsequent 
occasion,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a  fresh 
fee  paid. 

41.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects:— 

1.    Mathematics— Two  Papers. 

Trigonometry . — Solution  of  Plane  Triangles  with 
expressions  for  the  Area.  The  nature  and  use  of 
Logarithms. 

Statics. — Composition  and  Resolution  of  Forces. 
Centre  of  Gravity.    The  Mechanical  Power s? 

2.  Inorganic  Chemistry— Two  Papers  and 
a  Practical  Examination. 
Differences  between  Mechanical  Mixture,  Solution,  and 
Chemical  Combination.  Outlines  of  Crystallo- 
graphy* Formation  of  Crystals.  Dimorphism. 
Isomorphism.  Conditions  on  which  the  Melting- 
point  and  the  Boiling-point  of  a  substance  depend. 
Difference  between  Elementary  and  Compound 
Substances.  Laws  of  Chemical  Combination. 
Equivalent  Weights  of  the  Elements.  Multiple 
Proportions.  The  Atomic  Theory.  Atomic  Value 
(Quantivalence).  Molecules.  Molecular  Weights. 
Relation  between  the  Density  of  a  Gas  and  its 
Molecular  Weight.  Abnormal  Densities.  Avoga- 
dro's  hypothesis.  Combination  of  Gases  by 
Volume.  Compound  Radicals.  Atomic  and 
Molecular  combination. 


72  REGULATIONS. 

Meaning  of  Chemical  symbols,  formula,  and  equations* 
Calculation  of  quantities  by  weight  and  by  volume. 
Chemical  changes,  and  the  conditions  under  which 
they  occur.  Combinationi  Decomposition,  Double* 
decomposition,  Nature  of  Acids,  Bases,  and  Salts. 
Capacity  of  Saturation  of  Acids  and  Bases.  Nomen- 
clature. 

Relation  between  Atomic  Weight  and  Specific  Heat, 
Faraday's  Electrolytic  Law.  Principles  of  Spec* 
trum*  Analysis,     Diffusion  of  Gases. 

Hydrogen,  Chlorine)  Bromine,  Iodine^  Fluorine.  The 
combinations  of  the  last  four  elements  with 
Hydrogen, 

Oxygen.  Oione.  Water  and  Peroxide  of  Hydrogen. 
The  oxides  and  oxyacids  of  Chlorine,  dhlorates 
and  Hypochlorates. 

Sulphur.  Sulphuretted  Hydrogen,  The  oxides  of  Sul* 
phur,  Sulphuric  Acid  and  the  Sulphates.  Sul* 
phurous  Acid  and  the  Sulphites.  Chlorosulphuric 
Acid 

Hitrogen,  The  Atmosphere,  and  its  relations  to  animal 
and  vegetable  Life,  Ammonia,  Ammonium  and 
its  Salts,  The  oxides  of  Nitrogen,  Nitric  Acid 
and  Nitrates.     Nitrous  Acid  and  Nitrites, 

Phosphorus,  Phosphuretted  Hydrogen,  The  oxides  of 
Phosphorus.  Phosphoric  Acid  and  the  Phosphates, 
Chloride  and  Oxychloride  of  Phosphorus, 

Arsenic  and  its  oxides,  Arseniuretted  Hydrogen, 
Arsenious  Acid  and  its  Salts,  Arsenic  Acid  and 
its  Salts.  The  Sulphides  of  Arsenic,  Detection 
of  Arsenic, 

Antimony,  its  oxides  and  sulphides.  Antimoniuretted 
Hydrogen.  Chlorides  of  Antimony,  Compounds 
of  Antimonic  Oxide,     Detection  of  Antimony. 

Boron.     Boracic  acid  and  the  Borates. 

Carbon.  Carbonic  oxide  and  Carbonic  acid.  The  Car- 
bonates. Carbon  Oxysulphide.  Sulphocarbonic 
Acid.  Marsh*gas.  Ethylene.  Combustion.  Struc- 
ture of  Flame.  Coal-gas.  Davy  Lamp.  Princi- 
ples of  Illumination.* 

Silicon.  Siliciuretted  Hydrogen.  Silicon  Chloride. 
Silicon  Chloroform.     Silica  and  the  Silicates, 

Potassium.     Sodium.     Silver. 

Calcium.     Strontium,    Barium. 


PI  EST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC  73 

Aluminium. 

Magnesium.     Zinc.    Cadmium. 

Lead. 

Manganese.     Iron.     Cobalt.    Nickel.    Chromium. 

Bismuth.     Copper.     Mercury.     Gold.     Tin. 

Platinum. 

The  chief  Compounds  of  these  Metals  with  the  more 
important  Acid  radicals.  The  detection  of  these 
Metals,  and  their  Compounds,  in  powder,  or  in 
solution. 

Text-book  recommended — Watt's  Inorganic  Chemis- 
try. 

(3).    Experimental  Physics:  2  papers  and  a  practical 
examination. 

Paper  I. — General  Physics,  Accoustics,  and  Heat. 

The  Laws  of  Motion  considered  experimentally. 

Energy — varieties  of  Energy.  Conservation  and  dis- 
sipation of  Energy. 

Universal  Attraction — its  laws. 

Laws  of  Falling  Bodies.    Att wood's  Machine. 

General  Characters  of  Liquids. 

Compressibility  of  Liquids — the  Piezometer,  the  Hy- 
draulic Press,    Artesian  Wells. 

Principle  of  Archimedes.     Specific  gravity. 

Statement  and  illustration  of  the  laws  of  Capillary 
Phenomena. 

Pressure  of  the  Atmosphere.  Barometer.  Fortin's 
and  Gay  Lus sac's  barometers  and  the  Aneroid. 
Barometric  corrections.  Determination  of  heights 
by  the  barometer. 

Compressed  Air  Manometer.    Bourdon's  Steam  Gauge. 

Balloons. 

Air-pump— Sprengel's  Air-pump. 

Lifting  and  forcing  Pumps. 

Sound  and  Noise. 

Cause  of  Sound. 

Propagation  of  Sounds. 

Causes  influencing  intensity  of  Sound. 

Velocity  of  Sound  in  Gases.     Doppler's  principle. 

Velocity  of  Sound  in  Liquids  and  in  Solids. 

Reflexion  of  Sound.    Echoes  and  Resonances. 

b  1306—7  bu 


74  REGULATIONS. 

Kefraction  of  Sound. 

Measurement  of  the  number  of  Vibrations. 

Properties  of  Musical  Tones. 

Perception  of  Sounds.     The  Ear. 

Interference  of  Sound.    Beats. 

Vibration  of  Strings.  Sonometer.  Laws  of  Trans- 
verse Vibrations.    Nodes  and  Loobs. 

Wind  Instrument.  Mouth  and  Heed  Instruments. 
Shut  and  open  pipes,  and  tones  produced  by  them. 
Nodes  and  loops  of  pipes.  Formulas  relative  to 
pipes. 

Kundt  s  experiments. 

Vibrations  of  Rods,  Plates  and  Membranes. 

Lissajou's  graphic  method,  Leon  Scott's  Phonauto- 
graph,  Edison's  Phonograph. 

Konig's  manometric  flames. 

Temperature — Thermometers. 

Expansion  of  Solids.  Coefficient  of  Expansion  and 
methods  of  determining  it. 

Harrison's  gridiron  pendulum  and  Graham's  mercurial 
pendulum.     The  Compensating  balance. 

Expansion  of  Liquids — apparent  and  real.  Dulong 
and  Petit' s  methods  for  the  determination  of  co- 
efficient of  absolute  expansion  of  liquids.  The 
weight  thermometer.     Maximum  density  of  water. 

Expansion  of  Gases.  Gay  Lussac's  method  for  the 
determination  of  coefficient  of  expansion  of  Gases. 
The  air -thermometer.  Absolute  scale  of  Tempe- 
rature. Relation  between  Pressure,  Volume,  and 
Temperature. 

Change  of  State.  Latent  Heat,  Fusion,  Solidification, 
Vaporization,  Condensation.  Laws  of  Fusion. 
Solution.  Change  of  volume  in  melting  and  in 
solidification.  Effect  of  pressure  on  the  melting 
point.  Regelation.  Retardation  of  Solidification. 
Freezing  Mixtures. 

Vapours — saturated  and  non-saturated  vapours.  Max- 
imum Tension.  Tension  in  two  communicating 
vessels  at  different  temperatures.  Conditions 
affecting  the  rapidity  of  Evaporation. 

Ebullition  and  its  laws.  Kinetic  theory  of  Gases  as 
explaining  ebullition  and  evaporation. 

Influence  of  Pressure  on  the  boiling  point.  Measure- 
ment of  heightB  by  the  boiling  point. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC.        75 

C  old  due  to  evaporation.     •> 

Wollaston's  Cryophorous.  Carre's  Ice-machine.  Li- 
quefaction of  Vapours.     Distillation. 

Dalton's  laws  of  mixture  of  Gases  and  Vapours. 

Spheroidal  State. 

Density  of  Vapours.  Gay  Lus sac's  method  of  deter- 
mining it. 

Hygrometry.  Dew-point.  Hygrometers  of  Daniell, 
Regnault,  and  Mason.     Use  of  August's  formula. 

Conductivity  of  Solids,  Liquids,  and  Gases. 

Convection.  Land  and  Sea  Breezes.  The  Trade 
Winds. 

Radiation — its  laws.  Causes  which  modify  the  inten- 
sity of  radiant  heat.  Theory  of  Exchanges.  Laws 
of  Reflection.  Identity  of  absorbing  and  radiating 
powers.     Ritchie's  experiment. 

Causes  affecting  the  formation  of  dew. 

Specific  Heat.  Unit  of  Heat.  Calorimeters  of  Black 
and  of  Lavoisier  and  Laplace.  The  methods  of 
cooling  and  of  mixtures. 

Determination  of  Latent  Heat  of  Fusion  by  the 
method  of  mixtures.  Latent  Heat  of  Steam. 
Regnault' s  formula. 

Relation  between  Heat  and  Work.     Joule's  equivalent. 

Mechanical,  Physical,  and  Chemical  sources  of  Heat. 

Paper  IL — Light,  Electricity,  and  Magnetism. 

Theories  of  Light. 

Laws  of  propagation  of  Light. 

Images  produced  by  small  apertures. 

Methods  of  Roemer  and  of  Fizeau  for  the  determina- 
tion of  the  Velocity  of  Light  and  the  general  prin- 
ciples of  the  methods  of  Foucault  and  of  Brad- 
ley. 

The  photometers  of  Rumford,  Bunsen,  and  Wheat- 
stone. 

Laws  of  Reflection  at  plane  surfaces.  Single  images 
produced  by  mirrors.     Hadley's  Sextant. 

Reflection  at  spherical  surfaces.  Foci  of  mirrors  and 
Formation  of  images. 

Laws  of  single  Refraction.  Index  of  Refraction. 
Total  Reflection.     Critical  Angle.     Mirage. 

Transmission  of  Light  through  transparent  media 
with  parallel  faces. 


76  REGULATIONS. 

Prism9.    Conditions  of  emergence. 

Spherial  Lenses.     Foci  and  Formation  of  images. 

Decomposition  of  White  Light.     Solar  Spectrum. 

Single  Prism  Spectroscope.  Explanation  of  the  dark 
lines  of  the  Solar  Spectrum. 

Chrometic  aberration.  The  general  principles  in- 
volved in  the  construction  of  achromatic  lenses 
and  direct-vision  spectroscopes. 

Structure  of  the  Eye. 

Properties  of  Magnets. 

Magnets  and  magnetic  substances. 

Magnetic  Induction. 

Magnetic  Shell. 

Methods  of  Magnetisation. 

Directive  Force  of  the  Earth's  Magnetism.  Mariner's 
Compass. 

Magnetic  Elements  and  the  general  principles  of  the 
methods  of  their  determination. 

Development  of  Electricity  by  friction. 

Electrical  Attraction  and  Repulsion. 

Bennett's  and  Bohnenberger's  Electroscopes. 

Laws  of  Electric  Action.     Coulomb's  Torsion  Balance. 

Distribution  of  Electricity  on  conductors.  Electric 
density.     Action  of  points. 

General  explanation  of  the  Laws  of  capacity  and  po- 
tential. 

Condensers.     Leyden  Jar. 

Electroph6rus . 

Cylinder  and  plate  electric  machines. 

Electric  Discharge. 

General  principle  of  the  construction  of  Thomson's 
Quadrant  electrometer.  Lane's  and  Harris'  Unit 
Jars. 

Lightning  discharge.  Return  shock.  Lightning  Con- 
ductors. 

Galvani's  experiment. 

Volta's  pile  and  crown  of  cups. 

Polarization  of  Electrodes.     Local  action. 

The  principal  Batteries  in  use,  viz.,  those  of  Smee, 
Daniell,  Menotti,  Grove,  Bunsen,  Le  Clanche,  and 
the  single  fluid  bichromate  element.  The  dry  pile. 
Grove's  Gas  Battery.     Plante's  Secondary  Battery. 

Electromotive  Force.  Strength  of  currents.  Resist- 
ance. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION   FOR  THE   DEGREE   OF   B.SC.         77 

Ohm's  Law  and  its  application  in  the  arrangement  of 

the  cells  of  a  battery. 
Heating,  luminous  and  chemical  effects  of  a  current. 
Anions  and  Kations.    Faraday's  Fundamental  Laws 

of  Electrolysis.     Faraday's  Voltameter. 
Magnetic  effects  of  the  current. 
(Ersted's  experiment.     Ampere's  rule. 
Astatic  Needle. 

Sine  and  Tangent  Galvanometers. 
Nobili's  Astatic  Galvanometers. 
Principle  of  Thomson's  Reflecting  Galvanometer.^ 
The  two  fundamental  laws  of  the  action  of  linear, 

currents,  parallel  and  oblique,  on  one  another. 
Electric  Shell.     Solenoid. 

Ampere's  theory  of  Magnets  and  Electro-magnets. 
Induced  currents.     Lenz's  Law. 

Ehumkorff's  Coil.     Bell's  Telephone.    Hughes'  Micro- 
phone. 
Clarke's  Magneto-electric  Machine.     Siemen's  H-arma- 

ture.     Gramme's  Ring. 
Principle  of  Dynamo-electric  Machines. 
Practical  Examination. — "  On  the  construction  and  use 

of  apparatus." 
N.B.— Text-book  recommended— Ganot's  Treatise  on 

Physics. 

4.    General  Biology— Two  Papers  and  a  Practical 
Examination. 

Structure,  appearances  under  the  microscope,  func- 
tions and  life-history  of  simple  Unicellular  Plants, 
such  as  Saccharomyces  and  Protococcus  as  types  of 
vegetable  life. 

Structure  and  form,  movements,  growth,  in  Pasteur's 
fluid,  relation  to  putrefaction  and  power  of  resist- 
ing  desiccation  of  Bacteria. 

Structure,  functions,  and  life-history  of  Pencillium, 
Mucor,  or  some  other  simple  Fungus. 

Structure,  functions  and  life-history  of  Chara  or 
Nitella. 

histology,  and  history  of  the  reproduc- 
tion of  a  Fern. 

Morphology  and  histology  of  a  Flowering  Plant: 
structure  of  a  flower :   homologies  of  leaves  and 

b  1306—7  bu* 


1 8  EEGULATIONS. 

floral  organs;  histology  of  ordinary  vegetable 
tissues,  such  as  epidermis,  parenchyma,  fibro- 
vascular  tissue,  and  their  arrangement  in  the  stem 
and  leaves. 

Growth  of  a  Flowering  Plant,  formation  of  wood  and 
bark  ;  nature  of  campium. 

Reproduction  of  a  Flowering  Plant ;  structure  of 
ovule ;  methods  of  fertilization ;  development  of 
ovule  in  the  seed  ;  germination  ;  homology  with 
the  reproductive  organs  of  the  Fern. 
General  principles  of  Vegetable  Nutrition  ;  chemical 
constituents  of  plants ;  food  of  plants  and  its 
sources  ;  action  of  green  parts  of  plants  ;  structure 
and  vital  processes  of  the  stem  and  root ;  nature 
and  flow  of  sap. 

Structure,  functions  and  life-history  of  the  following 
animals  as  types  of  some  of  the  chief  divisions  of 
the  Animal  Kingdom :  — Amoeba,  Vorticella,  Actinia, 
Starfish,  Earthworm,  Lobster  or  Crayfish,  Spider, 
Beetle,  Oyster,  Snail,  Frog. 

General  history  of  chief  animal  tissues  : — blood ; 
pavement,  columnar,  ciliated  and  glandular  epithe- 
lium ;  connective  tissue  ;  cartilage  ;  bone ;  muscle  ; 
nerve  fibres  and  nerve  cells. 

Text-books  recommended  : — 

Huxley  and  Martin's  Biology. 
Henfrey's  Elementary  Course  of  Botany. 
Nicholson's  Manual  of  Zoology. 

42.  On  the  Third  Monday  in  November  the  Exam- 
iners will  publish  a  list  of  successful  Candidates  in  two 
Classes  and  Pass,  the  names  in  each  Class  and  Pass  being 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

43.  A  certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
examination.     (Vide  Form  N.) 

II.— SECOND   EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE. 

44.  The  Second  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bache- 
lor of  Science  will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing 
on  the  Second  Monday  in  November. 


SECOND   EXAMINATION   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OF  B.SC.         79 

45.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Exam- 
ination, unless  he  shall  have  kept  six  terms  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Bombay,  or  has  been  admitted  to  the  First 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.Sc.  under  the  N.  B.  to 
Regulation  37,  and  has  thereafter  kept  two  terms  in  the 
University  of  Bombay,  and  unless  he  produce  satisfactory 
testimonials  under  Form  0. 

46.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  on  or  before  the  third  day  after  the  end  of_the 
Second  Term  in  Arts  (vide  Form  0.) 

47.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  10,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given  (vide  Form  P.) 

48.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  on  a  subsequent 
occasion,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a 
fresh  fee  paid. 

49.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  three  of  the  follow- 
ing nine  subjects,  one  at  least  of  which  must  be  chosen 
from  among  Nos.  Ill — VIII  :— 

I.— PURE  MATHEMATICS— Three  Papers. 

(1) — Algebra:  Binomial  and  Multinomial  Theorems. 
Scales  of  Notation.  Exponential  and  Logarithmic 
Series.  Convergency  and  Divergency  of  Series.  In- 
equalities. 

Plane  Trigonometry. — Properties  of  Triangles.  Asso- 
ciated Circles  of  a  Triangle.  Summation  of  Series 
which  do  not  involve  exponential  functions. 

Spherical  Trigonometry. — As  far  as  Solution  of  Tri- 
angles. 

(2) — Conie  Sections :  Treated  Geometrically  and  Analy- 
tically, not  including  abridged  notation. 

(3)— Differential  Calculus:  Differentiation  of  Functions 
of  one  variable.  Successive  Differentiation.  Taylor's 
Theorem  Evaluation  of  indeterminate  Functions. 
Maxima  and  Minima  of  Functions  of  one  variable. 
Tangents  and  Normals  of  Plane  Curves. 


80  REGULATIONS. 

Integral  Calculus:  Integration  of  Functions  of  one 
variable.  Bectification  and  Quadrature  of  Plane 
Curves. 

II.— APPLIED  MATHEMATICS— Three  Papers. 

(1) — Analytical  Statics. — Composition  and  Resolution  of 
Forces.    Centre  of  Gravity.    The  Mechanical  Powers. 
Elementary  Hydrostatics, 

(2) — Elementary  Dynamics, 

Dynamics  of  a  Particle. — Rectilinear,  Parabolic  and 
Elliptic  Motion.     Central  Forces. 

(3) — Elementary  Geometrical  Optics, 

Astronomy. — The  more  elementary  parts,  so  far  as  they 
are  necessary  for  the  explanation  of  the  more  simple 
phenomena  without  calculation. 

IIL— EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS  :  Two  papers  and 
a  practical  examination. 

(N.B. — Treated  mathematically  as  well  as  experimen- 
tally so  far  as  the  mathematics  of  the  First  B.Sc. 
Examination  are  applicable.) 

AccoustiCs. 

Production  and  Propagation  of  Sound.  Numerical 
Evaluation  of  Sound.  Modes  of  Vibration.  Ana- 
lysis of  Vibrations.  Constitution  of  Sounds. 
Consonance,  Dissonance,  and  Resultant  Tones. 

Heat. 

Thermometry.  Expansion  of  Solids,  Liquids,  and 
Gases.  Calorimetry.  Fusion  and  Solidification. 
Evaporation  and  Condensation.  Ebullition.  Quan- 
titative measurements  relating  to  Vapours. 
Hygrometry.  Conduction  of  Heat.  Radiation. 
Steam  and  other  Heat  engines. 

Light. 

Propagation  of  Light.  Reflection.  Refraction.  Mir- 
rors and  Lenses.  Vision  and  Optical  Instruments. 
Dispersion.  Spectrum  Analysis.  Colour.  Wave 
Theory.  Interference.  Polarisation  and  Double 
Refraction, 


SECOND   EXAMINATION    FOR   THE   DEGREE    OF   B.SC.      81 

Electricity  and  Magnetism. 

Introductory  Phenomena.  Induction.  Measurement 
of  Electrical  Forces.  Electrical  Machines.  Poten- 
tial. Condensers.  Electrometers.  Atmospheric 
Electricity.  Magnets.  The  Magnetic  Elements 
and  their  determination.  Galvanic  Batteries. 
Galvanometers.  Electro-Chemistry.  Ohm's  Law. 
Relation  between  Electricity  and  Heat.  Electro- 
Dynamics.  Induction  of  Currents.  Diamagnetism. 
Applications  of  Electricity.  Electrical  and  Mag- 
netic Units. 

Practical  Examination,  in  use  of  apparatus  and  determi- 
nation of  constants  generally  as  in  Glazebrook 
and  Shaw's  Practical  Physics.  (Longmans,  1885.) 

IV.— CHEMISTRY— Inorganic  and  Organic. 

Two  papers  and  a  practical  examination. 

Inorganic  Chemistry.  The  subject  as  for  the  First 
B.Sc.  treated  more  fully  and  with  the  addition  of  the 
following:  — 

Periodic  Law  of  Elements.    Constitution  of  Salts. 

General  Principles  of  the  methods  adopted  in  ascer- 
taining the  atomic  weights  of  elements. 

Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine.  The  combinations  of 
these  elements  with  one  another  and  with  oxygen. 
Oxyacids  of  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine,  and 
characters  of  their  salts. 

Sulphur — its  compounds  with  Hydrogen,  Chlorine,  and 
Oxygen.  Oxyacids  of  Sulphur  and  general  charac- 
ters of  their  salts. 

Nitrogen — its  compounds  with  Hydrogen,  Oxygen, 
Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine. 

Phosphorus — its  compounds  with  Hydrogen,  Oxygen, 
Chlorine,  Bromine,  and  Iodine  Oxycids  of  Phos- 
phorus and  general  characters  of  their  salts. 

Arsenic — its  compounds  with  Chlorine,  Bromine,  and 
Iodine. 

Silicon — its  compounds  with  Fluorine  and  Hydrogen. 

Antimony,  Lithium,  Molybdeum — The  chief  compounds 
of  these  metals  with  the  more  important  acid  radi- 
cals. 

A  general  knowledge  of  the  methods  by  which  the 
following  are  estimated  : — 


82  REGULATIONS. 

Chlorine,  Bromine,  Iodine,  Sulphuric  Acid,  Carbonic 
Acid,  Silicic  Acid,  and  Nitric  Acid.  Potassium, 
Sodium,  Ammonium,  Silver,  Calcium,  Aluminum, 
Magnesium,  Lead,  Manganese,  Iron,  Copper,  Mercury, 
Gold  and  Platinum. 

Organic  Chemistry. 

Detection  and  estimation  of  Carbon,  Hydrogen,  Nitro- 
gen, and  Sulphur  in  Organic  Compounds.  Calcula- 
tion of  empirical  formulae  from  percentage  composi- 
tion. Determination  of  molecular  weight  of  organic 
bodies.  Compound  Kadicals.  Mode  in  which  the 
atoms  are  supposed  to  be  united  in  the  molecule. 
Types.  The  Yalency  of  Compound  Eadicals  in  Eela- 
tion  to  the  Yalency  of  the  Constituent  Atoms. 
Saturated  and  Non-saturated  Compounds. 
Isomerism.     Metamerism.    Polymerism.    Homologous 

series.     Classification  of  the  Carbon  Compounds. 
The  general  action  of  Chlorine,  Nitric  acid,  Sulphuric 
acid,  Chromic  acid,  Nascent  Hydrogen,  Potash,  and 
the  Chlorides  of  Phosphorus,  on  the  principal  groups 
of  Carbon  Compounds. 
Fermentation.     Decay. 
Synthesis  of  the  following: — Urea.    Ethyl  Alcohol. 

Tartaric  acid.     Alizarine. 
Derivatives  of  the  series  Cn  Hn+2. 
Marsh-gas.    Ethyl  hydride.    A  special  knowledge  of 
Methyl  and  Ethyl  Alcohols  and  their  chief  deriva- 
tives, particularly  Ethers,  Acetic  Aldehyde,  Formic 
and    Acetic    acids,  with   Acetone     and    Isopropyl- 
alcohol,  will  be  required  :  also  a  general  acquaintance 
with  the  higher  Alcohols  and  their  chief  derivatives. 
The  Ethylamines.      Tetraethylammonium.      Cacodyl. 

Zinc  methyl.     Silicon  ethyl. 
Ethylene  and  its  chief  derivatives.     Glycol.     Glycolic 
acid.    Lactic  acid.    Glyoxal.    Oxalic  acid.    Succinic 
acid.    Malic  acid.     Tartaric  acid.     Citric  acid. 
Cyanogen  and  its  compounds.    Prussic  acid.    Cyanides 
and  double  Cyanides.     Cyanic  and  Cyanuric  acids. 
Sulphocyanides.    Ureas. 
Uric    acid.    Guanidine.    Glycocyamine.      Glycocyani- 
dine.     Sarkine.  Creatine.  Creatinine.  Theobromine. 
Caffeine. 


SECOND   EXAMINATION   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC.      83 

Glycerine  and  Allyl  Alcohol,  their  chief  derivatives. 
Constitution  of  Fats  and  Oils.  Erythrite.  Mannite. 
Glucose  and  Levulose.  Cane-sugar.  Milk-sugar. 
Cellulose-  Starch.  Glycogen.  Dextrine. 

Aromatic  compounds.  Benzene.  Toluene.  Phenol. 
Cressol.  Hydroquinone.  Eesorcin.  Pyrocatechin. 
Pyrogallic  acid.  Oil  of  Bitter  Almonds.  Benzyl- 
alcohol.  Benzoic  acid.  Benzophenone.  Hippuric  acid. 
Salicylic  acid  and  Isomeric  acids.  Oxysalicylic  acid. 
Gallic  acid.  Phtalic  acid  and  Isomeric  acids.  Styrol 
(Cinnamic  alcohol).  Nitrobenzene.  Aniline.  Toluidine. 
Eosaniline.  Diazobenzene  and  its  compounds.  Naph* 
thalene.  Anthracene.  Oxanthraquinene.  Alizarine. 
Indigo  and  Indol.     Cymene.  Camphor  and  Terpenes. 

Glucosides.     Amygdaline.     Salicine.     Tannine. 

Alkaloids.  Conine.  Nicotine,  Morphine.  Strychnine. 
Quinine.     Cinchonine. 

Taurine.  Lecithin.  Choline.  Albumen.  Fibrin,  Caseine. 


Practical  Examination. 

Qualitative  Analysis. — Substances  will  be  given  for  ana* 
lysis  containing  not  more  than  two   Acids  and  two 
Bases,  Organic  or  Inorganic,  but  not  more  than  one 
organic  acid  and  one  organic  base.     The  Inorganic  acids 
and  bases  to  be  those  embraced  in   the  First  B.Sc. 
Practical  Examination ;  the  Organic  acids  and  bases  to 
be  selected  from  the  following  list : — 
Oxalates,  Acetates,  Benzoates,   Succinates,  Tartrates,' 
Urates,    Gallates,  Tannates,  Cyanides,  Double  Cy- 
anides, Alcohol,  Starch,  Grape-sugar,  Urea,  Morphia, 
Quinine,  Strychnine. 

V.    BOTANY— Two  Papers  and  a  Practical  Examination. 

•Histology. 

The  structure  of  the  Cell.  The  Chemical  and  Physical 
properties  of  Protoplasm.  The  nature  and  mode  of 
origin  of  the  contents  of  the  Cell.  The  Chemical 
and  Physical  properties  of  the  Cell-wall,  and  the 
mode  in  which  it  is  added  to.  The  Formation  and 
Growth  of  Plant  tissues  by  Cell -division.  The  I)eve* 
lopment  of  the  Epidermal,  Fibro-vascular,  and  Fun- 
damental tissues  from  Primitive  tissue. 


84  REGULATIONS. 


Morphology. 


The  distinguishing  structural  characters,  geographical 
distribution,  and  the  properties  and  uses  of  the  fol- 
lowing Natural  Orders : — 

Anonacece,  Cruciferce,  Malvacece,  Guttiferce,  Meliaceoe, 
Rutacece,  Ampelidece,  Anacardiacece,  Leguminosce, 
Zythracece,  Passifloraceos,  Citcurbitacece,  Myrtacea?, 
Comhretacece,  Rubiacece,  Composites,  Apocynacece,  Ascle- 
piadacece,  Convolvulacece,  Solanacea,  Labiatce,  Ver- 
benacece,  Scrophulariaceos,  Acanthacece,  Nydagmaceo?, 
Amarantacece,  Urticacece,  Euphorbiace<x,Aristolockiacece, 
Cycadacece,  Orchidacece,  Zingiber aceoe,  Jfarantacece, 
Musacecey  Amaryllidaceoe,  Liliacece,  Palmacece,  Ar aceoe, 
Cyperacece,  Graminacece,  Filices,  Marsilliacece,  Lycopo- 
diacece,  Musci,  Fungi,  Algce,  Fucacece,  Saccharomycetes, 
Schizomycetes. 

The  principles  and  practice  of  Classification. 

Physiology. 

The  ultimate  constituents  of  Plants.  Composition  of 
the  Plant  in  successive  stages  of  growth.  The  Ma- 
terials of  Plant-food  ;  their  general  nature  ;  the 
organs  by  which  they  are  absorbed.  Rotation  of 
crops.  Ascent  of  the  Crude  Sap.  Respiration. 
Transpiration.  The  Descending  Sap.  Assimilation 
or  general  nature  of  the  changes  by  which  the  Food 
Materials  are  converted  into  the  various  vegetable 
Tissues.  Influence  of  Light  and  Temperature  upon 
Plants.  Increase  of  the  Plant.  Movements  and 
special  directions  in  Plants  and  their  different 
parts.  Vegetable  irritability  and  Movements  of 
Climbing  Plants,  General  Phenomena  of  Sexual  Re- 
production ;  various  modes  in  which  flowers  are 
fertilized.  The  intercrossing  of  Plants  and  its  effects. 
Dimorphism  and  Trimorphism  ;  Dichogamy.  Germi- 
nation. Causes  of  Variation,    Origin  of  Species. 

Practical  Examination. 

Each  Candidate  must  be  prepared  to  examine  and 
dissect  (microscopically  when  necessary)  Plants  or 
parts  of  Plants  placed  before  him,  selected  with 
reference  to  their  typical  character  as  representing 
their  respective  natural  orders  ;  and  to  write  descrip- 
tions of  them. 


SECOND   EXAMINATION   FOfc   THE   t>EGREE   OP  B*SC,      85 


VI.    Z  0  0  L  0  G  Y — Two  Pap  ers  and  a  Practical  Examination . 
The  principal  facts  of  Structure  and  Development  in 
the  following  Genera  and  Orders  :— 

GENERAi 


Homo. 

Blatta. 

Erinaceus. 

Scorpio. 

Sus± 

Tegenarta  (or  any  spider). 

Ovis. 

Oniscus. 

Cohimbd. 

Cyclops*. 

Gadus. 

Daphnia. 

Lepus. 

Lumbricus. 

Caniis% 

Carcinus*. 

Baca. 

Hirudo. 

Bucinum* 

Uraster. 

Limax. 

Echinus. 

OEDERSi 

Primates. 

JBrachiopoda. 

Cheiroptera. 

Polyzoa. 

Getacea. 

Tunicata. 

Perissodactyla. 

Coleoptera. 

Proboscidea. 

Hemiptera. 

Sirenia. 

Hymenoptera. 

Edentata. 

♦            Lepidoptera. 

Marsupialia. 

Diptera. 

Monotremata. 

Myriapoda. 

Struthionidoe. 

Cirripeda. 

Saururce  (Archoeopteryx) .        Annelida  polychoeta. 

Lacertilia. 

Trematoda. 

Ophidia. 
Cheloina. 

Pteropoda. 

Cestodea. 

Crocodilia. 

Nematoidea. 

Pterosauria. 

Rotifera. 

Ichthyosauria. 

Turbellaria. 

Urodela. 

Crinoidea. 

Ganoidei. 

C<slenterata. 

Dipnoi. 

Porifera. 

Elasmobranchii. 

Infusoria. 

Marsipobranchii. 

Badiolaria. 

Pharyngobranchii. 

Gregarinida. 

Cephalopoda. 

Foraminifera. 

The  Affinities  of  these  Groups,  and  their  place  in  Clas- 
sification. Meaning  of  the  terms  Species,  Variety, 
and  Eace.  Causes  of  Variation.  Origin  of  Species, 
1306—8  bu 


8S  REGULATIONS. 

Practical  Examination. 

Each  Candidate  must  be  prepared  to  examine,  dissect, 
and  describe  snch  animals  or  such  parts  of  animals 
as  may  be  placed  before  him,  selected  from  the  pre- 
vious list  of  Genera  ;  and  to  examine  prepared  speci- 
mens illustrative  of  any  of  the  Orders  above  enumer- 
ated, and  to  write  descriptions  of  them. 

VII.    ANIMAL    PHYSIOLOGY— Two    Papers    and     a 
Practical  Examination. 

Chemical  Composition  of  food.  The  quantities  and 
kinds  of  food  required  to  balance  the  losses  of  the 
economy. 

The  several  processes  to  which  the  Food  is  subjected 
in  Digestion. 

Absorption  in  general ;  chyliferous  and  lymphatic 
Absorption. 

The  Blood,  its  organic  and  chemical  constitution ; 
phenomena  and  mechanism  of  Circulation. 

Eespiration,  its  mechanical  and  chemical  actions  ;  effects 
of  its  suppression. 

Temperature  of  the  Body  ;  production  and  regulation 
of  Animal  Heat. 

Secretion  and  Excretion  ;  construction  and  operation  of 
Secreting  Apparatus.  Chemical  composition  and 
amount  of  the  Urinary,  Cutaneous  and  Pulmonary 
excretions. 

Muscular  and  other  Contractile  substance ;  phenomena 
presented  by  acting  Contractile  substance. 

Nutrition,  Growth,  and  Eeparation. 

The  Mechanism  of  Locomotion,  Voice  and  Speech. 

Constitution  and  Functions  of  Nervous  System.  Dis- 
tinction of  Motor  and  Sensory  Nerves  or  Nerve- 
fibres.  Phenomena  presented  by  Nerves  in  action. 
Influence  on  Contractile  Tissue. 

Functions  of  Brain>  Spinal  Cord,  and  Ganglia.  Sen- 
sation, Voluntary  Motion,  Reflex  Action.  Inhibitory 
Action.  Influence  of  Nervous  System  on  Heart  and 
Blood-vessels,  and  on  Secreting  Organs. 

Organs  of  the  Senses  and  their  functions. 

Reproductive  Organs  and  their  functions. 
■     Changes    produced  in    the   Ovum    by    impregnation. 
Outline  of  the  Development  of  the  Embryo  and  its 
Envelopes.   Nutrition  of  the  Foetus.   Changes  which 


SECOND   EXAMINATION   FOR   THE   DEGBEE   OP    B.SC.      87 

occur  afc   Birth   in  the  Foetus   and  in  the  Parent 

Lactation. 
Changes  which  take  place  with  Age  in  the  Proportions 

of  the  Body  ;  in  the  Skeleton  ;  in  the  Dentition  ;  and 

in  the  Reproductive  Apparatus. 
Differences  between  Man  and  Woman  other  than  in  the 

Reproductive  Organs. 
Senile  Decay. 
Somatic  and  Molecular  death. 

Practical  Examination, 

Each  Candidate  must  be  prepared  (1)  to  examine  and 
describe  Microscopical  specimens  of  Animal  tissues 
and  organs  ;  (2)  to  make  Microscopical  preparations 
of  Animal  tissues  and  organs ;  (3)  to  prove  his 
practical  acquaintance  with  the  chemistry  of  albumen 
and  its  allies,  milk,  the  digestive  juices  and  their 
actions,  blood  urine,  and  glycogen.  Also  to  show  his 
practical  acquaintance  with  the  most  important 
Apparatus  used  in  studyingthe  Physiology  of  muscle, 
nerve,  the  circulatory  and  respiratory  systems,  and 
the  organs  of  sense. 

YIII.   PHYSICAL   GEOGRAPHY  AND  GEOLOGY— 
Two  Papers  and  a  Practical  Examination. 

The  Earth  is  a  planet.  The  Earth's  form,  size,  and 
motions.  Measurement  and  mapping  of  the  Earth's 
surface. 

The  Atmosphere  ;  its  composition,  height,  pressure,  and 
temperature.  The  Moisture  of  the  Air.  Movements  of 
the  Air. 

The  Sea ;  its  saltness,  depth,  and  temperature.  The 
great  Sea  Basins.  The  Ice  of  the  Sea.  The  movements 
and  offices  of  the  Sea. 

The  Land — Mountains,  Plains,  and  Valleys.  Movements 
of  the  Land.  The  Waters  of  the  Land.  Work  of  Run- 
ning Water.     Frost,  Snow,  Glaciers. 

The  Geographical  Distribution  of  Plants  and  Animals. 
Diffusion  of  Plants  and  Animals.  Climate.  Migration 
and  transport.     Changes  of  Land  and  Sea. 

The  Crust  of  the  Earth.  Interior  or  nucleus.  Exist- 
ence of  internal  heat.     Probable  condition  of  the  Earth's 

iterior.  Age  of  the  Earth  and  Measures  of  Geological 
.'ime. 


88  REGULATIONS, 

General  Chemical  Constitution  of  the  Earth's  crust. 
Rock-forming  minerals.  General  characters  of  Rocks. 
Classification  of  Rocks.  Volcanoes — Volcanic  products. 
Geographical  and  Geological  Distribution  of  Volcanoes. 
Volcanic  action  and  its  causes.  Earthquakes — geological 
effects,  distribution  and  origin.  Secular  upheaval  and 
depression.  Hypogene  causes  of  change  in  texture, 
structure,  and  composition  of  Rocks.  Effects  of  heat, 
Metamorphism.  Effects  of  pressure.  Influence  of  the 
Atmosphere  in  destroying  and  forming  Rocks.  Action  of 
Rain,  Springs,  Rivers,  Terrestrial  Ice,  and  Oceanic  Waters. 
Denudation  and  deposition,  The  part  taken  by  plants  and 
animals  in  preserving,  destroying,  or  orginating  geologi- 
cal formations.  Stratification  and  its  accompaniments. 
Joints — Inclination  and  curvature  of  Rocks,  Cleavage, 
Dislocation.  Eruptive  Rocks  as  part  of  the  structure  of 
the  Earth's  crust.  Crystalline  Schists.  Ore  deposits. 
Unconformability.  Organic  remains.  Uses  of  Fossils  in 
Geology.  Geological  Divisions — Archaean,  Azoic,  or  Eozo- 
ic.  Palaeozoic  or  Primary.  Mesozoic  or  Secondary.  Cai- 
nozoic  or  Tertiary.     Post-tertiary  or  Quaternary. 

The  Cambrian,  Silurian,  Devonian,  Carboniferous,  Per- 
mian, Triassic,  Jurassic,  Cretaceous,  Eocene,  Oligocene, 
Miocene,  Pliocene ;  Pleistocene,  and  Recent  Formations. 
The  composition,  distribution,  economic  products,  and 
characteristic  Fossils  of  these  formations. 

The  relation  of  European  and  Indian  formations.  The 
geology  and  petrology  of  the  Crystalline  and  Metamorphic 
Series  of  India.  The  Deccan  and  Malwa  Traps.  Intertrap- 
pean  beds.  The  Coal-bearing  Series  of  India.  General 
geology,  petrology,  and  palaeontology  of  the  Coal  fields  of 
India. 

Practical  Examination. 

Candidates  will  be  expected  to  identify  and  describe 
specimens  of  the  principal  Rocks,  and  of  the  Fossils  charac- 
teristic of  the  Formations  above  enumerated. 

IX,    LOGIC  AND  PSYCHOLOGY. 

Names,  Notions,  and  Propositions, 

Syllogism. 

Induction  and  subsidiary  operations. 

The  Senses. 

Tke  Intellect, 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  MASTER  OF  ARTS.     89 

The  Emotions, 

The  Will. 

The  Theories  of  Ethics. 

50.  On  the  Fourth  Monday  in  November,  the  Examiners 
will  publish  a  list  of  successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes 
and  Pass,  the  names  in  each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged 
in  alphabetical  order. 

51.  A  certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.  (Vide  Form  Q.) 

MASTER  OF  ARTS, 

52.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Arts 
will  be  held  annually  in  Bombay,  commencing  on  the  Third 
Monday  in  November, 

53.  Any  person,  being  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  in  the  Univer- 
sity of  Bombay,  may  be  admitted  to  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Master  of  Arts ;  and  should  he  pass  the 
Examination  in  any  one  of  the  above  branches,  he  will  be 
admitted  to  the  degree  of  M,A.,  on  the  expiration  of  five 
years  from  the  date  of  his  Matriculation, 

54.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  at  least  three  months  before  the  Examination. 
(Vide  Form  R.) 

55.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  50,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.     (Vide  Form  S.) 

56.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
~  '.A.  Examination,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded, 

md  a  fresh  fee  paid. 

57.  The  Examination  will  comprise  the  following 
>ranches  : — 

I, — Languages. 

II. — History  and  Philosophy, 
III. — Mathematics. 
IV. — Physical  Science. 

V, — Natural  Science. 

I. — Languages. — Six  papers. 

Candidates  must  take  up  English,  with  one  or  more  of 
;he  following  : — Latin,  Greek,  Sanskrit,  Hebrew,  Arabic, 
French  and  Persian. 

The  subjects  in  each  Language  will  be  announced  by  the 
Syndicate  two  years  before  the  Examination, 

B  1306—8  w* 


90  REGULATIONS. 

The  following  papers  will  be  set : — 

1st  and  2nd.  Questions  on  the  English  books  taken  np 
by  the  Candidates,  including  points  of  Scholarship,  Com- 
parative Philology,  Criticism,  and  the  History  of  Literature. 

3rd  and  Uh.  Similar  questions  ou  the  Latin  and  Greek, 
Sanskrit,  Hebrew,  Arabic,  French  or  Persian  books  taken 
np  by  the  Candidates.  Into  one  of  these  papers,  when  the 
subject  ohosen  is  Sanskrit,  Arabic,  or  Persian,  questions  on 
Indian  Palceography  will  be  introduced  as  alternative  to 
some  other  part  of  the  paper,  such  part  to  be  determined 
by  the  Examiners. 

hth.  Translation  from  English  into  the  second  lan- 
guage, and  vice  versd. 

6th.     Original  English  Composition  in  Prose  or  Verse. 

II. — History  and  Philosophy. — Six  papers. 
1st  and  2nd.     Questions  on  a  period  to  be  announced  by 
the  Syndicate  two  years  before  the  examination,  including 
Constitutional  Law,  Manners,  Literature,  Political  Geogra- 
phy, and  Etymology. 

3rd.     Politics  as  a  Science,  including  Political  Economy. 

Uh.  Logic,  including  the  Philosophy  of  the  Inductive 
Sciences. 

5th.     The  History  of  Greek  Philosophy. 

6th.  The  History  of  Modern  Philosophy,  from  the  time 
of  Charlemagne  to  the  end  of  the  18th  century. 

In  lieu  of  the  5th  and  6th  papers,  a  Candidate  may  bring 

(a.)     Historical  or  external  Evidences  of  Christianity. 
(6.)     Moral  or  internal  Evidences  of  Christianity. 

III. — Mathematics. — Six  papers. 
1st.      Euclid  and  Geometrical  Conic  Sections. 
2nd.     Algebra  and  Trigonometry. 
3rd.    Newtpn's    Principia,   Book    I.,   §§   I.— III.,    and 

Astronomy. 
Uh.    Analytical  Geometry  and  Differential  and  Integral 

Calculus. 
hth.     Statics  and  Dynamics. 
6th.     Hydrostatics  and  Optics. 

IV. — Physics  and  Chemistry — Six  papers. 
(a)    Experimental  Physics— (3  papers   and  a  practical 
examination)  as  at  the  Second  Examination  for  the  degree 
of  B.  Sc,  with  the  addition  of  the  following  ;— 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  MASTER  OF  ARTS.   91 

General  Physics  : — 

Gravitation.  The  balance.  Principles  of  Kinetics. 
Laws  of  Falling  Bodies.  The  Pendulum.  Energy. 
Elasticity.  Friction.  Fluid  Pressure.  Hydrostatic  in- 
struments. Specific  Gravity.  Capillarity.  Barometer. 
Barometric  variations.  Boyle's  law.  Air-pumps.  Efflux 
of  Liquids. 

Heat: — Thermodynamics,  Terrestrial  temperatures  and 
winds.     Description  and  use  of  Meteorological  instruments 

Electricity  : — Electro-optics. 

(6)  Chemistry— 3  papers  and  a  practical  examination 
as  at  the  Second  Examination  for  the  degree  of  B.  Sc,  with 
the  addition  of  the  following: — 

Selenium,  Tellurium,  Rubidium,  Caesium,  Beryllium,  Thal- 
lium, Yttrium,  Cerium,  Didymium,  Indium,  Gallium,  Tung- 
sten, Uranium,  Titanium,  Zirconium,  Vanadium,  Tantalum, 
Niobium,  Palladium,  Iridium,  Rhodium,  Ruthenium, 
Osmium. 

The  chief  compounds  of  the  above  metals  with  the  more 
important  acid  radicals. 

Practical  Examination  : — As  at  the  Second  Examination 
for  the  degree  of  B.  Sc,  with  the  addition  of  Volumetric 
Analysis,  the  examination  to  include  Acidiraetry,  Alkali- 
metry, Water  Analysis,  and  the  determination  of  Chlorine, 
Iodine,  Sulphurous  Acid,  Hydrogen  Sulphide,  Arsenious 
Aoid,  Iron,  Copper,  Silver,  and  Urea. 

V. — Natural  Science— Six  papers. 

(i)    Zoology  :  2  papers  and  a  practical  examination, 
(ii)     Botany  :  2  papers  and  a  practical  examination, 
(iii)    Physical  Geography  and  Geology :  2  papers  and  a 
practical  examination. 

or 

A  nimal  Physiology  :  2  papers  and  a  praotical  examination. 
Treated  more  fully  than  at  the  Second  Examination  for 
the  degree  of  B.Sc. 

58.  In  the  week  following  the  Examination,  the  Exa- 
miners in  each  branch  will  publish  a  list  of  successful 
Candidates  in  two  Classes  and  Pass,  the  names  in  each 
Class  and  Pass  being  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

59.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination  ( Vide  Form  T,) 


92 

II.  LAW, 


BACHELOR  OF  LAWS. 

1.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws 
will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on  the  Third 
Monday  in  November. 

2.  No  Candidate  shall  be  admitted  to  the  Examination 
unless  he  be  a  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  of  at 
least  two  years'  standing  in  the  University  of  Bombay,  or 
some  University  recognized  by  it,  and  unless  he  produce 
certificates  to  the  effeot  that  he  has  attended,  for  periods 
amounting  to  at  least  three  years,  three^fourths  of  the  Lec- 
tures proper  to  his  class,  in  some  School  or  Schools  of  Law 
recognized  by  the  University. 

3.  Application  must  be  made  to  the  Registrar  two 
months  before  the  Examination.     ( Vide  Form  U.) 

4.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  30,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given,     (  Vide  Form  V.) 

5.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
Examination,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a 
fresh  fee  paid. 

6.  Candidates  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws  will 
be  examined  in  the  principles  of  Jurisprudence  and  in  the 
several  systems  of  Municipal  Law  administered  by  the 
High  Court  of  Bombay. 

There  will  be  six  papers,  namely  :  — 

1.  Roman  Civil  Law.  Elements  of  General  Jurispru* 
dence  and  International  Law. 

2.  Succession  and  Family  Rights,  with  special 
reference  to  Hindu  and  Mahomedan  Law. 

3.  The  Law  of  Contracts,  and  of  the  Transfer  and 
Lease  of  Immoveable  Property. 

4.  Equity  with  special  reference  to  the  Law  of  Trust, 
Mortgages  and  other  securities  for  money,  and  Specific 
Relief, 

5.  The  Law  of  Torts  and  Crimes. 

6.  The  Law  of  Evidence,  Civil  Procedure,  including 
Limitation  and  Criminal  Procedure. 

7.  The  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means  of 
printed  papers. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  HONOURS  IN  L4W.  93 

8.  On  the  morning  of  the  Second  Monday  after  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  arrange 
and  publish  in  two  Divisions,  each  in  alphabetical  order, 
the  names  of  such  of  the  Candidates  as  may  have  passed. 

9.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (Vide  Form  W.) 

HONOURS. 

10.  The  Examination  for  Honours  in  Law  will  commence 
on  the  First  Monday  in  the  First  Term  in  Arts. 

11.  The   Examination  will  be   open  to  any  Candidate' 
who  has  passed  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Laws  held  in  one  of  the  three  years  next  preceding  such 
Honours  Examination. 

12.  Candidates  must  forward  an  application  to  the 
Registrar  at  least  two  months  before  the  Examination. 
(Vide  Form  X.) 

13.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee 
of  Rs,  50,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.  (Vide 
Form  Y.) 

14.  Each  Candidate  for  Honours  will  be  examined  in 
each  of  the  following  subjects  : — 

(a.)     Roman  Civil  Law. 

(&.)     General  Jurisprudence,  including  International 
Law. 

(c.)    The  several  systems  of  Municipal  Law  which 
obtain  in  India. 

Three  papers  will  be  set,  one  in  each  subject  (a),  (6),  and 
(c) :  each  paper  may  be  divided  into  two  parts,  three  hours 
being  allowed  to  each  part. 

15.  The  Examination  will  be  conducted  by  means  of 
printed  papers. 

16.  The  Examiners  will  publish,  on  the  Friday  in  the 

I  ensuing  week,  lists  of  the  successful  Candidates  in  two 
Classes,  the  names  in  each  Class  being  arranged  in  alpha- 
betical order.  No  Candidate  shall  be  placed  in  the  First 
Class,  unless  the  Examiners  are  of  opinion  that  he  has 
exhibited  considerable  original  ability  as  well  as  great 
industry. 


94 

III.  MEDICINE, 


LICENTIATE  OF  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY. 

1.  A  Candidate  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Medicine 
and  Surgery  must  have  passed  the  Matriculation  Examina- 
tion of  the  University  of  Bombay,  or  of  some  University 
recognized  by  it.  He  must  have  been  engaged  during 
four  University  years  in  professional  study  at  a  School  of 
Medicine  recognized  by  this  University. 

2.  The  Candidate  will  be  required  to  pass  three  Exami- 
nations, of  which  the  first  and  second  may  be  passed  at  the 
same  time. 

FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 

3.  The  First  Examination  in  Medicine  will  be  held 
annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on  the  First  Monday 
after  12th  September. 

4.  No  Candidate  shall  be  admitted  to  the  Examination 
unless  he  shall  have  produced  Certificates  to  the  following 
effect : — 

(a).  Of  having  passed  an  Examination  in  Elementary 
Mechanics  of  Solids  and  Fluids. 

N.B. — An  Examination  in  Elementary  Mechanics  of  Solids 
and  Fluids  will  be  held  each  year  along  with  the  Previ- 
ous Examination.  A  Candidate  who  has  passed  the 
Previous  Examination  shall  be  exempted  from  this 
Examination. 

(b).  Of  having  been  engaged  in  Medical  studies  for  at 
least  one  University  year. 

(c).     Of  having  attended  the  following  Courses  :— 

T„  pu^^^  (  One    Course    of    at    least 

In  Chemistry    £      70  Lectures. 


In  Botany... [ 


One    Course    of    at     least 

30  Lectures. 

t    t>      4.-    i  m.      -x       f  One  Course  of   instruction 
In  Practical  Chemistry,  {     of  three  months> 

t    air  4.    •    tvt  j-  C  One    Course    of     at    least 

In  Materia  Medica  [     6Q  Lectures. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE.  95 

f  One  Course  of  instruction  of  at  least 
In  Practical  Pha,- I      %£  ^S;- 
mac^'  cal  knowledge  of  the  preparation 

|^     and  compounding  of  Medicines. 

5.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (  Vide  Form  AA.) 

6.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  10,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given     (Vide  Form  AB.) 

7.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
First  Examination  in  Medicine,  on  a  new  application  being 
forwarded  and  a  fresh  fee  paid. 

8.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects : — 

1.  Chemistry  and  Practical  Chemistry. 

2.  Botany.* 

3.  Materia  Medica,  and  Practical  Pharmacy. 

N.B. — A  Candidate  who  has  passed  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  B.  Sc.  in  Chemistry  and  in  Botany  shall  be 
exempted  from  the  examination  in  these  subjects  at  the  First 
Examination  in  Medicine,  and  Candidates  who  have  passed 
the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.Sc.  in  one  only  of 
these  subjects  shall  be  exempted  from  Examination  in  such 
subject. 

9.  The  Examination  will  be  written  and  practical.  Oral 
Examination  of  the  Candidates  will  be  left  to  the  discretion 
of  the  Examiners. 


*  In  Systematic  Botany  the  Candidate  will  be  required  to 
possess  a  competent  acquaintance  with  the  following  Natural 
Orders  :— 

Anonaceae,  Crueiferae,  Capparidaceae,  Malvaceas,  Tiliaceae, 
Guttiferae,  Meliaceae,  Aurantiaceae,  Vitaceae,  Anacardiaceae, 
Leguminosae,  Lythraceae,  Passifloraceae,  Cucurbitaceae,  Myrtaceae, 
Combretaceae,  Rubiaceae,  Composite,  Apocynaceae,  Asclepiada- 
ceae,  Convolvulaceae,  Solanaceae,  Atropacese,  Labiatae,  Verbenaceae, 
Scrophulariaceae,  Nyctaginaceae,  Amaranthaceae,  Moraceae, 
Euphorbiaceae,  Aristolochiacese.  Cycadaceae,  Orchidaceae,  Zingi. 
beraceee,  Marantaceae,  Musaceae,  Amaryllidaceae,  Liliaceae,  Pal- 
maceae,  Araceae,  Cyperaceae,  Graminaceae,  Filices,  Fungi,  Algae, 


96  REGULATIONS. 

10.  On  the  Second  Monday  after  the  commencement  Of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  shall  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates,  arranged  in  two  classes,  viz,,  a  First 
Class  arranged  in  order  of  merit  and  a  Second  Class 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order* 

11.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     {Vide  Form  AC*) 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 

12.  The  Second  Examination  in  Medicine  will  be  held 
annually  in  Bombay,  commencing  on  the  second  Monday 
after  12th  September. 

13.  No  Candidate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examination 
Unless  he  shall  have  produced  certificates  to  the  following 
effect : —    ' 

1.  Of  having  been  engaged  in  Medical  studies  for  at 

least  two  years. 

2.  Of  having  qualified  for  admission  to*  or  having 

passed,  the  First  Examination  in  Medicine. 

3.  (a)  Of  having  attended  the  following  Courses  : — 

Tn  Anatomv  JTw°  Courses  each  of  at 

in  Anatomy  j     least  70  Lectures. 

In  Physiology  and  General  /  Two  Courses  each  of  at 
Anatomy.  \     least  70  Lectures. 

(&.)  Of  having  been  engaged  in  dissection  for  two 
terms  in  the  course  of  which  he  must  have  dis* 
sected  the  whole  human  body  twice. 

14  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Kegistrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (  Vide  Form  AD.) 

15.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Kegistrar  a  fee  of 
Es.  10,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.    (Vide  Form  AE<) 

16.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
Second  Examination  in  Medicine,  on  a  new  application 
being  forwarded  and  a  fresh  fee  paid, 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF   L.M.  &  S.  97 

17.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects : — 

1.  Anatomy,  Descriptive  and  Practical. 

2.  Physiology  and  Histology. 

18.  The  Examination  will  be  written  and  practical. 
Oral  Examination  of  the  Candidates  will  be  left  to  the 
discretion  of  the  Examiners. 

19.  On  the  second  Monday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates,  arranged  in  two  Classes,  viz.,  a  First 
Class  arranged  in  order  of  merit  and  a  Second  Class 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

20.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (Vide  Form  AF.) 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF 
L.M.  AND  S. 

21.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery  will  be  held  annually  in  Bombay 
commencing  on  the  Fourth  Monday  of  November. 

22.  No  Candidate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examination 
within  two  years  of  the  time  of  passing  the  Second  Exa- 
mination. 

N.B.—A  Candidate  who  is  a  Licentiate  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery  of  a  recognized  Indian  University,  or  who 
is  legally  qualified  to  practise  Medicine  and  Surgery 
in  the  United  Kingdom  and  who  desires  to  obtain 
the  degree  of  L.M.  &  S.  of  this  University,  will  be 
required  to  pass  the  final  Examination  for  the  degree 
of  L.M.  &  S.  only. 

23.     Each  Candidate  must,  subsequent  to  passing  the 
Second  Examination,  have  attended  the  following  courses: — 

T    At-  -,.  .  ("Two  Courses  each  of  at  least 

In  Medicine  [     70  Lectures. 

t„  q„„  ™~r  ?  Two  Courses  each  of  at  least 

In  Surgery |     70  Lectnres. 

In  Midwifery  and  Diseases  C  Two  Courses  each  of  at  least 
of  Women  and  Children.  \     60  Lectures. 

b  1306—9  bu 


98  KEGU1ATI0K9. 

In  Diseases  of  the  Eye  ...  {  0nteu  °°nrse  of  at  Iea9t  25  Uc' 

In  Pathology {  ^J^""36  °£  at  least  30  U°' 

T     tt     :, /  One  Course  of  at  least  20  Lec- 

In  Hygiene  |     tureg> 

In  Medical  Jurisprudence  f  One  Course  of  at  least  50  Lec- 
and  Practical  Toxicology.  \     tures, 

In  Operative  Surgery     ...  {  °nt*  °°UrSe  °f  at  ,eaSt  25  Le°- 

and  have  dissected  the  surgical  regions,  and  performed 
operations  on  the  dead  subject,  during  two  terms  in  Medi- 
cine, and  have  attended  a  Lying-in  Hospital  for  six  months 
and  have  conducted  Midwifery  cases,  or  have  conducted 
at  least  six  labours  (Certificates  on  this  subject  will  be 
received  from  any  legally  qualified  Practitioner  in  Medicine), 
and  have  attended  hospital  practice  during  a  period  of  at 
least  two  University  years,  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : — 

(a.)  Eighteen  months  at  the  Medical  Practice  of  a  recog- 
nized hospital  or  hospitals  (during  at  least  nine  of  which 
he  must  have  officiated  as  Clinical  Clerk)  with  lectures  on 
Clinical  Medicine  during  such  attendance. 

(b.)  Eighteen  months  at  the  Surgical  Practice  of  a 
recognized  hospital  or  hospitals  (during  at  least  nine  of 
which  he  must  have  officiated  as  Surgical  Dresser),  with 
lectures  on  Clinical  Surgery  during  such  attendance;  and 

(c.)     Three  months  at  the  Practice  of  an  Eye  Infirmary. 

24.  Each  Candidate  will  be  required  to  produce  reports  of 
six  Medical  and  of  six  Surgical  cases,  drawn  up  and  written 
by  himself,  during  the  periods  of  service  as  Clinical  Clerk 
and  Surgical  Dresser,  respectively,  the  said  reports  to  be 
duly  authenticated  by  the  Professors  of  Clinical  Medicine 
and  Surgery  ;  and  must  produce  a  certificate  of  good  moral 
conduct  from  the  Head  of  the  College  in  which  he  has 
studied. 

25.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (Vide  Form  AG.) 

26.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs,  30,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.   (Vide  Form  AH.) 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.M.  AND  S.        99 

27.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a  fresh 
fee  paid. 

28.  No  Candidate  will  be  permitted  to  appear  at  this 
Examination  unless  he  has  completed  his  twenty-first  year, 
or  will  have  attained  that  age  before  the  fixed  date  for  the 
annual  Convocation  for  Conferring  Degrees. 

29.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects : — 

1.  Principles  and    Practice    of    Medicine,  including 

Pathology  and  Therapeutics. 

2.  Principles    and    Practice   of    Surgery,    including 

Surgical  Anatomy  and  Ophthalmic  Surgery. 

3.  Midwifery,  and  Diseases  of  Women  and  Children. 

4.  Medical  Jurisprudence,  including  Practical  Toxico- 

logy and  Hygiene. 

30.  The  Examination  will  be  written  and  practical.  Oral 
Examination  will  be  left  to  the  discretion  of  the  Examiners. 

31.  The  Clinical  Examination  in  Medicine  and  Surgery 
will  be  conducted  in  the  wards  of  a  hospital,  and  will  be  of 
a  nature  faithfully  and  fully  to  test  the  Candidate's  practi- 
cal ability  in  taking,  recording  and  treating  cases  of  disease, 
investigating ,  the  pathology  of  disease,  microscopically, 
chemically,  and  otherwise,  and  in  surgical  manipulations. 

32.  The  Examination  in  Surgery  will  include  the  per- 
formance of  surgical  operations  on  the  dead  body. 

33.  On  the  Second  Monday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates,  arranged  in  two  classes,  viz.,  a  First 
Class  arranged  in  order  of  merit  and  a  Second  Class 
arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

34.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.    ( Vide  Form  AI.) 


100  REGULATIONS. 

DOCTOR  OF  MEDICINE. 

35.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medi- 
cine will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing  on  the 
Third  Monday  in  the  First  Term  in  Arts. 

36.  Each  Candidate  must  have  obtained  the  Degree,  at 
least,  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the  Uni- 
versity of  Bombay,  or  some  University  recognized  by  it, 
and  must  have  regularly  attended  the  Medical  and  Surgical 
Practice  of  a  recognized  hospital  or  hospitals  for  a  period 
of  two  years  subsequent  to  his  having  taken  a  Degree  in 
Medicine  and  Surgery  at  the  University  of  Bombay  or  some 
University  recognized  by  it ;  and  must  produce  a  certificate 
of  his  having  attended  a  course  of  30  Lectures  in  Compar- 
ative Anatomy. 

37.  Each  Candidate  must  produce  testimonials,  signed 
by  at  least  two  Doctors  of  Medicine,  that  he  is,  in  habits 
and  character,  a  fit  and  proper  person  for  the  degree  of 
Doctor  of  Medicine. 

38.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (Vide  Form  A  J.) 

39.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  100,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.     (Vide  Form  AK. ) 

40.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  Medicine,  includiu  g — 

1.  Practice  of  Physic. 

2.  Surgery. 

3.  Midwifery. 

4.  Comparative  Anatomy. 

N.B. — A  Candidate  who  has  passed  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  B.Sc.  in  Zoology,  shall  be  exempted  from 
the  examination  in  Comparative  Anatomy  for  the  Degree 
of  Doctor  of  Medicine. 

41 .  The  Examination  will  be  (a)  written  (one  paper  being 
set  in  each  of  the  above  subjects),  (6)  oral,  (c)  clinical,  in  the 
wards  of  a  hospital,  and  (d)  practical,  in  a  dissecting-room. 

42.  On  the  Second  Monday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

43.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (Vide  Form  AL.) 


.     101 

IV-  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 

LICENTIATE  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 

1.  A  Candidate  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil 
Engineering  mnst  hare  passed  the  Matriculation  Examina- 
tion of  the  university  of  Bombay,  or  of  some  University 
recognized  by  it. 

2.  A  Candidate  will  be  required  to  pass  two  Examina- 
tions, the  one  to  be  called  the  First  Examination  in  Civil 
Engineering,  and  the  other  the  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering. 

FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 

3.  The  First  Examination  will  be  held  annually  in  Bom- 
bay, commencing  on  the  First  Monday  in  November, 

4.  No  Candidate  will  be  admitted  to  this  Examination 
unless  he  produce  satisfactory  testimonials  of  having  kept 
four  terms  in  a  School  or  College  of  Civil  Engineering 
recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

KB. — Two  of  the  required  terms  will  be  remitted  in  the 
case  of  Candidates  who  have  kept  two  or  more  terms  in  a 
College  or  Institution  in  Arts  recognized  by  the  University 
of  Bombay,  and  three  in  case  of  a  Bachelor  of  Science. 

5.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (Vide  Form  AM.) 

6.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  20,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.     (Vide  Form  AN.) 

7.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
First  Examination,  on  a  new  application  being  forwarded 
and  a  fresh  fee  paid, 

B  1306-9  bu* 


102  REGULATIONS. 

8;    Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects :— 

I. — Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy. 
Four  papers. 

1st.  (a.)  Arithmetic,  with  the  nature  and  use  of  Log- 
arithms. 

(6.)  Algebra — to  Quadratic  Equations,  inclusive, 
with  the  Progressions  and  the  Binomial  Theo- 
rem. 

2nd.  (a.)  Euclid. — The  first  four  and  the  sixth  Books 
with  the  Definitions  of  the  fifth  Book,  and  the 
eleventh  Book  to  Proposition  XXI. 

(b.)  Trigonometry. — Solution  of  Plane  Triangles 
with  expressions  for  the  area. 

3rd.  Statics. — Composition  and  Resolution  of  Forces. 
Centre  of  Gravity.     The  Mechanical  Powers. 

4th.  (a.)  Dynamics. — Laws  of  Motion.  Falling  Bodies. 
Circular  Motion.     Projectiles.     Impact. 

(b.)  Hydrostatics.— Fluid  Pressures.  Equilibrium  of 
Gases  under  varying  pressures  and  tempera- 
tures. Specific  Gravity.  Hydrostatic  Balance. 
Barometer.  Pumps.  Hydraulic  Ram.  Syphon. 
Bramah's  Press.     Steam  Engine. 

II. — Experimental  and  Natural  Science. 
Two  papers. 

1st  (a.)  Heat. — Measurement  of  Temperature.  Ther- 
mometers and  Pyrometers.  Effects  of  Heat, 
Dilatation.  Apparent  and  Real  Expansion.  Ex- 
pansion of  Gases.  Boyle  and  Mariotte's  Law. 
Maximum  Density  of  Water.  Compensating 
Pendulum  and  Balance.  Barometric  Correc- 
tions. Change  of  State.  Specific  and  Latent 
Heat.  Regelation.  Vaporization.  Ebullition. 
Elastic  Force  of  Vapour.  Formation  of  Dew. 
Hygrometers.     Spheroidal  Condition. 

(&.)     Frictional  Electricity. 
2nd.  Inorganic  Chemistry. — Metric  System  of  Weights  and 
Measures.  Physical  Properties  of  Matter.  Simple 
and  Compound  Bodies.    Conditions  necessary 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 


103 


for  Combination.  Molecules.  Molecular  Attrac- 
tion. Affinity.  Mechanical  and  Chemical  Solu- 
tion. Laws  of  Combination.  Atomic  Theory. 
Equivalents.  Law  of  Atomic  Heat.  Nomen- 
clature. Symbolic  Notation  and  Formula?.  Clas- 
sification of  Compound  Bodies.  Law  of  Gaseous 
Yolumes.  Vapour  Densities.  Methods  adopted 
in  the  Determination  of  Atomic  Weights. 
Calculation  of  Volume  Weights.  Diffusion  of 
Gases.  Quantivalence  of  Atoms.  Phenomena 
of  Crystallization.    Isomorphism.   Isomerism. 

Occurrence,  Preparation,  and  Properties  of  the  Non- 
Metallic  Elements  and  of  their  more  important 
Compounds. 

III. — En  GINEERIN  G. 

Four  papers,  Examination  of  Drawings,  and  Oral. 

1st,  Engineering  Field  Work. — Surveying  with  the  Chain 
only.  Surveying  with  the  Compass  and  Chain. 
The  Theodolite  and  its  adjustment.  Levelling 
with  the  Dumpy  and  Y  Level,  and  the  adjust- 
ment of  the  same. 

JSf.B. — A  plotted  Survey  and  Section,  with  the  Survey 
and  Level  Books  (certified  as  the  work  of  the 
student  by  the  Head  of  an  Institution  recogniz- 
ed in  Civil  Engineering),  should  be  submitted 
to  the  Examiners  by  each  Candidate. 

2nd.  Materials  used  in  Construction. — Stone.  Quarrying 
and  Blasting.  Manufacture  and  mode  of  testing 
the  quality  of  Bricks  and  Tiles,  Limes,  Mortar, 
Cements,  Concrete,  Plaster.  Timber.  Methods 
of  seasoning  Timber.  Preservation  of  Timber. 
Wrought  and  Cast  Iron.  Preservation  of  Iron. 
Steel.  Bessemer  Process.  Paints  and  Varnishes. 

3rd.  Masonry. — Stone  Masonry.  Brickwork.  Precaution 
against  Settlement.  Plain  Arching.  Different 
Forms  of  Arches  and  modes  of  describing  them. 
Foundations.  Pile  and  Iron  Tubular  Founda- 
tions.   Well  Foundations. 

Wh.  {a).  Roads. — Earth,  Moorum,  and  Metalled  Roads. 
Gradient  and  Cross  Section.    Traction.  Survey. 


104  REGULATIONS. 

Lining  out  and  Construction.  Laying  out 
Curves  without  an  angular  instrument.  Tracing 
and  Survey  of  Hill  Roads.  Maintenance  and 
Repair. 

(b.)  Earthwork.  Mensuration  and  setting  out.  Tools 
and  Execution.  Cuttings.  Embanking  and  Pud- 
dling. 

Uh.  Engineering  Drawing. — Each  Candidate  will  be  re- 
quired to  exhibit  three  drawings,  executed  by 
him  during  his  oourse  of  study  at  an  affiliated 
Institution. 

Each  drawing  to  bear  the  following  Certificate  : — 

Certified  that  this  drawing  was  executed  within  the  walls 
of         *by and    completed    on 

Q~~  (Signed)     . 


Principal  of  the 

Date 

*  Enter  the  name  of  the  School  or  College  of  Engineering. 

N.B.— Each  Candidate  will  also  be  required  to  execute  in  the  presence  of 
the  Examiners  a  pen  and  ink  sketch  of  a  simple  ohject  to  show  proficiency  in 
free  hand-sketching.    For  this  sketeh  two  hours  will  be  allowed. 

Text-Book  in  Civil  Engineering. 

Such  portions  of  the  Roorkee  Treatise  on  Civil  Engineer- 
ing as  treat  of  the  subjects  above  specified. 

9.  The  Examination  will  be  written  and  oral. 

10.  On  the  Third  Thursday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes  and  Pass,  the  names  in 
each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.C.E. 

11.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of 
Civil  Engineering  will  be  held  annually  in  Bombay  com- 
mencing on  the  Second  Monday  in  November. 

12.  No  Undergraduate  will  be  admitted  to  the  Exam- 
ination unless  he  shall  have  kept  two  terms  in  a  School  or 
College  of  Civil  Engineering  recognized  by  the  University 
of  Bombay  subsequently  to  passing  the  First  Examination. 


EXAMINATION   FOR   THE    DEGREE   OF   L.C.E.  105 

13.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (Vide  Form  AO.) 

14?.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  30  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.  (Vide  Form  AP.) 

15.  Failure  to  pass  the  Examination  will  not  disqualify 
the  Candidate  for  presenting  himself  at  any  subsequent 
examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing, on  a  new  application  being  forwarded  and  a  fresh  fee 
paid. 

16.  Candidates  will  be  examined  in  the  following  sub- 
jects : — 

I.  Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy. 

II.  Experimental  and  Natural  Science. 

III.  Civil  Engineering. 

IV.  One  of  the  following  to  be  selected  by  the  Candi- 

date : — 

A.  Analytical  Geometry  and  Differential  and 

Integral  Calculus. 

B.  Optics  and  Astronomy. 

C.  Mining  and  Metallurgy. 

D.  Architecture. 

E.  Mechanical  Engineering. 

F.  Chemical  Analysis. 

G.  Botany  and  Meteorology. 

I.— Mathematics  and  Natural  Philosophy. 
Four  papers. 

1st.     Mensuration  of  Surfaces  and  Solids. 
2nd.  (a.)  Geometric  Conic  Sections. 

(b.)  Analytical  Geometry  of  Two  Dimensions. — Ana- 
lytical Geometry  of  the  right  line  and  circle  by 
Rectangular,  Oblique,  and  Polar  Co-ordinates. 
3rd.     Statics  and  Dynamics. 
4th.    Hydrostatics. 

II. — Experimental  and  Natural  Science. 
Three  papers — Oral  and  Practical. 
1st.     Inorganic  Chemistry. — The  Chemistry  of  the  prin- 
cipal Metals  and  their  Salts.     Qualitative  Analy- 
sis of  simple  Salts. 

2nd.    (a).    Beat—  Propagation  of  Heat  by  Conduction, 
Radiation,  and  Convection.     Absorption,  Reflec- 


106  REGULATIONS. 

tion,  and  Refraction  of  Heat.  Diathermacy. 
Theory  of  Exchanges.  Mechanical  Theories  of 
Heat,  Mechanical  and.  Chemical  Equivalents. 
Different  forms  of  Energy,     Sources  of  Heat. 

(b.)  Voltaic  Electricity  and  Magnetism. 
3rd.  Geology. — Definitions  of  Geological  terms.  The  prin- 
cipal Rocks  and  their  Component  Minerals.  Trans- 
lation and  Consolidation  of  Materials.  Fossiliza- 
tion.  Central  Heat.  Yolcanoes.  Earthquakes 
and  other  movements  of  the  Earth's  crust.  Suc- 
cession of  Strata.  Formation  of  Coal.  Metamor- 
phism  of  Rocks.  Igneous  Rocks.  Geographical 
Distribution  of  the  Stratified  and  Igneous  Rocks 
in  India.  Mode  of  constructing  Geological  Maps 
and  Sections. 

Uh.  Practical. — (1)  Qualitative  Analysis,  and  (2)  Recog- 
nition of  the  more  important  Rocks  and  Minerals. 

hth.    Oral. 

Text  Books  in  Geology. 
Page's  Introductory  Text  Book  of  Geology. 

Elementary  Manual  of  Geology  (published  by  the  Educa- 
tional Department). 

III. — Civil  Engineering. 

Six  papers — Examination  of  Drawings,  and  Oral. 

1st. — Engineering  Field  and  Office  Work. 

(a.)  Triangulation  and  Traversing.  Azimuth,  Lati- 
tude and  Longitude.  Contouring.  The  adjust- 
ment and  use  of  Surveying  Instruments. 

(b.)     Geometrical  Drawing. 

N.B. — A  plotted  Triangulation,  Traverse  and  Contour, 
together  with  the  Field  books  of  the  same  (certified 
by  the  Head  of  a  recognized  Institution  as  the 
actual  work  of  the  Student),  should  be  submitted 
to  the  Examiners  by  each  Candidate. 

2nd.  Strength  of  Materials. — Pressure.  Tension.  Tor- 
sion. Transverse  strain.  Factor  of  Safety. 
Deflection.     Stability  of  Retaining- walls .  Roofs. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  l.C.E.  107 

3rd.     Bridges—  Masonry  Bridges.     Centering, 

Wooden  Bridges. — Trussed  and  Girder  Bridges. 

Scarfs,  Joints,  and  Straps.     Built  Beams. 
Iron  Bridges. — Girder  and  Suspension. 
4th.    (a.)    Irrigation. — Canals  for  Irrigation  and  Naviga- 
tion.    Sources  of  Supply.    Quantity  of  Water  re- 
quired.    Slope    of   bed   and   section    of    channel. 
Alignment  of  Canal.     Falls,  Rapids,  and  Locks. 
Drainage.     Aqueducts.     Inlets.      Dams.      Super- 
passages.    Head  Works.    Regulators.  Irrigational 
Tanks.     Motion  of  Water  through  Pipes,  in  open 
Canals,  and  over  Weirs. 
(b.)    Harbours.— Groins.  Breakwaters.  Quays.  Basins. 
Docks  and  Jetties. 
hlh.    Specification  and  Estimating.— A.  Specification  and 
Estimate  of  a  simple  structure  to  be  drawn  up 
from  data. 

JV.B. — Multiplication  of  dimensions  will  not  be  required. 
Qih.    Railways. — Location.  Gauges.   Curves.    Gradients. 
Formation.  Tunnels.  Level  Crossings.  Ballasting. 
Fencing.     Permanent    Way.     Stations.     Signals. 
Turn-tables  and  Triangles.     Engine  Sheds.  Loco- 
motive Engines.     Traction. 
7th.    Engineering  Drawing.— Each  Candidate  will  be  re- 
quired to  exhibit  three  Drawings,  executed  by  him 
in  an  affiliated  Institution  subsequent  to  his  pass- 
ing the  First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering. 
Each  Drawing  to  bear  the  following  certificate : — 
Certified  that  this  drawing  was  executed  within  the  walls 

of_ *by and  completed 

on  the        

( Signed) 


Principal  of  the 
Date 


*  Enter  the  name  of  the  School  or  College  of  Engineering. 

N.B.—  Each  Candidate  will  also  be  required  to  execute  in  the  presence  of 
the  Examiners  a  pen  and  ink  sketch  of  a  simple  object,  to  show  proficiency  iu 
free  hand-sketching.     For  this  sketch  two  hours  will  be  allowed. 

Text  Books. 

The  Roorkee  Treatise  of  Civil  Engineering. 
The  Roorkee  Manual  of  Surveying, 


108  REGULATIONS. 

Kankine's  Civil  Engineering  (omitting  Part  II.,  Chap.  I., 
and  Section  I.  of  Chap.  II.) 

IV,  One  of  the  following,  to  be  selected  by  the 
Candidate  : — 

A. — Analytical  Geomet  by  of  Two  Dimensions  and 
Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. 

Two  papers. 

1st.     Analytical  Geometry. — Equation  to  the  Parabola. 

Polar  Equation  to  the  Parabola.    Properties  of  the 
Parabola. 

Equation  to  the  Ellipse.  Eccentric  angle,  Connection 
between  Ellipse  and  Parabola.  Polar  Equation 
to  the  Ellipse.     Properties  of  the  Ellipse. 

Equation  to  the  Hyperbola.  Asymptotes.  Polar  Equation 
to  the  Hyperbola.  Properties  of  the  Hyperbola. 

2nd.  {a.)  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus. — Differentia- 
tion of  functions  of  one  variable.     Successive  dif- 
ferentiation.    Evaluation  of    indeterminate  func- 
tions.    Taylor's  Theorem.     Maxima  and  Minima. 
(6.)  Integral    Calculus. — Elementary     Examples      in 
Integration. 

B. — Optics  and  Astbonomy. 
Two  papers. 

1st.  Keflection  and  Refraction  at  Plane  and  Spherical 
Surfaces.  Dispersion  of  Light.  The  Eainbow. 
The  Sextant,  Lenses,  the  Telescope,  the  Eye. 

2nd.  Apparent  motions  of  the  Heavenly  Bodies.  Instru- 
ments. Phenomena  depending  on  change  of 
place.  Atmospheric  Refraction.  Comparison  of 
Diameters  of  Earth,  Sun,  Moon,  and  Planets. 
Ptolomaic  and  Copernican  Systems.  Eclipses. 
Sidereal,  Solar,  Mean,  and  Apparent  Time. 
Latitude,  Longitude,  and  Variation  of  the  Com- 
pass. 

C— Mining  and  Metallubgy. 
Two  papers. 

1st.  Physical  Characters  of  Metals.  Alloys.  Crystal* 
line  Systems.  Cleavage.  Goniometers.  Mineral 
Veins.    Lodes  and   Beds.    Mining  Excavations. 


EXAMINATION  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OP  L.C.E.  109 

Ventilation  of  Mines.  Lighting  of  Workings 
Driving  of  Levels,  Drifts,  and  "Windroads. 
Means  of  Security  to  be  adopted  in  Shafts. 
Pillar  and  Stall  and  Long  wall  systems  of 
extracting  Coal.  Varieties  of  Coal.  Compara- 
tive value  of  Fuels. 

2nd.  Mode  of  dressing  Ores.  Furnace  Materials.  Plays. 
Crucibles.  The  more  important  ores  of  the 
following  metals,  viz. : — Iron,  Copper,  Lead, 
Tin,  Zinc,  and  Mercury.  Iron  smelting.  Manu- 
facture of  Steel.  Copper  smelting.  Refining 
and  toughening  crude  Copper.  Zinc  smelting. 
Treatment  of  Mercurial  ores.  English  and 
German  methods  of  extracting  Lead  from  its 
ores.  Extraction  of  Silver  from  Lead  ores. 
Pattinson's  process. 

Text  Book. 

Bloxam's  Metals ;  their  Properties  and  Treatment. 

D.— Architecture. 

Two   papers. 

1st.    The  Classic  Orders.    Gothic  Architecture. 

2nd.  Characteristics  of  the  Saracenic  and  Hindu  Archi- 
tecture. 

Text  Books. 

Parker's  Introduction  to  the  study  of  Gothic  Architecture. 
Fergusson's  History  of  Architecture,  Part  III.,  Books  I 
to  V.  inclusive. 

E. — Mechanical  Engineering. 
One  paper  and  practical. 
1st.     Machinery.    The   Steam  Engine,  including  Land, 
Marine,  and  Locomotive   Engines.    Workshop 
machinery. 

2nd.  Practical.  Candidates  will  be  examined  practically 
in  one  of  the  following,  to  be  selected  by  the 
Candidate : — 

1*    Fitting. 

2.  Smith's  Work. 

3.  Carpentry. 

s  1306-—10BU 


110  KeGULATIONI 

Text  Books. 
Bourne's  Catechism  of  the  Steam  Engine. 
Campin's  Principles  and  Practice  of  Machinery. 

F.— Chemical  Analysis. 
One  paper  and  practical. 
Chemical  Analysis. — Qualitative  and  Quantitative. 

G.— Botany  and  Meteorology. 
Two  papers. 

1, — Botany,  Structural  and  Systematic. 

In  Systematic  Botany  the  characteristics,  properties,  uses 
and  distribution  of  the  following  Natural  Orders  : — 

Anonaceae,  Capparidaceae,  Malvaceae,  Aurantiacese,  Sa- 
pindaceae,  Meliaceas,  Rhamnacese,  Anacardiaceae,  Legumi- 
nosae,  Lythraceae,  Myrtaceae,  Cactaceae,  Ruhiaceae,  Asclepfa- 
daceas,  Apocynaceae,  Bignoniaceae,  Cordiaceas,  Boraginaceae, 
Labiatas,  Verbenaceae,  Acanthaceae,  Santalaceae,  Euphor- 
biaceaa,  Urticaceae,  Coniferae,  Cycadaceae,  Amaryllidaceae, 
Palmae,  Cyperaceae,  Graminese. 

Recognition  of  Specimens. 

2. — Meteorology — Meteorological  Instruments. 

Barometer,  Thermometer,  Hygrometer,  Rain-gauge  and 
Anemometer,  General  Distribution  of  Atmospheric  Pres- 
sure, Temperature,  Wind  and  Eain  over  the  surface  of  the 
Globe,  and  the  Special  Meteorology  of  India. 

17.  The  Examination  will  be  written,  oral,  and  practical. 

18.  The  practical  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licen- 
tiate of  Civil  Engineering  will  be  conducted  in  a  place 
appointed  by  the  Examiners,  and  be  of  a  nature  to  test 
fully  the  Candidate's  practical  ability  in  Subject  II.  and  in 
E  of  Subject  IV.  of  Eegulation  17. 

19.  On  the  Third  Thursday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates  in  two  Classes  and  Pass,  the  names  in 
each  Class  and  Pass  being  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

20.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (  Vide  Form  A.Q.) 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.C.E.  Ill 


MASTER  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 

21.  The  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Civil 
Engineering  will  be  held  annually  at  Bombay,  commencing 
on  the  Second  Monday  in  the  First  Term  in  Arts  and  Civil 
Engineering. 

22.  Each  Candidate  must  have  obtained  the  Degree  at 
least  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  in  the 
University  of  Bombay,  or  some  University  recognized  by  it, 
and  must  have  practised  as  a  Civil  Engineer  for  at  least 
three  years  after  receiving  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil 
Engineering  in  the  University  of  Bombay,  or  some  Uni- 
versity recognized  by  it. 

23.  Candidates  must  apply  to  the  Registrar  two  months 
before  the  Examination.     (  Vide  Form  AR.) 

24.  Each  Candidate  must  pay  to  the  Registrar  a  fee  of 
Rs.  50,  for  which  a  receipt  will  be  given.   {Vide  Form  AS.) 

25.  In  the  Examination,  each  Candidate  will  be  required 
to  submit,  with  due  authentication,  the  working-drawings 
and  specifications  of  such  engineering  works  as  may  have 
been  designed  and  executed  by  himself1  during  the  two 
previous  years. 

26.  On  the  Second  Monday  after  the  commencement  of 
the  Examination,  the  Examiners  will  publish  a  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates,  arranged  in  alphabetical  order. 

27.  A  Certificate  will  be  given  to  those  who  pass  the 
Examination.     (Vide  Form  AT.) 


GENERAL. 

No  question  shall  be  put  at  any  University  Examination 
calling  for  a  declaration  of  religious  belief  on  the  part  of 
the  Candidate  ;  and  no  answer  or  translation  given  by  any 
Candidate  shall  be  objected  to  on  the  ground  of  its  express- 
ing any  peculiarity  of  religious  belief. 


VII. 


Jtam 


I.  ARTS. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION. 
FORM  A. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Matriculation  Examination  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

I  wish  to  be  examined  in  the  English  and 

languages. 

I  wish  to  be  examined  at * 

I  am,  Sir, 
Your  obedient  Servant, 

(Applicant    should  sign  his") 

full  name,  in  the  English  > 

and  Vernacular  languages)  J 

Last  Birth-day. 

Race  and  Religion  . . . " 

Where  educated 


f  (Enter  Post  Office  Address). 
(Date)...-! 

(.  (Enter  day  and  year). 


*  Please  insert  one  of  the  following  centres  of  Examination  :— 

1.    Bombay.  3.    Ahmedabad.      I         5.    Karachi. 

2     Poona.  4.    Belgaum. 


MATBIC  ELATION.  113 

Certificate  of  Applicant's  School  Master,  Teacher  or 
Guardian. 


I  assent  to  the  above  Application. 

Signature  of  Applicant's   School  Master,  7 
Teacher  or  Guardian.  ) 

("(Enter  Post  Office  Address). 


(Date) ...  < 

(.(Enter  day  and  year).. 


Certificate  of  Moral  Character. 

(To  be  signed  by  the  Applicant's  School  Master,  Tea- 
cher, Guardian,  or  some  other  person  of  known  respecta- 
bility.) 

I  certify  that  I  have  known 

for years,  and  believe  him  to  be  a  person  of  good 

moral  character. 

(Signature) 

{(Enter  Post  Office  Address). 
(Enter  day  and  year). 


FORM  B. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  10,  being  the  fee  for  per- 

lission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Matriculation  Examination. 

(Signature) __ 

(Date) Registrar. 

B1306— 10  bu* 


lid  FORMS. 

FORM     C- 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned .  duly  passed  the 

Matriculation  Examination  held  in  the  month  of 188 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 


(Signature) 


Registrar. 
(Date) 


PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

FORM  D. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 

Previous   Examination.     I    wish  to  be  examined   in    the 

English  and languages. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    ; . 

(College)    

(Date  of  Matriculation)*   

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

(Enter  day  and  year)  . 

Certificate  to  be  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Institution 
at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  attended. 
I  certify  that - .    .      -      has  attended  since  his 

Matriculation  the  number  of  days  under  specified,  at  the 

__  of  which  I  am  


No.  of  days. 

Remarks. 

First  Term 
188    -8    . 

Second  Term 

*  If  the  Candidate  has  not  passed  the  Matriculation  Examination  of  the 
University,  he  must  produce  a  certificate  of  his  having  passed  the  Matricula* 
tion  Examination  of  his  own  University. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.  115 

I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and 

belief,  the  said is  a  person  of  good 

conduct,  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present  himself 
at  the  ensuing  Previous  Examination  at  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

(Date) (Signature) . 

FORM  E. 

Univeksity  of  Bombay. 

Eeceived  from Us.  20,  being  the  fee  for 

permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Previous  Examination* 

(Signature) 

(Date) Registrar. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A. 

FORM  F- 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 

I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts.  I 
wish  to  be  examined  in  the  English  and languages. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    

(College)    

(Date  of  Previous  Examination)* 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

(Enter  day  and  year) 

Certificate  to  be  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Institution 
at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  attended. 

I  certify  that has  attended  since 

his  passing  the   Previous   Examination     the   number  of 

days  under  specified,  at  the of 

which  I  am 

*  If  the  Candidate  has  not  passed  the  Previous  Examination  of  this  University, 

rcial  application  for  admission  to  this  Examination  must  be  made  under 
B.  to  Regulation  19  in  Arts. 


116  FORMS. 


No.  of  Days. 

Remarks. 

188 

First  Term 

-8     . 

Second  Term 

188 

First  Term 
-8    . 

Second  Term 

I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and 

belief,  the  said  is  a  person  of 

good  conduct ;  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present 
himself  at  the  ensuing  FirstExamination  for  the  Degree  of 
Bachelor  of  Arts  at  the  University  of  Bombay. 

(Date) (Signature) 


FORM  G. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  20,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  First  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

( S  ignature) 

(Date) Registrar. 


FORM  H. 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned^ 


satisfied  the  Examiners  at  the  First  Examination  for  the 

Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts,  held  in  the  month  of 

188    ;  and  was  placed  in  the Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) , — _ 


(Signature). 


(Date) Registrar. 


SECOND   EXAMINATION   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF   B.A.        117 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.  A. 


FORM  I. 


To 


The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Second  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 
In   addition    to    the  necessary    subjects,  I  offer  to  be 

examined  in  the language,  and  in* 

I  am,  &c. 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    

(College) 

(Date  of  Previous  Examination) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

(Enter  day  and  year) 

Certificate  to  he  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Institution 
at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  attended. 

I  certify  that has  attended, 

since  his  passing  the ,  the  number 

of  days  under  specified,  at  thef 

of  which  I  am 


Number  of  Days. 

Remarks. 

188 

First  Term 
-8    . 

Second  Term 

188 

First  Term 
-8    . 

Second  Term 

188 

First  Term 
-8    . 

Second  Term 

?  Insert  one  of  the  following  groups,  with  particulars  as  to  the  sub-divisions 
*£en  xip  • — 

A.  Language  and  Literature.— B.  History  and  Political  Economy.— C.  Logic 
"J  Moral  Philosophy.— D.  Mathematics.— E.  Natural  Science. 

t  Insert  the  words  the  Previous  Examination  or  the  First  Examination  for 
Degree  of  B.  A.,  as  the  case  may  be.  • 


118  FORMS. 

I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and  be- 
lief, the   said is  a  person 

of  good  conduct ;  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present 
himself  at  the  ensuing  Second  Examination  for  the  Degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts  at  the  University  of  Bombay. 

(Signature) _ 

(Date)  


FORM  J. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received     from         Rs.  10, 

being  the  fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Second 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts. 

(Signature ) . 


(Date) Registrar. 


FORM  K. 
University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the   undersigned satisfied 

the  Examiners  at  the  Second  Examination  for  the  Degree 

of  Bachelor  of   Arts,  held  in  the  month   of 

and  was  placed  in  the Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 


(Date) ____  (Signature) 


Registrar. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.Sc. 
FORM  L. 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR   THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC.         119 


First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

I  am,  &c. 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    

(College) 

(Date  of  Previous  Examination)* 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Enter  day  and  year) 


Certificate  to  be  signed   by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Institu* 
tion  at  which  the  Candidate  may  heme  attended. 

I  certify  that has  attended,  since  his 

passing  the  Previous  Examination,  the  number  of  days  under 
specified,  at  the of  which  I  am 


Number  of  Days. 

Remarks. 

First  Term 
188    -8    . 

Second  Term 

First  Term 
188    -8    . 

Second  Term 

I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge  and 

ilief,  the  said is  a  person  of 

)od  conduct ;  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present 
imself  at  the  ensuing  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 

ichelor  of  Science  at  the  University  of  Bombay. 


(Date). 


(Signature). 


If  the  Candidate  has  notpassed  the  Previous  Examination  of  this  University, 
rial  application  for  admission  to  this  Examination  must  be  made  under 
.B.  to  Regulation  38  in  Arts. 


120  FORMS. 

FORM  M. 

University  otf  Bombay. 

Received  from t  Rs.  20,  being  the  fee 

for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  First  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

(Signature) 

(Date). Registrar. 

FORM  N. 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied 

the  Examiners  at  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 

Bachelor  of  Science,  held  in  the  month  of 

and  was  placed  in  the Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Signature) 


(Date) .  Registrar. 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  B.Sc. 

FORM  0. 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 

I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Second  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

I  offer  to  be  examined  in* 

(1) 

(2) : , 


*  Insert  three  of  the  following  nihe  subjects,  one  at  least  of  which  must  be 
chosen  from  among  No.  III. — VIII  :— 

I,  Pure  Mathematics  ;  II,  Applied  Mathematics ;  III,  Experimental  Phy» 
sics ;  IV,  Chemistry  ;  V,  Botany ;  VI,  Zoology ;  VII,  Animal  Physiology  J 
VIII.  Physical  Geography;  IX,  Logic  and  Psychology. 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC. 


121 


(3) 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)... 

(Race  and  Keligion)  

(College) _ 

(Date  of  First  Examination  for   the 

Degree  of  B.Sc.) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Enter  day  and  year) 

Certificate  to  be  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  InstitU' 
Hon  at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  attended. 

I    certify   that has 

attended,  since  his  passing  the  First  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  the  number  of  days  under 
specified,  at  the of  which  I  am 


Number  of  Days. 

Eemarks. 

188    -8        First  Term 

188    -8        Second  Term 

I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge   and 

belief,  the  said is  a 

person  of  good  conduct,  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to 

present  himself  at  the  ensuing  Second  Examination  for  the 

Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  at  the  University  of  Bombay. 

(Signature) < 

(Date) 


FORM  P. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from         __  Rs.  10, 

being  the  fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Second 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

(Date) (Signature) 

Registrar, 


b  1306— 11 BU 


122  FORMS. 

FORM  Q. 

University  of  Bombay, 
I  certify  that  the  undersigned. 


satisfied  the  Examiners  at  the  Second   Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  held  in  the  month  of 

. ,  and  was  placed  in  the. Class 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 


(DateJ (Signature). 


Registrar. 


MASTER  OF  ARTS. 

FORM  R. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 

I  request  permission  to  present  myself  for  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Arts  in  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

I  offer  to  be  examined  in* 


(Name  and  Degree) 

I  am,  &c, 

(Race  and  Religion)    

(College)    

(Date  of  Graduation)  

(Enter  Post  Office  address)   

(Enter  day  and  year) 

*  Insert  one  or  more  of  the  following  :— 
1.    The  English  and 

languages. 

2.  History  and  Philosophy. 

3.  Mathematics. 

4.  Physical  Science. 

5.  Natural  Science. 


MASTER  OF  ARTS.  123 

FORM  S. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  50,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Master  of  Arts. 

(Signature) : 

(Date) Registrar. 


FORM  T, 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied  the 

Examiners  in* at  the  Examination  for  the 

Degree  of  Master  of  Arts  held  in  the  month  of 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 


(Signature) 


(Date) Registrar. 


Specify  the  branch  or  branches  of  Examination. 


124 

II.  LAW, 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  LL.B. 

FORM  U. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 

I  am,  &c. 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    

(College) 

(Date  of  Graduation  in  Arts  or  Science) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

(Enter  day  and  year) 

Certificate  to  be  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  School  of  Law 
m  which  the  Candidate  may  have  studied. 

I  certify  that has 

studied  in  the of  which  I  am 


as  under  specified : — 

Period  of  Study. 

From 

To 

(Date) 


(Signature) 


N.B. — If  the  Candidate  has  not  studied  for  the  requisite 
period  in  one  School  of  Law,  he  must  furnish  supple- 
mentary Certificates  in  the  above  tabular  form. 

N.B. — If  the  applicant  is  not  a  Graduate  of  the  University 
of  Bombay,  he  must  append  a  certificate  of  graduation 


EXAMINATION  FOR  HONOURS  IN  LAW.  125 

and  testimonials  of  moral  character,  satisfactory  to  the 

Syndicate.  

FORM  V. 
University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  30,  being  the  fee  for  per- 
mission to  attend  the  ensuing  Examination  for  the  Degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Laws. 

(Signature) ; 

(Date) Registrar. 

FORM  W. 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied  the 

Examiners  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 

of  Laws  held  in  the  month  of __,  and  was  placed 

in  the Division. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Signature) 

(Date) Registrar. 

EXAMINATION  FOR  HONOURS  IN  LAW. 
FORM  X. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Examination  for  Honours  in  Law. 

I  am,  &c., 

(Name) 

(Date  of  Graduation  in  Law) j ^ 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) ■ - 

(Enter  day  and  year) 

FORM  Y- 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from_ , Rs.  50,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the'  ensuing  Examination  for 
Honours  in  Law. 

(Signature) 

Registrar. 

(Date) 

b  1306—11  bu* 


126 

III.  MEDICINE. 


LICENTIATE  OF  MEDICINE  AND 
SURGERY. 

FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 
FORM  AA. 
To 

The  Registbab  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sib, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
First  Examination  in  Medicine. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)  «•••• 

(Race and  Religion) 

(College)    

(Date  of  Graduation,  or  Matnoulation,  > 

as  the  case  may  be) j 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Enter  day  and  year) 

Cebtificates. 

(1)     I  certify  that has  duly  passed  an  Exa- 
mination in  Elementary  Mechanics  of  Solids  and  Fluids. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 


(2)  I  certify  that ,  to  the  best  of  my  know- 
ledge and  belief,  is  a  person  of  good  moral  conduct ;  and 
that  he  has  my  permission  to  present  himself  at  the  ensu- 
ing First  Examination  in  Medicine. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 


(3)     I  certify  that has  been  engaged  in 

Medical  study  in  the  School  of  Medicine_ for 

one  University  year. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE.  127 

(4)    I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Leotures  in  Chemistry,  of  70  Lectures. 

(Date)       (Signature) 


(5)    I  certify  that has  attended. 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Botany,  of  30  Lectures. 
(Date) (Signature) 


(6)     I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Materia  Medica,  of  60  Lectures. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(7)     I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Instruction  of  three  months  in    Practical 
Chemistry. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(8)     I  certify  that , has  attended 

one  Course  of  Practical  Pharmacy  of  three  months  ;  and 
that  he  has  acquired  a  practical  knowledge  of  the  prepa- 
ration and  compounding  of  Medicines. 

(Date) (Signature) 


FORM  AB. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  10,  being    the  fee   for 

aermission    to  attend  the  ensuing  First  Examination  in 
VIedicine. 

(Date) (Signature) 

Registrar. 


128  FORMS. 

FORM  AC 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that   the  undersigned satisfied  the 

Examiners   at  the  First  Examination    in  Medicine,  held 

in  the  month  of ,  and  was  placed  in  the 

Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Date)  (Signature) _. 

.Registrar. 

FORM  AD. 
SECOND  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Second  Examination  in  Medicine 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name  with  Surname) 

(Race  and  Religion)     

(College)    

(Date  of  passing  the  Matriculation  "l 

Examination) J 

(Date  of  passing  the  First  Exami-1 

nation  in  Medicine) J 

Date    -f  ^nter  ^ost  Office  address... 

(Enter  day  and  year 

Certificates. 

(1)  I  certify  that ,  to  the  best  of  my 

knowledge  and  belief,  is  a  person  of  good  moral  conduct 
and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present  himself  at  the 
ensuing  Second  Examination  in  Medicine. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 

(2)  I  certify  that has  been  engaged 

in  Medical  study  in  the  School  of  Medicine 

for  two  University  years. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 
(Date)^ 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE.  129 

(3)     I   certify  that__ ,  has  been 

qualified  for  admission  to  or  has  passed  the  First  Examina- 
tion in  Medicine. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 


(4)     I  certify  that has  attended 

two  Courses  of  Lectures  in  Anatomy,  each  of  70  Lectures. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(5)  I  certify  that has  attended 

two  Courses  of  Lectures  in  Physiology  and  General  Ana- 
tomy, each  of  70  Lectures. 

(Date ( S  ignature) 


(6)     I  certify  that has  been  engaged 

in  Dissection  for  two  terms,  in  the  course  of  which  he  has 
dissected  the  whole  human  body  twice. 

(Date) (Signature) 


FORM  AE. 


"University  of  Bombay. 


Received  from Rs.  10,  being  the  fee  for 

permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Second  Examination  in 
Medicine. 

(Date) (Signature) 


Registrar. 


FORM  AF- 


University  or  Bombay. 


I  certify  that  the  undersigned 


satisfied  the  Examiners  at  the  Second  Examination  in  Medi- 


130  FORMS. 

cine,  held  in  the  month  of „,  and  was  placed 

in Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Date) (Signature) 


Registrar. 


FORM  AG- 
EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.M.  AND  S. 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name  with  Surname)    

(Race  and  Religion) 

(College) r 

(Date  of  passing  the   First  Exam- ")  

ination  in  Medicine)    ) 

(Date  of  passing  the  Second  Exa- 1 

mination  in  Medicine) J 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Enter  day  and  year) 


Certificates. 

(1)     I  certify  that ,  to  the  best  of 

my  knowledge  and  belief,  is  a  person  of  good  moral  con- 
duct ;  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present  himself  at 
the  ensuing  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of 
Medicine  and  Surgery. 

(Signature  of  Head  of  School  of  Medicine) 

(Date) 


(2)    I  certify  that has  attended 

two  Courses  of  Lectures  in  Medicine,  each  of  70  Lectures 
(Date) (Signature) 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.M.  AND  S.         131 

(3)    I  certify  that has  attended 

two  Courses  of  Lectures  in  Surgery,  each  of  70  Lectures. 
(Date) (Signature) 


(4)    I  certify  that __has  attended 

two  Courses  of  Lectures  in  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of 
Women  and  Children,  each  of  60  Lectures. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(5)    I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  on  Diseases  of  the  Eye,   of  25 
Lectures. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(6)    I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Pathology,  of  30  Lectures. 
(Date) (Signature) 


(7)    I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Hygiene,  of  20  Lectures. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(8)    I  certify  that . has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Medical  Jurisprudence  and 
Practical  Toxicology,  of  50  Lectures  in  the  aggregate. 

(Date)__ (Signature) 


(9)    I  certify  that has  attended 

one  Course  of  Lectures  in  Operative  Surgery,  of  25  Lec- 
tures. 

Date  (Signature) 


132  FORMS. 

(10)     I  certify  that has  dissected 

the  surgical  regions,  and  performed  operations  on  the  dead 
subject  during  two  Terms  in  Medicine. 

(Date)^ (Signature) 


(11)    I  certify  that has  attended 

a  Lying-in  Hospital  for  six  months,  and  has  conducted 

Midwifery  cases,  or  have  conducted  six 

labours. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(12)    I  certify  that has  attended 

at  the  Medical  Practice  of Hospital  for 

eighteen  months,  during  nine  of  which  he  has  officiated  as 
Clinical  Clerk,  and  that  during  that  time  he  has  attended 
, Lectures  on  Clinical  Medicine. 

(Date) ( Signature) 


(13)     I  certify  that has  attended 

at  the    Surgical  Practice  of Hospital 

for  eighteen  months,  during  nine  of  which  he  has  officiated 
as  Surgical  Dresser,  and  that  during  that  time  he  had 
attended Lectures  on  Clinical  Surgery. 

(Date) (Signature) 


(14)     I  certify  that  has  attended 

the  Practice  at ,  Ophthalmic  Hospital 

for  three  months. 

(Date) (Signature) 


FORM  AH- 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Es.  30,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Medicine  and  Surgery. 

( Signature) 

(Date) Registrar. 


DOCTOR  OP  MEDICINE*  133 

FORM  AI 

University  of  Bombay* 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied  the 

Examiners  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate 

of  Medicine  and  Surgery  held  in  the  month  of 

and  was  placed  in  the Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Signature) 

Registrar. 
(Date) , 


DOCTOR  OF  MEDICINE. 

FORM  AJ, 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 

I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine. 

I  enclose  testimonials  signed  by  Doctors 


and -,and._ of  my 

having  obtained  the  Degree  of in  the 

University  of >  and  the  Degree  of 

in  Medicine  in  the  University  of 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)  

(Race  and  Religion)    


(Enter  Post  Office  address) , 
(Date) 


I  certify  that has  attended  the  Medical 

and  Surgical  Practice  of Hospital  during 

the  years and 

I                                       (Signature) 
(Enter  Post  Office  address) ^ 
(Enter  day  and  year) 
b  1306—12  bu 


134 


FORMS. 


FORM  AK. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  100,  being  the  fee  for 

permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  Doctor  of  Medicine. 


(Signature) 


(Date) 


Registrar. 


FORM  AL. 

University  of  Bombay. 
I  certify  that  the  undersigned 


satisfied  the. 


Examiners  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Doctor  of 

Medicine  held  in  the  month  of . 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Signature)  _ 


Registrar. 


(Date) 


135 


IV.  CIVIL  ENGINEERING- 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  CIVIL 
ENGINEERING. 

FORM  AM, 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name)     

(Race  and  Religion)  ' 

(College)  

(Date  of  Matriculation) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)  

(Enter  day  and  year) 

(Signature) 

Certificate  to  he  signed  by  the  Head  of  the  College  or  Institu- 
tion in  Arts  at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  attended* 

I  certify  that has  attended  since  his 

Matriculation  the  number  of  days  under  specified  at  the 
__,  of  which  I  am 

( S  ignature) 

(Date) 


136 


FORMS. 


Number  of  Days. 

Eemarks. 

188 

-8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

188 

-8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

188 

-8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

Certificates  to  be  signed  by  the  Head  of  School  or  College  of 
Civil  Engineering  at  which  the  Candidate  may  have  studied. 


(1)     I  certify  that 


has  attended 


since  his  Matriculation  the  number  of  days  under  specified 

at  the ,  of  which 

I  am 


Number  of  Days. 

Remarks. 

188    -8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

188    -8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

188    -8 

First  Term 

Second  Term 

(2)    I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge 
and  belief,  the  said 


LICENTIATE  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING.  137 

is  a  person  of  good  conduct,  and  that  he  has  my  permission 
to  present  himself  at  the  ensuing  First  Examination  in 
Civil  Engineering. 

(Date) (Signature) 


FORM  AN. 

University  or  Bombay, 

Received  from Rupees   20,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  First  Examination 
in  Civil  Engineering, 

(Signature) 

(Date) Registrar, 


LICENTIATE  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 
FORM  AO, 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay, 
Sir, 

I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensu- 
ing Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil 
Engineering.  In  addition  to  the  necessary  subjects  I  wish 
to  be  examined  in* 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name) 

(Race  and  Religion)  _ 

(College)  ; 

(Date  of  passing  the  First  Examina- 
tion in  Civil  Engineering) 

(Signature) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)  

(Enter  day  and  year) 


Insert  one  of  the  following  :— 

A.  Analytical  Geometry  and  the  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus ; 
B.  Optics  and  Astronomy  ;  C.  Mining  and  Metallurgy  ;  D.  Architecture  ; 
E.  Mechanical  Engineering ;  F.  Chemical  Analysis ;  G.  Botany  and  Mete, 
orology. 


b1306-12bu* 


138 


FORMS, 


Certificates  to  he  signed  by  the  Head  of  School  or  College 
of  Civil  Engineering. 

I  certify  that 


, .  has  attended, 

subsequently  to  his  passing  the  First  Examination  in  Civil 
Engineering,  the  number  of  days  under  specified,  at  the 

,  of  which  I  am 

(Date) (Signature) 


Number  of  Days. 


Eemarks. 


First  Term 


188  -8 


Second  Term 


First  Term 


188  .8 


Second  Term 


First  Term 


188  -8 


Second  Term 


(2)    I  further  certify  that,  to  the  best  of  my  knowledge 

and  belief,  the  said is  a  person  of 

good  conduct,  and  that  he  has  my  permission  to  present 
himself  at  the  ensuing  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering  at  the  University  of  Bom- 


Pate). 


(Signature). 


FORM  AP. 

University  or  Bombay. 


Eeceived  from 


Rupees  30> 


being  the  fee  for  permission  to  attend  the    ensuing  Exam- 
ination for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering. 

(Signature). 


(Date)_ 


Registrar. 


MASTER  OP  CIVIL  ENGINEERING.  139 

FORM  AQ. 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied 

the  Examiners  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Licen- 
tiate of  Civil  Engineering  held  in  the  month  of 

and  was  placed  in  the Class. 

(Signature  of  the  holder)- 


( Signature) 


Registrar. 
(Date) 


MASTER  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 

FORM  AR- 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 
I  request  permission  to  present  myself  at  the  ensuing 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Civil  Engineering. 


I  am,  &c, 


(Name)    

(Race  and  Religion)  

(College) 

(Date  of  Graduation  in  Arts) 

(Ditto  ditto  in  Civil  Engineering) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Enter  day  and  year) 


in] 


Certificates. 

1.  I  certify  that has  passed  a  period  extend- 
ing from to in 

tual  practice  on  works  under  me. 

(Signature  of  Engineer  in  charge  of) 

(Enter Post  Officeaddress)  

(Date)_ " 

2.  I  certify  that has  passed  a  period  extend- 

g  from to in 


140 


FORMS. 


actual  practice  as  a  Civil  Engineer,  during  which  period  he 
has  been  engaged  on  the  following  works. 

(Signature  of  Engineer) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

Date) 


FORM  AS. 

University  of  Bombay. 

Received  from Rs.  50,  being  the 

fee  for  permission  to  attend  the  ensuing  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  Master  of  Civil  Engineering. 

(bignature) 


(Date). 


Registrar. 


FORM  AT. 

University  of  Bombay. 

I  certify  that  the  undersigned satisfied 

the  Examiners  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Master 

of  Civil  Engineering  held  in  the  month  of . 

(Signature  of  the  holder) 

(Signature) 


Registrar. 
(Date) 


THE  MUNGULDASS  NATHOOBHOY 
TRAVELLING  FELLOWSHIP. 

FORM  AU. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 

I  beg  to  present  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  the  Mungul- 
dass  Nathoobhoy  Travelling  Fellowship. 

If  I  am  elected,  I  pledge  myself  to  accept  the  Fellowship 
and  to  comply  with  its  conditions. 


THE  HEBBERT  AND  LATOUCHE  SCHOLARSHIP.         141 

I  enclose  herewith  testimonials  of  my  fitness  for  election. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Name  and  Degree)  

(Race)      

(College)      

(Date  of  Graduation)    

(Enter  Post  Office  address)    

(Enter  day  and  year) „ 


THE  JAM  SHRI  VIBHAJI  SCHOLARSHIP. 

FORM  AV. 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

SlRj 

I  beg  to  offer  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  the  Jam  Shri 
Vibhaji  Scholarship. 

I  enclose  a  copy  of  my  Matriculation  Certificate  (Form 
C),  and  also  a  Certificate  that  I  was  born  in  the  village  of 

.         in  the  Province  of  Kathiawar,  signed  by 

(here    enter    the  name   of   some 

person  holding  an  official  appointment  in  Kathiawar). 

I  am,  &c, 

(Signature) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Date) 


THE  HEBBERT  AND  LATOUCHE  SCHOLARSHIP 
FORM  AW. 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 

I  beg  to  offer  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  the  Hebbert  and 
-Touche  Scholarship. 

I  enclose  a  copy  of  my  Matriculation  Certificate  (Form 
'),  and  also  a  Certificate  that  I  was  born  in  Soreth,  in 


142  FORMS. 

K&thiawdr,  signed  by (here  enter  the  name  of 

some  person  holding  an  official  appointment  in  Edthidwdr). 

I  am,  &c, 

(Signature) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)   

(Date) 


THE  RAO  SIR  PRAGMALJI  SCHOLARSHIP. 

FORM  AX. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sik, 

I  beg  to  offer  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  one  of  the  Rao 
Sir  Pragmalji  Scholarships. 

I  enclose  a  Certificate  signed  by 

that  I  (or  my  father,  as  the  case  may  be,)  was  born  in 
Cutch. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Signature) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address)  

(Date) 


THE  KAHANDAS  MUNCHHARAM 
SCHOLARSHIP. 

FORM  AY. 
To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
Sir, 

I  beg  to  offer  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  the  Kahandas 
Munchharam  Scholarship. 

I  am,  &c, 

(Signature) 

(Enter  Post  Office  address) 

(Date)- 


MAJMUDARMANISHANKAR  KIKANI  SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP  143 

THE   MAJMUDAR  MANISHANKAR  KIKANI 
SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP. 

FORM  AZ- 

To 

The  Registrar  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

Sir, 

I  beg  to  offer  myself  as  a  Candidate  for  the  Majmudar 
Manishankar  Kikani  Sanskrit  Scholarship.  I  enclose  a  copy 
of  certificate  or  certificates  showing  that  I  was  a  student 
for  a  period  of  not  less  than  2  years  in  a  High  School  or 
Schools  in  Kathiawar  before  passing  the  Matriculation 
Examination  of  (Enter  year). 

I  am,  &c, 
(Signature) 


VIII. 

€vtot'$mttd$. 


THE  MUXGULDASS  NATHOOBHOY 
TRAVELLING  FELLOWSHIP. 

Munguldass  Xathoobhoy,  Esq.,  Justice  of  the  Peace,  in  a 
letter  to  Government,  dated  the  19th  August  1862,  offered 
the  sum  of  Es.  20,000  in  4  per  cent.  Government  Securities 
for  the  purpose  of  endowing  a  Travelling  Fellowship  for 
Hindu  Graduates  of  the  University  of  Bombay.  This  offer 
was  accepted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  26th 
March  1863,  and  the  following  Regulations  were  passed  foi 
the  awarding  and  tenure  of  the  Fellowship  : — 

1.  "The  Munguldass  Nathoobhoy  Travelling  Fel- 
lowship" shall  be  open  to  all  Graduates  of  the  L^niversity 
of  Bombay  being  Hindus  who  shall  not  be  of  more  than  five 
years'  standing  from  the  date  of  their  graduation.  By  the 
term  Graduates  is  to  be  understood  Masters  and  Bachelors 
of  Arts,  Bachelors  of  Science,  Bachelors  of  Laws,  Doctors 
and  Licentiates  of  Medicine,  and  Masters  and  Licentiates 
of  Civil  Engineering ;  and  by  the  term  date  of  graduation  is 
to  be  understood  the  dates  of  the  Candidates  receiving 
the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  or  Bachelor  of  Science  or 
Licentiate  of  Medicine  or  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering. 

2.  Candidates  for  the  Fellowship  must  forward  an  appli- 
cation to  the  Registrar  under  Form  AU.  one  week  before 
the  day  of  election. 

3.  The  election  shall  take  place  without  Examination  by 
the  votes  of  the  Syndicate,  the  Vice-Chancellor  or  Senior 
Fellow  present  having  a  casting  vote. 

4.  Whenever  there  is  a  vacancy  in  the  Fellowship,  a 
convenient  day  for  holding  an  election  shall  be  appointed 
by  the  Syndicate,  who  shall  give  due  notice  of  the  same  in 
the  Government  Gazette* 


THE  MANOCKJEE  LIMJEE  GOLD  MEDAL. 


145 


5.  The  Munguldass  Nathoobhoy  Fellowship  shall  be 
tenable  by  any  one  Fellow  for  a  space  of  three  years.  The 
conditions  of  tennre  are  that  the  Fellow  must  leave  Bombay 
and  proceed  to  Europe  within  two  months  after  his  elec- 
tion;  that  he  shall  spend  the  whole  of  the  three  yeara 
subsequent  to  the  date  of  his  leaving  India  for  Europe,  out 
of  India,  and  six  months  at  least  out  of  each  year  in  Great 
Britain  or  Ireland  ;  and  that  he  shall  report  twice  a  year  to 
the  Cniversity  Registrar  as  to  the  mode  in  which  his  time 
has  been  spent. 

6.  Any  violation  of  the  above  conditions  shall  ipso  f ado 
cause  the  Fellowship  to  be  vacated ;  and  the  Syndicate  shall 
be  empowered,  for  any  just  cause,  to  recall  and  deprive  of 
his  Fellowship  any  one  who  may  have  been  elected. 

7.  The  Munguldass  Nathoobhoy  Travelling  Fellow  shall 
receive  through  the  University  Registrar,  in  half-yearly  in- 
stalments, payable  in  advance,  from  the  day  of  his  leaving 
India,  the  interest  due  upon  the  endowment,  together  with 
any  accumulations  that  may  have  taken  place  during  pre- 
vious vacancies. 


Year. 


1867  March 
1863  Sept. 
1871  Nov. 

1874  April. 


April. 
June. 
1884    Dec. 


Fellow. 


Jayakar,  Atmaram  Sadashiv,  L.M 
Thakur,  Shripad  Babaji,  B.A.  ... 
Daphtare,    Girdharlal    Ratanlal, 

L.M.,  M.D 

Vaslekar,  Nanaji  Narayan,L.C.E. 


Dhairyavan,    Vasudev   Krishna- 

rao,  B.A.,  LL.B. 
Prabhakar,       Govindrao      Bhau. 

L.  M.&S. 
Bhadbhade,   Lakshuman  Ganga- 

dhar,  B.A. 


College. 

Grant. 
Elphinstone. 

Grant. 

Poona  Civil 
Engineering 
(now  College 
of  Science). 

Elph.  &  Govt. 
Law  School. 

Grant. 

Deccan. 


II. 
THE  MANOCKJEE  LIMJEE  GOLD  MEDAL. 

Limjee  Manockjee  and  Cowasjee  Manockjee,  Esquires, 
in  a  letter  to  the  Yice-Chancellor  of  the  Universitv,  Sir 
Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  dated  the  27th  May  1863,  offered 
the  sum  of  Rs>  5,000  in  4  per  cent.  Government  Securities 
for  the  purpose  of  founding  an  annual  Gold  Medal,  to  bear 
the  name  of  their  father,  the  late  Manockjee  Limjee,  Esquire, 
and  to  be  awarded  each  year  to  the  best  Essay  by  a  Uni- 
b  1306—13  bu 


146  ENDOWMENTS. 

versity  student,  on  certain  prescribed  subjects.  This  offer 
was  accepted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  3rd 
September  1863,  and  the  following  Eegulations  were  passed 
for  the  awarding  of  the  Medal : — 

1  "  The  Manockjee  Limjee  Gold  Medal"  shall  be 
awarded  annually  for  the  best  Essay  by  a  University 
Student,  in  accordance  with  the  subjoined  conditions. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Graduates  in  the  University  of 
Bombay  who  shall  not  be  of  more  than  five  years'  standing 
from  the  date  of  their  graduation,  on  the  day  prescribed  for 
the  sending  in  of  the  Essays.  By  the  term  Graduates  is  to 
be  understood  Masters  and  Bachelors  of  Arts,  Bachelors  of 
Science,  Bachelors  of  Laws,  Doctors  and  Licentiates  of 
Medicine,  and  Masters  and  Licentiates  of  Civil  Engineer* 
ing ;  and  by  the  term  date  of  graduation  is  to  be  understood 
the  date  of  the  Candidates'  receiving  the  Degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Arts,  or  Bachelor  of  Science,  or  Licentiate  of  Medicine, 
or  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering. 

3.  Competitive  Essays  shall  be  written  in  the  English 
Language  on  the  subject  appointed  for  the  current  year,  and 
shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Registrar  on  or  before 
the  fourth  Monday  in  September,  Each  Essay  shall  be 
designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's  name,  and 
shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover,  containing  the 
name  of  the  competitor,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay 
sent  in  by  him  is  bond  fide  his  owu  composition. 

4.  The  subject  of  the  Essay  shall  be  in  alternate  years  2 
(a)  some  question  of  Indian  History  or  Antiquities  ;  (6) 
some  question  connected  with  the  introduction  into  India 
of  European  Science  and  Art. 

5.  The  subject  for  the  competition  is  to  be  selected  by 
the  Syndicate,  and  notified  not  less  than  twelve  months 
before  the  day  for  sending  in  the  Essays. 

6.  The  Judges  shall  be  two  in  number,  and  shall  be  no- 
minated annually  by  the  Syndicate.  Their  decision  shall 
be  announced  on  the  fourth  Monday  in  November. 

7.  The  Medal  shall  be  presented  to  the  successful  Can- 
didate at  the  Convocation  for  conferring  Degrees  next 
ensuing  after  the  Judges'  decision. 

8.  The  successful  Essay  shall  be  printed  at  the  expense 
of  the  University. 

9.  The  Medal  shall  not  be  awarded  to  any  Essay  which,  in 
the  opinion  of  the  Judges,wrould  not,  when  printed,  be  credit- 


THE  MANOCKJEE  L1MJEE  GOLD  MEDAL. 


147 


able  to  the  University.  But  if  only  one  Essay  be  sent  in,  no- 
thing shall  hinder  the  Judges  from  awarding  to  it  the  Medal 
if  it  appears  to  them  to  come  up  to  the  proper  standard, 

10.  Whenever  a  year  passes  without  the  Medal  being  award- 
ed, the  interest  of  the  Endowment  shall  go  towards  the  print- 
ing of  Essays  and  other  expenses  connected  with  the  Prize. 

11.  On  all  occasions  of  Academical  costume,  Medallists 
shall  be  entitled  to  wear  their  Medals. 


Year. 


1865.. 
1866.. 

1867.. 
1868.. 

1869.. 
1870.. 
1871.. 

1872.. 

L873.. 
L874., 

1875. 

1876. 


Subject. 


The  Rise  and  Spread  of  Buddhism 
in  India. 

The  Advantages  and  Means  of 
Diffusing  a  Scientific  Practice 
of  Medicine  in  India. 

The  Unprinted  Literature  of  the 
Mardthds. 

The  Comparison  of  different  Styles 
of  Architecture  in  respect  of  their 
suitability  for  Public  and  Do- 
mestic Buildings  in  India. 
The  Connection  between  the  Phy- 
sical Geography  of  India  and 
the  History  of  the  Country. 

The  Social  and  Economic  Effects 
of  the  Introduction  of  Railways 
into  India. 

The  Revenue  Survey  and  Settle- 
ment of  the  Bombay  Presidency 
as  contrasted  with  the  Land 
Systems  of  Lord  Cornwallis  and 
of  the  North-  Western  Provinces. 

The  Economic  Results  and  Proba- 
ble Development  of  Botanical  and 
Geological  Researches  in  India. 

The  Demonology  of  Western  India 

The  Electric  Telegraph  as  it  af- 
fects India  in  its  Social,  Com- 
mercial, and  Political  Aspects. 

Gleanings  of  the  History  of  In- 
dian Medicine  from  Us  Ancient 
Literature. 

The  A  Tpplication  of  Modern  Dis 
coveries  in  Chemistry  to  Indian 
Farming. 


Prizeman. 


No  Essay  re- 
ceived. 

Medal  not 
awarded. 

Ditto. 

Rastamji  Mer- 
vanji  Patel, 
M.A. 

Balvant  Bhikaji 
Vakharkar, 
B.A. 

Dorabji  Edalji 
Gimi,  B.A. 

Manikji  Nasar- 
vanji  Nana- 
vati,  B.A. 


No    Essay    re- 
ceived. 

Me  d  a  I   not 

awarded. 
No    Essay    re- 
ceived. 

Me d  a  I    not 
awarded. 

Medal    n  o  i 
awarded. 


College. 


Elphin- 
stone. 


Deccan. 


Elphin- 
stone. 

Elphin- 
stone. 


148 


ENDOWMENTS. 


Year, 


1877. 


1878. 

1879. 

1880. 

1881. 


1882. 
1883. 

1884. 
1885., 

1886.. 
1887.. 


Subject. 


Dhondu      Hari 
Agase,  B.A. 


awarded. 

No  Essay  re 
ceived. 

Krishnaji  Ma 
dhavrao  Jog 
lekar,  M.A. 

No  Essay  re- 
ceived. 


A  short  A  bstract  of  the  Political 
History  of  Gujarat  and  Maha- 
rashtra from  the  first  Century  of 
the  Christian  Era  to  the  Inroads 
of  the  Mahomedans  as  arrived 
at  from  an  examination  of  Coins 
and  Inscriptions. 

The    Advantages  and  Means  of\M  e  d  a  I    not 
Diffusing  a  Knowledge  of  Na- 
tural Science  in  India. 
The  Unprinted  Literature  of  the 
Marathds. 

Meteorology  in  India  in  its  Rela- 
tions to  Agriculture  and  the  Me- 
chanical Arts. 
The  Vernaculars  peculiar  to  the 
Konhan  from  the  Southern  con- 
fines of  the  Goanese  Territory  to 
the  Northern  limits  of  the  Thdnd 
Zilla  and  Khdndesh,  investigat- 
ed and  established  by  means  of 
Comparative  Philology  applied 
in  aid  of  original  Researches. 

The   Advantages  and  Means  o/|Kavasji  Bejanji 
Diffusing    a  Knowledge  of  Na- 
tural Science  in  India. 

Astronomy  in  India,  its  rise  and 
progress  in  ancient  and  modern 
times  as  affected  by  the  progress 
of  that  science  in  Arabia,  Egypt, 
Greece  and  Modem  Europe. 

The  Application  of  Modern  Dis- 
coveries in  Chemistry  to  Indian 
Farming. 

The  Vaishanav  Sects  of  Western 
India,  their  Origin,  History, 
Establishment,  Ritual  and  pecu 
liar  Customs  and  Ceremonies. 

The  Application  of  Modern  Dis- 
coveries in  Chemistry  to  Indian 
Farming. 

The  History  of  the  Rise  and  Pro- 
gress of  Village  Communities  in 
Western  India. 


Prizeman.       College. 


Sethna,B.A., 
LL.B 
Ganesh  Balvant 
Joshi,  B.A, 


No 

ceived. 

D  a  m  o  d  a  r 
Krishna  Ka- 
randikar 
B.A. 

No    Essay    re- 
ceived. 


Elphin- 
stone. 


Elph  in- 
stone 


Elphin- 
stone. 

Do. 


Elphin- 
stone. 


THE  BHUGWANDASS  PURSHOTUMDASS  SANS.  SCHOLARSHIP.  149 


III. 

THE  BHUGWANDASS  PURSHOTUMDASS 
SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP. 

Bhugwandass  Purshotumdass,  Esq.,  Justice  of  the  Peace, 
in  a  letter  to  the  address  of  the  Registrar  of  the  University 
Dr.  R.  S.  Sinclair,  under  date  the  10th  August  1863,  offered 
the  sum  of  Rs.  10,000  for  the  encouragement  of  the  study 
of  Sanskrit  in  the  University  of  Bombay.  This  offer  was 
accepted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  24th  Sep- 
tember 1863,  and  the  following  Regulations  for  the  award- 
ing of  the  proceeds  of  the  endowment  were  passed  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "The  Bhugwandass 
Purshotumdass  Sanskrit  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of 
Rupees  four  hundred,  tenable  for  one  year,  and  payable  half- 
yearly,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  M.  A.  Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for 
proficiency  in  Sanskrit,  provided  that  the  Scholarship  shall 
not  be  awarded  except  to  a  Candidate  whom  the  Examiners 
consider  deserving  of  reward  for  his  special  knowledge  and 
ability  as  a  Sanskrit  Scholar. 

2.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Scholarship 
may  be  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates. 

3.  Whenever  the  Scholarship  is  not  awarded,  the  money 
shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such 
manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the 
object  of  the  endowment. 


Year, 

Scholar. 

College. 

1866 

Mar. 

Bhagvat,  Govind  Ramchandra     .. 

Poona             (now 
Deccan). 

1867 

)i 

Marathe,  Kashinath  Balkrishna  . . 

Do. 

1868 

,, 

Kathavate\  Abaji  Vishnu 

Do. 

1869 

>> 

Telang,  Kashinath  Trimbak 

Elphinstone. 

1870 

fi 

Athal6,  Yashvant  Vasudev 

Do. 

1870  Dec. 

Athale,  Yashvant  Vasudev 

Do. 

1871 

»» 

Tulu,  Raoji  Vasudev 

Do. 

1872 

ti 

Pendse,  Kashinath  Balvant 

Deccan. 

1873 

»» 

Bhid6,  Shivram  Parshuram 

Do. 

1874 

H 

Gokhale,  Ramchandra  Vishnu    .. 

Elphinstone. 

1875 

ti 

Bhat,  Hariram  Uttamram           .. 

,        Do. 

B 

1306 

—13  BU* 

150 


ENDOWMENTS. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1876  Dec,  ... 

Agase,  Ganesh  Janardan 

Deccan. 

1877    „ 

Agase,  Dhondu  Hari        

Elphinstone, 

1878    „ 

Scholarship  not  awarded  ... 

1879    „ 

Apte,  Vaman  Shivram    ... 

Deccan. 

1880     „ 

Scholarship  not  awarded  ... 

1881     „ 

Bhandarkar,ShridharRamkrishna 

Elphinstone, 

1882    „ 

No  Candidate 

1883    „ 

No  Candidate 

1884    „ 

Vaidya,  Lakshuman  Ramchandra. 

Elphinstone. 

1885    ,, 

Scholarship  not  awarded 

1886    „ 

Scholarship      not     awarded,    hut 
half  of  the  amount  was  given  to 
Vaijandth  Kashindth  Rajdvade, 
of  Deccan  College,  on  the  recom* 
mendation  of  the  Examiners. 

TV. 


THE  HOMEJEE  CURSETJEE  DADY  PRIZE. 

Homejee  Cursetjee  Dady  Sett,Esq.,  Justice  of  the  Peace,  in 
a  letter  to  the  address  of  the  Yice-Chanoellor,  Sir  Alexander 
Grant,  Bart.,  dated  10th  September  1863,  wrote  as  follows  : — 

"  It  has  been  suggested  to  me  that  the  establishment  of 
an  Annual  Prize  or  Medal  for  the  best  English  Poem  by  a 
University  Student  would  afford  a  useful  stimulus  to  the 
cultivation  of  literature  and  to  the  development  of  good 
taste  and  refinement  in  this  Presidency.  Concurring  in  this 
view,  I  hereby  beg  to  offer  to  the  University  of  Bombay  the 
sum  of  Rs.  5,000  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Securities,  and 
hope  that  the  University  may  be  pleased  to  accept  this  sum 
and  apply  it  to  the  carrying  out  of  the  above  object,  under 
such  Regulations  as  they  may  think  best." 

This  offer  was  accepted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held 
on  the  21st  December  1863,  and  Regulations  passed  for  the 
awarding  of  the  Prize,which  were  subsequently  (22nd  November 
1879),  at  the  instance  of  the  donor,  amended  as  follows  :  — 

1.  "  The  Homejee  Cursetjee  Dady  Prize,"  consisting 
of  books  to  the  value  of  Rs.  200,  shall  be  awarded  annually 
for  the  best  English  Essay  on  some  literary  or  historical 


THE   HOMEJEE   CURSETJEE   DADT  PRIZE. 


151 


subject  or  every  alternate  year  on  some  scientific  subject  in 
accordance  with  the  subjoined  conditions. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Graduates  or  Undergraduates 
of  the  University  of  Bombay,  of  not  more  than  six  years' 
standing  from  the  date  of  their  Matriculation  on  the  day 
prescribed  for  the  sending  in  of  the  Essays. 

3.  The  subject  for  the  Essay  shall  be  selected  by  the 
Syndicate  and  notified  not  less  than  twelve  months  before 
the  day  for  sending  in  the  Essay. 

4.  The  Essays  shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Eegis- 
trar  on  or  before  the  fourth  Monday  in  June-  Each  Essay 
shall  be  designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's 
name  and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover  contain- 
ing the  name  of  the  competitor,  his  University  standing, 
his  Post  Office  address,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay 
sent  in  by  him  is  bond  fide  his  own  composition. 

5.  The  Judges  shall  be  three  in  number,  and  shall  be 
nominated  annually  by  the  Syndicate.  Their  decision 
shall  be  announced  on  the  fourth  Monday  in  August. 

6.  On  the  occasion  when  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the 
money  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in 
such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering 
the  object  of  the  endowment. 


Yeah. 

Subject. 

Prizeman. 

Poems. 

1864... 

The  Himalaya  Mountains 

Vikaji,  Framji  Rastamji. 

1865  .. 

The  Indian  Seasons 

Prize  not  awarded. 

1866... 

Alexandria 

Ditto. 

1867... 

The  Solar  System 

Modi,  Barzorji  Edalji. 

1868... 

India  Three  Thousand  Years  Ago 

Prize  not  awarded. 

1869... 

The  Indus    ... 

Kohiyar,  Jehangiershah 
Eraehshah. 

1870.. 

Vasco  de  Gama 

Kohiyar,  Jehangiershah 
Eraehshah. 

1871... 

Suttee        ...         ...         

Aitken,  Edward  H. 

1872... 

The  Suez  Canal 

Prize  not  awarded. 

1873... 

Ahbar 

Ditto. 

1874... 

Shivdji 

Ditto. 

1875... 

Athens      

Ditto. 

152 


ENDOWMENTS. 


Year. 


Subject. 


Prizeman. 


1876. 

1877. 
1878 
1879. 


1881. 


1882. 
1883. 


1884.. 

1885.. 
1886. 

1887. 

1888. 


Poems — continued. 

The  Visit  of  H.  R.  H.  the  Prince 
of  Wales  to  India 
The  Malabar  Coast 
An  Indian  Pilgrimage 
The  Ganges  Valley 

Essays. 

The  Characteristics  of  English 
Literature  of  the  Times  of  Queens 
Elizabeth,  Anne  and  Victoria, 
Stated  and  Compared. 

The  Elephanias.   ... 

A   comparison  of    the  genius  of 
Dickens  with  that  of  Scott  as  mani 
fested  in  their  principal  works. 

A  Description  of  the  Progress 
made  in  India  during  the  last 
ten  years  in  some  branch  of 
Physical  or  Natural  Science 

Influence  of  Western  Thought  and 
Civilization  on  the  Indian  Mind 

The  best  methods  of  spreading  a 

knowledge  of  popular  science  in 

India. 

Moral  and  Social  Progress   of 

the  English  Nation  under  Queen 

Victoria. 

The  Work  and  Influence  of  Richard 

Cobden. 


Prize  not  awarded. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 


Prize  not  awarded. 


Ditto, 
Nimachvala,  Jehangier 
Dorabji. 

No  Essay  received. 


Prize  not  awarded. 
Ditto. 


THE  JUGGONNATH  SUNKERSETT  SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIPS.   ]53 

V. 


THE  JUGGONNATH  SUNKERSETT  SANSKRIT 
SCHOLARSHIPS. 

Venayekrow  Juggonnathjee  Sunkersett,  Esq.,  Justice 
of  the  Peace  and  fellow  of  the  University  of  Bombay, 
"wishing  to  perpetuate  in  the  University  the  memory 
of  the  interest  taken  by  his  revered  father  during  the  last 
42  years  in  the  cause  of  education  in  the  Presidency,  and  of 
his  attachment  to  the  sacred  language  of  India,"  offered,  in 
letters  of  the  16th  September  and  4thDecember  1865,  to  the 
address  of  the  Registrar,  Dr.  R.S.  Sinclair,  for  the  acceptance 
of  the  Senate,  six  Sanskrit  Scholarships,  three  of  Rs.  25*  each 
and  three  of  Rs.  20*  each  per  mensem ;  one  of  each  kind  to  be 
awarded  annually  at  the  Matriculation  Examination,  and  to 
be  tenable  for  three  years  in  a  College  or  Institution  in  Arts 
recognized  by  the  University.  At  the  annual  meeting  of 
the  Senate,  held  on  the  18th  December  1865,  it  was  unani- 
mously resolved — "  That  the  liberal  benefaction  of  Venayek- 
row Juggonnathjee  Sunkersett,  Esq.,  be  accepted  with  the 
expression  of  the  grateful  remembrance  by  the  University 
of  the  many  and  important  services  rendered  by  his  honour- 
ed father  to  the  cause  of  both  elementary  and  advanced 
education  in  Western  India,  during  his  long  and  useful 
career  as  a  citizen  of  Bombay."  The  Scholarships  will  be 
awarded  in  accordance  with  the  following  Regulations  : — 

1.  Two  Scholarships,  to  be  called  "  The  Juggonnath  Sun- 
kersett Sanskrit  Scholarships,"  one  of  Rs.  20  and  one  of 
Rs.  15  per  mensem,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  two 
Candidates  who  shall  have  passed  the  Matriculation  Exami- 

*  In  consequence  of  the  transfer  of  the  securities  from  5£  to  4£  per  cent. 
Government  stock,  the  value  of  these  scholarships  is  reduced  to  Rs.  20  and  15 
respectively. 


154 


ENDOWMENTS. 


nation  with  the  highest  marks  for  proficiency  in  the  San- 
skrit Language.  The  Scholarships  will  be  tenable  for  two 
years  at  any  of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions  in  Arts  recog- 
nized by  the  University  of  Bombay,  provided  that  the  Scho- 
lar produce  a  certificate  from  the  Head  of  the  College  or 
Institution  that  he  is  prosecuting  his  studies  in  Sanskrit. 

2.  The  names  of  the  successful  Candidates  will  be  pub- 
lished along  with  the  list  of  the  Candidates  who  may  have 
passed  the  Matriculation  Examination. 

3.  The  Candidates  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

4.  In  case  of  the  Scholarships  lapsing,  through  forfeiture 
or  otherwise,  during  the  course  of  the  two  years  for  which 
they  are  tenable,  the  money  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied 
by  the  Syndicate  in  such  a  way  as  they  shall  think  most  ex- 
pedient to  the  furtherance  of  the  purposes  of  the  endowment^ 


Year. 


1866. 
1867. 

1868. 

1869. 
1870. 
1871. 
1872. 

1873. 

1874. 


Scholar. 


Athale,  Yashvant  Vasudev 
Shikhare,  Govind  Shripat 
Pendse,  Kashinath  Balvant 


Godbole,   Narayan  Balkrishna. 
Chintamanipetkar,  Pandurang 

Venkatesh. 
Agase,  Narayan  Bhikaji 
Agase,  Ganesh  Janardan 
Rajavade,  Gopal  Vishnu 

Limaye,  Hari  Vaman 

Oka,  Vaman  Daji 
Bhat,  Hariram  Uttamram     .. 
Oka,  Krishnaji  Govind 
Agase,  Dhondu  Hari 
.Toshi,  Lakshutnan  Janardan 

Apte,  Vaman  Shivram 

Gokhale,  Krishnaji  Vishnu... 
Natu,  Trimbak  Gangadhar... 
Gokhale,  Gopal  Ramchandra. 


School. 


Ratnagiri  High  School. 

Dhulia  High  School. 

Poona  High  School, 
formerly  Elphin- 

stone  High  School. 

ElphinstoneHighSchool. 

Poona  High  School. 

Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Poona  High  School. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Surat  High  School. 
Poona  High  School. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Free  General  Assembly's 

Institution,  Bombay. 
Rajaram    High   School, 

Kolhdpur. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Surat  High  School. 
Rajaram  High    School, 
Kolhapur. 


1HE  JAM  SHRI  V1BHAJI  SCHOLARSHIP. 


155 


Year. 


1875.. 

1876.. 
1877... 

1878.. 
1879... 

1880... 

1881... 

1882... 
1883... 
1884... 

1885  .. 

1886... 


Scholar. 


Rhandarkar,    S'ridhar    Ram- 

krishna. 
Kulkarni,  Balaji  Han 

Phadke,  Ramchandra  Dinkar, 
Bhagvat,  Balaji  Abaji 
Godbole,  Sadashiv  Mahadev 
Pitke,  Gopal  Ramchandra     .. 

Damle,  Shridhar  Keshav 

Date,  Balaji  Sadashiv 
Vaidya,  LakshmanRamchandra 
Chitnis,  Malhar  Khanderao... 
Arte,  Bhaskar  Ramchandra  ... 

Kirke,  Krishnaji  Hari 

Bodas,  Lakshuman  Chintaman, 

Joshi,  Narhar  Balkrishna 
Joshi,  Chintaman  Hari 
Date,  Narayan  Kashinath 

Joshi,  Bhaskar  Vishnu 
Panse,  Narayan  Sakharam     ... 
Paranjapye,  Shivrdm  Mahadev 
Ghokale,  Vishnu  Balambhat... 

Patankar,  Nilkant  Pandurang. 

Kale,  Raoji  Ramchandra 
Namjoshi,    Ramchandra  Ab&ji 

Kelkar,  Narhar  Krishna 


School. 


ElphinstoneHighSchool. 

Raj  dram  High  School, 

Kolhapur. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Poona  High  School. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Rajaram  High    bchool, 

Kolhapur. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Poona  High  School. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
Poona  High    School. 
New    English     School, 

Poona. 
ElphinstoneHighSchool. 
New     English    School, 

Poona, 
Robert  Money  Institution , 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 
New     English    School, 

Poona. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Poona  Native    Institu- 
tion. 
New    English     School, 

Poona. 
Poona  High  School. 
New    English    School, 

Poona. 
Poona  High  School. 


YI. 
THE  JAM   SHRI  VIBHAJI  SCHOLARSHIP. 

His  Highness  the  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  of  Nowanagar,  being 
lesirous   of  encouraging  English  education  in  Kathiawar, 

fered  in  a  letter  to  the  Vice -Chancellor,  Sir  Alexander 
rrant,Bart.,  dated  25th  February  1866,  the  sum  of  Rs.  4,500 
)r  the  founding  of  a  Scholarship  tenable  by  a  Native  of 
kathiawar  for  two  years  in  an  institution  recognized  by  the 
Imversity.  At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  5th 
.pril  1866,  it  was  resolved  ; — "  That  the  handsome  benefac- 


156  ENDOWMENTS. 

tion  o£  His  Highness  the  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  of  Nowdnagar 
be  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  University."  The 
Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji 
Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  15  per  mensem,  tenable 
for  two  years,  shall  be  biennially,  or  whenever  vacant, 
announced  for  competition. 

2.  The  object  of  the  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  Scholarship  is  to 
assist  in  maintaining  Natives  of  Kathiawar  while  studying 
in  the  University  of  Bombay.. 

3.  Persons  to  be  eligible  for  competition  must  be  bond 
fide  Natives  of  Kathiawar  who  have  passed  the  Matricula* 
tion  Examination. 

4.  Should  there  be  more  Candidates  than  one,  the  Scholar- 
ship shall  be  awarded  to  that  Candidate  who  shall  appear 
from  the  University  records  to  have  obtained  the  highest 
marks  for  proficiency  in  English  at  the  Matriculation  Exa- 
mination. Provided  always  that  no  Candidate  who  has  once 
held  the  Scholarship  is  to  be  considered  eligible  for  re-elec- 
tion. 

5.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  announced  for  competition 
in  the  first  week  of  December.  Applications  of  Candidates, 
under  Form  AV,  must  be  sent  in  to  the  Registrar  on  or 
before  the  31st  December. 

6.  The  Syndicate  will  thereupon  proceed  to  adjudge  the 
Scholarship  on  some  day  during  the  month  of  January. 

7.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

8.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable 
monthly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized 
College  or  Institution  ;  which  bill  shall  certify,  under  the 
signature  of  the  head,  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attend- 
ance at  the  College  or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good, 
and  his  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

9-  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  of  by  the  Head  of  his  College  or 
Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship  to 
be  forfeited. 


THE  COWASJEE   JEHANGHIER    LATIN   SCHOLARSHIP.       157 


10.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship,  during  any  year  or  part  of  a  year,  shall  be 
added  to  next  year's  Scholarship,  so  as  to  increase  the 
monthly  stipend  payable. 


Year. 


1867.. 

1868.. 
1871.. 
1873. 

1875.. 

1877.. 

1879.. 
1881... 

1883... 
1885.. 
1887... 


Scholar. 


Vohora,  Kallianrai  Lakshumi- 

shankar. 
Desai,  Savailal  Govindram  ... 
Ved,  Dnlabji  Dharamshi 
Sett,  Motichand  Udhavji 

Ghogavala,  Adarji  Eastamji... 

.Toshipara,  Pranlal  Kahandas. 

Mehta,  Anantrai  Nathji 
Chavan,  Odhavji  Devji 
Nulkar,  Atmaram  Krishnaji... 
Mehta,  Fanachand  Jayachand 
Thakar,  Parmanand  Vithaldas 


School. 


Surat  High  School. 

ElphinstoneHigh  School, 

Ditto. 
Kathiawar  High  School, 

Rajkot. 
Chandanvddi  High 

School,  Bombay. 
Bahadurkhanji       High 

School,  Junagad. 
Bhavnagar  High  School* 
Elphinstone  High  School 
Poona  High  School. 
Bhavnagar  High  School. 
Ditto. 


VII, 


THE   COWASJEE  JEHANGHIER  LATIN 

SCHOLARSHIP. 

Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Readymoney,  Esq.,  Justice  of  the 

Peace,  being  desirous  of  marking  his  interest  in  the  Bombay 

University,  offered*  on  the  occasion  of  the  Convocation  for 

conferring  Degrees  which  was  held  on  the  14th  of  January 

1868,  in  a  lettertothe  Vice-chancellor,  Sir  Alexander  Grant, 

Bart.,  of  the  same  date,  the  sum  of  Rs.  5,000  in  4  per  cent* 

Government  Paper,  for  the  founding  of  a  Latin  Scholarship* 

to  be  awarded  each  year  to  the  best  Candidate  in  Latin  at 

b!306— 14  bu 


158  ENDOWMENTS. 

the  Matriculation  Examination.  The  offer  was  accepted  by 
the  Senate  on  the  31st  of  March  1868,  with  their  best  thanks, 
and  the  following  Regulations  were  passed  for  the  award- 
ing of  the  Scholarship  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Cowasjee  Jehan- 
ghier  Latin  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Us.  200  per 
annum,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  that  Candidate  who 
shall  have  passed  the  Matriculation  Examination,  and  who 
shall  have  obtained  the  highest  marks  for  proficiency  in 
Latin  at  such  Examination,  provided  that  the  Scholar 
produce  a  certificate  from  the  Head  of  his  College  or  Insti- 
tution that  he  is  prosecuting  his  studies  in  Latin. 

2.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half- 
yearly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized  Col- 
lege or  Institution ;  which  bill  shall  certify,  under  the  signa- 
ture of  the  Head,  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  . 
at  the  College  or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good,  and 
that  his  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

3.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  of  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship 
to  be  forfeited. 

4.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  at  the  final  meeting 
of  the  Matriculation  Examiners,  and  the  name  of  the  Cowas- 
jee Jehanghier  Scholar  for  the  ensuing  year  shall  be  pub- 
lished by  the  Examiners  together  with  their  list  of  Matri- 
culated Students. 

5.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has 
duly  joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

6.  In  case  of  the  Student  who  is  elected  declining  to 
proceed  to  College,  the  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  for  the 
ensuing  year  may  be  conferred  on  the  Candidate  who  shall 
have  obtained  the  second  place  in  the  Examination  in  Latin. 

7.  In  case  of  the  Scholarship  lapsing  through  forfeiture, 
or  otherwise,  during  the  course  of  the  year,  any  saving 
which  may  result  may  be  added  to  next  year's  Scholarship 
go  as  to  increase  the  half-yearly  stipends  payable  ;  or  may 
be  used,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate,  to  create  a 
second  Scholarship  for  the  ensuing  year. 


THE  KINLOCH  FORBES  GOLD  MEDAL. 


159 


Year. 

Scholar. 

School. 

1868... 

McDermott,  Michael 

St.  Mary's  Institution. 

1869... 

f  DeMonte,  Thomas  Antonio 

Ditto. 

1870... 

Bryan,  James 

Ditto. 

1871  j 

DeSa,  Luis        

Ditto. 

Bhandarkar,  Vasudev  G-opal 

Ditto. 

3872... 

Hogan,  Daniel 

Ditto. 

1873... 

Pereira,  Conrad           

Ditto. 

1874... 

DeSouza,  Lazarus  Diogo       

Ditto. 

1875... 

O'Shanahan,  Henry  Frank 

Ditto. 

1876... 

Mulligan,  William  George  Tobias 

Bishop's  HighSchool,  Poona. 

1877... 

Vakil,  Rastamji  Bamanshah           

Rlphinstone  High  8chool. 

1878  | 

Toole,  John  Harris      

Bishop'sHigh  School,  Poona. 

Modi,  Kaikhosru  Framji      

Elphinstone  High  School. 

1879... 

Dias,  Erasmo  Xavier 

St.  Marv's  Institution. 

18SO... 

DeSilva,  Manuel           

Ditto. 

1881... 

DeMello,  Ignatius        

Ditto. 

1882... 

Hanson,  Charles  M 

Bishop's  High  School,  Poona. 

1883... 

Maidment,  Samuel  Gerald    

Cathedral     High       School 

Bombay . 
Elphinstone  High  School. 

1884.. 

Kotak,  Narandas  Shivji         

1885  [ 

Davar,  Edalji  Framji ">    M  ■  ,     C 

Joseph  Aloysius  Ezechiel     ...>   equai    \ 

Fort  High  School. 

St.  Vincent's  School,  Poona. 

1886... 

DeSilva,  Braz  Laurence         

St.  Xavier's  High  Schol. 

VIII. 

THE  KINLOCH  FORBES  GOLD  MEDAL. 

The  Trustees  to  the  Kinloch  Forbes  Memorial  Fund,  in  a 
letter  to  the  address  of  the  Yice-Chancellor,  the  Rev.  Dr. 
Wilson,  dated  the  19th  December  1868,  offered  to  the  Uni- 
versity, in  behalf  of  themselves  and  other  subscribers  to 
the  Fund,  a  sum  of  Rs.  5,000  in  Government  5*  per  cent. 
Paper,  for  the  purpose  of  awarding  a  yearly  Gold  Medal  for 
proficiency  in  General  Jurisprudence  and  the  Roman  Civil 
Law,  to  be  called  "  The  Kinloch  Forbes  Gold  Medal," 
and  for  Law  Books  to  accompany  the  Medal,  should  the 
fund  allow.  At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on 
the  same  date,  the  following  Resolution  was  unanimously 
agreed  to  :— 

"  That  the  Senate  accept  with  thanks  this  endowment, 
in  honour  of  its  late  accomplished  Yice-Chancellor,  the 
Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Kinloch  Forbes." 

The  Medal  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
lg  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Gold  Medal,  to  be  called  "  The  Kinloch  Forbes 
I-old  Medal,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  two  hundred,  with  a 
'rize  of  Law  Books  of  the  value  of  Rupees  fifty,  will  be 
iwarded  annually  to  the  Candidate  who  obtains  the  highest 
lumber  of  marks  in  the  subjects  of  Roman  Civil  Law  and 

*  Now  transferred  to  4  per  cent.  Government  stock. 


160  ENDOWMENTS. 

General  Jurisprudence,  including  International  Law,  at  the 
Examination  for  Honours  in  Law,  provided  always  that  in  no 
case  shall  the  Medal  be  awarded  to  a  Candidate  who  is  not 
placed  by  the  Examiners  in  the  first  class  of  successful 
Candidates  at  such  Examination, 

2 .  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Medal  and 
Prize  of  Books  are  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list 
of  successful  Candidates  at  the  Examination  for  Honours  in 
Law, 

3.  Whenever  the  Medal  and  Books  are  not  awarded,  the 
money  which  would  have  been  expended  in  purchasing  them 
shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they 
shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes 
of  the  endowment. 

IX. 


THE  DAVID  SASSOON  HEBREW  SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  Honourable  A,  D.  Sassoon,  C.S.I.,  being  desirous  of 
encouraging  the  study  of  the  Hebrew  Language,  offered,  in 
a  letter,  dated  the  11th  January  1869,  to  the  address  of  the 
Vice- Chancellor,  the  Revd.  Dr.  Wilson,  the  sum  of  Rs.  5,000 
in  Government  5*  per  cent.  Paper  for  the  foundation  of  a 
Scholarship  (to  be  dedicated  to  the  memory  of  his  late 
father,  David  Sassoon,  Esq,,)  of  Rs.  250  per  annum,  tenable 
for  two  years,  in  any  Institution  recognized  by  the  Univer- 
sity for  Degrees  in  Arts, 

The  offer  was  accepted  by  the  Senate  at  a  meeting  held 
on  the  20th  January  1869  ;  and  the  Scholarship  will  be 
awarded  in  accordance  with  the  following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship  of  Rs.  250  per  annum,  to  be  denomi- 
nated "  The  David  Sassoon  Hebrew   Scholarship,"  to  be 

*  Now  transferred  to  4  per  cent.  Government  stock. 


THE  DAVID  SASSOON  HEBREW  SC  HOLARSHIP.  161 

held  for  two  years,  shall,  on  the  fi  rst  occasion  of  its  being 
bsstowed,  be  awarded  to  the  Candi  date  who  shall  pass  the 
Matriculation  Examination  with  th  e  highest  marks  for  pro- 
ficiency in  the  Hebrew  Language,  o  r,  failing  such  a  Candi- 
date, to  the  Undergraduate  who  s  hall  pass  the  Previous 
Examination  with  the  highest  marks  in  the  same  lan- 
guage, provided  that  the  Scholar  pro  duce  a  certificate  from 
the  Head  of  his  College  or  Institution  that  he  is  prose- 
cuting his  studies  in  Hebrew. 

2.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  afterwards  awarded  every 
alternate  year  to  the  Candidate  who  shall,  since  the  time  of 
the  last  awarding  of  the  Scholarship,  have  passed  the  Ma- 
triculation Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for  profici- 
ency in  the  Hebrew  Language,  or,  failing  such  a  Candidate, 
to  the  Undergraduate  who  shall,  since  the  time  of  the  last 
awarding  of  the  Scholarship,  have  passed  the  Previous 
Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for  proficiency  in  the 
same  language. 

3.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half-yearly,  in  equal 
proportions,  to  its  allottee,  on  his  producing  a  bill,  counter- 
signed by  the  Head  of  some  College  or  Institution,  recognized 
in  Arts,  accompanied  by  a  certificate,  from  the  same  source, 
of  regular  attendance  at  that  College  or  Institution,  of  good 
conduct,  and  of  satisfactory  progress  in  University  studies. 

4.  Failing  the  production  of  such  a  certificate  as  that  now 
indicated,  the  Syndicate  may  declare  the  Scholarship  for- 
feited. 

5.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  at  the  final  meeting 
of  the  Matriculation  (or  Previous)  Examination,  and  the 
name  of  the  David  Sassoon  Scholar  for  the  ensuing 
two  years  shall  be  published  along  with  the  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates  for  Matriculation  (or  Previous) 
Examination. 

6.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  ^Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

7.  In  case  of  the  Matriculating  Student  who  is  elected 
declining  to  proceed  to  College,  the  Scholarship  for  the 
ensuing  two  years  may  be  conferred  on  the  Undergraduate 
who  shall  have  obtained  the  second  place  in  Hebrew  in  the 
Matriculation  Examination,  or,  failing  such  a  Candidate,  to 
the  passed  Candidate  who  has  obtained  the  highest  marks 

b  1306—14  BD* 


162 


ENDOWMENTS. 


in  Hebrew  in  the  Previous  Examination  and  is  willing  to 
continue  at  College. 

8.  In  case  of  the  Scholarship  not  being  adjudged,  or 
lapsing  before  it  has  been  held  two  years,  the  Scholarship 
may  be  awarded  under  the  same  rules  at  the  next  University 
Examinations ;  and  any  savings  resulting  from  non-adju- 
dication or  lapse  may  be  added  to  the  next  Scholarship's 
allotment,  or  used,  at  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate, 
towards  creating  a  second  Scholarship, 


Year. 

Scholar. 

School. 

1872.. 

Scottish  Hisrh  School,  Fort. 
Fort  High  School. 
Ditto. 

1878.. 

Gavankar,  Rajaram  Raghoba 

1879.. 

Khot,  Krishnaji  Venkaji    

1881.. 

Reuben  Ezra 

Robert  Money  Institution. 

1883.. 

Bhastekar,  Isaac  Aaron 

Free    General    Assembly's 

1885.. 

Solomon,  Ezekiel 

Institution,  Bombay. 
Scottish       High     School, 
Byculla. 

X. 

THE  JAMES  BERKLEY  GOLD  MEDAL. 

R.  M.  Brereton,  Esq.,  Chief  Engineer,  G.  I.  P,  Railway, 
N.-E.D.,  in  a  letter  to  the  address  of  the  Vice-Chancellor, 
the  Rev.  Dr.  Wilson,  dated  18th  June  1869,  offered  on 
behalf  of  himself  and  the  other  admirers  and  friends  of  the 
late  Mr.  James  J.  Berkley,  Chief  Resident  Engineer,  G.  I.  P. 
Railway,  the  sum  of  Rs.  8,000  in  Government  5*  per  cent. 
Promissory  Notes,  for  the  purpose  of  founding  a  "  James 
Berkley  Gold  Medal  "  for  Civil  Engineering,  of  the  value 
of  Rs.  250,  to  be  given  annually,  and  a  Prize  of  Books  of  a 
scientific  nature  to  accompany  the  Medal.  At  a  meeting  of 
the  Senate,  held  on  the  13th  August,  the  following  Resolu-' 
tion  was  unanimously  adopted : — 

"  That  this  handsome  endowment,  in  honour  of  Mr.  James 
John  Berkley,  one  of  the  original  Fellows  mentioned  in  the 
Act  of  Incorporation,  be  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of 
the  Senate." 

The  Medal  and  Books  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with 
the  following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Gold  Medal,  to  be  entitled  "  The  James  Berkley 
Gold  Medal,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  two  hundred  and  fifty, 

*  Now  transferred  to  4  per  cent.  Government  stock. 


THE  ELLIS   PRIZE. 


163 


with  a  Prize  of  Books  on  Civil  and  Mechanical  Engineering 
of  the  value  of  Eupees  one  hundred  and  fifty,  will  be 
awarded  annually  to  the  Candidate  who  obtains  the  highest 
number  of  marks  in  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
L.C.E.,  provided  that  in  no  case  shall  the  Medal  be 
awarded  if  such  Candidate  be  not  specially  recommended 
by  the  Examiners  in  Engineering  and  Engineering  Drawing. 
2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  shall  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  have  passed  the 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.C.E. 

8.  Whenever  the  Medal  and  Books  are  not  awarded,  the 
money  which  would  have  been  expended  in  purchasing 
them  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as 
they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and 
purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Year 


1872. 


1873. 
1874. 

1875. 
1876. 

1877. 
1878. 
1879. 

1880. 

1881. 
1882. 

1883. 

1884. 
1885. 


Medallist. 


Godbold,  Kashinath  Ramchandra,  B.A 


College. 


Bamanji  Sorabji  

Chandnani,  Pritamdag  Parsumal 

Tarapurvala,  Fardunji  Kuvarji 

Medal  not  awarded. 

Ditto. 

Apte,  Ganesh  Krishna,  B.A 

Medal  not  awarded. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 
Ahmadi,  Ibrahim  Shaik  Daud  Akhund 


Medal  not  awarded,  but  Prize  of  Books  only  given 
to  Mokshagundum  Vishvisvardiyd,  B.A. 

Chitale,  Parshuram  Narayan    

Gole,  Vishnu  Vithal   

Medal  not  awarded,  but  a  Prize  of  Books  only  given 
to  Karpur,  Shrinivds  Rdo  S.,  B.Sc. 


Poona  Civil    Engi- 
neering (now 
College  of  Science.) 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 


Ditto. 


College  of  Science, 
Poona. 

Ditto. 


Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 


XI. 

I  THE  ELLIS  PRIZE. 

The  Honourable  B.  H.  Ellis,  Member  of  the  Council  of 
H.  E.  the  Viceroy  and  Governor- General  of  India,  offered, 
on  the  26th  August  1869,  Promissory  Notes  of  the  value  of 
Rs.  1,500,  bearing  interest  at  4  per  cent.,  for  an  annual  prize 
of  books  of  the  value  of  Rs.  60,  to  be  given  to  the  Scholar 
who  on  Matriculation  passes  the  best  examination  in  any 


164 


ENDOWMENTS. 


At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  13th  October 
1869,  it  was  unanimously  resolved  : — 

"  That  this  endowment  be  accepted  with  the  best  thanks 
of  the  Senate  as  a  token  from  the  Honourable  B.  H.  EUis 
of  his  appreciation  of  the  University,  and  regard  for  the 
people  of  Bombay." 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Ellis  Prize,"  consisting 
of  books  of  the  value  of  Eupees  sixty,  shall  be  awarded 
every  year  to  the  Candidate  who  shall  have  passed  the 
Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for  pro- 
ficiency in  an  Oriental  Language. 

2.  The  Prize  shall  be  awarded  in  connection  with  such 
one  or  other  of  the  following  languages  as  the  Syndicate 
from  time  to  time  may  determine  : — 


1.  Marathi. 

2.  Gujarathi. 

3.  Canarese. 

4.  Hindustani. 


5.  Sindhi. 

6.  Arabic. 

7.  Persian. 


3.  The  language  for  which  the  Prize  will  be  given  each 
year  shall  be  notified  by  the  Syndicate  not  less  than  twelve 
months  before  each  Matriculation  Examination. 

4.  The  books  shall  be  presented  to  the  successful  Can- 
didate by  the  Chancellor  or  Yice-Chancellor  at  the  Convo- 
cation for  Conferring  Degrees. 


Year.      Language. 


1870.. 
1871.. 


1872. 
1873. 


1874. 

1875. 


1876. 

1877. 


Marathi   . 

Gujarathi 
Canarese  . 


Sindhi  . 
Persian. 


Hindustani  .... 
Arabic  or  Mara 

thi. 
G-ujarathi    .... 

Canarese  . , . 


Prizeman. 


Kunte,  Vishnu  Keshav.. 

Kanga,  Dinshah  Pestanji 
Bevur,  Ramchandra  Ha- 

numantrao. 
Mirza,  Kalichkhan 

Fraidnnbeg. 
Contractor,        Behramji 

Rastamji. 
DeGama,  Samuel   ... 
Kanitkar,        Balkrishna 

Hari  (Mardthi). 
Kaji,  Chhaganlal  Gulab- 

das. 
Kuknur,     Raghavendra 

Jayacharya 


SCHOOIi. 


His  Highness  the  Maharaj 
oflndore  Madressa. 

Bombay  Proprietary  School. 

Belgaum       Sirdars'     High 
School. 

Haidarabad  High  8chool. 

Poona  High  School. 

Karachi  High  School. 
Private  Tuition. 

Surat  High  School. 

Dharvad  High  School. 


THE  HEBBERT  AND  LATOUCHE  SCHOLARSHIP. 


165 


Ykar.     Language. 


1878. 
1879. 


18S0. 

1881. 


1882. 


1883. 
1884. 


1885. 


1886. 


1S87. 


Sindhi  .... 

Marathi..., 

Persian. 
Hindustani 

Sindhi  

Gujarathi 
Canarese  .. 

Marathi    . . 


Arabic  or  Hin- 
dustani . 


Persian. 


Prizeman. 


Jngtiani,       Kundanmal 

Manikrai. 
Patvardhan,    Balkrishna 

Narayan. 
Munshi,  Ghulam  Ahmad. 
Mirza,  Najafkuli  Fredun- 

beg. 
Oza,  Dipchand  Tejbhan- 

das. 
Mehta,  Chunilal  Anupram 
Tankasale,  Balaji  Ragha 

vendra. 
Kocharekar,       Krishmiji 

Baburao. 

No  candidate  having 
passed  in  either  of  these 
languages,  the  Prize 
was  not  awarded. 


School. 


Haidarabad  Mission  School. 

Private  Tuition,  Poona. 

Fort  High  School. 
Narayan     Jagannath    High 
School,  Karachi. 
Ditto. 

Nariad  High  School. 
Belgaum      Sirdars'       High 

School. 
Ratnagiri  High  School. 


XII. 
THE  HEBBERT  AND  LATOUCHE  SCHOLARSHIP, 

The  Chiefs  of  Junagad  and  Nowanagar,  in  the  Province 
of  Kathiawar,  offered,  through  the  Right  Honourable  the 
Governor  in  Council,  on  the  22nd  October  1869,  Govern- 
ment 5  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes  of  the  value  of 
Rs.  5,000,  for  the  foundation  of  a  Scholarship  of  Rs.  20*  per 
mensem  in  the  University  of  Bombay,  as  a  Memorial  to 
Captains  Hebbert  and  LaTouche,  the  officers  who  fell  at 
the  Tobar  Hill  in  1867  in  fight  with  a  band  of  outlawed 
Waghirs.  At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on 
the  18th  December  1869,  it  was  unanimously  resolved : — 

"  That  the  offer  of  Rs.  5,000  in  Government  5  per  cent. 
Promissory  Notes,  from  the  Chiefs  of  Junagad  and  Nowa- 
nagar, in  Kathiawar,  for  the  foundation  of  a  Scholarship  in 
memory  of  Captains  Hebbert  and  LaTouche,  who  fell  nobly 
in  the  discharge  of  public  duty  at  the  Tobar  Hill  in  1867,  be 
accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate." 


*In  consequence  of  the  transfer  of  the  Securities  from  5  to  4  per  cent. 
Government  stock,  the  value  is  reduced  to  Rs.  18  a  month. 


166  ENDOWMENTS- 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  bfe  entitled  u  The  Hebbert  and 
LaTouche  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  eighteen 
per  mensem,  tenable  for  two  years,  shall  be  awarded  bien- 
nially, or  whenever  vacant. 

2.  The  object  of  the  Scholarship  is  to  assist  Natives  of 
Soreth,  in  Kathiawar,  desirous  of  prosecuting  their  studies 
in  any  one  of  the  recognized  Colleges  or  Institutions  of  the 
University  of  Bombay. 

3.  Persons  to  be  eligible  for  competition  must  be  bond 
fide  Natives  of  Soreth  who  have  passed  the  Matriculation 
Examination. 

4.  In  the  event  of  there  being  more  than  one  Candidate 
for  the  Scholarship  on  the  occasion  of  a  vacancy,  who  shall 
fulfil  the  foregoing  conditions,  the  Scholarship  shall  be 
awarded  by  the  Syndicate  to  the  Candidate  who  shall  appear 
from  the  University  records  to  have  obtained  the  highest 
number  of  marks  at  the  Matriculation  Examination,  provid- 
ed always  that  no  Candidate  who  has  once  held  the  Scho- 
larship be  eligible  for  re-election. 

5.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  announced  for  competition 
in  the  first  week  of  December.  Applications  of  Candidates 
under  Form  AW  must  be  sent  in  to  the  Registrar  on  or 
before  the  31st  December. 

6.  The  Syndicate  shall  thereupon  proceed  to  adjudge 
the  Scholarship  on  some  day  during  the  month  of  January. 

7.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

8.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable 
monthly,  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized 
College  or  Institution,  who  shall  certify,  under  his  signature 
on  such  bill,  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at 
the  College  or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good,  and 
that  his  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory, 

9.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship 
to  be  forfeited. 


THE   WILSON   PHILOLOGICAL   LECTURESHIP. 


167 


10,  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship  during  any  year,  or  part  of  a  year,  shall  be 
added  to  next  year's  Scholarship  so  as  to  increase  the 
monthly  stipends  payable. 


Year 


1871.. 
1873.. 

1875.. 
1877.. 
1879.. 

1881.. 
1883.. 

1885.. 

1887.. 


Scholar. 


Shah,  Tribhuvandas  Motichand    ... 
Acharya,  Devishankar  Ravishankar 

R«na,  Rudarji  Sundarji    

Buch,  Bhupatrai  Duyalji 

Joshipara,  Pranlal  Kahandds    

Chhaya,  Jatashankar  Jivanlal 
Vaishnav,  Jayaprasad  Hariprasad . . . 

Nanavati,  Hariprasad  Kirparam  . . . 

Shuklai  Navalshankar  Nrisinh 


School. 


Rajkot  High  School. 
Kathiawar  High  School. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Bahadurkhanji  High  School, 

Junagad. 
Private  Tuition,  Junagad. 
Baroda,  High  School,  former- 
ly Private  Tuition. 
Bahadurkhanji  High  School, 
Junagad. 

Ditto. 


XIII. 

THE  WILSON  PHILOLOGICAL  LECTURESHIP. 

The  Honorary  Secretary  to  the  Committee  of  Manage- 
ment for  the  Subscribers  to  the  Wilson  Testimonial  Fund 
offered,  in  a  letter  dated  March  2nd,  1870,  to  the  address  of 
the  Registrar,  James  Taylor,  Esq.,  the  sum  of  (Els.  23,500) 
twenty-three  thousand  and  five  hundred  Rupees  in  Govern- 
ment 5*  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes,  for  the  endowment 
of  a  Philological  Lectureship  in  honour  of  the  Revd.  John 
Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R.S.,  V ice-Chancellor  of  the  University, 
with  the  following  conditions  : — 

1.  That  the  Lectureship  be  called  "The  Wilson  Philo- 
logical Lectureship,'*  in  connection  with  which,  in  conse- 
cutive years,  a  short  series  of  Lectures  should  be  delivered 
by  a  competent  European  or  Native  Scholar,  annually 
selected  for  the  purpose,  on  either  of  the  following  classes 
of  languages  and  the  literature  in  which  they  are 
embodied : — 

L  Sanskrit  and  Prakrit  languages  derived  from  it. 
II.  Hebrew  and  the  other  Semitic  languages, 

III.  Latin  and  Greek, 

IV.  English   viewed  in  connection  with  Anglo-Saxon 
and  its  other  sources. 


fNow  transferred  to  4  per  cent.  Government  stock. 


168 


ENDOWMENTS. 


2,  That  the  interest  of  the  Fund  for  this  endowment  be 
at  the  entire  disposal  of  Dr,  Wilson  during  his  lifetime,  and 
that  the  University  undertake  the  duty  of  receiving  the 
interest,  and  paying  the  same  to  Dr.  Wilson,  or  to  his 
order,  at  stated  half-yearly  periods,  as  the  interest  becomes 
due. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  2nd  April  1870, 
the  endowment,  in  honour  of  the  late  Vice-chancellor  of 
the  University,  the  Eev,  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R  S.,  was 
accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

Dr.  Wilson  died  on  the  1st  December  1875,  and  on  the 
12th  February  1876  the  Senate  passed  the  following 
Regulations  for  the  Lectureship  : — 

1.  Each  Series  of  Lectures  shall  consist  of  not  fewer 
than  six  Lectures. 

2.  The  Lectures  shall  be  delivered  in  Bombay  in  the 
First  or  cold-weather  Term  in  each  year, 

3.  In  the  month  of  January  in  each  year  the  Syndicate 
shall  publish  a  Notification  in  which  the  subject  of  the  en* 
suing  Series  of  Lectures  shall  be  announced,  and  shall 
take  such  steps  in  each  year  as  they  may  think  best  for 
obtaining  a  Lecturer, 


YEAR; 


1877. 


378. 
879. 


8S1. 


885. 

888, 

887. 


Subject. 


Sanskrit  and  Prakrit  Languages  derived 

from  it. 
Latin  and  Greek 

Hebrew  and  the  other  Semitic  Langua- 
ges. 

English  viewed  in  connection  with  Anglo- 
Saxon  and  its  other  sources. 

Sanskrit  and  Prakrit  Languages  derived 
from  it. 

Latin  and  Greek 

Sanskrit  and  Prakrit  Languages  derived 
from  it, 

Hebrew  and  the  other  Semitic  Languages. 

English  viewed  in  connection  with  Anglo- 
Saxon  and  its  other  sources. 

Latin  and  Greek > 

Sanskrit  and  Prakrit  Languages  derived 
from  it. 

Hebrew  and  the  other  Semitic  Languages. 


Lectubek. 


Ramkrishna    Gopal 

darkar,  M.A. 
Peter  Peterson,  M.A. 

E.  Eehatsek,  M.C.E. 

F.  G.  Selby,  B.A. 
No  Lecturer. 


Bhan* 


M.  Macmillan,  B.A. 
Shankar  Pandurang  Pandit) 

M.A. 
A.Fiihrer,  Ph.D. 
W.  E.  Haft,  B.A. 

R.  H.  Gunion,  B.A. 
Peter  Peterson,  D.  Sc» 

No  Lecturer. 


THE  ELLIS  SCHOLARSHIP. 


169 


XIV. 
THE  ELLIS  SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  President  and  Secretary  to  the  Ellis  Testimonial 
Committee,  in  a  letter  dated  19th  April  1870,  to  the  ad- 
dress of  the  Registrar,  James  Taylor,  Esq.,  offered  the  sum 
of  Rs.  7>206  for  investment  in  4  per  cent.  Government 
Promissory  Notes  for  awarding  annually,  from  the  interest 
thereof,  a  monthly  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Rs.  25, 
bearing  the  name  of  the  Honourable  B.  H.  Ellis,  to  the  most 
successful  Scholar  in  the  English  Language  and  Literature 
at  the  B  A,  Examination. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  16th  June  1870, 
the  following  Resolution  was  unanimously  adopted : — 

*'  That  this  endowment,  in  honour  of  the  Honourable  B. 
H,  Ellis,  Member  of  the  Council  of  H.  E.  the  Viceroy  and 
Governor  General  of  India,  be  accepted  with  the  best  thanks 
of  the  Senate." 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Ellis  Scholar- 
ship," of  the  value  of  Rupees  twenty-five  a  month,  shall  be 
awarded  annually  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A» 
to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  with  the 
highest  marks  in  English. 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  shall  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  have  passed  the 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A. 

3.  In  case  of  the  Scholarship  lapsing  during  the  course 
of  the  year  for  which  it  is  tenable,  any  balance  that  may 
remain  shall  be  added  to  the  next  year  s  Scholarship. 


Year 


1870. 
1871. 
1872. 
1878. 
1874. 


1875. 


1 

1 
If 


1877. 
1878. 
1870. 
SHO. 
1881. 
1882. 
1883. 
1884. 
1885. 


Scholar. 


Sa>ani,  Ibrahim  Muhammad 

Kirloskar,  Ganesh  Ramchandra. . 

Duncan,  Thomas 

Kanga,  Dinshah  Pestanji 

Modi,  Jehangier  E  )a! j i     

Chiplunkar,  Lakshuman  Krishna 


Kanga,  Fardnnji  Manikji 

Shahani,  Dayaram  Gidumal 

Shanahan,  Henry  Frank 

Kanga,  Sorabji  Manikji 

Vaidya,  Chintanian  Vinayak  . 
Nariman,  Manikji  Kharshedji 
Gokhale,  Mahadev  Vishnu. . . . 
Padshah,  Bar j or ji  Jamas ji  — 

Pat  el,  Bapuji  Sorabji 

Banaji,  Framji  Kavasji   

|  Mehta,  Manu  Nandshankar  .  ■ , 


College. 


Elphinstone. 
Deccan. 
St.  Xavier's* 
Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 
Deecan,     formerly       Free 

General  Assembly's. 
St.  Xavier's. 
Elphinstone. 
St.  Xavier's. 

Ditto. 
Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 


b  1306—15  bu 


170  ENDOWMENTS. 

XV. 

THE  CHANCELLOR'S  MEDAL. 

At  a  Convocation  for  Conferring  Degrees  held  on  the  12th 
January  1869,  His  Excellency  the  Right  Honourable  Sir 
Seymour  FitzGerald,  G.C.S.I.,  D.C.L.,  Governor  of  Bombay, 
Chancellor  of  the  University,  founded  a  Gold  Medal,  to  be 
called  the  "  Chancellor's  Medal,"  with  a  view  to  encourage 
the  Graduates  of  the  University  of  Bombay  to  aspire  after 
the  highest  honours  the  University  can  bestow.  At  a  meet- 
ing of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  23rd  March  1871,  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  for  awarding  the  Medal  were  passed  : — 

1.  A  Gold  Medal,  to  be  called  "  The  Chancellor's 
Medal,"  will  be  awarded  annually  in  connection  with  the 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  Master  of  Arts. 

2.  The  Syndicate  will  determine  and  notify  each  year,  in 
December,  the  rotation  in  which  the  Medal  shall  be  assigned 
in  connection  with  each  branch  of  study  prescribed  for 
the  M.A.  Examination. 

3.  The  Medal  shall  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  Examination  in  the  First  Class,  and  obtains  the 
highest  number  of  marks  in  the  branch  of  study  notified 
for  that  year. 

4.  Provided  that  if  no  Candidate  qualifies  for  the  Medal 
in  the  specified  subject  of  the  year,  the  Syndicate  shall  be 
authorized  to  award  it  to  the  Candidate  who,  on  a  review  of 
the  Examination  in  the  various  subjects,  passes  in  the 
First  Class  with  the  highest  number  of  marks. 

5.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Medal  is 
awarded,  will  be  published  with  the  list  of  successful  Can- 
didates. 

6.  The  Medal  will  be  presented  at  the  Convocation  for 
Conferring  Degrees. 

The  Chancellor's  Medal  has  been  assigned  in  connection 
with  the  branches  of  study  prescribed  for  the  MA.  Exami- 
nation in  the  following  rotation : — 

In  1887  to  Languages. 


THE  ARNOULD  SCHOLARSHIP. 


171 


Year. 

Subject. 

Medallist. 

College 

1874.. 

Languages  .. 

Duncan,  Thomas,  B. A 

8t.  Xavier's. 

1876.. 

Mathematics      and 

Dastur,  Fardunji    Mancherji, 

Elphinstone. 

Natural      Philoso- 
phy. 
Natural  Sciences  .. 

B.A. 

1877.. 

Naegaumvala,  Kavas     Dada- 

Ditto. 

bhai,  B.A. 

1878.. 

Mathematics 

Sanjana,   Kavasji  Jamshedji, 
B.A. 

Medal  not  awarded. 

Deccan. 

1879. . 

Languages  .. 

1880.. 

History  and  Philo- 
sophy. 

Ditto, 

1881.. 

Mathematics 

Ditto. 

1882.. 
1883  . 

Mathematics 
Mathematics 

Vaidya,ChintamanVinayak,B.A. 
Wagle,  Krishnaji  Balvant,  B.A. 

Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 

1884.. 

Natural  Sciences  .. 

Kanga,  Mancherji  Kavasji,  B.A. 

Ditto. 

1885.. 

Natural  Sciences  . . 

Masani,  Adarji  Mernosji,  B.A., 

Free  General    As- 

B.Sc. 

sembly's     Insti- 
tution, Bombay 

1886.. 

History  and  Philo- 
sophy. 

Padshah,  Pestanji  Jamasji  .... 

Elphinstone. 

XVI. 

THE  ARNOULD  SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  President  and  Secretary  to  the  Arnonld  Testimonial 
Fund,  in  a  letter  dated  9th  January  1871,  to  the  address  of 
the  Registrar,  James  Taylor,  Esq.,  offered  to  the  Univer- 
sity on  behalf  of  the  Native  friends  and  admirers  of  Sir 
Joseph  Arnonld,  Knight,  a  Judge  of  the  High  Court  of 
Judicature,  Bombay,  a  sum  of  Rupees  6,000  in  Government 
5  per  cent.  Securities  for  awarding  annually,  from  the 
interest  thereof,  a  Scholarship  of  Rs.  25*  a  month  to  the 
Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
LL.B.  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  the  paper  com- 
prising the  Hindu  and  Muhammadan  Law. 

At  a  meeting  held  on  the  23rd  March  1871,  the  endow- 
lent  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate,  and 

le  following  Regulations  were  passed  for  awarding  the 
Scholarship : — 

1.    A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "The  Arnotjld  Scholar- 

[IP,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  twenty-two  a  month,  shall  be 

rarded  annually  at  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 

jL.B.  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  with 

*  In  consequence  of  the  transfer  from  5  to  4  per  cent.  Government  stock, 
ie  value  is  reduced  to  Rs.  22  a  month. 


172 


ENDOWMENTS. 


the  highest  number  of  marks  in  the  paper  on  "Succession 
and  Family  Rights  with  special  reference  to  Hindu  and 
Muhammadan  Law." 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  shall  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  have  passed  the 
Examination  for  the  Degree  of  LL.B. 

3,  In  case  of  the  Scholarship  lapsing  during  the  course 
of  the  year  for  which  it  is  tenable,  any  balance  that  may 
remain  shall  be  added  to  the  next  year's  Scholarship. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1872.. 

Modi,  Barzorji  Edalji,  M.  A 

Government  Law  School. 

1873.. 

Deshmukh,  Ramchandra  Gopalrao.B.A 

Ditto. 

1874.. 

Kothare,  Anandrao  Krishuarao,  B.A.   .. 

Ditto. 

1875.. 

Athate,  Yashvant  Vasudev,  M.A 

Ditto. 

1876.. 

Dhairyavan,  Vasudev  Krishuarao,  B.A. 

Ditto. 

1877.- 

Inamdar,VenkatraoRukhamangad,B.A. 

Ditto. 

1878.. 

Joshi,  Bhaskar  Shiidhar,  B.A 

Ditto. 

1879.. 

Ovalekar,  Moreshvar  Narayan,  B.A 

Ditto. 

1880.. 

Chandavadkar,  Narayan  Ganesh,  B.A.  .. 

Ditto. 

1881.. 

Dave,  Kevalram  Mavji,  B.A 

Ditto. 

1882 . . 

1883.. 

Joshi,  Moro  Vishvanath,  B.A 

Ditto. 

1884.. 

Vaidya,  Chintaman  Vinayak,  M.A 

Ditto. 

1885.. 

Karandikar,  Balkrishna  Parshuram,  B.A. 

Ditto. 

1886.. 

Patil,  Govind  Appaji  

Ditto. 

XVII. 
THE  DUKE  OF  EDINBURGH  FELLOWSHIP. 

The  Chiefs  and  Sirdars  of  the  Deccan  and  the  Southern 
Mahratta  Country  offered  to  the  University,  through 
Government,  on  the  24th  July  1871, in  commemoration  of  the 
visit  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh  to  the 
Presidency  of  Bombay,  the  sum  of  Bs.  10,000  for  the  estab- 
lishment of  a  Fellowship  of  the  value  of  the  interest  of  the 
sum  when  invested  in  Government  Securities,  tenable  for 
two  years,  and  to  be  awarded  every  alternate  year  to  the 
Undergraduate  who  passes  with  the  highest  marks  in 
Honours  at  the  B.A.  Examination,  on  condition  that  he 
continues  his  studies  at  one  of  the  recognized  Colleges,  and 
presents  himself  at  the  M  A.  Examination  within  such  time 
as  may  be  fixed  by  the  University. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  29th  September 
1871,  the  offer  of  the  Chiefs  and  Sirdars  of  the  Deccan  and 


THE    DUKE    OF    EDINBUKGH    FELLOWSHIP. 


173 


the    Southern  Mahratta  Country  was  accepted  with  the 
best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Fellowship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Fellowship,  to  be  called  the  "Duke  of  Edinburgh 
Fellowship,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  four  hundred  per 
annum  and  tenable  for  two  years,  shall  be  awarded  every 
alternate  year,  or  whenever  vacant,  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  the  First  Class 
at  the  B,A.  Examination,  on  condition  that  he  continues 
his  studies  at  one  of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions  recog- 
nized by  the  University  of  Bombay,  and  presents  himself  at 
the  MA.  Examination  within  the  time  of  his  Fellowship. 

2.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

3.  The  stipend  of  the  Fellowship  shall  be  paid  half- 
yearly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized 
College  or  Institution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature 
on  such  bill  that  the  Fellow  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the 
College  or  Institution,  and  that  his  conduct  is  good, 

4.  Should  the  Fellow  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Fellowship 
to  be  forfeited. 

5.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
:he  Fellowship  during  any  year,  or  part  of  a  year,  shall 
)e  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
;hink  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of 
she  endowment. 


Year. 

Fellow. 

College. 

1872  . 

1874.. 

Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 

1876 
1878.. 

Agase,  Dhondu  Hari    , 

1880.. 

Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 

1882.. 

1884.. 

Mehta,  Darashah  Bejanji 

St.  Xavier's. 

1886.. 

Elphinstone. 

*  1306—15  bu* 


174 


ENDOWMENTS. 


XVIII. 

THE  BAI  MANECKBAI  BYRAMJEE  JEEJEEBHOT 
PEIZE. 

The  Honourable  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy,  in  a  letter  dated 
10th  August  1871,  to  the  address  of  the  Registrar,  James 
Taylor,  Esq.,  offered  to  the  University  "  a  4  per  cent.  Gov-' 
ernment  Promissory  Note  of  Rs.  2,000,  that  the  interest 
thereof  may  be  devoted  to  the  giving  of  a  Prize  or  Prizes 
annually  to  the  successful  Student  or  Students  in  any 
branch  of  learning  the  Senate  may  think  proper,  in  the 
name  of  Bai  Maneckbai  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  29th  September 
1871,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  thanks  of  the  Senate, 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  entitled  "  The  Bai  Maneckbai  Byram* 
jee  Jeejeebhoy  Prize,"  consisting  of  books  of  the  value  of 
Rupees  eighty,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candir 
date  who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the 
highest  marks  for  proficiency  in  "  General  Knowledge." 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  pub-? 
lished  with  the  list  of  the  Candidates  who  may  pass  the 
Matriculation  Examination. 


Year. 

Prizeman. 

School. 

1872.. 
1873.. 

Mull  6,  Faizullabhai  Lukmanji    .... 

Surat  High  School. 

1874.. 
1875.. 

Ketkar,  Venkatesh  Bapuji  

Belgaum  Sirdars'  High  School. 
Haidarabad  High  School. 
Parsi  Boarding  School,  Bandora 
Eiphinstone  High  School. 
Amraoti  High  School. 
Eiphinstone  High  School. 
Scottish  High  School,  Byculla, 
Ditto. 

1876.. 
1877.. 

1878 

Merchant,  Pestan  ji  Dadabhai 

Vaidya,  Chintaman  Vinayak    

1879 

1880.. 
1881 . . 

Sutton,  Alexander  Arthur     

Millard,  Alfred 

1882 

Bombay  Proprietary  School. 
Fort  High  School. 

1883  . 

1884.. 
1885.. 
1886.. 

Bhandarkar,  Vithal  Sitaram    

Cama,  Nasarvanji  Mancherji    

Eiphinstone  High  School. 
Fort  High  School. 
Ditto. 

THE  RAO  SIR  PRAGM1MI  SCHOLARSHIPS.  175 

XIX. 
THE  RAO  SIR  PRAGMALJI  SCHOLARSHIPS. 
The  Kutchi  inhabitants  of  Bombay,  desiring  to  comme- 
morate the  visit  of  His  Highness  the  Maharaja  Sir  Prag- 
malji  Bahadur,  G.C.S.I.,  Rao  of  Kutch,  to  the  city  of  Bom- 
bay, when  he  came  to  meet  His  Royal  Highness  the  Duke 
of  Edinburgh  in  1870,  raised  a  sum  of  Rs.  20,000,  to  which 
His  Highness  added  a  sum  of  Rs.  25,000,  making  an  aggre- 
gate amount  of  Rs.  45,000.  Of  this  sum,  Rs.  30,000,  in  Gov- 
ernment 4  per  cent,  paper,  were  offered  to  the  University, 
through  the  Government  of  Bombay,  on  the  2nd  January 
1872,  to  found  Scholarships,  to  be  called  "The  Rao  Sir 
Pragmalji  Scholarships,"  and  to  be  awarded  to  Kutchi 
Students  to  enable  them  to  prosecute  University  studies,  or, 
failing  such  Students,  to  other  Native  Students  who  may 
be  qualified  for  the  same. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  9th  March  1872, 
the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarships  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations : — 

1.  Two  Scholarships,  to  be  called  "  The  Rao  Sir  Prag- 
malji  Scholarships,"  one  of  Rupees  20  and  one  of  Rupees  15 
per  mensem,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  two 
Kutchi*  Candidates  who  shall  have  passed  the  Matricu- 
lation Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks. 

2.  The  Scholarships  will  be  tenable  for  three  years  at  any 
of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University 
of  Bombay. 

3.  Kutchi  Candidates  must  forward  their  applications  to 
the  Registrar  (vide  Form  AX)  with  their  applications  for 
permission  to  attend  the  Matriculation  Examination  of  the 
same  year, 

4.  The  Syndicate  shall  adjudge  the  Scholarships  soon 
after  the  result  of  the  Matriculation  Examination  shall  be 
declared  by  the  Examiners. 

5.  In  the  event  of  there  being  no  Kutchi  Candidates 
entitled  to  receive  the  Scholarships,  the  Syndicate  shall 


By  Kutchi  is  intended  youths  bom  in  Kutch,  or  youths  whose  fathers 
were  born  in  Kutch, 


176 


ENDOWMENTS. 


award  them  to  the  two  Native  Candidates  who  get  the 
highest  number  of  marks  at  the  Matriculation  Examination, 
and  who  may  not  have  received  any  other  University 
Scholarship  of  equal  or  higher  value. 

6.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution, 

7.  In  case  of  the  Scholarships  lapsing  through  forfeiture 
or  otherwise,  during  the  course  of  the  three  years  for  which 
they  are  tenable,  the  money  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied 
by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fit- 
ted for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 

1872  j 

1873  j 

1874  j 

1875  j 

1876  [ 

1877  j 

1878  | 

1879  [ 
1880 1 


1881 


\ 
1882-1 

1883  | 

1884  5 


1885- 


SCHOLAR. 


Khimjiani,  Fazal  Manji 

Mulla,  Faizallabhai  Lukmanji 

Nanjiani,  Karimalli  Rahim  

Goratela,  Visanji  H&nsraj 

Dave,  Vithalji  Keshavji 

Patel,  Hasam  Virji 

Thakar,  Hirji  Bhagvanji    

Parulekar,  Dattatraya  Vishvanath . . 

Soman,  Dinkar  Bhaskar 

Ahmadi,  Faiz  Muhammad  Fathe  Ali. 

Rukha,  Visanji  Kalljanji    

Budbhatti,  Keshavji  Shamji ..,.,... 


Rukha,  Ramdas  Ladha  

Sapat,  Lakshmidas  Ravji 

Anantani,  Pranshankar  Jatashankar 

Thakar,  Kallianji  Ratansi 

Karamilli  Dost  Muhammad 

Sankharia,  Damodar  Ishvar ..... 


Vyas,  Raghavji  Jayakrishna    . . . 
Parmanand,  Jagannath  Narayan. 

Merchant,  Dhanji  Khimji 

Advani,  Hiranand  Khemsing    , , , 

Dave,  Keshavji  Gopalji 

Dholkia,  Rupshankar  Murarji  . . . 

Mehta,  Mavji  Kanji      , 

Machhar,  Hariram  Madhavji  . . , 
Ghodi,  Keshavlal  Murlidhar    ... 

Lakhani,  Hasam  Alladina 

Meisheri,  Lakhmichand  Tejpal     , 

Vediadave,  Kanji  Mavji 

Goratela,  Nanji  Hansraj 

Karsandas  Premji  Dhurde. , 


School. 


Elphinstone  High  School. 
Surat  High  School. 
Elphinstone  High  School. 

Ditto. 
Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 
General  Assembly's  Institution. 
Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 
Ratnagiri  High  School, 

Ditto. 
Elphinstone  High  School. 
Bombay  Proprietary  School. 
Narayan  Jagannath  High  School, 

Karachi. 
Bombay  Proprietary  School. 

Ditto. 
Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 

Ditto, 
Fort  High  School. 
Free  General  Assembly's  Institu- 
tion, Bombay. 
Robert  Money  Institution. 
Elphinstone  High  School. 

Ditto. 
Haidarabad  High  School. 
Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 
Kathiawar  High  School, Rajkot. 

1  Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 

Elphinstone  High  School, 
Alfred  High  School,  Kutch. 
St.  Mary's  Institution,  Bombay. 
Private  Tuition,  Bombay. 
Navanagar  High  School. 
Karachi  Mission  High  School. 


THE  SIR  JASVANTSINGJI  SCHOLARSHIPS.  177 

XX. 

THE  SIR  JASVANTSINGJI  SCHOLARSHIPS. 

His  Highness  Sir  Jasvantsingji,  K.C.S.I.,  the  late  Thakur 
of  Bhavnagar,  having  set  apart  a  sum  of  money  to  commemo- 
rate the  visit  of  His  Royal  Highness  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh 
to  Bombay  in  1870,  a  sum  of  Rs.  25,000  was  invested  in  Gov- 
ernment 4  per  cent,  paper,  which  the  Joint  Administrators 
of  the  Bhavnagar  State  offered  to  the  University,  in  July 
1873,  to  found  six  Scholarships,  to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Jas- 
vantsingji Scholarships,"  two  to  be  awarded  every  year  to 
the  Candidates  who  pass  the  Matriculation  Examination 
after  having  studied  for  two  years  continuously  before 
Matriculation  in  the  Bhavnagar  Alfred  High  School. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  11th  November 
1873,  this  offer  was  accepted  by  the  Senate  with  their  best 
thanks. 

The  Scholarships  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  :— 

1.  Two  Scholarships ,  to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Jasvantsingji 
Scholarships,"  one  of  Rupees  fifteen  and  one  of  Rupees 
twelve  per  mensem,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  two 
Candidates  who  shall  have  passed  the  Matriculation  Exa- 
mination with  the  highest  number  of  marks  after  having 
studied  for  two  years  continuously  before  Matriculation  in 
the  Bhavnagar  Alfred  High  School. 

2.  The  Scholarships  shall  be  tenable  for  three  years  at 
any  College  recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

3.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

4.  The  stipend  of  the  Sch  olarship  shall  be  payable  month- 
ly on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  the  College,  who  shall 
certify,  under  his  signature  on  such  bill,  that  the  Scholar  is 
in  regular  attendance  (except  in  case  of  sickness)  at  the 
College,  that  his  conduct  is  good,  and  that  his  progress  in 
University  studies  is  satisfactory. 


178 


ENDOWMENTS. 


5.  In  the  event  of  a  Scholar  failing  to  pass  the  University 
Examinations  in  the  course  in  which  he  is  studying  at  the 
earliest  opportunity  in  each  case,  his  Scholarship  shall  be 
forfeited.  Provided  always  that  it  shall  be  in  the  option  of 
the  Syndicate  to  continue  his  Scholarship  to  such  Scholar 
if  they  think  fit. 

6.  In  the  event  of  there  being  no  Candidates  entitled  to 
receive  the  Scholarships,  or  in  case  of  their  lapsing  during 
the  course  of  the  three  years  for  which  they  are  tenable,  the 
money  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in 
such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering 
the  object  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 


1874 


,( 


1875 

1876  { 

1877  j 
1878 
1879  j 

1880 1 

1881 1 

1882  | 


1884- 
1885- 


Scholar. 


Desai,  Sakarlal  Chhotamlal    

Oza,  Dulerai  Mahipatrai     

Mehta,  Balvantrai  Harjivandas   . . . 

Mehta,  Partabrai  Govindrai 

Oza,  Kallianrai  Mahipatrai 

Mehta,  Samaldas  Chhaganlal 

Mehta,  Vamanram  Kapilram    

Mehta ,  Mahipatram  Govindram   . . . 

Oza,  Manshankar  Parmanand 

Thakar,  Chhaganlal  Lakshmidas  . . . 
Parekh,  Bechardas  Chhaganlal    ..  . 

Gandhi,  Virchand  Raghavji 

Joshi,  Khushaldas  Karsandas 

Mehta,  Motichand  Javer 

Trivedi,  Dulabji  Narsi 

Oza,  Trikamrai  Mahipatrai 

Mehta,  Sakarlal  Mansukhram    

Vakil,  Chunilal  Harilal    

Mehta,  Umiashankar  Gavrishankar. 

Desai,  Champaklal  Manilal , 

Mehta,  Panachand  Jayachand 

Doshi,  Nanachand  Bechar 

Motivala,  Phirozshah  Bhikaji  

Thakar,  Parmanand  Vithaldas 

Bhat,  Anuprai  Ramji 

Thakore,  Amritlal  Vithaldas 


School. 


Bhav 


nagar  High  School. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 

Ditto. 


XXI. 

THE  KAKSAKDAS  MULJI  PEIZE. 

Sorabji  Shapurji  Bengali,  Esq.,  Honorary  Secretary  to  the 
Karsandas  Mulji  Memorial  Fund,  in  a  letter  dated  the  11th 


THE  KARSANDAS  MtJLJI  PRIZE.  179 

November  1873,  to  the  address  of  the  Registrar,  James 
Taylor,  Esq.,  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  3,000 
in  Government  4  per  cent,  paper  for  the  purpose  of  found- 
ing an  annual  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Kausandas  MulJI 
Prize,"  of  Rs.  100,  to  be  awarded  to  the  best  Essay  in  Eng- 
lish on  any  moral  or  social  subject  selected  by  the  Syndi- 
cate, by  any  Graduate  or  Undergraduate  of  the  University. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  20th  December 
1873,  this  endowment  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of 
the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  The  Karsandas  Mulji  Prize,  consisting  of  books  of  the 
value  of  Rupees  one  hundred,  shall  be  awarded  annually  for 
the  best  English  Essay  on  some  moral  or  social  subject  in 
accordance  with  the  subjoined  conditions. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Graduates  or  Undergraduates  of 
the  University  of  Bombay  of  not  more  than  six  years'  stand- 
ing from  the  date  of  their  Matriculation  on  the  day  pre- 
scribed for  the  sending  in  of  the  Essays. 

3.  The  subject  for  the  Essay  shall  be  selected  by  the 
Syndicate,  and  notified  not  less  than  twelve  months  before 
the  day  for  sending  in  the  Essay. 

4.  The  Essays  shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Regis- 
trar on  or  before  the  fourth  Monday  in  July.  Each  Essay 
shall  be  designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's  name, 
and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover  containing  the 
name  of  the  competitor,  his  University  standing,  his  post 
office  address,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay  sent  in  by 
him  is  bond  fide  his  own  composition. 

5.  The  Judges  shall  be  three  in  number,  and  shall  be 
nominated  annually  by  the  Syndicate.  Their  decision  shall 
be  announced  on  the  fourth  Monday  in  September. 

6.  The  Prize  shall  not  be  awarded  to  any  Essay  which, 
in  the  opinion  of  the  Judges,  would  not,  when  printed,  be 
creditable  to  the  University. 

7.  On  the  occasions  when  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the 
money  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in 


180 


ENDOWMENTS. 


such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering 
the  object  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 


1875 
1876 

1877 

1878 

1879 

1880 


1881 

1882 
1883 

1884 


1885 


1887 


Subject, 


The  Connection  of  Social  Morality 
with  National  Prosperity. 

The  Effect  of  Early  Marriages  on  the 
Educational  Progress  of  the  Na- 
tives of  this  Country. 

The  Influence  of  Asceticism  on  the 
Social  Morality  of  the  Hindus. 

The  Use  and  Abuse  of  Religious  and 
Educational  Endowments. 

The  Effects  (Present  and  Future)  of 
English  Education  on  the  Social 
Condition  of  the  Hindus. 

Caste  as  it  prevails  in  the  various 
Provinces  of  India.  The  Influence 
of  such  an  institution,  good  or  evil, 
on  the  progress  of  a  Nation  ;  if  evil, 
in  what  way  may  Indian  Society 
be  freed  from  it. 

The  Effects  (Present  and  Future)  of 
English  Education  on  the  Mental 
and  Moral  Condition  of  the  Hindus 

The  Connection  of  Social  Morality 
with  National  Prosperity. 

The  Influence  of  Caste,  beneficial  or 
injurious,  on  the  progress  of  Indian 
Society. 

The  Influence  of  Commerce  on 
weakening  International  Prejudices 
and  promoting  Culture. 


The  position  oflndian  Women  as  pre 
sented  in  the  Heroic  Poems  con 
trasted  with  their  position  in 
modern  times. 

The  position  of  Women  in  India  as 
compared  with  their  position  in 
Europe  and  America. 

The  Connection  of  Social  Morality 
with  National  Prosperity. 

The  position  of  Indian  Women  as 
presented  in  the  Heroic  Poems  con- 
trasted with  their  position  in  mo 
dern  times.  


Prizeman. 


No  Essay  receiv- 
ed. 
Tripathi,  Govar- 
dhan    Madha- 
varam,  B.A. 
Bhflndarkar,Va- 
sudev  Gopal, 
B.A. 
Mudholkar.Rang 
nath  Narsinh, 
B.A. 
No  Essay  receiv- 
ed. 

NoEssay  receiv- 
ed. 


Vaidya,  Chinta* 

man  Vinayak, 

B.A. 
Prize  not  atodrd- 

ed. 
Prize  not  aivard- 

ed> 

Prize  equally  di- 
vided between 
Mahddev  Pish- 
nu  Gokhale, 
M.A.)  and  Hi- 
raji  Kdvasji 
Kold,  B.A. 

Prize  not  award- 
ed. 


College. 


Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 


Elphinstone. 


y  Elphinstone, 


XXII. 
THE  DOSSABHOY  HORMUSJEE  CAMA  PRIZE. 
'  Kharshedji  Rastamji  Cama,  Esq.,  in  a  letter  dated  the  28th 
November  1874,  to  the  address  of  the  officiating  Registrar, 


THE   DOSSABHOY   HORMUSJEE    CAMA   PRIZE.  181 

the  Kev.  D.  C.  Boyd,  M.A.,  offered  to  the  University,  on 
behalf  of  the  heirs  of  the  late  Dossabhoy  Hormusjee  Cama, 
the  snm  of  Rupees  (5,000)  five  thousand  in  4  per  cent. 
Government  Promissory  Notes  for  the  purpose  of  founding 
an  annual  prize  under  certain  conditions  mentioned  therein. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  19th  December 
1874,  the  endowment  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of 
the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Dossabhoy  Hormusjee 
Cama  Prize,"  consisting  of  books  of  the  value  of  Rupees 
(200)  two  hundred,  shall  be  awarded  annually  for  the  best 
English  Essay  on  a  medical  subject. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Licentiates  of  Medicine  of  the 
University  of  Bombay,  or  Graduates  of  Grant  Medical 
College. 

3.  The  subject  for  the  Essay  shall  be  selected  by  the 
Syndicate,  and  notified  not  less  than  twelve  months  before 
the  day  for  sending  in  the  Essay. 

4.  The  Essays  shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Regis- 
trar on  or  before  the  fourth  Monday  in  July.  Each  Essay 
shall  be  designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's  name, 
and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover  containing  the 
name  of  the  competitor,  his  University  or  College  standing, 
his  post  office  address,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay 
sent  in  by  him  is  bond  fide  his  own  composition. 

5.  The  Judges  shall  be  three  in  number,  and  shall  be 
tominated  annually  by  the  Syndicate.   Their  decision  shall 

announced  on  the  Fourth  Monday  in  September. 

6.  The  Prize  shall  not  be  awarded  to  any  Essay  which, 
l  the  opinion  of  the  Judges,  would  not,  when  printed,  be 

3reditable  to  the  University. 

7.  On  the  occasions  when  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the 
toney  shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in 

juch  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering 
the  object  of  the  endowment. 
b  1306—16  bu 


182 


ENDOWMENTS. 


Year 
1876 

1877 
1878 
1879 
1880 

1881 
1882 


1884 


1885 


1887 


Subject. 


Causes  of  the  more  dangerous  Forms 
of  Malarial  Fevers  in  the  Town  and 
Island  of   Bombay,   with  Sugges- 
tions for  their  Prevention. 
Telluric    and    Climatic     Influences 
on  the  Production  and  Modification 
of  Diseases  as  witnessed  in  Bombay. 
The  Origin  and  Spread  of  Zymotic 
Diseases  in  India,  and  Suggestions 
for  their  Eradication. 
The  Effects  of  "  Famine"  upon  the 
Public  Health  ;  Remarks  to  be  spe- 
cially applicable  to  India. 
On    recently    recognized    Forms    of 
Diseases  in  India :  their  Methods 
of  Introduction,  and  Suggestions  for 
their  Limitation  or  Eradication 
Telluric  and  Climatic  Influences  on 
the  Production  and  Modification  of 
Diseases  as  witnessed  in  Bombay 
On  the  Prevalence  of  Phthisis  in  the 
City  of  Bombay  ,the  extent  to  which 
this  is  preventible,  and  the  mea 
sures  which  should  be  adopted  to 
ensure  that  result. 
Midwifery  practice  in  India  among 
the  Native  Population,  with  sugges 
tions  for  its  improvement. 
On  the  Advantages  and  Risks  attach 
ing  to  a  system  of  Water  Carriage 
for  Sewage  in  this  City  and  the  pro- 
per means  for  obviating  the  latter. 
Is  Quarantine  of  advantage  in  prevent- 
ing the   spread    of    communicable 
diseases?. 

Recent  progress  in  the  Microscopic 
Investigation  of  Disease. 

On  the  Different  Varieties  of  Fevers 
prevalent  in  Bombay  :  with  sug 
gestions  for  their  Treatment,  pro 
phylactic  and  curative. 
The  influence  on  health  and  the  du 
ration  of  life  of  caste  or  religious 
customs  as  regards  food  and  drink 


Prizeman. 


Vrize  not  award- 
ed. 


No  Essay  receiv- 
ed. 


Ditto. 


Mehta,    Kavasji 

Navroji,  G.  G. 

M.  C. 
Mehta,  Kavasji 

Navroji,  G.  G. 

M.  C. 

Prize  not  aioard- 
ed. 


Grant      Medical 
College. 


Ditto 


Ditto. 


No  Essay  receiv- 
ed. 

Aquino,  Thomas 
Hannibal,  L.M 
andS. 

Gomes,         Luis 
Paul,       B.A 
L.M.  and  S. 

Gomes,         Luis 
Paul,        B.A 
L.M.  andS. 


College. 


Ditto. 

Ditto. 
Ditto. 


XXIII. 

THE  HUGHLINGS  PEIZE. 

In  April  1875,  the  Honorary  Secretary  to  the  Hughlings 
Testimonial  Fund  offered  to  the  University,  by  the  direction 
of  the  Committee  of  that  Fund,  the  sum  of  Es.  2,500  in  4 
per  cent.  Government  Promissory  Notes  for  the  purpose  of 
founding  an  annual  prize  in  memory  of  the  late  Professor 
Hughlings. 


THE  JAMES  TAYLOR  PRIZE. 


183 


At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  18th  September 
1875,  the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing [Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Hughlings  Prize,"  consist- 
ing of  books  of  the  value  of  Eupees  one  hundred,  shall 
be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the 
Previous  Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for  profi- 
ciency in  English. 

2.  The  name  of  the  successf  til  Candidate  will  be  publish- 
ed along  with  the  list  of  the  Candidates  who  may  pass  the 
Previous  Examination. 


Year. 

Prizeman. 

College. 

1876  .. 

Shahani,  Daydrdm  Gidumal   ... 

Elphinstone. 

1877  .. 

1878  .. 

Ditto 

1879  .. 

Ditto. 

1880 

Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 

(April.) 

1880 

(Dec.) 

1881  .. 

1882  .. 

Sabnis,  Ramchandra  Ghanasham 

St.  Xavier  s. 
Ditto. 

1883  .. 

Elphinstone. 

1884   .. 

1885  .. 

1886  .. 

Desai,  Ranidat  Vithoba 

Elphinstone. 

XXIV. 


THE  JAMES  TAYLOR  PRIZE. 

In  December  1875  the  Honorary  Secretaries  to  the  Taylor 
Memorial  Fund  offered  to  the  University,  by  direction  of 
bhe  Committee  of  that  Fund,  the  sum  of  Rupees  2,500  in  4 
>er  cent.  Government  Promissory  Notes,  for  the  purpose  of 
founding  an  annual  prize  in  memory  of  the  late  Mr.  James 
Taylor,  for  six  years  Registrar  of  this  University. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  18th  December 
L875,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
~  mate. 


184 


ENDOWMENTS, 


The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations :  — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  James  Taylor  Prize,"  con- 
sisting of  books  of  the  value  of  Rupees  one  hundred,  shall 
be  awarded  annually  in  connection  with  the  B.A.  Examina- 
tion, on  the  following  conditions  : — 

2.  The  Prize  shall  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  Examination  in  the  First  or  Second  Class  with 
the  highest  marks  in  Political  Economy  and  History, 
provided  that  no  Candidate  obtains  the  Prize  who  has  not 
satisfied  the  Examiners  of  his  due  proficiency  in  these  sub- 
jects. 

3.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Prize  may 
be  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list  of  successful 
Candidates. 

4.  Whenever  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the  money  will 
be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner 
as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  of 
the  endowment. 


Year. 


1876.. 

1877.. 
1878.. 
1879.. 
1880 • . 
1881.. 
1882.. 
1883.. 
1884.. 
1885.. 
1886.. 


Prizeman. 


Chandavadkar,  Narayan  Ganesh . 

Shahani,  Day  a  ram  Gidumal 

Modi,  Jijibhai  Edalji 

Dvivedi,  Manilal  Nabhnbhai. 
Pandia,  Chhaganlal  Harilal 
Nariman,  Manikji  Kharshedji . . , 

Gokhale,  Mahadev  Vishnu 

Padshah,  Barjorji  Jamasji 

Mehta,  Darashah  Bejanji 

Banaji,  Framji  Kavasji 

Dalai,  Hirjibhai  Kavasji 


College. 


Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 
St    Xavier's. 
Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 


XXV. 


THE  EHAU  DAJT  PRIZE. 


In  March  1876  the  Honorary  Secretaries  to  the  Bhau 
Daji  Memorial  Fund  offered  to  the  University,  by  direction 
of  the  Committee  of  that  Fund,  the  sum  of  Rupees  5,000  in 
4  per  cent.  Government  Promissory  Notes,  for  the  purpose 


THE    BHAU   DAJI   PRIZE. 


185 


of  founding  an  annual  prize  in  memory  of  the  iate  Dr,  Bhau 
Daji,  G.Gr.MPC.,  Hon,  M.R.A,S.,  one  of  the  Fellows  men- 
tioned in  the  Act  of  Incorporation,  and  for  many  years 
Syndic  in  the  Faculty  of  Arts, 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  31st  March  1876, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations : — 

1,  A  Prize,  to  be  called  **  The  Bhap  Daji  Prize,"  consist- 
ing of  bool^s  of  the  value  of  Rupees  two  hundred,  shall  be 
awarde/}  every  year  to  tjie  Candidate  who  passes  the  B.Af 
Examination  with  the  highest  marks  for  proficiency  in 
Sanscrit ;  provided  that  the  Prize  shall  not  be  awarded, 
except  to  a  Candidate  whom  the  Examiners  consider  deserv- 
ing of  reward  for  his  special  knowledge  and  ability  as  a 
Sanskrit  Scholar. 

2,  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Prize  may 
be  awarded,  shall  be  published,  with  the  list  of  successful 
Candidate  s, 

3,  Whenever  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the  money  will 
be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner 
as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  of 
the  endowment. 


¥EAa. 


Prjzeman. 


Pavgi,  Raoji  Bhavanrao 

Apte,  Vaman  Shivrara     

Natu,  Kashinath  Gangadhar,  B.A. 
Bh&ndarkar,  S'ridhar  Ramkrishna 
Div&tia,  Narsingrao  Bhol£nath     . . 

Deshmukh,  Ganesh  Krishna 

Vaidya,  Lakshuman  Ramchandra 
Kirkire,  Krishnaji  Hari  ..  ........ 

Arte,  Bhaskar  Ramchandra..  .'. .. 
Bhadkamkar.  Hari  Maliadev. . .... 

Bijapurkar,  Vishmjt  Govind 


College, 


Eiphinstone, 
Deccan. 
Ditto. 
Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditfro. 

Ditto.. 
Deccan. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 


s  im—w  *17* 


m 


ENDOWMENTS. 

XXVI. 


THE  YENAYEKRAO  JUGONNATHJI 
SUNKERSETT  PRIZE. 

Nanabhoy  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy,  Esq.,  Honorary  Secre- 
tary to  the  Yenayekrao  Jugonnathji  Sunkersett  Memorial 
Fund,  in  a  letter  dated  1st  April  1876,  to  the  address  of 
the  Yice- Chancellor,  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of 
Rs.  4,500  in  Government  4  per  cent,  paper  for  the  pur- 
pose of  founding  an  annual  prize  of  books,  of  the  value  of 
Rs.  180,  to  be  called  "The  Yenayekrao  Jugonnathji 
Sunkersett  Prize." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  6th  October  1876, 
the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Yenayekrao  Jugonnathji 
Sunkersett  Prize,"  consisting  of  books  of  the  value  of  Ru- 
pees one  hundred  and  eighty,  shall  be  awarded  every  year 
to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Previous  Examination 
with  the  highest  marks  for  proficiency  in  Sanskrit. 

2.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Prize  may 
be  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list  of  successful 
Candidates. 


Year. 


1877  ., 

1878  . , 

1879  .. 

1880  . , 
(April.) 
1880  .. 

(Dec.) 

1981  .. 

1882  . . 

1883  . . 

1884  . . 

1885  . . 
ISSfi  . 


Prizeman. 


Natu,  Trimbak  Gangadhar  

Divatia,  Narsingrao  Bholan&th    

Vaidya,  Chintaman  Vinayak 

Deshmukh,  Ganesh  Krishna 

Banhatti,  Narayan  Daso 

Kirkire,  Krishnaji  Hari 

Bhanu,  Chintaman  Gangadhar    

Paranjapye,  Hari  Krishna     

Joshi,  Bhaskar  Vishnu 

Bhandarkar,  Vithal  Sitaram 

Patankar,  Nilkanth  Panduranar  f 


College. 


Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 
Deccan. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Elphinstone. 
Fereusson. 


THE  MERWANJEE  FRAMJEE  PANDAT  SCHOLARSHIP.      187 


XXVII. 

THE  MERWANJEE  FEAMJEE  PANDAY 
SCHOLARSHIP. 

Nusserwanjee  Maneckjee  Petit,  Esq.,  President  of  the 
Oriental  Spinning  and  Weaving  Company,  Limited,  in  a 
letter  dated  the  14th  August  1876  to  the  address  of  the  Yice- 
Chancellor,  offered  to  the  University,  on  behalf  of  the  Com- 
pany, the  sum  of  Rs.  6,000  in  Government  4  per  cent, 
paper  for  the  purpose  of  founding  an  annual  Scholarship 
of  the  value  of  Rs.  20  a  month,  to  be  called  "  The  Merwanjee 
Framjee  Panday  Scholarship,"  in  memory  of  the  late  Mr. 
Merwanjee  Framjee  Panday,  to  be  awarded  at  the  Examina- 
tion for  the  Degree  of  L.C.E.  to  the  Candidate  who  passes 
with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Mechanical  Engi- 
neering. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  6th  October  1876, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  ; — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Merwanjee  Framjee 
Panday  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  twenty  a 
month,  shall  be  awarded  annually  at  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  L.C.E.  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  in  (f  Mechanical  Engineering". 

2.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Scholarship 
may  be  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list  of  success- 
ful Candidates. 

3.  Whenever  the  Scholarship  is  not  awarded,  the  money 
will  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such 
manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the 
object  of  the  endowment, 


Scholar. 


Bhedvar,  Kaikhosru  Pestanji  .... 

Ribeiro,  C.  Antonio 

Mujumdar,  Maneklal  Narbheram. 

Dudley,  C.  W 

Bharucha,  Manik.ji  Sheriarji 

Surveyor,  Manikji  Ratanji   

Bhandare,  Hari  Bhikaji     

Varneshiyar,  Sit&ram  Sambsiv.... 
Gowda,  Chikamagalur  Halagaiya 

Basavapatna,  Subbarao  

Batel,  Ardesir  Kavasji 


College. 


Poona  Civil  Engineering 
Ditto. 
Djtto. 
Ditto. 
College  of  Science. 
Ditto. 
Ditto 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto, 


188  ENDOWMENTS, 

XXVIII, 

THE  KAHANDAS  MUNCHARAM  SCHOLARSHIP, 

In  August  1876  the  widow  of  the  late  Kahandas  Mun* 
charam,  Esq,,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  Fellow  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Bombay,  and  Executive  Engineer,  Presidency 
Division,  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  6,000  for 
investment  in  Government  4  per  cent,  paper,  in  accordance 
with  the  Will  made  by  him,  for  the  purpose  of  founding  an 
annual  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Rs.  20  a  month,  to  be 
awarded  at  the  Matriculation  Examination  to  the  Gujarathi 
Hindu  Candidate  who  passes  with  the  highest  number  of 
marks,  on  condition  that  he  prosecutes  his  studies,  during 
the  time  that  he  holds  the  Scholarship,  in  an  Engineering 
College  recognized  by  the  University. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  6th  October  1876, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations ; — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  ''The  Kahandas  Muncharam 
Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  twenty  a  month,  shall 
be  awarded  annually  at  the  Matriculation  Examination  to 
fche  Gujarathi  Hindu  Candidate  who  passes  with  the  high? 
est  number  of  marks,  on  condition  that  he  prosecutes  his 
studies,  during  the  time  that  he  holds  the  Scholarship,  in 
an  Engineering  College  recognized  by  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

2.  Candidates  must  forward  their  applications  to  the 
Registrar  {vide  Form  AY.)  with  their  applications  for  per? 
mission  to  attend  the  Matriculation  Examination  of  the 
same  year, 

3.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
Within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

4.  The  stipen4  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half? 
yearly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  the  College,  which 
bill  shall  certify,  under  his  signature,  that  the  Scholar  is  in 
regular  attendance  at  the  College,  that  his  conduct  is  good 

ai)4  fcfrat  his  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory, 


THE  DHIRAJLAL  MATHURADAS  SCHOLARSHIP. 


189 


5.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  his  Col- 
lege, the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship  to  be  for- 
feited. 

6.  In  case  of  the  Student  who  is  elected  declining  to 
proceed  to  College,  the  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  for  the 
ensuing  year  may  be  conferred  on  the  Candidate  who  shall 
have  obtained  the  second  place  in  the  examination. 

7.  In  case  of  the  Scholarship  lapsing  through  forfeiture 
or  otherwise,  during  the  course  of  the  year,  the  money  shall 
be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner 
as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  of 
the  endowment. 


Ykar. 

Scholar. 

School. 

1876  . 

Thfikore,  Jadavrai  Hakumatrai  

Surat  High  School. 

1877    . 

Desai,  Nathabhai  Avichaldas  

Nariad  High  School. 

1878 

Bombay  High  School. 

1879... 

Shroff,  Bhailal  Purshottam    

1880.. 

Kora,Balabhai  Gulabchand    

Ditto. 

1881... 

Mehta,  Gokaldae  Rajpal 

Kathiawar     High      School, 

1882... 

Rajkot. 
Surat  High  School. 
Kathiawar      High     School, 

Rajkot. 
Baroda  High  School. 
Kathiawar       High     School, 

1883... 

1884... 

Patel,  Ravji  Bhailal 

1885... 

1886... 

Hansotia,  Chunilal  Jivanlal  

Rajkot. 
Surat  High  School. 

XXIX. 

THE  DHIRAJLAL  MATHUEADAS  SCHOLARSHIP. 

In  July  1877,  Ati  Lakshumibai,  widow  of  the  late 
Dhirajlal  Mathuradas,  Esq.,  a  Justice  of  the  Peace,  Fellow 
of    the  University  of   Bombay,  and  Government  Pleader, 

»High  Court,  Bombay,  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of 
Rs.  6,000  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes  for 
the  foundation  of  an  annual  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The 
Dhirajlal  Mathuradas  SciioLARsiiip/'and  to  be  awarded  to 
a  Gujarathi  Hindu  who  passes  the  B.A.  Examination  wit^i 


190 


ENDOWMENTS. 


the  highest  number  of  marks,  and  who  prosecutes  his 
studies  in  a  School  of  Law  recognized  by  the  University 
of  Bombay, 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the 
19th  December  1877,  the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Dhirajlal  Mathu- 
badas  Scholarship,  of  the  value  of  Rs.  240  per  annum, 
tenable  for  two  years,  shall  be  awarded  every  alternate  year 
to  the  Gujarathi  Hindu  who  passes  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  B.A.  with  the  highest  number  of  marks,  and 
elects  to  prosecute  his  studies  in  a  School  of  Law  recog- 
nized by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

2.  In  case  of  the  Student  who  is  elected,  declining  to 
proceed  to  a  School  of  Law,  or  failing  to  satisfy  the  Univer- 
sity Registrar,  within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election, 
that  he  has  duly  joined  a  recognized  School  of  Law,  the 
Scholarship  may  be  conferred  on  similar  conditions  on  the 
Gujarathi  Hindu  who  shall  have  obtained  the  second  place 
in  the  examination. 

3.  In  case  of  a  vacancy  occurring  between  the  fixed  dates 
of  election,  the  interest  of  the  endowment  shall  be  applied 
by  the  Syndicate  in  such  way  as  may  appear  to  them  best 
fitted  for  furthering  the  purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1878.. 

Desai,  Maneklal  Sakarl al    

Elphinstone. 

Ditto. 
Elphinstone  College,  formerly 
Free    General     Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay. 
Elphinstone. 
Ditto. 

1880.. 
1882.. 

Divatia,  Narsingrao  Bholanath    

1334 . . 

1886 

XXX. 

THE  SINCLAIR  PRIZE. 

The   President  of  the  "  Sinclair  Memorial  Committee  ': 
offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  1,500  in  Govern- 


THE  SINCLAIR  PRIZE. 


191 


ment  4  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes  for  the  foundation  of 
an  annual  Prize  in  memory  of  the  late  Robert  Sharps 
Sinclair,  M.A.,LL.D.,  the  first  Director  of  Public  Instruction; 
Berar,  and  for  several  yearspreviously  the  Registrar  of  this 
University,  to  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who  at  Matri. 
culation  passes  the  best  examination  in  Sanskrit  or  Persian 
from  a  High  School  in  Berar. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  19th 
December  1877,  the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks 
of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  u  The  Sinclair  Prize,"  of  the 
value  of  Rs.  60,  shall  be  awarded  annually  at  the  Matricu- 
lation Examination  to  the  Candidate  from  a  High  School 
in  Berar  who  passes  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in 
Sanskrit  or  Persian. 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  the  Candidates  who  pass  the  Matri- 
culation Examination. 

3.  Whenever  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the  interest  of 
the  endowment  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such 
way  as  may  appear  to  them  best  fitted  for  furthering  the 
purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 


Prizeman. 


Joshi,  Moro  Vishvanath. 
Chavan,    Bastisinh     Du- 
ll iasinb. 
Abhyankar,         Krishnaji 

Bhaskar. 
Khanzode,  Ambadas  Ravji. 
Deshpande,  Vaman  Santu. 
Paranjapye,  Vasudev  Ka- 

shinath. 
Deshpande,  Govind  Vish- 
vanath. 
Dange,  Shankar  Narayan. 


Rahalkar,    Narayan   Mo- 
reshvar. 


Language. 


Sanskrit 
Ditto 

Ditto  ., 

Ditto  . 
Ditto  . 
Ditto  . 

Ditto  . 


SCHOOIi. 


Amracti  High  School 
Ditto. 

Akola  High  School. 

Amraoti  High  School. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 

Akola  High  School. 

Akola  High  School,  for* 
merly  Poona  New 
English  School. 

Akola  High  School. 


192 


ENDOWMENTS. 

XXXI. 


THE  GIBBS  PEIZE. 

Jehanghier  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Readymoney,  Esq.,  a 
Justice  of  the  Peace,  in  a  letter,  dated  the  17th  November 
1878,  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  2,000  for  the 
foundation  of  a  Gibbs  Prize  as  a  memorial  of  the  Honour- 
able Mr.  Gibbs'  friendship  for  his  father,  the  late  Sir 
Cowasjee  Jehanghier,  to  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest  number 
of  marks  in  Natural  Science, 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the 
21st  December  1878,  the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow^ 
ing  Regulations : — 

1-  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Gibbs  Prize,"  consisting  of 
books  of  the  value  of  Rs.  80,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to 
the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Natural  Science. 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  published 
with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  pass  the  Previous  Exami- 
nation. 


Year. 


Prizeman. 


School, 


1879 

1880 
(April.) 

18b0  .. 
(Dec.) 

1881  .. 

1882  ., 

1883  ., 

1884  ., 

1885  .. 

1886  .. 


Sanjana,  Jehangier  Barjorji    

Vakil,  Ochharam  Nanabhai 

Deshmukh,  Moreshvar  Gopal     . . , 

Padshah,  Barjorji  Jamasji   

Darukhanavaia,  Mervanji  Pestanji 

Bharda,  Bhikaji  Dorabji 

Malvankar,  Narayan  Kashinath . . 

Bastavala,  Sorabji  Dadabhai ' 

Kankodivala,  Chandulal  Dayabhai 


Free    General     Assembly's 

Institution,  Bombay. 
Elphinstone  College. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Free    General    Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 

Ditto. 


THE  NARATAN  VASUDEV  SCHOLARSHIP.  193 

XXXII. 

THE  NARAYAN  VASUDEV  SCHOLARSHIP. 

Nanabhoy  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy,  Esq.,  in  a  letter  dated 
the  2nd  December  1878,  to  the  address  of  the  Honour- 
able James  Gibbs,  C.S.I.,  Yice- Chancellor,  offered  to  the 
University,  on  behalf  of  the  subscribers  to  the  "  Narayan 
Vasudev  Memorial,"  a  sum  of  Rs.  5,000  in  Government 
4  per  cent.  Promissory  Note,  for  the  foundation  of  an  annual 
Scholarship  to  be  called"THE  Narayan  Vasudev  Scholarship,''' 
to  be  awarded  under  such  rules  and  in  such  manner  as  the 
Senate  may  be  pleased  to  decide. 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the 
21st  December  1878,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "The  Narayan  Vasudev 
Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  200  per  annum,  shall  be 
awarded  every  year  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  B.A. 
Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Natural 
Science  and  is  recommended  for  the  Scholarship  by  the 
Examiner,  on  condition  that  he  continues  his  studies 
during  his  tenure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of  the  Colleges 
or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

2.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  Physical  and 
Biological  sciences  in  alternate  years,  provided  that  if  no 
Candidate  qualifies  for  the  Scholarship  in  the  branch  of 
science  to  which  it  has  been  assigned  for  the  year,  the 
Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who  passes 
the  B.  A.  Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks 
in  the  other  branch  of  science  in  the  same  year,  and   is 

ommended  as  provided  in  Regulation  I. 

The   Candidate  elected  must   satisfy  the  Registrar 
hin  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
ed  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  paid  half-yearly 

a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized  College  or 

titution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on  such 

that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College 

Institution,  and  that  his  conduct  is  good. 

b  1306—17  bu 


194 


ENDOWMENTS. 


5.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship 
to  be  forfeited. 

6.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship  during  any  year,  or  a  part  of  a  year,  shall 
be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such,  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  objects  and  purposes  of 
the  endowment. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1879.. 

Elphinstone. 

1880.. 

1881 . . 

Ditto. 

1882  . 

Free     General     Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay. 
Elphinstone. 
Ditto, 

1883.. 

1884.. 

1885.. 
1886 . . 

Devbhankar,  Raghunath  Vaman 

Bh&te,  Vithal  Balkrishna 

Deccan. 
Elphinstone. 

XXXIII. 
THE  COBDEN  CLUB  MEDAL. 


In  March  1879,  the  Cobden  Club  offered  to  award  a  Silver 
Medal  annually  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  B.A. 
Examination  of  this  University  with  the  highest  number  of 
marks  in  Political  Economy. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  22nd  November 
1879,  this  offer  of  the  Cobden  Club  was  accepted  with  the 
best  thanks  of  the  Senate.  This  Medal  will  be  awarded 
in  accordance  with  the  following  Eegulations : — 

1.  A  Silver  Medal,  to  be  called  "The  Cobden  Club 
Medal,"  will  be  awarded  annually  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  B.A.  Examination  with  the  highest  number  of 
marks  in  Political  Economy. 

2.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Medal  is 
awarded  will  be  published  with  the  list  of  successful 
Candidates. 

3f  The  Medal  will  be  presented  at  the  Convocation  for 
conferring  Degrees. 


THE  SIR  GEORGE  LEGRAND  JACOB  SCHOLARSHIP.        195 


YEAR. 

Medallist. 

College. 

1879.. 

St.  Xavier's. 

1880 . . 

Pandia,  Chhaganlal  Harilal 

Elphinstone* 
Ditto. 

1881  . 

1882.. 

Ditto. 

1883.. 

Ditto. 

1884.. 

Ditto. 

1885.. 

Ditto. 

1886.. 

Dallas,  Barjorji  Sorabji 

Ditto. 

XXXIV. 

THE  SIR  GEORGE  LeGRAND  JACOB  SCHOLARSHIP- 

In  June  1879,  Major-General  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob 
offered  to  hand  over  to  the  University  Government  Paper 
realizing  Rs.120  a  year  for  the  foundation  of  a  Scholarship  of 
the  value  of  Rupees  10  a  month  and  tenable  for  one  year, 
to  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Matri- 
culation Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks 
from  among  the  Candidates  from  Savantvadi,  Kutch, 
Kolhapur  or  Kathiawar. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  22nd  November 
1879,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  :-— 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  the  "  Sir  George  LeGrand 
Jacob  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  10  a  month  and 
tenable  for  one  year,  shall  be  awarded  annually  to  the  Can- 
didate who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the 
highest  number  of  marks  from  among  the  Candidates  from 
Savantvadi,  Kutch,  Kolhapur,  or  Kathiawar. 

2.  The  name  of  the  Candidate  to  whom  the  Scholarship 
may  be  awarded  shall  be  published  with  the  list  of  the 
successful  Candidates. 

3.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

4.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable 
monthly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized 
College  or  Institution,  which  bill  shall  certify,  under  the 
signature  of  the  Head,  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attend- 


196 


ENDOWMENTS. 


ance  at  the  College  or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good, 
and  his  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

5.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  of  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship 
to  be  forfeited. 

6.  Whenever  the  Scholarship  is  not  awarded,  the  money 
shall  be  reserved  to  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such 
manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the 
object  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

School. 

1882 . . 

Rajaram  High  School,  Kolha- 
put. 

Ditto. 

1883 . . 

1884 

Ditto. 

1885.. 
1886.. 

Deshpande,  Keshav  Ganesh 

Ditto. 
Ditto. 

xxxy. 

THE  SIR  GEORGE  LeGRAND  JACOB  PRIZE. 

In  June  1879,  Major-General  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob 
offered  to  create  in  favour  of  the  University  a  trust  of 
£1,000  Stock  and  one  £100  ten  per  cent.  Debenture  Bond  in 
the  British  India  Tea  Company,  Limited,  the  proceeds  there- 
of to  be  expended  on  an  annual  Prize  for  an  Essay  on  some 
subject  illustrating  or  relating  to  the  advantages  derived 
by  India  from  the  British  rule. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  22nd  of  November 
1879,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  the  "Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob 
Prize,"  consisting  of  books,  shall  be  awarded  annually  for 
the  best  Essay  on  some  subject  illustrating  or  relating  to 
the  advantages  derived  by  India  from  British  Rule. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Graduates  or  Undergraduates 
of  the  University  of  Bombay  of  not  more  than  seven  years' 
standing  from  the  date  of  their  Matriculation  on  the  day 
prescribed  for  the  sending  in  of  the  Essays-. 


THE  SIR  GEORGE  LEGRAND  JACOB  PRIZE. 


19T 


3.  The  subject  shall  be  selected  or  notified  by  the 
Syndicate  not  less  than  twelve  months  tjefore  the  day  for 
sending  in  the  Essay, 

4.  The  Essays  shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Kegis- 
trar  on  or  before  the  Fourth  Monday  in  July,  Each  Essay 
shall  be  designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's  name, 
and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover  containing  the 
name  of  the  competitor,  his  University  standing,  his  post- 
office  address,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay  sent  in  by 
him  is  bond  fide  his  own  composition. 

5.  The  Judges  shall  be  three  in  number,  and  shall  be 
nominated  annually  by  the  Syndicate,  Their  decision  shall 
be  announced  on  the  Fourth  Monday  in  September. 

6.  On  the  occasions  when  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the 
money  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as 
they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  of  the 
endowment. 


Year. 


1882 


1883 


1884 


1885 
1886 


1887 


Subject. 


Prizeman. 


Travelling  in  India  and  Intercommu- 
nication-between  the  several  Provinces 
before  and  after  the  Introduction  of 
British  Rule. 

The  Revival  and  Development  of  Muni 
cipal  Institutions  in  the  different  Pro 
yinces  of  British  India  through  legisla- 
tion and  the  influence  of  the  Government 
and  the  Loc:il  Authorities. 

The  Revival  and  Development  of  Muni 
cipal  Institutions  in  the  different  Pro- 
vinces of  British  India  through  legisla- 
tion and  the  influence  of  the  Govern- 
ment and  the  Local  Authorities. 

The  Commerce  of  India  as  affected  by 
British  Rule. 

The  Revival  and  Development  of  Muni- 
cipal Institutions  in  the  different  Pro- 
vinces of  British  India  through  Legisla- 
tion and  the  influence  of  the  Govern- 
ment and  the  Local  Authorities. 

What  India  has  gained  from  the  study  of 
English  Literature  and  History. 

How  far  is  India  prepared  for  social 
changes  based  on  the  experience  of  the 
Christian  Nations,  and  especially  of 
England  ?  Have  the  changes  as  yet  intro 
duced  been  advantageous  ?  In  what  way 
can  they  be  made  most  beneficial  in  the 
future  ? 


College . 


Bhadbhade, 
Lakshmari 
Gangadhar. 

go  Essay  re-, 
ceived, 


No  Essay  re, 
ceived. 


No  Essay  re- 
ceived. 

No  Essay  re,. 
aeived, 


'-      .  '  ■' 


Deacan. 


B.  1306-17  bu* 


198  ENDOWMENTS. 

XXXVI. 

THE  JAIRAZBHOY  PEERBHOY  SCHOLARSHIP. 

Jairazbhoy  Peerbhoy,  Usq.,  Justice  of  the  Peace,  in 
a  letter  dated  26th  January  1881,  to  the  address  of  the  Yice- 
Chancellor,  the  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  West,  offered  to  the 
University  a  sum  of  Rupees  5,000,  in  4  per  cent.  Govern- 
ment paper,  for  the  purpose  of  founding  a  Scholarship 
to  be  annually  awarded  to.  the  Muhammadan  Candidate 
who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the  high- 
est number  of  marks,  and  prosecutes  his  studies  in  this 
University,  or  proceeds  to  England  with  the  same  view. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  1st  October  last, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the   Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  oalled  "  The  Jairazbhoy  Peer? 
bhoy  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  200  per  annum,  shall 
be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Muhammadan  Candidate  who 
passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks,  on  condition  that  he  continues  his  studies 
during  his  tenure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of  the  Colleges 
or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay 
or  proceeds  to  Great  Britain  or  Ireland  to  prosecute  his 
studies. 

2.  Candidates  must  forward  their  applications  to  the 
Registrar,  with  their  applications  for  permission  to  attend 
the  Matriculation  Examination  of  the  same  year, 

3.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution  or  has  proceeded 
to  Great  Britain  or  Ireland  for  the  purpose  of  prosecuting 
his  studies. 

4.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  paid  half' 
yearly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized 
College  or  Institution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signa- 
ture on  such  bill,  that  the  Soholar  is  in  regular  attendance 
at  the  College  or  Institution,  and  that  his  conduct  is  good. 

5  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship  tQ 
be  forfeited, 


THE  VARJIVANDAS  MADHAVDAS  SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP.    1  99 

6.  Any  surplus,  which  may  arise  from  tfye  vacancy  of  the 
Scholarship  or  otherwise,  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate 
in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering 
the  object  and  purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Ykar. 


1832 


1834 
1885 


1S36 


Scholar. 


Akhund,  Ghulam    Muhammad    Ghulam 

Ali. 
Haidari,  Muhammad  Akbar  Naseralli     . . 

Pathan ,  Saif  nidin  Lalkh&n 
Motlani,  Gani  Arbi 

Ali,  Adanan  Suleman  


School. 


Narayan  Jagannath  High 

School,  Karachi. 
St.     Mary's     Institution, 

Bombay. 
Amraoti  High  School. 
Kathiawar   High   School, 

Rajkot, 
St.  Xavier's  High  School. 


XX^VII. 

THE  VARJIVANDAS  MADHAVDAS  SANSKRIT 
SCHOLARSHIP. 


Yarjivandas  MadhavdaSjEsq.,  Justice  of  the  Peace  anpl 
Fellow  Qf  tbe  University,  in  a  letter  dated  the  5th  January 
1882,  to  the  address  of  the  Viee-Chancello,r,  the  Honourable 
Mr.  Justice  West,  offered  to  the  University  a  sum  of  Ru- 
pees 5,000,  in  4  per  cent.  Government  paper,  for  the  purpose 
of  founding  a  Scholarship  to  be  annually  awarded  to  the  Can' 
didate  who  passes  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
B.A.  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Sanskrit. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  7th  March  1882, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  j — 

A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  M  The  Varjivandas  Madhav- 

das   Sanskrit  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  180  per 

annum,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candidate  who 

isses  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A.  with 

Le  highest  number  of  marks  in  Sanskrit  and  is  recommend-! 

for  the  Scholarship  by  the  Sanskrit  Examiners,  on  con* 

Lition  that  he  oontinues   his    studies  in  Sanskrit  for  the 

Second  Examination  for   the  Degree   of  B.A.  during  his 

mure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of  the  Colleges  or  Insti? 

Ltions  reoognised  hj  t\\e  University  of  Bombay, 


200 


ENDOWMENTS. 


2.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has  duly 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

3.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  paid  half  .-yearly 
on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized  College  or 
Institution,  who  shall  certify,  under  his  signature  on  such 
bill,  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College 
or  Institution,  and  that  his  conduct  is  good, 

4.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  his  College 
or  Institution,  the  Syndicate  shall  declare  the  Scholarship 
to  be  forfeited. 

5.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of  the 
Scholarship  or  otherwise  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate 
in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  further, 
jng  the  object  and  purposes  of  the  endowment, 


Year. 

SCH  OLAR. 

College. 

1882  .. 

1883  ., 

£884      .. 

J885       . . 
1886       , , 

Rajavade,  Vaijanath  Kashin  ath 

Bhagya£,  Sakharam  Keshav , . 
Arte,  Bhaskar  JEtamchandra  '.. 

Gat,  Ganesh  Vaman 

Tripatltf ,  Tanasukhram  Manasukhram  •  • 

Free  General  Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay. 

Eiphinstone  College. 

Free  General  Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay, 

Deccan  College. 

Eiphinstone  College. 

XXXYIII, 

THE  JAMSHEDJI  DORABJI  NAEGAUMVALA 
PIvIZE. 

Messrs.  Dadabhai  Jamshedji  and  Kavasji  Dadabhai  Nae? 
gaumvala,  M,  A.,  F.  C.  S.,  F.  I.  C.,  in  a  letter  dated  the  25th 
November  1882,  to  the  address  of  the  University  Eegistrar, 
P.  Peterson,  Esq.,  M.A.,  offered  to  the  University,  on  be? 
half  of  themselves  and  family,  a  sum  of  Rs,  3,000  in  4  per 
pent.  Government  Paper  for  the  purpose  of  founding  a 
Prize  in  memory  of  the  late  Jamshedji  Dorabji  Naegaum? 
vala,  Esq.,  of  the  value  of  Rs.  120,  to  be  awarded  every  year 
to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  L.  C.  E.  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  in  "  Engineering  Field  anfl 
Office  Work," 


THE    MELVILL   MEMORIAL    SCHOLARSHIP.  201 

At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  16th 
December  1882,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Begulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Jamshedji  Dorabji  Nae- 
gaumvala  Prize,"  consisting  of  books  of  the  value  of  Ru- 
pees (120)  one  hundred  and  twenty,  shall  be  awarded  every 
year  to  the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  L.C.E.  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Examiners,  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  in  "  Engineering  Field  and 
Office  Work." 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  pass  the  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  L.C.E, 

3.  If  in  any  year  the  Prize  be  not  awarded,  the  amount 
thus  saved  may  be  disposed  of  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Syndicate  in  furtherance  of  the  scientific  study  of  Engineer- 
ing. 


Year. 

Prizeman. 

College. 

1883  . . 

1884  .. 

1885  . . 

1886  . . 

Shah,  Bhailal  Purshottamdaa      .. 

Chitale,  Parshuram  Krishna 
Vakil,  Ardesir  Kavasji 
Karpur,  Shrinivas  Rao  S. 

College     of    Science, 
Poona. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 

XXXIX. 

THE  MELVILL  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP. 

Khan  Bahadur  Pestanji    Jehangier,   CLE.,   Chairman, 
Melvill  Memorial  Fund,  in  a  letter  dated  the  6th  January 

11883  to  the  address  of  the  University  Registrar,  P.Peterson, 
Esq.,  M.A.,  offered  to  the  University  on  behalf  of  a  Com-* 
mittee  formed  in  Baroda,  Rs.  6,000  in  G-overnment  4  per  cent. 
Paper,  for  the  purpose  of  founding  a  Scholarship  of  Rs.  20 
a  month,  and  tenable  for  two  years,  in  memory  of  P.  S. 
Melvill,  Esq.,  C.S.I.,  late  Agent  to  the  Governor  General 
at  Baroda;  to  be  awarded  biennially,  or  whenever  vacant,  to 
a  Candidate  who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  from  any  of  the  Colleges  or 


202  ENDOWMENTS. 

Institutions  in  the  territory  of  His  Highness  the  GaekwaV 
of  Baroda  and  joins  any  of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions 
recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay,  with  a  view  to 
prepare  himself  for  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A. 
or  B.Sc.  of  this  University. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  14th  April  1883, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Kegulations : — 

1.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "The  Melvill  Memorial 
Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rupees  (20)  twenty  per  mensem 
tenable  for  two  years,  shall  be  awarded  biennially,  or  when- 
ever vacant,  at  the  Previous  Examination  of  the  University 
of  Bombay. 

2.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate 
who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  from  any  of  the  Colleges  or  Institutions 
in  the  territory  of  His  Highness  the  Gaekwar  of  Baroda, 
and  joins  any  of  the  recognized  Colleges  or  Institutions 
with  a  view  to  prepare  himself  for  the  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  B.A.  or  B.Sc.  of  this  University, 

3.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy-  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  tnat  he  has  joined 
a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

4.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable 
monthly  on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  such  College  or 
Institution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on  such 
bill  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College 
or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good,  and  that  his  pro- 
gress in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

5.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  stu- 
dies, or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the 
College  or  Institution,  it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the 
Syndicate  to  suspend  the  Scholar  or  to  declare  the  Scholar- 
ship forfeited. 

6.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship  during  any  year  or  part  of  a  year  shall  be 
applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of 
the  endowment. 


THE    SIR   FRANK   SOUTER   SCHOLARSHIPS. 


203 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1883 

Patel  Chaturbhuj  Valabbhai 

Baroda    College,  /or- 

1885     * 

merly    Gujarat  Col- 
lege, Ahmedabad. 
Baroda  College. 

XL. 

THE  SIR  FRANK  SOUTER  SCHOLARSHIPS. 

Aga  Shahabudin  Shah  bin  Aga  Ali  Shah  Agakhan,  Esq., 
and  Khan  Bahadur  Shaik  Hyder  Cassim,  President  and 
Secretary  to  the  Bombay  Muhammadan  National  Associa- 
tion, in  a  letter  dated  the  22nd  January  1883,  fco  the  address 
of  the  University  Registrar,  P.  Peterson,  Esq.,  M.A.,  offered 
on  behalf  of  the  Muhammadan  National  Association  a  sum 
of  Rs.  13,630  for  the  purpose  of  founding  three  Scholar- 
ships to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Frank  Sotjter  Scholar- 
ships," each  of  the  value  of  Rs.  15  a  month,  and  tenable  for 
one  year,  to  be  awarded  every  year  to  three  Muhammadan 
Candidates  who  pass  the  Matriculation,  Previous  and  First 
B.  A.  Examinations  respectively  and  join  any  of  the  Col- 
leges or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  14th  April  1883 
the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarships  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations : — 

L  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Frank  Souter 
Scholarship  for  the  Matriculation  Examination,"  of  the 
value  of  Rupees  (15)  fifteen  per  mensem,  tenable  for  one 
year,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Muhammadan 
Candidate  who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Persian  and  who  may  not 
have  received  any  other  University  Scholarship  of  equal  or 
higher  value,  on  condition  that  he  continues  his  studies 
during  his  tenure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of  the  Colleges 
or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

2.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Frank  Souter 
Scholarship  for  the  Previous  Examination,"  of  the  value 
of  Rupees  (15)  fifteen  per  mensem,   tenable  for  one  year, 


204  ENDOWMENTS. 

shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Muhammadan  Candi- 
date who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks,  on  condition  that  he  continues  his  studies 
during  his  tenure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of  the  Colleges 
or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of  Bombay. 

3.  A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Sir  Frank  Sotjter 
Scholarship  for  the  First  B.  A.  Examination,"  of  the 
value  of  Eupees  (15)  fifteen  per  mensem,  tenable  for  one 
year,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Muhammadan 
Candidate  who  passes  the  First  B.  A.  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks,  on  condition  that  he  continues 
his  studies  during  his  tenure  of  the  Scholarship  at  one  of 
the  Colleges  or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

4.  If  there  should  be  no  successful  Muhammadan  Can- 
didate in  the  Matriculation  Examination  in  Persian  or  in 
the  Previous  Examination  or  First  B.  A.,  then  the  Scholar- 
ships shall  be  awarded  in  regular  succession  to  the  first 
three  successful  Muhammadan  Candidates  in  the  Matricu- 
lation Examination  who  may  not  have  received  any  other 
University  Scholarship  of  equal  or  higher  value,  on  condi- 
tion that  they  continue  to  prosecute  the  studies  at  one  of 
the  Colleges  or  Institutions  recognized  by  the  University 
of  Bombay. 

5.  If  there  should  be  no  successful  Muhammadan  Can- 
didates at  the  Matriculation  Examination,  then  the  Syndi- 
cate shall  apply  the  amount  intended  for  these  Scholarships 
in  such,  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  further- 
ing- the  cause  of  Muhammadan  education. 

6.  The  Candidates  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  they  have 
duly  joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

7.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarships  shall  be  paid  monthly 
on  a  bill  drawn  by  the  Head  of  some  recognized  College 
or  Institution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on 
such  bill  that  the  scholars  are  in  regular  attendance  at  the 
College  or  Institution,  that  their  conduct  is  good,  and  that 
their  progress  in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

8.  Should  the  Scholars  discontinue  their  University 
studies  or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of 
their  College  or  Institution  it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of 


THE  CHARLES  MOREHEAD  PRIZE. 


205 


the    Syndicate  to  suspend  the  Scholar  or  to  declare  the 
Scholarship  to  be  forfeited. 

9.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarships  or  otherwise,  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syn- 
dicate in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think  best  fitted  for 
furthering  the  objects  and  purposes  of  the  endowment. 


Year. 


1883. 


1884.. -{ 


1885..' 


Examination. 


Matriculation . . 
Previous 
First  B.  A. 

Matriculation 

Previous 

First  B.A. 


Matriculation . 
Previous 
First  B.A. 

Matriculation . 
Previous 


First  B.A. 


Scholars. 


Macdi,  Syed  Taher      . . 

Akhund,  Ghulam  Muhammad 

Ghulam  AM. 
Maulvi,      Surajudin      Abdul 

Fatta. 

Kazi  Inamdar  Mir  Sarfaraz 
Ali  Khan  Bahadur  Mir 
Abdul  Ali. 

Hydari,  Muhammad  Akbar 
Nazaralli. 

No  candidate.  The  Syndicate 
awarded  this  Scholarship  to 
Aidrvs  Sayad  Abubakar,  a 
Matriculated  Student. 


Tyabji,  Alii  Najmudin 

Pathan,    Saifuddinkhan   Lai 

khan. 
Hydari,     Muhammad    Akbar 

Nazaralli. 

Thariani,  Kasam  Sumar 

El-Edroos,  Syed  Abubakar 
Syed  Hussein. 

No  candidate.  The  Syndicate 
awarded  this  Scholarship  to 
Ndthdni,  Najardli  Sheriff. 


College. 


St.   Mary'     Institu- 
tion, Bombay 
Elphinstone  College. 

Ditto. 


Free  General  Assem- 
bly's Institution, 
Bombay. 

St.  Xavier's  College. 


Surat  High  School. 


St.    Mary's  Institu- 
tion, Bombay. 
Deccan  College. 

St.  Xavier's  College. 


Elphinstone      High 

School. 
Elphinstone  College. 


St.     Xavier's    High 
School. 


XLI. 
THE  CHARLES  MOREHEAD  PRIZE 


Dr.  Henry  Vandyke  Carter  on  behalf  of  the  Morehead 
Memorial  Committee  offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of 
Rs.  5,000  in  Government  4  per  cent,  paper  for  the  foundation 

B  1306—18  BU+- 


206  ENDOWMENTS. 

of  a  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The  Charles  MoreheadPrize,"  of 
the  value  of  Rs.  200,  to  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candi- 
date who  passes  the  L.M.  and  S.  Examination  with  the 
highest  number  of  marks  in  Clinical  Medicine. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  17th  September 
1883  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "The  Charles  Morehead 
Prize,"  consisting  of  Rs.  (200)  two  hundred  in  money  or 
of  books  of  the  like  value,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to 
the  Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  for  the  Degree 
of  L.M.  &  S.  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Examiners,  with  the 
highest  number  of  marks  in  "  Clinical  Medicine." 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  published 
with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  pass  the  Examination  for 
the  Degree  of  L.M.  &  S. 

3.  If  in  any  year  the  Prize  be  not  awarded,  the  amount 
thus  saved  may  be  disposed  of  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Syndicate  in  furtherance  of  the  study  of  Clinical  Medicine. 


Year. 

Prizeman. 

College. 

1S84    . . 

1885  .. 

1886  .. 

Kher.  Govind  Balaji           

Mistri,  Mancherji  Jamasji 

Masina,  Hormasji  Manikj  i 

Grant  Medical  College. 
Ditto. 
Ditto. 

XLII. 
THE  BALKRISHNA  SUDAMJI  PRIZE. 

In  March  1884  Kaveribai,  widow  of  the  late  Assistant 
Surgeon  Balkrishna  Sudamji,  offered  to  the  University  the 
sum  of  Rs.  5,000  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Promissory 
Notes  for  the  foundation  of  an  annual  Prize,  to  be  called  "  The 
Balkrishna  Sudamji  Prize,"  and  to  be  awarded  under  such 
regulations  as  the  Syndicate  might  consider  desirable. 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  13th 
August  1884,  the  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks 
of  the  Senate. 


MAJMUDAR  MANISHANKAR  KIKANI  SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP.207 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations  : — 

1.  A  Prize,  to  be  called  "The  Balkrishna  Sudamji 
Prize,"  consisting  of  Rs.  (200)  two  hundred  in  money  or  of 
books  of  the  like  value,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the 
Candidate  who  passes  the  Examination  for  the  Degree  of 
L.  M.  &  S.  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Examiners  with  the 
highest  number  of  marks  in  "  Midwifery." 

2.  The  name  of  the  successful  Candidate  will  be  pub- 
lished with  the  list  of  Candidates  who  pass  the  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  L-M.  and  S. 

3.  If  in  any  year  the  Prize  be  not  awarded,  the  amount 
thus  saved  may  be  disposed  of  at  the  discretion  of  the 
Syndicate  in  furtherance  of  the  study  of  Midwifery. 


Year. 

Prizeman. 

College. 

1885  .. 

1886  .. 

Kothavala,  Dorabshah  Edalji      .. 
Kallianvala,  Navroji  Kavasji 

Grant  Medical  College. 
Ditto. 

XLHT. 

THE  BHAGVAT  SINGHJI  COLLECTION  OP 
SANSKRIT  MANUSCRIPTS. 

In  May  1885,  His  Highness  the  Thakore  Saheb  of  Gondal, 
in  a  letter  to  the  University,  offered  a  sum  of  Rs.  6,000 
for  the  formation  of  a  University  Collection  of  Sanskrit 
Manuscripts. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  20th  August  1885, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 


XLIV. 

THE  MAJMUDA'R  MANISHANKAR  KIKANI 
SANSKRIT  SCHOLARSHIP. 

In  June  1885,  Mr.  0.  Macnaghten,  M.A.,  Principal, 
Rajkumar  College,  Rajkot,  in  a  letter  to  the  University, 
offered  a   sum  of  Rs.  3,000   in  4  per  cent.  Government 


208  ENDOWMENTS. 

Promissory  Notes  which  the  friends  of  the  late  Majmudar 
Manishankar  Kikani  of  Kathiawar  raised  in  testimony  of 
their  respect  for  his  Sanskrit  learning  and  their  admiration 
of  his  character,  for  the  foundation  of  a  Memorial  Scho- 
larship in  the  University  of  Bombay  with  a  view  to  the 
encouragement  of  the  study  of  Sanskrit,  especially  among 
students  of  Kathiawar. 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  12th 
December  1885,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks 
of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Eegulations  : — 

A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Majmudar  Manishan- 
kar Kikani  Sanskrit  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  (10) 
ten  per  mensem,  tenable  for  two  years,  shall  be  awarded 
biennially,  or  whenever  vacant,  according  to  the  results  of 
the  Previous  Examination  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 

2.  The  Scholarship  shall  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate 
who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  in  Sanskrit  and  who  has  previously 
studied  for  not  less  than  two  years  in  a  High  School  or 
Schools  in  Kathiawar  before  his  passing  the  Matriculation 
Examination. 

3.  Candidates  must  forward  their  applications  to  the 
Registrar  {vide  Form  AZ)  with  their  applications  for  per- 
mission to  attend  the  Previous  Examination  of  the  same 
year. 

4  Should  there  be  no  student  from  a  High  School  in 
Kathiawar  entitled  to  receive  the  Scholarship  during  the 
year  in  which  the  Scholarship  is  to  be  awarded,  the  Syndi- 
cate shall  award  it  to  the  Native  of  Gujarat  who  passes 
the  Previous  Examination  of  the  year  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  in  Sanskrit. 

5.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has 
joined  a  recognized  College  or  Institution. 

6.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half- 
yearly  on  a  bill  to  be  drawn  by  the  'Head  of  such  College 


THE  BHAVNAGAR  PERCIVAL  SCHOLARSHIP.  209 

or  Institution,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on  suoh 
bill  that  the  Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College 
or  Institution,  that  his  conduct  is  good,  and  that  his  pro- 
gress in  University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

7.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the  College 
or  Institution,  it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate 
to  suspend  the  Scholar,  or  to  declare  the  Scholarship  for- 
feited. 

8.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship  during  any  year  or  part  of  a  year  shall  be 
applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of 
the  Endowment. 

9.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the 
Scholarship  may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the 
income  of  the  Fund,  provided  that  the  object  of  the  Fund, 
namely  the  encouragement  of  Sanskrit  learning,  is  kept  in 
view  and  the  name  of  Majmudar  Manishankar  Kikani  is 
permanently  associated  with  the  Scholarship  on  whatever 
terms  it  may  be  awarded. 


XLV. 

THE  BHAVNAGAR  PERCIVAL  SCHOLARSHIP. 

In  July  1885,  Mr.  Haridas  Yeharidas  Desai,  of  Nadiad, 
offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  3,600  in  Govern- 
ment 4  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes  for  the  foundation  of  a 
Scholarship  to  be  called  "TheBhavnagarPercivalScholar- 
ship,"  to  be  awarded  every  year  to  the  Candidate  who, 
having  matriculated  from  any  school  at  Nadi&d  or  Bhavnagar, 
passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest  number 
of  marks  from  the  Gujarat  or  Samaldas  College  and  prose- 
cutes his  further  studies  for  the  higher  examinations  at 
a  recognized  College. 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  12th 
December  1885,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations ; — 

b  1306—18  bu* 


210  ENDOWMENTS. 

A  Scholarship,  to  be  called  "  The  Bhavnagar  Perctval 
Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  (12)  twelve  per  mensem, 
shall  be  awarded  each  year  to  the  Candidate  who,  having 
matriculated  from  any  School  at  Nadiad  or  Bhavnagar, 
passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the  highest  number 
of  marks  from  the  Gujarat  or  Samaldas  College,  and  prose- 
cutes his  studies  at  a  reoognized  College. 

2.  The  Candidate  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  kdate  of  election,  that  he  has 
joined  a  recognized  College. 

3.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half- 
yearly  on  a  bill  to  be  drawn  by  the  Head  of  such  College, 
who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on  such  bill  that  the 
Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College,  that  his  con- 
duct is  good,  and  that  his  progress  in  University  studies  is 
satisfactory. 

4.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the  College, 
it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate  to  stop  pay- 
ment of  the  stipend,  or  to  declare  the  Scholarship  forfeited. 

5.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarship  during  any  year  or  part  of  a  year  shall  be 
applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall  think 
best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of  the 
Endowment. 

6.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the 
Scholarship  may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the 
income  of  the  Fund,  provided  the  object  for  which  the 
Scholarship  has  been  founded  is  kept  in  view. 


Year. 

Scholar. 

College. 

1887. 
Jan. 

Krishnalal  Mohanlal  Javeri 

Samaldas  College,  Bhavnagar. 

XLVI. 
THE  BHAU  SAHEB  DESA'I  SCHOLARSHIPS. 
In  July  1885  Mr.  Haridas  Veharidas  Desai,  of  Nadiad, 
offered  to  the  University  the  sum  of  Rs.  7,200  in  Govern- 


THE  BHAU  SAHEB  PESA'I  SCHOLARSHIPS.  211 

ment  4  per  cent.  Government  Promissory  Notes  for  the 
foundation  of  two  Scholarships  of  equal  value,  to  be  called 
"The  Bhau  Saheb  Desa'i  Scholarships,"  to  be  awarded  each 
year  to  the  two  Candidates  who  pass  the  Matriculation 
Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  from  the 
Nadiad  High  School,  or  from  any  other  school  at  Nadiad, 
on  condition  that  they  prosecute  their  studies  at  a  recognized 
College. 

At  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  12th 
December  1885,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best 
thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations  :— 

Two  Scholarships, to  be  called  "The  Bha'tj  Sa'heb  Desa'i 
Scholarships,"  each  of  the  value  of  Rs.  (12)  twelve  per 
mensem,  shall  be  awarded  each  year  to  the  two  Candidates 
who  pass  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  from  the  Nadiad  High  School,  or  from  any 
other  school  at  Nadiad,  and  prosecute  their  studies  at  a 
recognized  College. 

2.  Should  there  be  no  Candidates  from  any  school  at 
Nadiad  entitled  to  receive  the  Scholarship  or  Scholarships 
during  the  year  in  which  they  are  to  be  awarded,  the 
Syndicate  shall  reserve  the  interest  for  the  award  of 
extra  Bhau  Saheb  Desai  Scholarships  to  Candidates  from 
any  school  at  Nadiad  who  obtain  the  highest  number  of 
marks  at  the  Matriculation  Examination,  and  who  prosecute 
their  studies  in  a  recognized  College. 

3.  The  Candidates  elected  must  satisfy  the  Registrar, 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  they  have 
joined  a  recognized  College, 

4.  The  stipend  of   the  Scholarships  shall  be  payable 
ialf -yearly  on  a  bill  to  be  drawn  by  the  Head  of  the  re- 
cognized College,  who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on 

uch  bill  that  the  Scholars  are  in  regular  attendance  at  the 
Allege,  that  their  conduct  is  good,  and  that  their  progress 
University  studies  is  satisfactory. 

5.  Should  a  Scholar  discontinue  his  University  studies, 
ir  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the  College, 
it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate  to  stop  pay- 
ment of  the  stipend,  or  to  declare  the  Scholarship  forfeited. 


212  ENDOWMENTS. 

6.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of 
the  Scholarships  during  any  year,  or  part  of  a  year,  shall 
be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of 
the  Endowment. 

7.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the 
Scholarships  may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the 
income  of  the  Fund,  provided  the  object  for  which  the 
Scholarships  have  been  founded  is  kept  in  view. 


XLVII. 

THE  ASHBURNER  PRIZE. 

The  Ashburner  Memorial  Committee  offered  to  the  Univer- 
sity a  sum  of  Rs.  3,000  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Promissory 
Notes  for  the  foundation  of  a  Prize  of  the  value  of  Rs,  120, 
to  be  called  "  TheAshburnerPrize,"  in  honour  of  theHonour- 
able  L.  R.  Ashburner,  late  Senior  Member  of  the  Executive 
Council  of  the  Government  of  Bombay,  to  be  awarded  annual- 
ly for  the  best  Essay  on  some  subject  connected  with  Indian 
Arts,  Manufacture,  or  Agriculture. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  14th  April  1887, 
this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Regulations : — 

APrize  to  be  called  "  The  Ashburner  Prize,"  consisting  of 
Rs.  (120)  one-hundred  and  twenty,  or  of  books  of  the  like 
value,  shall  be  awarded  annually  for  the  best  Essay  on  some 
subject  connected  with  Indian  Arts,  Manufacture,  or  Agricul- 
ture. 

2.  Competitors  shall  be  Graduates  of  the  University  of 
Bombay  of  not  more  than  seven  years'  standing  from  the 
date  of  their  graduation  on  the  day  prescribed  for  the  send- 
ing in  of  the  Essays. 

3.  The  subject  shall  be  selected  or  notified  by  the  Syndi- 
cate not  less  than  twelve  months  before  the  day  for  sending 
in  the  Essay, 


THE  KUTCHI  DIVA'N  BAHA'DUR  MANIBHA'I  PRIZE.       213 


4.  The  Essays  shall  be  sent  in  to  the  University  Regis- 
trar on  or  before  the  Fourth  Monday  in  July.  Each  Essay 
shall  be  designated  by  a  motto  instead  of  the  writer's  name, 
and  shall  be  accompanied  by  a  sealed  cover  containing  the 
name  of  the  competitor,  his  University  standing,  his  post 
office  address,  and  a  declaration  that  the  Essay  sent  in  by 
him  is  bond  fide  his  own  composition. 

5.  The  Judges  shall  be  three  in  number,  and  shall  be 
nominated  annually  by  the  Syndicate.  Their  decision  shall 
be  announced  on  the  Fourth  Monday  in  September. 

6.  The  Prize  shall  not  be  awarded  unless  the  Judges 
pronounce  an  Essay  worthy  of  it. 

7.  On  the  occasions  when  the  Prize  is  not  awarded,  the 
money  shall  be  applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as 
they  shall  think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  of  the 
Endowment. 

8.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the 
Prize  may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the  income 
of  the  Fund,  provided  the  object  for  which  the  Prize  has 
been  founded  is  kept  in  view. 


Year, 


Subject. 


To  what  classes  of  Manufac- 
tures in  Bombay  can  Scientific 
oi*  Methodical  teaching  be  ap- 
plied most  advantageously,  and 
what  would  be  the  most  prac- 
tically effective  mode  of  In- 
struction ? 


Prizeman. 


College. 


XLVIII. 


THE  KUTCHI  DIVA'N  BAHA'DUR  MANIBHA'I 
PRIZE. 


a  sum  of  Rs.  2,500  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Promissory 
Notes  for  the  foundation  of  a  Prize  of  the  value  of  Rs.  100, 
to  be  called  "  The  Kutchi  DivanBahadurManibhaiPrize," 
and  to  be  awarded  every  year  to  a  Kutchi  Candidate  who 


214  ENDOWMENTS, 

passes  the  Matriculation   Examination   with   the  highest 
number  of  marks. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  1 7th  September 
1886,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Prize  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the  follow- 
ing Eegulations : — 

A  Prize  to  be  called  "The  Kutchi  Divan Baha'dur  Mani- 
bhAi  Prize,"  consisting  of  Rs.(lOO)  one  hundred,  or  of  books 
of  the  like  value,  shall  be  awarded  annually  to  the  Kutchi 
Candidate  who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with 
the  highest  number  of  marks. 

2.  If  in  any  year  the  Prize  shall  not  be  awarded,  the 
amount  thus  saved  may  be  disposed  of,  at  the  discretion  of 
the  Syndicate,  in  furtherance  of  the  object  and  purposes  of 
the  Endowment. 

3.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the  Prize 
may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the  income  of 
the  Fund,  provided  the  object  for  which  the  Prize  has  been 
founded  is  kept  in  view. 


XLIX. 
THE  JAMES  GREAVES  SCHOLARSHIP. 

The  Greaves  Memorial  Committee  offered  to  the  Univer- 
sity the  sum  of  Rs.  4,500  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Pro- 
missory Notes  for  the  foundation  of  a  Scholarship,  to  be 
called  "  The  James  Greaves  Scholarship,"  of  the  value  of 
Bs.  15  per  mensem  to  be  awarded  to  the  Candidate  who 
passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  from  the  Broach  High  School  or  from 
any  other  school  at  Broach,  on  condition  that  he  prosecutes 
his  studies  at  a  recognized  College. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate  held  on  the  8th  February 
1887,  this  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the 
Senate. 

The  Scholarship  will  be  awarded  in  accordance  with  the 
following  Regulations : — 


THE   JAMES    GREAVES    SCHOLARSHIP. 


21i 


A  Scholarship  to  be  called  "The  James  GreavesScholak- 
ship,"  of  the  value  of  Rs.  (15)  fifteen  per  mensem,  shall  be 
awarded  each  year  to  a  Candidate  who  passes  the  Matricu- 
lation Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks  from 
the  Broach  High  School,  or  from  any  other  school  at  Broach, 
on  condition  that  he  prosecutes  his  studies  at  a  recognized 
College. 

2.  The  Candidate  elected  must  safety  the  Registrar 
within  six  weeks  from  the  date  of  election,  that  he  has 
joined  a  recognized  College. 

3.  The  stipend  of  the  Scholarship  shall  be  payable  half- 
yearly  on  a  bill  to  be  drawn  by  the  Head  of  the  College, 
who  shall  certify  under  his  signature  on  such  bill  that  the 
Scholar  is  in  regular  attendance  at  the  College,  that  his 
conduct  is  good,  and  that  his  progress  in  University  studies 
is  satisfactory. 

4.  Should  the  Scholar  discontinue  his  University 
studies,  or  be  unfavourably  reported  on  by  the  Head  of  the 
College,  it  shall  be  in  the  discretion  of  the  Syndicate  to 
stop  payment  of  the  stipend,  or  to  declare  the  Scholarship 
forfeited. 

5.  Any  surplus  which  may  arise  from  the  vacancy  of  the 
Scholarship  during  any  year  or  part  of  a  year  shall  be 
applied  by  the  Syndicate  in  such  manner  as  they  shall 
think  best  fitted  for  furthering  the  object  and  purposes  of 
the  Endowment. 

6.  The  Senate  shall  have  the  power,  whenever  it  may 
think  fit,  to  modify  or  alter  the  terms  upon  which  the 
Scholarship  may  be  awarded,  or  otherwise  to  deal  with  the 
income  of  the  Fund,  provided  the  object  for  which  the 
Scholarship  has  been  founded  is  kept  in  view. 


Year. 


Scholar. 


Nandshankar 
Dave. 


Parvatishankar 


School. 


Broach  High  School. 


IX 


Wmtfartxttvt& 


THE  SIR  COWASJEE  JEHANGHIER  HALL 
THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  BOMBAY. 


OF 


Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Readymoney,  Esquire,  Justice  of  the 
Peace  and  Fellow  of  the  University,  in  a  letter  to  the  Vice- 
Chancellor,  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  dated  the  27th 
April  1863,  offered  the  sum  of  Rs.  1,00,000  for  the  erection 
of  University  Buildings,  under  the  following  conditions  : — 
That  Government  contribute  the  remainder  of  the  sum 
necessary  for  the  buildings,  and  grant  a  site  on  the  Espla- 
nade, and  that  no  subscription  from  any  other  private  per- 
son be  received  for  this  object. 

This  offer  was  accepted  by  Government  and  referred  to  the 
University,  and  at  a  Convocation  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the 
18th  July  1863,  the  following  Resolution  was  passed : — 

"  That  the  Senate  accept  the  noble  gift  of  Cowasjee  Jehan- 
ghier, Esquire,  with  the  liberal  augmentation  offered  by  Go- 
vernment and  with  the  recognition  of  the  liabilities  imposed 


SIR  C  JEHANGHIER  HALL  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  BOMBAY.     217 

on  this  University  by  its  holding  the  University  buildings, 
when  completed,  according  to  the  Act  of  Incorporation  ; 
but  on  the  understanding  that  Mr.  Cowasjee  concurs  in  the 
interpretation  which  Government  puts  upon  his  conditions 
in  the  third  and  fourth  paragraphs  of  its  letter,  No.  260, 
dated  29th  May  1863,  to  the  address  of  Sir  Alexander  Grant, 
Bart.,  Vice-Chancellor." 

Note. — The  interpretation  of  Government,  referred  to,  was 
as  follows : — 

u  His  Excellency  in  Council  understands  the  third  condi- 
tion specified  in  Mr.  Cowasjee  Jehanghier's  letter  as  imply- 
ing that  a  building  for  the  University  is  to  be  completed  at 
the  joint  expense  of  that  gentleman  and  of  Government 
without  accepting  contributions  from  any  other  source,  so 
that  it  may  form  in  itself  a  separate  and  permanent  monu- 
ment of  Mr.  Cowasjee  Jehanghier's  desire  to  provide  the 
University  with  a  local  habitation. 

"  As,  however,  the  duties  and  wants  of  the  University 
increase,  His  Excellency  the  Governor  in  Council  hopes  that 
the  example  so  worthily  set  by  Mr.  Cowasjee  Jehanghier 
will  be  followed  by  other  University  benefactors,  and  Gov- 
ernment feel  assured  that  that  gentleman  would  be  the  last 
to  exclude  those  who  may  wish  to  follow  his  noble  example 
from  adding  to  or  adorning  the  edifice  which  he  has  been 
the  first  to  raise." 

This  interpretation  was  formally  accepted  by  Mr.  Cowas- 
jee Jehanghier  in  a  letter  to  Government  dated  the  8th 
August  1873. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  4th  March  1875, 
the  following  Resolution  was  unanimously  passed  : — 

That,  in  recognition  of  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Ready- 
money's  noble  gift  of  Rs.  1,00,000  for  the  erection  of  Uni- 
versity Buildings,  the  Hall,  now  handed  over  by  Govern- 
ment to  the  University,  be  named  "The  Sir  Cowasjee 
Jehanghier  Hall  of  the  University  of  Bombay." 


b  1306—19  bu 


218  BENEFACTIONS. 

II. 

UNIVERSITY  ARMS  AND  COMMON  SEAL. 

Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Readymoney,  Esquire,  Justice  of 
the  Peace  and  Fellow  of  the  University,  in  a  letter  to 
G.  C.  M.  Birdwood,  Esq.,  M.D.,  Fellow  of  the  University, 
dated  24th  September  1863,  forwarded  a  donation  of  Rupees 
1,200  to  meet  the  expense  of  a  Grant  of  Arms  to  the  Uni- 
versity, and  the  engraving  of  a  University  seal.  This 
donation  was  accepted  at  a  meeting  of  the  Senate  held 
on  the  same  day,  with  a  vote  of  thanks  to  the  donor  for 
his  timely  and  liberal  benefaction. 


III. 


UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY. 

PremchundRoychund,  Esquire,  in  a  letter  to  Government 
dated  the  27th  August  1864,  made  the  following  request : — 

"  I  have  the  honour  to  request  that  Government  will  have 
the  goodness  to  communicate  to  the  University  of  Bombay 
my  desire  to  offer  most  respectfully  to  that  learned  body  the 
sum  of  Rupees  (2,00,000)  two  lacs  towards  the  erection  of  a 
University  Library,  which  may  be  an  ornament  to  this  city, 
and,  by  becoming  a  storehouse  of  the  learned  works,  not 
only  of  the  past  but  of  many  generations  to  come,  may  be  a 
means  of  promoting  the  high  ends  of  the  University. 


THE   EAJABAI  TOWER.  219 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  10th  September 
1864,  it  was  resolved  "  that  the  Senate  cordially  and  unani- 
mously accept,  with  their  best  thanks,  Mr.  Premchund 
Roychund's  noble  gift." 


IV. 
THE  RA'JA'BA'I  TOWER. 

Premchund  Roychund,  Esquire,  in  a  letter  to  Govern- 
ment, dated  6th  October  1864,  made  the  following  request: — 

"  I  have  the  honour  to  request  that  Government  will  do 
me  the  favour  to  offer  to  the  University  of  Bombay,  in  the 
name  of  my  good  mother,  Ra/jabai,  (2,00,000)  two  lacs  of 
Rupees  for  the  erection  of  a  Tower  to  contain  a  large  clock 
and  a  set  of  joy-bells. 

"  If  there  be  no  architectural  objections,  I  should  like  the 
Tower  to  be  in  connection  with  the  University  Library." 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  10th  December 
1864,  it  was  unanimously  resolved  "that  the  Senate  do 
accept  the  noble  gift  of  Mr.  Premchund  Roychund  of  two 
lacs  of  Rupees  for  the  erection  of  a  Tower  to  contain  a  large 
clock  and  a  set  of  joy-bells  ;  and  that  the  grateful  thanks 
of  the  Senate  be  conveyed  to  Mr.  Premchund  Roychund." 

It  was  further  unanimously  resolved  "  that  the  Tower 
be  named  '  The  Ra'ja'ba'i  Tower  '  in  commemoration  of 
Mr.  Premchund  Roychund's  mother." 


220 


UNIVERSITY  MACE. 

Munguldass  Nathoobhoy,  Esquire,  Justice  of  the  Peace 
and  Fellow  of  the  University,  in  a  letter  to  the  Registrar, 
Dr.  R.  S.  Sinclair,  dated  the  18th  November  1864,  offered 
Rs.  1,200  for  the  purpose  of  providing  the  University  with 
a  Mace. 

At  a  meeting  of  the  Senate,  held  on  the  10th  December 
1864,  it  was  unanimously  resolved  "  that  Mr.  Munguldass 
Nathoobhoy 's  handsome  offer  of  Rs.  1,200  for  a  Mace  for 
the  University  be  accepted  with  thanks." 

VI. 
GIBBS  TESTIMONIAL. 

In  the  Address  presented  in  Convocation  on  the  28th 
January  1879  to  the  Honourable  James  Gibbs  on  his  ap- 
proaching retirement  from  the  office  of  Vice- Chancellor, 
the  Senate  intimated  their  intention  of  marking  their  appre- 
ciation of  Mr.  Gibbs'  valuable  and  unbought  labours  on 
behalf  of  the  University  during  his  nine  years'  tenure  of 
office  by  some  substantial  memorial.  In  view  of  Mr.  Gibbs' 
"long,  useful,  and  honourable  course  in  the  Public  Service, 
and  in  the  Government  of  this  Presidency,"  it  was  thought 
that  this  memorial  "  might  well  and  appropriately  take  the 
form  of  a  section  of  the  University  Library  comprising  a 
collection  of  the  principal  works  in  all  languages  on  political 
science  in  its  several  departments." 

The  subscription  to  this  memorial,  which  was  not  con- 
fined to  members  of  the  University,  amounted  to  Rs- 15,808, 
Of  this  sum  Rs.  2,316  were  expended  on  the  bust  of  Mr. 
Gibbs  which  now  stands  in  the  University  Library:  and 
the  balance  has  been  spent  on  a  collection  of  the  kind 
indicated  and  entitled,  "  The  Gibbs  Testimonial/' 


%  Ifflfcreitg,  1887-88. 

SENATE. 
Chancellor. 
His  Excellency  the  Eight    Honourable  Donald    James 
Mackay,  Lord  Reay,  ll.d.,  g.c.i.e. 

Vice -Chancellor. 


Faculty. 


1.  The  Honourable  Raymond  West 

C.S,  M.A„  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S. 

Deans. 

2.  William  Wordsworth,  B.A.,   C.I.E. 
— In  Arts. 

3.  The  Honourable  C.  P.  Farran,  B.A. 

— In  Law. 

4.  H.  V.  Carter,  M.D.— In  Medicine, 

5.  T.  Cooke,  M. A.,  M.I.,  LL.D.,  F.B.G.S., 

Mem.  Inst.  C.E.I.— -In  Engineering 

Syndics, 

(5.  William  Wordsworth,  B.A., 
C.I.E. 

7.  The  Honourable  H.  M.  Bird- 
wood,  C.S.,  M.A,,  LL.M.        I     In 

8.  Charles  Chambers,  F.R.S,      <*  Arts, 

9.  The  Honourable  Kashinath 
TrimbakTelang,M.  A.,  LL.B., 
CXE. 

10.  The  Honourable  Rao  Saheb'l 
Vishvanath  Narayan  Mand-  |    In 
lik,  C.S,L,  M.R.A.S.  \Lax 

11.  The        Honourable        John  I 

Jardine,  C.S.  J 


M 


E 


*  A  stands  for  Arts,  L  for  Laws,  M  for  Medicine,  and  E  for 
Civil  Engineering, 

p  1306—19* 


%2i 


UNIVERSITY. 


Faculty. 


12 
13 


15. 


In 

Medicine. 
In 


W.  Gray,  M.B. 
Cowasjee        Hormusjee, 
G.G,M,C. 
T.  Cooke,    M.A.,    M.I.fj 
LL.D(,  F.R.G.S.,  Mem.  | 

Inst.  C.E.I y  Engineer 

Colonel  G.  L.  C.  Mere-  |       ing, 
wether,  R.E.     ...         ...J 


Fellows. 

Ex-officio. 


16 


Lieutenant-General  His  Royal  High- 
ness Arthur  William  Patrick  Albert, 
Duke  of  Connaught  and  Strathearn 
K.G.,  KT,  K.P.,  G.C.S.L,G.C,M.G., 
C.B.,  A.D.C.,  Commander-in-Chief," 
The      Honourable       Sir      Charles 

Sargent,    Knight,    M.A.,    Chief 

Justice,  1867- 

18.  The  Right  Reverend  Louis  George 
Mylne,M.  A„D.D.,  Bishop  of  Bombay 

19.  The  Honourable  Sir  Maxwell  |   ie 

Melvill,     K.C.I.E,    C.S.I. 
1863v 
The  Honourable  J.  B.  Richey 
C.S.,  B.A.,  C.S.I. 


17 


SO 


* 


of 


K.   M.  Chatfield,  M.A.,  Director 
Public  Instruction,  1866. 
21.  T.  B.  Kirkham,    Educational      In- 
spector, Central  Division,  1866. 

William   Wordsworth,  B.A.,  CLE 
Principal,  Elphinstone  College.* 


A 


M 
M 


JSot  pzejted, 


8ENATE, 


223 


Faculty. 

22.  R.    G.  Oxenham,   M.A.,  Principal, 

Deccan  College,  1864. 

A 

... 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D.,  Principal,  Grant 

Medical  College. 

A 

... 

M 

«,*' 

Theodore  Cooke,  M.A.,  M.I.,  LL.D„ 

F,G.S„  Mem,  Inst.  C.E.I,,  Princi- 

pal College  of  Science.* 

A 

L 

t . . 

E 

1862, 

28.  The          Honourable         Lyttelton 

Holyoake  Bay  ley, 

A 

L 

»•• 

«♦♦ 

24-  William  James  Moore,  M.D.,  L,R. 

C.P.,  Edin.,  C.I.E, 

... 

... 

M 

... 

The  Honourable  Rao  S&heb  Vishya- 

nath     Narayan  Mandlik,    C.SJ., 

M.R.A.S. 

A 

L 

... 

E 

1863, 

The  Honourable  Sir  Maxwell  Mel- 

vill,  K.C.I.E.,  C.S.J. 

A 

L 

.?. 

... 

£5.  The  Honourable  James  Braithwaite 

Peile,  C.S.,  M.A„  C..S.I, 

A 

L 

... 

.... 

The    Honourable    Raymond  West, 

C.S.,  M.A.,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S, 

A 

L 

,,, 

... 

The     Honourable      James      Beliot 

Richey,  C.S,  B.A.,  C.S.I, 

A 

»•• 

... 

... 

The     Honourable     Herbert     Mills 

Birdwood,  C.S.,  M.A.,  LL.M, 

A 

L 

... 

E 

Henry  Vandyke  Carter,  M,  Dj 

A 

.... 

M 

•  t  * 

£6.  Sir        Munguldas         Nathoobhoy, 

Knight,  C.S.I, 

A 

E 

27.  Manockjee  Cursetjee. 

... 

h 

... 

... 

31864. 

28.  The  Honourable  Dadabhoy  ISfowro- 

jee. 

A 

... 

*Not  gazetted, 


224 


UNIYEflSlTT. 


Faculty. 


29.  The  Reverend  Dhanjibhoy  Nauroji. 

30.  George  Morison  Macpherson,  CS., 

M.A. 
Robert  George  Oxenham,  M.A. 

31.  Khan  Bahadur  Padamjee  Pestonjee, 

32.  Sorabjee  Pestonjee  Framjee. 

33.  The     Reverend   Richard    Stothert, 

M.A. 

34.  Sardar  Yenayakrao  Vasudevji, 


1865. 

35.  Dhunjeebhoy  Framjee  Patel. 
3$.  The  Honourable  Sir  Theodore  Cra- 
craft  Hope,   K.CS.L,  CLE. 

37.  Karsandas  Madhavdas. 

38.  Muncherjee  Byramjee  Cola,  M.D. 

39.  Rao    Saheb    Mahipatram    Rupram, 

CLE. 

40.  Rao     Bahadur    Mahadev      Govind 

Ranade,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  CLE, 

41.  Premchund  Roychund, 


1866  (April). 

Kyrle  Mitford  Chatfield,  M.A, 

42.  William  Dymock,  B.A, 

43.  Dosabhoy  Framjee,  C.S.I. 

44.  William  Albert  East,  C.S.,  B.A, 

45.  Abraham  Nickson  Hojel,  L.K.  and 

Q.C.P.I. 

46.  Khan    Bahadur    Dastur    Hoshang 

Jamasp. 
4,7.  Colonel  George  Adolphus  Jacob. 
T,  B,  Kirkham, 


A 

... 

A 

A 

•  t  • 

A 

•  ,. 

A 
A 

L 

A 

A 

L 

A 

r  •  • 

A 

L 

E 


M 


M 


M 


SENATE. 


225 


48.  The  Reverend  Charles  Kirk,  M.A. 

49.  Kharshedji  Rustomji  Cama. 

50.  Dastur  Peshutan  Byramji. 

51.  Ramkrishua     Gopal     Bhandarkar, 

M.A.,  Ph.D.,  Hon.  M.R.A.S. 

52.  Vithal  Narayan  Pathak,  M.A. 

53.  Rao   Bahadur  Vasudev  Pandurang. 

54.  The  Reverend  Charles  Gilder. 


1867. 

The      Hononrable      Sir      Charles 
Sargent,  Knight,  M.A. 

55.  Arthur  Travers  Crawford,  C.M.G. 

56.  Isadore  Bernadotte  Lyon,  M.R.C.S., 

F.C.S.,  F.I.C. 

57.  The  Honourable  Pherozshah  Mer- 

vanji  Mehta,  M.A. 

58.  John  George  Moore,  C.S. 

59.  Shankar  Pandurang  Pandit,  M.A. 

60.  Satyendra  Nath  Tagore,  C.S. 

61.  Bal  Mangesh  Wagle,  M.A.,  LL.B 

62.  Framjee  Nasserwanjee  Patel. 


1868  (January). 

63.  Major  W.  M.  Ducat.  R.E. 

64.  C.  E.  Fox,  M.A. 
W.  Gray,  M.B. 

65.  Khanderao    Chimanrao    Bedarkar, 

B.A.,  LL.B. 

66.  The  Honourable  J.  Macpherson,B.A. 

67.  Ramchandra     Rao    Appa     Saheb, 

Chief  of  Jamkhandi. 

68.  Shantaram  Narayan. 

69.  The   Reverend   J.  A.  Willy,  SJ\, 

D.D. 


Faculty. 


A 
A 
A 
A 
A 


M 


M 


226 


UNIVERSITY. 


1858  (December). 

70.  Atmaram  Pandurang,  G.G.M.C. 

71.  Bhikaji  Amrit  Chobhe,  G.G.M.C. 

72.  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy,  O.S.I. 

73.  James'    Burgess,    C.I.E.,     LL.D. 

M.R.A.S.,  F.R.G.S. 

74.  J.  Harry  Rivett-Carnac,  Ben.  C.S. 

C.S.I. 

75.  Rao  Bahadur  Daji  Nilkant  Nagar 

kar. 

76.  The  Reverend  S.B.  Fairbank,  M.A., 

D.D. 

77.  Govind  Vithal  Kurkaray,  B.A. 

78.  H.  P.  Jacob.. 

79.  Mahadev  Moreshvar  Kunte,  B.A 

80.  John  Pinkerton,  M.D. 

81.  G.  B.  Reid,  C.S.,  B.A. 

82.  James  Scorgie,  F.O.S.,   Mem,  Soc. 

Eng. 

83.  The  Reverend  D.  A.  F.  de  Rozario 

de  Souza. 

1869. 

84.  The  Reverend  Thomas  Carss,  M.A. 

1870. 

85.  Atmaram    Sadashiv    G.   Jayakai 

L.M.,  M.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P. 

86.  Colin  Browniner.  M.A. 

87.  The  Reverend  J.  G.  Cooper. 

The  Honourable  C.  F.  Farran,  B.A. 

88.  T.  P.  H.  Macartney  Filgate. 

89.  Gopal  Raoji  Tilak,  L.C.E. 

90.  Harichand  Sadashivji,   Assoc.    M. 

Inst.  C.E. 

91.  E.   Tyrrell   Leith,   K.CJ.,    LL.M., 

F.R.G.S.,  M.R.A.S.,  M.AJ. 


Faculty* 


A 


A 


M 
M 


M 


M 


E 

E 
E 

E 


SENATE. 


227 


92.  Nagindas  TulsidasMarphatia,  B.A 

LL.B. 

93.  Rao  Bahadur  Nana  Moroji. 

94.  Raghunath  Narayan  Khote,  CLE. 

95.  Rahimtulah    Muhammad    Sayani 

M.A.,  LL.B. 

96.  Sorabji  Shapurji  Bengali,  CLE. 

97.  Major-General  J.  H.  White,  R.E. 


1871. 


98. 


100. 


G.  M.  Stewart. 

G.    Atkinson,   B.A.,     Serjeant-at- 

Law. 
Samuel  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C,  F.G.S.: 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.  CE. 

101.  Edaljee  Nasserwanjee,  G.G.M.C. 

102.  J.  Flynn. 

103.  J.  H.  E.  Hart,  Mem.  Inst.,  C.E. 

104.  T.  G.  Hewlett,  CLE. 

105.  Chester  Macnaghten,  M.A. 
Colonel  G.  L.  C.  Merewether,  R.E . . . 

106.  John  Nugent,  C.S. 

107.  Sidney  Smith,  M.D. 

108.  MoreshyarAtmaramTarkhad,F.G.S 


1872. 

109.  K.  T.  Best,  M.A. 
Charles  Chambers,  F.R.S. 

110.  Rao  Bahadur  Ganpatrao  Bhaskar 
The  Honourable  John  Jardine,  C.S. 
Nanabhoy  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy. 
Jamshedjee  Pallonjee  Kapadia. 

13.  W.  Lee-Warner,    C.S.,  M.A. 
Vaman  Abaji  Modak,  B.A. 
Ardesir  Framji  Moos. 


Faculty. 


E 


228 


UNIVERSITY. 


116.  Sir      Henry      Morland,      Knight 

F.R.G.S.,   F.R.A.S.,  Assoc.  Inst. 
O.E. 

117.  The  Honourable  Nanabhai  Haridas, 

LL.B. 

118.  Nacoda  Mahomed  Ally  Rogay. 

119.  Shantaram  Vithal  Sanzgire,  L.M. 

120.  Khan  Bahadur  Jamsetji  Dhanjibhai 

Wadia. 

1873. 

121.  Balaji  Pandurang  Bhalerao. 

122.  The  Honourable  F.L.  Latham,  M.A 

123.  E.  Rehatsek,  M.C.E. 

124.  The  Reverend  Narayan  Sheshadri 
D.D. 

125.  FramjiRastamji  Vikaji,  B.A.,LL.B 

126.  Kaikhosru  Rastamji  Vikaji,  M.D., 

L.M. 

127.  Javerilal  Umiashankar  Yajnik. 

1874. 

128.  J.  Anderson,  K.L.S. 

129.  Andrew  Paul  deAndrade,  G.G.M.C 

130.  J.  K.  Bythell. 

131.  James   Macnabb    Campbell,    C.S., 

CLE. 

132.  J.  Gerson    Da    Cunha,     M.R.O.S., 

L.R.C.P. 

133.  J.  Temperley  Gray,  L.R.C.P.  Lond., 

A.K.C. 

134.  W.  E.  Hart,  B.A. 

135.  J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. 

136.  H.  E.  M.  James,  C.S. 

137.  Rao     Bahadur      Vasudev     Bapuji 

Kanitkar. 


Faculty. 


A 
A 


M 


E 


M 


M 


M 
M 


SENATE. 


229 


138.  Rao  Bahadur  MakundRamchandra. 

139.  The  Honourable  J.  Q.  Pigot,B.A.... 

140.  Captain  W.  F.  Prideaux. 

141.  P.  Ryan. 

142.  Khan  Bahadur  Kazi   Shahabudin 

CLE. 

143.  Rao  Bahadur  Janardan  Vasudevji. 

144.  Major  J.  W.  Watson. 

145.  Sir  F.  H.  Souter,  Knight,  CS.L, 

CLE. 


1875. 


CM. 


146.  James  Arnott,  M.D 

147.  Badrudin  Tyabji. 

148.  Kashinath   Ramchandra   Godbole 

B.A.,  L..C.E.    • 

149.  Gopal  Shivram  Vaidya,  L.M. 

150.  Sir   Jamsetjee    Jeejeebhoy,  Bart., 

C.S.I. 
Khan  Bahadur  Mancherji  Kavasji 

Murzban,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 
Nanabhai  Rastamji  Ranina. 
Shamrao  Vithal. 
J.  L.  Kipling. 


151. 

152. 
153. 
154. 


1876. 

155.  Rao  Bahadur  Bechardas  Ambaidas, 

CS.L 

156.  Raja  Sir  T.  Madhavrao,  K.C.S.I. 

157.  Khan   Bahadur  Bamanji   Sorabji 

L.C.E.,  Ph.D.  (Wurzburg),  F.C.S. 
Assoc.  Mem.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G., 
(Berlin  and  Wurzburg.) 

B  1306—20  bu 


Faculty. 

E 

... 

L 

... 

•*• 

A 

»•• 

••• 

... 

... 

L 

... 

... 

A 

... 

L 

... 

A 

... 

••• 

... 

A 

... 

... 

... 

M 

E 

A 

L 

... 

... 

... 

E 

... 

M 

A 

... 

... 

... 

... 

E 

A 

... 

... 

... 

L 

... 

... 

A 

... 

... 

A 

A 

,, , 

E 

230 


UNIVERSITY. 


158.  The  Reverend  Charles  Cooke,  S.J., 

B.A. 

159.  James  Jardine,  M.A. 

160.  G.  A.  Maconachie,  M.D.,  CM. 

161.  Mirza  Hairat. 

162.  Narayan  Ballal  Limaye. 

163.  L.  P.  de  Rozario,  L.M. 

164.  Rastamji  Nasarvanji  Khori  L.M., 

M.D.,  M.R.C.P.   Lond.,  F.R.C.S. 
Lond.,  F.R.O.S. 

1877. 

165.  Anna  Moreshvar  Kunte,  B.A.,  M.D. 
1«66.  Dastur    Jamaspji    Minocherji    Ja- 

maspasana,  M.A.,  Ph.D. 

167.  S.  Newcome  Fox,  B.A. 

168.  Edward  Giles,  M.A. 

169.  The  Reverend  J.  M.  Hamilton,  S.J. 

170.  H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E. 

171.  Jamsetji  Ardesir  Dalai,  M.A.,LL.Bt 

172.  Jehangier  Barjorji  Vacha. 

173.  Hormasji  Jehangier  Bhabha,  M.A. 
The  Honourable  KashinathTrimbak 

Telang,  M.A.,  LL.B.,  CLE. 

174.  Kamrudin  Tyabji. 

175.  J.  C  Lisboa,  G.G.M.C. 

176.  The  Reverend  D.  Mackichan,  M.A., 

D.D. 

177.  Manasukharam  Suryaram  Tripathi. 

178.  Captain  E.  L.  Marryat,  JI.E. 

179.  Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc. 

180.  Variivandas  Madhavdas. 

181.  G.  C.  Whitworth,  CS. 
Ij82.  A.  Wingate,  C.S.,  CLE. 
183,  Colonel  C  Wodehouse, 


Faculty. 


E 


M 

M 
M 

M 


M 


M 


SENATE, 


231 


1878. 

Cowasjee  Hormusjee,  G.G.M.C. 

184.  Philip  Clement  De  Souza,  L.M. 

185.  Rao  Bahadur  Gopalrao  Hari  Desh 

mukh. 

186.  Jamshedji  Navroji  Unvala,  M.A. 

187.  The   Reverend  C.  F.  H.  Johnston 

M.A. 

188.  The  Right  Reverend  N.  Pagani, 

S.J.,  D.D. 

189.  Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A., 

LL.B. 

190.  GeorgeWaters,L.R.C.S,,L.R.C.P.E. 


1879. 

191.  Ambalal    Sakarlal    Desai,    M.A. 

LL.B. 

192.  E.  B.  Carroll,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 

193.  Cowasji  Pestonji,  G.G.M.C. 

194.  Joseph  Ezekiel. 

195.  The  Reverend  F.  X.  Fibus,  S.J. 

S.T.P. 

196.  Jehanghier  Cowasjee    Jehanghier 

Readymoney. 

197.  F.  G.  Selby,  B.A. 

198.  The  Reverend  H.  C.  Squires,  M.A. 

199.  Wilson  Bell,  C.E. 

200.  F.  Chambers. 

201.  Rienzi  G.  Walton,  M.  Inst.  C.E 

F.R.G.S. 

202.  Grattan  Geary. 

1880. 

203.  J.  Griffiths. 

204.  Rao    Bahadur    Jayasatyabodhrao 

Tirmalrao  Inamdar. 


Faculty. 


M 

A 

... 

M 

... 

L 

A 

... 

... 

... 

A 

... 

... 

E 

A 

.*. 

... 

A 

L 
L 

M 

•• 

A 

... 

I 

.. . 

M 

... 

A 

... 

... 

.. 

A 

... 

... 

•• 

... 

... 

I 

A 

... 

... 

,, 

A 

».  • 

... 

A 

... 

... 

'l 

A 

... 

... 

E 

A 

... 

... 

E 

A 

.< . 

... 

E 

A 

... 

... 

„ 

232 


UNIVERSITY. 


205.  D.  MacDonald,  M.D.,  B.Sc,  CM. 

206.  F.W.  Stevens,  f.u.i.b.a.,  a.m.i.c.e. 
207^  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

208.  Rao  Bahadur  Vishram  Ramji  Ghole. 

1881. 

209.  Arthur  Barrett,  B.A. 

210.  Cowasjee  Nowrojee,  G.G.M.C. 

211.  Dinanath    Atmaram    Dalvi,   M.A., 

LL.B. 

212.  Thomas  Duncan,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

213.  Fardunji  Mancherji  Dastur,  M.A. 

214.  T.  Hart-Davies,CS. 

215.  J.  D.  Inverarity,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

216.  O.  Joynt,  M.D.,  F.K.Q.CP. 

217.  Kavasii    Dadabhai    Naegaumvala, 

M.A.,  F.R.A.S.,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C 

218.  H.  0.  Kirkpatrick,  M.A. 

219.  Michael  Macmillan,  B.A. 

220.  Mancherji  Navroji  Banaji. 

221.  J.  W.  Orr,  M.A. 

222.  Pestonji  Mancherji,  G.G.M.C 

223.  W.  F.  Sinclair,  C.S. 

224.  Matthew  H.  Starling,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

225.  Vithal     Yishnu     Gokhale,    M.A., 

M.D. 

226.  E.  H,  R.  Langley,  B.A. 


1882. 

227.  Pandit  Bhagvanlal  Indraji,  Ph.D. 

228.  H.Ourwen. 

229.  The  Reverend  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J 

230.  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A. 

231.  Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E,  Assoc. 

Inst.  CE. 


Faculty. 


A 
A 

... 

M 

A 

... 

M 

A 

M 

A 

L 

A 

L 

A 

A 

L 

... 

A 

L 

M 

A 

A 

L 

A 

... 

A 

... 

A 

L 

... 

... 

... 

M 

A 

... 

... 

A 

L 

... 

... 

M 

A 

... 

M 

A 

A 

••• 

... 

A 

... 

... 

A 

... 

... 

... 

... 

... 

E 


E 

E 


SENATE. 


232. 
233. 


Kaikhosru  Navroji  Kabraji, 
Mancherji    Mervanii    Bhownagri, 
CLE. 

234.  Shivshanker  Govindram. 

235.  J.  M.  Sleater,  Mem.  Inst.  C.  E. 

236.  Rao    Bahadur   Tirmalrao   Venka- 

tesh  Inamdar, 

237.  Vasudev  Krishnarao   Dhairyavan, 

B.A.,  LL.B. 

1883. 

238.  J.  Adams. 

239.  T.  Blaney. 

240.  R.  M.  Branson. 

241.  Dosabhai       Nasarvanji       Wadia, 

M.A. 

242.  E.  McG,  H.  Fulton,  C.S. 

243.  Surgeon    K    R.     Kirtikar,    M.R 

C.S.  (Eng.),  L.R.C.P.  (Lond.) 

244.  H,  Littledale,  B.A. 

245.  G.  E.  Ormiston,  M.I.C.E. 

246.  Rastamji    Mervanji    Patel,    M.A., 

LL.B. 

247.  The  Honourable  John  Scott. 

248.  N.  Spencer. 

249.  Temulji  Bhikaji  Nariman,  L.M. 

250.  The     Venerable     Archdeacon    S 

Stead,  M.A. 


1884. 


B.A., 


251.  Mahadev    Chimnaji   Apte 

LL.B. 

252.  The     Honourable    Rao    Bahadur 

Mahadev  Vasudev  Barve,  CLE. 

253.  Pritamdas  Parsumal  Chandanani 

L.C.E. 

B  1306—20  bu* 


Faculty. 


E 


M 


M 


E 


E 


M 


E 


234 


UNIVERSITY. 


254.  Jagannath  Sadashivji  Hate,  Assoc 
,..       Inst.  C.E. 

255.  Dhaniisha        Navroji        Parakh, 

L.R.C.P.,  M.R.C.S. 

256.  Rao    Saheb    Sitaram    Vishvanath 

Patvardhan,  B.A. 

257.  Kavasji  Jamshedji  Sanjana,  M.A. 
25.8.  Willoughby  Woodward,  M.A. 

1885. 

259.  Pandurang  Balibhadra. 

260.  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

261.  Rao    Bahadur     Gopalji     Surbhai 

Desai. 

262.  Rao  Bahadur  Narayan  Bhai  Dan 

dekar. 

263.  Abdulla  Meerali  Dharamsey,  B.A., 

LL.B. 

264.  Ardesir  Pestonji  Kama,  L.  M.  &  S, 

265.  Rao  Saheb  Abaji  Vishnu  Kathavate, 

B.A. 

266.  Khan    Bahadur    Barzorji    Edalji 

Modi,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

267.  Ghanasham     Nilkant     Nadkarni, 

B.A,  LL.B. 

268.  Edward    Charles     Ozanne,    C.S. 

M.R.A.C. 

269.  Signor  0.  S.  Pedraza. 

270.  Sir    Bhagvat     Singhji     Sagramji, 

K.C.I.E.,  LL.D.,  Thakur  Saheb 
of  Gondal. 

271.  The  Rev.  R.  A.  Squires,  M.A. 

272.  Sitaram  Vishnu  Sukthankar,  L.C.E. 


1886. 

273.  J.  A.  Da  Gama,  L.M. 

274.  Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukb, 

B.Sc„B.A. 


M.D.. 


A 


A 


Faculty. 


A 


M 


M 


E 


M 
M 


E 


8XNATE. 


235 


Faculty. 

275.  Pundlik  Ganesh  Dhumatkar,  L.C.E. 

E 

276.  Khan  Bahadur  Dosabhai  Pestonji. 

G.G.M.C. 

... 

... 

M 

... 

277.  R.  H.  Gunion,  B.A 

A 

... 

... 

... 

278.  Khan  Bahadur  Ghulam   Mahomed 

Munshi. 

A 

. . . 

... 

... 

279.  Mahomed  Hussein  Hakim,  Barris- 

ter-at-Law. 

... 

L 

... 

••• 

280.  Harkisondas  Narottamdas 

A 

... 

... 

... 

281.  Khan    Bahadur    Navroji    Dorabji 

Khandalavala,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

A 

L 

... 

... 

282.  The  Reverend  J.  Mayr,  S.  J. 

A 

... 

... 

283.  Uttamram  Narbheram  Mehtaji     ... 

A 

... 

... 

... 

284  J.  Monteath,  M.A.,  C.8 

A 

L 

... 

... 

285.  Kavasji  Bejanji  Sethna,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

A 

L 

... 

... 

286.  Sirdar  Balvantrao  Shastri 

A 

... 

... 

... 

1887. 

287.  Vaman  Shivram  Apte,  M.A. 

A 

... 

288.  H.  Batty,  M.A 

A 

L 

... 

. . . 

289.  Mirza  Abbas  AH  Beg,  B.A. 

A 

... 

... 

... 

290.  Bhalchandra  Krishna    Bhatvade- 

kar,  L.M. 

... 

... 

M 

... 

291.  The  Reverend  A.  G.  Cane,  M.A.  ... 

A 

... 

... 

... 

292.  Narayan    Ganesh    Chandavadkar, 

B.A.,  LL.B. 

A 

L 

... 

... 

293.  Professor  James  Darmesteter 

A 

... 

294.  J.  F.  Gonsalves,  L.M.        ...        ... 

... 

... 

M 

... 

295.  Behramji  M.  Malabari        

A 

... 

... 

... 

296.  Colonel  W.  Merriman,  R.E. 

... 

... 

E 

297.  Jivanji  Jamshedji  Modi,  B.A. 

A 

... 

... 

... 

298.  Gokaldas  Kahandas  Parakh,  B.A., 

LL.B. 

A 

L 

... 

. .. 

299,  Dastur  Darab  Peshutan  Sanjana, 

B.A. 

A 

... 

... 

... 

300.  The  Reverend  R.  Scott,  M.A. 

A 

. . . 

... 

... 

301.  R.  A.  Sterndale        ...         

A 

... 

... 

E 

302.  FardunjiKavasjiTarapurvala,  B.A., 

L.C.E. 

A 

... 

... 

E 

236  UNIVERSITY. 

SYNDICATE. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  West,  C.S.,  M.A.,  LL.D., 
F.R.G.S.,  Vice-Chancellor,  President 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A.,  CLE 1 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Birdwood,  ! 

C.S.,  M  A.,LL.M } Syndics  in  Arts. 

Charles  Chambers,  F.R.S f    " 

The    Honourable    Kashinatb  Trimbak  | 

Telang,M.A.,LL.B.,C.LE J 

The  Honourable  Rao  Saheb  VishvanatlA 

Narayan  Mandlik,  C.S.L,  MR.A.S.   \ Syndics  in  Law. 
The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardme,  i    u 

C.S.  J 

W.Gray,  M.B \  Syndics  in  Medi- 

Cowasjee  Hormusjee,  G.G.M.C.  ...  /     cine. 

T,CookeMA    MJ,LL.D.,F.R.G.S.,^     ^   fc    CM 

Mem.  Inst.  C.E.I >     Enaineerina 

Colonel  G.  L.  C.  Merewether,  R.E.     ...  J      Engineering. 

Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc,  Registrar         ...     Secretary. 


BOARD  OF  ACCOUNTS. 

Sir  Munguldass  Nathoobhoy,  Knight,  C.S.I. 

Sir  Henry  Morland,  Knight,  F.R.G.S.,    F.R.A.S.,   Assoc. 

Inst.  C.E. 
Nanabhoy  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy. 
Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc,  Registrar,  Secretary. 


REGISTRAR. 
Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc. 


ASSISTANT  REGISTRAR  AND  LIBRARIAN. 
Rao  Saheb  Ganpatrao  Moroba  Pitale\ 


SUCCESSION  LISTS.  237 

Succession  Lists. 

CHANCELLORS. 

1857.  John  Lord  Elphinstone,  G.C.B.,  G.C.H. 

1860.  Sir  George  Russel  Clerk,  G.C.S.L,  K.C.B. 

1862.  Sir  Henry  Bartle  Edward  Frere,  Bart.,  G.C.S.I.,  G.C.B., 

D.C.L. 
1867.  The  Eight  Honourable  Sir  William  Robert  Seymour 

Vesey  FitzGerald,  M.A.,  D.C.L.,  G.C.S.L 
1872.  Sir  Philip  Edmond  Wodehouse,  G.C.S.I.,K.C.B.,C.I.E. 
1877.  Sir  Richard  Temple,  Bart.,  G.C.S.I.,  CLE. 
1880.  The  Right  Honourable  Sir  James  Fergusson,  Bart., 

K.C.M.G.,  G.C.S.L,  CLE. 
1885.  The  Right  Honourable  Donald  James  Mackay,  Lord 

Reay,  LL.D.,  G.C.I.E. 


VICE-CHANCELLORS. 

1857.  Sir  William  Yardley,  Knight,  Chief  Justice. 

1858.  Sir  Henry  Davison,  Knight,  Chief  Justice. 

1860.  Sir  Joseph  Arnould,  Knight,  M.A.,  Puisne  Judge. 

1863.  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  M.A. 

1865.  The  Honourable    Alexander  Kinloch   Forbes,  C.S., 

Judge  of  the  High  Court. 
1865.  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  M.A.,  LL.D. 
1868.  The  Reverend  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R.S. 
1870.  The  Honourable  James  Gibbs,  C.S.,  Judge  of  the  High 

Court. 
1874.  The  Honourable  James  Gibbs,  C.S.,  C.S.I.,  F.R.G.S., 

Member  of  Council. 

1879.  The     Honourable     Raymond    West,     C.S.,     M.A., 

F.R.G.S.,  Judge  of  the  High  Court. 
„    Surgeon-General      William     Guyer  Hunter,    M.D., 
FRCP 

1880.  The  Honourable  Raymond  West,  C.S.,  M,A.,LL.D„ 

F.R.G.S.,  Judge  of  the  High  Court. 

1885.  The  Honourable  James  Braithwaite  Peile,  C.S.,  M.A., 

C.S.I. 

1886.  The  Honourable  Raymond  West,  CS,  RLA.,LL.D., 

F.R.G.S..  Judge  of  the  High  Court. 


238 


UNIVERSITY, 


DEANS. 

I. — Deans  in  Arts. 

1859.  Aug.,  John  Harkness,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

1862.  July,  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  M.A. 

1863.  Feb.,  The  Kev.  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.E.S. 

1868.  Oct.,  Herbert  Mills  Birdwood,  C.S.,  M.A. 

1869.  Jan.,  Kyrle  Mitford  Chatfield,  B.A. 
1873.  Jan.,  The  Rev.  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R.S. 

1876.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  Raymond  West,    C.S.,  M.A., 

F.R.G.S. 
1876.  June,  William  Wordsworth,  B.A. 

1879.  April,  James  Braithwaite  Peile,  C.S.,  C.S.I.,  M.A. 

1880.  Jan.,  William  Wordsworth,  B.A. 

1881.  Jan.,  Herbert  Mills  Birdwood,  O.S.,  M.A.,  LL.M. 

1881.  July,  The  Kev.  John  Murray  Mitchell,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

1882.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  James  Braithwaite  Peile,  C.S., 

M.A.,  C.S.I. 

1882.  June,  William  Wordsworth,  B.A. 

1883.  Feb.,  The  Honourable  James  Braithwaite  Peile,  C.S., 

M.A.,  C.S.I. 
1885.  Feb.,  William  Wordsworth,  B,A. 

II. — Deans  in  Law. 

1860,  July,  Arthur  James  Lewis. 

1861,  Jan.,  William  Loudon. 

1862.  Jan.,  James  Fraser  Hore,  M.A. 
1866.  Jan.,  Richard  Tuohill  Reid,  LL.D. 

1868,  Jan.,  The  Honourable  Henry  Pendock    St.    George 
Tucker,  C.S. 

1871.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  Andrew  Richard  Scoble. 

1872.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  James  Sewell  White,  B.A. 

1873.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  J.  P.  Green,  LL.B. 

1874.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  Andrew  Richard  Scoble,  Q.C. 
1876.  Mar.,  The  Honourable  John  Marriott,  B.A. 

1882.  Jan.,  The  Honourable  F.  L.  Latham,  M.A. 

1884.  July,  The  Honourable  C.  F.  Farran,  B.A. 

1885.  Feb.,  The  Honourable  F.  L.  Latham,  M.A. 

1886.  Sept.,  The  Honourable  C.  F.  Farran,  BA. 

III.— Deans  in  Medicine. 
1858.  Mar.,  B.  P.  Rooke,  M.D. 
1860.  Oct.,  John  Peet,  M.D. 
1865.  Jan.,  Herbert  John  Giraud,  M.D. 


SUCCESSION  LISTS.  239 

1865.  Oct.,  Robert  Haines,  M.B. 

1866.  June,  William  Guyer  Hunter,  F.R.C.S.E. 

1867.  April,  Frank  Savignac  Stedman. 

1868.  Jan.,  Francis  Shortt  Arnott,  M.D.,  C.B. 

1869.  Jan.,  T.  W.  Ward,  F.R.C.S. 

1870.  Jan.,  Alexander  Wright. 

1871.  Jan.,  William  Guyer  Hunter,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P. 

1872.  Jan.,  Alexander  Wright. 
1874.  Jan.,  William  Thorn. 

1877.  Jan.,  William  Guyer  Hunter,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P. 

1880.  Jan.,  Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P,,  F.R.G.S.,  F.G.S., 

F.M.S. 
1882.  Jan.,  William  James  Moore,  M.D.,  L.R.C.P.,  Edin., 

CLE. 
1882.  June,  Henry  Vandyke  Carter,  M.D.     ' 
1884  Jan.,  A.  N.Hojel,  L.K.,  and  Q.C.P.I. 

1885.  Feb.,  Henry  Cook,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  F.R.G.S.,  F.G.S., 

F.M.S. 

1886,  Aug.,  H.  V.  Carter,  M.D. 

IV. — Deans  in  Civil  Engineering. 

1858.  Feb.,  The  Honourable  Arthur  Malet,  C.S. 
1860.  Aug.,   Lieut.-General  Walter  Scott,   Bombay  Engi- 
neers. 
1862.  Jan.,  Colonel  H.  B.  Turner,  Bombay  Engineers. 

1862.  Sept.,   Lieut.-General  Walter    Scott,  Bombay  Engi- 

neers. 

1863.  June,  Colonel  Harry  Rivers,  Bombay  Engineers. 
1865.  April,  Captain  H.  St.  Clair  Wilkins,  R.E. 
1865.  Oct.,  Lieut.-Colonel  Alfred  DeLisle,  R.E. 

1867.  Jan.,  Major- General  C.  W.  Tremenheere,  R.E.,  C.B. 

1868.  Jan.,  Lieut.-Colonel  Alfred  DeLisle,  R.E. 

1868.  April,  Lieut.-Colonel  J.  S.  Trevor,  C.S.I.,  R.E. 

1869.  Jan.,   The    Honourable    Major-General  Sir  Michael 

Kavanagh  Kennedy,  K.C.S.I.,  R.E. 
1879.  Jan.,  Major-General  John  Archibald  Ballard,  R.E.,  C.B. 
1879.  Feb.,  Thomas  Ormiston,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 
L881.  Jan.,  F,  Mathew,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 

$2.  June,  Lieut.-General  J.  A.  Fuller,  CLE.,  R.E. 
*83.  Jan..  The  Honourable  Major- General  C.  J,  Merrhnan, 

C.S.I. ,  R.E. 

$85.  Feb.,  Major-General  C.  J.  Merriman,  C.S.I.,  R.E. 
$85.  June,  A.  W.  Forde,  Mem.  Inst.  C.  E. 


240  UNIVERSITY. 


1886.  Dec,  Major-General  W.  W.  Goodfellow,  R.E..  C.B. 

1887.  April,  Theodore  Cooke,  M.A.,  M.L,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S., 

Mem.  Inst.  C.E.I. 


REGISTRARS. 

1858.  Jan.,  Robert  Sharpe  Sinclair,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

1862.  Nov.,  Robert  Haines,  M.B.,  Officiating. 

1863.  Nov.,  Robert  Sharpe  Sinclair,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

1866.  July,  George  Christopher  Molesworth  Bird  wood,  M.D. 

1867.  April,  John  Powell  Hughlings,  B.A.,  Officiating. 

1868.  Jan.,  George  Christopher  Molesworth  Birdwood,  M.D* 
1868.  Sept.,  James  Taylor. 

1874.  May,  Peter  Peterson,  M.A.,  Edin.  ;  B.A.  Ball.   ColL 

Oxon.,  Officiating. 
1874.  Sept.,  The  Rev.  D.  C.  Boyd,  M.A. 
1877.  June,  Peter  Peterson,  M.A.,  D.Sc.  Edin. ;  B.A.  Ball. 

Coll.,  Oxon. 


DECEASED  AND  RETIRED  FELLOWS.       241 

DECEASED  AND  RETIRED  FELLOWS 

Named  in  the  Act  of  Incorporation. 

*  The    Right    Honourable  John    Lord    Elphinstone. 

G.C.B.,  G.C.H. 
Sir  William  Yardley,  Knight, 

*  The  Right  Reverend  John  Harding,  D.D. 

*  Lieut. -General  Sir  Henry  Somerset,  K.O.B. 

*  The  Honourable  James  Grant  Lumsden,  C.S. 
The  Honourable  Arthur  Malet,  C.S. 

*  Edward  Irvine  Howard,  M.A. 

*  Robert  Haines,  M.B. 

*  Charles  Morehead,  M.D. 

*  John  Harkness,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

*  The  Reverend  James  McDougall. 

*  The  Honourable  Philip  William  LeGeyt>  C.S. 

*  Sir  Matthew  Richard  Sausse,  Knight. 

*  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  (first)  Bart. 

*  Metcalfe  Larken,  C.S. 

*  The  Honourable  Jugonnath  Sunkersett. 

*  Bomanjee  Hormasjee. 

*  Bhau  Daji,  G.G.M.C.,  Hon.  M.R.A.S. 

*  Matthew  Stovell,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.E. 

The  Honourable  Claudius  James  Erskine,  C.S. 

*  The  Honourable  William  Edward  Frere,  C.S.,  C.M.G. 

*  Major-General  Charles  Waddington,  C.B. 

*  The  Reverend  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R.S. 

*  The  Reverend  Philip  Anderson,  M.A. 

*  The    Right   Honourable   Sir  Henry  Bartle  Edward 

Frere,  Bart.,  G.C.B.,  G.C.S.L,  D.C.L. 
Lieut.  Edward  Frederick  Tierney  Fergusson,  I.N. 

*  Mahomed  Yusoof  Moorgay,  Cazee  of  Bombay. 

*  James  John  Berkley,  M.I.C.E.,  F.G.S. 

*  Sir  Henry  Lacon  Anderson,  C.S.,  K. C.S.I. 


1857. 

•  The  Honourable  H.  W.  Reeves,  C.S. 

*  Deceased. 
b  1306—21  bu 


242  UNIVERSITY. 

1858. 

*  The  Honourable  A.  J.  Lewis. 

*  J.  J.  Lowndes. 

*  The  Honourable  Sir  Barrow  HelbertEllis,C.S.,K. C.S.I. 
Colonel  H.  B.  Turner,  R.E. 

*  Major-General  William  Frederick  Marriott,  C.S.I. 

*  Major  J.  H.  G.  Crawford,  R.E. 
Major- General  Harry  Rivers,  R.E. 

*  The  Reverend  William  Kew  Fletcher,  M.A. 
The  Rev.  John  Murray  Mitchell,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

*  Rao  Bahadur  Bhaskar  Damodar. 
B.  P.  Rooke,  M.D. 

Herbert  John  Giraud,  M.D. 

*  The  Honourable  Sir  Joseph  Arnould,  Knight,  M.A. 

1860. 

*  Lieut. -General  Sir  William  Rose  Mansfield,   G.C.B., 

G.C.S.I. 

*  John  Peet,  M.D. 

*  A.  H.  Leith,  M.D. 
H.  J.  Carter,  F.R.S. 
Lieut. -General  W.  Scott. 

The    Honourable     Sir   Michael    Roberts    Westropp, 

Knight,  B.A, 
W.  R.  Cassels. 

*  Sorabjee  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy. 
William  Loudon. 

*  Narayan  Dinanathji. 

James  Fraser  Hore,  M.A.  (July). 

*  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  M.A.,  LL.D.  (December). 

1862. 

*  The  Honourable  A.  Kinloch  Forbes,  C.S. 

*  Major-General  John  Archibald  Ballard,  R.E.,  C.B. 


*  Deceased. 


DECEASED  AND  RETIRED  FELLOWS.  243 

*  Major- General  Henry  James  Barr. 

Sir  George  Christopher  Molesworth  Bird  wood,  Knight, 
M.D.,C.SJ. 

*  Major  Thomas  Candy,  C.S.I, 

*  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Readymoney,  Knight,  C.S.I. 
Lieut-Colonel  Alfred  DeLisle,  R.E. 

*  The  Reverend  Francis  Gell,  B.A. 

*  The  Reverend  J.  Glasgow,  D.D. 

*  Major-General  Sir  Frederick  John  Goldsmid,   C.B., 

K.C.S.I. 

*  Gokuldas  Tejpal. 

R.  W.  Graham,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 

*  D.  Grierson,  M.D. 
W.  Hart,  C.S. 

*  Martin  Hang,  Ph.D. 

*  John  Powell  Hnghlings,  B.A. 

*  The  Reverend  CM.  Isenberg. 

*  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  (second)  Bart.,  C.S.I. 

*  The  Honourable  Jonathan  Duncan  Inverarity,  C.S. 
The  Honourable  Samuel  Mansfield,  C.S.,  C.SJ. 
The  Reverend  Ward  Maule,  LL.B. 

*  Rao  Bahadur  Maganbhai  Karamchand. 
The  Honourable  Henry  Newton,  C.S. 

*  Colonel  J.  Pottinger,  C.B. 

*  Richard  Tuohill  Reid,  LL.D. 

Michael  John  Maxwell  Shaw- Stewart,  C.S. 

186a 

The  Honourable  Sir  Richard  Couch,  Knight. 

The  Honourable  Henry  Pendock  St.  George  Tucker, 

C.S. 
Henry  Napier  Bruce  Erskine,  C.S. 
John  Ray  nor  Arthur,  C,S. 

*  C.  R.  Ovans,  C.S. 

*  John  William  Shaw  Wyllie,  C.S.,  C.S.I. 

*  Sir  William  Lockyer  Merewether,  K.C.S.I.,  C.B. 

*  Deceased. 


244  UNIVERSITY. 

*  Captain  Edward  Burnes  Thomas  Holland,  R.E. 
Lieut. -Colonel  Thomas  Waddington. 

The  Reverend  Charles  Durell  DuPort,  M.A. 
W.  C.  Coles,  M.D. 

*  G.  R.  Ballingall,  M.D. 
Francis  James  Candy,  M.A. 
Johann  Georg  Biihler,  Ph.D. 

*  Captain  W.  C.  Barker,  I.K 
D.  J.  Kennelly,  I.N.,  F.R.A.S. 

The  Honourable  Andrew  Richard  Scoble,  Q.C. 

*  The  Honourable  John  Philip  Green,  LL.B. 
John  Pares  Bickersteth,  M.A. 

Robert  Hannay. 

William  George  Pedder,  C.S.,  B.A. 

William  Heurtley  Newnham,  C.S.,  B.A. 

1864. 

*  The  Reverend  James  Aitken. 

*  T.  C.  Anstey. 

F.  F.  Arbuthnot,  C.S. 

*  Bhugwandas  Purshotumdas, 

*  Colonel  J.  Barnes  Dunsterville,  C.S.I. 

*  Nicholas  Fernandes. 

Major- General  J.  G.  Fife,  R.E. 

The  Honourable  Charles  Gonne,  C.S.,  C.S.I. 

*  William  Hanbury,  B.A. 
Thomas  Child  Hayllar. 

William  Guyer  Hunter,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P. 
Herbert  Edward  Jacomb,  C.  S. 

*  T.  B.  Johnstone,  M.D. 

Major-General   Sir  Michael  Kavanagh    Kennedy,  R.E., 

KC.S.I. 
Joshua  King,  C.S.,  M.A. 

*  Lieut.-Colonel  D.  Nasmyth,  R.E. 
George  Scott,  C.S. 

*  Robert  Sharpe  Sinclair,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

*  Deceased. 


DECEASED  AND  RETIRED  FELLOWS.  245 

The  Most  Reverend  Walter  Steins,  S.J.,  D.D. 
Major-General   Charles  William   Tremenheere,  R.E., 

C.B. 
Venayekrao  Jugonnathji  Sunkersett. 
jSir  William  Wedderburn,  Barfc,  C.S. 
The  Honourable  James  Sewell  White,  B.A. 
Major  General  Henry  St.  Clair  Wilkins,  R.E. 
Andrew  Grant. 
George  Inverarity,  C.S. 
Rao  Bahadur  Dadoba  Pandurang. 

1865. 

The  Honourable  John  Marriott,  B.A. 

The  Reverend  William  Beynon. 

Henry  Coke,  M.A. 

Rao  Bahadur  Keropant  Laxuman  Chhatre. 

Captain  Sherard  Osborn,  C.B.,  R.N". 

F.  S.  Stedman. 

The  Reverend  J.  V.  S,  Taylor,  B.A. 

1866, 

Rustomjee  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy. 

George  Foggo. 

William  Allan  Russell,  M.A. 

Alexander  John  Hunter. 

F.  Broughton,  F.R.C.S. 

H.  S.  Bellairs,  M.A. 

John  Cruickshank,  M.D. 

R.  A.  Dallas,  LL.D. 

W.  J.  Jefferson,  M.A. 

Colonel  William  Kendall,  R.E. 

Franz  Kielhorn,  Ph.D.,  CLE. 

J.  T.  Denison-Mackenzie,  M.B.,  F.R.C.S. 

The  Honourable  Robert  Hill  Pinhey,  C.S. 

Edward  Hope  Percival,  C.S. 

J.  R.  Rushton,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 

The  Rev.  Trenham  King  Weatherhead,  LL.B, 

*DeceasecL 
b  1306— 21  bu* 


,246  UNIVERSITY. 

1867. 

*  The  Honourable  A.  B.  Warden,  C.S. 

*  The  Honourable  James  Gibbs,   C,S.,   C.S.I.,  O.I.B,, 

F.R.G.S, 

*  Colonel  George  Sligo  A.  Anderson, 

The  Reverend  Dugald  Cameron  Boyd,  MA. 

Major  Godfrey  Clerk. 

T.  B.  Curtis. 

The  Keverend  A.  Forbes,  B.A. 

Major  Charles  Thomas  Haig,  R.E. 

R.  Hamilton. 

*  C.  B.  Izon,  C.S. 

*  C.  F.  Kelly,  M.A. 

The  Venerable  C.  H.  Leigh-Lye,  M.A. 

*  Krishna  Shastri  Chiplunkar, 
Alexander  Faulkner. 

*  A.  M.  Rogers. 

C.  Watts  Russell,  B.A, 

*  James  Taylor. 

*  A.  V.  Ward. 

*  The  Reverend  G.  A.  F.  Watson,  M,A, 

*  Colonel  Edward  William  West. 

*  M.  H.  Scott. 

Francis  Shortt  Arnott,  M.D.,  C.B. 

*  N.  A.  Dalzell,  M.A. 

*  The  Honourable  Narayan  Vasudevji. 

*  The  Rev.  Duncan  Macpherson,  M.A.,  D.D. 

1868  (January). 

Lieut.-Colonel  W.  A.  Baker,  R.E. 

A.  Brown. 

The  Reverend  C.  I.  Cameron,  M.A. 

C.  E.  Chapman,  Ben.  C.S. 

W.  Collum,  M.D. 

Lieut, -Colonel  A.  Davidson,  R.E. 

*  Deceased. 


DECEASED  AND   RETIRED   FELLOWS.  2&7 

*  Dhirajram  Dalpatram,  G.G.M.C 

*  Dhirajlal  Mathuradas. 
William  Draper,  M.A, 

*  J.  Dunbar,  M.A. 

*  Captain  C.  W.  Finch,  R.E. 
Lieut-General  F.  A.  Fuller,  R.E.,  CLE. 
A.  Gordon,  M.D.,  C.B. 

*  Major-General  H.  F.  Hancook,  RE. 

*  F.  G.  Joynt,  M.D. 

G.  S.  Vesey  FitzGerald. 

The  Right  Rev.  Leo  Meurin,  S.J.,  D.D. 

*  Narayan  Daji,  G.G.M.C. 

*  J.  O'Leary,  B.A.,  S.C.L. 

The  Honourable  E.  W.  Ravenscroft,  C  S.,  CS.I, 
The  Rev.  G.  C.  Reynell,  M.A. 
Sir  A.  D,  Sassoon,  Knight,  C.S.L 
J.  H.  Sylvester,  F.G.S.,  A.K.C. 
Colonel  J,  S.  Trevor,  R.E.,  C.S.I. 

1868  (December), 

*  S.  A.  DeCarvalho,  G.G.M.C. 

*  John  Connon,  M.A. 
W.  S.  Eccles. 

The  Reverend  J.  W.  Gardner. 

*  Karsandas  Mulji. 
John  Mills. 

*  The  Reverend  Robert  Montgomery. 
Commander  G.  T.  Robinson,  I.N. 
T.  W.  Ward,  F.R.C.S. 

The  Reverend  C.  T.  Wilson,  M.A. 
A,  Wright. 

*  A.  F.  Bellasis,  C.S. 

The  Honourable  F.  S.  Chapman,  C.S. 

*  Nowroji  Fardunji,  CLE. 

1869- 

*fThe  Right  Reverend  Henry  Douglas,  D.D. 
A.  Campbell. 

*  PeceasecL  t  Ex  officio;  not  gazetted. 


248 


UNIVERSITY, 


1870. 


Lieut. -Colonel  W.  W.  Anderson. 

*  The  Reverend  L.  Bodoano. 

R.  M.  Brereton,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 

*  Cursetjee  JNasserwanjee  Cama. 
The  Reverend  A.  Hazen,  M.A. 
Risley  V.  Hearn. 

P.  S.  Kemp,  F.C.S. 

W.  F.  Knapp,  M.R-C.S. 

The  Honourable  Francis  Lloyd. 

John  Lumsdaine. 

H.  P.  LeMesurier,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E.,  C.S.I.,F.R.G.S. 

T.  E.  P.  Martin. 

*  Thomas  Ormiston,  Mem.  Inst.  C,E. 
The  Honourable  Alexander  Rogers,  C.S. 

*  The  Reverend  J.  S.  S.  Robertson,  F.R.G.S,,  M.R.A.S 

*  Venayekrao  Appa  Saheb  Kurandwadkar. 

*  The  Reverend  James  Wallace. 
F.  R.  S.  Wyllie,  C.S. 
David  Young,  M.P, 

1871. 

The  Honourable  Charles  Gurdon  Kemball,  C.S. 

*  Homejee  Cursetjee  Dady. 

*  W.  H,  Havelock,  C.S. 

1872- 

*  Rastamji  Kavasji  Bahadurji,  G.G.M.C.,  M.R.C.S. 
J.  A.  Forbes. 

H.  Cook,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P.,  F.R.G.S.,  F.G.S.,  F.M.S. 

W.  G.  Hall. 

Major-General  Jenkins  Jones,  R.E. 

*  Kahandas  Munchharam, 


*  P.eceased. 


DECEASED   AND   RETIRED    FELLOWS.  249 

1873. 

The  Honourable  L.  R.  Ashburner.,  C.S.,  C.S.I. 

*  Ananta  Chandroba,  G.G.M.C, 

*  Lieut.-Colonel  Bonar  Deane. 
W.  W.  Hamilton. 

C.  J.  Maybew. 

The  Reverend  J.  Paton. 

*  B.  Wilmot,  M.A.,  LL.D. 

*  C.  Currey  (July). 
W.  Thorn  (Nov.) 

1874. 

Major  T.  F.  Dowden,  R.E. 

*  A.W,  Forde,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E, 
T.  Holmestead. 

*  F.  Mathew,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E. 
G.  T.  Molecy. 

Major  G.  W.  Oldham,  R.E. 

*  Sakharam  Arjnn  Ravut,  L.M. 
E.  P.  Robertson,  C.S. 

*  Rao  Saheb  Narayan  Jagannath  Vaidya. 

1875. 

*  Ghulam  Mohidin. 

*  Rastamji  Mervanji,  G.GM.C. 

1876. 

*  Cowasji  Manockji  Limji. 

The  Rev.  H.  Depelchin,  S.J.,  D.D. 

*  Bhairavnath  Mangesh. 

*  Baron  deHochepied  Larpent,  C.S. 

*  Rastamji  Jamshedji  Nadirshah,  L.M. 

*  Andrew  Lyon,  M.A.,  C.S. 
James  M.  Maclean. 

W.  Martin  Wood. 


Deceased, 


250  UNIVERSITY. 

1877- 
The  Honourable  Colonel  W.  C.  Anderson,  C.S.I. 
James  Brebner,  I,  N.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.  E. 

*  A.  M.  C.  Coutinho,  G.G.M  C. 
Hamilton  Maxwell. 

1878. 

The  Reverned  R.  Rive,  S- J. 
1879. 

*  The  Honourable  Morarji  Gokaldas,  CLE. 

*  L.  G.  Hynes. 

*  The  Reverend  E.  deVos,  S.J.,  S.T.P. 

*  Major  C.  Mant,  R.E 

The   Honourable   Major   General   C.   J.    Merriman, 
C.S.I.,  R.E. 

*  H.  F.  Whyte,  B.A. 

H.  J.  Blanc,  B.A.  B.Sc,  M.D. 

1880. 

*  T.  Cody,  L.R.C.P. 

*  A.  H.  Hughes,  M.D.,  M.R.C.S.,  Eng.;  L.R.C.P.E. 

L.M.E. 

1881. 

Surgeon  General  T.  B.  Beatty,  M.D.,  F.R.C.S. 

1882. 
The  Reverend  B.  Blake,  M.A.,  B.D. 

*  The  Reverend  George  Shirt,  M.A, 

1883. 

*  Cursetji  Framji  Khory,  M.R-CS. 

1884. 

*  Khan  Bahadur  Shekh  Haidan  Kasim. 

A.  N.  Pearson,  F.R.Met.Soc.,  F.C.S.,  A.I.C. 

1885. 

*  Dinsha  Pestonji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

*  Deceased. 


GRADUATES. 


251 


GRADUATES.* 

MA. 
1865. 

College.  +  Branch. 

Ranade,  Mahadev  Govind  E.  History.* 

Wagle,  Bal  Mangesh    E.  History      and       Political 

Economy. 

1866- 

Bapat,  Janardan  Vinayak   E.  History  and  Philosophy. 

Bhagvat,  Govind  Ramchandra.  D.  Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy. 
Bhandarkar,  RamkrishnaGopalE.&D.  English  and  Sanskrit. 
Dalvi,  Dinanath  Atmaram  E.  Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy.  § 
Pathak,  Vithal  Narayan F.G.A.  History  and  Philosophy. 

1867. 

Gazdar,  Jamshedji  Jivanji  E.  Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy.|| 

1868. 

Pathak,  Shapurji  Hormasji E.  Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy.  || 
Second  Class. 

Mankar,  Ganpatrao  Amritrao...D.  History  and  Philosophy. 

Pandit,  Shankar  Pandurang    ...E.  English  and  Latin. 

Patel,  Dadabhai  Sorabji    E.  History  and  Philosophy, 

Patel,  Rastamji  Mervanji E.  Ditto. 

Sayani,Rahimtulah  Muhammad.  E.  English  and  Latin. 

Uuvala,  Jamshedji  Navroji  E.  Ditto, 

1869. 

First  Class. 

Bhat,  Gangadhar  Anant     D.         Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy. 

*  The  names  are  arranged  alphabetically  according  to  the  surname,  in  order 

of  time, 
t  For  the  names  of  Colleges  and  Schools,  see  List  of  Abbreviations. 
t  With  Honours  and  Gold  Medal. 
§  With  Honours,  Class  III. 
H  With  Honours,  Class  II. 


252  UNIVERSITY. 

Second  Class. 

College.  Branch. 

Dadachanji,  Kershasji  Rastamji.  ,E.         History  and  Philosophy. 

Modi,  Bamanji  Edalji     E.         English  and  Latin. 

Mehta,  Phirozshah  Mervanji E.        History  and  Philosophy. 

1870. 

First  Class. 

Dalai,  Jamshedji  Ardesir E.         Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy. 
Desai,  Ambalal  Sakarlal  E.        English  and  Sanskrit. 

Second  Class. 

Mehta,  Tapidas  Dayaram E.        Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy. 
Telang,  Kashinath  Trimbak    ...E.        English  and  Sanskrit. 

1871- 

Second  Class. 
Bhabha,  Hormasji  Jehangierji    E.        English  and  Latin. 

1872. 

Second  Class. 

Athale,  Yashvant  Vasudev  E.        English  and  Sanskrit. 

Modi,  Barzorji  Edalji E.         English  and  Latin. 

Tullu',  Raoji  Vasudev E.        English  and  Sanskrit. 

1873 

Second  Class. 

Pendse,  Kashinath  Balvant     ...E.         English  and  Sanskrit. 
Wadia,  Dosabhai  Nasarvanji  ...E.        English  and  Latin. 

1874. 

Second  Class. 

Bhid<$,  Shivram  Parshuram D.  English  and  Sanskrit. 

Kirloskar,  Ganesh  RamchandraD.  English  and  Latin. 

Lad,  Vithal  Bhau  E.  Natural  Sciences. 

Mahajane,  Vishnu  Moreshvar...D.  English  and  Sanskrit. 


QBADUATES.  253 

1875- 

First  Class, 
Duncan,  Thomaa St.  X.        English  and  Latin, 

Second  Class. 
College.  Branch. 

McDermott,  Michael  St.  X.        English  and  Latin. 

1876 

Second  Class. 

Jinsivale,  Shridhar  Ganesh  D.  History  and  Philosophy, 

KdngA,  Dinshah  Pestanji  E.  English  and  Latin. 

Kelkar,  Damodar  Ganesh D.  Ditto. 

Tullu,  Govind  Vasudev     E.  Natural  Sciences. 

1877. 

First  Class. 

Dastur,  Fardunji  Mancherji      ...E.        Mathematics  and  Natural 

Philosophy. 
Gokhale,  Vithal  Vishnu     E.         Natural  Sciences. 

Second  Class, 
Rao,  Ganpat  Sadashiv       .E.        English  and  Latin. 

1878. 

First  Class. 
Naegaumvald,  Kavasji  D&ddbhai.E.        Natural  Sciences. 

Second  Class. 
Dastur,  Phiroze  Hoshang D.        English  and  Persian, 

1879 

First  Class, 

Sanjana,  Kavasji  Jamshedji  D,        Mathematics. 

b  1306-22  bu 


254  UNIVERSITY. 

Second  Class. 
Kapadi£4  Kaikhosru  Kuvarji  ...E. 
Pass. 
Agase,  Dhondo  Hari E. 

1880. 

Second  Class. 

Apte,  VamanShivram D. 

Desai,  Macekldl  Sakarlal E. 

1881. 

Second  Class. 
Wadi£,  Framji  Rastamji E. 

Pass. 
Joglekar,  Krishnaji  Madhavrao  ...E. 
1882. 

Second  Class. 

Bhandarkar,  Shridhar  RdmkrishnaE. 

Dastur,  Dhanjishdh  Hormasji E. 

Kanga,  Sorabji  Manik  ji   St.  X. 

Pass. 

Agarkar,Gopal  Ganesh    D. 

Malvi.TribhuvandasNarrottamdas  St.  X. 
Sanjana,  Maucherji  Kharshedji  ...F.G.A, 

issa 

First  Class. 
Vaidya,  Chintaman  Vinayak  E. 

Second  Class. 
Jayakar,  Sundarrao  Gajanan    F. G.  A. 


Natural  Sciences. 


Mathematics. 


English  and  Sanskrit. 
Natural  Sciences. 


Natural  Sciences. 


Natural  Sciences. 


English  and  Sanskrit. 
Natural  Sciences. 
English  and  Persian. 


History  and  Philosophy. 
English  and  Latin. 
Ditto. 


Mathematics. 


Natural  Sciences. 


GRADUATES.  255 


Pass. 


Antia,  Jamshedji  Mervanji F.G.A.  English  and  Persian. 

Dole,  Mahadev  Yashvant D.  Natural  Sciences. 

Wells,  Devji  Brijlal F.G.A.  History  and  Philosophy. 

1884. 

First  Class. 
Wagle,  Krishnaji  Balvant E.  Mathematics. 

Pass. 
Mistri,  Jijibhai  Pestanji St.  X.  English  and  Persian. 

1885. 

First  Class, 
Kanga,  Mancherji  Kavasji E.        Natural  Sciences. 

Second  Class, 

Kuka,  Meherji  Nasarvanji E.        English  and  Persian. 

Gokhale,  Mahadev  Vishnu E.        History  and  Philosophy. 

Vaidya,LakshumanRamchandra.E.        English  and  Sanskrit. 

Pass. 

Dalvi,  Anandrao  Sadashiv St.  X.  Natural  Sciences. 

Deshpande,    Ramchandra    Han- 

mant   ....D.      History  and  Philosophy. 

Gajjar,  Tribhuvandas  Kalliandas.E.      Natural  Sciences. 
Gole,  Mahadev  Shivram D.  Ditto. 

1886. 

First  Class. 
Masani,  Adarji  Mernosji,  B.Sc.  F.G.  A.  Natural  Sciences. 

Second  Class* 
Naik,  Bhimbhai  Jivanji E.  Mathematics. 

Pass. 
Dhekne,  BApu  Narayan D,         Mathematics. 


256  UNIVERSITY. 

1887- 

First  Class. 
Pddshah,  Pestanji  Jamasji E.        History  and  Philosophy. 

Second  Classt 

Athavale,  Ramkrishna  Sakhdram.E.        Mathematics. 

Mehta,  Darashah  Bejanji   St.  X.  English  and  Latin. 

Mehta,  Damubh&i  Dayabhai E.        Natural  Sciences. 

Pass. 

Kutar,  Bejanji  Navroji  St.  X.  English  and  Persian. 

Sethna,  Dara  Shapurji    D.        History  and  Philosophy. 


GRADUATES. 


257 


, 

o 

•  » 

<J 

to 

Q 

e4 

W 

tfa 

«« 

d 

o 
O 

H 

&* 

& 

CO                                :       •  ! 

o 

• 

f* 

•  * 

«$    03 

O 

£* 

0^3 

-.•43  o 

a 

CO 

CM 

^g4 

'3  « 
a  o 

i3 

O  r^ 

4J    *» 

o3    5h 

Op-3 

5 

© 

*Scw= 

O  Q_, 

s« 

a^'ScUi 

6-5 
©:H 

: 

:      6 

6  t 

• 

tH 

O  £  s  § 

,2^  flLS 

o 

*5 

3.^2 

■+3 

5  w 

o,a  45 

35  & 

IS 

•-1  w 

s 

6a 

'3 

-4J 

■a  pa-2 

Second 
Language, 

3 

O 

5 

:3 
11 

q'5* 

o 

-♦3 

s 

2 

1 

: 

o 
<«a 

§ 

3    : 

a    • 

3 

s 

$; 

g 

§ 

K*l2 

s£ 

•T3 

•2 

.3 

3 

£•3 

•2 

> 

6 

e* 

'2 

.~ 

CO 

_:o 

o 

o 

^H 

T* 

'S 

03 

I 

CO 
00 

s 

CO 

1 

a 

B 

1 
> 

M 

eS 
n3 
o 

3 

CO 
CO 

5 

O 

CO 

*o3 

0) 

| 

1 
1 

c3   =g 

o  'o 

a  a 

c3  «o3 
IS 

S2 

CD 
CO 
r-f 

<5 
I 

c3 

ra 

•n 

d 

i 

O 

> 

eS 
•fa 

a 

a 

M 

b  1306—22  bu* 


258 


UNIVERSITY, 


W      H      W 


H 


H      H     H      K 


15 

«3 
O 

CO 

IS* 

CO 

•        l 

IS 

s    b 

-    .2 
B 

o 

43 

43 

Q 

1 

s 

: 

•a 

Q* 

o 

1 
a 

ij 

©:5;g 

cfkH 

3 

43 

s 

3 

43 

s 

J2 

U2 

fiW 

h2 

rH 

Physical  Geo- 
graphy, &c. 
Ditto       ... 

6 

S3  o 

s 

C 

s  I 

5* 

Political  Eco- 
nomy. 
Physical  Geo- 

■S    43 

60 

P3 

_   * 
O    i 

1   & 

o 

4* 
43 

1 

J   3 

3        U 

o 

43 

43 

•*• 
1 

02  § 

•&   o 

A 

1 

*2     s 

M 

9 

hJ 

o 

£ 

s    0 

s 

to 


0 


•a 

1 

i 

I 


4 


GRADUATES. 


259 


m    w 


a         H     W     ft     ft  H      H 

~1       71    I    i  r~#~f 

IS  .    si 

£      '-gSS    S3  E?  'si 

I  |qq  ;  a  i  II 

«**  g     3     «  N  §3  3    3 

#g  -^         4*  <3    g    O  *-5  -g  43         4» 

'tjo^q     S     '-^  g'So!53  S    S 

6      «y  oi    '.        '.        •  o        • 

fs  s'-s  S 

flails   I   !  1^1 


w 


-2     3 

♦3         43 

ft   s 


3     49 

43  43 

ft  ft 


m  © 
Oi_fe 


5  ft.13 

&£ft 


•3  >> 

CO  Jh 
O  43 
•  ■-«    fl) 


M    $ 


ft         I 


3     3 

43  43 

ft    ft 


: 

• 

$ 

i 

§ 

1 

M 

.^ 

^5 

fl 

si' 

> 

3 

? 

fa 

£ 

a* 

^3 

•p* 

•6 

i 

> 

02 

>S 

1 

>> 

3 

m 

3 

A 

i 

tT 

( 

M 

l 

<3 

»cS 

•*s 

Cj 

Jg 

* 

fc 

fi 

9 

3 


3 

04 


260 


UNIVERSITY. 


CO 


CM 


*'i"t       >,*  .§  •     i     !     j     FT" 

.2  3  o  ©  o  J 

ill  Sg iia  l  I  I  II 

£X1      gO^Ufi      P     P      P     PP 

QWW     <3     PPh 

'g  ^  :        :        :  tL*  £  i      ™        :*?.& 

Oft  rH^Oft  <     >>  O     A 

•SJ33*     S     .13     ~ 8  2 13 ."5     so.-g.22 

g>fl4  ft        P        P         ^O^fl       '^fl   ^ 
jJ <!      h3 O  J 

£8       :       :       '•       I         b  !       !   ! 

'43  £  £?  >»  O        o        o        o      *43  £  O        00 

^§-J|2    I    I    |    £»§;§    II 

gO^flP      p      p      p      gOP      PP 


CO        J 


3       -§         OO 


>*        :& 


cc 


•J  a 


0 

0 

i 

O 

ft 

2 

> 

.-T 

5 

ID 

0 

| 

< 

O 

M 


W 


©  -+3 


o 


£ 
O 


.9 1 
I5 

S-i    U 

U2> 


GRADUATES.  261 


Q     fiH  W     ft     H     W     pa         WPWW 


::  :      &  «    :        :  6      J8  S  6      ««  S  6 

il     ^  £§  jjg  ..sis  . 
I  55       1    Its  1    ill-l|i§llti§i 


in  •     '  e3   >>  <»  ;         cj?    ;  «         e3    >»    : 

OOO  Jg    o  OOJWOO  OtWo©  o 

°   o.-£"£  o-poo-^         ^jHtS  Oq°"S-^        += 

'■££ftft  '^S'-^isfi     'fpSp        '-^^Tc^ft     5 

O i-3      Q h3 O      J         


ooo  <e  >»•  rt  go       2  >>  o  '43  So       >> 


."S     .15.1-5  *43  g^w.-S      -3B.4J         -5»©.-e 

ft     ftft  SflgOP     ~aft  gOft 


o 


.-S     £     -a            -a  £  fi 

OOO                               S-l            S3           *g                            rg  »C8  *-l  —  ... 

I     IS            ^^^.a^  §  ^  |  | 

ft    55          §    p    ,g    *£    ,g  5?  §  5  5 


§6J     ss 


^3  a 

O    > 

I?     I 


^ 


S3  -    J 

<3      QAh 


02        CQ 


eS 

,& 

.  S3 

<4 

• 

: 

I 

a 

E 

a 

M 
a 

I 

ST 

O 

*T 
e3 
M 
<o 

■7-! 

s3 
S3 

4^ 

a 
<3 

a 
,a 

-^> 
<3 

a 

> 

a 
a 
,a 

•XS 

S3 
ft 

3 

In 

N 

o 

-a 
Pi 

o 

s5 

E 

a 
M 

'O 

s 

-a 
Q 

s3* 
■T3 

^a 

1 

ra 

,a 

a 

w 

1 

t-5 

a 
a 

1 

a 

e3 

| 

E 

vc3 
55 

s? 

a 
,a 

CO 

> 

S3 

a 
ft 

c3 

c3 
> 

fa 

S3 

,§ 

13 

a 

^ 

t 

M 

rb<3 
> 

a 

H3 

a 

c3 

rt 

4? 

«e 

tT 

to 

*cS 

O 

<l) 

> 

a 

^2 

o 

T5 

^ 

,a 

,f"j 

a 

-a 

s3 

^3 

C9 

ft 

tt 

o 

ft 

ft 

ft 

M 

\4 

a 

262 


UNIVERSITY. 


www 


ft     ft     H     W     W* 


Is    I 

Is  a 


■*§ 


111 

11° 


,J31 
d 


oifl   I 


it 

>>  o 

r-H     qj 

SO 


»-i        p^  0  Oh  a43  o  P^ 
O      nJ      O      i-3 


.—I    u    >i 


,-.    .  «  «  o 

•§s'ill 

Cu      <J      put 


^  » 


.2  -3 

e  as 

c  o 

eg  u 


O 


|  I 


na 

Ul 

s 

rt 

o 

d 

o 

§Q 

0> 

d 

Kl 

d 

h4 

J    5 


d 

¥ 

S 
$ 

k 

1 

2 

fl 

i5 

fc 

3 

14 

■a 

*c5 

1 

d 

£ 

i 

1 

J 

^ 

0 

a 

JZ5 

.•J 

•i-T 

..-r 

d 

b 

e3 

c5 

> 

,2 

«<8 

vrf 

*c3 

1 

1 

^5 

fc 

fc 

v?3 
O 

O 


W     54 


^        IS 


•a 

M 
oq 

i 

i 


Oi 

c^ 

kT 

s 

13 
© 

£ 

3 

CQ 

4 

o 

I 

o 

GRADUATES.  263 


M 

Q 

P 

W 

p* 

H 

P 

m 

P 

w 

j 

, 

j 

«3  * 

««  a 

>» 

£ 

>»  • 

c 

8  "8 

Hit 

O    03 

0  _J| 

go 

§ 

s 

| 

m 

111*1 

O 
4a 

P 

0 
1 

«4^."S 

^Up 

-5 

a 

pe<4 

3 

PW 

• 

6 

B 

H 

■at 

0  0 

«e  o 

"IS 

s 

3?< 

o 

1 

O 

4a 

0 

4a 

0 

4a 

11 

ST 

li 

P 

?§s 

p 

P 

P 

P 

p 

i» 

o» 

£ 

■5 

'*  >> 

"3  >> 

; 

.2  -2 

I 

"«s  >»  : 

DO 

*  a 

If 

s  If 

««  a 

03   p  -° 

^  o 

o 
5 

o 

4> 

o 

d  «  0 
SO-P 
<3    1-  ■*=> 

oS-p 

0 

03     J3 

0  0 

JwS 

t!3  s* 

3* 

a 

P 

p 

£U"P 

'§>£p 

*43  2 

o 

o 

PI 

j 

0 

4a 

43 

: 

4a 

•  •— 
43 

1 

a 

X 

M 

00 

CO 

43 
4a 

g 

s 

o 

4a 
P 

•c 

44 

09 

a 

cj 
CO 

o 

p 

d 

3 

44 

03 
I 

CO 

43 

<3 

13 

1 

OB 

© 

0 

3 

0 

«* 

s 

p- 

42 

43 

|       © 

1 

a 
| 

4* 

•0 

a 

1 

o 

43 
o 

s 
•i 

B 
<5 

1 

43 
4d 

GO 

s 

43 

o 

o 

o 
a 

fi 

S 

5 

s 

S3 
43 

03 

4a 
a 

eS 

> 

2P 

O 

P 

f 

0) 

43 

09 
S 

0 
>eS 

i 

43 

i 

S 

a 
>> 

< 

St 

< 

O 
| 

•3 

1 

»oT 
> 

eS 

>cs 

1 

CO 
to 

*3 

4a 

6 

a 

a 

43" 

■8 
a 

In 

9 

P 

p 

•6 

u 

"So 

ns3 
eS 

a 

Ph 
43 

9 

% 

*"o3 
0 

43 
« 

eS 

>^ 

eS 

4ri 

8 

52; 

^3 
> 

^cS 

0 
eS 
43 

cS 

't7 

0 

N 

a 

PQ 

pf 

"o 

264 


UNIVERSITY. 


H 


K 


W 


H    w    c4    &4 


<* 


£    O 


W 


2  >> 

S  s 


£        4i 


J2» 


•43  g 


« 


SCO 
p 


-    s 


Oft 


««  5 


•8  8 

§1 

R  w 
s  o 

R  r:        &c.a 


<3    tA 

1* 


a  o 

o  3  +* 


C  " 


C3 


w 


w 


^3 


&h     c=h     :- 


X5 


R  •?=»      -F» 


IjSi 

;ji 

3 

s 

2 

13 

05 

P 

o 
49 

c3 

aT 

*J3 

d 

-4^ 

A 

Ph 

,rt 

*«5 

ef 

* 

Uh 

CO 

H 

GRADUATES.  265 


ft 

P     P 

P 

P 

H 

p 

H 

PB 

s 

P 

««  3 

.**  S 

: 

1  th 

: 

*s  s 

•a  § 

: 

•rt 

"51   >>       s3 

6<3 

-a  >> 

,« -^ 

|  N 

O     tl     J!     J 
O  43    O    ^ 

!§• 

^  i§ 

O    43 

l-JS 

£  o 
1.3 

Analyti 

Geome 

Dynami 

Hydros 

o 

5 

O  Cu 

o 

+3 
43 

P 

o 

43 
43 

P 

ynami 
ydros 
Ditto 
nalyti 
jieome 

PS 

Pffi 

<1w 

pffl 

00 

."§  bl?  ^    . 

i 

:  S  £  : 

>> 

.3 

Chemistry, 
Heat       a 
Electricit 

Logic&Mo 
Philosopr 

Analytical 
Geometry 

o 

p 

s 

Analytical 
Geometry 
Ditto 

o 
P 

Ditto 
Logic&Mo 
Philosoph 
Ditto 

*»  3 

r 

.J 

"3 

m 

i 

6 

01 

6 

:    : 

1 

o 
71* 

S     3 

S    e8      •   O 
03    O    O    >>43 

3 

o 

o  o 

43   43 

-2 

o 

'3b 

*•  3 

43              +3 

3 

3 '43  P 

43 

43 

43    43 

43 

0 

Is 

P.             P 

O      Oj 

s 

p 

P 

PP 

P 

p 

d 

o 

H 

•  pH 

43 

43 

S3 

o 

u 

s    % 

43 

>«8 

d 

o 

.2 

a 

J2 

93 

1 

43 

+=>      a 

•*» 

43 

s 

J3 

s 

s  » 

s 

c3 

►3 

p 

2 

P 

Q§ 

C8 

v-3 

<3 

W 

<3 

:       : 

c5 
E 

-9 

a 

pC3 

| 

3 

% 

S3 

s 

: 

«5 

0) 
43 

C3 

-1 

Ǥ 

^> 

g 

93 

t3 

O 

50 

3 

43 

5        ': 

P4 

O 

13 

: 

> 
m 

h3 

.J   S3 

eS 

PQ 

a? 

1871 
Second  CI 

g 

w 

98 

s 

•C8 
E 

»        •§ 

£         cj 
2         S3 

1  2 
1  1 

£  if 

,3       J3 

PP     pq 

3 

J 

> 

i 

PQ 

Ph 

'5* 

c3 

S3 

3 

o 

43 

a 

i 

I 

S3 

o 

M 

a 

> 

o 
O 

c3 

a 

s 

In 

cf 

'o 

i 

> 
HH 
jf 

s 

S3 

3 

■ 

'c? 

3 

^  Is 

PQ  C 

|| 

S   ° 

s3 

1 

s 

13 
•a 

I 

*3 

43 

•■03 

s 

I 

if 

E-t 

b  1306—23  bu 


266 


UNIVERSITY. 


c 

to 

© 

P* 

ft 

w 

H 

P 

X! 

p 

w 

X 

P     . 

o 

43 

CZ2 

5 

e3 

•      b  " 

• 

£* 

03       • 

0     : 

>> 

—■ 1  '-      43 

—.    s- 

•43   O 

3  «8  "S 

P-*H      O      © 

8-ss.g 

it 

CO 

>» 

u 
o 

03 

o 

O 
00 

0 

P 

•43  S  'c  §  >> 

33  £ 

go 

03 
•43 
O 

w 

p 

«i 

w 

< 

PWffi 

< 

7S  >>  i 

*  8 

1 

>>   : 

1& 

f 

I* 

S3 

It 

.2  &§ 

m 

CO 

3  s 

3 

0 
43 

3     03 

S3  O 

43 

s    ° 

s 

0 

© 

tJ 

o  rs 

-*a 

eS   s-i 

0  r 

2  +3 

43 

-43 

43 

&!       'S 

43 

o  O-i 

P 

p 

>»  >>  oft  M 

p 

p 

P 

toc^O 

H-3 

PffihJ 

P 

>>   " 

11 

\ 

rH 

ss 

3 

0 

O 

0 

O 

s 

0 

3 

0 

+3 

-43 

+3 

+3 

43 

■43 

ftw 

\ 

P 

p 

P 

a 

P 

p 

p 

P 

P 

! 

43* 

43 

"g  Sp 

M 

o 

0 

O 

6 

O 

0 

0 

'4 

a 

M 

43 

+3 

43 

0 

43 

!■ 

e3 

p 

p 

O 

P 

O 

p 

■9 

s 

eB 

- 

£3 

1 

d 

J2 

f 

1 

A 

ao 

r=5 

A 

03 

a 

1 

525 

00 

i 

o 
Q 
V 

Co 

a 

| 

a 

> 

& 

o 

o 

ft 

03 

•s 

p 
s 

m 

> 

i 

a 

> 

0 
■ 

s 

> 

s 

h 
Pn 

«cf 
03 
n3 

ft 

C 

a 

£ 
•a 

> 

0 
0 

1 

m 

a 

1 

| 

ft 

a 

c5 
O 
© 

§ 

1 

M 

m 

a 
0 

£ 

03 

03 
O 

(9 
| 

ft 

ea 

0 

i 

0 

<3 

Q 

PQ 

'ft 
o 

>> 
'5 

P 

03 

1 

t-5 

I 

'43 

s 

1 

h5 

1 

rt 

<3 

c5 

GSADUATES.  Z§7 


H     H     H     ^     Ci     H     ^     rf     W     W         H'a 

CZ2  &* 


p-3.  aS    P 


ri   ^-h   a   A       ^   5  a         ~         /-s         £3  '-a  **   m 


Ph 


«|Sg5     «§J3     .2     2     .§1*33        -2-2 
EPOS'S  5     -cL^'S     £     I      IJKsUS- 


£    oM       ^ o    jw 

o          hi  :      o        •        •        •  •        •           ;  ; 

*I3£bJ-8    1^-2    3    3  S    3        33 

^g^ggOfi     ^§3     fl     fl  S     fl        Oft 
o     £■<     «J           o* 


S.M       :       =       ,bi.*j!     -L   :^ 


S-i      • 


:        :        :        :      +a        :        :        :     #-«        :  :    : 

oooo^ooa'So  a  © 

■43  .+3  .+3  .+3  fl  .+3  +3  4-»  j3  .*3  "ti"*3 


I  *  i  i  1  f  !  J  4  :f-l  3l 

I  !  I  *  s.  §  «2  |  8  s   :- 
*  i  %  $  4$  t  $A    ** 


?:■  *  u  i  *  i  :•       ij 


268 


UNIVERSITY. 


ft      OQH      ft 


ft     ft     ft 


c3    >>  c    O    O 

•J  S  £  £  s 

a  a  ft  ft  ft     ft 


ci   u 
eg  © 


isias 


5*8 

-5  a 

<3 


o  o  o 

4S+>-P 
-►3    -U    +3 


I       fiflfi       Q 


ft       P 


*d 

•    :   :^ 

• 

; 

3 

.a 

«cS 

¥ 

S 

:  >  £ 

s 

u 

a 

i 

9 

>> 

a 

-c3 
,a 

<3 
e3 

-s^5  > 

o 

* 

1 

CO 

1 
1 

.S 

o 

0 

5 

,a 

a 

1 

a 
a 

c 

> 

a 

O 

a  —  **■ 

| 

■rf 

'O 

JF 

H 

N?S 

1 

1 

«e8 

w 

W^P* 

M 

do 

c/2 

H 

a* 


GRADUATES. 


269 


p'  • '  c4    p       s4    h    w    p 


S*     Q     £} 


*8   : 

-1 

\ 

,-t!? 

ynamics 

ydrostati 

Ditto 

5«8 

k 

gp 

i 

P 

lemical 

Physics. 

istory 

1 

P 

ynamics 

ydrostati 

Ditto 

ifferentia 
&  Integ 
Calculus 

PP 

P 

O      P 

PW 

P 

-H      fc»       '• 

:       o 

*e8 

>» 

1 

nalyti 
Geom< 
Ditto 

o 
.2 

nary  tic 
Jeomet 
Ditto 

Ditto 
olitical 

Ditto 
Ditto 

-2 

43 

p 

<< 

w 

^ 

«« 

Pm 

ical  Eco 

nay. 

tto 

o 
| 

-2 

-+3 

o 

43 
43 

c&  Mora 
ilosophy 
tto       .. 

Sifl 

lculus. 

c&Mora 

losophy 

ytical 

ometry 

tto      '.. 

Polit 
no 
Di 

P 

P 

P 

'Sec5  Q 

3fc 

3       .3*3 

5fl 

4= 

43 

•2     S 

1 

o 

43 

3 

o       o 

43            43 

o 
43 

.a     la 

o 

43 
43 

i  i 

P"      Q 

R 

<3 

s 

P 

a    a 

a 

«3         e3 

P      co 

P 

: 

•       ! 

3  *  * 

p    :£? 


550 

1 

■T3 

P 


^  3   £ 

O     0     £ 


pq 


3  '  J5  -a 


So 


*  1306-23  bu1 


270 


TTNIVEESITT. 


>— 1 

"o 

Pi 

H 

M 

Q 

>< 

CO 

rf 

h 

i 

31L 

*a^o_gPH 

si 

•J  s 

go 

1 

Q 

02 

1* 

,3* 

i 

o 

IE* 

CO 
I 

O 

O 

•3 

ow 

s 

N  11 

6 

o 

H 

1  3 

o 
S 

43 

s 

o 

<»3 

3 

3 

43 

Q 

o 

s 

co 

OK 

PU| 

*   >> 

■a  J 

< 

If 

oPh 

M 

h    g^ 

&  o  § 

b 

o 
43 

.2 

a 

If 

'So  f3 

h5 

So 
4° 

3 

43 

s 

o 
o  3 

O 

4* 

43 

o 

S  SP 

| 

43 
43 

.S 

•« 

a 

,3 

02 

43 

CO   S 

co 

« 

3 

CO 

'-2 

03 
h3 

9 

CO 

5 

' 

'• 

: 

: 

1 

cB 

J 

J 

« 

a 

; 

B 

a 

•9 

.9 

a 

s 

O 

o 

•a 

g 

g 

.2 
o 

a 

a 

1 

i 

o 

> 

o 

00 

Si 

1 

CO 

1 
i 

a 

< 

v3 

43 

i 

la 
£ 

1 

•a 

> 

18 

I 

•*3 

> 

1 

> 

W 

O 
,43 

43 

3 

► 
to 

*r 

8 

r3 

■ 

1 

.9 

i 

•0J 

I 

f 

1 

04 

> 

i 

1 
1 

S3 

1 

CO 

GRADUATES. 


271 


w 


X 


ft  '  m 


ft    ft    h 


Q     H 


X 


2  eta  °  o 

M   C5  *~  T2  -^ 
o  o  °  S  -+0 

%£  'as  5 
o    ft 


e3         a3    >>02 

|3tig  o'ph^ 


Q  ^      Q      t-J 


BO 


5 

a 


•3.2 

"ft 
o 


t§  I  ill 

gO      ft      ^§ft 

«i  ft 


3     3 

ft         ft 


S 


If 


<3 


o  .2 


3 


(2    5 


24 

c30 


eg    OS 


03  sb- 
ft^ 


k  B  p  jj      o 


.3  3 
"S  .12 
J     ft 


o       o 

£    I 

ft     ft 


ft   I  i 


5      o 


73 

73 

> 

Si 

o 

o 

O 

tuO 

« 

s* 

g) 

0> 

«ci 

1-3 

g 

3 

73 

O 

W 

s 

1 


65 


<J    <J 


73 
ft 


£  I 


272 


UNIVERSITY. 


O     ft     ft     ft     A 


ft     »     »     W 


CO 


et 


oS-©        S  s        +>  .2 ,5  2  . 

58   *1S    ijl    lM^   I   III 

^£       gOft       g^Q      fc«80ft      ft      ~§P 

Q  <j OM  P   CU 

*?   .   :       :     IS  i      «  £    *J    :     Uj^'Z    . 

Mil  i  !ir  -i  ill  11  pi 

?««80ft     ft      g>£.2      go      £>ft      S°2^^° 

.ft 3    a    ^      ffl      ^    q 

*\2      §       '       :       :       :  :      *  >»  • 

l|  111  I  I  .1     I  £fj  i 

«^,^SQfiQp  Q       g  O  ft      ft 

QB     c^ ^ 

:  :        :       >        :        :  :        •        :        : 

&     5  i    :s. 

|         1     I    1     I    1         J     «      S      a 

fl     i  f  I   g  f     ,1^2^ 

g        5    «   ■  •  jf     g     i        c    *    >    £ 

I   1 1  Hi    ills 


0> 
3   =3 


(JBADUATES.  273 


W  S3  H  H  ft  K 


^ 


t»»  :        :     eg  w      q  :  <g^ 


O  O  O  O  e3  fc3 

+3  -p  +3  -U  .Sh  S  >-» 

+3  +3  .+3  -P  OQ  .3  M 

P  P  p  ft  o  5  I 


r0 

a 

p  -p 

I 


h 

s-3 

> 

»:3 

,P 

1 

> 

c3 

-p 

CO 

1 

"3 

3 

> 

.P 
■d 

^ 

> 

rP 

d 

& 

QQ 

x3 

© 

43 

T3 
P 

e3 

.    © 

p4 

o 

•+3 
1 

43 

*c3 

,__, 

-d 

ri4 

00 

•C3 

§> 

O 

E 

P 

A 

H 

£j 

ft 

M 

vr3 

8 

,p 

'8 

*c3 
> 

2 

i 

p 

Ill   1    11  II  I  III      If 


cc 

a 

,« 

C 

^ 

i-l 

BQ 

6 

»3 

p 

00 

1 

*c3 

p 

1 

p 

1 

-p 

o 

2 
43 

PP 

J8    >> 


i  SJ  §  J  .2.1  I  §* 

I   3   I   j*4|.S  I  -38  I  Sg 

p   p   p   ^o  ^  .2  §0  .»  |p£ 

p qW  B <3 B ^ 

^         :      ~    .^    .      -2  ;>>  :  ^J  »  :  : 

cs-cs^ce^g^-  .J 

BR*  tit!   5^  s  a  I  3  s 


-s  a     P. 


rf 


.»  1  -5  •-  o 


p        4s 
-4         P 


274 


UNIVERSITY. 


«* 

o 

to 

© 

d 

X 

x" 

"o 

P 

fe 

w 

w 

w 

43 

02 

H 

p 

w 

43 

O 

Qq 

b 

j 

: 

>>  : 

: 

\ 

>> 

■+3 

O     CO 

O 

43 

00 

T| 

CO 

1| 

h 

O 

s 

3 

2  b 

3° 

3 

a 

o 

43 

o 

43 

3  a 

-5 

CO 

o 

2 

CO 

w 

p 

oQ.2 

5    w 

2 

5 

1^     CO 

P 

P 

6 

O 

o 

o 

1 

43 

3 
►J 

O   _ t 

>»o 

o 

4(Li    CO 

9.2 

3 

I* 

43 

43 

43 

3   4^ 

43 

3  >» 

45 

1* 

P 

P 

P 

o 

5P 

P 

r— 1 

zn 

O 

Pm 

<3 

Pm 

Q 

=8^       eg  a 

43   60,3   O  i? 

6 

o 

H 

43 

02 

|1 

5   O 

>> 

'- 

: 

: 

^    i^ 

S   r-   a 
o  £   e 

C3 
O 

3    S 

k^ 

9.8 

& 

o 

43 

o 

43 

o 

43 

il  "5  3!  8*82 

p 

p 

P 

P 

PS 

Pi 

PW^Pm 

6 
8| 

43 

43 

1 

.5 

*C0 

co 

a 

o 

5 

CO 

.5 

2 

3 

0Q 

4 

E 

P-l 

i 

e3 
P 

43 
P 

43 

p 

I 

i 

43 

P 

": 

e3 

a 

3 

00 

> 

IB 

a 

,* 

M 

• 

•S 

3 

•a 

; 

§ 

1 

a 

4d 

| 

S 

s 

CO 

1 

h3 

*S7 

Q 
O 

g 

I 

co 

.3 
P 

-8 

o 

i 

PQ 
1 

r3 

c3 
OS 

a 

«c3 

> 

O 

hi 

cj 
3 

a 

'J3 

e3 
"«3 

3 
1 

"*3 

> 

IS 
1 

1 
P 

1* 

o 

i 
1 

o 

M 

43 

C 

*«3 

> 

p^ 
'3 
a 

o 

© 

P 

p 

CJ 

W 

Uj 

o 

pi 

GRADUATES, 


275 


H 


S3     ft 


«      H      H 


a 


Q     ^'     cq 

3Q 


ll 

C  13 


££ 


«=  T*     is  2  S 


>>   : 


«g  .3  6  '§>£  S 
ft         3 


o        : 

o 

H 

ft 


See 


IP  tjo^S     .2.21: 
fl  -  -  -  -  - 


o  3  d 


ft 


&  & 


JB-2.S 
.2  3.12 

►J 


.2  3 

C5   43 

•a  » 

>>>» 

flO 

aa 

<3 

s 


5 


«'■§ 
.2-3 

if 


-S.2  . 

o  ao  ?■> 


^ 


> 

d 

eS 

3 

p£3 

JQ 

fg 

«rt 

S 

,& 

d 

3 

S3 

A 

h 

TS 

n 

b 

r^ 

S 

— 1 

> 
© 

DO 

g 

3 

cj 

U< 

«d 

•e 

& 

&-» 

0 

1 

- 
05 

0 

2 
n 

0 

d 

5 

s 

2 

d 

!I? 

1 

I 

> 
© 

13 

1 

> 

i 

3 

n 

1 
,3 

> 

a 

to 

•i— » 

5 
•3 

> 

s 

43 

■a 

1 

1 

9 

£ 

© 

1 

»g 

t3 

3 

A 

4 

5 

i 

1 

s 

d 

£ 

-a 

^3 

© 

5 

>c3 

«es 

PQ 

o 

ft 

O 

H» 

w 

tt 

276 


CNIVEB3ITT. 


<x> 

to 
o 

W 

H 

P 

W 

w 

P 

» 

&3     f=3 

O 

•a 

U 

!>>  : 

4 

03 

6        • 

o 

2* 

!3 

78 

"-5 

fa 

3 

1    .o 

ffs 

1 

p 

13 

o 

1 

fa 

2« 

1 
g  o 

02  "■§ 

r-    03 

is 

2 

III 

s 

— 1    O 

5 

uJ 

opd 

Pj 

"3 

O 

.2  3 

S3     03 

>> 

*3  -3 

o 

o 

• 

"rt 

If 

•111 

CO 

o 
o 

«      -43  g 

go 

r43  g 

£8 
SO 

.2 
2 

la 

3 

CO 

<S 

Pffl 

<i 

Oh 

< 

►^ 

J3 

in 

d8  <s 

& 

J. 

; 

o 

o 

C8 

►    ^     .2* 

■2  e 

.t3  3 

o  « 

a- 

s  s 

PtE 

© 

03 

B 

o 

P 

o 

P 

.2 
'-5 

S 
g 

b 

to  m   «-         o 

a  9  J3     £ 

Second 
Language. 

| 

-*3 

a 

o 

r 
B 

4> 

'u 

M 

03 
(3 

o 

S3 

s 

1  i 

■5 

«8 

CO 

p 

3 
Oh 

c3 

-J} 

P 

CO 

• 

:      o 

i 

1 
1 

1 

E 

h 

a 

fa 

s 

<5 

P 
to 
*fa 

M 
q 

fa 

43 

CO 

t 

c3 

E 

& 

O 

s    o 

g>     | 

3       2 

P   -s 

1  3 

c3 

5 

-c3 

> 

? 

*o* 
"So 

^3 

6b 

a 

'1 

O 

1 

03 

> 

s 
1 

s 

»c3 

K 

Pin 
f 

3 

Pn 

*c3 
J* 

i3 

> 

i 

u 

CO        "s 

^    s 

s-3        A 

£ 

A 

^3 

J3 

9 

O         O 

a 

Ph 

H 

< 

« 

Q 

P 

p    p 

GRADUATES. 


277 


<S 

«* 

5      ££ 

p 

P 

w    w 

w 

w 

6 

pel 

« 

p 

6 
o 

>> 

i 

; 

~Z   3 

-*3 

2        O  '3 

5    §£ 

>> 

c 

03 

o 

O     00    $     >» 

^3  ^    O    S 

© 

p 

s 

II 
a 

M 

o 

43 

P 

•3 

a 

o 
-*> 

P 

o 

w 

Q 

q     a- 

s 

:       c3~ 

*e3 

k^- 

O          cS    >, 

o 

?- 

O  -        »-.    E? 

o 

I'     fig 

o 
- .° 

~  '3d 

w3 

o 

05 

5  .sf 

•43  §  .2  -3 

O  J   Oh 

o 

s 

W 
'rt 

s 

o 

a 

.   on 
o  55 

2Pu 
O 

o 

p 

i  o 

4> 

s 

o 

P 

«y 

Q 

o 

I  >>    • 

c3 

rt 

►> 

o 

O      « 

BC  — 

w 

£&' 

:'■ 

%o 

CLi 

W 

^  o 

c 

— i    fH 

Q 

5*s  g  >> 

1 

oS  o 

3*£ 

2 

p 

•a  2 

HZ 

IS' 

£  o 

cu 

o 

P 

E  o  s* 

d   '—   O 

PES 

^ 

-♦3 

J2 

Q 

.2      e 

(3 

rt 

a 

a 
.2 

o 

a 

I 

jS      +3 

~* 

.■a    '43 

-t-5 

& 

."ti 

r"! 

£      -21 

rt 

a: 

s 

p  3 

0! 

flu 

3 

t-u 

rt 

rf3 

Cu 

a 


o 
.2  o 


3       fl 


W 


:=.    ^; 


b  1306—24  bit 


278 


UNIVERSITY. 


s 

* 

H 

o 

K 

K 

K 

Q 

43 

w 

K 

43 

a 

p 

w 

GO 

3 

olitical  Eco- 
nomy, 
lemical 
Physics. 
ogic&Moral 
Philosophy 
ynamics    & 
ydrostatics 
lorganic 
Chemistry, 
olitical  Eco- 

S3 

O    43 

11 

§55 

ifferential  & 
Integral 
Calculus. 

CO 

o 
a> 

IS" 

0 

go 
•n 

Q 

43 
o 

(0 

*3 

go 

ft 

3 

i-3 

QE 

Cu 

< 

Q 

2 

Dynamics    & 
Hydrostatics 
Political  Eco- 

O  43 

o 

5 

*rt 
9 

1 

1 

Physics. 
Logic&  Moral 
Philosophy 
Ditto 

3 

43 

5 

>> 

11 
t?  £ 

< 

»s 

J 

>»  : 

*  § 

1 

Logic&  Mo 
Philosop 
History 

o 

43 

Q 

o 

43 
43 

s 

Analytical 
Geometr 
History 

Chemical 
Physics. 
Ditto 

.2  -3 

*£     OB 

fa  o 

rt  S 
0*0 

d 

rj    rt 
O    ^ 
<U    fi 

i-J 

43 

43 

E 

s 

go 

o 
43 

o 

43 

43 

5 

s 

43 

43 

2 

Q-t 

OJ 

GO 

B 

43 

C 

OB 

1 

: 

c 

2 
a 

rt 

: 

: 

0» 
J5 

o 

O 

rt 
>, 
•rt 

~rt 

£ 
,a 

O 

■ 

«rt 
»■ 

s 

i 

«rt 

i 

s 

7! 

*E* 

9 

•rt 

GO 

> 
> 

a 

i 
1 

GO 

£ 

«5 

CO 

k 

43 

o 
•rt 

E 

rt 
.3 

c 

3 

rt 

12 

rt 

> 

M 

12 

s-. 

3 

O 

5 

."tf 

»3 

a 

fcfl 

a 

rt 

o 

1 

| 

1' 

o 

•of 

o 

•rt 

.fa 
IS 
Q 

m 

J3 

GO 

of 

GO 
rt" 

'3 

fc 

C* 

fS 

P4 

P< 

f> 

> 

*» 

GRADUATES. 


279 


H 

ft" 

H 

W 

W 

p* 

ft" 

H 

w 

W 

W* 

Ph 

>>  : 

«3 

O     03 

9I 

3  •a 

05 

53 

& 

"1  «>' 

s 

b 

o 

05 

B 

1 

ft 

2 

B 

->.2 

B 

o 

ft 

.2 
"S3 

Pm 

o 

-*3 
-+3 

P 

>» 

fa 

O 

43 

.2 

B- 

"3  J 

«     05 

43  W 

nalytical 
Geometry. 
Ditto     ... 

tiemical 
Physics. 

ogic&Moral 
Philosophy 

ynamics    & 

ydrostatics. 

olitical 
Economy. 
Ditto     ... 

lorganic 
Chemistry. 
Ditto    ... 

>> 

S 

.si 

5 

< 

o 

h-1 

OB 

Ph 

i— i 

CU 

.2  § 

: 

>> 

Ijj?: 

I* 

o 

s 

o 

s 

1 

ft 

s 

s 

'-+3  S 

go 

ogic&Mo 

Philosop 

Ditto 

hemical 

Physics. 

Ditto 

O     &4 
^     05 

.2  43 

Pi 

fl 

>A 

O 

tJ 

.13 

t5! 

o 

-*3 

o 

•+3 

y 

4* 

o 
•+3 

3 

a 

J2 

2 

s 

53 
c3 

■+3 

-»3 

2 

Pi 

P 

ft 

P-I 

53 

c3 

ft 

s 

3 

P 

P 

1 

i3 

I 

I 

J 

: 

■ 

; 

J 

S3 

2 

43 

to 

53 

1 

a 

3 

m 

43 

.a 

S3 

9 

13 

o 

S3 

> 

s 

3 

s3 
M 

1 

L 

44 
'u 
43 

§ 

c3 

1 

42 
I 

S 

53 

§5  1 

a 

<s 

s« 

a 

C/3 

# 

43 

o 

1? 

53 

Hrl 
1— 1 

•s 

•pi 

i 

S3 

a 
to 

£ 

P 

s 

CO 

1 

l 

n3 
42 

3 
3 

8 

S3 

1 

> 

2 

o 

i 

f 

I 

-2 

S3 

4) 
1 

P 

•fl 

B 

of 

S3 

P 

s 

4* 

P 

42 
I 

43 

> 

S3 

43 

PQ 

I 

«3 

1 

Q 

4 

> 

43 

Q 

C 

£< 

S3 

43 

us 

1 
43 

M 

<0 

1 

O 
53 

3 

1 

S3" 

53 

43 

"8 

41 

i 

43 
CO 

280 


UNIVERSITY. 


1 

<»i 

SP 

P 

© 

«< 

J2 

*i 

H 

w 

f& 

s 

P 

W 

o 

I— 

o 

h 

P 

t* 

CO 

o 

o 

o 

"S 

>>    "3 

4»    5    &0 

ill 

3 

3  >» 

o  u 

n  o 

o 

43 

o 

43 

.2 

a 

l^a 
S.SI 

oo 

s 

43 

s 

o 
a 

I— i 

s 

p 

p 

6 

>» 

>» 

: 

^^ 

: 

«Q 

C3 

49 

o   «« 

fl.2 
8  § 

Mi 

-C3   43     o 

o 

43 
43 

o 

2 

if 

o 

49 

o 

4* 

4* 

-+3 

3  s 

a-^« 

P 

p 

ao 

P 

P 

CO 

cu 

CU 

CJ 

Pw 

< 

iH 

&Jt> 
O 

'o 

o 

O   P« 
M   O 

o 

j 

"2 
II 8 

3 

o 

S2 

43 

s 

■+3 

*P 

-t-» 
P 

4a 

P 

p 

PW 

CU. 

P 

9 

S  Si 

43 

CZ> 

d 
2 

CU 

a 

43 

'u 

1 

t/2 

.3 

3 

43 

•c 

M 

to 

S 

CO 

O 

43 
43 

P 

O 
P 

o 

43 
■*3 

P 

to 

a 

«<3 

« 

• 

T3 

J 

J 

S 

> 

i 

T3 

q 

■ 

m 

^3 

02 

1 

1 

a 
j5 

1 

S8 

Pm 

2 
1 

9 

> 

f 

w 

o 
to 

c 

•r— > 

o 

,3 

2 

cj 
,4 

W 

o 

■*» 

O 
g 

4> 

E3 

a> 
o 

ej 

"f 

c3 

43 

09 

43 

9 

> 

"35 

a 

C 

43 

OQ 

o 
o 

o 

a 

s 

o 

1 

s 

B 
■ 
a 

CI 

1 

o 

a 

C4      • 

8- 

o 

oT 
1i 

3 

> 

ss 
48 

a 
is 

^3 

a 

CO 

15 

9 

3 

o 

O 

cj 

c« 

eS 

e« 

o 

<z> 

tt 

O 

P 

P 

P 

C5 

O 

»-3 

M 

GRADUATES 


281 


m 


w 


w 


>> 

: 

: 

h 

•: 

#i 

s 

—  » 

O     01 

BO  "Jj» 

o 

o 
9 

o 
o 

H 

i 

43 
SO 

o 

43 

-fc3 

o 

43 

o 

43 

03 

jj    02 

§  2 

o 

43 
43 

Q 

0* 

o 

w 

M 

P 

ota 

*4 

S  o 

_  s 

.2  § 
■+2  o 

4 

o 

43 

5 

O 

i 

o 

43 

5 

43     £ 

go 

c 

43 
43 

P 

h3 

QB 

Dh 

-3 

>> 

^3  >» 

>S*d 

1* 

*t 

"3 

—     S-i 

o  c* 

>-t 

O   Gi 

O    fti 

e«   So» 

ft -8 

*s 

fcO 

o 

£S 

^j 

*3     CO 

43     ©  ,3 

2~,2 

o 

43 
4> 

s 

go 

d8^ 

j3 
>> 

*-3 

.2  3 

,23  w 

o 

s 

< 

CM 

t-3 

O 

M 

p 

• 

& 

43 

43 

o 

o 

o 

o 

*■> 

d 

C 

5 

Oh 

a 

B 

43 

s 

2 

43 

ft 

43 

b 

* 


• 

* 

■* 

^4 

* 

| 

i 

3 

43 

d 

ft. 

1 

> 

^c3 

: 

5 
1 

eS 

d 

60 

S3 

43 

1 

A 

43 

1 

n 
43 

s 

a 

U? 

>aJ 

d 

1 

'C 

i 

ja 

d 
Ja 

SO 

43 
O 

9 

1 

w 

0 

^3 

O 

if 

C 
M 

IS 

■1 

d 
•a 

b0 

s 

0 

an 

>> 

13 

3 

S9 

a 
p 

IS 

d 

43 

On 

d 

■ 

1 

vrt 

5T 

p  1306-24* 


282 


UNIVERSITY 


i 

>,:::>»::::>»::: 

. 

o  >»      >>§           >> 

Crss     -«d         ^      S 

o 

o  sa.  •  &<o  „,      o*  •  ©       .   i 

V 

© 

©  o    :  o  o  «       o    :r «J        :    : 

& 

3' 

W0         OHHjs         o               o 

3 

■*3 

f-i  "^      ^_h  "^       *rj       <-<  -^ 

CO 

1 

-** 

0) 

3 

go 

1 

& 

a 

h3 

2  &JD-JI  bow  S      ^rt.2      Is 

6 

c  s 

a 

■+3             -+3      _                      -43                                         -W 

.2  ***  .2  ^ -^ -+°  a^£  d.S  ej.S-* 

*l 

'42 

03   w   «3  to  -jr  •"  .3  <n  .5  w  .5  oj  oj 

c; 

«53«S«3e3«8(»«!»cJ 

i-J 

0u  GO  0-i  £0             »-3  CO  h3  Ph  h3  0-  CO 

3 

• 

„_, 00       •      •       ■ 

S    ::::::::  vs    :    :    : 

H-i  'CS  vc3       —              ^»         s*         £    S 

g 
M 

a 
a 

w 

« 

CO 
* 

1 

1 

o 
CO 

lJ1«Ii!l  :^  11 

^|W||j|||2|gio 
S|J||||ll|l|| 

4  «  pq  £  ft  «  ft  £  £  ^  £  S  3 

GBADCATES, 


283 


«w«w 


.        .    ,«5  < H    .    .    . 

h'  ti  ft 


S 
o 

a 

o 

I 


A   O 

■  curt 
:  o  p 


ooooo  w       oh  o  o  |3  o      £ 

,12  .-a  .a  .a  3       ^3    a  ^  ««■■••  a     S 

hS'CSTJcu    :    :.2    :  pli 


•    •   '  >» 

*  1 


13 rs.a .a  a  a 


e3    *•>  i-i    m    cfl  r^< 


T3    2^ 


o  o  o  3 


S.2 
o 


oaap 


•a  fl 

$pa 

C    «3 


H  rtCO 

ill 


£    O  M 

Ofti  _j 

^r£  rt 

_.  rt  rt 

^    lj    O    O   H   o 

&r  m  a 

O  EJ  a 


.Ph       o 


8^      -P  S 

f'gfi  §"■§ 

"§'§>     .S-S 


2     ■£  o 
§.sfs 

^73 


■2  a  s^j  g 


•^.a.a  a  p. 2^ 


as  .2    rt   *   o5   03. a    nfJJ'Hil   S   52 
rtrtJica<»cortc3  ^   »   (8 


lass 

*->rt  «  t; 
.M  «rt   fl.* 

•2>  >  5 
rt 


:-rt 


.   •  «■  - 

-     •  M    fl 

•a  ►  £  ,a 


«     IS 


W 


ccH 


<u  -p  «•  a  o 
«  >  >  ?  v«  +» 

Oh  rt  _C    rt  •!-»    O 


i^is      S  ^  S 


t^5  ''03  ^  Jfl  "H  ^«o 

§    £  "rt  P2    f-    cj 

rt  ao^^rt  -3 

Ufa*  13 

_*    ®-=-0    fl^3 

lliill 


1  s     ^3 

'   rt       'P 

fcH        rt 

j  ^  :=■  50 


111 

;  rt^  «3 
K  i.-q  a 

r.-rt  -s*M 

>  "p    ^'2 
!   rt  +i  g 

i  -rt  j3  rt  to 


*rt   i*  —* 

43.2,^ 
fill0 

_M   rt  >rt 


P3  Oh 


284 


UNIVERSITY. 


60 

-2 
p 

X'     <     P    .        x* «    .   . 

72     h'     H             w                     H 

Selected  Subjects- 

History  and  Political  Economy 

Ditto                 ditto             

Mathematics         

History  and  Political  Economy...         ... 

Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy     

Mathematics 

History  and  Political  Economy 

Natural  Sciences  ... 

History  and  Political  Economy ... 

Ditto                  ditto 
Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy 

Ditto              ditto                      

Mathematics 

History  and  Political  Economy 

Ditto                  ditto              

Mathematics 

History  and  Political  Economy 

_  u 

O    3 
g   6U) 

Latin 

Sanskrit ... 
Persian   ... 
Sanskrit  .. 

Ditto   ... 

Ditto   ... 

Ditto  ... 
Persian    ... 
Latin 
Persian   . . . 

Ditto    ... 
Sanskrit  .. 

Ditto  ... 

Ditto  ... 
Latin 
Persian   ... 
Sanskrit . . . 

§ 

M 

{5 

3                     I     « 

:    :    :    :  fe    :    :    :    :    :    :  t  *>  $    ■    ■    ■ 

§  S  i&Pil  illlllil 

11^ 'ill  1^5  fjfjT^I 

w*  3  &*  -r  ^-^  "^^  a>  .2  C  S  5  3  ^:s,is 

GRADUATES  285 


P  ^  W  Q  Q  W  o  H  ^.  W  W  «8  W  «  ^  H  W  C  W  W  ft  O  W  W  ^ 

fe-     «         Q         ^         P4  fri         °° 


:-2  :             .2  5.2  5.2  :    :  5  :.2  r.2  £      g 

•"S  ."S  J§  ±J  :B  .•**  a  ?■  •♦*  •*" 

"o  "o  k3'o^'o  **  *o  "o  2      ^ 

2  fc  »               fc  P  fe  P  fc  2       P_  9  £  2  £  «wb 


3 .a -8         S    gS  gS       ^     g    "S-s    "S-s       g> 

she        w   vSw^w      a    J   sa    ^w      3 


a 


Oo"C      ooooooS'CoS'Coofl'Coooofl'C 


s  s  5 S  .1 .12  '53  •as,s,S  5  £  -a  » .-a  .12  .-a  .1  -a  *  .g 

QfififiQfi  S  §P  S  gfift  §  §6  Aft  A  S3  it? 


a 


af  §  >»  fi^^Sji'S'S'SS  >%,<*  *s  «  (3.25  w  *g  o  3  2  .„ 

III        tss  >  »**>&  I  s*g  jjg^^l  |sl  if 

g^g  S  £o  .  oT&'bo.S  J  ®'«'S'2^  3  3-f?^  2-rt  S-^5 


286 


UNIVERSITY. 


© 
so 
J2 

KQCi 

o 

XJl 



:   :    : 

"  >> 

■  >» 

a 

s 

93 

o 

.  •   •   :  a 

o 

2* 

2  • 

:    :    .  © 

:3 

3 
CO 

2    : 

.    .    .Tb^ 

:  o 

.    .    . 

T3 

1    ' 

■43 

•    .    - 

© 

4* 
© 

"3 

CO 

£3 

i.| 

h 

05  12 

ll 

©   fl 

'o 

Pi 

s  b 

la 

Si3 

CD 
© 
© 

«         a 

14 

I0! 

■— i  © 
ll 

49 

4^             43 

03    +3 

•goo 

is 

J  0(2  0-1  CO 

sa 

CO 

•    •        •    • 

•     • 

•    •    • 

a 

^j    : 
o    . 

S 

a 

.    .  -a 

■d 

,'jg 

bo 

*<« 

-« 

<a 

a 

© 

«5 
00         ^ 

s 

la 

Q3 

as  ^3 

©     CO 

:gc? 

c8 
55 

oo       *e 

O     03 

£1  —  >^ 

>«       *      111 

CQ 

"3  © 

*  S3  ©>  g 

Lf! 

ts-fH 

51 

©  § 

.5  g  aT 

ice  «« 

•*2   « 

as 

-<!«£ 

GRADUATES. 


:87 


<< 


.X 


r'r'  & 


^oo  So  >>o  o 

cL  2    :  a  :  a  -.  a  :  >a  a  :    :  a    : 

t-   g   ©  ©   ©  ©  ©  oo  © 

c5  "2  "^3  "t*  ^i?  /£2  n»  n*  .~tz  .*t^  rz3  *^  t2 

i_,  _C    cc    «   cc  _T3  •   c3  •    C5 12  12  •   "    d  ■     •   ro      • 

S£.2  Sj.2^3  :«  :.2^^  •:£  "  :    :.£    : 

rti  _  **  ■*»  "-3  £  4»  "  VJ3  °-3 

i  T3  12  "3  IS  ob  IS  02  irJ  on  ,_« •«  ob       •-*   op 

^  s  ^ofi|  S  |  SPP  gsJ?  g^F 5 


.5  ^  .2  -^ 


a  ©  ©-*£ 


©    cS 


u   s   ^   c  -f3 
o  rt  ©  ce  * 


__    05  +a    CO    OQ    00    oj 

aSgj£,j>  «-»9 


-»   a  ©-* 


Oj  02  Ou  m  tJ  P  ce 


ce 

s- 
O 

*©• 

0 
© 

"So 

c 
h3 


S  >,a 

o  •«  ^ 
s»  ^  E 

Z-gP 


O  -^    05 

O   cS   cS 
yPP 


a*3  eg 

^^^  £ 


a 


-52 

.-"d^  ©   O  £ 

«8  'r-<  pC     J., 

P3  m  W  .^* 

M>  "©  ^  *g 


O    o   OA£ 


.    .  a 
:   :  a 

43  5  S 


©  -a 


•S  « «g 

PPPPocW^SS 


a   ■        -« 

•  5 

a  jS  ^5  ^t>  «« 

a^3  ^«  „4= 

,_a  *  _,  o       ob  © 

S  C  mT  ©  «  ?? 
■fa  >  •!-»  fl  c  .a 

P*PmP4oqo2x 


00 
CO 


w       a 


2J 


2SS 


UNIVERSITY. 


c 


< 


fa 


* 


K>  X  •" 
.   »*     tO  H; 

fill 

12  OD  -*  — 


|a  a  s 


>> 

>»       >> 

^ 

■ 

>>      >>o 

£      £ 
o       3 

»   1,. 

i> 

,0      .a  a 

:  c    •  a    ■ 

■^5    •  c-53 

o 

p.   :  A  o 

.  o    :  o    : 

:  p.   •  o  A 

o       o  o  c  o 

o         O 

©        »  « 

3 

OQ               00   M    -t-3    -*J 

o          c  W  -w  •+» 

.fa      fa 

g      fa  J 

03 

•a    .  t  *3  *S  :3 

5 

S  €| 

:.2    :.«    : 

II  II 

iji 

SQ 

S.^S^ 

.2t3   Sr-.2 

^    B<6  2 

I-  -S  _   C 
ci   ==   rt   >> 

iral  Sc 
ory  an 
leniati 
ory  an 
iral  8c 

Ditto 
and 
eniati 
ry  an 
and 

o  JS  o  o 

-g-s^-££ 

cz  ■-  j~  —>  a 

-+3                        -*0 

*t|  t* 

■+3             -4J 

t  x: 

fl'C  2  S'C 

"C  -  'C  9  s 

•r  o  c  o 

*-;  *a  *a  ^> 

g  So 

.gj2S  3£|   a 

^.2-*  £.3 

»   5 

u  a  pi  u  e  ■** 

w  3         ©  c8  4 

rt   <u   rt  ^  o 

nspsa 

- " 

0-  OQ       fa  QQ  J 

to  fa  a:      0-i 

{^  g        -c3 


fc 


as 

9 

.g«3    :::::::    : 

|1    *    '.-    ' 

a H3 > x ^2; Q  i^5 
cJt1  »  x;  "£  w  _c  -r  .S 


GRADUATES.  289 


X 


ririOWrfd'rfflO^^'fi'HHJi  H  ^ 


.02 

50 02 


fr^*2 


B 


§£.£.£:£.§    .   .g    .    .  -  :S 

I  &  :  &  '§••§•  :  8  :  :  8  :  :  *  §* 

II  :2    ;l||    ?|    :    :|   :    =  1  *          i| 

«  ^  "c3  ^  JC  'd     Ts^io2-ii'-§o2  H  0Q  T3 

£>*  I  § -g  §|  §73  &1  I  b|^  I  73* 

w^s^fc^   ^tcfcawafc  a  fcH-3 


O   O   O   d  T1   O   O   C    =3  'I-1       t1   O   O  T*  T* 

r*,  r^  Vd    M    &>  VS  "J?  'JT1    M    CQ  »d    co  *-S  •_£  «H  «J  >S    » 


ft '!  i  -*1 

^      .3  CQ      »g i  « 

M  nt3   o3 

£  S  5 

••T»  -03  -d 

<3  OO 


290 


UNIVERSITY. 


i   .S   .* 

fa         *  M 

& 

>> j>  '    "&»'>> 

©  >,  o  >>      I  I 

a  :  \as  :  c^s    :  g  :  d 

o  !    :  &  •  o  pj  •  o  .  o 

o  o  o  o      o  5 

W  0  §  Hg      W  H 

•43  r3  •  Pl,  ^       •_£  Oh       "43     "42 

'o  J3  "o  £  o  'o      "o 

d       "43  !3  d  _,   o  S  '43  s 

e3        ^o'S         eS   «3  ^  02   «S   a   e3 

4?l^ft.2£^S.2|S^S 
W  w  £3     ^h§Rh!?W^K 


<! 


c       s> 

§      « 

«  c  o 


•§■§   a 

GO    c3        'O 
g   S£.2 


.2  is^ig 


•£000       -r1   O   O 

^    +3    -(J   -+J     Jj  ^d    -M 

g? m  a? Cw     02      uj 


-^  9 

O  Si 

-+?  o 

^  d 


o    ^ 


:§2 
gfcf 


-ri 


eS 


J  J 

o^ 

Us  IS 


»  ^ 


H     H   v3     *     02     d 


ss 
3^:3, 

Mil 

-d  12     •£• 

^-^  o 

•jh  -^     03 

»     CJ     Cj   4J 


a       03 

5    3, 
1  -§ 

TS.s    -J 

r—     J-      g         - 


GRADUATES.  291 


.,•02         cogo  «2  .go         go  .so 


>> 

'  >> 

>> 

'   >» 

•         ^ 

'   >> 

*  >» 

a 
0 

'  >» 

'      >» 

s 

§ 

>» 

s 

>>  0 

£§ 

1 

s 

2  >* 

•  a 

,4 

rd     ,a  « 

:»d  a 

^  d 

•  d 

:  S^ 

o 

:  0 
0 
H 

5  ™ 

•  80 

o£§<8 

§ 

:  ft  0 
000 

S4© 

0  0 

•  © 

:  0 
0 

I* 

.*3 

13 

.TS-c 

3  2  3  g 

1    : 

ijpT8 

3  * 

-a 
•  © 

.    c3 

:]f3 

_£Pw 

"  \2 

0)      . 

•Phij3 

^•43 

•  -+=> 

-*» 

••gft 

'o 

02  13 

3*3 

t3  0 

03  .15 

dp-l 

oral 
dLi 
oral 
Poli 

as 

'Si 

^3 

0  Ph 

©  0 

03  ^3 
©     O 

02  -^i  ^ 

n3 

a 

CO   e3 

sa-g-g 

03  H3CO    m 

*go 
© 

St5 

0  d 

GO    =3 

iScie 
and 
Scie 
and 
dM 

£.8 

O  40 

-+3  -*» 

m  •  ■* 

is0 

Natural 
History 
Languag 
Logic  an 
N atural 
History 
Ditto 

Logic  an 
Languag 
Logic  an 
History 

1=1      fH 

Mat  hem 

Logic  an 

History 

Ditto 

Logic  an 
History 
Natural 
History 
Natural 
History 
Natural 
History 
Logic  an 

+3 

43 

4a 

O  O 

a 
■S  n 

at  0 

0000 

hi 

3   :'£     *C3 

d  ^ 

0  0 

+3    -^ 

33 

fiQ 

S3  .a 
Pm-3 

GO  1-3 

03    03  -H 

^   CO 
Ph3Q 

flfiflfi 

P-t  GO 

h}02^ 

GO 

-3go                     h-3 

:    :   :;:::::    :      >    :  :    :   :    :        : :*^    :    :    :    :    : 

1  frill  if iliif !!*  ;fl|d|i  ill 


43 


iiiligiiia^^lillliililifii 


292 


UNIVERSITY. 


© 

< 

&0 
« 

ft  H  o  pa*  d  W 

HOW 

E3 

o 

fa 

^  :   '   :  £  ' 

>> 

g             g 

s 

m 

1            1 

o                  § 

9 

o 
.  d 

:  3 

d 

GO 

o                O    ©      • 

B 

s 

;1  : 

© 

o 

O                        O    o 

an  d 
.2  fl.2 

©   «*   O 

CO   ©CO 

'© 

© 

CO 

CL|            »«a<  d 
d               d  ° 

43  d 

S  s  s  §>.g  g 

«e  5  cs 

$H      d      *H 

d  ted 

©    J* 

*d  o 

dq  «j5  -r;  d  no  -g 

"S.S 

© 
d  * 

ii 

1-5 

•COO       «:q 

co         h5co 

43 

^£  d 
«  us  •- 

.3  3 

CO 

1     '.     '.     '.     :     '. 

© 

«2     .     . 

•    • 

:::::: 

pa'  X   : 

^ 

© 

B 

eg 
525 

43   j-    eg           .   o 

*C3    -i    -j    »h  .JZj" 

i     £  L>  <  J  >* 
•5  4s  -d  S  ns  «8 

GO 
00 

iH 

§ 

1 

88 
4 

o  3  a 

2^3 

s 

1 

1 

S3 

•sj 

15 

d  ■-* 

rd.d 
goco 

CS 

&H    © 

<PQ 

GRADUATES.  293 


■+j 


g g    . 

-    "2     .2*3    3^3  .a  .-Scb^I 
•2  *  §  *  « ^  J  •§  ^  a  e  I  's  S    ^  j§  £  * 

IIIII^i?lsil|J!=ta 


m 


s    s                s       g         s  as 

>>     o      o                          o          §          ■    2  §              o 

lSw    w                Sw     §w          w  w    I    w 

£  S.2   :.S   :   :S         «.|      8.2       :   :J  -2     J   :.2 

i?^^  ■•§§  30  agfa^i  i?  ^I^i'-s 

§^pHm^fl      -gig  -•a^p'tfpL.P  „  a*  ^p'tf  §Pw 


32   I 


•1  In  11  I  ifi  |.i  lil      .1  rli 


sill 

.^  -c  S      «f 


as 


294 


UNIVERSITY. 


<J. X*   . 


jl        ill         if     I  ill  | 

W^&^^B         W^l     B         &H-3B  ^ 


•s  o  Q 


■S'C 


S-4     5     J-H 

CO    03     03  .3   +3     W  'X!  'X     w    «2  'J?     w  V?  "^    03  -3     02     05  •£>  VT1  .3     «2 


wP-ita^Qcn 


coPh     co 


X 


-3 


D-rn 


hltt 


B% 


S3 

of  8 


3  2 


2 


.2  £*• 

3     03     CO 

POP 


^!    c8   >>fi 
vS    £    e8    3 

nil 

9  &o  £ 

-3  r3    -4^     ^ 
M^3     OTJ 

<U   <D   O   e3 
QftfiO 


121 

s  £  £ 

bfiai  c 


O   <§  -S    3 

list! 


w   C^   3 


■o44^ 

rO      CP.rH* 

Offi£ 


6C^    03    r-  v- 
tf   O   O,3 


•«3   es   P    53 

t«   3^ 
S.^   eg,3 

il-g  s« 

2  S  *  s 

c3      ^    ^     „ 

■2  g^-^ 


s  >  ^ 

An? 

io-ij 
-•"  2 


GRADUATES.  295 


H  H  O  W  P 

'fi'q'Hfl'rfHH 

BHQ'dft 

ft 

h 

>,             >5 

;  >»  :    :  b  :  >> 

:  >»  :  : 

s     s 

s       a .  s 

£ 

olitical  Econoi 
al  Philosophy 
olitical  Econo 
Literature 

dLiterature 
Political  Econo 
Ditto 

oral  Philosophy 
Political  Econo 
oral  Philosophy 
Political  Econo 

olitical  Econo 
tto 

tto 

P^     g^r- 

*«« 

:ory  and 
ic  and  M 
jory  and 
guage  an 
hematics 

0 

guag 
tory 

ic  an 
tory 
ic  an 
tory 

1 

si 

m  QC  02   a  if 

C    02            DO  03    DO  05 

.9 

s 

cn 

43       -+3 

-2    "fiS'C 

,T3   0        -TJ   O   O   O 

U    .+3                Pi    .+3    +3    -+3 

JSJ    +3      rt^Sj    +3   -H    +» 

02  *j?  .s  02  vsj  vc;  vs? 

Pi 
J3 

sssu 

+»  -«j  43  .3 

i-H   te   ai   » 

Q  +;  a  G  s 

c3   S    O   c3 

02 

SSfig 

H^GGO-i  j» 

ui     ^Am 

go 

Oh 

:    :    :    :    i    i    : 
:  0    :    :    :    :    • 

Setalvdd,  Chimanldl  Harildl 
Tdki,  Rdmchandra  Shankar 
Trivcdi,  Durgeshvar  Natvarji 
Tyabji,  Hyder  Kamrudin 
Vdnavale,  Saddshiv  Rangndth 

00 
00 

| 

e 

00 
1 

Banhatti,  Ndrdyan  Ddso 
Bhandivdd,  Venkatesh  Bhimr 
Gupte,  Vindyak  Appdji ... 
Joshi,  Vindyak  Bdbdji    ... 
Masur,  Krishnardo  Shrinivas 
Pethe,  Ndrdyan  Chintdman 
Pitke,  Gopdl  Rdmchandra 

1 

Ambardekar,  Govind  Krishna 
Joshi,  Ganesh  Krishna  ... 
Mardthe,  Trimbak  Moreshvar 
Parndik,  Ndrdyan  Abdji... 
Pradhdn,  Sitdrdm  Abdjirdo 

296 


UNIVERSITY, 


.  .  .1  . J  .  ..  M» 

H  qpPOHP4QHHP^&3 


III 

s  o  s 
+j  — (  -ij 


i 

:3 

9 


0? 


If  J  : 

I3 

O^   ©02.12   d   £>   «3 

1,2  §>§ 

e5    O    c3    «5 


IJJJJHJJJdS 


to     &     :d, 

oo     o     ^ 

**    e    a 


111    :^a 

§3  £«?  £$ 


•S.M 


a  d 


l£3£KJ&ala 


d  g.«3 


©> 


* 


b,  .§  d  d  ^  -5  x,  3  *  .9 


;2  -^  ,q    d    ;?  ■ 

„d?^1oS 
rdCJi_3K*vce.'Kfl    „  ©  £ 

■rfdfaMIcri-^-- 


-  13  ^ 


cp 


■4^   ^  '  O 

<J  pq  &  p  Q  Q  Q  O  C5  K 


^4  !> 

93  o 

PhQ 

d  fa 

«a  es 


GRADUATES.  297 


02  cc  fe  02 


>>                    >»         >>  *  >>  >> 

I  >,!  >»  o  >»      o                            £» 

d                                d  rd    d  -d  •     •   d  *d      .   ;-j  ■     •'S 

g§            :gg  §^8  §•  :  :  8  o1  :  8  2  ::og 

gd             Sh  |w|  h§    hS                §S 

S3.  'cS                         5*  'tf  ^  'cS  *d  •     .   «« '3     .  'eS   S8  .     .  13   J3 


3.o  =  o   :&.§ofi.2g    :   :|g    :|S 

•l35^-p«'1i+3rt"i-i»       Sri  ooxi'l 
©3  02   ©   rt        T5e3r302:£«3,S02e3©  "§  02  tJ   <» H 


:Pm  © 

©    cj  — i 


§>J  SS|     .sj.sl     J.2SJ&  |S.S  5b 

^M  %r^lB  H^M^Ei  M  ^  5  B  h3  S  £  ^  ^ 


ffl.H+J      ffl      IB      »"H,5      M'H-r.      a      JO      B      B'H'rt.S     CQ  CO  "H   •«   •£*  '•-» 

CLiJPcoO-iGO        p^Q2  0liO2PMO2  h3  Q2 02 


3  -f-  <3j* 


2"  j*        .*    I 

>      fJ       d  £  t«  •?»      E 


^5 
3T? 


fj  l^l^cg^l  |gS  111113.  *  feSS* 


SSr^^r?;»PH^(^^fH020202Hr>!>K->  <J  <  PQ  PQ  CQ 


298 


UNIVERSITY. 


.    .  .  .X X x  .  .  . 


o  o  2         °  ^2 

a  a    •    •        •  a         -i3  >^  a         •* 

8        g8':g:§      :8        g^§2*: 

e$  ?    c?     .         J3         <3  .   c3  J3  '£    «   5 

.2oo».2:      S     -2  o    :.S  o  o  S£.2  S 
;a  +3  .+j  "3  ia        S  "1  m  i3  **  so  ^3  if  "S  "^  ri  'J  "^ 

n         ^S.2«fird     .2  *d         S  S  tJ  2  S  8 

a  rt  a  tS  °  ^       a       o  a  ^       a      r^  o 

b    |tJi|  &  -at?    |§£-f 

3  wo^Sg)      o       g  o  §0.2  o  Eb 

to  a  «  -£  -g  a      15      -g  t»  a  &o  w  a 


•g   o        '2    O  O   O   d  "2   O   O   O   O   O   fl  '2   o   o 

M    -P>      r3f^+3-^43.2-+3+3      rJr^+3-+3-P>-r3-rJ.5^-r3-P> 

ap^aPPP^gg-aPPPPPgaPP 


::::?:::::  <s    :::::::    :  2    : 
*^4***f-i ,a 

•<8  ••-<  'd  ^  .-+f 

l|i!ls^l!|lli!f!llt! 

a ° "8)1 3 ^^S^^ 5  g-Sgwri^s^ 

cjk  ,j  c  ^^x  tj'S       a  J2  2  ^  t>    ~h  o  ^  ,a  m 

s  ":?  1  tS  is  |  «  £  a  4  °„f  s  I  §  -k  *  1 3 

2-S-HP      >^3   3    r^      «      „      ^    fc0^   ^jS^ISdrfrt 


GRADUATES.  299 


xx" ^  .  .  .x'x'  .x" 

soso  *  mm     m 


frft-'-S&JMJ  'ajhsl  I 


ga      boh     h 


l?  SSI'S  £2*  l&!l2s>? 


.2  -*  S  -^  .2  ,j*  S  .2  £  ^  £  - .« j* .3  g^S.St^^ 

llpfiilpl,5lpiiiiis(5lfSj 

C^SC  0-SO        CW        SO        i_q  fL,  GO  PU  ffi  SO        Oh        SO 


W  g  ^  ^  ^  J  .R«g  i-1  A  3       ^  o       c-2:~4?>         CO      ,§      -A 

IjSsISw^s.&i.sj  a§^§^    -  £  w 

f  S||  &a  13351  Il-S^-S-J  II  Kt  f 


300 


UNIVERSITY. 


<! 

< 

* 

.  M  '     . 

HQHWftP 

HfioflH 

KQK 

CO 

ta 

fe 

fe 

>> 

>> 

>»     >» 

S 

£      5 

>>      o 

o 

o       o 

a      a    -   - 

ao  c    :    : 

:  o    :    : 

o    :  o 

o  u  o 

o 

© 

o        o 

2  sa 

a 

W 

W      H 

-g 

3  fill  .   . 

•  5    •    • 

.   e3     .     . 

5 

3        rt 

.   o      •      ■ 

G 

o     •  o 

'  '£ 

0) 

'5  ^'-p  o  o 

2        o  5 

so 
6 

"3    w> 

"3   ° 

3 

OTJ^i   c   m 

1 

^  fl 

C-i  fl 

T3    C 

fe  s^q^ 

T5   O    c$  SO   rt 

a> 

'3  o 

o  2*3  © 

Si* 

r-     £  rr- 

c  3  a 

£co  5 

a2£ 

S  ScoS 

PC 

thill    H    U 

B 

.2  "c*  .2 

£  £h  K 

4->  40  4*  4B 

cj-rioooooooococ'Coa      *coo      -r 

t"2       ^     -4^*     -i-»    4^     4^     4^     4^     -4J     -U»    -i-5     _L3       ^1       **     J^       2  *""     .^5     _L3  •"■* 

§  rSSefifiSSSiSS  2  is  gi  |.SS--f  * 


Qico 


—  M  QO 


t-3  CO 


02  32 

5       :£ 


CQ 


M 

a 

BO 

2 

09 

ai 

^ 

A 

ee 

tf 

&# 

»d 

£ 

a 

fit 
:>  a 


:  a  fa    : 


•_' 


f  *. 


2  |  SJ    ■ 

'££  c  j-  (_i  ;S 

sjw3g 


v?3      "S^ 

S  si  3K 

'3  o  £  ^ 

3:3  .s  :h 


IfJ 

'S  -rt  ..^  .^  ^j  -^ 
m  ^P  to^T:  <! 

"    S    c3    ^  sj 

m  3  b      «3  ^  i? 

•ili'sfBll 

^  JS  -3  ^  ^  ^  P° 


>oS 


GRADUATES.  301 


»X  .  .  .  .  M  .'      . .-M X   . 

«3Q  02  CC  CC 


_rt  O  O  o  o 

^     •  a  ®  _8  ?.  •  8  g       J 


3         H|W  £     B3         a 

Ph        :.2  ».2  ©    :.§  »  .2 


:.S  ©.2  S    :  2  55  .2 

■+»     <E  ;*H  '"  .ph    43    +3-+3   .jj   +a   +a  -rH     j5.H"l4i4J'H4J4J4Jp 
3  2  t5     fl  r-t  fiO>_^S  rr-j 

5   ^S^S  u3^S^      5 


ig  3  'S  3  5  "S  3  £  3  S  13  $     %  9  73     'S  -2  -2  S  "g  9  3 

Q  8  Q  §  S  S  a  S  S  Q  S  §  Q  *43  g  2  S  '-^  S  S  Q  2  S  S  S 

Ph  go     P-i  c/?  An  go     >-3  co  P-i  goi-^gc         P-i  cqQ- 


*b 


11  *  HiiiiiiiiMPiiIiilii? 

allllSllll^jfiloll^l? 


05     0> 

*^3  _TL-*;£iiEr-il-HC0O2O2OJr"->-'—  ' 

££  <^«WflflfiflflPflPOOOSMh«MW«Hl 

b  1306— 26  bu 


302 


UNIVEESITY. 


p4  ** 


Ph   : 
o 


»  S3 


>2     -g     -e 
■a    9*  .1  .{ 

3 


•g  oPh 


g 

s 


2? 

o  s 
TJOQ 

2  S 


03h4 


T3  ' 

S3    W 


.Sad 


s    s 

o       o 

:         S3         S3 

f->  o  £  o 

.  2*3  1513 

;  a>  o  03  o 

'  -"^  '■£  ."S  '•§ 

.  o       o 

HHHH^CC    03    §  ©    I 

«6   c3   2  £>  eS   >> 

.2  s  §d  J  gp  o 

6J0"£   S3    m  S3  to 

o«  3:3  ce^j 


-P   o 


m D-tcc 


r£     S3  .-  3     >      rj      S3 

^  2l*H£=3£ 

^   £j  02   P*  *  fc  •§ 


-«3  -3 


S3  T3 
_    b0  S3 

t>  43  §  as  2 

^   £03    ;! 

^£     .£'" 
OQ0-    fl33 


S3 
.  S3^     - 

2  «s  «ee  ca  ~ 

t,  c  ^  Sa 

3>Jl5 


;§s 


3  sips' 


S3,*!    §  „     . 

Jl    S3    C3  03    & 

o   d  >  2  — 

b  +a  -u  S3  -P 

c3  »c8   e€  03    03 


III -Si 

J3     ci   VS  rB     S3 


GRADUATES.  303 


....  .   .M X .   . 


s  2   I   Is       wsg     J2   I 

. *a       .  sf    .  £  ■  -  5  "^          .  Is  13  'a         13  "*      s* 

6  J  ^  3  a  -3  «  3  *  ^  ^  43  .2  ^  2  a  13  13  S  2  £ 

is  *    i!  ^  g  g  g  ^*      5  &  <*  b      *  £>    £ 


fl*c  °  'So      *£  o  a  o      -rr  a  o  o -r!  o  o  o  a  "d 


III--    il!lt-t!Pi!!.!lfiil 

_rcq^^<}  ^„ffi       ^  ^  3n       t*  5    r    -^     .  H  oa    „ 


304 


UNIVEESITY. 


to 

(Si 

H 

rifl'flB^.fl'p 

ipq'pftf4w'P4 

43 

Q 

02 

m 

>» 

*  *  >» 

: 

'  >>  * 

>»*'>»" 

a 

*i 

S 
5 

S         S 

o            o 

o 

2* 

o 

"5  a 

:  &  o 

o  o 

= 

o 

S3 

d 

8     2 

Econ 
ure 

Econ 

0 

-3 

"  43 

: 

E 

co         g 

-+3               +3 

tical 
terat 

tical 

1 

o 

Si  o 

a 

-3     hJ 

'o^      © 

J2 

P-i 

"81 

§  Sen 

1*1 

d 
9 

Is 

CS    43 

.+3  d  -£  *  5 

*r}     2  +3  rrj  43  43 

^  *s  -♦*  d  43  43 

>> 

Ul 

A*A&P 

SP^flfl 

1 

™    o    £ 

E 

1 

stor 
ngu 

stor 

a 

fcl^W 

ft 

^ 

W        H? 

a^   w 

d'C      d 

+j    ^    d  -P    S 
co    0)    e8    co    <t> 


43  43  43  43 

S     'C  4?  4?  .2     'S  S'^33-2  S*c 
S        •    :    i    i    :    i    i    :    i    i    :    i   i 

P 

S        ::::::        :.„:::: 

,d     •  u     •     •     '     ' 

5         ©  >^    ^W    cs    .  33 

a      S    :   5   :   :3  B'l  I  flJ    :rS 

2  id  r3    <v>    M    ^  ;2  ^    Sn-I343    J3    t>    >~c* 
T3  <5    &D  £  -^   Ph43   coceeo'ct^coeocStn 

^   ^     5^43     CO^VC3^5^j3rC!^5j=^4? 

<J     ^^(jqpqpQPHpqwPHOOQP 


d 

co 

d-- 

ec    c3 


82,1  K 

,—  >^P  co  ^   co 
.,-,  co   d   o   2 

g^  a  o-s 


«C0    <U    ^    CO    CO 

PnWHt>> 


GRADUATES.  305 

fiflH^-^HflHH    .  ft  d  6  6  Q  Hfi"  H  HO  p4p4  WH  ^H  H  W  H 


• 

'    •  >>  " 

>» 

">>">»"*>>     >>'>>                   ">» 

| 

s 

s    s       s  .  s    s              a 

o 

o       O           o    •  o       o                       o 

. 

§ 

:  q 

•  9      a   .   . a    ■  a    .  a                  .  q 

©  o  a> 

SW2 

•  o       © 

=  8*8  '  ;8  ©8  :8                :8 

terat 
tical 
terat 

tical 
terat 

tical 
terat 
tical 

tical 
terat 
tical 

tical 

tical 

to 

Hi  ^3 

3   a 

•w'ohJ.'o  £      'otJ'o      'o                    S'o 

Ditto 
Scienc 
Ditto 
Ditto 
ge  and 
and  P 
^e  and 

matics 
y  and  P 

Ditto 
age  and 

Ditto 

.S*g-2.§8*§*8.«JJgJjU 
o  a  «  q  o  •  r3  c  os  c  *  rt  q  ."£  5  -"ti  •"£  «  q 

tf    >>  e8 

,3>»s,>»'Sa>»*>»S>»               n  ^ 

E 
3 

I 

...    Langu 
...    Histoi 
. . .    Langu 
...    Mathe 
...    Histor 

...    Langu 

. . .    Natur, 
...    Histor 
. . .    Langu 
...    Histor 
. . .    Natur 
...    Mathe 
...    Histor 
. . .    Langu 
...    Histor 
...    Mathe 
...    Histor 

. . .    Natur. 
...  History 

-2.2  3  £     .2 'CSS    *Sfl-c°3    •cs^'Cg'C     S'g     g'CS 

puW^J       $  ^aQflUOQ  hJMPM       ;£  P-<  GC  ^  Ph  «?  ^  fi<  50 


q  T?  2  g 


'-cj^3 


B  1306—26  etj* 


S06 


UNIVERSITY. 


.   -   .   .    '   -MX     X 
fa-  &     mm     m 


:   :    : 

"  >> 

>> 

£ 
0 

I 

. 

.  a 

d 

:  0 

0 

0 

d 

W 

H 

e3 

«3 

'S 

+3         ' 

-p 

ices 
dL 
ices 

Pi 

Ss 

.2  5.2 

3* 

S^JSJ 

0  ro  0 

3  rt 

HI 

O 

1  b 
11 

•+?   d  -£ 

-£     <D 

CS   «-H 

£hJ£ 

W£« 

d  c* 

l| 
"I 


J-J+3+3+3-t-S-^      S-+3      *1 

I»  P-l 


i3 


•  ce  d 


^  >  ns  ^ 

Sail 

S  •£  *-  ."2 

>  w  d  as 
•p-a  oj+i 

e8  rfj  rd    d 


2^ 

,  P  2  § 
^5  ^rd 

fg« 

(S'd   o 
.  ™  JS,  ^ 

•C3Q    *5 


GRADUATES, 


B.  Sc 


307 


Names. 

Selected  Subjects. 

Col- 
lege. 

1882. 

First  Class. 

Daruvala,  Jamshedji  Edalji,  B.A. 
Pass. 

Pure    Mathe- 
matics. 

Applied    Ma- 
thematics. 

Botany. 

F.G.A 

Khot,  Anant  Venkaji,  B.A. 

Animal  Phy- 

Zoology 

Ditto.. 

E. 

1883, 

siology. 

First  Class. 

Deshmukh     Moreshvar     Gopal, 
B.A.,  M.D.,          

Ditto 

Chemistry  .. 

Ditto.. 

E. 

Gajjar,  Tribhuvandas  Kalliandas, 
M.A 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto.. 

E. 

Pass. 

Jayakar,     Sundarrao     Gajanan, 
M.A 

Ditto      . . 

Zoology 

Ditto.. 

P.G.A 

1884. 

Second  Class. 

Kanga,  Mancherji  Kavasji,  M.A. 

Ditto 

Ditto 

Ditto.. 

E. 

Masani,  Adarji  Mernosji,  M.A.    . . 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto 

Ditto.. 

F.G.A 

1885. 

Second  Class. 

Mehta,  Damubhai  Dayabhai 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto 

Ditto.. 

E. 

Pass. 

Doctor,  Bapuji  Palanji     .. 

Ditto 

Chemistry  .. 

Ditto.. 

St.  X 

Pandit,  Harilal  Mulshankar 

Ditto 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto . . 

E. 

Parvati,  Ramrao  Krishna . . 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto.. 

E. 

1886. 

First  Class. 

Nariman,     Sorabji    Kharshedji, 

L.M.  &S 

Ditto      . . 

Ditto      . . 

Zoology 

Grant 

Second  Class. 

Karpur,  Shrinivasrao  S 

Pure    Mathe- 

Experimental 

Physical 

C.Sc. 

matics. 

Physics. 

Geo- 
graphy. 
Ditto . . 

Tarkhad,  Ramchandra  Atmaram. 

Animal    Phy- 
siology. 

Zoology 

E, 

1887. 

First  Class. 

Surveyor,  NasarvanjiFakirji,  B.A. 

Botany 

Ditto      . . 

Chemis- 

E. 

Pass. 

try. 

Ghoda,  Ganpatrai  Mayashankar. . 

Ditto 

Ditto      . . 

Animal 
Physi- 
ology. 

E. 

308 


UNIVERSITY. 

HONORARY  DEGREE  of  LLD. 

1884. 

His  Excellency    the    Most  Noble  the   Marquis  of  Ripon, 
K.G.,  G.C.B.,  G.M.S.I.,  P.C. 

LL.B. 
1866. 

First  Division. 

Rdndde,  Mahadev  Govind,  M.A ...        L. 

Wagle,  Bal  Mangesh,  M.A L. 

1867. 

Second  Division. 

Bedarkar,  Khanderdo  Chimanrao,  B.A L. 

Kothdre,  Girdharldl  Daydldds,  B.A L. 

1868. 

Second  Division. 

Dalvi,  Dinanath  Atmdram,  M.A L. 

Marphatia,  Nagindds  Tulsidds,  B.A,           L. 

Mehtd,  Thdkurdds  Atmdrdm,  B.A L. 

1869. 

Second  Division. 

Kohiyar,  Ratanshdh  Erachshah,  B.A L. 

Pathak,  Shapurji  Hormasji,  M.A L. 

Sayani,  Rahimtulah  Muhammad,  M.A.  L. 

1870. 

Second  Division. 

Dadachanji,  Karshdsji  Rastamji,  M.A.  L. 

Desai,  Ambalal  Sakarlal,  M.A L. 

Munshi,  Mansukhlal  Mugatldl,  B.A L. 

Nadkarni,  Ghanasham  Nilkant,  B.A L. 

Telang,  Kdshinath  Trimbak,  M.A L, 

Vikaji,  Frdmji  Rastamji,  B.A L. 

1871. 

First  Division. 

Apte,  Mahadev  Chimnaji,  B.A.  L. 

Dalai,  Jamshedji  Ardesir,  M.A.  ...         ...         ...  L. 

Dhurandhar,  Sadashiv  Vishvandth,  B.A L. 

*  Passed  also  Honours  in  Law  Examination,  Class  I. 
t  Passed  also  Honours  in  Law  Examination,  Class  II. 


GRADUATES.  309 


Second  Division. 

Bhdtavadekar,  Gajanan  Krishna,  B.A L. 

Ddvlatjddd,  Chanduldl  Mathurddds,  B.A.  L. 

Gadgil,  Jandrdan  Sakharam,  B.A L. 

Ghasvdld,  Ardesir  Framji,  B.A L. 

Mankar,  Ganpatrao  Amritrao,  M.A.         ...         L. 

Nanavati,  Manikji  Nasarvdnji,  B.A L. 

Nandvati,  Ndgardds  Narottamdds,B.A L. 

Pdrekh,  Gokuldds  Kahdndds,  B.A.  L. 

Patel,  Rastamji  Mervdnji,  M.A L. 

Taleydrkhdn,  Mdnekshdh  Jehdngiershdh,  B.A L. 

1873. 

Second  Division. 

Modi,  Barzorji  Edalji,  M.A.  L. 

1874. 

Second  Division. 

Bhat,  Chintdman  Ndrdyan,  B.A ...  L. 

Deshmukh,  Rdmchandra  Gopdlrdo,  B.A....         ...         ...  L. 

Khanddldvdld,  Navroji  Dordbji,  B.A L. 

1875. 

Second  Division. 

Kothdre,  Anandrdo  Krishnardo,  B.A L. 

Mardthe,  Kdshinath  Balkrishna,  B.A L. 

1876. 

Second  Division. 

Athale,  Yashvant  Vdsudev,  M.A L 

Bhdnap,  Gopdl  Vindyak,  B.A.       L* 

Gokhale,  Rdmchandra  Vishnu,  B.A.  L* 

Kher,  Krishndji  Ndrdyan,  B.A.     ...  1/ 

Pandit,  Vindyak  Mahddev,  B.A L- 

1877. 

^      Second  Division. 

Dhairyavan,  Vdsudev  Krishnardo,  B.A L. 

Kirloskar,  Ganesh  Rdmchandra,  M.A L. 

Tipnis,  Raghunath  Shivram,  B.A.. L. 


310  UNIVERSITY. 

1878. 

Division. 


Bhat,  Hariram  Uttamram,  B.A ...         ...  L. 

Inamdar,  Venkatrao  Rukhamangad,  B.A.  L. 

Kanga,  Dinshah  Pestanji,  M.A L. 

Tullu,  Raoji  Vasudev,  M.A L. 

1879. 


Second  Division. 

DeSa,  Luis,  B.A L. 

Joshi,  Balvant  Narayan,  B.A L. 

Joshi,  Bhaskar  Shridhar,  B.A.       ...         ..  L. 

Modi,  Jehangier  Edalji,  B.A L. 

Patvardhau,  Vinayak  Ramchandra,  B.A.  ...         ...  L. 

Paudval,  Dvarkanath  Sakharamji,  B.A.  L. 

1880. 

First  Division. 

Bhadbhade,  Raghunath  Oangddhar,  B.A.  ...         ...  L. 

Gadgil,  Pandurang  Dhonddev,  B.A L. 

Second  Division. 

Ajinkya,  Sitanath  Gopindth,  B.A.  ...         ...         ...  L. 

Bhdnddrkar,  Shivram  Vithal,  B.A L. 

Bhandarkar,  Vasudev  Gopal,  B.A.  ...         L. 

Bhatavadekar,  Vishnu  Krishna,  B.A L. 

Dalai,  Tribhuvandas  Lakshmidas,  B.A,  ...         ...         ...  L. 

DeSouza,  Luis  J.  E.,  B.A L. 

Gandhi,  Jivaji  Dinshahji,  B.A.       ...         ...         ...         ...  L. 

Huligol,  Krishnarao  Madhav,  B.  A.  ...         ...         ...  L. 

Jambusarvala,  Bejanji  Manikji,  B.A.       ...         ...         ...  L. 

Kanitkar,  Govind  Vasudev,  B.A.  ...         ...         ...         ...  L. 

Kathavate,  Manohar  Vishnu,  B.A.  ...         ...         ...  L. 

Kirtane,  Keshav  Vaman,  B.A.       ...         ...         ...         ...  L. 

Ovalekar,  Moreshvar  Narayan,  B.A.         ...  L. 

Rao,  Ganpat  Sadashiv,  M.A.  ...         ...  L. 

Sarangpani,  Krishnaji  Vinayak,  B.A.        ...         ...         ...  L, 

Tilak,  Bal  Gangadhar,  B.A.  L. 

Tullu,  Govind  Vasudev,  M.A L. 

Upasani,  Shridhar  Balkrishna,  B.A.  L. 


GRADUATES. 


311 


1881. 


First  Division, 

Chandavadkar,  Narayan  Ganesh,  B.A. 
Khare,  Daji  Abaji,  B.A.      ... 

Second  Division. 

Dhruva,  Harilal  Harsadrai,  B.A.    ... 
Divekar,  Balvant  Abaji,  B.A. 
Duncan,  Thomas,  M.A. 
Gimi,  RastamjiMancherji,  B.A.     ... 
Gole,  Siddheshvar  Bhaskar,  B.A.  ... 
Jog,  Pralhad  Narayan,  B.  A. 
Joshi,  Sakharam  Vasudev,  B.A.     ... 
Kanga,  Fardunji  Manikji,  B.A. 
Koparkar,  Govind  Balkrishna,  B.A. 
Mudholkar,  Rangnath  Narsinha,  B.A. 

Rahurkar,  Vaman  Narayan,  B.A 

Rele,  Gangaram  Bapsoba,  B.A. 
Sethna,  Kavasji  Bejanji,  B.A. 
Sethna,  Rastamji  Dhanjibhai,  B.A. 
Wagle,  Shivram  Sitaram,  B.A 

1882. 

Second  Division. 

Bhagvat,  Dattatraya  Vishnu,  B.A. 
Dave,  Kevalram  Mavji,  B.A. 
Gokhale,  Gopal  Ramchandra,  B.A. 
Kanga,  Sorabji  Manikji,  M.  A. 
Shabani,  Dayaram  Gidumal,  B.A.  ... 

1883. 

First  Division. 

Dharamshi,  Abdullah  Meheralli,  B.A. 

Second  Division, 

Cama,  Rustom  K.  R.,  B.A. 
Chavbal,  Mahadev  Bhaskar,  B,A. ... 
Chitnis,  Dattatraya  Balvant,  B.A. 
Gokhale,  Vishvanath  Ballal,  B.A. 
Kaka,  Navroji  Behramji,  B.A. 
Kanga,  Jamshedji  Behramji,  B.A. 


L, 
L, 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L, 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 
L. 


L, 


L. 
L, 
U 
L, 
L. 
L. 


312  UNIVERSITY. 


Mirajkar,  Raghavendra  Shrinivas,  B.A ...  L. 

Munshi,  Motilal  Mugatlal,  B.A L, 

Nagarkar,  Ramchandra  Daji,  B.A.          L. 

Phatak,  Narayan  Gopal,  B.A L. 

Vakil,  Rustam  Bamanshah,  B.A L. 

Vania,  Hoshangji  Barjorji,  B.A L. 

Wadia,Framji  Rastamji,  M.A L, 

1884. 

Second  Division. 

Akhund,  Alii  Muhammad  Hussanalli,  B.A L. 

Dali,  Raghunath  Sakharam,  B.A. ...         ...         ...         ...  L. 

Joshi,  Moro  Vishvanath,  B.A.       ...         ...          ..         ..  L. 

Kapadia,  Damodar  Manji,  B,  A L. 

Kirtikar,  Janardan  Sundarji,  B.A.           ...         ...         ...  L, 

Pathak,  Pandurang  Shridhar,  B.  A.           L. 

Sovani,  Vinayak  Krishna,  B.A.     ...         ..          ..         ...  L. 

Tripathi,  Govardhanram  Madhavram,  B.A L. 

Vakil,  Manchhashankar  Jivanram,  B.A...          ...         ...  L. 

1885. 

Second  Division. 

Bharucha,  Jivaji  Kdvasji,  B.A,     ...         ....         ...          ..  L, 

Desai,  Motilal  Dalpatram,  B.A ...  L. 

Deshmukh,  Ganesh  Krishna,  B.A.           ...  L. 

Doctor,  Dinshah  Jijibhai,  B.A.  ...             ...  L. 

Judge,  Jametram  Ndndbhdi,  B.A,             L. 

Kdnga,  Mdnikji  Dorabji,  B.A L. 

Kelkar,  Hari  Vaman,  B.A.             L. 

Khaparde,  Ganesh  Shrikrishna,  B.A L. 

Mirza,  Nasarvanji  Framji,  B.A L. 

Nadgir,  Malhar  Martand,  B.A L. 

Sanjana,  Temuras  Navroji,  B.A,              ...         L. 

Saraiya,  Gokaldas  Vithaldas,  B.A.          L. 

Vaidya,  Chintaman  Vinayak,  M.A L. 


1886. 

First  Division. 

Karandikar,  Balkrishna  Parshuram,  B.A.  L. 

Sattavala,  Motilal  Tribhovandas,  B.A L. 

Vazirani,  Tahilram  Khemchand,  B.A ..     L. 


GRADUATES.  313 


Second  Division, 

A jrekar,  Keshav  Ganesh,  B.A -  L, 

Bhdgvat,  Balaji  Abaji,  B.A L. 

Bhdrvdni,  Harchandrai  Vishindds,  B.A ...  L. 

Dikshit,  Hari  Sitdrdm,  B.A ...  L. 

Joglekar,  Vdsudev  Daji,  B.A.       .«        L. 

Kelkar,  Govind  Ndrdyan,  B.A L. 

Kothare,  Gajanan  Bdpuji,  B.A ...  L. 

Laghate,  Govind  Balvantrdo,  B.A.           L. 

Munshi,  Mohanrdi  Dolatrdi,     B.A.         L, 

Pandit,  Ghanashdm  Ndrdyan,  B.A ...  L. 

Pdvri,  Fardunji  Palanji,  B.A L. 

Risvddkar,Krishndji  Saddshiv,  B.A ...  L. 

Sapre,  Dattdtraya  Sadashiv,  B.A.            ... L. 

Shirgdvkar,  Rdmchandra  Raghundth,  B.A L. 

1887. 

First  Division, 

Alpaivala,  Mervdnji  Kaikhosru,  B.A.      ...        „,        ...  L. 

Pdtil,  Govind  Appdji,  B.A L. 

Phadnis,  Hanmant  Sheshgir,  B.A.           L. 

Second  Division. 

Bilimorid,  Sorabji  Frdmji,  B.A. L. 

Chitnis,  Malhar  Khanderao,  B.A.            ...        ^         ...  L. 

Ddrukhdnavdld,  Mervanji  Pestanji,  B.A.            L. 

Deshpdnde,  Damodar  Lakshuman,  B.A L. 

Gokhale,  Narayan  Vishnu,  B.A L. 

Kangd,  Pestanji  Mdnikji,  B.A ...  L. 

Ketkar,  Keshav  Sadashiv,  B.  A.     ..,        M.        ...        ...  L. 

RharS,  Purshottam  Purshuram,  B.A.      ._         ...         ...  L. 

Kirkird,  Krishndji  Hari,  B.  A M        „.  L, 

Mundle,  Rdmchandra  Ganesh,  B.A.          L. 

Ndtu,  Vishnu  Raghundth,  B.A L. 

Pandit,  Vishvandth  Nilkanth,  B.A ...  L, 

Pleader,  Phirozeshdh  Nasarvdnji,  B.A. «  L, 

Setalvdd,  Chimanldl  Harildl,  B.A L. 

Vaidya,  Lakshman  Rdmchandra,  M.A M  L, 

M.D. 
1876. 

Kunte,  Annd  Moreshvar,  B.A .,,  G, 

b  1306—27  bu 


314 


■UNIVERSITY. 


1885. 

Deshmukh,  Moreshvar  Gopal,  B.  Sc. 

1887. 
Gokhale,  Vithal  Vishnu,  M.A.      ... 

L.M. 
1862. 

Second  Division. 

Lamna,  Nasarvanji  Jehangierji     ... 
Sanzgire,  Shantaram  Vithal 
Vikaji,  Kaikhosru  Rastamji 
'Barjorji  Behramji     

1863. 

Second  Division. 

DeRozario,  Luis  Philippe 

Ravut,  Sakharam  Arjun     

*Shiek  Abdul  Karim  

1864. 

Second  Division. 

DeSouza,  Philip  Clement 

Khori,  Rastamji  Nasarvanji 
Vaidya,  Gopal  Shivram       


,B.A. 


G. 


1865. 

First  Division. 

Howell,  John  Alexander     

Nadirshah,  Rastamji  Jamshedji 

G. 

G. 

Second  Division. 

DeSouza,  Pedro  Jose  Lucio 

Hakim,  Sheik  Sultan          

Kothare,  Shamrao  Jagannath 

G. 

G. 

G. 

1866. 

First  Class. 

Baptista,  Paulo  Maria         

.i . 

G. 

*  Surname  not  known. 

GRADUATES,  315 

1867. 

First  Class. 

Goradya,  Amidas  Manji      G. 

Jayakar,  Atmaram  Saaishiv         G. 

1868. 

First  Class* 

Gonsalves,  Joao  Francisco G. 

Hakim,  Abdul  Rahim  „    G. 

Second  Class. 

Daphtare,  Girdharlal  Ratanlal      G. 

1869. 

First  Class. 

Pereira,  Mathias  Francisco G, 

1871. 
First  Class. 

Shribastam,  Saruplal  Balakram     ... G. 

Second  Class. 

Bhate,  Balvant  Gopal  G. 

1872. 
First  Class. 

Bedford,  Robert        G. 

Shah,  Tribhuvandas  Motichand       G. 

Second  Class. 

DaGaraa,  Jeronimo  Accacio G. 

Kantak,  Shantaram  Vinayak         G. 

Patel,  Kasam  Virji G. 

Valles,  Domingos  Braz         G. 

1873. 

First  Class. 
Masani,  Hormasji  Daxlabhai  G, 


316  UNIVERSITY". 


Second  Class. 

Uariman,  TemuljiBhikaji G. 

Paranjapye,  Mahadev  Yashvant G, 

Shirvalkar,  Trimbak  Sakharam      G. 

1874. 

First  Class. 

Bhatavadekar,  Bhalchandra  Krishna        ...  G. 

Desai,  Ganesh  Ramchandra G. 

Second  Class. 

DaCosta,  Nicolao  Salvador G. 

DeSouza,  Antonio Manoel ...  G. 

Godambe,  Yashvant  Pandurang     G. 

Kamat,  Dharmaji  Ganesh ..  G. 

Khambata,  Nasarvanji  Navroji      ,        G. 

Pereira,  Joseph  G. 

1875. 

First  Clo88. 

Nariman,  Kaikhosra  Sorabji ..,  G. 

Second  Class. 

Antao,  John  Alcantara G, 

Hakim,  Abdul  Ghani  G. 

Nanavati,  Rastamji  Hormasji        G, 

Nunes,  Ignacio  Domingos G. 

Saraiya,  Ramdas  Gangadas ■ G. 

Sulemani,  Shamsudin  Jivabhai G. 

1878. 

First  Class. 

Bharucha,  Rastamji  Pestanji         G. 

Cooper,  Kaikhosru  Barjorji ...  G. 

Dalgado,  Daniel  G G. 

DeConceicao,  Philip  ..  G, 

Makuna,  Manikji  Dosabhai G. 

Sabnis,  Dattu  Ganesh  G, 

Second  Class. 

Damnia,  Phirozshah  Jamshedji      G. 

Gimi,  Manikji  Mancherji     ...         ...  G. 

Gomes,  Dominic  Anthony G. 

Kandavala,  Dosabhai  Barjorji        G. 


GRADUATES, 


317 


Kapadia,  Bejaoji  Dadabhai 

Khambata,  Jamshedji  Dinshah 
Pathak,  Krishnarao  Gopal    .. 

Pinto,  Luis  Jose        

Postvala,  Mancherji  Sorabji 
Reporter,  Manikji  Edalji      

LM.&S. 

1877. 


First  Class, 


Cama,  Ardesir  Pestanji 
DeSouza,  Joseph  A.  ... 
Jervis,  Henry... 


Second  Class, 


BeCunha,  John  Thomas 
Divecha,  FramjiRatanji 
D'Oliveira,  Braz  A.    ... 

Lobo,  Bellarmino       

Mehta,  Batukram  Sobharam 
Mistri,  Dinshah  Dorabji 
Mistri,  Kavasji  Hormasji     .. 


1878. 

First  Class. 

Braganza,  Bellarmino 
Dadina,  Ratanji  Rastamji   ... 
Dalai,  Thakurdas  Kikabhai ... 
Desai,  Manilal  Gangadas 
Doctor,  Phirozshah  Palanji  ... 
Frenchman,  Edalji  Palanji  ... 
Kaji,  Lallubhai  Bhagvandas 
Vaidya,  Kuvarji  Kavasji 
Vyas,ShivnathRamnath     ... 
Munshif,  Barjorji  Sorabshah 

Second  Class, 

Appu,  Hirjibhai  Jamshedji  ... 
Bharucha,  Phirozshah  Behramji    . 
Daruvala,  Bamanji  Framji  ... 

Pias,  Victorino  

Poctor,  RamlalLallubbii    ... 

B  1306-27  BU* 


G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 


G. 
0, 
G. 

G. 

G. 

a 

G. 

G. 

G. 

..    G. 


G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 


318  UNIVERSITY. 


Fonseca,  Caetano       G, 

Kolapurvala,  Jamshedji  Framji G. 

Nanavati,  Balabhai  Maganlal         G. 

Pandit,  Ratanbhadra  Manibhadra G. 

Sanjana,  Kavasji  Kharshedji           ...         G. 

Sethna,  Erachshah  Framji G. 

1879. 

First  Class. 

Cama,  Rastamji  Hormasji  ... G. 

Doctor,  Dhanjibhai  Barjorji           G, 

Garde,  Ganesh  Krishna       .  G. 

Gazdar,  Sorabji  Fardunji ...  G. 

Jayakar,  Vishvasrao  Balaji G. 

Kelavala,  Manikshah  Jamshedji G. 

Khot,  Govind  Venkaji         G. 

Simoens,  Joseph  Auspicio G. 

Second  Class. 

Bocarro,  A G, 

Damnia,  Bhikaji  Jivaji        ...         ...         ...  G. 

Dhurandhar,  Krishnarao  Vishvanath       ...  G. 

Gun  deria,  Chun  ilal  Govardhandas           ..          G, 

Kara nj ia,  Mer van ji  Dhanjibhai      ...        .•* G. 

Mudliar,  Narayan  Vekatachelam  ...         .- G. 

Bevitna,  Dadabhai  Kharshedji      G. 

Talvalkar,  Ramchandra  Gangadhar         G. 

Tarapurvala,  Shavakshah  Sorabji G. 


1880. 

First  Class. 

Choksi,  Dosabhdi  Ardesir G, 

Dadachanji,  Kdvasji  Edalji ..         ...  G- 

Dddachanji,  Palanji  Hormasji        ...         ...         ...         ...  G. 

Daji,  Jehangier  Kharshedji G. 

Engineer,  Kaikhosru  Sorabji         G. 

Gandevia,  Mervanji  Navroji          G, 

Kharegat,  Mervanjl  Pestanji          G. 

Rozario,  Michael  Arthur      ...         ...  G. 

Tukina,  Edalji  Kavasji        ...         G. 

Wadia,  Dhanjibhai  Rastamji          G. 

Wadia,  Jehangier  Pestanji...        G. 


GRADUATES.  319 


Second  Class. 

Broker,  Vithald£s  Manordas         G. 

DeNazareth,  Joaquim  Vincent      G. 

Ligboa,  Patrocinio      G. 

Prabhakar,  Govindrao  Bhau  G. 

1881. 

First  Class. 

Banat,  Hormasji  Edalji        ...        — .        G. 

Baria,  Darashah  Hormasji  ...    ^ G, 

Lilamvala,  Jehangier  Jamshedji    ..,         G. 

Master,  Dinshah  Bamanji ...         G. 

Mulan,  Phirozshah  Palanji G. 

Patvardhan  Dhondo  Appaji  ...         ...  G. 

Umrigar,  Nanabhai  Rastamji        ...  G. 

Viegas,  Accacio  Gabriel      ...        .-        ., G. 

Second  Class. 

Bhende,  Kashinath  Krishna  ...  G. 

Boy ce,  Sorabji  Rastamji -         ...         ...  G. 

Chhatrapatti,  Nilkanth  Dayabhai ...  G, 

Desai,  Chunilal  Ghelabhai ...  G, 

Dhume,  Ddmodar  Raghunath        G. 

Divecha,  Frdrnji  Dorabji     ...      .   _         G, 

Gidha,  Vinayakrao  Govind ,  G, 

Joshi,  Vithal  Baikrishna      „ G, 

Kapadia,  Rastamji  Jamshedji        G. 

Madan,  Framji  Edalji  G. 

Mus,  Framroz  Ardesir  G, 

Nadirshah,  Sorabji  Dosabhdi  G, 

Nanji,  Ratanji  Dorabji        G. 

Pascal,  Sorabji  Kavasji      ...        „         ^.        G, 

Sirvai,  Hormasji  Jamshedji  G, 

Sirvai,  Hormasji  Nasarvanji,. G. 

1882. 

First  Class. 

Apte,  Vishnu  Gopal  G. 

Bonesetter,  Fakirji  Ratanji  ...         ...         ...         .  .  G. 

Gandevia,  Navroji  Bamanji  ...         ...         G. 

Kaka,  Sorabji  Manikji        G. 

Modi,  Ardesir  Dadabhai      G, 

Nanavati,  Behramji  Hormasji       ...        ,.  G» 


320 


UNIVERSITY, 


Second  Class, 

Coachnian,  Sorabji  Ratanji 

Dantra,  Barjorji  Hormasji 

Dhargalkar,  Lakshuman  Bachaji  ... 
Edal-Behram,  Dinshah  Jivaji 
Kane,  Sadashiv  Vaman 
Motivala,  Dinshah  Hormasji 
Shirgavkar,  Vishnu  Jagannath     ... 

Shroff,  Barjorji  Sorabji       

Vacha,  Rastamji  Kharshedji         .,. 

1883. 

Second  Division. 

Aquino,  Thomas  Hannibal 

Bharucha,  Mervanji  Kuvarji 
Brown,  Edwin  Harold 
Davalatjada,  Surajlal  Mathuradas 
DeMonte,  Dominick  A. 
Dixon,  Govind  Mulji 

Kaji,  Chhaganlal  Gulabdas 

Katrak ,  Nanabhai  Navro  j  i 

Kutar,  Rastamji  Palanji 

Mirza,  Jafar  Eulibeg  Fraidunbeg  ... 

Pinto,  J.  Orphino      

Pocha,  Jamshedji  Pochaji 

Poyntz,  John  William  Walter     ... 
Sukhia,  Nadarshah  Hormasji 

1884. 


First  Division. 

Chokshi,  Nasarvanji  Hormasji 
Khandv^la,  Tuljaram  Chuniram    ... 
Lalkakd,  Kavas^i  Karshedji 
Nariman,  Sorabii  Kharshedji         ... 
Shett,  Meherjibhai  Rastamji 

Second  Division. 

Achyutrao,  Parakhi  Shrinivas 
Banshah,  Nasarvanji  Framji 

Barve,  Shridhar  Sakharam 

Batlivala,  Kavasji  Mothabhai 
Bhat,  Maganlal  Umiashankar 
Bhatavadekar,  Mahadev  Hari 
Bocarro ,  John  Eugene 
Bopardikar,  Gangadhar  Gop£l 


GRADUATES.  321 

Dadarkar,  Bhovanishankar  Balkrishna  ...        ...        ...  G, 

DeAttaides ,  Francis  X G. 

Gordon,  Herbert  Leslie     G. 

Kamle,  Keshav  Gopal        G. 

Katrak,  Dosabhai  Hormasji         ~ G. 

Laskari,  Bastamji  Nasarvanji G. 

Nariman,  Pestanji  Bhikaji  G. 

Nicolson,  Jijibhai  Pestanji  G. 

Nilkanth,  Anubhai  Mahipatram G. 

Patel,  Dhanjibhai  Hirjibhai         G. 

Penti,  Jehangier  Hirjibhai G. 

Santuk,  Kharshedji  Santukji ...        ...  G. 

S&tpute,  Narayan  Raghun£th      G. 

Spencer,  Kaikhosru  Namlbhai     G. 

Unvala,  Jamshedji  Bhikaji  -.        ...  G. 

Velkar,  Atmaram  Vasudev  G. 

1885. 

First  Division. 

Gokhale,  Krishnaji  Trimbakrao «.        ...  G. 

Grogan,  Henry  William      ». G. 

Vakil,  Manchershah  Mothabhai G. 

Second  Division . 

Brooks,  John  Charlton      G. 

Chhatre,  Narayan  Vinayak  « G. 

Chhatre,  Vasudev  Vinayak  G, 

Dallas,  Dhanjibhai  Sordbji  G. 

Davar,  Framji  Edalji G. 

Doctor,  Jehangier  Barjorji  ...        ,..  G. 

Dotiv&U,  Hormasji  K&vasji         G. 

Ghasvala,  Bhikaji  Edalji m G. 

Gomes,  Lewis  ...         ...         .«        G, 

Henriques,  Lawrence  Felix  G. 

Kelavala,  Ardesir  Jamshedji        .«        ..,         ...  G. 

Kher,  Govind  Balaji  G. 

Masani,  Ardesir  Behramji ...         r G. 

Masani,  Dhanjibhai  Sorabji         G. 

Mehtd,  Anantrai  Nathji G. 

Pinto,  P.  Manuel  Lisboa G. 

Raval,  Virji  Jhina G. 

Sabja,  Dinshah  Edalji        G, 

Sahiar,  Kharshedji  Navroji  G. 

♦Ardesir  Dadabhai ,.         ...  G. 

*Sumame  not  known. 


322  UNIVERSITY. 

1886. 

First  Class  (arranged  in  order  of  merit). 

Miatri,  Mancherji  Jdmdsji         G. 

Anklesarid,  Dhanjishdh  Edalji G. 

Modi,  Maganlal  Motiram          ...        . .          G. 

Davar,  Frdmroz  Shavakshdh     G. 

Kothdvala,  Dordbshdh  Edalji G. 

Asrani,  Ismael  Jdn  Muhammad G. 

Karandikar,  Venkatesh  Balvant          ~.         ...  G. 

Saraiyd,  Chunildl  Dharamdas G. 

Second  Class  {alphabetically  arranged). 

Davada,  Purshottam  Naranji G. 

Dave,  Shevaklal  Manekldl         G. 

DeCosta,  Francis  Xavier G, 

Daruvala,  Sorabji  Jamshedji „  G. 

DeCunha,  George  F G. 

Dias,  Erasmo  Xavier G. 

Joshi,  Khushaldas  Karsanji       G' 

Kapadid,  Sorabji  Framji G. 

Kher,  Ganesh  Vishnu     ...         ...  G. 

Masani,  Mervdnji  Ddddbhdi      ...         ...         G. 

Master,  Chhabildds  Tribhovandda        G. 

Mehta,  Dhanjibhdi  Hormasji G. 

Mehtd,  Mahipatram  Govindrdm           ... G. 

Mouddvdld,  Ddrdshdh  Jamshedji          G. 

Patel,  Dosdbhdi  Kdvasji G. 

Pereira,  Anthony  Aluisius  Jervis         ...        G. 

Tatd,  Dhanjibhdi  Rastamji         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  G. 

Vadvdni,  Tdrdehand  Jairdmdds G. 

Writer,  Ddrdbahdh  Dinshdh      G. 

1887. 

First  Class* 

Kallidnvdld,  Navroji  Kdvasji „  G, 

Bharuchd,  Shdpurji  Dosdbhdi ...        ...  G. 

Second  Class. 

Anklesarid,  Bamanshdh  Kharshedji G. 

Gonsalves,  Gabriel  Francis         G. 

Kdmdin,  Jamshedji  Fardunji     ...         ...         G. 

Kdne,  Kdshindth  Vdman  ...         ...  G. 

Kdngd,  Mancherji  Kdvasji          ...         G. 

Khote,  Dvdrkdndth  Rdmndth,  B.A G. 

Ldkddvdld,  Navroji  Mancherji G. 


GRADUATES,  323 

Masina,  Hormasji  Manikji         G. 

Mehta,  Pranjivan  Jagjivan         G, 

Mehta,  Sorabji  Kharshedji         ».        G. 

Mehta,  Vithaldas  Narbheram *.        ...  G. 

Modi,  Ratanshah  Manikji          ...        G. 

Pochkhanavala,  Dorabji  Hormasji       ...        .» G. 

L.O.E. 
1869. 

Second  Class-. 
Tilak,  Gopal  Raoji  .-        P.E. 

1870. 

Second  Class. 

Adarkar,  Anant  Narayan  ...        ... ..P.E. 

Bhat,  Gangadhar  Anant,  M.A.  ...        ...        P.E. 

Desai,  Khandubhai  Gulabbhai P.E. 

1871. 

Second  Class. 

Nagavkar,  Abraham  Samuel      ...        P.E. 

Oka,  Ramchandra  Govind,  B.A... ' P.E. 

1872. 

Second  Class. 

Joshi,  Narayan  Babaji ...        ...P.E, 

Kirane,  Gangadhar  Ramkrishna  ...P.E. 

1873. 

First  Class. 

Date,  Narayan  Vinayak, ,        PE 

Godbole,  Kashinath  Ramchandra,  B.A.  pjj 

Second  Class. 

Sane,  Balaji  BApuji,  B.A p.E. 

Vajifdar,  Manikji  Hormasji         p'^E. 

1874 

First  Class. 
*Bamanji  Sorabji  ...        ...        ...        ...        P.E, 

*  Surname  not  known. 


324  UNIVERSITY. 


Second  Class, 

Bhada,  Nasarvanji  Dorabji         P.E. 

Bhide,  Prabhakar  Gangadhar     , „.        ~.        ...P.E. 

Dhumatkar,  Pundlik  Ganesh      P.E. 

Kanga,  Hormasji  Adarji P.E. 

Karve,  Vasudev  Hari      ...        ...         ..P.E. 

Khandalavala,  Pestanji  Dorabji ..P.E. 

Vaslekar,  Nanaji  Narayan         ...        ... .P.E. 

1875. 

Itrst  Class, 

Chandanani,  Pritamdas  Parsumal        P.E. 

Dalai,  Chunilal  Tarachand         ...        . P.E. 

Second  Class. 

Modi,  Ardesir  Kavasji      ...        ... P.E. 

Pile,  Balkrishna  Narayan...         ..        .«        P.E. 

1876. 

First  Class. 

Nimmo,  Edward  Hope P.E. 

Tarapurvaia,  Fardunji  Kavarji,  B.A P.E, 

Williams,  Arthur  Henry  P.Ew 

Second  Class. 

Damle,  Jagannath  Vishnu         „ P.E. 

Hindia,  Durgaram  Ghelabhai P.E. 

Kavishvar,  Lallubhai  Dalpatram .~P.E. 

Mul6,  Kamchandra  Ballal         .. P.E. 

Nanavati,  Dayabhai  Maganlal F.EL. 

Sathe,  Dhondo  Sakhdram  P.E. 

1877. 

First  Class. 
Pathak  Pestanji  Hormasji,  B.A.  Ji        .. P.E. 

Second  Class. 

Bhandarkar,  Narayan  Pandurang         P.E. 

Bhedvar,  Kaikhosru  Pestanji     P.E. 

Desai,  Motibhai  Vdghjibhai        P.E. 

Dharmddhikari,  Balkrishna  Gangadhar  P.E. 

Lavanival,  Eknath  Sakhdram P.E. 

Modak,  Anant  Eaghunath  P.E. 

Nagarset,  Vithaldas  Narottamdas ...P.E. 


GRADUATES. 


325 


Phadke,  Lakshuman  Chintdman 
Rana,  Rudarji  Sundarji , 

1878- 

Second  Class. 

Bhagvat,  Sadashiv  Rdmchandra 
Chhatre,  Nilkanth  Vinayak       ...         ,> 

Chiplunkar,  Mahadev  Trimbak 

Desai,  Vasanji  Kallianji 

Keshkdmat,  Ramchandra  Anant 

Ribeiro,  C.  Antonio  

Rodrigues,  Joaquim         

Pass. 

Bamji,  Shapurji  Ddddbhdi 
Kdnitkar,  Balkrishna  Ganesh     ... 
Mehta,  Harivadanram  Maniram 
Saraf,  Venkatrao  Anant 

1879. 

First  Class 

Apte,  Ganesh  Krishna,  B.A 

Second  Class. 

Desai,  Gulabbhai  Kanthadji 

Gurjar,  Pandurang  Gopinath      

"lelkar,  Vishnu  Raghundth 
luzumdar,  Maneklal  Narbheram 

Pass. 

)alal ,  Jamshed j  i  Jehangier        

>ds,  Dharnidhar 

tajara,  Dindndth 

Lalghatgi,  Krishnaji  Gururdo 

Ate,  Vdsudev  Pdndurang 

[ehtd,  Vithaldds  Chimanldl      

lus,  Ndndbhdi  Ardesir  ...  

Tddarshdh,  Jamshedji  Ddddbhdi 

lagarkar,  Vdman  Ddji 

*dvri,  Kharshedji  Navroji  

'*  2th,  Bhukandas  Itchhdrdm 

1880 

First  Class. 

lytonde,  Gopdl  Vishvambhar 

b  1306—28  bu 


.P.E. 
P.E. 


.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 


.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 
.P.E. 


...P.E. 


...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 


...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
...P.E. 
..  P.E, 


..P.E. 


326  UNIVERSITY. 

Second  Class. 

Dudley,  Charles  Wiltshire  P.E. 

Gharpure,  Ramchandra  Govind  P.E. 

Gokhale,  Vithal  Mahadev  P.E. 

Hall,  William        P.E. 

Ribeiro,  F.  P.  Victor        P.E. 

Williamson,  Alexander  John      P.E. 

Pass. 

BhandAre,  Ramchandra  Bhikaji  ..        ..  P  E. 

Gharpure,  Narayan  Hari  P.E. 

Pathak,  Pranshankar  Dayashankar     ...P.E. 

Siddhe,  Dinkar  Narayan P.E. 

1881. 

Mrst  Class. 

Bharucha,  Manikji  Sheriarji      C.Sc. 

Chakrabati,  Bhutanath C.Sc. 

Second  Class. 

Bilgi,  Rudrappa  Virbasappa      ...         C.Sc. 

Desai,  Vithal  Tatia         C.Sc. 

Gadgil,  Anant  Rdmchandra      C.Sc. 

Lele,  Mahadev  Venkatesh        «         ...C.Sc. 

Moharir,  Balaji  Gangadhar        C.Sc. 

Spencer,  Hiraji  Nanabhai  C.Sc. 

Sukthankar,  Sit^ram  Vishnu C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Khandekar,  Keshav  Ganesh ,.        ...C.Sc. 

Engineer,  Raghunath  Makund...  C.Sc. 

Khandheria,  Popatlal  Dungarsi  ., C.Sc. 

Lala,  Kiasing  Ramsing  ...         ., C.Sc. 

Mehta,  Vavabhai  Haridas         C.Sc. 

Modi,  Maganlal  Thakdroas       C.Sc. 

Nadirshah,  Ardesir  Navroji      C.Sc, 

Rao,  Kekobad  Hormasji C.Sc. 

1882. 

Second  Class, 

Angal,  Raoji  Baburao     , C.Sc. 

Belani,  Khimchand  Ravji C.Sp. 

Boga,  Dhanjibhai  Rastamji        ,.        C.Sc, 

Desai,  Nathabhai  Avichaldas   *..  ... C.Sc. 


GRADUATES.  327 

Ganu,  Keshav  Hari         C.Sc. 

Mhaskar,  Shripat  Vishnu  C.Sc. 

Surveyor,  Manikji  Ratanji       C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Joshipara,  Pranlal  Kahandas C.Sc. 

Kanga,  Kdvasji  Ddddbhai  C.Sc, 

Naik,  Kasanji  Ranchhodji  C.Sc. 

Naik,  Timaji  Venkateah  C.Sc. 

Pandit,  Parshuram  Vithal  C.Sc. 

Pavri,  Bamanji  Hormasji  C.Sc. 

Pavri,  Dorabji  Temulji  C.Sc. 

Trivedi,  Bhagvdnji  Ndgji  C.Sc. 

1883. 

First  Class 
Ahmadi,  Ibrahim  Shaik  Daud C.Sc. 

Second  Class. 

Bhavalkar,  Martand  Vaman C.Sc. 

M&dan,  Rastamji  Hormasji C.Sc, 

Pass. 

Alekar,  Ramchandra  Keshav C.Sc. 

Bamji,  Mdnikji  Kavasji          C.Sc. 

Bhandare,  Hari  Bhikaji          C.Sc. 

Daji,  Sordbji  Jamshedji           C.Sc. 

Dalai,  Kilabhai  Dullabhram C.Sc, 

Joshi,  Narayan  Janardan        C.Sc. 

Kdtrak,  Navroji  Hormasji C.Sc. 

Katre,  Narsingrao  Krishnaya C.Sc. 

Kotval,  Hormasji  Jamshedji C.Sc. 

Mitra,  Haripad C.Sc. 

Rishi,  Gopdl  Balkrishna          m C.Sc. 

Rowe,  William  F C.Sc. 

Mulligan,  William  George  Tobiaa     C.Sc. 

January,  1884. 

First  Class. 
Visvesvaraiya,  Mokshagundam         C.Sc. 

Second  Class. 

Dev,  Vdman  Ndrayan C.Sc. 

Katre,  Mangesh  Rao C.Sc. 


328  UNIVERSITY. 

Shah,  Bhailal  Purshottamdas C.Sc. 

Varneshiyar,  Sitaram  Sambasiv        C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Dalai,  Nasarvanji  Mancherji C.Sc. 

Date,  Vithal  Balkrishna  C.Sc. 

Garde,  Narayan  Dattatraya    , C.Sc. 

Joshi,  Moro  Govind      ...         ., C.Sc. 

Sethna,  Kavasji  Bejanji  ...         C.Sc. 

Vyas,  Gavrishankar  Harjivandas      C.Sc. 

March,  1884- 

Pass. 
Yatgiri,  Subrdo  Venkatesh      .,        ...  C.Sc. 

1885- 

First  Class. 

Chitale^  Parshuram  Krishna ...  C.Sc. 

Second  Class. 
Chhapgar,  Kharshedji  Framji  C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Ajrekar,  Sitaram  Hari C.Sc. 

Gowda,  Basavappd  Chikkamagalur  Halagaiy£       C.Sc. 

Khatav,  Hari  Balaji     C.Sc. 

Kora,  Balabhai  Gulabchand C.Sc. 

Mistri,  Kharshedji  Hormasji C.Sc. 

1886. 

Second  Class* 

Basavapatna,  Subbarao  C.Sc, 

Gokhale,  Vinayak  Hari C.Sc. 

Gole,  Vishnu  Vithal      C.Sc. 

Vaidya,  Dattu  Balkrishna        C.Sc. 

Vakil,  Ardersir  Kavasji  ...        C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Chakarbatti,  C C.Sc. 

Chirmule,  Vishnu  Anant  C.Sc. 

Joshi,  Krishnaji  Vishnu  C.Sc. 

Kunte,  V&sudev  Keshav  C.Sc. 

Mehta,  ChunilalJethabhai     C.Sc. 

Sheik  Abdul  Rehman  valad  Sheik  Adam C.Sc. 


GRADUATES.  329. 

1887. 

Second  Class, 

Dalai,  Bhagvandas  Harkisandas        ...        ...        .,.        ...  C.Sc, 

Karpur,  Shrinivasrao  S.,  B.Sc.  ...        .,.        ...        ...  C.Sc, 

Patel,  Ardesir  Kavasji  C.Sc. 

Sataravala,  Nanabhai  Dadabhai        C.Sc. 

Tudball,  Charles  ...        ,,,        ...  C.Sc. 

Pass. 

Baptista,  Joseph  ,.        .„         ,„        ...  C.Sc. 

Chitale,  Vithal  Vishnu  ...         ., C.Sc. 

Gadre,  Ganesh  V&man „.         ...  C.Sc. 

Gokhale,  Gangadhar  Sadashiv  C.Sc. 

Junre,  Go vind  Ganesh ,         .., C.Sc. 

Kirtane",  Bhagvant  Sakharam C.Sc, 

Lele,  Hari  Vishnu         C.Sc. 

Mhaskar,  Mankeshvar  Gopal ... C.Sc, 

Nagarkar,  Lakshuman  Daji , ,.  C.Sc, 

Navaratna,  Ramrao     .., C.Sc, 

Nerurkar,  Baburao  Yashvant ,        ...  C.Sc. 

Nonaminakar,  Venkatram  Ramasvami  Ayengar C-Sc. 

Oza,  Ratishankar  Girjashankar  C.Sc, 

Patel,  Chhotalal  Kashibhai    ...         ... ...C.Sc. 

Robinson,  Arthur  Charles      ., C.Sc. 


The  following  is  a  list  of  the  Candidates  who  have 
passed  the  Examinations  of  1886  as  follows  :^- 

First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A. 

First  Class, 
Welinkar,  Narayan  Gunaji ,        ...  F.G.A. 

Second  Class. 
Atmaram-Bhukhanvala,  Matubhai  Kasanbhai      ...        ...        E, 

Bastavala,  Sorabji  Dadabhai St.X. 

Batha,  Jehangier  Dinshah       E. 

Bhandarkar,  Vithal  Sitaram E. 

Bodas,  Mahadev  Rajaram       ,         ...         E, 

Dadachandji,  Ratanshah  Karshasji St.X. 

Hodivala,  Shapurshah  Hormasji       ...        , E. 

Kale,  Moreshvar  Ramchandra  ...         S.C.,  formerly  F.G.A. 

Kanga,  Edalji  Rastamji  St.X.,  formerly  E. 

Lalkaka,  Kaikhosru  Kharshedji       E. 

Limaye,  Lakshuman  Narayan  ,,,        ..,        D? 

B  130)5-28  bu* 


330  UNIVERSITY, 


Machve,  Ramchamlra  Gopal E. 

Madgavkar,  Govind  Dinanath            St.X. 

Misquitta,  Gabriel  Hyacinth St.X. 

Mulgavkar,  Ganpatr&o  Shivrdm         ...           St.X. 

Mus,  Nanabhai  Hormasji ...  St.X, 

Raymond,  Edward        ...         ...  St.X. 

Saldanha,  Camillo  Francis  Bibiana St.X. 

Sethna,  Nasarvanji  DhanjibhAi          St.X. 

Sorabji,  Cornelia           ...         ...         ...         ...         ...         ...  D. 

Vimadalal,  Jehangier  Jamshedji       ...         ...         ...         ..  St.X. 

Welinkar,  Shrikrishna  Gunaji          .,.        ...         ...         ...  St.X. 

Pass. 

Agaskar,  Balkrishna  Vinayak           ... St.X. 

Agashe,  Sakharam  Sadashiv ...  F.G.A. 

Amalnerkar,  Tukaram  Rdmchandra F.G.A. 

Anerao,  Govind  Balvant          ...         ...         ...  G.C. 

Athalye,  Ganesh  Vishnu         ...         ...         ...  E. 

Bade,  Ramkrishna  Nilkanth D„ 

Baindurkar,  Bhavanishankar  Subrao           D. 

Bamji,  Kaikhosru  Edalji        St.X. 

Bapat,  Ramchandra  Vishnu D. 

Bennet,  Sorabji  Kharshedji F.G.A. 

Bharucha,  Rastamji  Phirozesh&h       D, 

Bhide,  Nagesh  Pandurang       ..          ...  R.C, 

Bhide,  Vasudev  Trimlbak        , D. 

Borkar,  Yashvant  Balappa     . ...  E, 

Captain,  Kharshedji  Hormasji          ,..  E. 

Chandorkar,  Ganesh  Lakshuman      E. 

Choksi,  Manchhubhai  Narsidas        .,.         E. 

Dalai,  Ardesir  Fardunji          G.C. 

Dalai,  Kashilal  Narandas        ... E. 

Davd,  Harihar  Bhanushankar           ...         S.C, 

Deshmukh,  Govind  Sakharam           E 

Deshmukh,  Hari  Pandurang  ...          D. 

Deshpande,  Vaman  Ganesh R.C. 

Dholkia,  Rupshankar  Murarji  ...         ...        ...  F.G.A. 

Dholkia,  Manishankar  Sadashankar, E. 

Divecha,  Jijibhai  Ardesir       ...         ...  E, 

Doctor,  Framji  Pestanji          St.X. 

Doctor,  Jamshedji  Pestanji St.X. 

Enti,  Kaikhosru  Ardesir         S.C. 

Fouzdar,  Motilal  Tribhuvandas         E, 

Gaikavar,  Khanderao  Appasaheb     D, 

Gharekhu,  Rangnath  Sambhunath G.C. 

Ghasvala,  Kavasji  Framji       E. 

Godbole,  Parshuram  Raoji       *"         ...         ...  D. 

Gokhale,  Jan&rdan  Ganesh      .,,        ...  p. 


UNDERGRADUATES.  331 


Gokhale,  Shridhar  Balvant E. 

Hebbal,  Ganesh  Apnarao        D, 

Joshi,  Shapivrji  Sprdbji , St.X. 

Kallianpurkar,  Visyeshvar  Venkatesh         E. 

Kaji,  Gordhandas  Navtamram  G.C.,  formerly  E. 

Kerkar,  Vaman  Ramchandra E. 

Khambata,  Sorabji  Dosabhai !    ...        E. 

Malvankar,  Ndrdyan  Kashinath        F.G.A. 

Manerikar,  Balvant  Ramkrishna       .. „.        E, 

Mansukhani,  Vadhumal  Udharam    „.         ,. E. 

Master,  Shavakshah  Rastamji  E. 

Mehta,  Lallubhai  Samaldas     S,C. 

Mehta,  Motibhai  Manibhai     E, 

Mehta,  Nagindas  Gokaldas    ...         E. 

Mehta,  Umedram  Jametram  ...         .,.         ...         ...         ,..      G.C. 

Mistri,  Jamshedji  Pestanji     ...         ...         ., St.X. 

Modak,  MahadevHari...         D. 

Modi,  Anupchand  Jagjivan S.C. 

Mohile,  Ganpat  Bhaskar         E, 

Munshi,  Hiralal  Mansukhlal  ...         ...         ., E, 

Nddkarni,  Ramchandra  Hanmant St.X. 

Nadkarni,  Ramkrishna  Anandrao      , E. 

Naik,  Pandurang  Bhikaji       D. 

Ndnavati,  Purshottamrai  Bhavgatidaa        ... F.G.A. 

Padhye,  Dattatraya  Keshav ,..         D. 

Pakvasd,  Vrijbhukandas  Manchardm  E. 

Patel,  Chhotalal  Babarbhjii     '       E. 

Pdthdre,  Krishnarao  Harishchandra...         ...         .,.         ...         E, 

Patvardhan,  Rdmchandra  Trimbak ...         E. 

Patvardhan,  Vindyak  Sadashiv         D. 

Patvari,  Ranchhodldl  Vandravandas  .*, E, 

Phansalkar,  Shridhar  Raghundth     ...         , D. 

Potdar,  Vaman  Moreshvar ,.         ...        D, 

Rdjadhyksha,  Sdjbd  Yashvant         ...F.G.A. 

Reporter,  Phirozeshah  Edalji ..    St.X, 

Sahasrabudhe,  Trimbak  Sakharam D, 

Sdne,  Rdmchandra  Balvant     », F.G.A. 

Sardesdi,  Govind  Sakhdrdm E, 

Saranjame,  Narayan  Balvant...  , D. 

Sethna,  Phiroze  Kharshedji St.  X. 

Shukla,  Jivanlal  Mohanlal      E, 

Shukla,  Venishankar  Revdshankar E. 

Sontake,  Datto  Damodar       , R.C, 

Sukhid,  Jamshedji  Dhanjibhai  D. 

Sutdriyd,  Chhotalal  Chunilal G.C.,  formerly  E, 

Talpade,  Narayan  Bdpuji        E. 

Trilokekar,  Sundar  Vishvandth        F.G.A. 

Tripdthi,  Tanasujihrdm  Manasukhrdm       ,..        , E, 


332 


UNIVERSITY, 


Vaishnav,  Jayaprasad  Hariprasad    ... E. 

Vakil,  Jamietram  Jivanr&m E. 

Varde,  Dinkar  Sakharam       E 


Previous  Examination, 

First  Class. 
Kale,  Govind  Krishna  


Second  Class, 

Bakshi,  Shrinivas  Krishna ...     F.G? 

Belvalkar,  Hari  Sadashiv ...        E. 

Bhadkamkar,  Narayan  Mahadev       B. 

Bhat,  Manishankar  Ratnaji    ...         E. 

Camii,  Framji  Manikji StX. 

Camd,  Nasarvanji  Mancherji , E. 

Ca^dmaster,  Behramji  Sor&bji  ,         F.G.A. 

D&dachanji,  Phirozeshdh  Kershasji  ...  ..         ...         ...     B.C. 

Dalai,  Barjorji  Jarashedji G.C. 

Dange,  Shankar  N&rayan       ..  D. 

Davar,  Edalji  Framji E. 

Desai,  Ramdat  Vithoba  ,.        ...        E. 

Deshpande,  KeshavGanesh E. 

Dhruva,  Anandshankar  Bapubbai      ..         ...         ...         ...     G.C. 

El-Edroos,  Syed  Abubakar  Syed  Hussein   ...        ...        ...        E. 

Ghodi,  Keshavlal  Murlidhar E. 

Gokhale,  Vishnu  Balvant      ...        F.Q.,  formerly  D. 

Jalihal,  Krishnaji  Rangarao D. 

Javeri,  Krishnalal  Mohanlal S.C, 

Jhanjiani,  Premchand  Avatrai  D. 

Joglekar,  Shridhar  Ramchandra        F.C. 

Kale,  Krishnaji  Ramchandra  ...         ...         .P R..C. 

Kale,  Raoji  Ramchandra  ,.         ...        B. 

Kankodivala,  Chandulal  Dayabhai    ...        .,.        ...  .St.X. 

Kohiyar,  Kharshedji  Ratanshah       F.G.A. 

Lukmani,  Muhammad-bauker  Abdul  Karim  E- 

Markar,  Hirjibhai  Framji        r        E. 

Mehta,  Nasarvanji  Edalji        ..  St.X, 

Mobedji,  Ardesir  Rastamji       E. 

Patankar,  Nilkanth  Pandurang         F.C. 

Patel,  Chhotalal  Lallubhai       ...       E, 

Ratnagar,  Ratanji  Jamshedji St.X. 

S,4ne,  P4mo4ar  Moreshvar      ...       .?,        .?.        .T.        •••   F.Qf 


UNDERGRADUATES. 


333 


Sanjdnd,  Phirozeshdh  Edalji     ... 
Shiveshvarkar,  Nilkanth  Atmaram 
Taveria,  Hormasji  Kuvarji 
Vakil,  Dordbji  Fardunji 
Vakil,  Framroz  Ardesir 
Vakil,  Merbai  Ardesir ... 
Vartak,  Vishnu  Narayan 


..  D. 
..  St.X, 
.       G. 

D. 
.  St.X. 
.F.G.A. 

D. 


Pass, 


Abdulkarim,  Ydvarhusain  Ndndbhdi 
Abhydnkar,  Hari  Krishna 
Abhyankar,  Rdmchandra  Vishnu     ... 

Acharya,  Gajdnan  Govind       , 

Ambekar,  Vasudev  Vithal     

Anklesaria,  Hormasji  Jamshedji 
Bahddurji,  Dorabji  Nasarvanji 
Balsekar,  Mangesh  Krishnayd 
Baman-Behram,  Kavasji  Bamanji    .. 

Bamji,  Mdnikshdh  Kdvasji , 

Batlivala,  Hormasji  Dinshdh.. 
Bhide,  Ramchandra  Kashinath 
Bivalkar,  Vasudev  Raghundth 
Chanddvarkar,  Padmanabh  Gopal     .. 

Chitnis,  Balvant  Sitaram         

Contractor,  Ardesir  Edalji     

Desai,  Anantrai  Girdharrdi 

Desdi,  Champakldl  Manildl 

Desai,  Jugalbhai  Kallidnrdi 

Desai,  Khandubhai  Bhimbhdi 

Desai,  Maganlal  Chhotdldl      

Deshpande,  Balvant  Bdbdji 
Dodihalkar,  Krishndji  Ann&ji 
Durge,  Balkrishna  Bhdiji 

Esperance,  John  Joseph  

Fernandez,  J.  P.  Salvadore 

Gddgil,  Anant  Ramchandra 

Gadre,  Shankar  Kdshindth    ... 
Ganld,  Lakshuman  Narsappfl 

Ghdli,  Satyappd  Sankdppri, 

Gharpure,  Shrikrishna  Sadashiv 

Gupte,  Ddmodar  Mahddev     

Gupte.  Shankar  Keshav  

Hate,  Moth&bhdi  Gopindthji 

Hftte,  Viuayak  Nanabh&i       

Herlekar,  Nardyan  Ganesh    ... 


F.G.A. 

F.G.A. 

F.C. 

F.G.A. 

B.C. 

E. 

St.X. 

D. 

St.X. 

F.C, 

St.X. 

F.C. 

...     F.C„  formerly  D. 

E. 

F.C. 

S.  C. 

B.C. 

S.  C. 

B.  C. 

S.  a 

B.C. 

D.  C. 

R.  C. 

E. 

...St.  X, 

D. 

F.  G.  A.,  formerly  D. 
F.  G.  A.,  formerly  D. 

D. 

D. 

D. 

B.  C. 

B.C. 

E 

F,  G.  A.,  formerly  B,  C.' 

D. 


334  UNIVERSITY. 


Javeri,  Dalsukhbhai  Bhagubhai        G.  C. 

Janjiani,  Gidumal  Avatrai     D. 

Jivrajani,  Ranchordds  Ndrandds      S.  C. 

Joshi,  Dddabhdi  Sordbji St.  X. 

Joshipard,  Manirai  Trikamr&i  E. 

Kaduskar,  Vdsudev  Ganesh F.  C. 

Kale,  Vishnu  Govind  R.  C. 

Kamat,  Vishnu  Vithal  F.  C. 

Kdne,  Hari  Vindyak  F.  C. 

Karandikar,  Rdmchandra  Balvant ...        D. 

Karimchanddni,  Varidlsing  Nihdlsing  E. 

Kelkar,  Mahddev  Chintdman  R.  0. 

Kelkar,  Ndrdyan  Chintdman  ,         ...   F.  C. 

Khambdtd,  Sordb  Rustam        St.  X. 

Khar6,  Vdman  Sakhdrdm         D. 

Kileddr,  Vdman  Lakshuman...  ,         ...        D. 

Kinkhdbvdld,  Bdldbhdi  Gatdbhdi       G.  C. 

Kololgi,  Virupdksha  Sivlingdppd      ...        D. 

Kotvdl,  Ardesir  Pestanji         St.  X. 

Kuddlkar,  Bhdskar  Rdmchandra       G.  C. 

Kulkarni,  Hari  Ganesh  F.  C. 

Ldgu,  Hari  Lakshuman  D. 

Ldld,  Nandirdm  Giduchand E. 

Lalit,  Bhikdji  Gopdl     D. 

Ldlkakd,  Bdpuji  Pdlanji  St.  X. 

Ldlvdni,  Kishna  Uttamchand  D. 

Limaye,  Krishna  Govind         D. 

Limaye,  Mahddev  Ndrdyan F.  C. 

Limaye,  Ndrdyan  Hari  F.  C. 

Mahdjan,  Vindyak  Bdpuji       E. 

Mdndvivdld,  Yusafdlli  Allibhdi  E. 

Marzban,  Kekobdd  Behrdmji  E. 

Mehtd,  Girdharldl  Harildl       ...         G.  C. 

Mehtd,  Jivdbhdi  Bhikdbhdi F.  G.A. 

Mehtd,  Mdvji  Kanji      F.  G.  A. 

Mehtd,  Motirdra  Surbhdi        E. 

Mehtd,  Thdkor  Kapilrdm        E. 

Moghe,  Saddshiv  Ndrdyan       F.  G.  A. 

Motivdld,  Rastamji  Barjorji ..St.  X. 

Mulld,  Rastamji  Fardunji        E. 

Mulgdvkar,  Sundarrdo  Shivrdm St.  X. 

Munshi,  Madhav  Motirdm      E. 

Nagarkar,  Jandrdan  Keshav D. 

Ndik,  Ganpatrdo  Rdmchandra  ...St.   X. 

Ndik,  Lakshuman  Bdlkrishna  F.  G.  A. 

Ndmjoshi,  Keshav  Ndrdyan    ...  ..  F.  C. ,  formerly  R.  C. 

Nargund,  Gurundth  Gangddharrdo D- 

Narvane,  Prabhdkar  Govind D. 


UNDERGRADUATES.  335 

Nerurkar,  Baji  Vishnu  F,  G.  A. 

Oza,  Navanidhrai  Vajeshankar  S.  C. 

Oza,  Tulshidas  Chaturbhuj     E, 

Oza,  Vasantrai  Mahipatrai      S.  C. 

Pandia,  Chandravidyanand  Shrikrishnanand         S.  C. 

Pandit,  Bhaskar  Mahadev       D. 

Pandit,  Dolatram  Kashiram E. 

Pandit,  Govind  Mahadev        F.  G.  A. 

Panse,  Krishtiaji  Martand       ...         ...         ...         F.  C. 

Paranjapye,  Sadashiv  Vinayak  F.  C. 

Patankar,  Anant  Pandurang F.  C. 

Patel,  Pragji  Mathurbhai       E. 

Patel,  Shivabhai  Motibhai      G.  C. 

Patel,  Balvant  Raoji     D. 

Patgavkar,  Krishnarao  Baburao        E. 

Paymaster,  Rastam  Barjorji E. 

Phadke,  Narayan  Khanderao D. 

Pitale,  Vinayak  Sadanandji F.  G.  A. 

Rajadhayksh,  Pvaghunath  Balkrishna  D, 

Eanade,  Vinayak  Vishnu        F.    C. 

Ranjit,  Kanderao  Suridarrao F.  G,  A. 

Redkar,  Krishnaji  Sitaram     D. 

SabDis,  Hanmant  Govind        D. 

Sabnis,  Krishnarao  Ramchandra       E. 

Samuel,  Mary  ...  D. 

Bant,  Madhav  Bdpaji F.  C. 

Sapre,  Jagannath  Anant         D.,  formerly  B.  C. 

Saraiya,  Hiraldl  Dharamdas E. 

Say  ad,  Moinudin  Sayad  Husein        F.  G.  A. 

Sethna,  Framroz  Shapurji       St.  X. 

Shaik,Jaffer  Shaik  Muhammad         F.  C. 

Shah,  Mulchand  Asharam       G.  C. 

Shahani,  Sahebsing  Chandasing         E. 

Shirgavkar,  Raoji  Raghunath  R.  C. 

Shro9;  Maganlal  Laldas  F.  G.  A. 

Shukla,  Navalshankar  Nrisinh  F.  G.  A. 

Solaina,  Rastam ji  Dadabhai F.  G.  A. 

Soman,  Ramchandra  Ganesh B.C. 

Sutaria,  Mdneklal  Chunilal G.  C. 

Svadi,  Anant  Vishveshvar       ...         D# 

Taleyarkhan,  Erachshah  Jehangier (j,C. 

Tambe,  Gopal  Ramchandra    ... d'% 

Thakar,  Pranjivan  Odhavji S.  C 

Tolat,  Vithaldas  Gopaldds      B.  C.# 

Udgatti,  Guddo  Makund        ..  ...        F.  c! 

XFnvald,  Kharshedji  Frdmji ...St.  X.' 

Uraizi,  Burhanudin  Abdulla  ... ...  q#  q* 

Vaidya,  Vishvanath  Prabhuram      ... St.*  xl 

Vakil,  Ratanbai  Ardesir         F.G.A* 


336 


UNIVERSITY. 


Valladares,  Diogo  Jerome 
Vyds,  Vithal  Jethdbhdi 
Wdgh,  Subrdo  Vaikunth 
Wdgle,  Bhavdnishankar  Subrdo 
Wadia,  Dadabhai  Mervdnji    ... 


St.X. 
G.C. 

E. 

E. 

E. 


First  Examination  for  the  degree  of  B.Sc. 

Pass. 

Rdmchandra  Gopal  Astekar 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine. 

First  Class  (arranged  in  order  of  merit). 

Trilokekar,  Vindyak  Sokarji 

Mehtd,  Narsinh  Trikamji       

Walke,  Annie  ...         ...         

Sanzgiri,  Yashvant  Mangesh 

Broker,   Shivdds  Parmdnand...         

Deshpdnde,  Krishndji  Ganesh 

Doctor,  Jehdngier  Edalji       ... 

Second  Class  (arranged  in  alphabetical  order  J . 

Anjaria  Kavisbankar  Ganesh 

Bhat,  Hari  Vaman       

Billimorid,  Navroji  Jamshedji 
Cooper,  Behrdmshdh  Hormasji 
Daldl,  Purshottam  Harichand 
DeQuadros,  Augustus 
DeSilva,  Diego  Manuel 
Doctor,  Banian ji  Behrdmji     ... 
Doctor,  Bdpuji  Pdlonji,  B.A.,  B.Sc 
Doctor,  Kaikhosru  Edalji 
Doctor,  Navroji  Behrdmji    ... 
Doshi,  Jivrdj  Ghelabhai 
Dubdsh,  Kaikhosru  Manikji ... 
Dukle,  Ddmodar  Mddhavrdo... 
Gimi,  Kaikhosru  Mancherji  ... 
Hdthivdld,  Abdsdli  Alibhai  ... 

Jacob,  S 

Jddhav,Rdmchandra  Ndrdyanrdo 
Jayakar,  Ishvarchandra  Rdmchandra 
Kdmdin,  Dosdbhai  Hormasji 
Kardkd,  Mdnikji  Sordbji 
Kirloskar,  Vdsudev  Kdshintith 
Kirloskar,  Vindyak  Gopdl     ... 


E, 


G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 


G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 


UNDERGRADUATES.  337 

Merchant,  Dhanji  Khimjl «        G. 

Missir,  Shamsabal  Sitaram G. 

Moniz,  John      ...         ...         ... ...  G. 

Pansare,  Mahadev  Krishna ...  G. 

Paranjapye,  Balvant  Lakshuman G. 

Parmanand,  Ramkrishna  Narayan  ...         ...         ...         ...  G. 

Pavri,  Mervanjt  Erachji         ...         ...         ...         ..          ...  G. 

Rangnekar,  Purshottam  Vishnu        ..         G. 

Shroff,  Kdvasji  Behramji       «.         G. 

Sirvai,  Sorabji  Rastamji         ...         ...         ...  G. 

Surti,  Dinshdh  Mervanji        ^.         ...  G, 

Vijayakar,  Babaji  Bapuji       ...  G, 

Vorah,  Rauchhoddaa  Parmanandas...         ...         .  .        ...  G. 

First  Examination  in  Medicine.—  (Old  System). 

(Equivalent  to  the  First  and  Second  Examinations  in  Medicint 
under  the  Neio  System), 

Second  Class. 

Luis  Angelino  Valladares. 

First  Examination  in  Medicine. 

First  Class  (arranged  in  order  of  merit),. 

S&mb&re,  Anant  N&r&yan     ...         .».         ...         ...         ...  q 

iSanjftnd,  Hormasji  Jamshedji           ....  q/ 

Poredi,  R&mchandra  Shiviji            ..          ...         .,.         ...  0 

Turner,  Ardesir  KaVasji     ^  ..          ;,.  q' 

Surveyor,  Nasarvanji  Fakirji,  B.A {j* 

Chobhe,  Shankar  Amrit ...  q 

Missir,  Shamsabad  Sit&r&m q" 

Second  Class  (arrangtd  in  •al^mbetical order), 


hooper,  Behramsh&h  Hormasji 
D&diset,  Hirji  Jehrfngier 
Dantes,  Augustus  P 

2  1306—59  bu 


338 


UNIVERSITY. 


Daruv&ld,  Rastamji  Dacl&bh&i 
DeQuadros,  John  Baptist 
Dev,  Hari  Shrikrishna 
Doctor,  Ardesir  Dorabji 

Doctor,  Kaikhosru  Rastamji 

Doctor,  Navroji  Behramji     

Engineer,  Pestanji  Ukarji 
Fido,  Herbert  Adamson 

Ghandi,  Frriinji  Shapurji      

Ghasvala,  Ardesir   Hormasji... 

Gorval&,  Manikji  Dosdbhai 

Hiramanek,  Kaikhosru  Mancherji  ... 
Kamdin,  Sorabji  Dordbji 
Kelavala,  Rastamji  Manikji  ... 

Kobla,  Dosabhai  Homjibhai 

Lawrence,  Peter  ...         

Mai,  Chandulal  Ghelabhai     ... 
Mantri,  Bhau  Janardan 

Master,  Kaikhosru  Edalji     

Medivala,  Hoshangji  Kuvarji 
Mehta,  Damodardas  Karsandas 

Mehta,  Shapurji  Manikji       

Mehta,  Umiashankar  Gavrishankar 
Mehtaji,  Rastamji  Nasarv&nji 
Meher-Homji,  Jehangier  Manchershah 
Merchant,  Dhanji  Khimji 

Moda,  Eastamji  Dadabhoi 

Modi,  Kaikhosru  Jamshedji 

Motaframna,  Jamshedji  Palanji 
Munshi,  Dhanjibhai  Mervanji 
Nadkarni,  Ganpat  Raghunath 

Naidu,   Vardraj   Govind        

Pansare,  Mahadev  Krishna  ... 
Redkar,  Raghunath  Balkrishna 
Sethna,    Karsandas  Gopaldas 
Shah,  Narandas  Damodardas 
Shirgavkar,  Balkrishna  Ravalnath  ... 

Sunavala,  Ratanji  Bejanji      

Thanavala,  Jehanbaksh  Rastamji 

Vaidya,  Popat  Prabhuram     

Wadia,  Kavasji  Nasarvanji  ... 


G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G. 
G, 
G. 
G. 
G. 


First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering. 
Second  Class, 

Agashe,  Vinayak  Trimbak      

Ayengar,  Naggihalli  Cheluva  Narsinh        


C.Sc. 
C.Sc, 


tfNDEiRGRADUATtfS.  339 


Gadgil,  Ramchandra  Vishvanath     ^        ..*        C.Sc. 

Godbole,  Vithal  Vishnu         C.Sc. 

Iyer,  V.  S.  Sambasiva C.Sc* 

Mobedjina,  Dinshah  Mancherji         „         ...  C.Sc. 

Narsapur,  Annaji  Hanumant...         ...  C.Sc. 

Patel,  Raojibhai  Bhailalbhai  ...         C.Sc. 

Sahasrabudhe,  Balvant  Apaji  C.Sc. 

Sane,  Gopal  Ramchandra        ... C.Sc. 

Shetti,  Sangappa  C «         ...  C.Sc 

Vacha,  Khodadad  Rdtanji      C.Sc. 

Wright,  P.  A.  T.  C.Sc. 

Pais. 

Ayengar,  Chichurkanahally  Krishna  C.Sc. 

Akut,  Jagannath  Bapu  —        ...        ...        .ti        ...  C.Sc 

Bhat,  Parshuram  Kuberram ...         ...  C.Sc. 

Cosserat,  Louis ...  C.Sc. 

Dharvad,  Ramchandra  Shesho  ...         ...         C.Sc. 

Godbole,  Narayan  Vishnu       C.Sc. 

Gopujkar,  Pandurang  Vishnu  C.Sc. 

Joshi,  Janardan  Balvant         ...         ...         ...         C.Sc. 

Katarki,  Venkaji  Hanmantrao  » C.Sc. 

Machhar,  Hariram  Madhavji C.Sc. 

Master,  Ardesir  Nasarvanji .*         C.Sc. 

Nellore,  Ramrao  C.Sc. 

Parchure,  Mahadev  Bhikaji C.Sc. 

Pandit,  Vishnu  Balkrishna C.Sc. 

Patel,  Raojibhai Motibhai     • C.Sc. 

Sasahital,  Shantapa  Ganesh C.Sc. 

Shah,  Chhotalal  Dvarkadas C.Sc. 

Shah,  Mulji  Liladhar „  C.Sc. 


340  UNIVERSITY. 

MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,  1886. 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates, 


Gholkar,  Vishnu  Sitaram 

Belvi,  Dattatraya  Venkatesh 

Pilcher,  Lena  

Bapat,  Shivram  Narayan 

Ezechiel,  Percy       

Ajrekar,  Krishnaji  Ganesh 
S&kalkar,  Vinayak  Bhaskar 

Brady,  Alice  Winifred       

Dubash,  Dinshah  Barjorji 

Kale,  Balkrishna  Mahadev 

Kelkar,  Narhar  Krishna 

Namjoshi,  Ramchandra  Abaja      ... 
Hansoti,  Chunilal  Jivanlal 

Hardie,  William .-. 

Cama,  Soshyan  K.  R 

Majmudar,  Kanaialal  Dayabhai  _ 
Ghanekar,  Balvant  Narayan 
Chokshi,  Manila!  Jivanlal 
Kanga,  Rastamji  Kekobad 
Dave,  Nandshankar  Parvatishankar 

Gonsalves,  Paul  C 

Kanade.  Gangadhar  Vithal 

Mulla,  Bhikaji  Dadabhai 

Masur,  Narsinh  Rangrao 

Waller,  Frank  Hastings 

Ali,  Adanan  Suleman        

Paranjapye,  Mahadev  Hari 

Kanga,  Dinshah  Dorabji 

Petters,  James 

Khambatta,  Fardunji  Nasarvanji 

Isaacson,  James  John         

Sanjana,  Kharshedji  Edalji 
Dundas,  Patrick  Henry     

Shrikhande,  Ganesh  Ramchandra 
Inamdar,  Balkrishna  Dhonddev... 
Bardi,  Dos&bhal  Rastamji 
Marrett,  Cuthbert  Ralph  ... 
Dalai,  Ghelabhai  Parbhudas      ... 
Khisti,  Nilkanth  Yashvant 


Schools. 


R. 
B. 

So. 

Rat. 

St.  V. 

R. 

E.  S. 

1.1; 

F. 

M. 

P. 

N.  E. 

Su. 

Sc. 

St.X.H. 

Su. 

N.  E. 

B.  S. 

F. 

Br. 

St.  X.H- 

Sho. 

F. 

B. 

Ch. 

St.X.H. 

N.  E. 

St.  X.  H. 

G.  K. 

Sir  J. 

Bis. 

P. 

St.  P.  B. 

S.&P.T. 

R. 

& 

E.  S. 

Bis. 

Su. 

R.  M. 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,  1886. 


341 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools, 


I 
40 -J 

I 

45 
46 

«{ 

50  j 
52 

53? 


56- 

58 
59 
60 
61 
62 

63 


65 

68 
69 
70 
71 

72  { 

74 

75  I 

77  { 

70  j 

81 

82 


Bhojvdni,  Nihdlchand  Gidumal  ...        .,.        ..,    N.J, 

Chirmule,  Gopdl  Ganesh  ..  R. 

Harolikar,  Bdldji  Vithal ,         R. 

Nulkar,  Sakhdrdm  Krishndji       E.  S.&P. 

Pdvri,  Hormasji  Pdlanji St.  X.  H, 

Chakradev,  Bdlkrishna  Vishnu  ....         ....         ...     N.  E. 

Shukla,  Harjivan  Bhagvanji       .... Kat. 

Bhdgvat,  Vishnu  Vaman N.  E. 

DeOliveira,  John  F.  X ,,.        ...  St.  X. H, 

James,  Emile  ...     C.  H. 

Clay,  Edith G.  K. 

Thariani,  Kdsam  Sumdr E.  S. 

Bussey,  William St.  V. 

Dalai,  Day abhai  Dalpatbhdi      Br. 

Gor6,  Sitdrdm  Ndrdyanrdo  ,       A. 

Kotvdl,  Trimbak  Rdmchandra ,         ..,     B.  T. 

Bailey,  Mabel  St.  M.  P, 

Desdi,  Ratanji  Ranehhodii  ...         E.  S. 

Nathani,  Najarali  Sheriff ,        ...St.  X.H. 

Karamchanddni,  Hardasmal Udarnomal  ...       H. 

Fido,  Alice  C.  G.  S, 

Rdhdlkar,  Narayan  Mereshyar ,..       Ak, 

Kdtrak,  Navroji  Ddddbhdi  .„         ...         ...    Sir  j. 

Bilimorid,  Mervanji  Pestanji       ...         ...         ...       Ch. 

Joshi,  Mahddev  Keshav    ...         ...         ...         ...    N.  E. 

Flower,  Ernest  Hubert      -     C.  H. 

Gupte,  Shankar  Sitdram B,  T. 

Mehta,  Kaikho^ru  Behrdmji       .-         .,,         ...     E,  S. 

Moylan,  Hilda J.  C. 

Idgunji,  Dattdtraya  Anant  ...         ...         ..  St.  X.  EI. 

Kdshikar,  Keshav  Gopal  ..,         ...         ...         ...      Rat, 

Reshamvdld,  Varajdds  Chhabildds         ...         ...       Su. 

Huilgol,  Krishnarao  Keshav        P.  T. 

Kdrkhdnis,  Rdmchandra  Dhondo  ...         ,,,     P.  N. 

Samuel,  Simeon      ...         ..  E.  S. 

Deshvandikar,  Ndrdyan  Ddmodar        Ah. 

Kanitkar,  Vishnu  Krishna  ...         P. 

Avdsid,  Mugatrdi  Kallidnji         ...         ...         „„      Bk, 

Karmarkar,  Gopdl  Divdkar  ...         .,.         ...     N.  E, 

Mistri,  Hormasji  Jdmdsji...         ...         F, 

Mudabhatkal,  Man jundth  Ndrdyan       ...         ...        K. 

Dave\  Anandrdi  Himatrdm  Kat, 

King,  Cecil  George .,.        .,.        .„        „.        .,.1      Bis. 

1306-29  bp* 


S42 


UNIVERSITY. 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools. 


Chhatre,  Pdndurang  Shridhar     ...     E.  S. 

Chavdhare,  Lakshuman  Harischandra  ...         ...     G.  A. 

Mardthe,  Mahddev  Rdmchandra  N.  E.&p.T. 

Gonsalvez,  Braz  C ,.         ...         ...St.  X.H. 

Gordtela,  Ndnji  Hansrdj N.  W. 

Ozd,  Parbhurdm  Dolatrdm  P.  T. 

Tolat,  Gulabdds  Gopaldds  .„ Su. 

Kurtkoti,  Krishndji  Kdshindth Dh. 

Myatt,  Arthur        Sc. 

Joshi,  Prdnshankar  Bhavdnishankar     ...         ...      Kat. 

Garud,  Gopdl  Balvant       ...         ...     Dhu. 

Koldh,  Jehdngier  Mancherji       ...         E.  S. 

Dhurde,  Karsandds  Premji  ...    K.  M. 

Mdrphdtid,  Chanduldl  Nagindds  E.  S. 

Pitre,  Trivikram  Kdshindth        E.  S. 

Gazdar,  Jehdngier  Jivanji  ...       F. 

Bidkar,  Keshav  Govind ...         ...     G.  A. 

Korgdmkar,  Vishrrim  Lakshuman         P.  T, 

Karve,  Moreshvar  Vdsudev         ...         ...         ...  F.  G.  A. 

Kulkarni,  Gurundth  Rdghavendra         ...         ...  Dh.  &  P.  T„ 

Vincent,  James  John  ...         ...N.J.&P.T. 

Master,  Dinshdh  Ddddbhdi         B.  Pro. 

Mehtd,  Ardesir  Nasarvdnji         F.  G.  A. 

Sdmant,  Lakshuman  Vithal         St.  X.  H. 

DeSilva,  Braz  Laurence St.  X.H. 

Khdnolkar,  Hari  Bhikdji Sav. 

Primaldni,  Hasamal  Kdldchand H. 

Young,  John  Richard        G.  K. 

Mardthe^  Moreshvar  Bdpuji        ...         ...         ...       B. 

Mushrif,  Pandharindth  Sakhdrdm         M. 

Nene,  Prabhdkar  Saddshiv  N.  E. 

Chandrachud,  Mahddev  Balvant  N.  E. 

Pdrikh,  Mulji  Bhagvdndds  SirC.  &  A. 

Ayd,  Gurashidh  Shivlingsvdmi P.  T. 

Pandid,  Manildl  Atmdrdm  Su. 

Sahasrabudhe-,  Vin&yak  Krishna Am. 

Sirvai,  Rastamji  Fardunji  ...         ...         ...St.  X.H. 

Kadrekar,  Pundlik  Pdndurang ...      Rat. 

Sdmant,  Bdpuji  Moreshvar  B. 

Jdmbhekar,  Pdndurang  Keshav P.  T. 

Kolatkar,  Bdlkrishna  Shridhar R. 

Sirvdi,  Kaikhosru  Fardunji         St.  X.H. 

Shroff,  Hirdldl  Brijbhukhandds E.  S, 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,  1886. 


343 


Bank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools 


126 
127  j 
129 
130 1 
132 

133} 


137  j 

r 

14M 

t 
149  j 

151 1 

156  j 
158-1 

( 

162) 
166 


Sinclair,  Malcolm 

Daruvala,  Dinshah  Dadabhai 

Gilder,  Alice 

Shukla,  Himmatlal  Pranjivan     

Bala,  Kaikhosru  Ardesir  ... 

Mar&the,  Vishnu  Hari      ..  

Reporter,  Rastamji  Edalji 
Dharvadkar,  Gopal  Raghavendra 

Godraj,  Ardesir  Barjorji 

Mothar^i,  Jeram  Dosft     

R^val,  Dalsukhram  Gopalji        

Joshi,  Pranshankar  Samburam  ... 

Kittur,  Krishnaji  Gopal 

Kshatri,  Manila!  Ragn&thr&i       

Nanavati,  Hiralal  Dayabhai       

Costa,  Samuel  Dinkar        

DeSouza,  Anthony  Sebastian       

Kale,  Janardan  Nagesh 

Lakhia,  Ambalal  Madhavlal      

Mehta,  Bamanji  Dinshah 

Nariman,  Hormasji  Rastamji      

Small,  John  Donald  

Vazirani,  Jivatr&i  Tekchand       

Bhat,  Anopram  Ramji      

Khare\  Vasudev  Hari 
Chokhav&la,  Dahy abh&i  Narandas 
DeSilva,  Joseph  Michael  L. 

Godbole,  Hari  Vithal         

Khatri,  Ahmad  Yusaf 

Mistri,  Manikji  Bejanji 

Dikshit,  Sad&shiv  Narayan  Maninarayan 

Mistri,  Dinshah  Palanji 

Chhatre,  Anant  Ganesh    ... 

Muhammad,  Yusif  Ismail 

Shukla,  Harilal  Vishvanath        

Talyarkhan,  Phirozsehah  Jehangiershah 

Banaji,  Fardunji  Hormasji  

Bothe,  Narayan  Balaji 

Contractor,  Ratanji  Jivanji         

Patil,  Chenavirgouda  Sidramgouda     ... 
Desai,  Ntfranji  Mohanbhai 


Sc. 
E.  S. 

G.K.  &  Sc. 

P.  T. 

Br. 
S.E. 
Sir.  J. 
S.E. 

F. 
Alf.  B. 

A. 
E.  S. 

B. 

Ah.M&PT. 

B. 

K. 

St.X.H. 

B.  M. 

A. 

Ch. 

E.  S. 

Bis. 

N.J. 

Bh. 

E.  S. 

Su. 

St.X.H. 

Ah. 

E.  S. 

Sir  J. 

Su. 

N.J. 

N.  S. 

N.J. 

N.&P.T. 

Ah, 
St.  X.  H. 
B. 
N.  E. 
Dh. 
Su. 


344 


tJNIVERSITY. 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools. 


167-} 


174 
175 

176 

m] 

180 
181  j 
183 
184  { 

186] 
188 

189  J 

192  { 

( 

194 -( 

{ 

199 

200-1 

I 
206 

207  I 

210 


BArpitnde,  Vttman  Nathu... 

Chitre,  Niirayan  V&man 

Gh&r£,  V&man  Shivritm   ... 

Hudli,  Vishnu  Gurn&th 

Kulkarni,  Gopal  R&mchandra    ... 
Master,  Rastamji  D&d&bh&i 

Oka,  N&rriyan  Vanian       

Reporter,  Jamshedji  Edalji 
Thakar,  AmritUl  Vithaldds 
B&pat,  Ramchandra  Raghundth... 
Bhtithend,  Dinshtth  Framji 
Dhondi,  B6puji  Kharshedji 
Kelkar,  Raghun&th  Ganesh 
P&nde,  Pestanji  Dhanjibh&i 
Parfaijapye,  Anant  Govind 
P&thak,  Shirinbfli  FrStmji 
Amin,  D&y&bh&i  Pr&gbh&i 
Baxter,  Sora^ji  Hirjibh&i... 
Khandkar,  Govind  Vishnu 
Shring&rpur6,  N&rayan  Ganesh  ... 
Suklikar,  Sakh&r&m  Ramchandra 
Ward,  Frederick  William 

Dracott,  Edward  Talbot 

Hir&nandani,  Mulchand  Hazarising 

Mullen,  Mary  ....       

Dhavale,  BdUji  Shripat    ... 
Nariman,  Gust&dji  Pestanji 
Chikodikar,  M&lhav  N6r&yan     ... 
Dtlt&r,  R&mchandra  Bhik&ji 
Deshp&nde,  Bhim&ji  Basvant 
Dhongde,  Vin&yak  Damodar 
Munim,  Hirdlrii  Ranchhoddas    ... 
Dali,  Jagann&th  Sakharam 
Bhandiirkar,  Dinkar  Shivram     ... 

Nazareth,  Anthony  , 

Kanthana\  Gopfll  Hiralal 
Matbar,  Hormasji  Pftlanji 

Naik,  Vaman  Moroba       

Wallace,  Pestanji  Rastajnji 
D&mle,  Keshav  Govind    ...        ... 

DeGam a,  Antonio  Jose      ...         .,. 

Desai,  Balvantrai  Chandulal 
Savnur,  Govind  Rdghvendra 
Abhyankar,  Damodar  Gopal 


Dhu. 

Ah.  M.S. 

F.  G.  A. 

B. 

B.  M. 
St.  X.  tf . 
N.E.&P.  T. 

Sir  J. 
Bh. 

Dhu. 

Sir  J. 

B.  Pro. 
Dh. 

F. 
Rat. 

C.  G.  S, 
N. 

Sir  J. 

N.  S. 

F.  C.  A, 

Ak. 

Sc. 

Bis. 

H.&P.T. 

St.  P.  G. 

M.  P.  T. 

St.X.H. 

R. 

N.  E. 

Dh. 

Dhu. 

E.  S. 

SirC. 

St.X.H, 

St.  V. 

N, 

F. 

St.  X.  H. 

F. 

Ak. 

C.  H. 

Ah.  M, 

B. 

P. 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,  1886. 


345 


Rank. 

Names  of  Candidates. 

Schools. 

211 

Naik,  Nanabhai  Narsinh 

R.  S. 

r 

Dastur,  Ardesir  Kharshedji         

Sir  J. 

Jagasia,  Asanmal  Lilaram           

N.J. 

212  *{ 

Joshi,  Mahader  Vishnu     

Ah. 

1 

Kapadia,  Manchershah  Navroji 

E.  S. 

I 

Vevai  Kharshedji  Nasarvanji      

B. 

217  j 

Maju,  Phirozeshah  Dadabhai       

P.  T. 

Wiseman,  Lydia  Louisa 

St.  M.  P. 

r 

Mehta,  Fulchand  Bhavan 

Bh. 

219-^ 

Santuk,  Kharshedji  Kavasji       

E.  S. 

1 

Ukidve,  Vaman  Vithal 

S.  E. 

f 

Chinai,  Kharshedji  Kavasji         ...         

F. 

222J 

Gajrdvala,  Vadilal  Lallubhai       

Ah.M.&P.T 

Joshi,  Ramkrishna  Govind           

Dhu. 

( 

Munshi,  Dinshah  Mancherji 

S. 

226 

Pinto,  Antonio  Filippe      ., 

A.  P. 

227  | 

Desai,  Morarji  Gandabhai 

Su. 

Karkare\  Hari  Pandurang 

Ak. 

229 

Pereira,  John  Dominic      ...         

st.  x.  e. 

230  ] 

Dikshit,  Janardan  Damodar        

P.  T. 

Oza,  Mohanlal  Dhaneshvar          

E.  S. 

Patel,  Shankarbhai  Motibhai       

B. 

233 

Seth,  Motiram  Fakirbhai 

Su. 

234 

Naphade,  Narayan  Vithal           ...         

P.  T. 

235 

Hatvalne,  Kakaji  Eknath...         ...         

P.  T. 

236 

Harrison,  Clarence 

P.  H. 

f 

Angadi,  Bhimaji  Balaji 

Dh. 

237  ^ 

Mehta,  Chhaganlal  Ghelabhai     ...         

Kat. 

I 

Raste,  Prabhakar  Sadashiv          

N.  E. 

240  j 

Desai,  Kuvarji  Khandubhai        

B.  T. 

Joshi,  Venkatesh  Shivram           

Dh. 

( 

Bhade,  Narayan  Jagannath         ...         ...         ... 

N.E. 

242] 

•  Dalai,  Jamnadas  Ranchhoddas    ...         

Su.  M. 

Mehta,  Maganlal  Mo jilal 

N. 

( 

Tellis,  Joaquim  Francis 

NJ.&P.T. 

f 

Desai,  Gulabbhai  Bhimbhai        ...         

Su. 

246^ 

Desai,  Gulabrai  Jametram           

Su. 

I 

Mobedjina,  Framji  Mancherji 

Sir  J. 

r 

Bal,  Bilkrishna  Gopal      

N.  E. 

1 

Dal&l,  Lakshmichand  Vandr£vand£s     

Kat. 

1 

Dhru,  R&mchandra  B&puji          .. 

B.  T. 

249  <{ 

Ghivala,  Dor&bji  Sortfbji 

E.S. 

Joshi,  Manchershfth  Edalji          ...         

N.J. 

! 

L&lfi,  Gul&br&i  Dhirajrftm           

P.  T. 

I 

Rege,  Yashvant  Shrinivis           

B.  M 

346 


tfNIVEkSlTf. 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools. 


256 


258 


I 

I 
265 

266  | 

268 
270 

r 

271-j 

276  | 
278  J 

[ 

282-1 

! 

I 
287 

288  j 
291 -J 

294^ 


Batija,  Radhomall  Virumall        Sh. 

G&ndhi,  Pestanji  Kekobiid          B.  Pro* 

A thavele,  Ganesh  Krishna           P.  T. 

Belara,  Basarmal  Tttr&chand       K.  M. 

Buch,  Balvantrai  Harishankar    ...         .«.         ...  N.  W, 

Clubvald,  Kaikhosru  Mancherji  ..<         A. 

Dalai,  Lakshmid&s  Karamsi        ...         ...         ...  E.  S. 

Dhavale,  Khando  Ningappa' Dh. 

Meherji,  D&dabh&i  Phirozeshah E.  S. 

Joshi,  Nandshankar  Motiram     ...         4 P.  T. 

Malk&ni,  Udhtlram  Shevakr&m ...  H. 

Navre,  Narayan  Krishna ...  M. 

Master,  Framroz  Dinshdh            ...         ...         ...  P.  T. 

Small,  William  Duncan Bis. 

K&nade",  Mahttdev  Anant..          B. 

Jagdale\  Gangadhar  Narayan      Am. 

Jog,  Bandu  Govind            N.  E. 

Kirp&lani,  Ghanashamd&s  Khatanmal  ...         ...  H. 

Mehtd,  Jatttshankar  Haribh&i      ...         ...         *..  E.  S< 

Pa^ankar,  Bhik&ji  Dhonddev      Bat. 

Braganca,  Antonio  Baptista         St.  X.  H. 

Thosar,  Ramkrishna  Njtrayan N.E.&B.T. 

Barve,  Narayan  Chint&man         ...         ...         ...  P.  T. 

Bennett,  Hormasji  M&nikji          ...          E.  S. 

Kotvtil,  Kaikhosru  Jamshedji     ... F. 

Wise,  Lucy  Stanley           St.  M.  P. 

Lele,  Shankar  Lakshuman           «.         P.  T. 

Nabab,  Amritlal  Chunilal           A. 

Patel,  Maneklal  Chimanldi         -P. 

Shall  Chunilal  Keshavlal N. 

Thakur,  Ramchandra  Govind      Sav. 

Bhat,  Ishvarlal  Gavrishankar      Su. 

Kangtt,  Kaikhosru  Jamaspji        E.  S. 

Katrak,  Hormasji  Bamanji          Sir  J. 

Rastam-Framna,  Kaikhosru,  Kavasji      ...         .~  Sir  J. 

Fernandes,  Cayetan           ... St.  X.  H. 

Holden,  David  William P.  T. 

Paranjapye,  Ganesh  Mahddev    ...         ...         ...  B.  T. 

Davar,  Phirozeshah  Hormasji      F. 

DeSouza,  Aloysius  Rozario          St.  X.  H. 

Lalkaka,  Erachshah  Kharshedji A. 

Vaishnav,  Fulshankar  Manishankar      Kat. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,  1886. 


347 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools. 


298 -{ 


303 

306 
307 
308 

309 
312 


314  < 
318 
319  < 
323 

324- 

329 

333 
334 

335 
3  39 


Bhatye,  Purshottam  Sakharam  ... 
Dandekar,  Raghunath  Narayan  ... 
Godbole,  Bapu  Hari 
Narimttn,  Ratanshah  Temulji 
Pusalkar,  Mahadev  Shridhar 
Chavdhare,  Dinanath  Ganesh 
Khanzode,  Govind  Narayan 
Munge,  Narayan  Balaji     ... 
Thakar,  Sundardas  Narandds 
Merchant,  Jehangierji  Limji 
Vedak,  Krishnarao  Vithal 
Bhagchandani,  Verhomal  Lokumal 
Koyaji,  Nadirshah  Shapurji 
Mehta,  Trikamrai  Harukhram    .►. 
Bharuchd,  Hoshangji  Jamshedji.- 
Haligeri,  Bhim&ji  Tirkappa" 
Govande,  Bhdskar  Sad&shiv 
Hirurkar,  Pralh&d  R&mkrishna  ... 
Kale,  Lakshuman  BalltQ  ... 
P&takji,  Jan&rdan  Virbhadra 
Dadukid,  N&ran  Jethri, 

Apte,  Rflmchandra  NarsO 

Buch,  Mah&sukhrai  Dulerai 
N&dkarni,  Shivr&m  Rangappd    ... 
Nerlekar,  Rrimchandra  Mangeshrao 

Javeri,  Haril&l  Govindlttl 

Aptekar,  Solomon  Shalom 
Murkute\  Jagannflth  R&mchandra 
Navalkar,  Gaj&nan  Meghashdm  ... 
Pardesi,  Ganpatsing  Kisansing  ... 
Pflthare,  Jandrdan  Krishna 
Akolkar,  Vishvandtb  Ramkrishna 
Budhvani,  Ambritral  Shevram  ... 
Mehta\  Thalvorlal  Jivanrdm 
Sevak,  Mineklitl  Motilal 
MunsifF,  Mttnikshdh  Dhanjish&h 
Paralkar,  Rdmchandra  Vhniyak 
Des&i,  Gdnd&bhhtti  Ratanji 
Jflvle,  R&m  Bhftskar 
Mar dth^,  Lakshuman  Keshav 
Shukla,  Lakshmishankar  Kachara" 
Aurangdb&dkar,  Gang&dhar  Hari 
Deshpande,  N dray  an  Ramchandra 
Khanzode,  Hanmant  Rdoji 


N-E. 
E.S. 

P. 

F. 

R. 
E.S. 
Dhu. 
E.  S. 
E.S. 
Su.  &P.T. 
E.  S. 
P.  T. 
B.  H. 

B. 

P. 
Dh 

N.E.&P.T. 
Am. 
S.  E. 

Su. 
Kdt. 
Rat. 

Bk. 

K. 
Dh. 

Br. 
R.  M. 
E.  S. 
R.  M. 

N.E.&P.T. 

E.  S. 

P. 
H.&P.T. 

A. 

B. 
E.S.  &  p.T 
E.S. 
P.  T. 
E.  S. 
Dhu. 
Kat. 
Dhu. 
N.  E. 

Ak. 


348 


UNIVERSITY. 


hKaikhosru  Navroji  

Desai,  Khandubhai  Lallubhai     ... 
Malkani,  Ratanmal  Gidumal 
Desai,  Kallianji  Shankarji 
Shroff,  Lakshmidas  Govardhandas 
Batlivala,  Pestanji  Sorabji 

DeMello,  Romao  Mariano 

Mullanfiroze,  Edalji  Nasarvanji ... 
Kalro,  Chainomal  Dandumal 

Ranade,  Narhar  Govind 

Bagaitkar,  Mahadev  Ganesh 
Bedarkar,  Vinayak  Martand 
Nadkarni,  Mangesh  Shiv£pp6     ... 
Purandare,  Lakshuman  Anant    ... 
Dhavl6,  RamkrishnaVasudev     ... 

Joshi,  Vasudev  Raoji        

Chanchad,  Shamrao  Narayan     ... 
Cooper,  Nasarvanji  Manikji 
Daso,  Rango  Narendra     ... 

Dastur,  Bejanji  Ardesir 

Kotbagi,  Keshav  Sheshgir 
Mehta,  Jehangierji  Dinshah 
Mulgavkar,  VishvanathN&rayan 
Ghaisas,  Trimbak  Chintaman     ... 
Hate,  SadashivNanabhai 
Bardolia,  Dayabhai  Pranjivandis 

Joshi,  Ganesh  Bh&skar     

Kantak,  Shamrao  Bhaskar 
Mudholkar,  Venkatesh  Gurun&th 
Nigudkar,  Moreshvar  Ramkrihsna 
Talati,  Mulji  Dvarkadas  ... 
Appu,  Rastamji  Hirjibhai 
Ankalgi,  Shrinivas  Bhimrao 
Bamboat,  Jeh  angie  r  Hormas j  i    ... 
Mandrekar,  Narayan  Mahadev  ... 
Vatve,  Shridhar  Narayan 
Vartak,  Ramkrishna  Narayan    ... 
Bhat,  Ravishankar  Manishankar... 
DeLima,  Joseph  Aloysius 
Deshpande,  Shridhar  Yashvant ... 
Halkar,  Venkatesh  Sheshgiri      ... 
Kotbari,  Madhavji  Bhanji 
Mehta,  Purshottam  Ranchhoddas 


F.  G.  A. 
P.  T. 

H. 
Su.  M. 
F.  G.  A. 

F. 

St.  X.  H. 

B.  Pro. 

Sh. 
P.  T, 
P.  N. 

P.' 
P.T. 
N.  E. 
P.  T. 

R. 
G.  A. 

F. 
B.  M. 

F. 

R.  M. 

Ah.  M.S. 

P.  T. 
Ah.  M. 

B. 

Su. 
G,A. 
P.T. 

R, 
P.  T. 
P.  T. 

F. 

Dh. 

F, 

Rat.  &  P.T. 

N.  E. 

P. 

A. 
St.X.H. 

Ah. 
N.  E. 

F. 

N. 


Surname  not  known. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,  1886. 


Rank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools . 


385 


388 


392 
394 


398  < 
402 

f 

403  i 

I 

408 
409 -j 
411 

412 

414 

417 
418 
419 
420 
421 

422 

425 
427 


Bhat,  Sitdrdm  Ganesh       

Dalai,  Kharshedji  Framji 

Kampdni,  Mulji  Bhdidds 

Gunari,  Tamdji  Anndji , 

Kumtd,  Rdmndth  Ndgdppd        

Muhdmmad,  Husain  Musdkhdn 

Pdtankar,  Rdmchandra  Nilkanth 
Desdi,  Makanji  Ranchhodji 

Pardesi,  Chanduldl  Sitdrdm        

Modi,  Vrajlal  Vardhamdn 

Tdmonkar,  Vishnu  Gopdl 

Ekkundi,  Rdmchandra  Narsinh 

Tripdthi,  Shivdds  Jayshankar     

Bdgadid,  Surajldl  Mdneklal         

Bhdtavadekar,  Rdmchandra  Hari 

Mehendarg6,  Govind  Ganesh       

Mirajkar,  Gururdo  Shrinivds       

Ghodd,  Sundarldl  Mdnekldl        

Godbole,  Vishnu  Keshav  ... 

Momin,  R  dj  muhdmmad  Khushdlbhdi    ... 

Pandit,  Motilal  Ichhdshankar     

Pusalkar,  Purshottam  Shrirdm 

Sdinkar,  Mahddev  Rdmchandra 

Secretary,  Navroji  Hormasji       

Khan  Saheb,  Ishvarlal  Prdnldl 

Nesargi,  Anant  Subrdo 

Pitkar,  Moreshvar  Hari 

Ndgothnekar,  Vinayak  Lakshuman 

Parikh,  Trikamldl  Girdharldl      

Barve,  Vishvanath  Vdijandth 
Deshpdnde,  Lakshuman  Gopdl    ...         ... 

Kulkarni,  Venkatesh  Raghavendra 

Shah,  Harichand  Nathubhdi        

Bhdthena,  Mancherji  Jamaspji 

Palnitkar,  Vasudev  Mahadev 
Deshpdnde,  Venkatesh  Mahadev 
Sathe,  Gopdl  Abaji 
DandvSt6,  Ganesh  Saddshiv 

Dani,  Kacharsing  Guldbchand 

DeBraganza,  P.  John        

Gangulli,  Bhavdnishankar  Mahdbleshvar 
Karandikar,  Venkatesh  Krishnardo 
Vaidya,  Moreshvar  Rdjdrdm       ...        .», 

B  1306—30  m 


N.  E. 
E.  S. 
B.  R. 

Dh. 

Dh. 

N.J. 

B.  &  P.  T\ 

A. 

P. 

Kdt. 
B.  M. 

B. 
Alf.  B. 

Br. 
N.E.&P.T, 

P.  T. 
Sho. 

Bk. 

P. 

A.  &P.T. 

P.  T. 

Sdt, 
N.E. 
P.  T. 

Su. 

B. 

E.  S, 

B.  E. 

B. 
E.  S. 

Ak. 

Dh. 

Bh. 
B.H. 

FGA&PT. 
P.  T. 
N.  S. 

R. 

P.  T. 

F,  G.  A. 

K. 

B. 

E.  S. 


350 


UNIVERSITY. 


428 


429-{ 


435 

439 
440 

442- 

444- 

447 

448  < 

452 

453  J 

456 
457 

458 
459 

460  j 

464 

465  < 


Vesavevdla,  Mancherji  Kbarshedji       Sir  J. 

Durvas,  Gopal  Balaji        P.n.&p.t, 

Godbole,  Mahadev  Lakshuman  ...        ...        ...       Ah. 

Godbole,  Vasudev  Ganesh  ...        ...         ...      Rat. 

Joshi,  Damodar  Nilkant ...         ...      E.  S. 

Kerur,  Vastidevacharya  Shrinivasach^rya      ...      Dh. 

Sonar,  Ganesh  Raghunath  Dhu. 

Mhaskar,  Raghunath  Janardan Rat. 

Shah,  Maganlal  Virchand  ...         A. 

Sheth,  Chimanlal  Motilal  A. 

Shroff,  Mancherji  Pestanji  F.  G.  A. 

&  P.  T. 

Padmanji,  Dinkar  Benjamin        ...         F.  G.  A. 

Kanitkar,  Ramchandra  Bhikaji  ...         ...        P. 

Modi,  Jehangier  Hormasji  F. 

Bapat,  Vithal  Hari  N.  E. 

Jagtiani,  Khiamal  Tolaram         P.  T. 

Kher,  Appaji  Kashinath P.N. 

Mhatre,  Balkrishna  Narayan     P.  T. 

Rangnekar,  Shankar  Atmaram Sav. 

Parekh,  Navnidhlal  Mathurddas  F. 

Desai,  Pestanji  Ardesir E.  S. 

Modi,  Rastamji  Ravasji  ...         E.  S. 

Trilokekar,Dinanath  Nanaji      P.  T. 

Upadhyaya,  Manilal  Jamnashankar     ...         ...        B. 

*Kaikhosru  Shapurji ...         ...  F.  G.  A. 

Joshi,  Mahadev  Narayan N.  E. 

Marathe,  Keshav  Mahadev        S.  E. 

Mehta,  Chandrashankar  Manshankar Bh. 

Pilgavkar,  Narhari  Shabaram B.  R. 

Pinto,  Narcissus      St.X.  H. 

Valimbe,  Govind  Gangadhar      Bho 

Save,  Gajanan  Atmaram  ...         ...    E.   S. 

Dastur,  Jamshedji  Nasarvanji E.  S. 

Gandhi,  Sorabji  Kharshedji        F. 

Nilkanth,  Gunabhai  Mahipatram  A. 

Sholapurkar,  Shankar  Trimbak •     ...     P.  T, 

Sinde,  Sadashiv  Shivram Rat. 

Chauk,  Nateshvar  Narayan         f     Am. 

Dikshit,  Babaji  Madhavrao        P.  T. 

Torgal,  Narsinh  Bhimaji P.  N. 

Vasu,  Versimal  Kallumal ...     N.J. 

*  Surname  not  known. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,  1886. 


351 


Bank. 


Names  of  Candidates. 


Schools. 


469 


471 


476 

477 

478 

480 
481 


482 


489  j 

492 
493 

494  ] 

496 

497  | 

499 
500 

501  j 
503  j 
505  j 
507 1 

509  I 


Budhikot,  Narayan  Rdmchandra 
Pardnjapye,  Krishnaji  Yashvant... 
Joshi,  Lalluram  Atmdrdm 
Kinkhabvala,  Kalidds  Chunildl  ... 
Mulgund,  Subaji  Kalmesh 
Patvardhan,  Lakshuman  Ganesh 
Shinde,  Anant  Khanderdo 

Tullu,  Keshav  Vishnu       

Rdhatkar,  Madhav  Raghunath   ... 
Kalghatgi,  Ramchandra  Narsinh 
Mehtd,  Narbheram  Anopchand   . . . 
Nidgundi,  Bhimaji  Venkatesh    ... 

Bamji,  Rastamji  Kavasji 

Godbole,  Vishvandth  Parshurdm 
Kalghdtgi,  Ramchandra  Govind... 

Lele,  Dattdtraya  Appdji 

Mardthe,  Sakhdrdm  Dattdtraya ... 
Pdrikh,  Javerchand  Sanghji 
Paymaster,  Ardesir  Sordbshdh    ... 
Shdh,  Lallubhdi  Gokaldds 

Bdpat,  Vishnu  Ndrdyan 

Gogte,  Ganesh  Rdmkrishna 
Navratna,  Ramchandra  Anant   ... 
Ghuse",  Vdman  Rdmchandra 

Phdtak,  Hari  Govind        

Pradhan,  Balkrishna  Raghundth  .. 

Tdre,  Vithal  Rango  

Sayed,  Yasin  Guldm  Husen 
Surti,  Phirozeshdh  Hormasji 
Wddid,  Baman ji  Jamshed ji 
Vasi,  Raghundthji  Makanji 
Ndndvati,  Manildl  Hdthising 
Ambdekar,  Nilkanth  Vithal 

Mehtd,  SdmaljiPopat       

Bdpat,  Pdndurang  Bhaskar 
Bodas,  Shridhar  Mahddev 
Thdkur,  Vdman,  Sadashiv 
Vaidya,  Saddshiv  Vishvandth     ... 
Bugtdni,  Sdmanmal  Rdmrakhiamal 
Mehtd, Bajubhdi  Premshankar    ... 

Bhadbhad^,  Hari  Anant 

Lele,  Saddshiv  Venkatesh  ... 

Sdthe,  Vishnu  Ramchandra 


Dh. 
P.  T. 
P.  T. 

A. 

Dh. 

S. 
P.N. 

Ah. 
P.  T. 
P.  T. 
Kat 
Dh.. 
E.  S. 
P.  T. 

Dh. 

R. 

P.  T. 
Kdt. 

F. 
P.  T. 
N.  E. 
N.  E. 

N.E.&P.T. 
B. 

E.  S. 

B.  E. 

Ak. 

Ah. 

E.  S. 

St.  X.H. 

Su.M&PT. 

A. 

N.  E. 
N.  W. 
N.  E. 
P.  T. 

S.  &P.T 

P.  T. 

N.J.&K.M 

A. 

N.  E. 
N.  E. 

S. 


352 


UNIVERSITY. 


Eank. 

Names  of  Candidates. 

Schools. 

512  j 

Engineer,  Yasudev  Makund       

F.  G.  A. 

Patel,  Kashidas  Vastabhai          

A. 

( 

Jagalpure,  Lakshuman  Balaji     ...          

Kibe,  Krishnaji  Hari         

Ah, 

514^ 

Ah. 

I 

Navre,  Mahadev  Krishna...         

P.  T. 

517 

Vagal,  Ramrao  Nanabhai 

E.  S. 

518  | 

Contractor,  Kuvarji  Manikji       

F.  G.  A. 

Mandvivala,  Dosabhai  Kavasji 

P.  T. 

520 

Dhayagude,  Pandurang  Vindyak           

P. 

521 

Paranjapye,  Dinkar  Vishnu         

N.E.&P.T 

522 

Pappu,  Venkaji  Narsinh 

Dh. 

523 

Savarkar,  Vdman  Moreshvar       

N.  S. 

524 

Chokshi,  Sankalchand  Chhaganlal         

A.  M. 

525 

Joshi,  Venkatesh  Ganesh 

Dh. 

526 

Deshpande,  Keshav  Narsinh        ...         

N.  E, 

527 

Sethnd,  Ardesir  Bamanji 

St.  V. 

XI. 


%ua&mtxan- 


REGULATIONS  FOR  THE  RECOGNITION  OF 
INSTITUTIONS  IN  THE  DIFFERENT  FACULTIES. 

1.  Any  College  or  other  Institution  desirous  of  being 
recognized  in  any  Faculty  by  the  University  of  Bombay  must 
forward,  with  its  application,  the  following  documents, 
signed  in  each  case  by  the  responsible  authority,  and 
countersigned  by  two  members  of  the  Senate : — 

(a.)  A  statement  showing  the  present  staff  of  Instructors 
and  the  course  of  study  in  the  Faculty  in  which  re- 
cognition is  desired  during  the  last  two  years,  pro- 
vided the  Institution  has  existed  for  such  a  period. 

(6.)  A  declaration  tlmt  the  Institution  has  the  means  of 
educating  up  to  the  standard  of  the  highest  degree 
in  the  Faculty  in  which  recognition  is  desired. 

(c.)  It  shall  be  competent  for  the  Senate,  on  the  recom- 
mendation of  the  Syndicate,  to  recognize  an  Insti- 
tution in  any  Faculty  for  the  purposes  of  a  parti- 
cular Examination  or  Examinations  only. 

2.  By  the  term  Responsible  Authority  is  to  be  under- 
stood the  Managing  Board  in  the  case  of  an  Institution 
under  such  a  Board,  and  the  Director  of  Public  Instruction 
in  the  case  of  Government  Institutions. 

The  fact  of  an  Institution  having  been  once  recognized 
in  any  Faculty  by  the  University,  is  not  to  prevent  the 
Senate  withdrawing  their  recognition  in  that  Faculty,  in 
the  case  of  the  Institution  changing  its  course  of  instruc- 
tion or  ceasing  to  educate  up  to  the  University  standard. 


RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS-UNIVERSITIES- 

The  Universities  of  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  and  of 
India,  in  all  the  Faculties  in  which  Degrees  are  granted  by 
them  respectively. 

b  1306-30  bu* 


354  BECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

IT.— COLLEGES  AND  COLLEGIATE  INSTITUTIONS 
RECOGNIZED  IN  THE  DIFFERENT  FACULTIES. 

I. — Elphinstone  College,  Bombay  ...         ..."' 

II. — Deccan  College,  Poona  ,..         

III. — Free  General    Assembly's  Institution,  y  In  Arts, 

Bombay    ...         ...         

IV. — St.  Xavier's  College,  Bombay J 

V,— Gujarat  College,  Ahmedabad,— In  Arts  (l)for  thepur- 
poses  of  the  Previous  and  First  B, A.  Examinations  ; 
and  (2)  up  to  20th  August  1888  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Second  B.A.  Examination. 

VI. — Rajaram   College,  Kolhapur. — In  Arts  for  the  pur- 
poses of  the  Previous  and  First  B.A.  Examinations. 
VII.  Baroda   College. — In  Arts  for    the   purposes    of  the 
Previous  and  Fi7*st  B,Sc,  Examinations. 
VIII. — Fergusson  College,  Poona — In  Arts  for  the  purposes 
of  the  Previous  Examination  up   to  21st  November 
1887. 
IX.— Sdmaldas    College,  Bhavnagar.— In  Arts  (1) for  the 
purposes  of  the  Previous  Examination  ;  and  (2)  up  to 
20th  August  1888  for  tlie  purposes  of  the  First  and 
Second  B.A.  'Examinations. 
X. — Ahmednagar  College. — In  Arts  for  the  purposes  of  the 
Previous  Examination. 
XI. — Sind  Arts  College,  Karachi. — In  Arts  for  the  purposes 
of  the  Previous  and  First  B.A.  Examinations. 
XII. — Government  Law  School,  Bombay. — In  Law. 
XIII.— Government  Law  Class,  Poona. — For  the  purposes  of 
the  Jurisprudence  Class  up  to  21st  November  1887. 

XIV. — Grant  Medioal  College,  Bombay, — In  Medicine  ;  and 
in  Arts  for  the  Second  B.Sc  Examination. 
XV. — College  of  Science,  Poona.— In    Civil  Engineering; 
and  in  Arts  for  the  First  and  Second  B.Sc.  Examina- 
tions. 


I,— ELPHINSTONE  COLLEGE. 
(Recognized  1860.) 
Elphinstone  College   arose  by  a  separation,  in  the  year 
1856,  of  the  professorial  element  from  the  "  Elphinstone 
Institution,"  which  henceforth  became  a  High  School. 


ELPHINSTONE   COLLEGE.  355 

The  Elphinstone  Institution  had  its  origin  in  a  meeting  of 
the  Bombay  Native  Education  Society  on  the  22nd  August 
1827,  to  consider  the  most  appropriate  method  of  testifying 
the  affectionate  and  respectful  sentiments  of  the  inhabitants 
of  Bombay  to  the  Honourable  Mountstuart  Elphinstone,  on 
his  resignation  of  the  Government  of  Bombay.  The  result 
of  this  meeting  was  that  a  sum  of  money,  amounting  to 
Es.  2,29,656,  was  collected  by  public  subscription,  towards 
the  endowment  of  Professorships  for  teaching  the  English 
Language,  and  the  Arts,  Sciences,  and  Literature  of  Europe, 
to  be  denominated  the  Elphinstone  Professorships.  This 
sum  afterwards  accumulated  to  Es.  4,43,901,  and  the  interest 
of  it  is  augmented  by  an  annual  subscription  from  Govern- 
ment of  Es.  22,000. 

In  1863,  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Eeadymoney,  Esq.,  Justice 
of  the  Peace,  Bombay,  presented  Government  with  one 
hundred  thousand  Eupees  towards  erecting  suitable  College 
Buildings  for  Elphinstone  College,  to  be  called  the  "  Cowas- 
jee Jehanghier  Buildings." 

In  1864,  on  account  of  the  rise  in  the  prices  of  building 
materials  and  labour,  Mr.  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Eeadymoney 
added  a  second  sum  of  one  hundred  thousand  Eupees  to  his 
former  munificent  donation.  The  Elphinstone  College  was 
removed  on  the  20th  of  February  1871  to  the  building  on 
the  Parel  Eoad. 

The  property  and  endowments  of  the  Elphinstone  College 
are  under  the  guardianship  of  the  Trustees  of  the  Elphin- 
stone Funds.  Present  Trustees  are  Sir  Mungaldass  Nathoo- 
bhoy,  Knight,  C.S.I.;  The  Honourable  Eao  Saheb  Vishvanath 
Narayan  Mandlik,  C.S.I. ;  and  Sorabji  Shapurii  Bengalli, 
Esq.,  CLE. 

The  following  endowments  are  connected  with  the  Elphin- 
Btone  College  : — 

The  West  Scholarship  Fund,  subscribed  in  1828,  in  honour 
of  Chief  Justice  Sir  Edward  West. 

The  Clare  Scholarship  Fund,  subscribed  in  1835,  in  honour 
of  the  Earl  of  Clare,  Governor  of  Bombay. 

The  Gaikavad  Scholarship,  established  by  His  Highness 
the  Gaikavad  in  1850. 

The  Bell  Prize  Fund,  subscribed  in  1848,  as  a  testimonial 
to  Professor  John  Bell  of  the  Elphinstone  Institution. 


356  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS- 

The  Sundarji  Jivaji  Prize  Fund,  established  in  1842  by 
Babaji  Sundarji  in  memory  of  his  father. 

The  Raja  of  Dhar's  Prize  Fund,  given  by  the  Raja  of 
DMr  in  1853. 

The  Ganpatrao  Vithal  Prize  Fund,  given  in  1854  by 
Ganpatrao  Vithal  of  Indore. 

The  Nawab  of  Sachin  Prize  Fund,  given  in  April  1871 
by  His  Highness  the  Nawab  of  Sachin  in  memory  of  his 
fourth  son,  Sidi  Abdul  Karim  Khan. 

The  Mountstuart  Elphinstone  Prize,  founded  in  1874. 
This  prize  consists  of  Rs.  327-8-0  (the  interest  on  Rs.  7,500 
in  Government  securities),  and  is  annually  awarded  to  the 
student  who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  with  the 
highest  aggregate  number  of  marks,  and  who  is  certified  to 
be  on  the  rolls  of  the  College. 

Scholarships. 
The  following  Scholarships,  each  tenable  for  one  year, 
are  annually  open  for  competition  in  the  College  : — 
A. — Senior  Scholarships. 

For  Languages 10  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem. 

For  Mathematics        ...      4  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem. 
For  Natural  Sciences ...      2  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem. 
B .  — Junior  Scho  lar ships. 

1st  Class  10  of  Rs.  15  per  mensem. 

2nd  Class         19  of  Rs.  10  per  mensem. 

A  certain  number  of  Undergraduates  who  are  unable  to  pay 
the  College  fee  are  admitted  free. 

List  of  Principals. 
1845.  John  Harkness,  M.A.,  LL.D. 
1862.  Sir  Alexander  Grant,  Bart.,  M.A. 
1866.  Kyrle  Mitford  Chatfield,  B.A. 
1874.  William  Wordsworth,  B.A. 

1887. 
Principal. 
William  Wordsworth,  B.A.,  Oxon.,    Professor  of  History  and 
Political  Economy. 

Professors. 
James    Thomas  Hathornthwaite,    M.A.,  Cantab.,    Professor  of 

Mathematics. 
Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc,  M.A.  Edin.,  B.A.,  Oxon.,  Professor    of 

Oriental  Languages. 
Michael  Macmillan,  B.A.,  Oxon.,  Professor  of  Logic  and  Moral 
,    Philosophy. 

Arthur  Barrett,  B.A.,  Lampeter,  Professor  of  English  Literature 
(Acting  Professor  at  Deccan  College). 


ELPHINSTONE   COLLEGE.  357 

J.  Oliver,  Acting  Professor  of  English  Literature. 
Mirza  Hairat,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Isadore  Bernadotte  Lyon,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
D.  MacDonald,  M.D.,  B.Sc.,  CM.,  Professor  of  Biology. 
Kavasji  Dadabhai  Naegaumvala,  M.A.,  F.R.A.S.,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C., 
Lecturer  in  Experimental  Physics. 
Shdstris. 
Bhimacharya  bin  Rambhat,  Zalakikar. 
Rajaram  Shastri  bin  Ganesh  Bhat,  Bodas. 

DAKSHINA  FELLOWS. 

Seniors. 
Apte,  Raghunath  Narayan,  M.A. 
Mehta,  Dinsh&h  Bezanji,  M.A. 

Juniors. 
Banaji,  Framji  Kavasji,  B.A. 
Tana,  Morarji  Anandji,  B.A. 
Bharda,  Jalbhai  Dorabji,  B.A. 
(1)      Kania,  Jaikisondas  Jethabhai,  B.A. 

Superintendent  and  Librarian. 
Ajrekar,  Keshav  Ganesh,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

Gymnastic  Master. 
Hormasji  Nasarvanji  Kurlevala. 

Senior  Scholars. 

Reporter,  Edalji  Darashdh,  B.A Elph.  Fund. 

Oja,  Asandas  Tejbhandds,  B.A.     ...         ...  ,, 

Mehta,  Manu  Nandshankar,  B.A.  ...  ,, 

Limbalkar,  Ganajirdo  Rajoba,  B.A.  ...  ,, 

Nabar,  Dattatraya  Ndrayan,  B.A.  ...  ,, 

Desai,  Govindbhai  Hathibhdi,  B.A.  ...  „ 

Kehimkar,  Abraham  Aaron,  B.A ,, 

Masand,  Atmaram  Gangaram,  B.A.  ...  ,, 

(2)  Hardikar,  Datto  Krishna,  B.A Clare  Fund. 

Gogte,  Raghunath  Bhikaji,  B.A „ 

Limaye,  Hari  Vithal,  B.A ,, 

Patvardhan,  Narayan  Ganesh,  B.A.         ...  ,, 

Apte",  Hari  Sadashiv,  B.A ,, 

Junior  Scholars. 

*  Atmarambhukanvala,Mathubhai  KasanbhaiWest  Fund. 
(3)  *  Bhandarkar,  Vithal  Sitdram  „ 

*  Borkar,  Yashvant  Balldpd ,, 

*  Passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination. 

(1)  Duke  of  Edinburgh  Fellow  and  Dhirajlal  Mathuradas  Scholar. 

(2)  Nawab  of  Sachin  Prizeman. 

(3)  Mountstuart  Elphinstone  Prizeman. 


358 


RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 


*  Chokshi,  Manchubhdi  Narsidds     West  Fund. 

*  Dalai,  Kdshidds  Ndrandds „ 

*  Kalidnpurkar,  Vishveshvar  Venkatesh    ...  „ 

*  Machave,  Rdmchandra  Gopal         ,, 

*  Mohile,  Ganpat  Bhdskar     ...         ...         ...  ,, 

*  Pakvdsd,  Vrijbhukandds  Manchharam     ...  ,, 

*  Pathdre,  Krishnarao  Harischandra  ...  ,, 

*  Patvari,  Ranchordas  Vandrdvandds         ...  ,, 
"  Talpade,  Ndrdyan  Bdpuji ,, 

*  Varde,  Dinkar  Sakhdrdm    ... 
t  Belvalkar,  Hari  Saddshiv    ... 
t  Bhatt,  Manishankar  Ratanji 
t  Dd var,  Edalj  i  Frdmj  i 
+  Desdi,  Rdmdatt  Vithobd      ... 
t  Deshpdnde,  Keshav  Ganesh... 

(7)    t  Ghodi,  Keshavldl  Murlidkar 
t  Mdrkar,  Hirjibhdi  Frdmj i    ... 
f  Mobedji,  Ardesir  Rastamji  ... 
f  Mulld,  Rastamji  Fardunji  ... 
+  Ojd,  Tulsidds  Chaturbhuj    ... 

Ajrekar,  Krishndji  Ganesh 

Bhojvdni,  Nihdlchand  Gidumal 

Desdi,  Ratanji  Ranchordji  ... 

Dubdsh,  Dinshdh  Barzorji  ... 

Gholkar,  Vishnu  Sitdrdm    ... 

Kangd,  Rastamji  Kaikobdd 

Mulld,  Bhikdji  Ddddbhdi     ... 

Nulkar,  Sakhdrdm  Krishna  ...         ...  „ 

Shukla,  Harjivan  Bhagvdnji  ...         ...  ,, 

(7)  Thdridni,  Kdsam  Sumdr       ,, 

Waller,  Frank  Hastings      _        ,, 

William  Hardie        Elph.  Fund. 

Commoners. 

(7)  +  Ashtikar,  Rdmchandra  Gopdl. 

*  Bade,  Rdmkrishna  Nilkanth. 

*  Billimorid,  Ndndbhdi  Mancherji. 

*  Captain,  Kharshedji  Hormasji. 

*  Chdndorkar,  Ganesh  Lakshuman, 

*  Desdi,  Harildl  Desdibhdi. 

*  Deshmukh,  Govind  Sakhdrdm. 

*  Deshpdnde,  Vdman  Ganesh. 

*  Divachid,  Jijibhdi  Ardesir. 

*  Fouzddr,  Motildl  Tribhuvandds. 


Clare  Fund. 


...  West  Fund. 

„ 
...  Clare  Fund. 

,, 

Gdikdvad  Fund. 

...    Clare  Fund. 

Elph.  Prof.  Fund. 

...  Clare  Fund. 

Gdikdvad  Fund. 

Elph.  Prof.  Fund. 

...  West  Fund. 

Elph.  Prof.  Fund. 

...  Clare  Fund, 


*    Passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination 
t    Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
%    Passed  the  First  B.Sc.  Examination. 
(7)  University  Scholar. 


ELPHINSTONE  COLLEGE.  359 


*  Ghdsvdld,  Kharshedji  Frdmji. 

*  Gogte,  Balvant  Rdmkrishna. 

*  Gokhale,  Shridhar  Balvant. 

(4)  *  Hodivala,  Shdpurji  Hormasji. 

*  Khambata,  Sordbji  Dosdbhdi. 

*  Lalkaka,  Kaikoshru  Kharshedji. 

*  Lalvani,  Kundanmal  Manghirsing. 

*  Limaye,  Lakshuman  Narayan. 

*  Madgavkar,  Govind  Dinanath. 

*  Mansukhani,  Vadhumal  Udhavram. 

*  Mehta,  Manmukh  Krishnamukh. 

*  Mehta,  Motibhai  Manibhai, 

*  Mehta,  Umedram  Jametram. 

*  Modi,  Anupchand  Jagjivan. 

*  Modak,  Ramchahdra  V  aman. 

*  Munshi,  Hiralal  Mansukhldl. 

*  Nadkarni,  Ramkrishna  Anant. 

*  Naik,  Pandurang  Bhikaji. 

*  Nilkanth,  Raman  Mahipatram. 

*  Patel,  Chhotalal  Baburbhai. 

*  Rinddni,  Davlatram  Motiram. 

*  Sane,  Ganesh  Bhaskar. 

*  Sethna,  R.  A. 

*  Shukla,  Jivanlal  Mohanlal. 

*  Shukla,  Venishankar  Revdshankar. 
(8)  *  Sontake,  Datto  Damodar. 

(5)  *  Tripathi,  Tansukhrdm  Mansukhram. 

*  Vakil,  Jametram  Jivanram. 

t  Anklesaria,  Hormasji  Jamshedji. 
+  Athalye,  Madhusudan  Vdsudev. 
t  Cama,  Nasarvanji  Mancherji. 
t  Chanddvarkar,  Padmanath  Gopal. 
t  Dave,  Kashiram  Shevakhrdm. 
+  Desai,  Anantrai  Girdharldl. 
t  Desdi,  Jugalbhai  Kallianrai. 

(6)  t  Durge,  Balkrishna  Bhaiji. 
t  Gandhi,  Ardesir  Dadabhai. 

t  Ghodd,  Saddshankar  Maydshankar. 

t  Hdte,  Motabhdi  Gopindth. 

t  Hdte,  Vindyak  Ndndbhdi. 

t  Javheri,  DalBiikhbhdi  Bhagubhai. 

+  Joshipard,  Manirdm  Trikamrdi. 


*  Passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination. 
+  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 

(4)  Raja  of  Dhar  Prizeman. 

(5)  Varjivandas  Madhavdaa  Sanskrit  Prizeman 

(6)  Berar  Scholar. 
S)  Alfred  Scholar. 


360  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS, 


t  Joshi,  Vasudev  Balvant. 
t  Lala,  Nandirdm  Gidnchand. 
t  Lukmani,  Mahdmmad  Bauker. 
t  Mahajan,  Vinayak  Bapuji. 
t  Marzban,  Kekobdd  Behrdmji. 
f  Mehta,  Navanidhrdi  Harjivandas. 
(7)  t  Mehtd,  Panachand  Jaichand. 
t  Mehta,  Prataprai  Vajeshankar. 
t  Mehta,  Thakore  Kapilram. 
•j"  Paymaster,  Rastamji  Barzorji. 
t  Pandit,  Davlatrdm  Kashiram. 
t  Patel,  Chhotalal  Lallubhdi. 
t  Patel,  Prdgji  Mathurbhai. 
+  Patel,  Ardesir  Sordbji. 
t  Patel,  Shivbhdi  Motibhdi. 
t  Ratndgar,  Ratanji  Jamshedji. 
t  Saraiyd,  Hiralal  Dharamdds. 
t  Shah,  Mulchand  Ashdrdm. 
t  Shahani,  Sdhebsing  Chandasing. 
+  Talvalkar,  Hari  Balkrishna. 
t  Talyarkhan,  Erachshah  Jamshedji. 
f  Unvdld,  H.  F. 
f  Wddid,  Ddddbhdi  Mervdnji. 
t  Wdgh,  Subrdo  Venkatesh. 
+  Wdgle,  Bhavdnishankar  Subrdo. 

Adenvdld,  Kaikobdd  Kdvasji. 

Ashburner,  Kdvasji  Rastamji. 

Asrdni,  Ismdil  Jan  Muhdmmad. 

Barve,  Makund  Vdmanrdo. 

Bdld,  Kaikhoshru  Ardesir. 

Bhdte,  Bdjirao  Bdlkrishna. 

Bhatt,  Rdjirdm  Rdmshankar. 

Bdtlivdld,  Pestanji  Sordbji. 

Broker,  Mddhavji  Virjibhdi. 

Chhatre,  Pdndurang  Shridhar. 

Cooper,  Nasarvdnji  Mdnikji. 

Daldl,  Jaising  Thdkoresi. 

Daldl,  Lakshmidds  Karamsi. 

Dastur,  Bezanji  Ardesir. 

Dastur,  Kdvasji  Dinshdh. 

Dastur,  Jamshedji  Nasarvdnji. 

Ddndekar,  Raghundth  Ndrdyan. 

Ddvar,  Phirozeshdh  Hormasji. 

Desdi,  Guldbrdi  Jametrdm. 

Desdi,  Kuvarji  Khandubhdi. 

Desdi,  Jaientiprasdd  Virprasdd. 

t    Passed  the  Previous  Exam  illation. 
(7)  University  8cholar. 


ELPHINSTONE  COLLEGE,  361 


Desdl,  Prdnshankar  Lallubhai. 
Divdnji,  Balsukhrdm  Kavastubhrdnu 
Divdnji,  Rangildas  Jamnaprasdd. 
Doctor,  Ardesir  Dosdbhdi. 
Dhondi,  Bdpuji  Kharshedji. 
Gdmudid,  Behramji  Navroji, 
"Gandhi,  Sordbji  Kharshedji. 
Ghodrage,  Ardesir  Barzorji. 
Gokhale,  Nilkanth  Venkatesh, 
Gupte,  Dattdtraya  Khanderdo, 
Gujjar,  Makund  Balkrishna. 
Hakim,  Ardesir  Dosdbhdi. 
Javheri,  Mansukh  Chunildl. 
Kdka,  Nasarvdnji  Jamshedji, 
Kdlro,  Chindmal  Ddndumal. 
Kamat,  Narayan  Subrdo. 
Kapadid,  Phirozeshdh  Rastamji. 
Kehimkar,  Moses  Aaron. 
Keldvdld,  Bamanji  Fardunji. 
Kelavdla,  Dhanjishah  Hormasji, 
Kashikar,  Keshav  Gopa!. 
Khambatd,  Jehdngier  Kdvasji, 
Khatri ,  Ahmed  Yusaff. 
Kola,  Jehangier  Mancherji. 
Kola,  Dadabhai  Mancherji. 
Korde,  Lakshuman  Bapuji. 
Kothare,  Vindyak  Ganpatrdo. 
Mdrphdtid,  Chanduldl  Nagindds, 
Mdster,  Dinshdh  Dadabhai. 
Malcolm,  Sinclair. 
Mehtd,  Hirdldl  Mojilal. 
Mehtd,  Parshurdm  Harsukrdm, 
Mehtd,  Ranchordds  Dhirajldl. 
Mehtd,  Ratanji  Ranchordji. 
Mistri,  Kharshedji  Dhanjibhai. 
Modi,  Jehdngier  Ddddbhdi. 
Mobedji,  Dosdbhdi  Rastamji. 
Merchant,  Mulji  Khatdv. 
Merchant,  Mahammad  Vallibhdi, 
Ndtekar,  Moreshvar  Pdndurang, 
Nilkanth,  Gunabhdi  Mahipatrdm, 
Oka,  Prabhdkar  KAshindth. 
(6|  Oka,  Vindyak  Sdvldrdm. 

Panthaki,  Hormasji  Kekobdd, 
Panthaki,  Hormasji  Dinshdh. 
Pdrikh,  Harkisandds  Manchhdrdra. 
Pdrikh,  Jethdldl  Motildl. 
Pdrikh,  Navanidhldl  Mathurddds. 

(6)  Btrff  Scholar. 
*  1306—31  B? 


362  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTION* 

Parulkar,  Ramchandra  Vinayak, 
Patel,  Maneklal  Chimanlal. 
Patel,  Samalbhai  Lallubhai. 
Rangnekar,  Shankar  Atmaram. 
Samant,  Lakshuman  Vithal. 
Save,  Gajanan  Atmaram. 
Shroff,  Chunilal  Chhaganchand. 
Tavern  vala,  Manchershah  Sorabji. 
Thakur,  Ramchandra  Gopal. 
Vedak,  Krishnarao  Vithal. 
Wadia,  Hormasji  Nasarvanji. 

Free  Students. 

*  Bodas,  Mahadev  Rajaram. 

*  Kerkar,  Vaman  Ramchandra. 

*  Manerikar,  Balkrishna  Ramkrishna, 

*  Sirdesai,  Govind  Sakharam. 

(S)  f  Karamchandani,  Varialsing  Nihalsing, 
+  Padgavkar,  Krishnarao  Baburao. 
t  Sabnis,  Krishnarao  Ramchandra, 


IL— DECCAN  COLLEGE. 

(Recognized  I860*) 

On  the  occupation  of  the  Deccan  by  the  British  Govern* 
ment  in  1818  it  was  found  that  a  certain  portion  of  the  re- 
venue of  the  Maratha  State  had  been  yearly  set  apart  for 
pensions  and  presents  to  Brahmans  (Dakshina).  To  pre- 
vent hardship  and  disappointment,  and  to  fulfil  the  im- 
plied obligations  of  the  new  rulers ,  the  British  Government 
continued  these  payments  ;  but  as  the  pensions  and  allow- 
ances fell  in,  they  resolved,  while  maintaining  the  same 
total  expenditure,  under  the  name  of  the  Dakshina  Fund, 
to  devote  a  portion  of  it  to  a  more  permanently  useful 
end,  in  the  encouragement  of  such  kind  of  learning  as  the 
Brahmans  were  willing  to  cultivate.  With  this  view  the 
Poona  College  was  founded  in  1821,  as  a  Sanskrit  College, 
exclusively  for  Brahmans. 

In  1837  some  branches  of  Hindu  learning  were  dropped, 
the  study  of  the  Vernacular  and  of  English  was  introduced, 
and  the  College  was  opened  to  all  classes,  and  after  having 

*  Passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination. 
+  Passed  the  Previous  Examination, 
(9)  Sind  Scholar. 


DECCAN  COLLEGE.  363 

been  amalgamated  with  the  English  School  in  1851  it 
arose  in  its  present  form  in  1857,  by  a  separation  of  the 
College  Division  from  the  School  Division.  From  another 
portion  of  the  Dakshina  Fund,  Dakshina  Fellowships  have 
been  founded,  of  which  four  fellowships,  one  Senior  and 
three  Junior,  are  attached  to  this  College. 

In  1863  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  Bart.,  offered  to 
Government  the  sum  of  one  hundred  thousand  Rupees  to 
provide  suitable  College  Buildings  for  the  Deccan  College. 

In  March  1868  the  new  Buildings  were  occupied,  and  the 
Government  directed  that  the  name,  which  had  been  Poona 
College,  should  henceforth  be  Deccan  College. 

The  following  Endowments  are  connected  with  the 
Derail  College: — 

I.— Government. 

On    Senior  Fellowship,  of  Rs.  100  per  mensem. 
Three  Junior  Fellowships,  of  Rs.  75  per  mensem. 

Scholarships. 
A. — Senior  Scholarships, 

For  Languages,  6,  tenable  for  jRg  2Q         mensem. 

one  year J 

For  Mathematics,  2,  tenable  for  1  Rg  2Q         meIlsem. 

oneyear J  r 

B. — Junior  Scholarships. 

Eleven  Junior  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Rupees  10 
and  one  of  the  value  of  Rupees  5  per  mensem,  tenable  for 
one  year. 

Junior  Scholars  further  pay  a  reduced  College  fee  of 
Rupees  3  per  mensem,  but  Senior  Scholars  pay  the  full  fee 
of  Rupees  5  per  mensem. 

II. — Private. 

Two  Candy  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Rupees  4  each : 
one  for  Marathi  and  one  for  Sanskrit.  These  Scholarships 
were  founded  in  1857  by  some  Native  friends  of  Major 
Candy,  some  time  Principal  of  this  College,  in  memorial  of 
his  long  services  in  the  cause  of  Native  literature  and 
education. 


364  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 

In  the  year  1877  a  fund  was  raised  by  subscription  among 
Bombay  Civil  Servants  to  perpetuate  the  memory  of  William 
Henry  Havelock,  some  time  Revenue  Commissioner,  S..D, 
The  interest  upon  this  fund  is  devoted  to  an  annual  prize 
awarded  in  September  of  each  year.  The  prize  is  open  to 
all  students  of  the  College  of  not  more  than  three  years' 
standing. 

In  the  year  1879  Mr.  Yishnu  Moreshvar  Mahajani,  M.A., 
some  time  a  student  and  fellow  of  the  College,  presented  the 
sum  of  one  thousand  rupees  to  found  an  annual  Prize  for 
that  student  who  obtains  the  highest  marks  for  Sanskrit  in 
the  annual  Junior  Scholarship  Examination. 

In  the  year  1884  Rao  Bahadur  Narayan  Govind  Apte  pre- 
sented the  sum  of  one  thousand  Rupees  at  4  per  cent,  to 
found  an  annual  Prize  of  Rs.  40  for  the  student  who  obtains 
the  highest  marks  for  Sanskrit  in  the  annual  scholarship 
Examination  of  the  First  B.  A.  Class. 

List  of  Principals. 

1851.  Major  Thomas  Candy. 
1857.  Edwin  Arnold,  MA. 
1860.  William  Allan  Russell,  .M.A. 
1862,  William  Wordsworth,  BA. 
1874.  R.  G.  Oxenham,  MA. 


1887. 
Principal* 
R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A.,  Ox  on,,  Professor  of  English  Literature. 

Professors. 

F.  G.  Selby.B.  A.,  Oxon.,  Professor  of  Logic  and  Moral  Philosophy 
(on  furlough). 

G.  W.   Forrest,    B.A.,    Cambridge,   Professor  of  Mathematics, 
(on  special  duty). 

Ramkrishna     Gopal  Bhandarkar,    M.A.,  Ph.D.,    Professor  of 

Oriental  Languages. 
Arthur  Barrett,  B.A.,  Lampeter,  Acting  Professor  of  Logic  and 

Moral  Philosophy. 
Govind  Vithal  Kurkaray,  B.A.,  Cambridge,  Acting  Professor  of 

Mathematics. 
Khan  Bahadur  Dastur  Hoshang  Jamasp,  Professor  of  Persian, 
Dhanjishah  Hormasji  Dastur,  M.A.,  Lecturer  on  Physics, 


DECCAN  COLLEGE.  365 

Law  Lecturer. 
R£o  Siiheb  Venkatrao  R&mchandra,  Government  Pleader. 

Fellows. 

Raghun&th  Vdman  Devbhankar,  B.A.,  Senior  Dakshina  Fellow, 
R&oji  Janardan  Bhide,  B.A.,  Junior  Dakshind  Fellow. 
Bb&skar  Vishnu  Joshi,  B.A.,  Junior  Dakshind  Fellow. 
Vishnu  Govind  Bij&purkar,  B.A.,  Junior  Dakshind  Fellow. 

Superintendent  of  Resident  Students^ 
R&oji  Jan&rdan  Bhide,  B.A. 

Librarian. 
Bdpu  Ab&ji  Sohoni. 

Shdstris, 

Govind  Shdstri  Bh&radvaja. 
V&man&ch&rya  Jhalkikar. 

Students. 

I. — Graduates. 

(I)  (7)  Pandit,  Krishna^ i  Ndrayan. 
(1)  Chdndorkar,  Dinkar  Trimbak. 
(1)  Godbole,  Vinayak  Apaji. 

2.— Undergraduates, 
(a) — Senior  Scholars. 

(8)  (3)  Gokhale,  Vishnu  Balambhat. 

(2)  Hebbel,  Ganesh  Annar&o, 

(3)  Kale,  Govindrao  Krishna. 
(8)  (3)  Kale,  Raoji  Rdmchandra. 

(2)  Sor&bji  Cornelia. 

(3)  Sukhid,  Jamshedji  Dhanjibhdi. 
(3)  Dor&bji  Fardunji  Vakil. 

(b) — Junior  Scholars. 

Belvi,  Datt&traya  Venkatesh. 
(3)  Bhadkamkar,  N&r&yan  Mahadev. 
(3)  Jalih&l,  Krishnaji  Rangr&o. 

K&nade,  Gang&dhar  Vithal. 
(3)  Karandikar,  Ramchandra  Balvant. 


(1)  Senior  Scholar. 

(2)  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  Of  B.  A. 

(3)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
(7)  Alfred  Scholar. 

(S)  Jagonnath  Sunkerset  Scholar. 

p  1306-^31  jjtj* 


366  KECOGNJZED    INSTITUTIONS. 


Limaye,  Krishnaji  Govind. 

Percy,  Ezechiel. 
(3)  Samuel,  Mary. 
(3)  Sanjana,  Phirozeshdh  Edalji. 

Sanjana,  Kharshedji  Edalji. 
(3)  Tambe,  Gopal  Rdmchandra. 

Commoners. 

(2)  Baindur,  Bhavanishankar  Subrdo. 

(2)  Bapat,  Ramchandra  Vishnu. 

(2)  Bharucha,  Rastamji  Phirozeshah.. 
(L)     (2)  Deshmukh,  Hari  Pdndurang. 

(2)  Gaikvad,  Khanderao  Appasaheb. 
fL)     (2)  Godbole,  Parshurdm  Eaoji. 

(2)  Gokhale,  Janardan  Ganesh. 
{L)     (2)  Phansalkar,  Shridhar  Raghundth. 

(2)  Patvardhan,  Vinayak  Saddshiv. 

(2)  Sahasrabudhe,  Trimbak  Sakhdrdm>. 
(L)     (2)  Saranjdme,  N&rdyan  Balvant. 

(3)  Abhyankar,  Ramchandra  Vishnu. 
(L)     (3)  Agashe,  Ganesh  Krishna. 

(L)     (3)  Agashe,  Nardyan  Krishna. 

(3)  Ambekar,  Vasudev  Vithal. 
(L)     (3)  Ambegavkar,  Shankar  Keshav, 

(3)  Bapat,  Nilkant  Krishna. 

(3)  Bhalerao,  Narayan  Eangnath. 

(3)  Bhardi,  Hanmant  Ramchandra. 

(3)  Bhide,  Ramchandra  Kdshindth. 
(L)     (3)  Bivalkar,  Vasudev  Raghunath. 

(3)  Brahme,  Govind  Bahirav. 
(L)     (3)  Bumla,  Nasarvanji  Pestanji. 
(L)     (3)  Chitnis,  Balvant  Sitdrdm. 
(L)     (3)  Damle,  Shankar  Ndgesh. 

(3)  Devdhar,  Sitdrdm  Ganesh. 

(3)  Deshpdnde,  Balvant  Babaji. 
(3)  (6)  Ghali,  Satydpa  Shankdpd. 

(3)  Gharpure,  Shrikrishna  Saddshiv  „ 
(L)     (3)  Gokhale,  Keshav  Narayan. 
(L)     (3)  Gupte,  Ddmodar  Mahadev. 

(3)  Herlekar,  Ndrdyan  Ganesh. 

(3)  Hungund,  Krishndji  Shrinivds. 
(L)     (3)  Joglekar,  Shridhar  Rdmchandra. 

(3)  Kdrkhdnis,  Rdjdrdm  Saddshiv. 

(2)  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.  A. 

(3)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
(6)  Lingait  Scholar. 

(L)  Law  Student. 


DECCAN   COLLEGE,  867 


(3)  Kale,  Atmdrdm  Raghundth. 
(L)     (3)  Kale,  Vishnu  Govind. 
(L)     (3)  Kamat,  Vishnu  Vithal. 

(3  Kane,  Hari  Vinayak. 

(3)  Kelkar,  Ndrdyan  Chintaman. 

(3)  Khare,  Vaman  Sakhdrdm. 

(3)  Kiledar,  Vaman  Lakshman. 
(3)  (6)  Kalolgi,  Virupdksh  Shivalingapa, 
(L)     (3)  Kulkarni,  Hari  Ganesh. 

(3)  Ldgu,  Hari  Lakshman. 

(3)  Lele,  Ganesh  Anant. 
(L)     (3)  Lalit,  Bhikaji  Gopdl. 

(3)  Limaye,  Mahadev  Ndrdyan, 

(3)  Limaye,  Narayan  Hari. 

(3)  Marathe,  Hari  Antdji. 
(L)     (3)  Masur,  Govind  Venkatesh. 
(L)     (3)  Namjoshi,  Keshav  Ndrdyan. 
(L)     (3)  Nargund,  Gurunath  Gangadhar. 

(3)  Padamji,  Bamanji  Dorabji. 

(3)  Panse,  Krishnaji  Martand. 

(3)  Paranjapye,  Saddshiv  Vinayak. 

(3)  Paranjapye,  Sitaram  Mahadev, 

(3)  Patankar,  Anant  Pdndurang. 
(L)  (3)  (8)  (10)  Patankar,  Nilkant  Pandurang. 

(3)  Patil,  Balvant  Baoji. 

(3)  Phadke,  Ndrayan  Khanderao. 

(3)  Phadnis,  Subaji  Sheshgir. 

(3)  Purveyor,  Pestanji  Barzorji. 

(3)  Bdiadhyaksha,  Raghundth  Balkrishna. 
(L)     (3)  Rajvade,  Vishvanath  Kashinath. 

(3)  Bandde,  Vindyak  Vishnu. 

(3)  Redkar,  Krishnaji  Sitdrdm. 

(3)  Samarth,  Ndrdyan  Mahadev. 

(3)  Sdne,  Damodar  Moreshvar. 

(3)  Sdthe,  Ndrdyan  Nilkant. 
(L)     (3)  Shirgdvkar,  Bdoji  Raghundth. 

(3)  Shringdrpure,  Khanderdo  Mddhavrdo. 

(3)  Sabnis,  Hanmant  Govind, 

(3)  Tilak,  Sakhdrdm  Vaman. 
(L)    (3)  Udgatti,  Guddo  Makund. 

Abdul  Karim  Abdul  Kdsim. 
Anthony,  Nazareth. 
Apte,  Ramchandra  Narso. 


(3)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 

(fi)  Lingfiit  Scholar. 

(8)  Jag-onnath  Sun kerset  Scholar. 
(10)  Vinayakrao  Jagonnath  Sunkerset  Prizeman. 
(L)  Law  Student. 


3G8  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS, 

Atre,  Raghundth  Narhar. 
(6)  Aya,  Gurusidha  Shivaling  Svami. 

Bilia,  Kharshedji  Jamshedji. 

Betigiri,  Jivaji  Hanmant. 

Bengiri,  Pralhad  Jivanrao. 

Bhdnddrkavthekar,  Bapuji  Gopdl. 
(L)      Bhide,  Keshav  Vithal. 

Bhat,  Krishndji  Purshottam. 

Damle,  Keshav  Govind. 

Dandvat6,  Ganesh  Sadashjv. 

Dani,  Malhar  Narhar. 

Ddni,  Martand  Vindyak. 

Datar,  Nardyan  Tirmal. 

Peshmane,  Balappa  Shivappa. 

Deshpdnde,  Narayan  Balvant. 

Daftarddr,  Bdmchandra  Keshav. 

Ukidve,  Vdman  Vithal. 

Godbole,  Bdpuji  Hari. 

Godbole,  Ganesh  Keshav. 

Godbole,  Hari  Vithal. 

Heligiri,  Mahadev  Narayan. 

Harpanhalli,  Madhav  Ramkrishna . 

Joshi,  Rdmchandra  Govind. 

Joshi,  Venkatesh  Shivrdm. 
(L)      Joshi,  Vindyak  Vishnu. 

Kdnade,  Gangadhar  Vithal. 

Karmarkar,  Gopdl  Divdkar. 

Karmarkar,  Vinayak  Govind. 
5)  Ketkar,  Mahadev  Jandrdan. 

Khdnzode,  Hanmant  Rdoji. 

Kirtane,  Kdshindth  Vindyak. 

Kitur,  Gurundth  Venkatesh. 

Kotvdl,  Bdlkrishna  Rdmchandra. 

Kotvdl,  Trimbak  Rdmchandra. 

Koulgi,  Shrinivds  Hayagrivdcharya. 

Kulkarni,  Subdji  Venkatesh. 

Limaye,  Vdsudev  Vithal. 

Mahdjane,  Krishndji  ^pdrdo. 

Masurkar,  Vithal  Vishnu, 

Moulvi,  Rafudin  Ahmad  Imdmuddin. 

Ndik,  Krishndji  Ndrdyan. 

Nargund,  Venkatesh  Saddshiv. 

Navratne,  Ramchandra  Anant. 

Pandit,  Vishnu  Balvant. 

Patvardhan,  Lakshman  Govind. 

(5)  Arjunesing  of  Dhulia  Scholar. 

(6)  Lingait  Scholar. 
(L)  Law  Student, 


FPEB  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  S  INSTITUTION. 

(4)  Pophale,  Udhav  Hari. 

(4)  Rahalkar,  Narayan  Moreshvar. 

Rishi,  Mahadev  Keshav. 

Rodda,  Rukamangad  Venkatesh. 

Sahasrabhudhe,  Govind  Mahadev. 

Sahasrabudhe,  Vinayak  Krishna. 

Sapre,  Gangadhar  Anant. 
(L)       Sarvate,  Sitaram  Vishnu. 

Sathaye,  Vishnu  Vinayak. 

Sathe,  Vishnu  Ramchandra. 

Sethna,  Ardesir  Bamanji. 

Shurpali,  Bhimaji  Narsinh. 

Sintankari,  Hanmant  Shankar. 

Soman,  Vinayak  Trimbak. 
(4)  Suklekar,  Sakharam  Ramchandra. 

Syed,  Mahamad  Alii. 
(L)       Syed,  Mahamad  Zakir. 

Tagde,  Krishnaji  Vinayak. 

Takle,  Trimbak  Ramchandra. 

Tare,  Vithal  Rango. 

Thosar,  Ramchandra  Narayan. 

Tilak,  Govind  Krishna. 

Vadekar,  Narayan  Bapuji. 

Free  Students. 

(2)  Modak,  Mahadev  Hari. 

(3)  Vartak,  Vaman  Narayan. 


III.-FREE  GENERAL  ASSEMBLY'S  INSTITUTION. 

BOMBAY. 

(Recognized  1861.) 

This  Institution  arose  out  of  an  English  School  for 
Native  youths,  founded  by  the  Rev.  Dr.  Wilson  in  1832,  and 
was  originally  dependent  on  local  contributions.  It  was 
afterwards  recognized  in  1835  by  the  Church  of  Scotland 
and  in  1843  by  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  from  which 
body  it  receives  the  greater  part  of  its  funds.  The  follow- 
ing Endowments  are  attached  to  the  Institution  : — 

(2)  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A. 

(3)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
h)  Berar  Scholar. 

(L)  Law  Student. 


S70  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS. 


Endowed  Scholarships. 

One  Fleming  Scholarship  .'..  Rs.  100  per  annum. 

Nesbit  (R.)  Memorial  Theological  Scho- 
larship      „  120  per  annum. 

Smyttan   (G.)  Memorial  Scholarship...    „     60  per  annum. 

Lang   (W.)  Scholarship „  180  per  annum. 

Miller  (H.)        do.  ,  100  per  annum. 

Nesbit  (R.)  Memorial  Literary  Scholar- 
ship         „    60  per  annum. 

St.  Clair  Jameson  Memorial  Scholarship.  „    40  per  annum. 

Four    Fleming     (Jas.   N.)  Nomination 

Scholarships,  each    „     40  per  annum. 

Purvis  (Col.)  Scholarship „     62  per  annum. 

Molesworth  (J.  T.)  Scholarship „     40  per  annum. 

Davidson  (D.)  do.  „    40  per  aimum. 

Endowed  Prizes. 

The  Wilson  Prize  ^Gold  Medal  or  Books) 

The  Raja  of  Dhar  Prize. 

Vithal  Narayan  Pathak  Prize  (value  Rs.  40  per  annum 

William  Graham  Prize  (value  Rs.  20  per  annum). 

The  Campbell  (A.)  Prize.  )  F  Prenaratorv 
The  Murray  Mitchell  Prize.  \  * or  J  repa  atory 
The  Bala  Gopal  Joshi  Prize. )         Masses. 

List  of  Principals. 

1832.  The  Rev.  John  Wilson,  D.D.,  F.R.S. 

1876.  The  Rev.  R.  Stothert,  M.A. 

1884.  The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. 


1887. 
Principal. 

The    Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.,  Professor  of  Physics  and 

English. 


FREE   GENERAL   ASSEMBLY'S   INSTITUTION.  371 

Professors. 

The  Rev,  A,  C.   Grieve,    Professor  of  English   Literature,     {on 

furlough), 
„       ,,     R.    Scott,    M.A.,    Professor    of    English    and    Moral 

Philosophy. 
J.  Jack,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
\V.  M.   Alexander,    M.A.,    B.Sc,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and 

Biology. 

The  Rev.   R.    MacO.Mish,  M.A.,   B.D.,  Prof essor  of  Logic  and 

Political  Economy. 
Shridhar   Ganesh  Jinsivale,  M.A.,    Professor  of  Sanskrit  and 

Logic. 
Kharshedji  Mancherji  Khateli,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Shdstri. 
Raoji  Ramchandra  Upasani. 

Teacher  attached, 
Dadabhai  Kharshedji  Munshi,  B.A. 

Students. 

Bhadkamkar,  Hari  Mahadev,  B  A. 

Oka,  Gopinath  Vinayak,  B.A. 

Kale,  Ganesh  Bapuji,  B.A. 

Agashe,  Sakharam  Sadashiv. 

Bennet,  Sorabji  Kharshedji. 

Bhide,  Nagesh  Pandurang. 

Amalnikar,  Tukaram  Ramchandra. 

Dholkia,  Rupshankar  Murarji. 
.    Korgavkar,  Kashinath  Ramkrishna. 

Malvankar,  Narayan  Kashinath. 

Makvana,  Hiralal  Mtilji. 

Nanavati,  Purshottamrai  Bhagvatidas, 

Patkar,  Damodar  Raghunath. 

Rajadhyaksha,  Sajba  Yashvant. 

Sane,  Ramchandra  Balvant. 

Trilokekar,  Sundar  Vishvanath. 
*Kale,  Moreshvar  Ramchandra. 
*Velankar,  Narayan  Gunaji. 

Rebeiro,  Julio. 

Belsare ,  Khandu  Bhikaji. 

Buch,  Anantrai  Nanalal. 

*  Gollese  Scholar. 


372  RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 


Kdngd,  Kaikhosru  Kdvasji. 

Talkar,  Daniel  Moses. 

Ugrankar,  Ramrao  Lakshuman. 

Vord,  Maganlal  Lakshmishankar. 

Pandit,  Narayan  Bhdskar. 

Koppikar,  Pandurang  Timappa. 
*Nerurkar,  Baji  Vishnu. 
*Kohiyar,  Kharshedji  Ratanshdh. 

Solaind,  Rastamji  Dadabhai. 
*Vakil,  Meherbai  Ardesir. 

Vakil,  Ratanbai  Ardesir. 

Abhyankar,  Hari  Krishna. 

Pandit,  Govind  Mahddev. 

Shroff,  Maganldl  Laldas. 

Shukla,  Navalshankar  Narsing. 

Mehtd,  Mavji  Kanji. 

Moghe,  Sadashiv  Ndrdyan. 
*Cardmaster,  Behramji  Sordbji. 

Abdulkarim,  Yavarhussein  Nanabhdi. 

Mehtd,  Jivabhai  Bhikdbhai. 

Sayed,  Mainodin  Sayed  Hussein. 

Acharya,  Gajanan  Govind. 

Gadgil,  Anant  Rdmchandra. 

Gadre,  Shankar  Kashinath. 

Kallidnpur,  Ganpat  Rdghavendra. 

Upddhye,  Kashinath  Vishnu. 

Kdngd,  Jamshedji  Kavasji. 

Ndik,  Lakshman  Bdlkrishna. 

Anklesaria,  Bamanshdh  Kharshedji. 

Saraiyd,  Motilal  Vithaldds. 

Ddbholkar,  Ganesh  Krishna. 

Kudalkar,  Bhaskar  Rdmchandra. 

Ashbury ,  Charles  Jesudds. 

Pitale,  Vindyak  Saddnandji. 

Phadke,  Sitdram  Mahddev. 

Balsekar,  Mangesh  Krishndji. 

Vinekar,  Shdntdram  Ndrdyan. 

Pandit,  Bhdskar  Mahddev. 

Bakshi,  Shrinivds  Krishnardo. 

Veldskar,  Shdmrdo  Bdpuji. 

Parulkar,  Vishnu  Ndrdyan. 

Dhurandhar,  Bdbulji  Krishnandth. 

Pddgavkar,  Vithal  Atmdrdm. 

Chdndorkar,  Ganesh  Rdmchandra. 

Sapre,  Kdjdrdm  Saddshiv. 


College  Scholar. 


fcREE    GENERAL   ASSEMBLY'S   INSTITUTION.  373 


lYilokekar,  Lakshman  Atmaram. 
Kasmi,  Muhamad  Usaf  Nanabhai. 
Phadke,  Sadashiv  Ganesh. 
Phatak,  Parshuram  Vaman, 
Shintre,  Narhar  Moreshvar. 
Langrana,  Navroji  Framji. 
Earnest,  Crage. 
Kirtikar,  Shamrao  MorojL 
Patel,  Behramji  Nasarvanji. 
Ranji,  Dorabji  Navroji. 
Kohiyar,  Sorabshah  Ratanshah. 
Sirvai,  Manikji  Nasarvanji. 
Sanjana,  Rastaniji  Kharshedji, 
8unavala,  Kharshedji  Bezanji. 
Kinare,  Hari  Mahadev. 
Lam,  Jijibhai  Barjorji. 
Dinshah,  Hirji  Pestanji. 
Lam,  Framji  Dinshah. 
Bhabha,  Dorabji  Dadabhai. 
Athavle,  Bapu  Narayan. 
Bamji,  Phirozeshah  Kavasji. 
Miss  Hunt. 

Billimoria,  Dosabhai  Dhanjibhai. 
Treasury  vala,  Edalji  Jamshedji. 
Treasuryvala,  Nasarvanji  Jehangierju 
Doctor,  Jamshedji  Manikshah. 
Mehta,  Nagindas  Pranjivandas. 
Parulkar,  Jivaji  Krishna. 
Ghotge,  Vithal  Sitararn. 
Ghangurde,  Lakshman  Vishnu. 
Nerukar,  Narayan  Sitararn. 
Baxter,  Mervanji  Rastamji. 
Vaishnav,  Ishvarrai  Bapabhai. 
Nanavati,  Maneklal  Dharamdas, 
Vedia-dave,  Kanji  Mavji. 
Nayampali,  Shrinivas  Krishnarao. 
Paradkar,  Laksbuman  Anant. 
Bhat,  Kalidas  Mulchandra. 
Sanjgiri,  Ramrao  Bhau. 
Mehta,  Kuvarji  Devji. 
Chinai,  Dhanjish&h  Frdmji. 
M&nkikar,  Dattatraya  Anantayd. 
Nazar,  Ochhavlal  Harilal. 
Makad,  Harjivan  Rupshankar. 
Makad,  Udayashankar  Davlatram. 
*Goratela,  Nanji  Hansraj. 

*  College  Scholar. 
b  1306—32  bu 


374  Recognized  Institutions. 


*Avdsid,  Mugatrdi  Kallianji. 

Vasdvadd,  Harildl  Saddshankar. 

Munge,  Ndrdyan  Bdldji. 

Pdthdre,  Jandrdan  Krishna. 

Parchure,  Hari  Ballal. 

Naik,  Ndndbhdi  Narsing. 

Naik,  Vaman  Moroba. 

Gharat,  Narayan  Krishna. 

Athavle,  Ganesh  Krishna. 

Vagal,  Eamrao  Nanabhai. 

Merchant,  Jehangier  Limji. 

Santuk,  Kharshedji  Kavasjk 

Vacha,  Ardesir  Maneherji. 

Pitkar,  Moreshvar  Hari. 

Mandrekar,  Ndrdyan  Mahddev. 

Taidya,  Vdman  Ganesh, 

Parndik,  Lakshman  Venkatesh. 
*Sdkhalkar,  Vinayak  Bhdskar. 

Manerikar,  Govind  Sadashiv. 
*Mehta,  Ardesir  Nasarvdnji. 
♦Reporter,  Rastamji  Edalji. 
*  Reporter,  Jamshedji  Edalji. 

Joglekar,  Vithal  Parshurdm. 

Pardnjapye,  Anant  Govind. 

Talekar,  Balvant  Ramchandra. 

Engineer,  Vdsudev  Makund. 
*Mehta,  Bamanji  Dinshah. 
♦Shroff,  Hirdldl  Brijbhukhandds, 

Thakar,  Sundardds  Ndrandds- 

Master,  Kaikhosru  Edalji. 

Bhdthina,  Dinshah  Frdmji. 

Raje,  Rdj dram  Yashvant. 

Kdtvi,  Dindndth  Sadashiv. 
Va sude v,  Keshav  Krishna, 

Mandvivdld,  Dosdbhdi  Kavasji. 

Kapadia,  Khetsi  Karsi. 

Joshi,  Ddraodar  Nilkanth, 

Dhuru,  Ramchandra  Bdpuji. 

Madan,  Atmdrdm  Harichandra. 

Pdndid,  Mdnildl  Atmdrdm. 

Bhat,  Manishankar  Gavarishankar . 
*Khare,  Vdsudev  Hari. 
*Bdpat,  Shivrdm  Ndrdyan, 

Pdvaskar,  Vishnu  Gopal. 

Phdnse,  Vindyak  Bdburdo. 


'College  Scholar, 


st.  xavier's  college.  375 


Kadrekar,  Pundlik  Pandurang, 
Dali,  Jagannath  Sakharam. 
Salvi,  Nilkanth  Subhanrao. 
Gajravala,  Vadilal  Lallubhai. 
Dabu,  Meherjibhai  Hormasji. 
Trilokekar,  Dinkar  Nanaji, 
Cooper,  Shavakshah  Frainji. 


IV.— BOMBAY  St.  XAVIER'S  COLLEGE. 

•   (Recognized  1869.) 

St.  Xavier's  College  owes  its  origin  to  the  development  and 
growth  of  St.  Mary's  Institution.  In  it  Undergraduates  may 
continue  their  University  studies  under  the  same  advantages 
as  those  enjoyed  at  St.  Xavier's  High  School. 

There  is  one  endowed  Scholarship  connected  with  the 
College : — 

The  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Scholarship  for  Portu- 
guese Undergraduates,  of  the  annual  value  of  Rs.  125, 
tenable  for  two  years.  It  is  awarded  by  competition  in 
an  English  Essay.  The  competition  takes  place  in  the 
month  of  January. 


1887. 

Rector. 

The  Rev.  J.  Mayr,   S.J.,   Professor    of    Logic     and    Political 
Economy. 

Professors. 

The  Rev.  J.  Bischoff,  S.J.,  Professor  of  Latin. 

I„      „      Ch.  de  Boeselager,  S.J.,  Professor  of  History. 
,,      5,      F.  Dreckmann,  S.  J.,  Professor  of  Physics. 
„      ,,      J.  M.  Hamilton,  S.J.,  Professor  of  English  Literature. 
,,      ,,      H.  Juergens,  S.J.,  Professor  of  Chemistry. 
„      ,,      A.  Mueller,  S.J.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
,,       ,,      E.  Usteri,  S.J.,  Professor  of  Latin  and  History. 
Mr.  E.  W.  Johns,  B.A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
,,     Rajaram  Ramkrishna  Bhagvat,  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 
,,    Nasarvanji  Kavasji  Kanga,  Professor  of  Persian. 


376  EECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 


Students. 

Agdskar,  Bdlkrtshna  Vindyak. 

Bamji,  Kaikhosru  Edalji. 

Bastavala,  Sorabji  Dddabhai. 

Ddddchandji,  Ratanshdh  Kershaspji.. 

Doctor,  Framji  Pestanji. 

Doctor,  Jamshedji  Pestanji. 

Dub  ash,  Jehangier  Phirozeshah., 

Engineer,  Hirjibhai  Dinshah. 

Joshi,  Shdpurji  Sorabji. 

Kdngd,  Edalji  Pestanji. 

Mankar,  Shamrao  Dindndth. 

Mdster,  Shavakshah  Rastamji.. 

Misquitta,  Gabriel  Hyacinth. 

Mistri,  Jamshedji  Pestanji. 

Moos,  Nanabhai  Hormasji. 

Mulgavkar,  Ganpatrao  Shivram. 

Nadkarni,  Rdmehandra  Hanmanfc 

Raymond,  Edward. 

Reporter,  Phirozeshah  Edalji. 

Saldanha,  Camillo  Francis. 

Sethna,  Nasarvdnji  Dhanjibhai. 

Sethna,  Phiroze  Kharshedji. 

Vimadaldl,  Jehangier  Jamshedji.. 

WadifC,  Dosdbhdi  Framji, 

Wellingkar,  Shrikrishna  Gundji., 

Anklesarid,  Dhanjishah  Temuras. 

Bahddurji,  Dorabji  Nasarvdnji, 

Bahddurji,  Jamshedji  Nasarvdnji. 

Baman-Behrdm ,  Kdvasji  Bamanji. 

Bdmji,  Hormasji  Edalji. 

Bdtlivdld,  Hormasji  Dinshdh. 

Odma,  Frdmji  Manikji. 

Ddddchandji,  Phiroze  Kershdsji. 

Dubdsh,  Mervdnji  Pestanji. 
*El-Edroos,  Syed  Abnbakar  Syed  Hxissein. 

Esperance,  John  Joseph. 

Gazdar,  Mancbershdh  Kavasji. 

Jayakar,  Ndrdyan  Gajdnan. 

Joshi,  Ddddbhdi  Sordbji. 

Joshi,  Pdndurang  Rdmchandra. 
tKankodivdld,  Chanduldl  Ddydbhdi. 

Karkarid,  Rastamji  Pestanji. 

Kdtrak,  Ddddbhdi  Hormasji. 

Khambdtd,  Sordb  Rastam. 


Sb?  If  rank  Souter  Scholar.  -j;  Gibbs  Prizeman, 


ST.  XAVIER  S  COLLEGE. 


"Khan,  Manchershah  Franiji. 

Kotval,  Ardesir  Pestanji. 

Lalcaca,  Bapuji  Pdlanji. 

Mehta,  Nasarvdnji  Edalji. 

Mistri,  Bamanji  Shdpurji. 

Motivala,  Rastamji  Barjorji. 

Mulgdvkar,  Sunlarrao  Shivram. 

Mulgdvkar,  Vithal  Bhikdji. 

Munshi,  Madhav  Motiram. 

Ndik,  Ganpatrao  Rdmchandra. 

Palkhivala,  Jahdngier  Sordbji. 

Patel,  Ardesir  Dhanjibhai. 

Pingale,  Madhavrao  Moroba. 

Sethnd,  Frdmroze  Shdpurji. 

Sethnd,  Hormasji  Mervdnji. 

Shiveshvarkar,  Nilkanth  Atmaram. 

Soman,  Rdmchandra  Ganesh. 

Vaidya,  Vishvandth  Prabhurdm. 

Vakil,  Framji  Ardesir. 

Vakil,  Hardevram  Nanabhai. 

Valladares,  Diogo  Jerome. 

Varde,  Pundlik  Gangadhar. 

Vora,  Jayacband  Morarji. 

Welkar,  Vdmanrdo  Shdnirdo. 
*'Ali,  Addnan  Suleimdn. 

Arjdni,  Nasarvdnji  Kdvasji. 

Baman-Behrdm,  Jehdngier  Bamanji. 

Banaji,  Fardunji  Hormasji. 

Bbdnddrkar,  Dinkar  Shivrdm. 

Bharucbd,  Shdpurji  Sheriarji. 

Bhdthend,  Mervdnji  Behramji. 

Braganca,  Antonio  Baptista. 

Camd,  Soshydn  Kharshedji. 

Chaugule,  Rdmchandra  Vinayak. 

Couto,  Fran.  X.  Gervaise  da  F, 

Ddbbolkar,  Vindyak  Jivdji. 

Dalai,  Kbarsbedji  Frdmji. 

Dastur,  Gustdsp  Temulji. 

DeMello,  Romao. 

DeMonte,  Ignatius. 

DeOliveira,  John  Francis. 

Desdi,  Krishnardo  Venkobd. 
fDeSilva,  Braz  Lawrence. 

DeSouza,  Anthony. 

Dikshit,  Saddshiv  Manindrdyan. 
Divddkar,  Shdntdrdm  Vishvandth. 


377 


*  Jairazbhoy  Peerbhoy  Scholar. 

t  Cowasjee  Jehaughier  Latin  Scholar. 


b  1306—32  bu* 


378  EEC0GN1ZED  IHSTITUTIONS. 


Dukle,  Govind  Mddhavrdo. 
Engineer,  Tribhovandds  Kdhdndds. 
Gagarat,  Bamanji  Mancherji, 
Gandhi,  Pestanji  Kekobdd. 
Gardd,  Framji  Barjorji. 
Gazdar,  Jehangier  Jivanji. 
Gonsalves,  Braz. 
Gonsalves,  Paul. 
Gorvala,  Jehangier  Bejanji. 
Haligeri,  Bhimdji  Tirkappa. 
Ichhdpurid,  Bamanji  Shdpurji, 
Idgunji,  Dattatraya  Anant. 
Ingle,  Frederick  Arthur. 
Jijibhai,  Mervanji  Dhanjibhdi. 
Khambata,  Fardunji  Nasarvanji, 
Kdngd,  Pinshah  Dordbji. 
Kdngd,  Kaikhosru  Jdmdspji. 
Khdn  Sdheb,  Ishvarlal  Pranlal. 
Kothdre,  Gajdnan  Dvarkanath. 
Kotvdl,  Bamanji  Bejanji. 
Koydji,  Nadirshah  Shapurji. 
Lauder,  Charles  William. 
Madurkar,  Govind  Datto. 
Master,  Rastamji  Ddddbhdi. 
Mehtd,  Kaikhosru  Behramji. 
Mehtd,  Navroji  Ddddbhdi. 
Mehtd,  Navnidrdi  Ndrdyanbhdi. 
Mehtd,  Ratanrdm  Manchhdrdm. 
Meisheri,  Lakmichand  Tejpdl. 
Merchant,  Ismdel  Alddin. 
Merchant,  Pestanji  Kharshedji. 
Mistri,  Dinshdh  Ddddbhdi. 
Modi,  Jehdngier  Hormasji. 
Modi,  Rastamji  Kdvasji. 
Mulgdvkar,  "Vishvandth  Ndrdyan. 
Mulld-Phiroze,  Edalji  Nasarvdnji, 
Munim,  Hirdldl  Ranchhoddds. 
Munshi,  Abdulld  Jairdz. 
Munsiff,  Mdnikshdh  Dhanjishdh. 
Narimdn,  Hormasji  Rastamji, 
Ndthdni,  Najardli  Sheriff. 
Ozd,  Mohanldl  Dhaneshvar. 
Pdnde,  Pestanji  Dhanjibhdi, 
Pdvri,  Hormasji  Palanji. 
Petit,  Pestanji  Kdvasji. 
Rastam-Framnd,  Kaikhosru  Kdvasji. 
Rastam-Frdm,  Rastamji  Pestanji, 
Jiozario,  Anthony  Chrysostom, 


gujara't  college.  579 


Sealy,  Hugh  Orr  Ferns. 
Sethna,  Dhanjibhai  Rastamji. 
Sethna,  Rastamji  Edalji. 
Shroff,  Jagmohandas  Vandravandas. 
Sirvai,  Kaikhosru  Fardunji. 
Sirvai,  Rastamji  Fardunji. 
Sunthankar,  Rango  Vithal, 
Surti,  Dosabhai  Edalji. 
Surti,  Phirozeshah  Hormasji. 
Talati,  Dinshah  Sorabji. 
Tarachand,  Jehangier  Mervanji. 
Timble,  Bhai  Babulji. 
Tyabji,  Najmudin  Ali. 
Unvala,  Kaikhosru  Rastamji. 
Vacha,  Kaikhosru  Dinshah. 
Vesavevala,  Mancherji  Kharshedji. 
Wadia,  Bamanji  Jamshedji. 
Wadia,  Nanabhai  Ratanji. 
Wagle,  Atmaram  Balvant. 


V.-GUJARA'T  COLLEGE", 

(Recognized  1879.) 

In  1856  a  subscription  was  set  on  foot  for  the  establish- 
ment of  a  College  at  Ahmedabad.  A  sum  of  Rupees  50,000 
was  collected,  and  by  favourable  investment  and  accumula- 
tion of  interest  this  amount  was  afterwards  raised  to 
Eupees  70,000.  In  1858  the  sanction  of  Government  was 
given  to  the  "  establishment  of  a  professional  School  at 
Ahmedabad  (to  be  called  a  College  if  thought  desirable)  in 
which  English  composition,  translation,  the  elements  of 
jurisprudence  (as  required  by  Deputy  Magistrates  and  Police 
Officers),  positive  law  in  its  most  popular  and  useful  branches, 
the  elements  of  political  economy,  the  revenue  and  ad- 
ministrative system  of  Government  in  India,  drawing  as 
•a  useful  rather  than  a  fine  ait,  surveying  and  the  most 
practically  useful  applications  of  natural  science  (especially 
agricultural  chemistry)  might  be  taught."  The  object  of 
the  College  was  the  special  preparation  of  youths  "  for  Gov- 
ernment employment  in  the  Revenue  and  Judicial  lines  and 
in  the  Public  Works  Department."  Government  promised 
a  State  contribution  equal  to  the  annual  interest  of  the 
Endowment,  and  with  the  total  sum  thus  available  classes 
"were  sanctioned  for  the  instruction  of  youths  in   Law  and 


380  BE  COGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

Civil  Engineering.  But  the  insufficiency  of  the  income  for 
even  a  school  of  this  character,  and  the  want  of  precise  and 
definite  objects  at  which  the  institution  might  aim,  were 
from  the  first  apparent,  and  combined  with  other  causes  to 
prevent  the  development  and  growth  of  the  College.  The 
Engineering  class  was  never  opened,  partly  because  of  the 
difficulty  of  obtaining  a  competent  teacher  for  the  salary 
offered,  partly  because  of  the  discouraging  want  of  funds 
and  opportunities  for  practical  instruction.  In  the  Law  class, 
on  the  other  hand,  it  was  found  that  the  general  educa- 
tion of  the  pupils  was  not  as  high  as  was  required  for  the 
effective  study  of  jurisprudence  ;  and  it  was  considered 
that  instruction  in  Literature  was  necessary  to  liberal- 
ize their  minds.  Accordingly  in  1863  the  salary  set 
apart  for  the  Engineering  lecturer  was  divided  between 
three  teachers  in  the  subjects  of  (1)  Logic,  Moral  Phi- 
losophy and  History,  (2)  Applied  Mathematics  (Survey- 
ing, Mechanics,  &c),  (3)  Drawing.  The  two  last  subjects 
were  intended  for  boys  desirous  of  preparing  for  ad- 
mission to  the  new  Civil  Engineering  College  at  Poona. 
These  arrangements .  continued  in  force  until  1872,  when 
the  failure  of  the  Law  students  to  pass  the  test  im- 
posed on  candidates  for  the  Pleaders'  Examination  led 
to  an  enquiry  which  resulted  in  the  closing  of  the 
Law  class.  The  other  classes  were  continued  for  a 
time  until  it  could  be  decided  how  the  funds  might  be 
applied  to  a  less  vague  object  than  that  assigned  to  the 
College  "  of  keeping  up  a  taste  for  literary  pursuits  in 
young  men  who  had  matriculated,  and  of  extending  the 
knowledge  of  those  who  were  unmatriculated."  The  leading 
Native  gentlemen  of  Ahmedabad  acquiesced  in  this  con- 
demnation of  the  old  institution,  but  applied  to  Government 
for  the  establishment  at  Ahmedabad  of  an  Arts  College 
such  as  that  given  to  Poona,  and  at  once  set  themselves  to 
the  task  of  collecting  additional  subscriptions,  which,  with 
the  old  fund,  might  form  a  sufficient  endowment  to  justify 
compliance  with  their  application.  In  September,  a  public 
meeting  was  held,  and  a  Committee  of  management  was 
appointed  with  the  Collector  as  President.  By  these 
efforts  Ahmedabad  has  raised  a  fund  which  will  yield  a 
yearly  income  of  Rupees  8,000.  This  sum,  met  by  a  Gov- 
ernment grant  of  equal  amount  and  supplemented  by  fees, 
has  been  considered  sufficient  forthe  establishment  of  class- 
es studying  up  to  the  First  B.  A,  Examination.     The  Trustees 


GUJARA'T  COLLEGE.  £81 

for  the  College  are  the  Collector  of  Ahmedabad,  Rao 
Bahadur  Bechardas  Ambaidas,  and  Rao  Bahadur  Premabhai 
Hemabhai,  the  Collector  being  nominated  by  Government, 
while  the  two  Native  gentlemen  were  elected  by  the  sub' 
scribers. 

The  following  Endowments  are  connected  with  the 
Gujarat  College  : — 

(I)  A.  A.  Borradaile  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Es.  120 
per  annum  to  be  given  to  the  student  of  this  College  who 
has  passed  highest  in  the  Matriculation  Examination,  and  is 
an  inhabitant  of  Ahmedabad. 

(II)  S.  H.  Philpotts  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Us.  120 
per  annum  to  be  given  to  the  student  of  this  College  who 
has  passed  highest  in  the  Previous  Examination  from  this 
College. 

(III)  Lallubhai  Samaldas  Scholarship  of  the  value  of 
Rs.  120  per  annum  to  be  given  to  a  Vadnagra  Nagar 
student  of  this  College  who  has  passed  highest  in  the  1st 
B.A.  or  the  P.E.  (if  there  is  no  student  of  that  caste  in  tne 
1st  B.A.)  from  this  College  and  continuing  his  further 
studies  in  this  very  College. 

(IY)  Rao  Bahadur  Maganbhai  Karamchand  Scholarships, 
eight  in  number,  of  the  annual  value  of  Rs.  588,  to  be  given 
to  the  students  of  this  College  according  to  merit. 


1887. 
Principal. 

K.  T.   Best,   M.A.    Oxon.,   M.R.A.S,,   Professor  of  English 
Literature, 

Professors. 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalai,   M.A.,  LL.B.,  Professor  of  Mathe. 
matics  and  Natural  Philosophy. 

Abaji  Vishnu  Kathavate,   B.A.,    Professor  of  Oriental  Lan- 


Mirza  Musa  Cowser,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Bapu  Narayan  Dhekne,  M.A.,  sub.  pro  tern,  Lecturer  in  Science. 

Ddkshind  Fellows. 
Pestanji  Jamasji  Pddshah,  M.A.,  (Senior). 
Shankar  Vishnu  Puranik,  B.A.,  (Junior)., 


382  RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

Lallubhdi  Sdmaldds  Scholar. 

*  Ghdrekhdn,  Rangndth  Shambhundth. 

S.  H.  Philpotts  Scholar. 

t  Dalai,  Barjorji  Jamshedji  (Honorary). 
t  Mehta,  Girdharlal  Harilal. 

A.  A.  Borrodaile  Scholar. 

Talyarkhan,  Phirozeshdh  Jehangierji. 

Rdo  Bahadur  Maganbhdi  Karamchand  Scholars. 

*  Dalai,  Ardesir  Fardunji. 

+  Sutaria,  Maneklal  Chunilal. 
t  Urezi,  Burdnudin  Abdulla. 

Dave,  Nandshankar  Pdrvatishankar. 

Dalai,  Ghelabhai  Parbhuldl. 

Gore,  Sitdrdm  Narayan. 

Kantharia,  Gopdl  Hirdldl. 

Mehta,  Maganlal  Mojilal. 

Commoners. 

*  Anardo,  Govind  Balvant. 

*  Kdzi,  Gordhandds  Narottamrdm. 
t  A'garvdld,  Brijldl  Keshavldl. 

t  Bdhdrid,  Varajdds  Ddydbhdi. 

f  Dhruva,  Anandshankar  Bdpubhdi. 

f  Kdthavate,  Ndgesh  Abdji. 

t  Kinkhdpvdld,  Bdldbhdi  Gatdbhdi. 

f  Mehtd,  Fardunji  Dorabji. 

t  Mehta,  Chimanldl  Girdharldl. 

t  Patel,  Dhanjishdh  Edalji. 

Anklesdrid,  Bamanji  Navroji. 

Bhat,  Ishvarldl  Gavarishankar. 

Bhat,  Ravishankar  Manishankar. 

Bhdchech,  Bdpubhdi  Manirdm. 

Daldl,  Ddydbhdi  Dholsd. 

Daldl  Motilal  Nagindds. 

Dave,  Chunilal  Keshavldl. 

Desdi,  Bapdldl  Harildl. 

Divdtid,  Mukandrdi  Ishvarrdi. 

Dhulekar,  Dinkar  Keshav. 

Gogeri,  Motishankar  Udeshankar. 


*  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.A. 
t  Passed  the  Previous  Examination 


raJa'ra'm  college.  383 


KarmajvaU,  Anurai  Vithalrai. 
Lalkaka,  Erackshah  Kharshedji. 
Mehta,  Hoshangji  Dinshahji. 
Mehta,  Jehangierji  Dinshahji. 
Mehta,  Jamnadas  Fatechand. 
Mehta,  Thakorlal  Jivanram. 
Momin,  Rajmahomed  Khushalbhai. 
Nanavati,  Himatlal  Jamnadas. 
Nanavati,  Motilal  Chunilal. 
Patel,  Kashidas  Vastabhai, 
Shah,  Dayabhai  Nathubhai. 
Sheth,  Chamanlal  Motilal. 
Thakore,  Jametram  Narbheranii 
Zaveri,  Manilal  Bhagubhai. 
Zaveri,  Nathubhai  Sankalchand. 

Free  Students. 

Clubvala,  Kaikhoshru  Mancherji. 
Nabab,  Amratlal  Chunilal. 


VL-RA'JA'RA'M  COLLEGE. 

(Recognized  1880.) 

The  Rajaram  College,  which  is  maintained  by  the 
Kolhapur  State,  owes  its  origin  partly  to  the  growth  and 
development  of  the  Rajaram  High  School,  and  partly  to 
the  desire  of  Government  to  make  a  suitable  provision  for 
the  education  of  Chiefs  and  Sardars  in  the  Southern 
Maratha  Country.  The  British  Government  having 
assumed  the  administration  of  the  State  in  1844,  laid  the. 
foundation  of  English  education  in  1851  by  opening  an 
English  school  in  the  town  of  Kolhapur.  This  in  1867  was 
raised  to  the  status  of  a  High  School,  called  the  Rajaram 
High  School,  after  the  lamented  Rajaram  Maharaj  of 
Kolhapur,  who  while  travelling  in  Europe  died  at  Florence 
in  1870. 

In  1880  the  Government,  on  the  recommendation  of  the 
Political  Agent,  raised  the  School  to  an  Arts  College,  which 
was  subsequently  recognized  in  the  Faculty  in  Arts  of  the 
University  of  Bombay  for  the  purposes  of  the  Previous 
Examination,  and  in  1883  it  was  further  recognized  for  the 
purposes  of  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.  A. 


384  Recognized  institutions. 

The  College  is  provided  with  a  substantial  and  ornamental 
building  which  cost  the  Kolhapur  State  nearly  five  lakhs  of 
Rupees,  the  foundation  stone  being  laid  in  1869  by  the  late 
tlaja  and  the  building  completed  in  1874k 

Endowments, 

Government  has  sanctioned  the  transfer  of  the  sum  of 
Rs»  760,  being  the  annual  interest  on  the  so-called  Sardars' 
Fund  at  Belgaum,  where  a  Sardars'  Class  was  opened  some 
years  ago. 

In  1883  the  Raja  of  Mudhol  on  leaving  the  College  pre- 
sented an  endowment  of  Rs.  15,000  to  be  held  in  trust  by 
the  Political  Agent,  Southern  Marathd  Country,  and  Raja  of 
Mudhol  for  the  time  being  :  the  interest  of  this  sum  to  be 
applied  towards  the  support  of  a  "  Ghorpade  Lectureship" 
in  honour  of  the  Raja's  father. 

The  late  Rajaram  Maharaj,  to  commemorate  the  visit  of 
His  Royal  Highness  the  Duke  of  Edinburgh  to  this  country, 
invested  Rs.  45,000  in  the  four  per  cent.  Promissory  notes, 
the  interest  thereon  being  applied  to  the  formation  of 
Scholarships  for  the  encouragement  of  higher  education  in 
the  State.  The  following  Scholarships  are  awarded  every 
year : — 

(a.)  One  Alfred  Scholarship  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem 
tenable  for  four  years  at  the  Grant  Medical  College, 
Bombay,  will  be  awarded  to  a  deserving  freshman  who 
shall  have  matriculated  from  the  Rajaram  High  School 
after  having  attended  that  school  for  not  less  than 
three  continuous  years  immediately  previous.  The 
stipend  may  be  continued  for  a  fifth  year  if  funds  are 
available  and  the  Principal  recommends  it.  If  there 
be  no  freshman  desirous  of  studying  medicine,  a 
scholarship  of  the  same  value  to  be  held  in  Bombay 
and  tenable  for  two  years  will  be  given  to  a  deserving 
candidate  who  passes  the  Previous  Examination  from 
the  Rajaram  College  with  the  highest  number  of  marks. 

{b.)  Two  Alfred  Scholarships  of  Rs.  15  per  mensem, 
each  tenable  for  one  year  and  to  be  held  at  any 
College,  will  be  awarded  to  two  deserving  students  who 
have  passed  the  First  B.A.    Examination   from  the 


RA'JA'RA'M  COLLEGE.  385 

R&jaram  College  after  having  attended  it  for  two  full 
terms. 

(c)  Three  Alfred  Scholarships  of  Rs.  10  per  mensem, 
each  tenable  for  one  year  and  to  be  held  at  the  Raiaram 
College,  Kolhapur,  will  be  awarded  to  three  deserving 
students  who  have  passed  the  Previous  Examination, 
from  the  Rajaram  College,  after  having  attended  it  for 
two  full  terms. 

(d.)  Four  Alfred  Scholarships  of  Rs.  10  per  mensem,  to 
be  held  for  one  year  at  the  Rajaram  College,  will  be 
awarded  to  four  deserving  students  who  have  passed 
the  Matriculation  Examination  from  the  Rajaram  High 
School  after  having  attended  it  for  not  less  than  two 
continuous  years  immediately  previous. 

(e.)  In  1884,  Mr.  Krishnaji  Bhikaji  Gokhale  presented 
the  sum  of  Rs.  1,500  in  4  per  cent.  Government  paper  to 
found  a  "  Bhikajipant  Scholarship  "  in  memory  of  his 
father  the  late  Mr.  Bhikajipant  Gokhale.  The  stipend 
of  Rs.  5  per  mensem  is  to  be  held  for  one  year  by  that 
undergraduate  of  the  Rajaram  College  who  passes  the 
Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest  number  of 
marks  from  the  Miraj  High  School. 


1887. 

Principal 

C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M.  Cantab.,  Principal  and  Professor  of 
English  Literature. 

Professors. 

Balvant  Bhikaji  Vakharkar,  B.A.,  Vice-Principal  and  Professor 
of  Mathematics  (on  9  months'  furlough). 

Shivram  Bapuji  Paranjapye,  BA.,    Acting  Vice-Principal  and 
Professor  of  Oriental  Languages. 

Balaji  Prabhakar  Modak,  FA.,  Acting  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Kashinath  Ganesh  Kelkar,  BA.,  Acting  Science  Lecturer. 

Hari  Ganesh  Godbole,B,A.,  Acting  Ghorpade  Lecturer. 

b  1306—33  bu 


386  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 

Alfred  Scholars. 

Chikodikar,  Mahadev  Narayan. 

Chirmule,  Gopal  Ganesh. 
(1)    Dodihalkar,  Krishnaji  Annaji. 
(1)    Kale,  Krishnaji  Ramchandra. 

(1)  Kelkar,  Mahadev  Chintaman. 
Pusalkar,  Mahadev  Shridhar. 
Shrikhande,  Ganesh  Ramchandra. 

Free  Students. 

Khatib,  Bapu  Ibram  (full  free  ;  special). 
Mushriff,  Pandharinath  Sakhdram  (half  free). 
Parkhe,  Sadashiv  Vishvanath  (      do.     ), 

Commoners. 

Bothe,  Narayan  Balaji. 
Chouknis,  Vishnu  Krishna. 

(2)  Kale,  Balkrishna  Mahadev. 
Kulkarni,  Janardan  Eknath. 
Mara  the,  Sadashiv  Keshav. 
Modak,  Lakshman  Ballal. 
Padalkar,  Govind  Ganesh. 
Pandit,  Ramchandra  Babacharya. 
Pednekar,  Govind  Narayan, 
Rajopadhye,  Narayanrao  Saddshiv. 
Sd,vanur,  Govind  Raghavendra. 
Vaze,  Ramchandra  Ballal. 


VIL-BARODA'  COLLEGE. 
(Recognized  1881.) 

The  Baroda  College  was  founded  to  complete  the  system 
of  English  education  organized  in  the  Baroda  State  by  the 
Government  of  His  Highness  the  Maharajah  Sayajirao 
Gaekwar,  and  on  the  1st  of  October  1881  was  recognized  in 
the  Faculty  of  Arts  of  the  University  of  Bombay  for  the 
purposes  of  the  Previous  Examination.  In  February  1887  a 
further  recognition  was  extended  to  the  College  by  the 
University,  viz,  for  the  purposes  of  the  First  Examination 
for  the  Degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.  The  College  building 
is  one  of  the  handsomest  structures  of  the  kind  in  India, 


(1)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 

(2)  Bhikajipant  Scholar. 


BARODA  COLLEGE.  387 

It  is  in  the  shape  of  an  E,  the  centre  being  formed  by  a 
domed  hall  sixty  feet  square  and  one  hundred  and  forty- 
four  feet  high.  Each  wing  contains  ten  class  rooms,  five  on 
the  ground  floor  and  five  on  the  first  floor,  besides  library, 
museum,  chemical  and  physical  laboratories,  offices,  and 
smaller  ante-rooms.  There  is  accommodation  for  about  six 
hundred  students,  and  College  and  High  School  classes 
are  both  carried  on  in  the  building.  The  style  of  archi- 
tecture is  early  Hindu  ( Hemddapanti),  and  the  design 
is  by  R.  Chisholm,  Esq.,  F,  R.  I.  B.  A-,  Architect  to 
the  Madras  Government.  The  building  has  cost  about 
Rs.  6  lakhs. 

Endoioments. 

Three  Scholarships  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem  tenable  at  any 
College  are  awarded  under  certain  conditions  to  students 
passing  the  Previous  Examination  direct  from  the  Baroda 
College.  Two  additional  scholarships  of  Rs.  20  per  mensem 
are  reserved  for  students  wishing  to  join  the  Poona  College 
of  Science  or  the  Grant  Medical  College.  Five  Scholarships 
of  Rs.  5  per  mensem  to  be  held  for  one  year  at  the  Baroda 
College  are  awarded  under  certain  conditions  to  deserving 
students  who  have  passed  the  Matriculation  Examination 
from  the  Baroda  High  School.  In  addition  to  the  above  the 
University  awards  the  Melvill  Memorial  Scholarship  to  that 
student  from  this  College  who  obtains  the  highest  number  of 
marks  at  the  Previous  Examination. 


1887. 
Principal. 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.  Camb.,  B.Sc.  Lond.,  Professor  of  Mathema- 
tics and  Natural  Philosophy. 

Professors. 

Harold  Littledale,  B.  A.,  Senior  Moderator  T.  C.  D.,  Vice-Prin- 
cipal, Professor  of  History  and  English  Literature. 

Tapidas  Dayaram  Mehta,M.A.,  Professor  of  Pure  Mathematics. 

Govind  Moreshvar  Hasabnis.  B.  A.    )  D    f         „    e  0      ... 

Ramchandra  Dinkar  Phadke,  B.  A.    |  ^feasors  of  Sanskrit. 

Farid-ud-din  Ahmed,  B.A.,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Adarji  Mernosji  Masani,  M.A.,  B.Sc.,  Professor  of  Biology. 

Tribhovandas  Kalliaadas  Gujjar,  M.A.,  B.Sc,  Professor  of 
Chemistry. 


388  KECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 


Scholars. 

Hate,  Sadashiv  Nanabhai. 
Kanade  Mahadev  Anant. 
Nanavati,  Hiralal  Dayabhai. 
Shevak,  Maneklal  Motilal. 
Vevai,  Kharshedji  Nasarvanji. 

Commoners* 

Amin,  Chhotalal  Bhailal. 

Amin,  Raoji  Motibhai. 

Apte,  Ganesh  Shridhar. 

Atmaram-Bhukhanvala,  Jagubhai  Karsandas* 

BagadiA,  Surajlal  Maneklal, 

Barve,  Kashinath  Chimanrao. 

Chavan,  Matadinsing  Bhavansing. 

Dalai,  Dayabhai  Dalpatbhai. 

Dalai,  Jamnadas  Ranchhoddas. 

Desai,  Dayabhai  Ranchhoddas. 

Desai,  Khand'ubhai  Lallubhai. 

Dikshit,  Sadashiv  Maninarayan. 

Desai,  Lallubhai  Prdnbhai. 
(1)    Desai,  Maganlal  Chhotalal. 

Desai,  Morarji  Gandubhai. 

Desai,  Narayanji  Mohanbhai. 

Desai,  Vasantlal  Sundarlal. 

Ghushe,  Vaman  Ramchandra. 

Gupte,  Govind  Keshav. 

Gupte,  Nilkant  Kashinath. 

Godakari,  Dattatraya  Sakharam. 

Javeri,  Harilal  Govindlal. 

Khopkar,  Shivram  Raoji. 

Kshatriya,  Manilal  Raghunath. 

Lele,  Krishnaji  Daji. 

Majmudar,  Kanaiyalal  Dayabhai. 

Majmudar,  Trikamrai  Ishvar. 

Majmudar,  Venishankar  Dinmanishankar. 

Mehta,  Kanaiyalal  Anantrai. 

Mehta,  Jeykisandas  Vallabhdas. 

Nanavati,  Narayandas  Dayabhai. 

Nigudkar,  Moreshvar  Ramkrishna. 

Patharkar,  Rangnath  Raoji. 

Patel,  Lallubhai  Dayabhai, 

Rahatkar,  Madhav  Raghunath. 
(1)    Sapre,  Jagannath  Anant. 

Shah,  Chunilal  Ghellabhai. 

Shastri,  Narbheram  Ganpat. 

(1)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 


FERGUSSON  COLLEGE.  389 


Sheth,  Chimanlal  Motilal. 
Talati,  Gokaldas  Dvarkadas. 
Thakore,  Vaman  Sadashiv. 
Tolat,  Gulabdas  Gopaldas. 
il)    Tolat  Vithaldas  Gopaldas. 

TJpadhye,  Manishankar  Jamnashankar. 

Vase,  Raghunathji  Mukanji. 

Vora,  Lakshmishankar  Jathashankar. 


VIIL -FERGUSSON  COLLEGE. 

(Recognized  1884.) 

The  Fergusson  College  owes  its  origin  to  the  development 
and  growth  of  the  New  English  School,  Poona,  founded  in 
1880  by  the  late  Vishnu  Krishna  Chiplunkar  and  Messrs.  B. 
G.  Tilak  and  M.  B.  JSamjoshi  for  the  purpose  of  cheapening 
and  facilitating  education.  Gradually  several  other  gentle- 
men joined  the  staff  of  teachers  with  the  object  of  devoting 
their  lives  to  the  work,  and  the  body  thus  formed  felt  that 
they  were  in  a  position  to  take  a  higher  step.  Before  doing 
so,  however,  they  called  a  meeting  of  the  sympathizers  of 
private  education  on  the  24th  October  1884,  and  this  meet- 
ing formed  themselves  into  the  "Deccan  Education  Society"1 
for  the  purpose  of  carrying  out  the  original  objects  of  the 
promoters  of  the  New  English  School.  Soon  after,  the 
Council  of  the  Society  resolved  to  start  a  College  under 
the  name  of  "  The  Fergusson  College  "  to  mark  their  appre- 
ciation of  the  interest  which  His  Excellency  the  Right 
Honourable  Sir  James  Fergusson,  Bart.,  Governor  of 
Bombay,  took  in  the  cause  of  private  education  generally 
and  in  the  growth  and  prosperity  of  their  school  in  parti- 
cular ;  and  on  their  application,  the  College  was  recognized 
in  the  Faculty  of  Arts  for  the  purposes  of  the  Previous 
Examination  on  the  13th  December  1884. 

The  College  is  under  the  direct  control  and  supervision 
of  the  Local  Managing  Board  and  the  Council  of  the  Deccan 
Education  Society. 

The  permanent  funds  of  the  Society,  including  sums  real- 
ized and  subscribed  up  to  date,  amount  to  nearly  Rs.  84,000. 

(1)  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
B  1306-33  bu* 


390  RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

Scholarships. 

Eleven  Scholarships  of  the  total  monthly  value  of  Rs.  90 
are  open  for  general  competition.  Of  these  three,  of  the 
value  of  Ks.  32,  are  endowed  Scholarships,  and  the  remaining 
are  paid  from  the  current  funds  of  the  Society. 

The  endowed  Scholarships  are  awarded  under  the  follow- 
ing conditions : — 

(a)  Two  Scholarships  of  the  monthly  value  of  Rs.  22,  one 
of  Rs.  12  and  the  other  of  Rs.  10,  called  "  Govind  Hari 
Scholarships,"  and  tenable  for  one  year,  are  open  for  gene- 
ral competition  by  all  the  College  Students.  The  Chief 
of  Sangli  has  made  a  donation  to  the  College  of  a 
sum  of  Rs.  6,000  invested  in  A\  per  cent.  Government 
Promissory  Notes,  and  the  interest  is  appropriated 
for  Scholarships  in  the  name  of  the  ancestor  of  the 
Patvardhans. 

(b)  The  Nawab  of  Junagad  has  given  a  sum  of  Rs.  3,000 
in  4  per  cent.  Government  Security  for  a  Scholarship 
of  Rs.  10  per  month  in  connection  with  the  Fergusson 
College.     It  is  open  for  general  competition. 

(c)  Mr.  G.  R.  Kirane,  State  Engineer,  Sangli,  has  placed 
the  sum  of  Rs.  1,500  at  the  disposal  of  the  Society. 
The  interest  on  the  endowment  is  to  be  applied  to 
found  a  monthly  Scholarship  of  Rs.  5,  to  be  called 
*'  Kirane  Scholarship,''  tenable  for  one  year,  and  to  be 
awarded  to  a  student  educated  at  the  New  English  School 
as  a  free  student  intending  to  prosecute  his  studies 
in  the  Fergusson  College,  and  who  may  have  matri- 
culated with  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  Mathe- 
matics. This  Scholarship  will  be  available  for  award 
from  1889. 

Besides  these  Scholarships,  10  per  cent,  free  Studentships 
are  allowed.  Mr.  Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  of 
the  Bombay  Bar,  has  given  two  Scholarships,  of  Rs.  5  each, 
to  be  awarded  to  poor  Brahman  students,  and  has  pro- 
mised to  continue  them  till  the  end  of  1887. 

Prizes. 
There  are  two  Prizes  attached  to  the  College  and  awarded 
in  accordance  with  the  following  regulations  ; — 


FERGUSSON  COLLEGE.  391 

The  Sir  Jamea  Fergusson  Prize. 

A  Prize,  entitled  "The  Sir  James  Fergusson  Prize," 
consisting  of  books  of  the  value  of  Rs.  50,  shall  be  awarded 
every  year  to  the  student  from  the  Fergusson  College  whoshall 
have  obtained  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  the  Previous 
Examination  of  the  University  of  Bombay,  provided  he  ob- 
tains at  least  45  per  cent,  of  the  aggregate  number  of  marks, 
and  provided  that  he  shall  have  attended  the  said  College 
for  one  academical  year. 

The  Gulve  Prize. 

A  Prize,  entitled  "  The  Gulve  Prize,"  consisting  of  books 
of  the  value  of  Rs.  20,  shall  be  awarded  every  year  to  the 
student  from  the  Fergusson  College  who  passes  the  Pre- 
vious Examination  of  the  University  of  Bombay  with  the 
highest  number  of  marks  in  Natural  Science,  provided  that 
he  shall  have  attended  the  said  College  for  one  academical 
year,  and  provided  also  that  he  obtain  at  least  50  per  cent, 
of  the  maximum  number  of  marks  assigned  to  that  subject. 

2.  In  case  in  any  year  the  Prize  be  not  awarded  in  the 
above  subject,  it  shall  be  given  to  the  student  from  the  Fer- 
gusson College  who  passes  with  the  highest  number  of 
marks  in  Mathematics  (Algebra  and  Euclid),  subject  to  the 
conditions  mentioned  above. 


1887. 

Principal. 

Vaman  Shivram  Apte,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 

Professors. 

Bal  Gangadhar  Tilak,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 
Gopal  Ganesh  Agarkar,  M.A.,  Professor  of  History  and  Logic 
Mahadev  Shivram  Gole,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Physics. 
Vasudev  Balkrishna  Kelkar,  B.A.   \  Professors  of  English 
Gopal  Krishna  Gokhale,  B.  A.         J      Literature. 

Clerk  and  Librarian. 
Trimbak  Sitaram  Joshi. 


392  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 


Scholars. 

*  Kelkar,  Narhar  Krishna. 

*  jNamjoshi,  Ramchandra  Abaji. 
§  Masur,  Narsinha  Rangrao. 

Inamdar,  Balkrishna  Dhonddev. 

Chakradev,  Balkrishna  Vishnu. 

Joshi,  Mah&dev  Keshav. 

Marathe,  Mahadev  Ramchandra. 

Garud,  Gopal  Balvant. 

Pitre,  Trivikram  Kashinath. 
II  Kittur,  Krishnaji  Gopdl. 
II  Karkard,  Hari  Pandurang. 
IF  Chitale,  Ganpati  Krishna, 

Commoners, 

Abhyankar,  Damodar  Narayan. 
Abhyankar,  Mahadev  Govind. 
Ajgavkar,  Janardan  Chimnaji. 
Akut,  Vdsudev  Bapu. 
Apte,  Vinayak  Ganesh, 
Athale,  Mahadev  Gopal. 
Bal,  Balkrishna  Gopal. 
Bapat,  Vishnu  Narayan. 
Bhavage,  Kashinath  Balkrishna, 
Bhat,  Sitaram  Ganesh. 
Bhatye,  Parsharam  Sakharam. 
Bhoraskar,  Shridhar  Keshav, 
Bodas,  Shridhar  Mahadev. 
Chakradev,  Ganesh  Purshottam. 
Chandrachud,  Mahadev  Balvant. 
Deshpdnde,  Kashinath  Gangadhar, 
Deshpande,  Narayan  Ramchandra, 
Deshpande,  Shrinivds  Svamirao. 
Dhadphale,  Chintaman  Bahirav, 
Durvas,  Gopal  Balaji. 
Ekundi ,  Ramchandra  Narsinha. 
Gangoli,  Bhavanishankar  Mahdbleahvar. 
Ghanekar,  Venkatesh  Govind. 
Godbole,  Mahadev  Lakshuman. 
Godbole,  Vishnu  Keshav. 
Gogte,  Ganesh  Ramkrishna. 

*  Govind  Hari  Scholar. 

f  Second  Jagonnath  Sunkersett  Scholar  for  188 

t  First  Jagonnath  Sunkersett  Scholar  for  1886. 

§  Junagad  Scholar. 

II  Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apt6  Scholar, 

f  Nagpur  Spholar, 


FERGUSSON   COLLEGE.  393 


Gokhale,  Hari  Rdmchandra. 
Gokhale,  Narayan  Saddshiv. 
Gokhale,  Vishnu  Gangadhar. 
Hariharkar,  Bhimaji  Shrinivas. 
Kale,  Krishnaji  Govind. 
Karnadkar,  Ramrao  Shivrdm. 
Kanitkar,  Ramchandra  Bhikdji. 
Kasbekar,  Gopal  Lakshuman. 
Kelkar,  Prabhakar  Lakshuman. 
Kibe,  Krishnaji  Hari. 
Kirloskar,  Shambhu,  Rangnath. 
Kulkarni,  Bh&rgav  Krishndji. 
Kulkarni,  Venkatesh  Rdghavendra. 
Kumtha,  Mangesh  Shantdya, 
Kumtha,  Ramnath  Ndgdppd. 
Kumthekar,  Bapaiyd  Mhalpai. 
Kurutkoti,  Gurunath  Kashindth. 
Lele,  Sadashiv  Venkatesh. 
Nadkarni,  Mangesh  Shantappd. 
Nadkarni,  Ramchandra  Devrao. 
Nagarkatti,  Dattdtraya  Venkappa. 
Nene,  Prabhakar  Sadashiv. 
Oka,  Narayan  Vaman. 
Pardnjapye,  Dinkar  Vishnu. 
Patvardhan,  Rdmkrishna  Vishnu. 
Phadke,  Ganesh  Sakharam. 
Purandhare,  Lakshuman  Anant. 
Risvadkar,  Govind  Sadashiv. 
Sainkar,  Mahddev  Rdmchandra, 
Sdrangpani,  Ganesh  Vishnu. 
Sdthe,  Govind  Nilkanth. 
Sdthe,  Gopal  Abaji 
Sdthe,  Purshottam  Krishna. 
Sunthankar,  Nilkanth  Raghunath. 
Thakur,  Ratildl  MdneklaL 
Vaze,  Gopal  Govind. 

Half-Free  Students. 

Amdekar,  Nilkanth  Vithal. 
Deshpande,  Shridhar  Yashvant. 
Karagudari,  Narayan  Gurunath. 
Kher,  Gangadhar  Mahddev. 
Kulkarni,  Raghunath  Narsinha. 
Limaye,  Dattdtraya  Ramchandra. 
Marathe,  Keshav  Mahddev. 
Pardeshi,  Ganpat  Kisansing. 
Potdar,  Krishndji  Venkatesh. 


394  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 


R&bde,  Krishnaji  Gopal. 
Telagu,  Lakshuman  Jenuji. 
Upadhye,  Parashuram  Vaman. 

"Free  Students, 


Joshi,  Mahidev  Narayan. 
Naravane,  Narayan  Anant. 


IX.— SA'MALDA'S  COLLEGE, 

(Recognized  1885.) 

This  College  was  founded  by  His  Highness  Sir  Takhat- 
singji  Jasvatsingji,  Thakore  Saheb  of  Bhavnagar,  in  memory 
of  his  late  Divan  Samaldas  Parmananddas.  The  College 
was  opened  in  January  1885. 

The  College  is  maintained  by  the  Bhavnagar  State,  and 
is  under  the  supervision  of  a  Managing  Board,  consisting 
of  six  officials  of  the  State,  with  the  Divan,  Mr.  Vithaldas 
Samaldas,  as  President. 

The  following  Endowments  are  connected  with  the 
College : — 

3  Darbari  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Bs.  15  per 
mensem. 

6  Darbari  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Bs.  12  per 
mensem. 

4  Darbari  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Bs.  10  per 
mensem. 

2  Darbari  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Bs.  8  per 
mensem. 

*    2    Javansingji  Scholarships  of  the  value  of  Bs.  8  per 
mensem. 

1  Gavrishankar  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Bs.  10 
per  mensem. 

1  Yidyaram  Scholarship  of  the  value  of  Bs.  10  per 
mensem. 

1  Gold  Medal  founded  by  Mr.  Gavrishankar  Udeshan- 
kar,  C.S.I.,  of  the  value  of  Bs.  120,  to  be  awarded  annually. 


samaldas  college.  395 

1887. 
Principal. 

R.  H.  Gunion,  B.A.,  Oxon.,  Professor  of  English  Literature  and 
History. 

Professors. 

Jamshedji  Navroji  Unvala,  M.A.,   Professor  of  Physics,  Vice- 
Principal. 

Fardunji  Mancherji  Dastur,  M.A.,    Professor  of   Mathematics 
and  Natural  Philosophy. 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A.,  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 
Barjorji  Ardesir  Enti,  B.A.,   Professor  of  Logic  and  Political 
Economy. 

Shdstri, 
Bhanushankar  Harishankar. 

Mumhi. 
Shaik  Mahamad  Isphani. 

Clerk  and  Librarian. 
Bechardas  Chhaganlal  Parekh. 

Scholars. 

*  Mehta,  Lallubh&i  Samaldas  (Honorary). 

*  Sutariya,  Chhotalal  Chunilal. 

*  Enti,  Kaikhoshru  Ardesir. 

*  Dave,  Hariharshankar  Bhanushankar. 
+  Jhaveri,  Krishnalal  Mohanlal. 

t  Contractor,  Ardesir  Edalji. 
t  Pandia,  Chandravidyanand  Shrikrishnanand. 
t(a)  Desai,  Champaklal  Manilal. 
+  Ozd,  Vasantrai  Mahipatr&i. 
t  Oza,  Navnidhrai  Vajeshankar. 

Dave,  Anandrai  Himatrai. 

Bbat,  Anopram  Ramji. 

Mehta,  Fulchand  Bhavan. 

Munshi,  Dinshah  Mancherji. 

Mehta,  Chhaganlal  Ghelabhai. 

Desai,  Gulabbhfi  Bhimbhai. 

Dalai,  Lakmicband  Vandravand&s. 

Buch,  Balvantrai  Harishankar. 

Shah,  Chunilal  Keshavlal. 

Des&i,  Makanji  Ranchhodji. 

*  Passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination, 
t  Passed  the  Previous  Examination, 
(a)  Also  Sir  Jasvantsingji  Scholar. 


396  RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

Commoners. 

f  Desdi,  Khandubhai  Bhimbhai, 

Doshi,  N&nchand  Bechardas. 
t  Jivr&jani,  Ranchhodd&s  Naranji. 
T  Thakar,  Pranjivandas  Odhavji. 

Thakore,  Balvantrai  Kalianrai. 

Bansha,  Nasarvauji  Fr&mji,  L,M.  &  S. 

Damri,  Phirozesh&h  Pftlanji. 

Damri,  Ratanshrfh  Bejanji. 

Dave,  Jivanram  Lakshmiram. 

Desai,  Shambhudhar  Lakshmanji. 

Doctor,  Pestanji  Barjorji. 

Garni,  Narandas  Kalidas. 

Jani,  Durlabhr&m  Ramji. 

Joshi,  Pranshankar  Bhavanishankar. 

Kampani,  Mulji  Bhftidas. 

Maru,  Mohanlal  Jat&shankar. 

Mehta,  Chandrashankar  M&nshankar. 

Mehta,  Ichhashankar  Prabhashankar. 

Mehta,  Manshankar  Pitambardds. 

Mehta,  Narbheram  Anopchand. 

Mehta,  Prataprai  Santokram. 

Mehtd,  Shankarprasad  Chhaganlal. 

Modi,  Vrajlal  Vardham&n. 

MotUni,  Abdul  Gani  Arabi. 

Ozd,  Bhupatr&i  Lakshmishankar. 

Pandid,  Chhabilanand  Harinand. 

Parekh,  Bhogilal  Bapulal. 

P&thakji,  Janardan  Virbhadra. 

Popat,  Tribhovandas  Khushaldas. 

Shrih,  Harichand  Nathubhai. 

Shfth,  Lalubhai  Gokaldas. 

Talati,  Mulji  Dvarkadas. 

Thakar,  Girj&shankar  Ranchhodji. 

Thakar,  Jatashankar  Pranjivandas. 
(1)   Thakar,  Parmanand  Vithaldas. 

Vaishnav,  Fulshankar  Manishankar. 


X.— AHMEDNAGAR  COLLEGE. 

(Recognized  1886.) 

In  1835  the  American  Mission  opened  in  Ahmednagar  an 
English  school  or  seminary  that  was  efficiently  maintained 
for  many  years.     The  seminary  was  at  first  conducted  by 

+  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
(1)  Sir  Jasvantsingji  Scholar  and  also  the  Jam  Shri  Vibhaji  Scholar. 


AHMEDNAGAR   COLLEGE.  397 

the  Rev.  Amos  Abbott  and  several  native  assistants.  Sub- 
sequently the  Rev.  E.  Burgess  and  the  Rev.  R.  G.  Wilder 
successively  had  charge  of  the  institution.  It  continued  for 
more  than  twenty  years  to  be  the  only  English  school  in 
Ahmednagar,  and  in  it  were  educated  many  native  gentle- 
men now  filling  important  Government  and  other  oflices. 

After  an  interval  of  several  years,  the  institution  was 
revived  in  June  1882  as  a  High  School.  Its  prosperity  en- 
couraged the  Mission  to  apply  in  1886  to  the  University  for 
recognition  as  a  College  for  the  purposes  of  the  Previous 
Examination.  Recognition  was  granted  by  the  Senate  at  a 
Meeting  held  on  the  11th  of  December  1886,  and  the 
College  was  formally  opened  on  the  1st  January  1887. 


1887. 

Principal. 

The  Rev.  James  Smith,  B.A.   (Canada),  Professor  of  English 
Literature. 

Professors. 

The  Rev.  Henry  Fairbank,   B.A.  (U.S.A.),  Prof  essor  of  History 

and  Logic. 
Mr.  Samuel  G.  Lee,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Latin. 
Mr.  George  C.  Lee,  Professor  of  Physics. 
Mr.  Hari  Krishna  Paranjapye,  Professor  of  Sanskrit. 
Mr.  Burhan  Ali,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Students, 

Adhav,  Damodar  Bahirobi. 
Chitale,  Nilkanth  Shankar. 
Chitre,  Narayan  Vaman. 
Costa,  Dinkar  Samuel. 
Deshvandikar,  Narayan  Damodar. 
Dhase,  Dhondo  Atmaram. 
Ghaisas,  Trimbak  Chintaman. 
Joshi,  Vinayak  Ramchandra. 
Jakal,  Mallu  Ganpat. 
Khedkar,  Dinanath  Narobi.  . 
Marathe,  Vishnu  Krishna. 
Mehendarge,  Govind  Ganesh. 
Soman,  Pandurang  Trimbak. 

b  1306—34  bu 


398  RECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS. 

XL-SIND  ARTS  COLLEGE. 

(Recognized  1887.) 

In  1882  an  influential  body  of  native  gentlemen  of  Kara- 
chi addressed  a  memorial  to  the  Education  Commission  then 
sitting  at  Calcutta,  urging  the  Commission  to  recommend  the 
foundation  of  an  Arts  College  for  the  province  of  Sind,  and 
adding  that  they  could  guarantee  a  sum  of  at  least  Rs.  30,000 
as  the  nucleus  of  an  endowment  fund.  The  writers  of  the 
memorial  formed  themselves  into  a  Committee,  which  for 
two  years  extensively  canvassed  all  parts  of  the  province  for 
support,  pecuniary  and  otherwise,  to  the  project,  and  then 
dissolved  in  favour  of  a  new  body,  the  Sind  College  Associa- 
tion, of  which  the  Honourable  Mr.  Dayaram  Jethmal  was 
appointed  President.  Before  the  close  of  the  year  1886-87  the 
Association  was  able  to  announce  that  the  College  Endow- 
ment Fund  exceeded  one  hundred  thousand  rupees,  and  that 
a  sum  of  Rs.  29,750  had  been  promised  towards  the  annual 
income  of  the  College,  to  which  sum  Government  had 
agreed  to  contribute  Rs.  10,000,  the  Sind  Municipality  Rs. 
1 3,050,  and  the  Sind  District  Local  Boards  Rs.  6,700.  Of 
the  Endowment  Fund  a  sum  of  Rs.  75,000  has  been  invested 
in  Government  Securities,  and  the  interest  made  available 
for  the  annual  maintenance. 

The  support  thus  liberally  accorded  by  all  classes  was 
considered  sufficient  to  justify  the  Associations  in  arranging 
for  the  opening  of  the  Sind  Arts  College  in  temporary  pre- 
mises in  Karachi  early  in  1887,  and  the  preliminary  arrange- 
ments being  completed  the  College  was  accordingly  opened 
by  His  Excellency  Lord  Reay,  the  Governor  of  Bombay,  on 
the  17th  January  1887.  The  management  aod  control  of  the 
College  are  vested  absolutely  in  a  Board  distinct  from  the 
Sind  College  Association,  and  consisting  of  representatives  of 
Government,  of  the  Association,  and  of  the  contributing 
Municipalities  and  District  Local  Boards.  The  Commis- 
sioner in  Sind  and  the  Judicial  Commissioner  in  Sind  are 
ex-ofkio  the  President  and  the  Vice-President,  respectively, 
of  the  College  Board. 

The  balance  of  the  endowment  fund  together  with  any 
other  sums  that  may  be  collected  for  the  purpose  is  held  by 
the  Sind  College  Association  as  the  nucleus  of  a  fund  for 
providing  the  College  with  a  permanent  building. 


SIND   ARTS   COLLEGE.  399 


Besides  the  above  invested  sum  of  Rs.  75,000  the  only 
other  endowment  at  present  connected  with  the  Sind  Arts 
College  is  the  following  :— 

The  Edalji  Dinshah  Prize  of  Es.  60  (the  interest  on 
Rs.  1,500  invested  in  Government  Securities)  given  by  Mr. 
Edalji  Dinshah  to  be  awarded  annually  to  the  student  of 
the  College  who  obtains  the  highest  number  of  marks  in  the 
highest  examination  for  which  the  College  sends  up  candi- 
dates to  the  University  in  any  year. 

1887. 

Principal. 

Robert  Mullineux  Walmsley,  D.Sc.  (Lond.)  F.C.S.,  A.  S.  T.  E. 
&  E.,  Professor  of  Science  and  English. 

Professors. 

Barjorji  Jamasji  Padshah,  B.A.,  Vice- Principal  and  Professor  of 
Logic,  Moral  Philosophy,  History  and  Political  Economy. 

Bhimbhai  Jivanji  Naik,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics. 

Vaijanath  Kashinath  Rajavade,  M.A.,  Professor  of  Sanskrit  and 
English. 

Mahomed  Jaffer  Mukhlas  Ali  Mirza,  Professor  of  Persian. 

Clerk  and  Librarian. 
Jashanmal  Relaram  Kirpalni. 

List  of  the  Students, 

*  Alimchandani,  Lil&ram  Jethmal. 

*  Jhanjiani,  Gidumal  Avatrai. 

*  Jhanjiani,  Premchand  Avatrai. 

*  Lalvani,  Krishna  Uttamchand. 

*  Lalvani,  Tarachand  Alimchand. 

*  Mandvivala,  Yusaf  Alibhai. 

*  Ojha,  Tulsidas  Chaturbhuj. 
Alimchandani,  Bulchand  Daydram. 

(F)  Belara,  Basarmal  Tarftchand. 

Bhagchandini,  Verhumal  Lokumal. 

Bhavanani,  Chandiram  Doulatram. 

Bhavanani,  Pohumal  Bakasr&i. 
(F)  Chainani,  Khubchand  Jethmal. 

Dadachanji,  Dorabji  Sordbji. 

Datani,  Abdul  Kadir  Umarkhdn. 

Gulrajani,  Assudamal  Amarsing. 

*  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 
(F)  Free  Student. 


400  EECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS 

Gursayani,  Kimatrai  Gagund&s. 
James,  John  Vincent. 
Jugtiani,  Valiram  Kodumal, 
Kalro,  Chainomal  Dandumal. 
(P)  Karamchandani,  Hardasmal  Udernomal. 
Kirpalni,  Ghanashamdas  Khatanmal. 
Mahomed,  Yousiff  Ismail. 
Malkani,  Udharam  Shevakram. 
Minvald,  Jijibhdi  Mervanji. 
Mirchand&ni,  Motiram  Udharam. 
Pahalajani,  Bhojsing  Gurudinamal. 
Primal&ni,  Hasamal  KaUchand. 
Ramchandani,  Satramdas  Mushtakram. 
Shivdasani,  Jethanand  Choitram. 
Thadani,  Uttamchand  Gangaram. 


XII.-GOVERNMENT  LAW  SCHOOL. 

(Recognized  1860.) 

The  foundation  of  this  institution  is  due  to  a  subscription 
which  was  raised  by  the  inhabitants  of  Bombay  in  the 
month  of  November  1852,  on  the  eve  of  the  departure  from 
India  of  Sir  Thomas  Erskine  Perry,  Knight,  Chief  Justice, 
who  had  been  for  nearly  nine  years  President  of  the  Board 
of  Education,  to  found  a  Professorship  of  Jurisprudence,  as 
a  memorial  of  his  long  connection  with  both  law  and  educa- 
tion in  India. 

This  endowment  yields  a  monthly  income  of  Rs.  169,  to 
which  Government  contribute  a  subsidy,  which  was  fixed 
in  1856  at  Rs.  100  per  mensem,  the  aggregate  being  the 
stipend  of  the  Perry  Professor  of  Jurisprudence.  Govern- 
ment also  contributes  Rs.  600  per  mensem  for  the  mainte- 
nance of  two  Professorships  of  Law. 

Lectures  are  delivered  on  the  following  subjects  : — 

1.  Roman  Civil  Law.    Elements  of   General  Jurispru- 
dence and  International  Law. 

2.  Succession  and  Family  Rights,  with  special  refer- 
ence to  Hindu  and  Mahomedan  Law. 

3.  The  Law    of  Contracts,  and    of  the  Transfer  and 

Lease  of  Immoveable  Property. 

(F)  Free  Student. 


GOVERNMENT   LAW   SCHOOL.  401 

4.  Equity  with  special  reference  to  the  Law  of  Trust, 
Mortgages  and  other  securities  for  money,  and 
Specific  Relief. 

5.  The  Law  of  Torts  and  Crimes. 

6.  The  Law  of  Evidence,  Civil  Procedure,  including 
Limitation  and  Criminal  Procedure. 

1887. 

Professors. 

Edward  Tyrrell  Leith,  LL.M.,  Barrister-at-Law,    Government 
Professor  of  Law. 

William  C.  Webb,  Barrister-at-Law,  Government  Professor  of 
Law. 

S.   Newcome  Fox,  B.A.,  Barrister-at-Law,  Perry  Professor  ©f 

Jurisprudence.     (On  leave  to  Europe.) 
Rastamji    Dhanjibhai  Sethna,  B.A.,  LL.B.,  Barrister-at-Law, 

Acting  Perry  Professor  of  Jurisprudence. 

7", — Senior  Law  Students. 

Angal,  Balvant  Ramchandra,  B.A. 

Banaji,  Framji  Kavasji,  B.A. 

Banhatti,  Narayan  Daso,  B.A. 

Bhadkamkar,  Hari  Mahadev,  B.A. 

Bhagavat,  Sakharam  Keshav,  B.A. 

Bhatt,  Manchharam  Mayaram. 
(F)  Borker,  Yashvant  Ballappa. 

Chinmulgund,  Hanmant  Venkatesh,  B.A. 

Chirmule,  Vasudev  Ganesh,  B.A. 

C.  Shrinivas  Acharya,  B.A. 

Dabholkar,  Govind  Ramchandra,  B.A. 

Dalai,  Motilal  Gangadas,  B.A. 

Dastur,  Meherji  Hoshang,  B.A. 

Desai,  Gulabbhai  Vasanji,  B.A. 

Devbhankar,  Raghunath  Vaman,  B.A. 

Dnyani,  Harsukhrai  Trikamrai,  B.A, 

Gole,  Gopal  Shivram,  B.A. 

Hardikar,  Datto  Krishna,  B.A. 

Hiramanik,  Rastamji  Manikji,  B.A. 

Huilgolkar,!Lakshuman  Narsinh,  B.A. 
(F)  Joshi,  Narhar  Balkrishna,  B.A. 

Kale,  Ganesh  Bapuji,  B.A. 
(F)  Kelkar,  Vasudev  Sadashiv,  B.A. 

(F)  Free  Student. 
B  1306—34  bu* 


402  rbCognized  institutions. 


Khar<5,  Ganesh  Narayan,  B.A. 
Kopikar,  Sheshgiri  Ramchandra,  B.A. 
Mantri,  Kashinath  Janardan,  B.A. 
Mavlankar,  Vasudev  Keshav,  B.A. 
Mehtft,  Dirashah  Bezanji,  M.A. 
Mehtft,  Motibhai  Manibhai. 
Modi,  Jekisand&s  Murardas. 
Mudhivedkar,  Shrinivas  Rajirao. 
Mule\  Gangadhar  Balkrishna,  B.A. 
Nadkarni,  Ramchandra  An  ant. 
Nadagaud,  Nilkanth  Anantrao.  B.A. 
Naik,  Harischandra  Sadashiv,  B.A. 
Nimachvala\  Jehangier  Dor&bji,  B.A, 
Parm&nand,  Jagannath  Narayan,  B.A, 
Patel,  Kharshedji  Sor&bji,  B.A. 
Padhye,  Damodar  Ganesh,  B.A. 
Patvardhan,  Gajanan  Bhaskar,  B.A. 
Patvardhan,  Ganesh  Vindyak,  B.A, 
Patvardhan,  Ramchandra  Trimbak. 
Pleader,  Ardesir  Nasarvanji,  B,A. 
Randde,  Yashvant  Nagesh,  B.A. 
Rana,  Framji  Ardesir. 
Rele,  Shantar&m  Ganesh,  B.A, 
(F)  Sane,  Ganesh  Bhaskar. 

Sethna,  Darashah  Shapurji,  B.A, 
Spencer,  S.  B. 

Tana,  Murarji  Anandji,  B.A, 
Vijayakar,  Dinkar  Khanderao,  B.A, 
Vyas,  Raghavji  Jaikrishna,  B.A, 
Warden,  Behramji  Hirjibhai. 
Yajnik,  Madhavlal  Javerilal,  B.A. 

II. — Junior  Law  Students, 

*Atre,  Balkrishna  Narbar. 

*Ambegavkar,  Ganesh  Balvant. 

*Bapat,  Mahadev  Sakharam. 

*Bharucha,  Behramji  Phirozeshah. 
(1)  *Bhatkhande,  Vishnu  Narayan,  B.A. 

*Bhide,  Vasudev  Trimbak. 

*Bijapurkar,  Vishnu  Govind,  B.A. 
(F)*Bodas,  Mahddev  Rajaram. 

*Ba,mboatvdla,  Dadabhai  Adarji,  B.A. 

*Chavbal,  Nilkanth  Bhaskar,  B.A. 

*Damle,  Anant  Mahadev,  B.A. 

*Daphtari,  Kisanlal  Ratanlal,  B.  A. 

(F)  Free  Student. 

(1)  Prizeman  of  1886. 

*  Passed  the  Jurisprudence  Examination  in  1886. 


GOVERNMENT  LAW  SCHOOL,  403 


*Dave,  Kashiram  Sevaklal. 

*Desai,  Govindbhai  Hathibhai,  B.A. 

*Desai,  Harilal  Desaibhai. 

*Desai,  Jaientiprasad  Virprasdd, 

*Desai,  Pandurang  Anant,  BA. 

*Deshpande,  Keshav  Vaman. 

*Devrukhkar,  Narayan  Sadashiv,  B.A. 

*Durge,  Balkrishna  Bhaiji. 

*Ezra,  Reuben,  B.A. 
(F)  *Edward,  Raymond. 

*Ferreira,  D.  J. 

*Haidari,  M.  Akbar. 

*Hate,  Gaj&nan  Harischandra. 

*Gadgil,  Sadashiv  B&pu. 

*Gandhi,  D.  K.,  B.A, 

*Ghod&,  Ganpatrai  Mayashankar,  B.A. 

*Koyaji,  Hormasdyar  Kuvarji,  B.A. 

*Koyaji,  Koyaji  Nasarvanji,  B.A, 
(F)  *Kelkar,  Vaman  Ramchandra. 

*Khambata,  Sorabji  Dosabhdi. 
(F)  *Koregavkar,  Kashinath  Ramkrishna. 

*Kulkarni,  Eknath  Subrao. 

*Lele,  Ramchandra  Sad&shiv. 
(F)  *Machave,  Ramchandra  Gopal, 

*Makvana,  Hiralal  Mulji. 

*Majumdar,  Sarabhai  Valabbhai,  B.A, 

*Mankar,  Shamrao  Dinanath, 

*Mansukhani,  Vadhumal  Udhavda*,- 

*Mehta,  Manu  Nandshankar,  B.A. 

*Mehta,  Markand  Nandshankar,  B.A. 
(F)  *Mehta,  Navanitrai  Narayanbhai. 

*Mulla,  Dinshah  Fardunji,  B.A. 

*N&bar,  Dattdtraya  Narayan,  B.A, 

*Nddkarni,  Ramchandra  Hanmant. 

*Naik,  Pandurang  BhikAji. 

*Pandit,  Krishnaji  Narayan. 

*Pandit,  Racji  Parsharam. 

*Patvardhan,  Damodar  Ganesh,  B.A. 
(F)  *Patvardhan,  Narayan  Ganesh,  B.A. 

*Patvardhan,  Raghun&th  Krishna. 

*Patel,  Chhotalal  Babarbhai. 

*Paymaster,  Rastamji  Barzorji. 

*Pendse,  Dattdtraya  Raghun&th. 

*Oja,  Tulsidas  Chaturbhuj. 

*Rindani,  Davlatram  Motiram. 


F    Free  Student. 

*  Passed  the  Jurisprudence.  Examination  in  1888. 


404  EKCOGNIZED    INSTITT7TIOKS 


*Safre,  Vishnu  Vinayak,  B.A, 
*Samant,  Namdev  Vithal,  B.A. 
(F)  *Sardesai,  Govind  Sakharam. 
*Shukla,  Jivanlal  Mohanlal. 
*Shukla,  Venishankar  Rev&shankar. 
*Surti,  Hormasji  Edalji,  M.A. 

III.— Candidate  Law  Class, 

W&dia,  Hormasji  Nasarvanji. 

MelitfL,  Parshuram  Harshukram. 

Shakla,  Harjivan  Bhagvanji. 

Patel,  Shivabhdi  Motibhai. 

Vakil,  Jametram  Jivanram. 

Nilkanth,  Ramanbh&i  Mahipatram. 

Nilkanth,  Godhanbhai  Mahipatram. 

Patel,  Chhotalal  Lallubhai. 

Ezekiel,  Ezekiel  Moses. 

Thariani,  Kassam  Sumar. 

Ma>phatia\  Chandulal  Nagindas. 

Mehta,  Ranchord  Dhiraj. 

Des&i,  Ratanji  Ranchhordji. 

Dalai,  Lakshumandas  Karamsi. 

P&thare,  Krishnarao  Harischandra. 

Talpade,  Narayan  Bapuji. 
(F)  Sontake,  Datto  Damodar. 

Varde,  Dinkar  Sakharam. 
(F)  Deshpdnde,  Vaman  Ganesh. 

Shroff,  Chunilal  Chhaganchand, 

Rozario,  Anthony  Crysostom. 

Esperance,  John  Joseph. 

Timble,  Bhai  Babaji. 

Mehta",  Panachand  Jaichand. 
(F)  Padgavkar,  Krishnaji  Baburao. 

Shah,  Mulchand  Asharam. 

Parikh,  Jethalal  Motilal. 

Desai,  Anantral  Girdharlal. 

Desai,  Jugalbhai  Kalianrai, 

Joshi,  Ramchandra  Vishnu. 

Sukhla,  Navalshankar  Narsiprasad. 

Merchant,  Ismail  Al&din. 

Madan,  Ardesir  Hormasji. 

Pavri,  Navroji  Palanji. 

Sutaria,  Kavasji  Mdnikji. 

Khan  Saheb,  Ishvarlal  Pranlal. 

Dalai,  Jaising  Th&karsi. 

(P)  Free  Student. 

*  Passed  the  Jurisprudence  Examination  in  1886. 


GOVERNMENT   LAW   SCHOOL.  405 


(F)  Ranji,  Dorabji  Navroji. 
Sirvdi,  MdnikjiNasarvanji. 
Marzbdn,  Kdikobdd  Behramji. 
Gokhale,  Ndrayan  Venkatesh. 
Thdkor,  Sundardds  Narandas. 
Bel^alkar,  Hari  Saddshiv. 
Mulgdvkar,  Ganpatrdo  Shivrdm. 
Sethnd,  Nasarvdnji  Dhanjibhdi. 
K&ngd,  Jaroshedji  Kuvarji. 
Camillo,  Francis  Saldanha. 
Bhdnddrkar,  Vithal  Sitdrdm, 
Koydji,  Sorabji  Nasarvdnji. 
Wdgh,  Bhavdnishankar  Subrdo. 
(F)  Bhide,  Nagesh  Pdndurang. 

Manerikar,  Dattatraya  Anantayd. 
"Reporter,  Edalji  Ddrdshdh. 
Kdtrak,  Ddddbhdi  Hormasji, 
Bdmji,  Kaikhoshru  Edalji. 
Kotvdl,  Ardesir  Pestanji. 
Misquitta,  Gabriel  Hyacinth. 
Cdmd,  Nasarvdnji  Mancherji. 
Mehtd,  Umedrdm  Jametrdm. 
Mehtd,  Manji  Kdnji. 
Munshi,  Abdulla  Jairdz. 
Bhojvdni,  Nihdlchand  Gidumal. 
Kdlro,  Chimanldl  Dhondumal. 
(F)  Welinkar,  Shrikrishna  Gundji. 

Bdtliboi,  Ardesir  Frdmji. 

Moos,  Ndndbhdi  H. 

Pandit,  D.  K. 

Lajmi,  Venkatrdo  Anandrdo. 

Safre,  R.  S. 

Kotvdl,  Dhanjishdh  Pestanji. 
(F)  Amalnerkar,  Tukardm  Rdmchandra. 

Gholkar,  Vishnu  Sitdrdm. 

Kdle,  Govind  Vithal. 
(F)  Agashe,  Sakhdrdm  Saddshiv. 

Ribeiro,  Julio. 
(F)  Kdle,  Moreshvar  R. 

Mehtd,  Kuvarji  D. 

Patel,  Chunildl  K. 

Kanid,  Jaikisandds  Jethdbhdi. 

Wddia,  J.  R. 

Valsdrd,  M.  B. 

Dalai,  H.  K. 

Dallas,  B.  S. 


(F)  Free  Student. 


406  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 


Bakshi,  S.  K. 
Banaji,  Rastamji  R. 
(P)   Bhatt,  Rajaram  R. 
Cardmaster,  B.  S. 
Doctor,  Nasarvanji  Barzorji. 

XIII.— GOVERNMENT  LAW  CLASS. 

(Recognized  1885.) 

In  April  1884  the  Principal  of  the  Deccan  College  re- 
quested that  a  jurisprudence  class  might  be  established 
and  a  Lecturer  in  jurisprudence  appointed  in  the  Deccan 
College.  It  was  pointed  out  that,  for  want  of  such  a  class, 
students  of  this  College  could  keep  none  of  their  law  terms 
as  undergraduates,  so  that  they  laboured  under  a  great 
disadvantage  as  compared  with  students  in  Bombay.  In  a 
Government  Resolution,  dated  November  10th,  His  Excel- 
lency the  Governor  in  Council  sanctioned  the  establish- 
ment of  the  class  asked  for,  subject  to  its  recognition  by 
the  University.  The  class  was  recognsied  by  the  University, 
and  Rao  Bahadur  Mahadev  Govind  Ranade,  M.A.,  LL.B., 
was  appointed  Law  Lecturer.  The  Lecturer  delivers  about 
seventy  lectures  during  the  thirty- five  weeks  of  the  acade- 
mic year  on  the  subjects  of  the  first  year's  course  as  given 
to  undergraduates  in  Bombay.  The  salary  of  the  Lecturer 
is  Rs.  125  per  mensem  ;  Rs.  50  is  given  as  a  prize  to  the 
pupil  who  is  first  in  the  yearly  examination.  The  year  is 
divided  into  two  terms,  and  the  fee  for  each  term  is 
Rs.  12-8.    The  class  was  opened  on  January  1st,  1885. 

Law  Lecturer. 

Rao  Saheb  Venkatrao  Ramchandra. 

Students^ 

Ag&she,  Ganesh  Krishna, 
Agashe,  Narayan  Krishna, 
Ambegavkar,  Sbankar  Keshav. 
Bhatavadekar,  Ganesh  Keshav,  B.A. 
Bhatavadekar,  Purshottam  Hari,  B.A. 
Bivalkar,  Vasudev  Raghunath. 
Bhide,  Keshav  V  thai. 
Chitnis,  Balvant  Sitaram. 
Damle,  Shankar  Nagesh, 
Deshmukh,  Hari  Pandurang. 

(F)  FreeStndent. 


GRANT  MEDICAL   COLLEGE.  407 

Dhadphale,  Krishnaji  Bahirav,  B.A. 
Godbole,  Parshuram  Raoji. 
Gokhale,  Keshav  Narayan. 
Gopalayangar,  N.T. 
Gupte,  Damodar  Mahadev. 
Jalihal,  Krishnaji  Rangrao. 
Joglekar,  Shridhar  Ramchandra. 
Joshi,  Vinayak  Vishnu. 
Khare,  Vaman  Sakharam. 
Kamat,  Vishnu  Vithal. 
Kale,  Vishnu  Govind. 
Karandikar,  Ramchandra  Balvant. 
Kulkarni,  Hari  Ganesh. 
Lalit,  Bhikaji  Gopal. 
Masur,  Govind  Venkatesh. 
Modak,  Mahadev  Hari, 
Namjoshi,  Keshav  Narayan. 
Nargund,  Gurunath  Gangadhar. 
Nargund,  Venkatesh  Sadashiv. 
Phansalkar,  Shridhar  Raghunath. 
Patankar,  Nilkant  Pandurang. 
Rajvade,  Vishvanath  Kashindth. 
Ramanna,  B. 

Sane,  Venkatesh  Moreshvar,  B.A. 
Saranjame,  Narayan  Balvant. 
Sarvate,  Sitaram  Vishnu. 
Shirgavkar,  Raoji  Raghunath. 
Shrinivasayangar,  S  .S. 
Syed,  Mahamad  Zakir. 
Udgatti,  Guddo  Makund. 
Vaknis,  Dinkar  Hari,  B.A. 
Vanavale,  Sadashiv  Rangnath,  B.A. 
Vartak,  Vishnu  Ndrdyan. 

XIV.— GRANT  MEDICAL  COLLEGE. 
(Recognized   1860.) 

This  College  was  established  in  the  year  1845,  under  the 
name  of  the  Grant  Medical  College,  as  a  tribute  to  the 
memory  of  the  late  Sir  Robert  Grant,  Governor  of  Bombay, 
with  whom  the  system  of  instruction  pursued  in  it  ori- 
ginated. The  object  of  its  establishment  is  to  "impart, 
through  a  scientific  system,  the  benefit  of  medical  instruc- 
tion to  the  Natives  of  "Western  India."  A  moiety  of  the 
cost  of  the  building  was  defrayed  by  Sir  Robert  Grant'u 
friends,  the  remainder  by  Government.  The  funds  for  the 
support  of   the  College,  with    the   exception    of  certain 


408  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS. 

endowments  for  the  encouragement  of  deserving  students, 
are  contributed  by  Government. 

The  College  is  under  the  immediate  control  of  a  Principal 
who  is  subordinate  to  the  Director  of  Public  Instruction. 
Lectures  are  delivered  in  the  English  language  on  every 
branch  of  Medical  Science  by  Professors,  who  are  generally 
officers  on  the  Bombay  Medical  Establishment. 

Clinical  and  practical  instruction  is  imparted  in  the  Jam- 
setjee  Jeejeebhoy  Hospital,  which  contains  350  beds,  and 
has  attached  (a)  an  Obstetric  Institution  with  30  beds  ;  (b) 
an  Ophthalmic  Hospital  (Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Ophthalmic 
Hospital)  with  60  beds ;  (c)  a  Hospital  for  incurables,  built 
by  the  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy  family,  containing  40  beds. 
There  are  also  two  detached  buildings,  each  with  20  beds, 
for  the  treatment  of  persons  suffering  from  Contagious 
Diseases. 

The  students  are  arranged  in  two  classes  : — 

1.  Graduates  and  Undergraduates  of  the  University  of 
Bombay,  who  are  educated  through  the  English  language 
for  Medical  Degrees. 

2.  Members  of  the  European  Branch  of  the  Government 
Medical  Subordinate  Department,  who  are  educated  through 
the  English  language  for  the  grade  of  Apothecary. 

The  College  possesses  the  following  endowments  : — 

The  Farish,  Carnac,  Anderson,  Reid,  McLennan,  Lisboa, 
Jamkhandi  and  Cowasjee  Jebanghier  Readymoney  Scho- 
larships, Cursetji  Framji  Khory  Scholarship,  and  Medal 
Funds;  the  Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy  Medical  Book 
Fund,  Prize  Fund,  and  Gold  Medal  Fund;  the  Burnes, 
Arnott  and  Hemabhoy  Vakutchund  Medal  Funds ;  and 
Sir  J.  P,  Willoughby,  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Prize 
Funds,  Hunter  Prize  Funds,  Cursetji  Framji  Khory  Prize 
Fund,  and  MacDougall  Prize. 

The  aggregate  sum  on  account  of  these  endowments 
amounting  to  Rs.  1,16,700,  is  lodged  in  the  Government 
Treasury. 

Formerly  the  College  conferred  upon  its  students  a  Dip- 
loma or  License  to  practise  medicine,  and  the  designation 
"  Graduate  of  Grant  Medical  College."  There  are  at  the 
present  time  forty-eight  such  Graduates,  who  either  are  en- 
gaged in  the  private  practice  of  their  profession  or  are  in  the 


GRANT   MEDICAL   COLLEGE.  409 

•service  of  Government.  Upon  the  establishment  of  the 
University  of  Bombay,  the  College  ceased  to  grant  diplomas, 
and  became  affiliated  to  the  University  as  a  College  for 
medical  education. 

List  of  Principals. 

1845.  Charles  Morehead,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P. 

1860.  John  Peet,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P. 

1865.  Herbert  John  Giraud,  M,D. 

1865.  Robert  Haines,  M.B.  (Lond.) 

1866.  William  Guyer  Hunter,  M.D.,  F.R.C.P. 

1876.    Henry  Cook,M.D.,  F.R.C.P.  (Lond).,F.R,G.S.,  F.G.S., 

F.M.S. 
1886.    Henry  Vandyke  Carter,  M.D.  (Lond.) 


1887. 
Principal. 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D.,  (Lond.),  Professor  of  Medicine,  Clinical 
Medicine  and  Hygiene. 

Professors. 

I.  B.  Lyon,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C.,  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Medical 
Jurisprudence. 

W.  Gray,  M.B.,  Professor  of  Surgery  and  Clinical  Surgery  and 
Operative  Surgery. 

Or.  A.  Maconachie,  M.  D.,  Professor  of  Ophthalmic  Medicine  and 
Surgery  and  Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy  (Europe). 

H,  W.  B.  Boyd,  L.  R.C.  S.,  L.K.  and  Q.  C.P.,  L,  M.  K.  and 
Q.  C.  P.,  Acting  Professor  of  Ophthalmic  Medicine  and 
Surgery,  and  Zoology  and  Comparative  Anatomy. 

J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Midwifery  and  Diseases  of  Women 
and  Children. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E.,  Professor  of  Physiology. 

W.  K.  Hatch,  M.B.,  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Curator  of  the 
Museum  (Europe), 

Kanoba  Ranchhoddas  Kirtikar,  M.R.C.S.  (Eng.),  L.R.C.P* 
(Lond.),  Acting  Professor  of  Anatomy  and  Curator  of  the 
Museum. 

b  1306— 35  bu 


410  RECOGNIZlD   INSTITUTIONS. 

R.  Manser,   M.R.C.S.,  L.  S.  A.   (Lond.)  Professor  of  Pathology 
and  Curator  of  the  Pathological  Museum. 

R.  Baker,  M.D.,  Professor  of  Materia  Medica. 

D.  MacDonald,  M.D.,  B.  8c.,  CM.  (Edin. ),  Professor  of  Histology. 
and  Physiology,  and  Botany. 

Demonstrator. 
Anna  Moreshvar  Kunte,  B.A.,  M.D.,  Demonstrator  of  Anatomy. 

Tutors. 
Ismail  Jan  Mahomed,  L,M.  &  S.,  Tutor  in  Anatomy,    Materia 

Medica  and  Botany. 
Chunilal  Dharamdas  Saraiya,  L.M.   &  S.,  Tutor  in  Anatomy, 

Materia  Medica  and  Botany. 
Venkatesh  Balvant  Karandikar,   B.A.,   L.M.   &  S.,   Tutor  in 

Chemistry  and  Medical  Jurisprudence, 

Navroji  Kavasji  Kallianvala,  L.M.  &  S.,   Tutor  in  Chemistry 

and  Medical  Jurisprudence. 
Hormasji   Manikji    Masina,    L.M.    &   S.,  Tutor  in   Anatomy, 

Materia  Medica  and  Botany. 
Shapurji  Dosabhai  Bharucha,   L.M.  &  S.,  Tutor  in  Practical 

Histology  and  Physiology,  and  Mayo  Demonstrator. 

Senior  Students. 

Foundation. 

*  Kharshedji  Kavasji  Malegamvala       ...Carnac  Scholar. 

*  Sorabji  Fardunji  Gandhi  Anderson  Scholar. 

*  Mulchand  Gangaram  Thadani Farish     and     Sind 

Scholar. 

*  T.  G.  Waite         

*f  Vithal  Anaji  Salgar        Farish    and    Dhar- 

war  Scholar. 

*  Ardesir  Dosabhai  Cooper         Reid  Scholar. 

*+  Erachji  Sheriarji  Bharucha       

*  Ernest  Gerald  Robert  Whitcombe 

*  Louis  G.  Godinho  

*  Manikji  Dosabhai  Cama  

*  Prabhakar    Ramkrishna    Bhandarkar,  Government     Ex« 

B.A.  hibitioner. 

*  Sorabji  Kavasji  Hormasji  Doctor 


*  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.M.  k  S. 
t  Free  student. 


GRANT   MEDICAL   COLLEGE.  411 


*  Ardesir  Manikji  Dotivala  

*  Shavaksha  Ratanji  Sethna       

*  Sorabji  Manikji  Pavri 

*  Pitambardas  Kuberdas  Patel 

*  Dhanjibhai  Nasarvanji  Divecha 

*  Kharshedji  Behramji  Doctor 

*  Ardesir  Dhanjishah  Contractor 

*  Balvant  Mahadev  Puranik,  B.A.         ...Government        Ex- 

hibitioner. 

*  Nasarvan j  i  Manik j  i  Cama         

*  Alexander  Britto 

*  Dorabji  Hormasji  Bharucha      

*  Benjamin  Reuben  

*  Mervanji  Jamshedji  Hakim      

*t  Barjorji  Dadabhai  Rana  

*  Bapuji  Rastamji  Wadia 

*  Abraham  S.  Hyams        

*t  Sorabji  Edalji  Dubash 

*  Rastamji  Navroji  Unvala 

*  Hormasji  Pestanji  Kamakaka 

*  Fardunji  Edalji  Sherdivala      

*  Hormasji  Pestanji  Dadi-Barjor 

*  Hormasji  Kuvarji  Taverid        

*  Shridhar  Nityaram  Mehta        

*  Brijlal  Javerilal  Gujarathi        

*t  Khoja  Abdulla  Adam 

*  Nagindas  Pranjivandas  Mehtd 

*  Rastamji  Dorabji  Cooper 

*  Dayabhai  Narottamdds  Patel 

*  Kharshedji  Edalji  Surti  

*  Jamshedji  Mancherji  Mullan 

*  Sorab j  i  Hormas j  i  Modi 

*  Gopinath  Chintaman  Chitnis 

*+  Framroz  Pestanji...         

*  Kaikhoshru  Dhanjishdh  Doctor 

*  Ratanji  Mancherji  Nanji  

*  Jehangier    Kharshedji    Commissariat- 

vala         ^      ...        

*  Chhaganprasad  Deviprasad  Divanji    ... 
*t  Kavasji  Pestanji  Bharucha 

*  Manikji  Bapuji  Lahevala  ... 

*  Chhotalal  Harilal  Desdi 

*  Mervanji  Temulji  Vaid 


*  Passed  the  First  Examination  (or  the  Degree  of  L.M.  &  S, 

f  Free  student. 

t  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 


412  KECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS. 

*  Rastam  Nanabhai  Ranina        

*  Edalji  Manikji  Modi       

-     Yinayak  Sokarji  Trilokekar      Farish  Scholar. 

*f  Narsinh  Trikamji  Mehta  ...  ..Carnac  Scholar. 

*  Annie  Walke       Farish  Scholar. 

*  Yashvant  Mangesh  Sanzgiri     Reid  Scholar. 

*t  Shivdas  Parmanand  Broker      Anderson    and   Lis- 

boa  Scholar. 

*  Krishnaji  Ganesh  Deshpande 

*  Jehangier  Edalji  Doctor  

*  Balvant  Lakshunian  Paranjapye 

*  Damodar  Madhavrao  Dukle     

*  Jivraj  Ghelabhai  Doshi  Government       Ex- 

hibitioner. 

*  Augustus  de  Quadros     

*  Purshottam  Harichand  Dalai 

*  Ramkrishna  Xarayan  Parmanand 

*  Kavasji  Behramji  Shroff  

*  Kaikhosru  Edalji  Doctor         

*  Ravishankar  Ganesh  Anjaria 

*  Vasudev  Kashinath  Kirloskar 

*  Kaikhoshru  Manikji  Dubash     

*  Kaikhoshru  Mancherji  Gimi     

*  Hari  Vaman  Bhat 

*  Abasali  Alibhai  Hathivala       

*  Shamsabal  Sitaram  Missar        

*  S.  Jacob - 

*  Vinayak  Gopal  Kirloskar         

*  Ramchandra  Narayanrao  Jadhav        ...Gaikavad  Scholar. 
*X  Ishvarchandra  Ramchandra  Jayakar... 

*  Dinshah  Mervanji  Surti 

*  Diego  Manuel  DeSilva 

*  Bamanji  Behramji  Doctor        

*  Babaji  Bapuji  Vijayakar  

*  Mervanji  Erachji  Pa vri  

*  Bapuji  Palanji  Doctor,  B.A.,  B.Sc.    ... 

*  Dosabhai  Hormasji  Kamdin     

*  Purshottam  Vishnu  Rangnekar 

*  Sorabji  Rastamji  Sirvai 

*  Manikji  Sorabji  Karakd  

*  ■  Behramshah  Hormasji  Cooper 

*  Dhanji  Khimji  Merchant         Rao     Sir  Pragmalji 

Scholar. 

*  Navroji  Jamshedji  Billimoria 

*  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.M.  &  S. 

t  Free  student. 

J  Passed  F.  E.  A.  Examination. 


GRANT  MEDICAL   COLLEGE. 


413 


Navroji  Behramji  Doctor 
Mahadev  Krishna  Pansare 
Ranchhoddas  Parmananddds  Vorah 

John  Moniz         

Luis  Angelino  Valladares 

Junior  Students. 
Hormasji  Jamshedji  Sanjana   ... 

Anant  Narayan  Sambare 
Ramchandra  Shivaji  Poredi 
Nasarvanji  Fakirji  Surveyor,  B.A. 

Ardesir  Kavasji  Turner 

Shank  ar  Amrit  Chobbe 

Ardesir  Hormasji  Ghasvala 
John  Baptist  DeQuadros 
Hoshangji  Kuvarji  Medivala   ... 
Kaikhoshru  Rastamji  Doctor  ... 
Piatanji  Adarji  Collector 
Kaikhoshru  Mancherji  Hiramanik 
Augustus  D.  Dantes 
Barjorji  Bejanji  Bharucha 
Rastamji  Dadabhai  Daruvala  ... 
Hari  Shrikrishna Dev     ... 

Revashankar  Pranshankar  Buch 
Rastamji  Manikji  Kelavala      ... 

Peter  Lawrence    ...         

Kavasji  Nasarvanji  "Wadia 
Jamshedji  Palanji  Motaframna 
Phirozeshah  Pestanji  Bhaka     ... 
James  Joseph  William  Baird    ... 

Shapurji  Manikji  Mehta 

Jehanbaksh  Rastamji  Thanavala 
Raghunath  Balkrishna  Redkar 
Oanpat  Raghunath  Nadkarni  ... 
Rastamji  Dadabhai  Modi 
Rastamji  Nasarvanji  Mehtaji  ... 
Sorabji  Dorabji  Kamdin 
Shrikrishna  Mahadev  Acharya 
Nanabhai  Dosabhai  Bharucha  ... 

Harilal  Jhina  Bhat         

Umedram  Lalbhai  Desai  .,. 

Phirozeshah  Palanji  Frenchman 


.Anderson  and  Reid 
Scholar. 

.Anderson  Scholar. 

.Farish  Scholar. 

.Carnac  Scholar. 
Do. 

.Government      Ex- 
hibitioner. 


.Government 
hibitioner. 


Ex- 


.Gaikavad  Scholar. 


*  Passed  the  First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L,  M,  &  S, 
%  Passed  F.  E.  A.  Examination, 


B  1306—35  bu< 


414  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS, 


Vishnu  Atmaram  Keni 

Jehangier  Kharshedji  Khambata 

Krishnarao  Ramchandra  Madgavkar  ... 

Nariman  Dosabhai  Narim&n     , 

Alfred  Jooelyn  Waller...  

Hope  Wellis. 

Shapurji  Hormazshah  Commissarivala, 

Ardesir  Edalji  Reporter 

Yashvant  Chintaman  Mhaskar 

Vishvanath  Krishna  Kale 

Varjivandas  Damodardas  Merchant     ... 

C.  J.  DeCunha 

Kr  ishnas  vam  i  Sheshay a  Naidu 

Bapuji  Pestanji  Narielvala      Government  Scholar, 

A.  V.  DeQuadros  ...         ...         „»  Do. 

Motilal  Trikamji  Avasha  Do. 

J.  G.DeMello      Do. 

Dnyaneshvar  Atmaram  Tarkhad         ...  Do. 

Anant  Balkrisbna  Bhagvat 

Nasarvanji  Rastamji  Sethna 

Gopal  Abaji  Nadkar      

Anandrao  Ranchhoddas  Vaishnav 

Ratanji  Din  shah  Dalai 

Framji  Shapurji  Gotla 

Sorabji  Dosabhai  Desai 

Rastamji  Navroji  Dordi 

J.  N.  Kotak  

Mervanji  Sorabji  Divecha        

Dinshah  Barjorji  Doctor  

Solomon  Jacob  Joseph  ... 

Phirozeshah  Bhikaji  Motivala Sir       Jasvantsingji 

Scholar, 

Dhirajram  Pranshankar  Vaidya 

Kavas  j  i  Jamshed j  i  K  atrak       

Vithal  Pandurang  Chavan      

Hassam  Alidina  Lakhani  Government  Exhi- 
bitioner and  Rao 
Sir  Pragmalji 
Scholar. 

Freany  K.  R.  Cama      

Gangadhar  Balkrishna  Paranjapye     ... 

J.  W.  Pereira      ...         

Dadabhai  Barjorji  Lam  

Pandurang  Dattaji  Pagnis        

Matilda  Hunt      Sind  Scholar. 

Bhaskar  Vaman  Bhide 

§  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 


GRANT   MEDICAL    COLLEGE. 


415 


Dadabhai  Rastamji  Gazdar 
Vaman  Baji  Kulkarni    ... 


Mervanji  Navroji  Shrofi 

M.  S.  Dharkar      

Chandulal  Lakshmilal  Desai     ... 
Govind  Sadashiv  Manerikar 
Jamshedj  i  Sorabj  i  Modi 

D.  C.  Gonsalves   ...         

Vinayak  Nanabhai  Vagal 
Vrasant  Raghunath  Gandhi 

Hari  Balvant  Joshi  

Dosabhai  Kuvarji  Doctor 
Dorabji  Kharshedji  Lalkaka,     ... 
Jamshedji  Manchershah  Billimoria 

N.  N.  Mansukhani  

Hormasji  Behramji  Masani 
Manikji  Behrdmji  Gandhi 

A.  B.  DeFonseca 

T.  P.  Thakur        

Lakshuman  Narsappa  Ganla 

Ganesh  Vinayak  Dhavle 

W.  T.  Conway 

Francisco  da  F.  Couto 

Dhondu  Pandurang  Kirloskar. . . 
Dosabhai  Rastam j  i  Bordi 
Vishnu  Vaman  Bhagvat 
John  Donald  Small  ... 
Framroz  Barjorji  Major 
Antonio  Jose  Da  Gama 
Manchershah  Navroji  Kapadia... 
Phirozeshah  Dadabhai  Maju     ... 
Parmodrai  Ishvarrdi  Divatia 
Lakshuman  Pandurang  Chougule 
Jatashankar  Haribhai  Mehtd 
Kaikhoshru  Jamshedji  Kotval 

Cayetano  Fernandez       

Ratanshah  Temulji Nariman    ... 
Jagannath  Ramchandra  Murkute 
Ramkrishna  Vdsudev  Dhavale... 


.Government  Exhi- 
bitioner and  Al" 
fred  Scholar. 


Exhi. 


..Government 

bitioner. 
.Government 

lar. 
, .  Government    Exhi« 

hitioner. 
.Government     Scho- 
lar. 

Do. 
Do. 
Do. 
,.SirC.  J.  Scholar. 

Do. 
..Jamkhandi  Scholar. 


Scho- 


§  Passed  the  Previous  Examination. 


416  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS, 

Rastamji  Hirjibhai  Appu  

Moreshvar  Raj  dram  Vaidya      

Mancherji  Pestanji  Shroff  , 

Dinanath  Sadashiv  Katvi  

Ardesir  Sorabshah  Paymaster 

Hari  Govind  Phatak        

Samanmal  Ramukhiamal  Bagtani 

Kuvarji  Manikji  Contractor      

Damodar  Keshav  Kunte 

Narhar  Govind  Bhagvat 

Ramchandra  Krishna  Brahamanikar  ... 
Mary  Mullen        

XV.— POONA   COLLEGE  OF  SCIENCE. 

(Recognized  1865.) 

The  Poona  College  of  Science  (formerly  the  Poona  Civil 
Engineering  College)  arose  out  of  a  school  established  in  Poona 
in  1854  by  Government,  at  the  suggestion  of  Lieut.-Colonel 
(now  Major- General)  Walter  Scott,  Bombay  Engineers,  for 
the  purpose  of  educating  subordinates  for  the  Public  Works 
Department. 

The  College  is  under  the  control  of  the  Principal,  who  is 
subordinate  to  the  Director  of  Public  Instruction. 

The  College  is  divided  into  four  Departments  : — 

1.  Matriculated  Students  who  are  educated  through 
the  English  language  for  University  Degrees  in  Civil 
Engineering. 

2.  Matriculated  Students  who  study  Scientific  Agri- 
culture in  the  College  and  the  farm  attached  to  it,  and  who 
obtain  certificates  of  qualification  from  the  College, 

3.  Matriculated  Students  who  enter  the  Forest  Branch 
of  the  College,  to  which  Branch  six  appointments  have  been 
guaranteed  annually  by  the  Bombay  Forest  Department. 

4  Students  who  prosecute  their  studies  in  the  College 
and  the  Workshops  attached  to  it,  with  the  object  of 
becoming  educated  Maistries. 

Attached  to  the  College  are  Workshops  where  practical 
instruction  is  conveyed  to  the  students,  and  where  work  of 
various  kinds  is  executed  for  Government  and  the  Public. 


COLLEGE   OP   SCIENCE.  417 

In  July  1863,  Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Eeadymoney,  Esquire, 
offered  to  Government  the  sum  of  Rupees  50,000  to  assist 
in  the  erection  of  suitable  buildings  for  the  College.  The 
foundation-stone  was  laid  by  His  Excellency  Sir  Bartle 
Frere  on  the  5th  August  1865. 

Fellowships. 

Three  Fellowships,  one  of  Es.  50  and  2  of  Es.  25  each, 
ail  tenable  for  one  year,  are  attached  to  the  College. 


Scholarships. 

larships,  ei 
sompetition 

1  of  Es.  15  per  mensem. 


The  following  Scholarships,  each  tenable    for  one  year, 
are  annually  open  for  competition  : — 


1 

1i 

12 

it 

3 

it 

10 

a 

1 

it 

9 

it 

5 

it 

8 

a 

3 

it 

7 

tt 

3 

It 

6 

a 

10 

» 

5 

a 

2 

1» 

4 

a 

4 

it 

3 

a 

1  McBougall  Scholarship  of  Es.  5  per  mensem. 
1  Frere  Scholarship  of  „   25        „ 

McBougall  Scholarship. 

On  the  retirement  from  India  of  theEev.JamesMcDougall 
in  1862,  a  subscription  was  raised  by  the  ex-students  of  the 
Poona  Civil  Engineering  College  for  the  purpose  of  perpetu- 
ating in  the  then  school  the  name  of  its  former  Principal.  A 
sum  of  Eupees  1,300  was  subscribed,  and  from  the  interest 
accruing  from  this  sum  the  amount  of  Eupees  72  is  placed 
annually  at  the  disposal  of  the  Principal,  to  be  awarded  as  a 
Scholarship  to  the  most  deserving  student. 

Frere  Scholarship. 

At  a  Meeting  of  the  Native  inhabitants  of  Poona  hell  on 
11th  November  1866,  Khan  Bahadur  Padamji  Pestanji  pre- 
siding,  it  was  resolved — That,  in  order  to  perpetuate  in 
Poona  the  memory  of  His  Excellency  Sir  Bartle  H.  E.  Frere, 


418  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 

a  fund  be  raised,  and  a  Scholarship  in  connection  with  His 
Excellences  name  be  established  in  the  Poona  Civil  Engi- 
neering College.  This  Scholarship,  value  Rupees  25  per 
mensem,  is  tenable  for  one  year,  and  will  be  conferred  on 
that  student  who  shall  have  obtained  most  marks  in  the 
preceding  First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering,  provided 
that  he  shall  not  at  the  same  time  hold  a  Fellowship  or 
Scholarship  in  any  College  affiliated  to  the  University. 

List  of  Principals. 

1854.  The  Rev.  James  McDougall. 

1857.  Henry  Coke,  M.A. 

1859.  Captain  G.  Close,  R.E. 

1864.  Captain  H.  Wilkins,  R.E. 

1864.  Theodore  Cooke,  M.A.,  M.I.,  LL.D.,  F.G.S. 

1887. 
Principal. 
Theodore  Cooke,  M.A.,  M.I.,  LL.D.,  F.G.S.,  M.Inst.CE.I. 

Professors  and  Teachers. 

Samuel    Cooke,     M.A.,     F.I.C.,     F.G.S.,     A.M.I.C.E.,    &c, 

Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Geology. 
James  Scorgie,  F.C.  S  ,  Mem.  Inst.    M.    Eng.,     Professor    of 

Mechanism  and  Applied  Science. 
G.  M.  Woodrow,  Lecturer  on  Agriculture  and  Botany. 
H.  M.  Page,  Head  Master. 

Kavasji  Jamshedji  Sanjana,  M.A.,  Mathematical  Master. 
Nanabhai   Ardesir    Framji    Moos,     B.Sc.    L.C.E.,     F.R.S.E., 

F.H.A.S.,  F.C.S.,  First  Master. 
Bamanji  Hormasji  Pavri,  L.C.E.,  Second  Master. 
Manikshah  Kavasji  Bamji,  L.C.E.,  Third  Master. 
Tukaram  Ramkrishna,  First  Assistant  Master, 
Martand  Ganesh  Panshe,  Second  Assistant  Master. 
Robert  Royal,  Superintendent  of  Workshops. 
T.  Pottinger,  Lecturer  on  Veterinary  subjects, 

Librarian. 
Sadashiv  Ganesh  Paranjapye. 


COLLEGE   OP  SCIENCE.  419 

I.— Civil  Engineering  Department. 
Fellows. 


Chikkabalapur  Subrao,  B.A. 
Hosagrahar  Ramanna,  B.A. 
Dinshah  Mancherji  Mobedjina. 


Frere  Scholar. 

Samba  Siva  Iyer. 

McDougall  Scholar. 

Percival  Wright. 

The  Walt  Scholarships. 

1  of  Rs.    8, 
lofRs.    5. 

These  Scholarships  were  founded  in  memory  of  the  late  Jamea 
Chorley  Watt,  C.S.,  Judge  of  Poona,  who  was  killed  in  a  carriage 
accident  in  August  1885,  from  subscriptions  raised  by  friends  of 
the  deceased.  They  are  awarded  annually  to  lads  in  the  College 
Workshops  wh  o  have  shown  special  proficiency  in  Mechanical 
Engineering. 

Undergraduates  holding  Scholarships. 
Third-year  Students. 

*  Vinayak  Trimbak  Agashe. 

*  Raojibhai  Bhailal  Patel. 

*  Gopal  Ramchandra  Sarie. 

*  Balvant  A.  Sahasrabudhe. 

*  Vithal  Vishnu  Godbole. 

Second-year  Students. 

Surat  Chandrasen. 
Balkrishna  Sakharam  Vakde. 
Maganlal  Rayachand  Shah. 
Sakharam  Vishvanath  Rajadhyaksha. 
Khajendranath  Mukarji. 
Harilal  Bhogilal  Parikh. 
Govind  Raghav  Deshpande. 
Ganesh  Bhaskar  Naralkar. 
Damodar  Narayan  Kshirsagar. 


Has  passed  the  F.C.E.  Examination. 


420  RECOGNIZED   INSTITUTIONS. 

First-year  Students. 

Bindiganavali  N.  Garudacharya. 
Aubery  St.  John  Cooke. 
Benoy  Cristo  Dutt. 
Shankar  Narayan  Sirjoshi. 
Balvant  Narayan  Ghanekar. 
Mahadev  Hari  Paranjapye. 
Mailvakanam  Raj  ay  a  Pillai. 
Hiremagalur  Singayengar  Venkatachar. 
Svaminath  Vydhianath  Iyer. 
Govind  Vishnu  Bhide. 

Undergraduates  not  holding  Scholarships. 

Third-year  Students. 

*  Dajirao  Amritrao  Vichare. 

*  Chakravarti  Shrinivsacharya. 

*  Samba  Murti  Mudelliar. 

*  Manram  Rupsing  Chavan. 

*  Keshavji  Gopalji  Dave. 

*  Narayan  VishDu  Godbole. 

*  Pandurang  Vishnu  Gopikar. 

*  Shantapa  Ganesh  Shashitalkar. 

*  Sangappa  C.  Shetti. 

*  Mulji  Liladhar  Shah. 

*  Hariram  Madhavji  Machhar. 

*  Venkaji  Hanmantrao  Katarki. 

*  Ramchandra  Shesho  Dharvad. 

*  Chhotalal  Dvarkadas  Shah. 

*  Jagannath  Bapu  Akut. 

*  Ramchandra  Vishvanath  Gadgil. 

*  Mahadev  Bhikaji  Parchure. 

*  Ravjibhai  Motibhai  Patel. 

*  Anaji  Hanmant  Narsapur. 

*  Khodadad  Ratanji  Vacha. 

*  Chichurkanahally  Krishna  Ayengar. 

*  Naggihally  Cheluva  Narsinhj Ayengar. 

*  Louis  Cosserat. 

*  Ardersir  Nasarvanji  Master. 

*  K.  Anandthirtharao. 

*  Horace  Grogan. 

*  Jagannath  Ganesh  Badhe. 

*  Appaji  Ramchandra  Kulkarni. 


*  Has  passed  the  F.C.E.  Examination. 


COLLEGE  OP   8CIENCE.  421 


Second-year  Students. 


Hirjibhai  Dinshah. 

Hirjibhai  Phirozeshah  Meherji. 

Andrew  Walter  Macdonald  Scott. 

Chittur  Vizyarangam  Mudliar. 

Robert  MacFarlane. 

ClitFord  Scott  Baynes  Misquit. 

Krishnaji  Keshav  Gharpure. 

Ganesh  Vishvambhar  Gayatonde. 

Lakshmichand  Javerchand  Parikh. 

Mervanji  Pestanji  Bhaka. 

Dinkar  Shankar  Savarkar. 

Hari  Balkrishna  Bhagvat. 

Bindiganavali  Garudacharya. 

Jamshedji  Nasarvanji  Gazdar. 

Manikji  Dadabhai  Panday, 

Savlaram  Balvant  Ranade. 
Jehangier  Tehmuraj  Anklesaria. 
Jamshedji  Dhanjibhai  Lala. 
Chunilal  Gulabchand  Dalia. 
Fulchand  Dayabhai  Parikh. 
Jehangier  Behramji  Masani. 
Manikji  Shapurji  Antia. 
Mancherji  Behramji  Merchant. 
Mulji  Kapurchand  Mehta. 
Kallapa  Shivappa  Angadi, 
Samuel  Samson  Penkar. 
Kriahnaji  Hari  Date,  B.A. 
Purna  Chandra  Mukarji. 
Ezekiel  Salomon. 
Charles  Windsor. 
Francis  J.  Lee  Clarke. 
Peter  Manuel  Fernandez. 
Bapulal  Jethabhai  Parikh. 
Motibhai  Dayabhai  Patel. 
Dalpatbhai  Kevaldas  Shah. 
Rambhai  Narsibhai  Patel. 
Chunilal  Bapuji  Gandhi. 

Third-year  Students, 

Kashinath  Vinayak  Mhaskar. 
Bindganavala  Narayan  Ayengar. 
Dadabhai  Navroji  Gazdar. 
Keshav  Govind  Deshpande. 
Balvant  Narayan  Sathaye, 
Akbar  Hussain  Khan, 

b  1306-36  bu 


£22  EECOGNIZED  INSTITUTIONS, 

Robert  Rozario. 

Ramchandra  Shivram  Deshpande. 
Bellari  Raghavayd. 
Chenavirgouda  Sidramgouda  Pdtil. 
Bhimaji  Basvant  Deshpande. 
Ernest  Hubert  Flower. 
Vellore  Rangasvami  Mudliar. 
Chandulal  Sitaram  Pardesi. 
Lakshuman  Harischandra  ChavdharL 
Dinanath  Ganesh  Chavdhari. 
Navroji  Dadabhdi  Katrak. 
Ardesir  Kharshedji  Dastur. 
Framji  Mancherji  Mobedjind. 
Hormasji  Jamasji  Mistri. 
Hormasji  Palanji  Matbar. 
Hormasji  Manikji  Bennett. 
Rustam  Kekobad  Kanga. 
Dinshah  Dadabhai  Daruvald. 
Edward  Talbot  Dracott. 
Sunderlal  Maneklal  Ghoradra. 
Vishvanath  Ramkrishna  Akolekar. 
Vinayak  Martand  Bedarkar. 
Vishnu  Krishna  Kanitkar. 
Mulji  Bhagvandas  Parekh. 
Ambalal  Mahadevlal  Lakhia. 
Dayabhai  Paragbhai  Amin. 
Bajubhai  Premshankar  Meht&. 
Amritlal  Vithaldas  Thakar. 
Balvantrai  Chandulal  Desdi. 
Ratanji  Jivdji  Contractor. 
Ramchanclra  Hari  Bhdtavadekar. 
Kadaba  Anantacharya. 
Saddshiv  Vishvanath  Vaidya. 
Krishna)  i  Kashinath  Kurthakotti 
Bhimaji  Venkatesh  Nidgundi. 
Raghunath  Ganesh  Kelkar. 
Mervanji  Pestanji  Bilimorid. 
Hoshang  Jamshedji  Bharucha. 
Shankar  Sitaram  Gupte, 
Gopdl  Vinayak  Gokhale. 
Chunilal  Ji  vanlal  Hansoti. 
Karayan  Jagannath  Bhade. 
Abdulld  Sheik  Alii. 
Solomon  Shalaom. 
Vaman  Shivrdm  Ghare. 
Mahadev  Vishnu  Joshi, 
Samalji  Popat  Mehta. 
Bando  Govind  Jog, 


COLLBGB  OP  SCIENCE.  423 


Behramji  Barjorji  DesaL 
Mancherji  Edalji  Joshi. 
Nandragiri  Kushalgiri  Gosai. 


II.— Science  Department. 

S.  Shrinivas  Ayengar. 
T.  N.  Gopal  Ayengar. 

III. — Agricultural  Department* 

Senior  Agricultural  Class. 

Jag&nnath  Balkrishna  Tadpatri. 
Govind  Vithal  Joshi. 
Lakshuman  Hari  Kumthekar. 
Gopal  Govind  Lele. 
Purshottam  Girjashankar  Pandia. 
Shivaprasad  Ajitrai  DesaL 
Shridhar  Baji  Godbole. 
Gopalkrishna  Anant  Hattyangdi, 
Vinayak  Janardan  Godbole. 

Junior  Agricultural  Class. 

Dahyabhai  Pitambardas  Derasari. 
Govind  Narayan  Soudatti. 
Shrinivas  Keshav  Kadkol. 
Venkatesh  Ganesh  Joshi. 
Narayan  Bhujanga  Haskot. 
Manjunath  Narayan  Mudbhatkal. 
Trimbak  Krishna  Hangal. 
Framji  Jamshedji  Bilia. 
Charles  Martin  Corkery. 
Rastamji  Kavasji  Bamji, 
Victor  E.  DeMello. 
Ramchandra  Purshottam  Dhanayet. 
Vasudev  Devakrao  PatiL 
Krishnaji  Lakshuman  Soman. 
Keshav  Ramchandra  Betigiri. 

IV—Fore&t  Department. 

Senior  Forest  Class, 

Ganpat  Lakshuman  Ugrankar. 
Vasudev  Shankar  Palekar. 
Mangesh  Venkatramanna  Sirur. 
Lakshuman  Shamrao  Koppikar. 


424  RECOGNIZED    INSTITUTIONS 

Mangharam  Dayaram  Jhurmalani. 
Mitharam  Deumal  Jagtiani. 
Narayan  Rajaram  Vadvatharkar. 

Junior  Forest  Class, 

Sadashiv  Pandurang  Limaye. 
Hari  Anant  Bhadbhade. 


XII 

%  BMrnmi  ai  (^Moments  anfc 

ENDOWMENTS. 
I.  The  Munguldass  Nathoo-") 

bhoy    Travelling     Fel-  [•  Rs.    20,000 
lowship    ) 

II,  The    Manockjee     Limiee  f    »        ^55 
Gold  Medal )    »        ^JjJ 

III.  The     Bhugwandass    Pur-")  .„nnA 

shottumdass      Sanskrit  >    "  -V'V^JJ 

Scholarship J    »         1'o0(J 

IV.  The    Homejee     Cursetjee  (    »         ^,000 

Dady  Prize )     »         J»£00 

'  (    >i         1,000 

V,  The  Jugonnath  Sunkersett ")  OA  AAA 

Sanskrit  Scholarships,,  j     "  ^>0(X) 

VI.  The     Jam    Shri    Vibhaji  )     „         4,500 

Scholarship     j  600 

VII.  The  Cowasjee  Jehanghier ")  K  AAA 

Latin  Scholarship )     »         5'000 

VIII.  The  Kinloch  Forbes  Gold  J    »         o5'0JJ 

Medal i     »         2,200 

I    „  2,000 

IX.  The        David       Sassoon ")     „         5,000 

Hebrew  Scholarship  ...  )     „  1,700 

X.  The    James     J.    Berkley/    »         ?»JJX 

Gold  Medal ]     »         J^OO 

[    »         1,500 

Carried  forward... Rs.  1,02,000 
e  1306—36  bu* 


42 G  ACCOUNTS,  &c. 

Brought  over Rs. 1,02,000 

XL  The  Ellis  Prize  „  1,500 

XII.  The    Hebbert    and'  La- ")  e  aaq 

Tonche  Scholarship  ...  j  "  °'W' 

XIII.  The  Wilson  Philological ")  „  23,500 

Lectureship    ;  „  500 

XIV.  The  Ellis  Scholarship  ...  „  7,500 

XV.  The  Chancellor's  Medal.  „ 

XVI.  The  Arnonld  Scholarship.  „  6,000 

XVII.  The  Duke  of  Edinburgh ")  1Q  Q00 

Fellowship )  " 

XVIII.  The  Bai  Maneckbai  By-  >  g  Q00 

ramjeeJeejeebhoy  Prize  )  " 

XIX.  The  Rao   Sir  Pragmalji")  „  30,000 

Scholarships )  „  1,500 

XX.  The    Sir    Jasvantsingji  |  2bm 

Scholarships )  ' 

XXI.  The  Karsandas  Mulji  Prize     „  3,000 

XXII.  The    Dossabboy    Hor- ")  „  5,000 

musjee  Cama  Prize  ...  )  „  1,500 

XXIII.  The  Hughlings  Prize...  „  2,500 

XXIV.  The  James  Taylor  Prize.  „  2,500 
XXV.  The  Bhau  Daji  Prize...  „  5,000 

XXVI.  The  Venayekrao  Jugon-  ) 

nathji           Sunkersett  >  „  4,500 

Prize  J 

XXVII.  The  Mervanji  Framjee  I  g  qqq 

Panday  Scholarship...  J  " 

XXVIII.  The  Kahandas  Mancha-  )  ~  AAq 

ram  Scholarship    j  " 

XXIX.  The  Dhirajlal  Mathura-  )  6  0(K) 

das  Scholarship    J  M 

XXX.  The  Sinclair  Prize „  1,500 

Carried  forward    ...  Ra.  2,58,C00 


ENDOWMENTS.  427 

Brought  over    Rs.  2,58,000 

XXXI.  The  Gibbs  Prize „         2,000 

XXXII.  The     Narayan      Vasndev )  ~  AAA 

Scholarship    j  »          5>UU0 

XXXIII.  The  Cobden  Club  Medal...  „ 

XXXIV.  The  Sir  George  Le  Grand  )  Q  AAA 

Jacob  Scholarship     /  »          d'UU0 

XXXV.  The  Sir  George  Le  Grand  )  -,  •.  AAA 

Jacob  Prize        f  »        n>000 

XXXVI.  The  Jairazbhoy  Peerbhoy ")  w  AAn 

Scholarship )  "           <>>UUU 

XXXVII.  The  Varjivandas  Madhav-  )  K  AAA 

das  Sanskrit  Scholarship)  "          *'UUU 

XXXVIII.  The   Jamsetjee    Dorabjee  ")  q  nnr> 

Naegaumvala  Prize )  "          d,UUU 

XXXIX.  The      Melvill      Memorial)  ~  AAA 

Scholarship  j  »          6'U00 

XL.  The     Sir     Frank     Souter) 

Scholarships     J  »        ld'500 

XLL  The     Charles    Morehead ") 

Prize j  m           5,000 

XLII.  The    Balkrishna    Sudamii ) 

Prize     j  »          5>000 

XLIII.  The    Thakore     Saheb    of) 

Gondal's         University  (  K    A 

Collection    of   Sanskrit  f  »          6jUUU 

Manuscripts ) 

XLIV.  The  Majmudar  Manishan- ) 

kar     Kikani      Sanskrit  >  „          3,000 

Scholarship  ) 

XLV.  The   Bhavnagar    Percival  ) 

Scholarship /  »          3>w° 

XLVL  The    Bhau    Saheb    Desai7 

Scholarships     j  »          7>200 

Carried  forward     ...  Bs.  3,40,300 


428  ACCOUNTS,  &c. 

Brought  over     ...     Rs.  3,40,300 

XLVII.  The  Ashbumer  Prize      „  3,000 

XL VIII.  The  Kutchi  Divan  Bahadur  )  2  500 

Manibhai  Prize  )      " 

XLIX.  The         James        Greaves  7  4  ^qq 

Scholarship )      " 

3,50,300 


BENEFACTIONS, 

I.     University  Hall Rs.  1,00,000 

II.     University  Arms  and  ")  -,  qaa 

Common  Seal  )      " 

UL     UBuMinty     Librarj}     »    2,00,000 

IV.     The   Rajabai   Tower  I 

with  Clock  and  Peal  }     „    2,00,000 
of  Bells J 

V.     Mace  for  the  University.  „        1,200 

VI.     The  Gibbs  Library „      12,808 

VII.     Gondal's        Collec- ) 

tion    of    Sanskrit  >       „       1,000 

Manuscripts  ) 

5,16,208 

Total Rs.  8,66,508 


429 


THE  UNIYEBSITI  OP  BOMBAY. 

— « —  . 

The  total  annual  value  of  Endowments  at    present    is 
Rs.  14,152 

The  total  amount  of  Benefactions  received  is  Ks.  5,16,208. 

Fifteen  Institutions  are  recognized  by  the  University  of 
Bombay. 

The  number  of  Matriculated  Students  is  8,193. 


430 


RESULTS    OF    EXAMINATIONS. 


Is 

MO 
I 


•puooag 


■W*]& 


IHTtl      'Hrt  +        I 


•suBadojnin:  | 


•sja^O 


8UBpararaotii3K 


•sisaej  | 


HOHD31      -HIOIO      .MiO         (N         WW 


•siipmn 


'Stretjsuqo 


n?g 


•sqagp 

9+BA.U,£  I 


•suoi+ 
■tuiqsni  aqttAiij 


•suoptv+i+sui 
quaui'ajaAOf) 


•6^U8p 


"811011 

-ninsnx  o+hauj 


O  O  CI  i 


nj  siooqog 


•saoi+n+i+sai 


•sg^ptpuBO  jo  joquinfl 


in  t^  co  w  i-io 

f  lOIMrt 


III 

cS  c3  g 
KC.2 
G3"S  -*=> 


32  i 


£fflo    •   • 

u 
o        o        C 

If  If] 

§.££.£'£ 
m 


:§.s.s° 

•~  3  «  o 

Ǥ|5  :g  : 

111*  i 

3  M"* 


IS  «*  X  § 

J5  W -,  _C  u.  Efl  «     .._•« 


"  •<-»  *3  "   o  - .:  rvi 

-il^iiiFi%sS 


•13 


•=  "3 

•£"o 


•to 


XIII 

€anbamtkn  tax  inferring 
ge%xm,  1886-87. 


The  Annual  Convocation  of  the  University  of  Bombay 
for  Conferring  Degrees  was  held  on  Tuesday,  the  18th 
January  1887,  at  5-15  p.m.,  in  the  Sir  Cowasjee  Jehanghier 
Hall  of  the  University  of  Bombay.  The  Members  of  the 
Senate  present  on  this  occasion  were  : — 

Wxz  ^Bicz-Qthnncdlox. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  West,  C.S.,  M.A.,  LL.D., 
F.R.G.S. 

Mr.  Principal  Wordsworth,  B.A. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Farran,  B.A. 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D. 

§£xibzcs. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Birdwood,  C.S.,M.A.,  LL.M 

Charles  Chambers,  F.R.S. 

The  Honourable    Kashinath    Trimbak  Telang,  M.A., 

LL.B.,  CLE. 
The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardine,  C.S. 
A.  N.  Hojel,  L.K.  and  Q.C.PJ. 
Edaljee  Nasserwanjee,  G.G.M.C. 
T.  Cooke,  M.A.,  M.I.,  LL.D.,  F.R.G.S.,  Mem.  Inst,  C.E.I. 
Colonel  G.  L.  C.  Merewetber,  E.E. 

J&egidrar 
Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc. 


432 


CONVOCATION  FOR 


jjxrarfo  of  JUamttts. 

Nanabhoy  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy. 

Suoqz  oi  thz  ^iQh  QLoxixt 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Nanabhai  Haridas,  LL.B. 

Jtotbers  ot  tht  fC-eQislahta  Ccrunril. 

The  Honourable  Dadabhai  Navroji. 
The  Honourable  Khan  Bahadur  Kazi  Shahabudin,  CLE. 
The  Honourable  Rao  Bahadur  Mahadev  Vascjdev  Barve, 
CLE. 

Jf.ell<xtos= 


Manockjee  Cursetjee. 
Dhunjeebhoy  Framjee  Patel. 
Kharshedji  Rustomji  Cama. 
Dastur  Peshutan  Byramji. 
Pherozshah     Mervanji    Mehta, 

M.A. 
Bal     Mangesh    Wagle,    M.A., 

LL.B. 
C.  E.  Fox,  M.A. 
W.  Gray,  M.B. 

The  Rev.  J.  A.  Willy,  S.J.,D.D. 
Harichand    Sadashivji,   Assoc. 

M.  Inst.  C.E. 
Nagindas  Tulsidas  Marphatia, 

B.A.,  LL.B, 
Raghunath      Narayan     Khote, 

CLE. 
RahimtulahMahammad  Sayani, 

M.A.,  LL.B. 
Sorabji  Shapurji  Bengali,  C.I.  R, 
Rao  Bhadnr  Ganpatrao  Bhaskar 
Jamshedjee  Pallonjee  Kapadia. 
Vaman  Abaji  Modak,  B,A. 
Ardesir  Framji  Moos. 
Shantaram    Vithal     Ssmzgire, 

L.M. 
Khan  Bahadur  Jamsetji  Dhan- 

jibhai  Wadia. 
Framji  Rastamji  Vikaji,  B.A., 

LL.B. 


Kaikhosru     Rastamji    Vikaji, 

M.D.,  L.M. 
Balaji  Pandurang  Bhalerao. 
Javerilal  Umiashankar  Yajnik. 
J.  Anderson,  K,L.S. 
J.     G.    DaCunha,     M.R.C.S., 

L.R.C.P. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. 
Rao   Bahadur   Makund    Ram- 

chandra. 
Gopal  Shivram  Vaidya,  L.M. 
Sir  Jamsetjee  Jeejeebhoy,  Bart., 

O.S.I. 
Khan        Bahadur      Mancherji 
Kavasji  Murzban,  Assoc.  M. 
Inst.  C.E. 
Nanabhai  Rastamji  Ranind. 
Shamrao  Vithal. 
Rastamji    Nasarvanji      Khori, 
L.M.,M.D.,M.R.C.P.  (Lond.), 
F.R.C.S.  (Lond.),  F.R.O.S. 
The  Rev.  J.  M.  Hamilton,  S.J. 
Jehangier  Barjorji  Vacha. 
J.  C.  Lisboa,  G.G.M.C 
The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A,, 

D.D. 
Manasukhram    Suryaram     Tri- 

pathi. 
Varjivandas  Madhavdas. 
Cowasji  Hormasji,  G.G.M.C. 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,   1886-87, 


433 


P.  C>  DeSouza,  L.M. 

Rao    Bahadur    Gopalrao    Hari 

Deshmukh. 
Cowasji      Pestanji,     G.G.M.C. 
Joseph  Ezekiel. 
Jehanghier    Cowasjee     Jehan- 

ghier  Readymoney. 

F.  Chambers. 

G,  Geary. 
J.  Griffiths. 
D.  MacDonald,   M.D.,     B.Sc, 

CM. 

F.  W.    Stevens,      F.R.I.B.A., 
A.M.LC.E. 

Cowasjee  Nowrojee,  G.G.M.C. 
Thomas  Duncan,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
Kavasji    Dadabhai     Naegaum- 

vala,  M.A.,  F.R.A.S.,  F.C.S., 

F.I.C. 
Michael  Macmillan,  B.A. 
Mancherji  Nowroji  Banaji. 
Pestonji  Mancherji,  G.G.M.C. 
Vithal  Vishnu  Gokhale,  M.A., 

L.M.  &  S. 
The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J. 

G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A. 
Kaikhosru  Nowroji  Kabraji. 
Mancherji  Mervanji  Bhownagri, 

CLE. 
Shivshankar  Govindram. 
Dossabhai    Nasarvanji    Wadia, 

M.A. 
G.  E.  Ormiston,  M.I.CE. 
Rastamji  Mervanji  Patel,  M.A. 

LL.B. 

Rao  Saheb  Ganpatrao  Moroba  Pitale,  Assistant  Registrar, 
carried  the  Mace. 

The  Vice- Chancellor  and  Fellows  having  taken  their 
seats,  Dr.  T.  Cooke,  in  the  absence  of  Major-General  W.  W. 
Goodfellow,  R.E.,  C.B.,  Dean  in  Civil  Engineering,  rising, 
supplicated  a  Grace  of  the  Senate  as  follows  : — 

tl  Mr.  Vice-Chancellor, — On  behalf  of  Bhagvandas  Har- 
kisandas  Dalai,  Shrinivasrao  S.  Karpur,  Ardesir  Kavasji 
Patel,  Nanabhai  Dadabhai  Sataravala,  Charles  Tudball, 
Joseph  Baptista,  Vithal  Vishnu  Chitale,  Ganesh  Vaman 

b  1306—37  bv 


Temulji  Bhikaji  Nariman,  L.M. 
Pandurang  Balibhadra. 
Abdulld    Meeralli    Dharamsev, 

B.A.,LL.B. 
Ardesir  Pestonji  Cama,LM.  &S. 
Dinshah  Pestonji  Kanga,  M.A  . 

LL.B. 
Ghanasham  Nilkanth  Nadkarni, 

B.A.,  LL.B. 
Signor  0.  S.  Pedraza. 
J.  A.  DaGama,  L.M. 
Moreshvar    Gopal    Deshmukh, 

M.D.,  B.Sc,  B.A. 
Khan  Bahadur  Ghulam  Muham- 
mad Munshi. 
Mahomed  Hussein  Hakim. 
The  Rev.  J.  Mayr,  S.J. 
Kavasji  Bejanji   Sethna,    B.A., 

LL.B. 
Mirza  Abbas  Ali  Beg,  B.A. 
Bhalchandra  Krishna  Bhatava- 

dekar,  L.M. 
Narayan  Ganesh  Chandavarkar, 

B.A.,  LLB. 
Professor  James  Darmesteter. 
J.F.  Gonsalves,  L.M. 
Colonel  W.  Merriman,  R.E. 
Jivanji  Jamshedji  Modi,  B.A. 
Dastur  Dara  Peshutan  Saniana 

B.A. 
The  Rev.  R.  Scott,  M.A. 
R.  A.  Sterndale. 
Fardunji  Kuvarji  Tardpurvala, 

B.A.,  LL.B. 


434  CONVOCATION   FOR 

Gadre,  Gangadhar  Sadashiv  Gokhale,  Govind  Ganesh 
Junre,  Bhagvant  Sakharam  Kirtane,  Hari  Vishnu  Lele, 
Mankeshvar  Gopal  Mhaskar,  LakshumanDajiNagarkar, 
Ramrao  Navaratna,  Baburao  Yashvant  Nerurkar,  Ven- 
kataram  Ramasvami  Ayengar  Nonaminakar,  Ratishan- 
kar  Girjashankar  Oza,  Chhotalal  Kashibhai  Patel,  Arthur 
Charles  Robinson,  of  the  College  of  Science,  I  submit 
the  certificates  required  by  this  University,  and  move 
that  the  Senate  do  pass  a  Grace  for  their  admission  to 
the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering." 

Whereupon  the  Vice-Chancellor  put  the  question,  "  Doth 
it  please  you  that  this  Grace  be  passed"  r  and  the 
Senate  assenting,  the  Vice-Chancellor  said,  M  This 
Grace  is  passed." 

The  Grace  having  been  passed,  Dr.  T.  Cooke  presented 
the  Candidates  in  the  following  words  : — 

"  Mr.  Vice- Chancellor,  I  present  to  you  the  Candidates 
(named  above)  who  have  been  examined  and  found 
qualified  for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Civil  Engi- 
neering, to  which  I  pray  they  may  be  admitted." 

Upon  which  the  Vice-Chancellor  addressed  the  Candi- 
dates as  follows  : — 

"By  the  authority  given  me  as  Vice-Chancellor  of  this 
University,  I  admit  you,  one  and  all,  to  the  Degree  of 
Licentiate  of  Civil  Engineering  ;  and  I  charge  you  that 
ever  in  your  life  and  conversation  you  show  yourselves 
worthy  of  the  same." 

The  same  words,  mutatis  mutandis,  were  used  successively 
both  for  Grace  and  Admission  on  behalf  of  the  Candi- 
dates for  the  Degree  of  Licentiate  of  Medicine  and 
Surgery,  Bachelor  of  Science,  Bachelor  of  Arts, 
Bachelor  of  Laws,  Master  of  Arts,  and  Doctor  of 
Medicine.  Dr.  Carter,  the  Dean  in  Medicine,  sup- 
plicating for  the  Candidates  in  Medicine  and  Surgery ; 
Principal  Wordsworth,  Dean  in  Arts,  supplicating 
for  the  Candidates  in  Science  and  Arts ;  and  the 
Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Farran,  Dean  in  Law,  suppli- 
cating for  the  Candidates  in  Law. 

The  Degrees  were  conferred  as  follows  ;— 


CONFERRING  DEGREES,    1886-87. 


435 


LICENTIATE  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERING. 
Second  Class. 

Bhagvandas  Harkisandas  Dalai.  ^ 
Shrinivaarao  S.  Karpur,  B.Sc...  | 

Ardesir  Kavasji  Patel )■  College  of  Science,  Poona. 

Nanabhai  Dadabhai  Sataravala.  [ 

Charles  Tudball J 

Pass. 

Joseph  Baptista 

Vithal  Vishnu  Chitale 

Ganesh  Vaman  Gadre 

Gangadhar  Sadashiv  Gokhale... 

Govind  Ganesh  Junre 

Bhagvant  Sakharam  Kirtane  ... 

Hari  Vishnu  Lele  

Mankeshvar  Gopal  Mhaskar  ... 
Lakshuman  Daji  Nagarkar     ... 
Ramrao  Navaratna 
Baburao  Yashvant  Nerurkar  ... 
Venkataram  Ramasvami  Ayen- 

gar  Nonaminakar. 
Ratishankar  Girjashankar  Oz&  . 
Chhotalal  Kashibhai  Patel      ... 
Arthur  Charles  Kobinson 

LICENTIATE  OF  MEDICINE  AND  SURGERY. 

Fibst  Class. 


J-  College  of  Science,  Poona. 


Navroji  Kavasji  Kallianvala 
Shapurji  Dosabhai  Bharucha 

Second  Class. 

Bamanshah  Kharshedji  Ankle-") 

saria. 
Gabriel  Francis  Gonsalves 
Jamshedji  Fardunji  Kamdin... 
Kashinath  Vaman  Kane 
Mancherji  Kavasji  Kanga 
Dvarkanath    Ramnath  Khote", 

B.A. 
Navroji  Mancherji  Lakdav&ld . 
Hormasji  Manikji  Masina 
Pranjivan  Jagjivan  Mehta     ... 
Sorabji  Kharshedji  Mehta     _ 
Vithaldas  Narbheram  Mehta... 
Ratanshah  Manikji  Modi 
Dorabji  Hormasji  Pochkhand- 

vala. 


Grant  Medical  College. 


h  Grant  Medical  College. 


436 


CONVOCATION  FOR 


BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE. 


First  Class. 
Na^rvdnji    Fakirji  Surveyor,  J  ElpMnstone  College. 

Pass, 
Ganpatrdi  Maydshankar  Ghoda    Elphinstone  College. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 

First  Class. 


Jalbhai  Dorabji  Bharda 
Bhdskar  Vishnu  Joshi... 
Jekisandas  Jethabhai  Kanid  ... 
Shripdd  Khanderdo  Vijayakar. 


Elphinstone  College. 
Deccan  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College, 


Second  Class. 


Ganesh  Balvant  Ambegavkar  . 

Hari  Sadash  iv  Apte     

Rastamji  Ratanji  Banaji 
Vithal  Balkrishna  Bhate 
Vishnu  Govind  Bijapurkar     ... 
Hirjibhdi  Kdvasji  Daldl 
Barjorji  Sorabji  Dallas 
Muhammad    Akbar     Nazardli 

Haidari. 
Dattdtraya  Krishna  Hardikar  . 
Dhanjishah  Pestanji  Kotval  ... 
Koydji  Nasarvdnji  Koydji 
Gundjirdo  Rdjbd  Limbdlkar  ... 
Manu  Nandskankar  Mehtd    ... 
Mdrkand  Nandshankar  Mehtd. 
Nagindas  Gokaldds  Mehtd     ... 
Dattatraya  Narayan  Ndbar    ... 
Asandas  Tejbhdndds  Oza 
Krishndji  Ndrdyan  Pandit     ... 

Navroji  Palanji  Pdvri 

Edalji  Ddrdshah  Reporter 
Tanmanshankar  Ratanshankar 

Trivedi. 
Manchershdh  Bamanji  Valsdra. 
Lakhimal  Aidds  Vasu 


Deccan  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Deccan  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College, 
St.  Xavier's  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Deccan  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College, 


CONFERRING    DEGREES,    1886-87. 


437 


Ghulam    Muhammad 

Ali  Akhund. 
Lakshuman  Bhimrao  Argikar    . 
Hanmant  Bapurao  At  re 
Govind  Bajdji  Bakshi 
Gopal  Vaman  Bapat    ... 
Ardesir  Frdmji  Batliboi 
ffari  Mahadev  Bhadkamkar    ... 
Behramji    Phirozeshah    Bharu- 

chd. 
Manchhdram  Mayardm  Bhat  ... 
PurshottamHari  Bhatavadekar. 
Dinkar  Trimbak  Chandorkar  ... 
Nilkanth  Bhdskar  Chavbal      . . . 

Odhavji  Devji  Chavan 

Govindbhai  Hdthibhai  Desai  ... 
Narayan  Saddshiv  Devrukhkar. 
Krishnaji  Bahirav  Dhadphale... 
Navroji  Ratanji  Divecha 
Ezekiel  Moses  Ezekiel 


Dominic  J.  Ferreira      

Dosabhdi  Kharshedji  Gandhi  ... 
Vinayak  Apaji  Godbole  ~. 

Raghunath  Bhikdji  Gogte 
Lakshuman  Apaji  Gupte 
Gajdnan  Harichandra  Hate    ... 
Dattatraya  Jaganndth  Jdvade- 

kar. 
Shamsudin  Sayedmia  Kddri    ... 
Ganesh  Bdpu  j  i  Kale 

Govind  Vithal  Kale      

Moreshvar  Keshav  Kanekar   ... 
Abraham  Aron  Kehimkar 
Ganesh  Lakshuman  Koparkar  . 
Sorabji  Nasarvdnji  Koydji 
Lalchand  Hasdmal  Kundanma- 

lani. 
Venkat  Anandrao  Lajmi 

Chandiram  Gidnchand  Laid   ... 

Hari  Vithal  Limaye      

Ardesir  Hormasji  Madan 

B  1306-37  bu  * 


Pass. 

Ghulam    Elphinstone  College. 


Deccan  College. 
Deccan  College. 
Deccan  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Deccan  College. 
Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College  :  formerly 
Free  General  Assembly's 
Institution,  Bombay. 

St.  Xavier's  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

St.  Xavier's  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Gujardt  College,  Ahmedabad. 

Free  General  Assembly's  Insti- 
tution, Bombay. 

Free  General  Assembly's  Insti- 
tution, Bombay. 

Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Deccan  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Elphinstone  College. 

Free  General  Assembly's  Insti- 
tution, Bombay. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 


438 


CONVOCATION  FOB 


Pass— continued. 


Atmaram  Gangaram  Masand ... 
Jekisandas  Murardas  Modi  ... 
Kalliandas  Keshavdas  Modi  ... 
Dinshah  Fardunji  Mulla 
Hormasji  Adarji  Nanavati  ~. 
Atmaram  Krishna  Nulkar 
Gopinath  Vinayak  Oka 

Dattatraya  Keshav  Padhye  ... 
Damodar  Ganesh  Patvardhan... 
Narayan  Ganesh  Patvardhan  ... 
Jametram  Gavarishankar  Shaa- 

tri. 
Vishnu  Narayan  Shendre 
Kavasji  Manikji  Sutaria 
Ratanji  Jivanji  Tarapurvala  .. 
Chhaganlal  Shambhulal  Trivedi 
Ganpatrao  Raghunath  Wagle... 


Elphinstone  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Free  General  Assembly's  Instil 

tution,  Bombay. 
Deccan  College, 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
Elphinstone  College  ;  formerly 
Gujarat  College,  Ahmedabad. 
Deccan  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College, 
St.  Xavier's  College. 
Elphinstone  College. 
St.  Xavier's  College. 


BACHELOR  OF  LAWS. 


First  Division, 


Mervanji  Kaikhosru  Alpaivala. 
Govind  Appaji  Patil 
Hanmant  Sheshgir  Phadnis 


•:} 


Government  Law  School. 


Second  Division. 


Sorabji  Framji  Bilimoria 
Malhar  Khanderao  Chitnis 
Mervanji   Pestanji   Darukhan£- 

vala. 
Damodar  LakahumanDeshpande, 
Narayan  Vishnu  Gokhale 
Pestanji  Manikji  Kanga 
Keshav  Sadashiv  Ketkar 
Purshottam  Parshuram  Khare  . 
Krishnaji  Hari  Kirkir6 
Ramchandra  Ganesh  Mundle  ... 
Vishnu  Raghunath  Natu 
Vishvan&th  Nilkanth  Pandit  . . . 
Phirozeshah  Nasarvanji  Pleader 
Chimanlal  Harilal  Setalvad    . . . 
Lakshuman  Ramchandra  Vai- 

dya. 


-  Government  Law  School, 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886-87.  439 

MASTER  OF  ARTS. 

First  Class. 
Festanji  Jamasji  Padshah       ...     Elphinstone  College. 

Second  Class, 

Ramkrishna  Sakharam  Athava-  Elphinstone  College. 

le. 

Darashah  Bejanji  Mehta  ...  St.  Xavier's  College. 

Damubhai  Dayabhai  Mehta     . . .  Elphinstone  College. 

Pass. 

Bejanji  Navroji  Kutar St.  Xavier's  College. 

Dara  Shapurji  Sethna Deccan  College. 

DOCTOR  OF  MEDICINE. 

Vithal  Vishnu  Gokhale,  M. A.... Grant  Medical  College. 

The  following  Report  was  then  read  :  — 

Mr.  Vice-Chancellor, 

I  have  the  honour,  by  direction  of  the  Syndicate,  to  lay 
before  you  and  the  Senate  a  Report  of  the  Proceedings  of 
the  University  since  the  last  Convocation  for  Conferring 
Degrees,  held  on  the  19th  January  1886. 

The  Report  mentions  the  principal  results  of  the  Univer- 
sity Examinations,  Endowments  to  the  University,  and  the 
more  important  Academical  events  of  the  past  year. 

EXAMINATIONS. 

Matriculation  Examination — This  Examination  was  con- 
ducted at  Bombay,  Poona,  Ahmedabad,  Belgaum  and  Kara- 
chi. Two  thousand  four  hundred  and  fifty-two  Candidates 
were  examined. 

The  following  is  a  statement  showing  the  number  of  Can- 
didates sent  up  from  the  various  Schools  and  Private  Tutors, 
and  the  number  of  those  who  succeeded  in  passing  the  Exa- 
mination : — 


440 


CONVOCATION   FOR 


1886. 

1885.1 

00 

1 

1 

1 

3 

Schools. 

2 

3 

o  to 

2 

a 

3.3 

0& 

W% 

0S 

*1 

"S'-S 

i* 

i* 

Elphinstone  High  School 
New  English  School,  Poona 

123 

51 

134 

62 

86 

39 

65 

42 

St.  Xavier's  High  School,  Bombay... 

37 

28 

35 

27 

Fort  High  School 
Dharvad  High  School    ... 

68 

24 

81 

39 

56 

21 

35 

22 

Ahmedabad  High  School 

38 

18 

37 

28 

Surat  High  School 

51 

18 

38 

18 

Poona  High  School 

45 

14 

78 

38 

Baroda  High  School 

25 

13 

34 

25 

Free  General  Assembly's  Institution, 

62 

12 

54 

22 

Bombay. 

Rajaram  High  School,  Kolhapur    ... 

29 

12 

38 

21 

Sir  J.  J.    Parsi    Benevolent    Insti- 

25 

12 

27 

13 

tution,  Bombay. 

JSarayan   Jugonnath   High   School, 

22 

11 

14 

13 

Karachi. 

Kathiawar  High  School,  Rajkot     . . . 

22 

11 

21 

16 

Ratnagiri  High  School ... 

17 

10 

23 

16 

Belgaum  Sirdars'  High  School 

54 

10 

45 

20 

Ahmednagar  High  School 

22 

9 

20 

10 

Dhulia  High  School      ... 

22 

9 

15 

9 

Haidarabad  High  School 

28 

8 

22 

17 

Poona  Native  Institution 

31 

8 

29 

15 

Akola  High  School 

12 

7 

10 

5 

Satara  High  School 

28 

6 

23 

13 

Belgaum     London    Mission      High 

28 

6 

33 

6 

School. 

Bishops  High  School,  Poona 

6 

6 

6 

5 

Nariad  High  School      ... 

21 

6 

28 

21 

Ahmedabad  Mission  High  School  ... 

23 

5 

23 

10 

Bhavnagar  High  School 

21 

5 

16 

10 

Broach  High  School 

16 

5 

15 

7 

Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy  High  School, 

20 

5 

25 

8 

Thte. 

CONFBRRING   DEGREES,    1886-87. 


441 


Schools. 


1886. 


1885. 


Be? 


s 

Si 


il 


ST3 
my 


Sangli  English  School    ... 
Scottish  High  School,  Byculla 
Amraoti  High  School    ... 
Bombay  Proprietary  School 
General     Assembly's     Institution, 

Bombay. 
Grammar  School,  Karachi 
Karwar  High  School     .~ 
Miraj  High  School 
Nasik  High  School 
St.  Vincent  School,  Poona 
Cathedral  High  School  .. 
Bahadurkhanji  High  School,   Juna 

gad. 
Bombay  English  School 
Navanagar  High  School 
Robert  Money  Institution 
Savantvadi  English  School 
St.  Mary's  School,  Poona 
Surat  Mission  High  School  ... 
Sir    Cowasjee     Jehanghier     N.    Z, 

Madresa. 
Ahmednagar  Mission  High  School 
Alfred  High  School,  Bhiij 
Bombay  High  School     ... 
Bombay  Ripon  High  School 
Chandanvadi  High  School 
Cathedral  Girls'  High  School 
Shikarpur  High  School 
Sholapur  High  School 
Karachi  Mission  High  School 
Bhore  High  School 
St.  Peter's  Boys'  School    ... 
St.  Peter's  Girls' School    ... 


10 

8 
12 
G6 

7 

5 

14 

11 

lo 

5 

S 

7 

17 
6 

15 

10 
4 

20 
6 

0 
4 

10 
7 

18 
4 

10 

16 
8 
2 
1 
4 


4 
10 
11 
56 
13 

1 

16 

14 

14 

2 

9 

9 

10 
8 
11 
15 
3 
30 
11 

10 
7 

11 
5 

15 
2 

14 

13 
4 
1 
3 
2 


1 
3 

9 

26 

5 


3 

6 

5 
4 
5 
11 
2 
S 
7 


442 


CONVOCATION   FOR 


1886. 

1885. 

•                  3 

■♦2             ta 

1 

a 

Schools. 

3              % 
"B           8 

05 

3 

1  . 

1           - 

£  ft            09 

1 

■a 

«9 

a* 

§1 
02^ 

«s|      *S 

«9 
| 

o-g 

"si 

£8            O 

o 

£§ 

fc           » 

fc 

fc 

Indian     Female     Normal     School, 

2 

1 

Girgaum. 

John  Connon  High  School 

4 

1 

1 

... 

Free    Church    Mission    Institution, 

Alibag. 
Anglo- Portuguese  School,  Bombay  . 

4 

1 

... 

2 

1 

... 

Panchgani  High  School 

1 

1 

Victoria  High  School,  Poona 
American  Mission  School,  Bombay  . 

1 

"4 

... 

1 

Belgaum  New  English  School 
Bombay  Private  English  School     ... 

, , 

7 

,. 

4 

Dharvad  New  English  School 

,. 

29 

Fort  Imperial  High  School 

... 

2 

Frere- Fletcher  School,  Bombay 

., 

1 

St.  Patrick's  High  School 

1 

Indian  High  School 

.. 

1 

... 

Haidarabdd  Mission  High  School  ... 

»m 

2 

... 

Private  Tuition 

1,06  6 

42 

847 

112 

Total    ... 

2,452       5 

27 

2,262 

837 

Previous  Examination. 
578  Candidates. 


-At  this  Examination  there  were 


CONFERRING    DEGREES,    1886-87. 


443 


'sa^piputto 
injssaoong  jo  -ok  i^ox 


•gaijBp 
ipimO    jo    -ojsi    pe^ox 


0»H         <N         rH 


00  ^t-       00  CO  «  M 

c3  ooeo      crt  «M  to  c-i 


•sa^pipu'eo 
jnjssooons   jo  -on;  l^ox 


•sa^tjp 
iputJO    jo     -ok     i^ox 


S3£    SSSSSS 


•sayBpipuuo 
injssaoons  jo  -o^  p3}ox 


■  00  IN         H  IN  u1  OS  i?S  O)  r-l 


SOCCKN         <N 


<n  o  os  jo  < 


•sajup 

ipuBo  jo    -ok   pnox 


•sjuapn^s  injssaDons  jo  'o& 


•s^uapnijg  jo  -oil 


SJ 


•s^uoprvjs-xg  pjesooons  jo  'o^ 


IOHH  CO  C* 


•s^uoprvjg-xa  jo  -o^ 


00  O  00       NHMtH 


g 
a 

I 


o  <u 

"i  eg 


S?SoS 


■  <u  -R  o  .2 


Irlliiiil? 

Cl.  ^    QJ  Cu         *^™i-f— s  ^-t    i-    □    X 

■S'iJ  ,S  w  ^  s  <rt  3  S  v§  c 


444 


CONVOCATION   FOE 


.2  *M 


9 

•B 


CO    © 


2   S3  +» 

.So  <1 

2  *  ^ 

*  2  ^ 

coo  §. 

S  Pj  <§ 

r-H     <U  O 


o  ps 
£.2 

Pm    * 

§  i 

3  be 

i'S 
Q  & 

O   a 
$h  *T 

©  t3 

§  8 

at 

is 

«5 


CO     Q, 

pi 

CO 


5 


d 

c5 


a 


Pi  o 

s  © 
■sa 

cS  © 

otf2 

«  § 

•  -<    C5 

°     & 

^  bo 

I©   ® 
e*-i  i—i 

s  Pi 


•sa^pipuTi,-)  inj 
■ssaoong  jo  -o^  \xnoj, 


of^     et»s         <* 


ipU'BO     JO   'OJS[     IB^Oi 


•sai^pipu'BO  jnj 
sssoons  jo  -ojsj  i«jox 


•sa^up 
sptreo   jo   -os.  i«;ox 


'se^vptpneo  pnjssao 
-ons     jo  -ok     mox 


•sa^p 
-tpuco    jo    -OK  psijox 


COHO         MHNI 


•s()uopn^s  injssaoons  jo  'ojj 


e^uapnqs  jo  *Ofl 


<N  <N  O         r-l  1-  -#  t~ 


•sijuop 
™JS*X3    injssaoons    jo     -o^ 


lfl  <N  r-l  03  (N 


'Cio     c-i  •<*  eo 


•siueptvjs-xgjo'OM 


ill 

c  c      s  § ,cS  vc4  2 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886-87. 


445 


a 

s 

a 


,3 

a 

© 
R 

'SI. 

^3  H3 


o 


injssaoons  jo  'ojj  pajox 


jpu«o    jo    -ok    iwjox 


•sa^pipcreo 
injssaoong  jo  -o^  p^ox 


'Boqnp 

jpu«0    to    -on   to°i 


"sa^Hpipuwo 
injssaosns  jo  oil  p^ox 


•saircp 
ipu^o    jo    'on     pejox 


•sjaapn^s  injssasons  jo  •©£ 


•B^uapn^s  jo  -on 


*8;u9pn^s-xa  injssaoons  jo  -ojs 


•s^aapn^s-xa  jo  'o^j 


B  1306--38  bct 


lO  IN  t-< 


HOOlO         VO  O 


■*no      eo        I  <M 


.5  i  J  s  s  3 


446  CONVOCATION   FOR 

Of  the  successful  Candidates  54  "were  Hindus,  19  Parsis, 
2  Jews,  3  Muhammedans  and  1  a  Portuguese.  4  passed  in 
the  First  Class  and  23  in  the  Second  Class. 

First  Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.Sc. — At  this  Exami- 
nation there  were  2  Candidates,  1  of  whom  passed  the  Exa- 
mination. He  was  a  Hindu  from  Elphinstone  College  and 
was  placed  in  the  Pass  Class.  In  1885  there  were  2  Candi- 
dates who  passed  the  Examination ;  and  in  1884  there  were 
2  Candidates  who  passed  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  B.Sc. — At  this  Exami- 
nation there  were  3  Candidates,  of  whom  2  passed  the 
Examination ;  1  of  them  was  placed  in  the  First  Class.  They 
were  both  from  Elphinstone  College.  1  was  a  Parsi  and  1  a 
Hindu.  In  1885  there  were  3  Candidates  who  passed  the 
Examination ;  and  in  1884  there  were  4  Candidates  who 
passed  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.  in  Languages. — There 
were  6  Candidates,  4  of  whom  passed  the  Examination  and 
2  of  them  were  placed  in  the  Second  Class.  1  was  from 
Elphinstone  College,  1  from  Deccan  College,  and  2  from 
St.  Xavier's  College.  3  were  Parsis  and  1  a  Hindu.  1  had 
selected  Sanskrit  as  his  Second  Language,  1  Latin  and  2 
Persian.  In  1885  there  were  4  Candidates  who  failed  to 
pass  the  Examination  ;  and  in  1884  there  were  4  Candidates 
who  passed  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.  in  History  and  Philo- 
sophy.— There  were  2  Candidates  who  passed  the  Examina- 
tion ;  one  of  them  was  placed  in  the  First  Class.  1  was 
from  Elphinstone  College  and  1  from  Deccan  College*  They 
were  both  Parsis.  In  1885  there  were  no  Candidates  ;  and 
in  1884  there  were  2  Candidates  who  passed  the  Examina- 
tion. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.  in  Mathematics. — There 
was  1  Candidate  who  passed  the  Examination  in  the 
Second  Class.  He  was  a  Hindu  from  Elphinstone  College. 
In  1885  there  were  4  Candidates,  2  of  whom  passed  the 
Examination ;  in  1884  there  were  2  Candidates  who  failed  to 
pass  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.A.  in  Natural  Sciences. — 
There  were  2  Candidates,  1  of  whom  passed  the  Examination. 
He  was  a  Hindu  from  Deccan  College,    In  1885  there  were 


CONFERRING  DEGREES)    1886-87.  447 

2  Candidates,  of  whom  1  passed   the  Examination  ;  and  in 
1884  there  were  5  Candidates  who  passed  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  LL.B.— -There  were  52  Can- 
didates from  the  Government  Law  School,  of  whom  18  passed 
the  Examination.  3  were  placed  in  the  First  Division  and 
15  in  the  Second  Division.  13  were  Hindus  and  5  Parsis. 
In  1885  there  were  36  Candidates,  of  whom  17  passed  the 
Examination ;  in  1884  there  were  34  Candidates  of  whom  13 


First  Examination  in  Medicine. — There  were  87  Candidates 
from  Grant  Medical  College,  of  whom  59  passed  the  Exa- 
mination. 7  were  placed  in  the  First  Class.  20  were 
Hindus,  33  Parsis,  4  Europeans  and  Indo-Enropeans,  and  2 
Portuguese.  In  1885  there  were  100  Candidates,  of  whom  70 
passed.  In  1884  there  were  70  Candidates,  of  whom  32 
passed  the  Examination. 

Second  Examination  in  Medicine. — There  were  84  Candi- 
dates from  Grant  Medical  College,  of  whom  43  passed  the 
Examination.  7  were  placed  in  the  First  Class.  22  were 
Hindus,  15  Parsis,  3  Portuguese,  2  Europeans  and  Indo- 
Europeans,  and  1  a  Muhammedan.  This  Examination 
dates  only  from  1885,  when  there  were  12  Candidates, 
of  whom  11  passed. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.M.  &  S. — There  were 
36  Candidates  from  Grant  Medical  College,  of  whom  16 
passed  the  Examination.  2  were  placed  in  the  First  Class 
and  14  in  the  Second  Class.  4  were  Hindus,  and  12 
Parsis.  In  1885  there  were  48  Candidates,  of  whom  28  passed 
the  Examination  ;  in  1884  there  were  37  Candidates,  of  whom 
23  passed  the  Examination. 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  M.D. — There  was  1  Candi- 
date from  Grant  Medical  College,  who  passed  the  Examina- 
tion. He  was  a  Hindu.  In  1885  there  was  no  Candidate  ; 
and  in  1884  there  were  2  Candidates,  of  whom  1  passed. 

First  Examination  in  Civil  Engineering. — There  were 
47  Candidates  from  Poona  College  of  Science,  of  whom 
31  passed  the  Examination.  13  were  placed  in  the  Second 
Class.  27  were  Hindus,  2  Europeans  and  Indo-Europeans, 
and  2  Parsis.  In  1885  there  were  23  Candidates,  of  whom 
14  passed  the  Examination  j  in  1884  there  were  29  Candi- 
dates, of  whom  25  passed. 


448  CONVOCATION   FOR 

Examination  for  the  Degree  of  L.C.E. — There  were  20 
Candidates  from  Poona  College  of  Science,  all  of  whom 
passed  the  Examination.  2  were  placed  in  the  Second  Class. 
15  were  Hindus,  2  Parsis,  2  Europeans  and  Indo-Europeans, 
and  1  a  Portuguese.  In  the  selected  subjects  1  passed  in 
Analytical  Geometry  and  Differential  and  Integral  Calculus, 
7  in  Mining  and  Metallurgy,  5  in  Mechanical  Engineering, 
5  in  Botany  and  Meteorology,  and  2  in  Optics  and  Astro- 
nomy. In  1885  there  were  20  Candidates,  of  whom  13  passed 
the  Examination  ;  in  1884  there  were  14  Caudidates,  of  whom 
7  passed  the  Examination. 

UNIVERSITY  PRIZES  AND  SCHOLARSHIPS. 

During  the  year  under  report  the  University  Prizes  and 
Scholarships  were  awarded  as  follows : — 

SCHOLARSHIPS. 

The  Jugonndth  Sunhersett  Sanskrit  Scholarships. — First  to 
Ramchandra  Abaji  Namjoshi,  of  New  English  School, 
Poona ;  and  second  to  Narhar  Krishna  Kelkar  of  Poona 
High  School. 

The  Cowasjee  Jehdnghier  Latin  Scholarship. — To  Braz 
Laurence  DeSilva  of  St.  Xavier's  High  School. 

The  Ellis  Scholarship. — To  Manu  Nandshankar  Mehta  of 
Elphinstone  College. 

The  Arnould  Scholarship. — To  Govind  Appaji  P&til  of 
Government  Law  School. 

The  Rdo  Sir  Prdgmalji  Scholarships. — First  to  Nanji 
Hansraj  Goratela  of  Navanagar  High  School,  and  second  to 
Jeram  Dosa  Motharai  of  Alfred  High  School,  Bhuj. 

The  Sir  Jasvantsingji  Scholarships. — First  to  Anopram 
Ramji  Bhat  and  second  to  Amritlal  Vithaldas  Thakore, 
both  of  Bhavnagar  High  School. 

The  Merwdnji  Frdmji  Pdndaij  Scholarship.— To  Ardesir 
Kavasji  Patel  of  College  of  Science,  Poona. 

The  Nd?-dyan  Vdsudevji  Scholarship.— To  VithalBalkrishna 
Bhate  of  Elphinstone  College. 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886r87.  449 

The  Varjivandds  Mddhavdds  Sanskrit  Scholarship. — To 
Tansukharam  Mansukharam  Tripathi  of  Elphinatone  Col- 
lege. 

The  Sir  George  LeGrand  Jacob  Scholarship. — To  Vishnu 
Sitaram  Gholkar  of  Rajaram  High  School,  Kolhapur. 

The  Jairdzbhoy  Peerbhoy  Scholarship* — To  Adanan  Sule- 
man  Ali  of  St.  Xavier's  High  School. 

The  Kdhdndds  Manchdrdm  Scholarship. — To  Chunilal 
Jivanlal  Hansotia  of  Surat  High  School. 

The  Dhirajldl  Mathurddds  Scholarship. — To  Jekisandaa 
Jethabhai  Kania  of  Elphinstone  College. 

The  Sir  Frank  Souter  Scholarships : — 

(1).  Matriculation. — To  Kasam  Sumar  Thariani  of  El- 
phinstone High  School. 

(2).  Previous  Examination. — To  Syed  Abubakar  Syed 
Hussein  of  Elphinstone  College. 

(3).  First  B.A,  Examination. — No  candidate  having 
passed  the  First  B.A.  Examination,  the  third  Sir 
Frank  Souter  Scholarship  has  been  awarded,  under 
Regulation  4  of  the  Endowment,  to  Najarali  Sheriff 
Natbani  of  St.  Xavier's  High  School. 

The  Government  of  India  Scholarship. — To  Pestanji 
Sorabji  Kotyal,  B.A.,  of  St.  Xavier's  College. 

PRIZES. 

The  Bdi  Mdnechbai  Byramjee  Jeejeebhoy  Prize. — To 
pinshah  Barjorji  Dubash,  of  Fort  High  School. 

The  Dossdbhoy  Hormusjee  Cdmd  Prize. — To  Luis  Paul 
Gomes,  B.A.,  L.M.  &  S.,  of  Grant  Medical  College. 

The  Hughlings  Prize. — To  Ramdat  Vithoba  Desai  of 
Elphinstone  College. 

The  James  Taylor  Prize.—To  Hirjibhai  Kavasji  Dalai  of 
Elphinstone  College, 

The  Bhdu  Ddji  Prize, — To  Vishnu  Gpyinjd  Bij&purkar 
of  Deccan  College. 

S  130§-38  w  » 


.450  CONVOCATION   FOE 

The  Vindyakrdo  Jugonndthji  Sunhersett  Prize. — To 
Nilkanth  Pandurang  Patankar  of  Fergusson  College. 

The  Sinclair  Prize. — To  Narayan  Moreshvar  Rahalkar  of 
Akola  High  School. 

Tie  Oibhs  Prize.— Ho  Chandulal  Dayabhai  Kankodivala 
of  St.  Xavier's  College. 

The  Jamshedji  Dorabji  Naegaimvala  Prize — To  Shrinivas 
Rao  S.  Karpur  of  the  College  of  Science,  Poona. 

The  Charles  Morehead  Prize.-^-To  Hormasji  Manikji 
Masina,  of  Grant  Medical  College. 

The  Bdlkrishna  Suddmji  Prize. — To  Navroji  Kavasji 
Kallianvald,  of  Grant  Medical  College. 

MEDALS. 

The  Chancellors  Medal,— To  Pestanji  Jamas ji  Padshah 
of  Elphinstone  College, 

The  Golden  Club  Medal.— To  Barjorji  Sorabji  Dallas 
of  Elphinstone  College. 

FELLOWSHIP. 

The  Duke  of  Edinburgh  Fellowship — To  Jekisandas  Jetha.bai 
Kania  of  Elphinstone  College. 

WILSON  LECTURES, 

P.  Peterson,  M.A.,  D.Sc,  has  been  appointed  Wilson 
Philological  Leoturer  for  the  current  year,  and  will  deliver 
during  the  present  term  a  course  of  six  lectures  on  the 
religious  literature  of  the  Jains. 

COLLEGES. 

The  Ahmednagar  Mission  High  School  has  been  recog- 
nized in  the  Faculty  of  Arts  for  the  purposes  of  the  Previous 
Examination.  An  application  from  the  Barodi  College  for 
further  recognition  has  been  under  consideration,  and  the 
Syndicate  will  recommend  the  Senate  to  recognize  that 
institution  for  the  purposes  of  the  First  Examination  for 
the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science, 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,   1886-87. 


451 


REGULATIONS. 

French  has  been  added  to  the  list  of  Second  Languages 
for  the  higher  Examinations.  Regulations  for  a  new 
"  University  School  Final  Examination  "  have  been  made  by 
the  Senate,  and  have  been  submitted  for  the  approval  of  the 
Governor  in  Council.  In  accordance  with  representations 
made  to  the  University  by  the  Government  of  India  through 
the  local  Government,  Indian  Palaeography  has  been  added 
to  the  list  of  optional  subjects  for  the  M,  A.  Examination 
in  Languages.  The  course  of  studies  in  Science  for  the 
various  Examinations  has  been  reviewed  by  a  Commit  lee 
of  experts,  to  whom  the  University  is  under  obligation  for 
the  great  care  and  assiduity  which  they  have  devoted  to  the 
subject.  Their  proposals  have  been  accepted  by  the  Faculty 
and  by  the  Senate,  and  now  await  the  sanction  of  the 
Governor  in  Council. 


UNIVERSITY  LIBRARY. 

The  Library  has  been  opened  to  readers  under  rules  framed 
by  the  Syndicate  on  that  behalf. 

VICE-CHANCELLOR. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Peile  resigned  the  office  of  Vice- 
Chancellor  of  the  University  on  his  appointment  to  the 
Supreme  Council,  and  the  Honourable  Mr,  Justice  West 
was  appointed  Vice-Chanoellor. 

ENDOWMENTS. 

Divan  Bahadur  Manibhai  Jasbhai  offered  asum  of  Rs.  2,500 
for  the  foundation  of  an  annual  prige  of  the  value  of  Rs.  100, 
to  be  called  "  The  Divan  Bahadur  Manibhai  Prize,"  and  to 
be  awarded  to  the  Kutchi  Candidate  who  passes  the  Matricu- 
lacion  Examination  with  the  highest  number  of  marks. 
This  offer  was  accepted  with  the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate. 

The  Honorary  Secretary  to  the  Countess  of  Dufferin's 
Fund  in  a  letter  dated  the  28th  June  last  offered  to  the 
University  a  Gold  Medal  to  be  awarded  every  year  to  a 
Female  Medical  student  who  passes  the  Examination  for  the 
Degree  of  L,  M.  &  S.  or  M.D.  At  a  Meeting  of  the  Senate 
held  on  the  17th  September  last  the  offer  was  accepted  witti 
the  best  thanks  of  the  Senate, 


4^2  CONVOCATION  FOR 

The  Chairman  of  the  James  Greaves  Memorial  Contt 
mittee  offered  the  University  a  sum  of  Es.  4,500  to  be 
invested  in  Government  4  per  cent.  Promissory  Notes  for 
the  foundation  of  a  Scholarship,  to  be  called  M  The  James 
Greaves  Scholarship,"  and  to  be  awarded  to  a  Candidate 
who  passes  the  Matriculation  Examination  with  the  highest 
number  of  marks  from  the  Broach  High  School,  or  from 
any  School  from  Broach.  The  Syndicate  have  informed 
the  Chairman  that  they  will  have  much  pleasure  in  recom- 
mending the  offer  to  the  acceptance  of  the  Senate, 

The  Honourable  the  Vice-chancellor  then  addressed  the 
Senate  as  follows  :— 

Gentlemen  or  the  Senate, — On  the  occasion  of  your  last 
assembling  here  in  Convocation,  I  find,  by  a  reference  to 
his  address,  that  my  predecessor  in  office  almost  promised 
you  that  on  this  occasion  you  should  be  addressed  by  His 
Excellency  the  Governor  of  Bombay.  It  must  be  a  subject 
of  deep  regret  to  you,  as  it  certainly  is  to  me,  that  His 
Excellency  has  been  unable  to  fulfil  on  this  occasion  that 
engagement,  if  engagement  it  can  be  called,  but  that  wish 
and  desire  certainly.  He  was  unable  to  realize  it,  owing  to 
his  other  public  duties,  which  have  called  him  to  another 
part  of  the  Presidency  over  which  he  rules.  And  with  him 
unfortunately  for  us  has  also  departed  from  Bombay  for  a 
time  that  lady,  who  fulfils  so  graciously  and  so  gracefully 
}ier  part  in  the  not  unimportant  domestic  duties  which 
devolve  on  the  Governor  of  Bombay.  We  regret  the  absence 
of  both  of  them  very  much,  ancl  it  only  reinains  for  me  to 
discharge  as  well  as  I  can,  however  imperfectly,  the  duty 
which  His  Excellency  and  the  exigencies  of  the  situation 
have  cast  upon  me.  I  will  begin  by  what  claims  a  word 
of  tribute  from  a  Vice-Chancellor  of  this  University— from 
any  one  who  standing  here  feels  the  interest  whicl}  I  do, 
and  which  you  do  in  the  welfare  of  the  institution, — a  tri- 
bute of  kindly  memory  and  regard  to  one  who  stood  here 
pn  many  occasions  and  addressed  many  who  are  sitting 
here  now,  always  to  your  gratification  and  always  with  a 
deep  interest  in  the  welfare  of  this  University,  I  mean  the 
late  Hon.  Mr.  Gibbs.  He,  although  not  a  profound  scholar 
fcimselfj  always  manifesto  a  deep  interest  in  the  advance- 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,   1886-87. 


453 


ment  of  learning"  and  scholarship  in  this  Presidency,  and, 
as  Vice-Chancellor  for  many  years  of  this  University,  he 
devoted  himself  to  the  institution  with  steady,  regular, 
and  unfailing  interest  and  industry.  He  will  never  perish 
from  the  memory  of  those — and  they  are  many— who  have 
experienced  his  personal  kindness,  and  I  trust  these  few 
words  of  tribute  will  long  remain  recorded  in  the  archives 
of  this  institution.  Since  I  had  the  happiness  of  address- 
ing the  members  of  the  Senate  about  four  years  ago,  this 
institution  has  been  daily,  almost  hourly,  extending  in  its 
importance  and  its  influence.  If  we  compare  the  numbers 
of  those  who  aspire  to  its  degrees  and  who  come  up  to  the 
earlier  examinations,  which  lead  to  those  degrees  now, 
with  what  they  were  four  years  ago,  we  observe  a  very  vast 
increase.  But  more  than  that  the  studies  have  been  extend- 
ed, and  as  we  hope  improved,  new  institutions  have  been 
affiliated  to  the  University,  and  those  that  were  affiliated 
before  have  been  extending  and  enlarging  and  elevating 
their  course  of  instruction.  Even  within  the  last  year, 
the  course  of  study  for  the  science  degree  has  been  revised 
and  extended,  and,  I  trust,  very  greatly  improved  by  a 
Committee,  whose  assiduity  and  devotion  to  duty  in  the  per- 
formance of  that  arduous  task  claims  the  recognition  of  the 
members  of  the  Senate  especially,  and  of  the  members  of 
the  University  at  large.  The  study  of  French  has  been 
introduced  into  the  University,  and  a  prize  has  been  insti- 
tuted for  ancient  Palaeography  as  an  optional  subject  in 
the  higher  degrees,  which,  I  trust,  may  lead  many  gentle- 
men, who  have  laid  the  foundation  of  sound  and  good 
scholarship,  to  devote  themselves  and  the  ability  they  have 
thus  acquired  and  cultivated  to  the  acquisition  and  spread 
of  a  knowledge  of  that  most  useful  and  interesting  subject 
— a  subject  which  has  a  peculiar  claim  on  the  devotion  and 
labours  of  Indian  students,  anxious  for  the  renown  and  the 
welfare  of  their  country,  seeing  that  the  present  and  the 
future  are  linked  inevitably  to  the  past,  that  every  one 
who  throws  additional  light  on  the  past  furnishes  a  fresh 
interest  and  incentive  to  those  who  are  intent  on  the 
progress  of  the  present  and  the  future.  As  for  the  French 
language  and  literature,  I  trust  that  those  who  are  study- 
ing that  language  will  come  up  in  increased  force  in 
future  ^  examinations.  It  is  a  study  which  is  at  present 
in  its  infancy,  but  I  trust  that  it  will  make  considerable 
progress,  and  that  by  and  bye  we   shall  have  efficient 


454  CONVOCATION   FOR 

teachers  not  only  outside  the  Colleges  and  the  University, 
but  within  them, — Professors  properly  provided  for  by 
endowments  in  those  Colleges.  If  anything  were  wanting 
to  indicate  the  advanced  position  which  the  University 
has  gained  during  the  four  years  that  elapsed  since  I 
addressed  the  Senate  last,  I  think  that  this  very  meeting 
in  which  we  are  standing  would  afford  a  happy  and  a 
conclusive  indication  of  the  extension  of  the  interest  felt 
in  it  and  of  the  importance  of  the  institution.  We  see  here 
assembled  representatives  of  the  chief  classes  of  Bombay, 
and  the  interest  which  they  manifest  in  this  University  is 
an  ever-growing  interest  and  one  which  extends  to  every 
section  of  the  community.  But  let  me  indicate  by  another 
sign  the  importance  of  the  University.  Its  growing 
importance  could  in  no  way  be  more  clearly  mani- 
fested than  by  the  list  of  gentlemen  whom  we  have 
been  very  happy  to  receive  for  the  first  time  on  this 
occasion  as  new  Fellows  of  the  University.  Amongst 
those  gentlemen  are  to  be  found  representatives  of  all  the 
principal  subjects  of  human  learning  and  study,  of  law 
and  medicine  and  engineering,  and,  above  all,  of  general 
literature  and  science.  All  these  subjects  have  here  their 
representatives,  and  these  representatives  have  been  cho- 
sen from  every  class  and  creed.  Our  University  spreads 
its  roots  thus  amongst  Hindus  and  Musalmans,  Parsis  and 
Christians.  Every  class  unites  with  the  others  in  the 
noble  effort  to  promote  the  welfare  of  this  country  and  the 
advance  of  its  people  along  the  great  lines  of  civilization 
and  learning.  I  will  not  attempt  an  enumeration  of  all  the 
names  which  this  day  for  the  first  time  grace  the  list  of 
our  Fellows.  But  there  is  one  gentleman  whose  name  is 
added  to  our  list  to-day,  who  does  claim  a  special  recogni- 
tion, both  on  personal  grounds  and  also  on  account  of  the 
special  honour  to  us  of  his  annexation,  to  use  such  a  phrase, 
to  our  University.  I  speak  of  Professor  James  Darmesteter. 
To  say  a  word  of  the  eminence  of  that  gentleman  in  litera- 
ture and  oriental  learning  would  be  quite  superfluous  in 
an  assembly  which  itself  comprises  many  distinguished 
oriental  scholars  ;  and  I  know  that  the  modesty  which  is 
one  of  the  most  marked  characteristics  which  accompany 
the  genius  of  that  gentleman  would  shrink  from  enu- 
meration of  his  claims  to  our  regard  and  respect.  I  will 
content  myself  with  saying  that  no  one  has  ever  quitted 
the    shores  of  India,  which  he  is  about    to  leave    very 


CONFERRING  DEGREES,    1886-87. 


455 


shortly,  with  more  personal  respect  and  with  greater 
regard  on  the  part  of  all  those  who  have  come  into 
personal  contact  with  him.  But  let  me  add  a  word  as 
to  the  institution  to  which  he  belongs,  and  of  the  claims 
which  his  country  has  to  our  regard  on  account  of  the 
progress  which  it  has  made,  the  services  which  it  has 
rendered  to  our  oriental  scholarship  in  that  College  de 
France,  of  which  he  is  so  distinguished  an  ornament,  and 
in  the  Societe  Asiatique  of  France.  There  has  never  been 
wanting  there  a  number  of  men  of  the  highest  ability  and 
of  the  most  distinguished  scholarship  who  side  by  side  with 
the  savants  of  other  parts  of  Europe  have  been  pushing 
forward  those  researches  by  which  you,  gentlemen,  especi- 
ally as  natives  of  this  country,  must  be  gainers,  and  which 
call  from  you  for  high  appreciation.  Let  it  be  remembered 
that  it  was  Anquetil  du  Perron  who  first  rescued  the  Avesta 
from  the  slumber  of  ages  and  brought  it  to  the  notice  of  the 
learned  of  the  world.  Let  us  remember  that  it  was  another 
French  scholar,  Eugene  Bournouff,  who  first  deciphered  the 
Avesta  for  European  scholars,  brought  it  into  the  full 
light  of  day,  and  made  it  the  subject  of  critical  examination 
to  a  line  of  scholars  like  Darmesteter,  who  will,  no  doubt, 
illuminate  many  of  the  still  obscure  passages  of  that  inter- 
esting compilation.  It  must  surely  be  a  moment  of  pride 
and  happiness  to  all  the  gentlemen  who  have  taken 
prizes  here  to-day  to  be  admitted  on  an  occasion  like  this 
to  such  a  distinguished  company  as  that  of  which  I  have 
spoken.  I  trust  that  those  who  have  received  prizes  and 
those  also  who  have  been  admitted  to  degrees  to-day  will 
bear  in  mind  that  this  distinction  does  impose  upon  them 
a  certain  duty  to  this  institution,  and  a  certain  duty  to 
their  country  and  their  countrymen.  They  are  bound  to 
live  up  the  honour  they  have  gained  to-day  to  prove  them- 
selves worthy  associates  of  those  amongst  whom  they  have 
been  admitted,  and  they  are  bound,  in  so  far  as  their  abilities 
will  enable  them,  to  push  forward  the  cause  of  civilization, 
enlightenment,  and  learning  in  all  the  remoter  corners  of 
this  country  in  which  there  is  so  much  still  to  be  done. 
The  gentlemen  who  have  passed  on  this  occasion  for  the 
lower  stages  leading  towards  the  degrees,  are  very  nume- 
rous— more  numerous,  1  believe,  than  on  any  former  occa- 
sion, and  it  is  rather  sad  to  observe  that  of  those  who  have 
succeeded  so  well,  perhaps  the  largest  proportional  number 
is  due  to  two  institutions  over  whose  face  there  has  been 


456  CONVOCATION  FOR 

not  a  little  just  lamentation  in  recent  days.  It  happens 
by  a  strange  coincidence  that  in  some  of  the  examinations 
the  largest  proportional  number  of  those  who  have  passed 
relatively  to  those  who  have  come  up  have  issued  from  the 
Gujarat  and  the  Deccan  Colleges.  I  say  no  more  on  this 
subject  at  this  moment,  except  that  it  proves  that  these 
institutions,  even  as  it  may  be  in  their  hour  of  weakness 
and  impending  danger,  have  still  worked  up  to  a  high 
standard,  and  have  done  their  duty  by  the  people  amongst 
whom  they  have  been  placed.  The  great  increase  in  the 
numbers  of  the  gentlemen  who  come  up  for  these  lower 
stages  leading  towards  the  degrees  suggests  always  to  one 
interested  in  the  advancement  of  learning  that  the  prepa- 
ratory studies  for  this  University  ought  to  be  made  wider, 
deeper,  and  more  complete  than  they  are.  I  believe  there 
are  few  of  the  gentlemen  who  have  taken  their  degrees 
to-day,  and  few  who  had  to  go  through  the  torture  of  exa- 
minations in  the  lower  stages,  who  will  not  admit  that  they 
have  suffered  considerably  by  the  defects  of  the  primary 
and  secondary  education  through  which  they  have  passed 
preparatory  to  their  coming  to  this  University.  And 
certainly  it  is  an  object  well  worthy  of  the  attention  of  an 
enlightened  Government  to  endeavour  to  complete  the 
course  of  study,  to  enlarge  its  scope,  and  to  ripen  it  espe- 
cially in  the  secondary  schools  of  this  Presidency,  if  it 
wishes  to  have  genuine  scholarship  apart  from  the  mere 
faculty  of  passing  examinations  amongst  those  students 
who  are  hereafter  to  be  the  representatives  of  the  intellect 
of  India  to  the  learned  world.  The  Government,  however, 
is  not  the  only  power  or  the  only  institution  which  is  res- 
ponsible in  a  matter  like  this.  In  every  Eoman  city  of  the 
ancient  days  there  were  establishments  for  the  education 
of  the  people  which  were  supported  out  of  municipal  funds. 
Every  great  municipality  of  the  Roman  Empire  encouraged 
learning  in  its  schools  by  liberal  grants,  by  obtaining  for 
the  Professors  in  those  schools  certain  political  privileges 
and  titles,  and  by  freeing  them  from  municipal  taxes. 
I  believe  that  the  Professors  in  Bombay  would  highly  ap- 
preciate an  honour  of  that  last  kind.  But  whether  the 
Municipality  may  feel  itself  disposed  to  violate  all  the 
canons  of  Political  Economy  or  not  by  conferring  an 
exemption  of  that  kind,  I  do  say  that  the  Municipality  of 
Bombay  might  very  well,  and  with  great  advantage  to  the 
citizens  it  represents,  do  something  towards   supporting 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886-87. 


457 


three  or  four  or  six  secondary  schools  of  the  first  ranks,  pre* 
sided  over  by  men  of  distinguished  abilities  and  distin- 
guished attainments,  and  teaching  pupils  sent  into  them 
upon  the  two  great  lines  of  literary  and  scientific  develop- 
ment, and  then  sending  them  so  prepared  into  this  Univer- 
sity to  make  in  this  University  an  entirely  new  career  for 
it,  to  set  up  a  new  standard,  and  to  make  the  institution 
more  and  more  worthy  of  the  great  place  which,  I  believe, 
it  occupies  now  and  is  destined  to  occupy  in  the  future  of 
India.  That  great  interest  is  felt  in  this  University  amongst 
all  the  classes  of  the  community  in  this  Presidency  is  in 
no  way  perhaps  so  well  indicated  as  by  the  endowments 
which  it  receives  from  year  to  year  Never,  I  believe, 
since  this  University  began  its  career,  since  the  Chancellor 
or  Vice-Chancellor  addressed  you  from  this  place,  has  any 
occasion  passed  without  the  announcement  of  some  endow- 
ments. This  year  the  endowments  are  not  large,  but  still 
the  stream  has  not  failed.  They  have  been  commemorated 
in  the  report  which  has  been  read  to  you,  and  they  claim  a 
word  of  gratitude  from  us.  Divan  Manibhai  Jasbhai,  the 
Committee  for  the  Countess  of  Dufferin's  Fund,  and  the 
Committee  for  establishing  a  memorial  to  the  late  Mr.  James 
Greaves,  have  made  endowments  which  demand  our  recog- 
nition and  our  gratitude.  But  perhaps  there  are  not  a 
few  here  who  have  a  good  deal  of  wealth  to  dispose  of,  whom 
we  may  remind  that  although  a  great  deal  has  been  done, 
a  great  deal  more  remains  to  be  done,  and  there  is  still 
room  for  the  munificence  of  our  wealthy  citizens.  For 
instance,  we  have  only  to  look  round  the  enclosure  of  this 
noble  building  to  see  that  a  handsome  railing  round  it 
would  add  to  the  beauty  and  the  architectural  effect  of 
this  magnificent  pile.  Again,  our  University  Library, 
which  has  formed  so  pleasing  a  topic  of  discussion  to  the 
journalists  for  some  years  back,  and  which  may  be  des- 
tined to  form  a  topic  of  their  discussion  still  for  some  time 
to  come,  is  really  but  the  leavings  of  three  or  four  old 
libraries,  a  collection  of  scraps  and  odds  and  ends.  It  has 
nothing  of  the  systematic  or  complete  in  it,  and  I  put  it  to 
you,  gentlemen,  who  have  wealth,  and  to  gentlemen  who 
shall  read  what  I  am  now  saying,  whether  some  portion  of 
their  riches  would  not  be  really  well  disposed  of  in  adding 
to  the  treasures  of  the  library  by  which  all  the  citizens 
of  Bombay  might  be  benefited.  Again,  we  have  been 
extending  the  range  of  our  University  examinations,  we 

b  1306—39  btj 


458  CONVOCATION   FOE 

have  been  enlarging  the  theoretical  sphere  of  its  influence; 
but  where  are  the  Professors,  where  are  the  teachers,  who 
are  to  give  life  to  this  skeleton,  who  are  to  fill  out  this 
great  outline  and  make  our  performance  equal  to    the 
promises  that  we  hoid  forth  to  the  world  ?     1  think  that 
for  the  completion  of  this  University  course  it  is  obviously 
necessary  that  there  should  be  constituted,  in  one  at  least 
of  the  Colleges,  a  Professorship  of  the  classical  languages, 
Greek  and  Latin,     Perhaps  it  is  news  to  many  of  you  that 
there  is  such  a  deficiency,  but  it  does  exist,  and  I  trust  it 
will  not  be  suffered  long  to  exist.     Again,  those  gentlemen 
who  were  so  zealous  in  advocating  the  cause  of  the  French 
language  in  the  curriculum  of  this  University  are,  I  think, 
bound  to  go  about  among  some  of  their  wealthy  friends 
and  to  urge  them  with  all  the  influence  they  possess  to 
establish  a  Professorship  of  the  French  language  and  li* 
terature.     No  language  and  no  literature  could   be  more 
interesting,  none  could  be  more  worthy  of  the  expenditure 
of  some  of  the  superfluous  wealth  which  is  now  rusting, 
actually  rusting,  in  the  coffers  of  the  wealthy  of  Bombay. 
Again,  we  have  established  a  degree  in  Science,  but  it  has 
unfortunately  not  proved  very  attractive  hitherto,  and  the 
somewhat  poor  show  in  point  of  numbers  of  the  gentlemen 
distinguished,  as  I  have  no  doubt  they  are  in  their  attain- 
ments, who  have  come  up  to  take  their  degree  of  Bachelors 
of  Science  to-day,  indicates  that  there  is  something  wanting 
in  the  attractions  as  yet  held  out  to  a  career  in  that  line. 
I  believe  that  as  the  system  of  technical  education  is  ex- 
tended, the  Science  degree  will  become  more  and  more 
appreciated,  as  it  certainly  ought  to  become.     But  in  the 
meantime  I  will  put  it  to  those  who  have  the  means,  that 
they  might  do  a  great  deal  of  good  to  their  University  and 
their  countrymen  by  establishing  one  or  two  chairs  in  the 
.  department  of  Applied  Science,  such  as  a  chair  of  Agricul- 
tural Chemistry.     Those  who  are  desirous  of  filling  out  the 
great  outline  which  is  laid  down  of  University  studies  here 
will  find  plenty  of  opportunities,  and  they  can  gratify  their 
own    individual    taste    in    supporting  or    endowing  this 
or  that  particular  line  of  research  or   mental  development 
without  in  any  way  affecting  the  special  susceptibilities 
of  any  members  of  this  institution.     There  was  a  city  in 
ancient  days  founded  by  a  great  conqueror, — I  am  speaking 
of  Alexandria, — and  when  that  great  conqueror  founded 
that  city  he  established  it  as  a  gateway  of  communication 


CONFEERING   DEGREES,    1886-87. 


459 


and  as  a  means  of  connection  between  the  East  and  the 
West.  That  great  city  of  commerce  was  the  seat  of  a  long 
line  of  kings.  It  had  wealth  beyond  most  cities  of  the 
ancient  world,  and  it  was  the  favoured  resort  of  many  of 
the  great  ones  of  the  earth.  It  has  occupied  a  great  place 
in  history,  but  the  greatest  place  it  has  taken  has  been  on 
account  of  its  library,  on  account  of  its  learned  men,  and 
on  account  of  the  philosophy  and  learning  which  grew 
up  there,  and  which  have  left  its  name,  whatever  its  future 
fate  may  be,  imperishable  in  the  intellectual  history  of 
mankind.  Now  in  our  day  and  in  our  age  Bombay  occupies 
quite  an  analogous  position  to  that  of  Alexandria  in  the 
ancient  world.  Bombay  is  for  us  the  gateway  between  the 
East  and  the  Wejst.  There  meet  the  men  of  various  na- 
tions, and  there  they  exchange  their  merchandise.  There 
also  then,  I  say,  should  be  that  interchange  of  thoughts 
and  ideas  by  which  Bombay,  like  Alexandria,  may  rise  to 
a  fame  quite  independent  of  the  wealth  of  its  citizens,  and 
of  any  fate  which  may  befall  it.  Here  in  Bombay,  where 
converging  races  from  the  East  and  the  West  meet,  should 
rise  a  school  of  scholarship  and  philosophy,  which  should 
make  this  city  a  worthy  successor  to  the  great  city  founded 
by  Alexander  the  Great.  Surely  to  forward  such  a  work- 
as  this  is  an  ambition  worthy  of  the  greatest  and  most 
distinguished  of  our  citizens.  I  hope  they  will  now  and 
in  all  future  time  rise  to  the  occasion,  and  it  will  be  a  part 
of  their  ambition — certainly  it  will  be  the  noblest  and  pu- 
rest part  of  their  ambition— to  endow  the  learned  institu- 
tions, and  especially  the  University  in  this  city,  with  such 
gifts,  make  them  so  rich,  and  furnish  such  encouragements 
to  learning,  research,  and  study,  as  shall  make  Bombay 
intellectual  lv  the  first  city  in  Asia  and  second  to  none  in 
the  world.  Let  me  remind  these  citizens  that  at  the  period 
of  the  Renaissance  in  Europe,  which  corresponds  much  in 
many  ways  to  the  awakening  of  thought  and  intellectual 
light  which  is  now  making  its  way  in  India,  the  citizens  of  the 
great  cities  were  lavish  in  their  gifts  and  in  their  expenditure 
for  the  encouragement  of  learning.  The  great  merchants 
of  Florence,  as  some  of  their  day-books,  their  "  melsj"  pre- 
served down  to  our  own  time  show,  not  only  had  their 
correspondents  in  all  parts  of  the  world  for  gathering  up 
rich  merchandise,  but  also  to  seek  out  learned  men  and  to> 
send  home  valuable  manuscripts.  There  is  an  example  for 
our  citizens  to  follow.    Again,  I  find  at  the  same  stage  in 


460  CONVOCATION    FOE 

the  world's  progress  that  a  city  like  Bologna  spent  half  of 
its  municipal  funds  in  the  support  of  its  University.  Now 
I  should  like  to  go  to  the  Municipal  Council  of  Bombay, 
and  ask  them  what  they  would  say  to  expending  fifteen 
lakhs  per  annum  on  the  University  of  Bombay.  In  these 
days  when  there  are  so  many  calls  on  the  funds  of  the 
Municipality  as  on  those  of  individuals,  no  one  looks  for  such 
liberality  as  that.  But  something  at  least  might  be  done,  and 
certainly  when  we  look  to  the  history  of  great  cities  in  the 
past,  it  can  hardly  be  said  to  be  an  improper  disposition  of 
municipal  funds,  when  at  any  rate  within  moderate  limits 
they  are  expended  on  the  advancement  of  learning  and  science. 
Padua,  another  great  city,  supported  at  one  time  thirty 
Professors  in  its  University — Professors  of  Law  and  Medicine 
and  General  Literature.  Now,  if  the  Municipality  of  Bom- 
bay would  undertake  to  support  in  this  institution  even 
one-half  of  that  number,  I  am  sure  that  the  community 
would  be  extremely  grateful,  and  this  institution  would 
derive  the  greatest  possible  benefit  from  such  liberality. 
But  at  the  same  time  that  the  Municipalities  of  Italy  at 
the  period  of  the  Renaissance  were  so  liberal  in  their  gifts 
in  aid  of  learning,  there  was  still  a  field  left  for  the  princes 
and  nobles  and  chiefs  of  that  country,  and  there  is  still  a 
field  left  for  the  princes  and  nobles  and  chiefs  of  India  to 
do  a  great  deal  for  the  University  of  Bombay.  It  will  be 
familiar  to  those  of  you  who  have  read  the  history  of  that 
great  period  of  the  re-awakening  of  European  life  and 
knowledge  that  the  new  learning  was  but  somewhat  coldly 
received  by  the  Universities  themselves,  which  by  that 
time  after  a  period  of  three  or  four  centuries  of  activity 
had  already  sunk  pretty  deep  into  the  ruts  of  routine.  It 
was  in  the  courts  of  Popes  and  of  the  princes  and  nobles 
of  Italy  that  the  great  scholars  found  means  for  carrying 
on  their  studies,  and  the  Universities,  which  were  somewhat 
chary  of  receiving  them,  found  to  their  cost  afterwards  that 
the  wave  of  learning  had  in  the  long  run  passed  them  by  and 
left  them  stranded.  Here  is  an  expample  for  the  Chiefs  in 
India,  and  especially  Chiefs  who  have  any  relation  to  the  Pre- 
sidency of  Bombay.  Here  is  an  institution  which  would  be 
in  no  wise  jealous  of  anything  they  can  do  for  learning.  It 
invites  them  to  come  into  its  arms  and  to  go  hand  in  hand 
along  with  them  in  the  work  of  assisting  and  promoting 
learning,  literature,  and  science.  I  suppose  there  are  few 
Chiefs  of  higher  rank  who  would  not  give  a  lakh  or  even 


CONFERRING  DEGREES,    1886-87.  461 

two  or  five  lakhs  for  an  addition  of  one  gun  to  their  salutes. 
I  do  not  ask  these  gentlemen  in  any  way  to  despise  the 
salute,  which  shows  the  respect  felt  for  them  by  the  Para- 
mount Power  in  India.  Far  from  it.  But  I  ask  them  to  win 
a  still  greater  and  nobler  salute  by  giving  a  lakh  or  two  or 
five  to  an  institution  of  this  kind,  and  then  on  every  occasion 
of  their  entering  this  building,  and  showing  their  face  among 
the  community  to  which  they  belong,  they  will  receive  the 
noblest  salute  of  a  people's  applause.  I  would  fain  see  on 
every  one  of  the  panels  of  this  Hall,  in  which  we  are  assem- 
bled, a  tablet  containing  the  names  of  Chief  after  Chief, 
hereditary  donors  of  bounties  to  this  University,  hereditary 
benefactors  who  would  within  its  sacred  walls  find  a  nobler 
Walhallah  than  anything  that  northern  mythical  imagina- 
tion can  conceive,  where  instead  of  drinking  mead  out  of 
the  skulls  of  their  slain  foes,  they  would  move  about  in 
ideal  society,  one  with  the  other,  an  idolized  body  of  bene- 
factors worthy  of  the  recollection  and  almost  of  the  worship 
of  those  who  in  future  generations  will  flock  into  this  Hall, 
as  they  have  done  to-day,  to  take  their  degrees  and  to 
receive  the  recognition  of  those  who  come  to  witness  the 
proceedings.  Now  I  daresay  that  the  benefactions  which 
I  have  had  to  acknowledge  to-day  would  have  been  some- 
what greater  than  they  have  been  but  for  some  degree  of 
uncertainty  and  of  a  strain  of  misgiving  which  pervades 
the  mind  of  the  community  at  this  moment  as  to  the 
future  of  education  in  this  country.  We  have  recently 
seen  one  educational  institution  very  materially  changed 
in  its  conditions.  We  see,  or  we  think  we  see,  a  sort  of 
sword  of  Damocles  hanging  over  another  institution  which 
is  much  prized  by  the  community.  I  do  not  venture  at  all 
to  question  the  policy,  from  a  strictly  political  point  of 
view,  which  dictates  the  movements  of  Government  in 
this  respect.  But  it  may  be  allowed  to  us  as  an  University, 
however  great  and  emergent  the  necessity  may  be,  to 
express  our  regret  that  any  evil  fate  should  befal  institu- 
tions such  as  these,  and  that  is  an  evil  fate,  we  consider, 
which  severs  them  now  from  the  control  and  the  support 
of  Government,  We  think,  we  members  of  this  University 
think,  and  I  am  sure  I  am  speaking  the  feelings  of  nearly 
all,  if  not  all,  who  are  assembled  here,  that  it  is  desirable 
in  the  present  state  of  education  in  India  that  there  should 
not  be  a  total  severance  of  the  Government  from  the  higher 
educational  institutions.    No  doubt  in  England,  with  its 

8  1306—39  bjj* 


462  CONVOCATION  FOR 

peculiar  history  and  with  a  special  individual  character 
which  has  been  developed  there,  the  Government  may  sever 
itself  from  schools  and  institutions  for  higher  education. 
But  a  great  deal  of  that  depends  on  the  special  circum- 
stances of  the  history  of  England,  and  we  think  that  those 
circumstances  may  not  exist  here,  and  that,  therefore,  the 
reasons  why  a  particular  line  of  policy  may  be  expedient 
in  England,  at  least  deserves  fresh  examination  and  review 
before  they  are  applied  crudely  and  without  consideration 
to  the  circumstances  of  India.  However,  in  saying  what 
I  have  said,  I  would  not  be  understood,  for  a  moment,  as 
calling  in  question  the  necessities  which  press  on  the  Gov* 
ernment  at  this  moment.  We  are  living  in  a  period  of  very 
great  financial  pressure ;  every  one  knows  so  much  as  that ; 
but  no  one  feels  it,  I  am  sure,  so  acutely  as  the  Government. 
Moreover,  the  Government  is  called  on  at  this  moment  to 
consider  what  aid  it  can  give  to  the  advancement  of  techni- 
cal education,  and  this  is  a  matter  of  vast  importance. 
Technical  education  is  that  on  which  a  great  deal  of  the 
future  development  of  this  country  depends.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  striking  phenomena  of  the  day,  the  swift 
advance  of  the  European  countries  in  applying  the  resour^ 
ces  of  science  to  the  advancement  of  technical  education ; 
and  we  cannot  any  more  than  England  afford  to  be  left 
behind  in  the  competition  and  race  for  progress  in  this  line. 
The  Government  must  do  what  it  can  to  support  technical 
education  ;  and  technical  education  on  its  own  behalf,  even 
if  there  were  no  competition  and  no  stress  of  necessity,  has 
great  and  paramount  claims  to  the  support  of  the  Govern-* 
ment  and  the  community  itself.  It  is  through  technical 
education  that  the  riches  of  the  world  are  brought  to  our 
feet,  that  the  weak  are  made  strong,  and  the  poor  rich,  and 
that  the  fainting  soul  receives  the  lightning-like  communi- 
cation that  gives  it  peace.  All  these  things  are  owing  to 
the  application  of  science  in  our  day,  and  who  shall  there- 
fore say  that  it  does  not  deserve  the  recognition  and  support 
of  the  enlightened  men  of  the  community.  The  Govern-i 
ment  in  supporting  it  deserves  our  sympathy,  and  if  sacri- 
fices must  be  made  for  it  in  some  directions,  we  must  be 
reasonable  and  enlightened  enough  to  see  that  the  Govern- 
ment itself  is  in  a  strait,  and  submit  to  the  necessity  in 
the  hope  that  better  times  will  come.  This  subject  of 
technical  education  has  hitherto  been,  I  must  say,  some- 
what lamely  handled  as  far  as  one  can  gather  from  what 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886-87.  463 

has  appeared  in  public  by  the  Government.  It  seems 
almost  sometimes  as  if  they  had  called  up  a  Frankenstein, 
and  were  afraid  to  look  the  subject  in  the  face  and  as 
if  they  were  hesitating  with  the  •'  blank  misgivings  of  a 
creature  moviDg  about  in  worlds  half  realized."  So  much 
has  been  talked  and  so  little  has  been  done  in  this 
great  and  important  sphere  of  activity  !  But  I  hope  that 
ere  long  something  like  a  practical  beginning  will  be 
made,  and  that  then  step  by  step  we  shall  rise  through 
those  middle  principles  on  which  Bacon  has  dilated  as 
being  so  important  in  connection  with  the  progress  from 
the  lower  to  a  higher,  that  by  degrees  we  shall  have  tech- 
nical schools  to  advance  our  humbler  students  to  a  perfect 
grasp  of  what  they  now  but  faintly  appreciate,  and  also  that 
the  masters  and  managers  of  factories  and  agriculture  on 
the  larger  scale  will  be  furnished  with  that  higher  techni- 
cal education  which  is  so  essential,  and  which  comes  into 
close  communication  with  the  abstract  physical  sciences. 
It  is  at  this  highest  point  that  technical  education  comes 
into  connection  with  the  University  and  polytechnic  insti- 
tutions. Whether  the  one  or  the  other  should  be  the  cul- 
minating point  is  a  problem  which  has  been  resolved  in 
different  ways  by  the  thinking  and  practical  minds  of 
Europe.  One  thing,  however,  is  certain,  that  whether  a 
polytechnic  institution  or  University  should  be  the  ulti* 
mate  home  of  science  education,  a  preparatory  system 
laying  the  groundwork  of  general  literature  and  science 
can  do  nothing  but  good.  The  highest  grade  of  instruction 
in  general  literature  and  general  science,  according  to  the 
conceptions  which  have  prevailed,  and  which  I  think  must 
be  sound,  has  been  allotted  hitherto  to  the  Universities,  and 
I  think  that  whatever  might  be  the  result  from  other  points 
of  view,  the  University  itself  would  largely  gain  by  an 
addition  to  its  forces  in  the  department  of  science.  There 
is  no  doubt  that  mere  learning  and  philosophy  faint  and 
fade  and  wither  in  the  absence  of  contact  with  positive 
science  and  the  daily  interests  and  needs  with  which  it  is 
connected.  That  has  been  illustrated  by  many  instances, 
and  not  least  by  the  Universities  of  Italy  to  which  I  have 
made  reference.  No  University  can  afford  to  put  itself  out 
of  touch  with  the  general  movement  of  thought  in  the 
world,  and  when  the  general  movement  is  proceeding  along 
the  line  of  science,  it  is  fatal  to  any  institution,  be  it  ever 
so  capable  and  learned  in  other  ways,  to  let  itself  fall  out 


464 


CONVOCATION   FOR 


of  communication  with  that  movement.  I  say,  then,  that 
it  is  in  the  University  that  we  should,  for  the  benefit  of  the 
Universities  and  I  think  of  the  community,  have  those 
masters  of  pure  science  who  will  furnish  to  the  professors 
of  technology  the  means  of  carrying  on  their  teaching  with 
the  greatest  benefit.  These  University  professors  of  science 
should  be  men  specially  devoted  to  their  subject;  they 
should  be  men  not  engaged  in  many  different  occupations, 
but  there  should  be  in  them,  in  order  that  they  may  attain 
perfection  in  their  own  pursuit,  that  specialization  of  labour, 
that  devotion  to  single  subjects  of  study  which  it  would  be 
impossible  for  any  one  engaged  in  an  ordinary  profession, 
or  in  any  ordinary  business  to  have.  The  professor  of  a 
particular  subject,  as  of  Chemistry  in  an  University,  must 
give  himself  up  to  that  one  subject.  At  the  same  time 
mixed  trades  and  professions  on  account  of  their  involving 
attention  to  a  great  many  fragmentary  subjects  are  in  them* 
selves  almost  incapable  of  being  taught  in  an  University ; 
you  require  a  combination  of  qualities,  a  readiness  of  re- 
sources, and  an  application  of  very  various  species  of  infor- 
mation for  the  purpose  of  carrying  on  any  business  which 
is  not  best  learnt  in  an  University  or  not  learnt  there  at 
all,  but  must  be  learnt  in  the  practice  of  the  profession  and 
of  the  buisness  itself.  Therefore,  I  say,  that  although  the 
scientific  part  of  an  education  can  best  be  communicated  in 
the  University,  and  by  University  teachers  of  the  highest 
rank,  yet  as  for  the  mixed  businesses  and  professions  but 
little  can  be  done  in  the  Universities  except  laying  the 
foundations.  These  remarks  apply  especially  to  the  Univer- 
sity of  Bombay,  and  I  hope  that  while  technical  education 
is  being  advanced  by  the  Government  it  will  still  be  ac- 
companied side  by  side  with  a  large  endowment  for  pure 
science  in  the  University,  and  that  from  out  of  the  studies 
and  the  lecture  rooms  of  the  professors  of  science  will  pro- 
ceed a  large  number  of  men,  who  will  then  apply  their 
scientific  attainments  to  the  instruction  of  those  who  again, 
in  the  descending  scale,  will  communicate  that  fertilizing 
stream  to  the  members  of  the  community  who  must  needs 
use  it  in  their  ordinary  avocations. 

These  are  the  chief  remarks  that  occur  to  me  on  this 
occasion.  Gentlemen  of  the  Senate,  I  had  intended  to  say 
something  at  greater  length  on  the  position  which  Indian 
Universities  have  now  attained,  on  the  great  services  they 
have  rendered  to  the  community  amongst  whom  they  are 


CONFERRING   DEGREES,    1886-87.  465 

placed,  on  the  duties  which  devolve  upon  them,  and  on  the 
great  future  which  is  before  them.  The  topic,  I  find,  is 
somewhat  too  extensive  and  too  important  to  be  treated  at 
this  stage  of  my  address  to  you.  I  will  reserve  it,  if  ever 
I  have  the  opportunity,  for  some  other  occasion  of  address- 
ing you,  and  I  will  say  no  more  on  the  present  occasion 
than  to  remind  my  younger  hearers,  in  whom  we  all  feel 
so  much  interested,  that  whether  in  the  field  of  science  or 
in  the  field  of  literature,  there  is  a  certain  exaltation  of 
spirit  required, — and  that  can  be  attained  by  true  attach- 
ment to  a  great  institution  of  this  kind, — which  brings  out 
the  noblest  abilities  into  splendid  activity  ;  that  they  owe 
to  this  institution  and  to  their  country  great  services  on 
account  of  their  connexion  with  the  University  ;  that  they 
should  make  their  position  in  it  the  means  of  guarding  and 
guiding  them  amidst  the  manifold  temptations  of  life — that 
they  should  remember  that  in  the  literary  field  especially, 
a  great  literature  implies  a  great  and  noble  national  charac- 
ter, that  the  literature  of  a  nation  presents  the  prevailing 
thoughts,  passions,  tendencies,  and  aspirations  of  its  people, 
as  these  are  reflected  by  men  of  genius,  and  therefore  as  the 
nature  of  a  people  is  higher,  purer,  and  richer,  so  will  their 
literature  be  higher,  purer,  and  richer,  and  the  more  will 
that  nation  have  to  contribute  to  the  wisdom,  and  the 
elevation,  and  the  prosperity  of  mankind.  Then  I  say, 
love  your  country  and  your  people.  Let  the  motive  to  push 
forward  their  welfare  be  ever  and  ever  the  monitor  of  your 
souls,  and  resolve  that  in  the  future  of  the  world  this 
country,  which  in  the  past  has  played  so  important  a  part, 
shall  now  recover  it  and  be  amongst  the  greatest  of  the 
earth. 

The  Honourable  the  Vice-Chancellor,  after  a  short  pause 
declared  the  Convocation  dissolved. 


XIV. 


A  Special  Meeting  of  the  Senate  was  held  in  the  Sir 
Cowasjee  Jehanghier  Hall  of  the  University  on  Monday 
the  14th  February  1887,  at  5-30  p.m. 


Present  : 


The   Honourable  Mr.    Justice 

West,    C.S.,    M.A.,   LL.D, 

F.R.G.S,,  Vice-Chancellor. 
W.  Wordsworth,  B.A. 
The   Honourable   Mr.    Justice 

Bird  wood,       C.S.,      M.A., 

LL.M. 
Charles  Chambers,  F.R.S. 
The     Honourable     Kashinath 

Trimbak     Telang,       M.A., 

LL.B.,  CLE. 
The  Honourable  Mr,   Justice 

Jar  dine,  C.S, 
Colonel    G.L.C.    Merewether, 

R.E. 
Cowasjee     Hormusjee,    G.G. 

M.C. 
Dhanjibhoy  Framji  Patel. 
Kharshedji  Rustomji  Cama. 
Harichand    Sadashivji,  Assoc. 

M.  Inst.  C.E. 
Rahimtulah  Muhammad 

Sayani,  M.A.,  LL.B.. 
Edaljee    Nusserwanjee,    G.G. 

M.C. 
Rao       Bahadur        Ganpatrao 

Bhaskar. 
The  Honourable   Mr.   Justice 

Nanabhai  Haridas,   LL.B. 
Shantaram     Vithal     Sanzgire, 

L.M. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. 
Nanabhai  Rastamji  Ranina. 
The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  MA., 

D.D. 


Peter  Peterson,  D.Sc. 

The  Rev.   F.   X.    Fibus,   S.J., 

S.T.P. 
J.  Griffiths. 

F.  W.    Stevens,    F.R.I. B. A., 
A.M.I.C.E. 

Michael  Macmillan,  B.A. 
Mancherji  Navroji  Banaji. 
Pestonji  Mancherji,  G.G.M.C. 
The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J. 

G.  W.  Forrest,  B.  A. 
Kaikhosru   Navroji  Kabraji. 
Mancherji     Merwanji     Bhow- 

nagri,  C.  I.  E. 
Shivshankar  Govindram. 
Dossabhai  Nasarwanji  Wadia, 

M.A. 
Surgeon      K.     R.      Kirtikar, 

M.R.C.S.    (Eng.)    L.R.C.P. 

(Lond.) 
The  Honourable  Rao  Bahadur 

Mahadev  Vasudev  Barve. 
Pundlik  Ganesh    Dhumatkar, 

L.C.E. 
Khan  Bahadur  Ghulam  Maho- 
med Munshi. 
Mahomed  Hussein  Hakim. 
Kavasji  Bejanji  Sethna,  B.A., 

LL.B. 
Vaman  Shi v ram  Apte,  M.A. 
Bhalchandra  Krishna  Bhatava- 

dekar,  L.M. 
Jivanji  Jamshedji  Modi,  B.A. 
Dastur        Darab       Pesshutan 

Sanjana,  B.A. 


JUBILEE  ADDRESS.  467 

It  was  proposed  by  the  Honourable  Mr.  Telang,  and 
Seconded  by  the  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Birdwood,  that  an 
Address  be  presented  to  Her  Majesty  the  Queen-Empress 
on  the  happy  occasion  of  the  Jubilee  of  Her  Majesty's 
accession. — Carried  unanimously 

The  Honourable  the  Vice-Chancellor  then  read  the  follow-^ 
ing  draft  of  the  Address  as  prepared  by  him  ; — 
To  Her  Imperial  Majesty,  Alexandrina  Victoria,  by  the 

Grace  of  God,  Queen   of  the  United  Kingdom  of  Great 

Britain  and  Ireland,  Defender  of  the  Faith,  Empress  of 

India. 

Your  Majesty, — On  the  joyful  occasion  of  the  fiftieth 
anniversary  of  your  Majesty's  accession  to  the  throne,  we, 
the  Chancellor,  Vice-Chance] lor  and  Fellows  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Bombay,  humbly  beg  leave  to  approach  your  Majesty 
with  a  respectful  assurance  of  our  dutiful  and  affectionate 
loyalty  to  your  Imperial  person  and  of  our  heartfelt  congra- 
tulations on  the  completion  of  half  a  century  of  your 
Majesty's  auspicious  reign.  Cast  in  a  happy  time  of  pro- 
gress and  prosperity  your  Majesty's  rule  has  been  doubly 
fruitful  in  blessings  to  your  people  through  the  influence  of 
your  personal  benignity,  and  we  desire  gratefully  to  ac- 
knowledge that  gracious  influence  made  manifest  in  the  in- 
crease of  purity,  charity  and  mutual  good-will ;  of  enlight- 
enment, loyalty  and  patriotism  amongst  all  classes  of  your 
Majesty's  subjects.  In  your  Majesty's  career  of  beneficence, 
calmness  and  wisdom  they  have  found  a  pattern  for  their 
lives,  and  an  object  of  their  veneration.  In  none  of  your 
Majesty's  subjects  are  these  sentiments  more  deeply  im- 
planted than  in  the  members  of  the  University  of  Bombay. 
It  is  in  the  confidence  of  true  and  single-minded  devotion 
that  we  venture  to  present  to  your  Majesty  this  tribute  of 
felicitation,  of  homage,  and  unwavering  attachment  to  your 
Imperial  person. 

Among  the  causes  that  have  made  your  Majesty's  reign 
illustrious,  none  have  had  nobler  results  than  the  progress 
of  learning  and  the  increased  breadth  and  energy  of  the 
teaching  of  literature  and  science  in  all  parts  of  your  Majes- 
ty's dominions.  The  life  and  action  of  the  University  of 
Bombay  are  a  part  of  this  memorable  development.  Born 
in  an  hour  of  darkness  and  tempest,  our  University  has 
passed  unhurt  through  the  perils  of  its  infancy  under  the 
benign  protection  of  favouring  laws  and  of  a  Government 


468  UNIVERSITY 

free  from  jealousy  and  deeply  sympathetic  with  the  people's 
progress  in  intellectual  and  moral  as  well  as  in  material 
welfare.  Fostered  thus  and  supported  by  your  Majesty's 
representatives,  unimpeded  and  encouraged  in  its  cultiva- 
tion of  learning,  and  its  development  of  the  high  aud  free 
exercise  of  thought,  the  University  has  prospered  even  be- 
yond its  hopes  as  beyond  its  merits.  In  its  name  we  desire 
to  express  its  fervent  gratitude  for  the  favours  with  which 
it  has  been  blessed  and  for  the  aid  it  has  received  in  this 
the  first  generation  of  its  career  which  comes  auspiciously 
to  completion  in  this  Jubilee  year  of  your  Majesty's  acces- 
sion to  the  throne. 

The  generous  bounties  of  your  Majesty's  Government  to 
the  University  of  Bombay  have  stirred  up  amongst  Tour 
Majesty's  subjects  in  Western  India  a  noble  rivalry  of  private 
benefaction.  Confident  in  the  honour  of  their  rulers  and  in 
the  stability  of  the  institutions  under  which  they  have  pros- 
pered, many  members  of  the  community  have  endowed  the 
University  with  a  portion  of  their  wealth.  They  have  thus 
sought  to  second  your  Majesty's  exertions  and  desires  for  the 
highest  welfare  of  your  Indian  subjects.  Nor  have  their 
efforts  and  their  sacrifices  been  made  in  Vain.  Disciplined 
and  illuminated  by  the  higher  education  that  centres  in  the 
Universities  the  people  of  India,  but  especially  of  the  Pre- 
sidency of  Bombay,  have  learned  to  understand  their  mani- 
fold advantages  as  subjects  of  your  Most  Gracious  Majesty 
and  as  members  of  a  great,  enlightened  and  generous  empire. 
They  perceive  and  value  their  part  in  its  materinl  pro- 
sperity, but  they  prize  most  of  all  the  treasures  of  thought 
and  noble  principle  and  stimulating  example  which  they  have 
gained  from  British  genius  and  experience.  Led  thus  to 
a  craving  for  more  intimate  relations  with  the  central 
community  of  your  Majesty's  Empire  they  have  seen  a 
gradual  but  steady  progress  in  the  growth  of  mutual 
sympathies  and  of  the  interchange  of  mornl  and  intellectual 
influences  which  promises  a  timely  realization  of  their  loyal 
aspirations.  The  years  of  your  Majesty's  reign  have  brought 
the  diverse  peoples  under  your  Majesty's  dominion  into 
closer  and  closer  communion  with  each  other.  Enlarged 
freedom  has  been  found  compatible  with  an  intenser  at- 
tachment to  essential  institutions  and  to  the  throne  in 
which  they  centre,  as  each  member  of  the  great  aggregate 
feels  himself  called  to  a  wider  and  nobler  activity  within  the 


JUBILEE    ADDRESS.  4G9 

expanding  circle  of  your  Majesty's  Imperial  sway.  Your 
Majesty's  rule  as  a  reign  of  piety,  justice  and  benevolence 
encourages  a  generous  hope  of  ever-growing  mutual  love 
amongst  your  subjects,  blended,  however  remote  in  place, 
by  a  common  and  hearty  attachment  to  the  throne  into  one 
vast  family,  governed  and  actuated  by  identical  principles, 
sharing  the  same  glories,  feeling  the  same  anxieties,  and 
participators  alike  in  the  achievements  and  the  influences 
by  which  the  British  Empire  is  destined  to  stamp  its  im- 
press on  all  the  future  of  the  human  race.  A  marvellous 
expansion  in  the  facilities  of  communication  between  distant 
regions  of  the  world  has  fitly  coincided  with  the  reign  of 
a  Sovereign  whose  gentle  influence  has  tended  to  make 
every  increase  of  acquaintance  a  new  bond  of  brotherhood 
amongst  men,  but  especially  amongst  the  peoples  of  your 
Majesty's  widely  extended  realm.  We  earnestly  hope  that 
under  the  blessing  of  the  Almighty  God  this  kindly  in- 
fluence may  more  and  more  prevail,  and  that  your  Majes- 
ty's reign  may  thus  stand  forth  in  history  not  only  as 
glorious  in  itself,  but  as  the  commencement  of  an  era  of 
happiness,  peaee  and  good-will  amongst  the  nations  of  the 
earth. 

No  part  of  your  Majesty's  empire  has  enjoyed  a  larger 
share  of  your  Imperial  attention  and  regard  than  India 
and  its  people.  Rejoicing  in  their  prosperity,  distressed  at 
their  calamities,  your  Majesty,  watching  their  good  and 
evil  fortune,  their  virtues  and  failings  with  the  tender 
solicitude  of  a  mother  of  her  people,  has  won  an  unparal- 
lelled  return  of  trustful  affection  from  the  millions  who 
are  proud  to  count  themselves  your  lowly  children.  Mem- 
bers of  your  Majesty's  august  family  have  come  among  us, 
bearing  messages  of  generous  kindness  and  confidence. 
They  have  taken  back  to  your  Majesty  faithful  reports  of 
the  abounding  loyalty,  of  the  unfeigned  gratitude  and 
joy  with  which  such  messages  were  greeted.  One  son  of 
your  Majesty  dwells  in  our  midst,  reflecting  in  his  sphere 
of  duty  your  Majesty's  devotion  to  the  good  of  your  people, 
and  with  his  noble  Consort  affording  an  example  of  win- 
ning affability  and  condescension  in  the  highest  rank  and 
of  generous  interest  in  the  humblest  soldier  and  peasant. 
Such  evidences  of  your  Majesty's  love  and  care  we  see 
with  a  responsive  gratitude  common  to  us,  and  your 
Majesty's  other  subjects  in  India,  but  to  us  as  the  humble 
b  1306  -  40  bit 


470  UNIVERSITY 

representatives  of  learning  it  especially  belongs  to  appre- 
ciate and  acknowledge  the  felicity  of  our  situation  and  the 
unspeakable  benefits  that  we  owe  to  your  Majesty's  mild 
and  calm  and  sympathetic  rule.  We  see  literature  and 
philosophy  occupying  year  by  year  new  fields  of  thought 
and  of  research.  We  see  science  dowering  society  with 
new  comforts  and  conveniences,  and  now  inviting  our 
studious  youth  to  a  mastery  of  the  long  hidden  resources 
of  nature.  Some  acquaintance  with  history  sets  the  past 
before  us  in  startling  contrast  with  the  present.  Side  by 
side  with  the  oppression,  violence  and  anarchy  of  other 
times  we  place  the  moderation,  justice  and  regular  admin- 
istration under  which  we  live.  We  look  back  into  the 
social  and  political  immobility  or  retrogression  of  India 
during  many  centuries,  and  then  turning  to  your  Majesty's 
gracious  Proclamation  on  assuming  the  direct  govern- 
ment of  this  great  dependency,  we  hail  its  declarations  as 
a  precious  boon,  full  of  generosity  and  goodness  in  the 
present,  and  holding  out  the  inspiriting  prospect  of  an 
infinite  progress  in  the  future  to  India  and  its  people. 

Thus  grateful,  hopeful  and  bound  by  the  ties  of  the  most 
sacred  allegiance  and  love  to  your  Majesty's  Imperial 
throne  and  person,  we  pray  that  your  reign  may  be  pro- 
longed still  for  many  years  of  peace,  prosperity  and  hap- 
piness, rich  in  the  blessings  of  your  people,  in  the  fruition 
of  past  toils  and  sacrifices,  in  the  noble  consciousness  of 
great  duties  greatly  fulfilled,  and  in  the  bright  anticipation 
of  a  splendid  future  for  the  British  Empire  brought  nearer 
to  accomplishment  by  your  Majesty's  policy,  principles  and 
example. 

It  was  proposed  by  the  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Nanabhai 
Haridas,  and  seconded  by  Professor  Wordsworth,  that  the 
draft  prepared  by  the  Honourable  the  Vice-Chancellor  be 
adopted. — Carried  unanimously. 

It  was  proposed  by  Mr.  R.  M.  Sayani,  and  seconded  by 
the  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardine,  that  the  Address  be 
presented  to  His  Excellency  the  Governor  for  submission 
to  Her  Imperial  Majesty  the  Queen-Empress  by  a  deputa- 
tion consisting  of  the  Honourable  the  Vice- Chancellor. 
the  Deans  of  the  Faculties  and  the  Syndics.— Carn'ei 
unanimously. 


JUBILEE    ADORERS.  47  L 

It  was  proposed  by  Mr.  Griffiths,  and  seconded  by 
Mr.  K.  K.  Cama,  that  the  Address  be  hereafter  engrossed 
on  illuminated  vellum,  and  enclosed  in  a  casket  of  chased 
silver  at  the  cost  of  the  University.—  Carried  unanimously. 

After  some  formal  business  the  meeting  was  dissolved, 


draminatton  |)apa:s, 

1886-87, 


b  1306—1  ex 


^Examination  #antt0. 


[A  copy  of  the  following  Directions  is  laid  on  the  Table  of  each 
Candidate  at  the  beginning  of  each  Examination. ,] 

1.  Write  your  number  on  the  list  and  your  name,  beginning 
with  your  surname,  at  the  top  of  each  sheet  of  foolscap.  ( 

2.  Make  a  margin  (as  in  this  paper),  and  write  in  the  margin, 
at  the  top  of  each  page,  the  number  of  the  answer. 

3.  Write  upon  one  side  only  of  the  paper,  and  do  not  write 
any  part  of  your  answer  upon  the  margin. 

4.  Begin  each  answer  at  the  top  of  a  new  page. 

5.  Arrange  your  papers  with  care  in  the  order-  of  the  question, 
and  tie  them  together  with  the  piece  of  string  provided. 

6.  Write  on  the  back  of  the  last  sheet— 

1st.     Your  number  on  the  list. 

2nd,     Your  name,  beginning  with  your  surname. 

7.  Candidates  in  want  of  anything  are  to  apply  to  the 
Examiner  or  other  officials  in  charge,  but  are  not  to  leave  their 
seats  on  this  or  any  other  account,  except  to  deliver  up  their 
answers. 

8.  If  any  Candidate  bring  any  book  or  paper  into  the  Exa- 
mination Hall,  or  speak  to,  or  communicate  in  any  other  way 
with,  another  Candidate  while  the  Paper  Examination  is  going 
on,  he  will  be  instantly  expelled,  and  his  name  reported  to  the 
Board  of  Examiners. 

9.  Candidates,  when  they  have  given  up  their  answers,  are  on 
no  account  to  return  to  their  seats.  They  must  at  once  leave  the 
Hall  without  loitering. 

PETER  PETERSON,  D.Sc, 

University  Registrar. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 


ill 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION. 


EXAMINERS. 


B.Sc, 


Bom-  | 
bay.    I 


D.  MacDonald,  M.D 
CM. 

J.  Oliver,  Esq.  ...  ... 

Thomas  Duncan,  M.A.,  LL  B. 

A.  Barrett,  B.A Poona     ... 

H.  F.  Shanahan,  B.A.  ...Ahmedabad  J 
W.  Doderet,  Esq.,  C.S.  Belgaum...  I 
The  Rev.  J.  J.  Bambridge  Karachi  ...  J 
Lakshuman    Ramchahdra    Vaidya, 

M.A.     ...        

J.  Oliver,  Esq 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq 

Juibhai  Pestonji  Mistri,  M.A 

E.  C.  Monod,  Esq ,       ... 

J.  A.  DaGama,  L.M 

Daji  Abaji  Khare,  B.A.,  LL.B. 
Nagindas      Tulsidas      Marphatia, 

B.A..LL.B ..        

Rao      Bahadur     Jayasatyabodhrao 

Trimalrao  Inamdar 

Khan   Bahadur  Ghulam    Muhammad 

Munshi  

Khan  Saheb  Sadie:  alli  Fraidunbeg 

Mirza,  B.A 

Kavasji     Dadabhai     Naegamvala 

M.A.,  F.R.A.S.,  F.C.S.,  F.I.C 
Naxabhai     Ardesir     Moos,      B.Sc. 

(Edin.).,  L.C.E. 

J.  T.  Hathornthwaite 
John  Jack,  M.A. 


^In  English,  and  in  His- 
tory and  Geography. 


In  Sanskrit. 
In  Latin. 
In  Hebrew. 
In  Persian, 
In  French. 
In  Portuguese. 
In  Marathi. 


In  Gujarathi. 
In  Kanarese. 
In  Hindustani. 
In  Sindhi. 


a,) 

;:•  >  In  I 


M.A. 


Natural  Science. 

In  Arithmetic  and 
Algebra,  and  in  Eu* 
did. 


iV 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 


Monday,  15th  November. 
[11  a.m.  to  2  P.M.] 


ENGLISH. 


D.  MacDonald,  M.D.,  B.Sc, 

CM.; 
J.  Oliver,  Esq.; 
Thomas  Duncan,  M.A.,LL.B.; 


A.  Barrett,  B.A.; 
H.  F.  Shan  ah  an,  B.A.; 
W.  Doderet,  Esq.,  C.S.; 
The  Rev.  J.  J.  Bamrridge. 


[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

JV.jB. — Ten  marks  are  assigned  to  legibility  and  general 
neatness  of  writing. 

1.  Paraphrase —  30 

Our  walk  was  far  among  the  ancient  trees  : 

There  was  no  road,  nor  any  woodman's  path  ; 

But  the  thick  umbrage — checking  the  wild  growth 

Of  weed  and  sapling,  along  soft  green  turf 

Beneath  the  branches— of  itself  had  made 

A  track,  that  brought  us  to  a  slip  of  lawn, 

And  a  small  bed  of  water  in  the  woods. 

All  round  this  pool  both  flocks  and  herds  might  drink 

On  its  firm  margin,  even  as  from  a  well, 

Or  some  stone  basin  which  the  herdsman's  hand 

Had  shaped  for  their  refreshment ;  nor  did  sun, 

Or  wind  from  any  quarter  ever  come, 

But  as  a  blessing,  to  this  calm  recess, 

This  glade  of  water  and  this  one  green  field. 

This  spot  was  made  by  nature  for  herself  ; 

The  travellers  know  it  not,  and   'twill  remain 

Unknown  to  them  ;  but  it  is  beautiful ; 

And  if  a  man  should  plant  his  cottage  near, 

Should  sleep  beneath  the  shelter  of  its  trees, 

And  blend  its  waters  with  his  daily  meal, 

He  would  so  love  it,  that  in  his  death-hour 

Its  image  would  survive  among  his  thoughts. 

2.  Write  an  essay  of  about  40  lines  on  the  following    40 
subject : — 

"  It  is  better  to  know  one  subject  thoroughly  than  half  a 
dozen  imperfectly  "  : 
or,  describe  an  Indian  Bazar. 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  V 

3.  Explain  the  following  sentences  : —  12 

(a)  He  made  such  an  exhibition  of  himself  that  I  could 
hardly  keep  my  countenance. 

(b)  He  began  by  beating  about  the  bush,  but  at  last  came 
to  the  point. 

(c)  They  were  so    hard   pressed  that  they  were  within 
an  ace  of  defeat. 

{d)  He  promised  to  look  after  my  interests,  and  he  was 
as  good  as  his  word. 

(e)  He  endeavoured  to  stare  me  out  of  countenance,  but 
I  was  determined  to  assert  myself. 

4.  Frame  sentences  showing  the  'use  of  the  following    15 
synonyms  : — 

Discover,  invent ;     funny,    humorous,    comical ;    polite, 
civil,  refined  ;  tease,  vex,  harass  ;  notorious,  famous. 

5.  Give  the    past    tense,    and    past  participle    of  the      5 
following  verbs  : — 

Bear,  flow,  hide,  lade,  lay,  lie,  loose,  rid,  slide,  swell. 

6.  Turn  the  following  into  indirect  narration  : —  10 
"  I  am  sure  that  unless   you  come  here  before  to-morrow. 

evening,  you  will  not  find  the  man  you  are  in  search  of,  for, 
on  the  day  after,  he  means  to  return  to  Calcutta  where  he 
Has  not  been  since  last  April,  and  where  his  presence  is 
required  in  connection  with  the  affair  I  mentioned  to  you 
yesterday." 

7.  Convert   by  the    use  of  suffixes,   the  following  ad-     10 
jectives  into  nouns  : — 

E emote,  grand,  special,  moral,  natural; 

and,  in  the  same  way,  the  following  nouns  irito  adjectives  : — 
Picture,  revolution,  artist,  effect,  villain,  line,  license. 

8.  Give  the  meaning  and  derivation  of  any  five   of  the      5 
following  words : — 

Bankrupt,   idiot,  rite,  orient,   mercurial,  panacea,  prize, 
custom,  gregarious,  morose. 

9.  Parse  the  words  in  Italics  :—  9 
(a)  It  was  from  you  that  I  received  this  book. 

(&)  "  Will  you  come  then"  ?     "  To  be  sure,  I  will." 

(c)  This  conduct  will  lose  you  your  friends, 

(d)  I  was  refused  this  favour. 
jj  1306-1  ex* 


ti  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

(e)  He  oame  the  shortest  way 

(/)  This  done,  they  departed. 

10.  Give  the  masculine  or  feminine  of  the  following  4 
words  : — 

Bee,  sire,  filly,  roe,  ram,  widow,  Czar,  hind. 

ENGLISH. 

The  Candidate  may  substitute  for  the  piece  set  for  paraphrase 
a  translation  into  English  of  any  one  of  the  following 
passages  : — 

tiT^fti^r  v$\  *mm  ^vtf  fa^i-  *RFTfcf  3rr|  <fr 

»mrt%  ^i^f^Tr  ere  «t*»w  if^r  srcr^,  c=nr  ^ 
stwI  3?rc?qr  =gfaf  sr^f  *cfa*  q^  afwr^r 
differ*  gsjjgr  t^rr  T^r>cT?^.     ^rrf^r  w^rr 

Nr  $rp  <^  wrsr  *rnr  aril  rfr  wfaerrer. 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  VU 

•rrtffa  3T^ft  ^w  arr|  «6  spqr«  *rg«rNt  ^rf^F 

^[^Rf^  arc  jkt  3rr|  €r>  s  cr%*r;r  v\*  anTtff  «tV 
^r|cr,  ^  zw  ^rrq-r  ^  37m  3?jnr<fr  «fteT  ^rc,  qtg 

^rnrNft  &ftm  iwcn  wr  m*  writ 


%iiH*t  >t<n  ft.  £>  *>u^  >n^^  d^pfl  **m  ^(ctfect, 

*U^S(3   §NMPfl  Ml  nMl   WJM  C-tft    ^t    T'tMM    H$ 
%ifc!M^    (§3jR    ^  "^IM,  rtUi^Wl  **UM$   fa<L?Q  *H*Ml 


Viii  'MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,   1886-87. 


Translate  the  following  : — 

Com  estes  vagares  iam  as  cousas  nesta  primeira  Conquista, 
onde  ainda  nao  temos  residencia  alguma  fora  de  Goa,  nem  nos 
eonsta  de  fructo  notavel,  que  se  fizesse  nos  infieis  dos  contornos, 
3endo  tao  copioso  o  que  ja  se  cojhia  em  outras  Conquistas  mais 
modernas  ;  quando  Xavier  largando  as  velas  de  Malaca  para 
Cochim,  se  comecou  a  mostrar  maravilhoso  sobre  as  aguas. 
Vindo  atravessando  na  nao  de  Garcia  de  Souza  a  golfo  de  Ceylao, 
se  levantou  da  parte  de  Levante  um  vento  tao  furioso,  que 
rompeo  em  uraa  horrivel  tempestade.  0  mesmo  Sane  to  a  julgou 
pela  maior  de  quantas  tinha  visto.  Os  mares  ja  feitos  de  longe 
saltavam  tao  altos  e  grossas,  como  se  viessem  apostados  a 
metter  no  fundo  a  miseravel  nao.  Alijaram  as  fazendas  ao  mar, 
e  quasi  desesperados  da  vida,  so  com  a  moneta  ao  pe  de  mastro, 
foram  correndo  a  discripc3<o  do  tempo,  Tres  dias  e  tres  noutes 
durou  a  tormenta,  se  porventura  os  dias  com  a  contmua  cerracio 
se  podiam  distinguir  das  noutes. 


—  £&.  ^if  gUj  c^*  (jh  j+x  j* 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  IX 

*£**vlj)\  \y*  £  I  **^*^  ^3^  ^r^9  ^J 
£(*>  ^    r>  ^ 

%f  &l  £   ci)jJ^    ^  y**   {.ft*   u^) 

i_*Ujb^  J/  e^J  Uj4  ^i  v' 
rri  ^  ^r  ^r  /*  V  dr1  ^  *¥ 

^    £*    c>  U    ^    e>^^    ^r !     (jh 


X  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

U^  ^  ^  {}**  ^  JW  ^  '^  l/ 

fc>*r  i/  ^  j^'j**-  d^l  £*  >t 
£W*   i>   ^   ^   v**    ^i  \Jji 

<£*/  tj*j  ^J*  il'i^^i 


en  s  — °  SJ  *j  •«  * 

fcjWSJ.  3JC23&,     eCr-30,  CCbC5&  7<G#»ft  Si3  ,  e&g^j^ 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  XI 

rfj=K3rtci3J  suib.  ojori  eDcSco:  ■£#£  tfF>rtowj  "tfoss 
sssrf  esctoj  Us,  sort©  £je$  °sfc&)ij3c&)f  tfafocbssasi) 
$)"%  &o©j,  ^^oj  e^o&F&oa  ^j^Gfrf^ceran,  ©3 

nctS^e  eSw&^SJG  SCJJ^^I  *5S^,  eCdOJb  &z$  5P^J 
fitf   SSOJOSS   Sfc3^J30G*J,     ©C3J  JW*    CDC  DP,     Ofce);3D7foj 

3e>i%o  esj^s^  sj3£&,  g5jw£  noi3?  ~uo£  <h&)s$ 


J11^  £*ji  *>  ^t  &*'*  J-^  c^ 


Xii  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

^l&jl  f  s£=»  yj  &s*  aft**,  9J-  ^ 

^4*j  yt  &#  )^  tf*  ^.  ^  1/^ 

$$■0$  ^*~*  O-O^  LfJ^3  ^  J^°  ** 
JS*  i>U  ^J  fj^  Jj  ****  ^  ^ 
^  Ifi-  ^  ^  <J^  J^  cf^  4^* 

jfg  J  o*W  ^  .^L  ^j  i^jlo 


' 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  xiii 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[11  A.M.  to  1  P.M.] 

HISTORY  and  GEOGRAPHY. 

D.    MacDonald,    M.D.,  B.Sc,  I  A.  Barrett,  B.A.; 

C.  M. ;  H.  F.  Shanahan,  B.  A. ; 

J.  Oliver,  Esq.;  W.  Doderet,  Esq.,  C.S.; 

Thomas  Duncan,  M.A.,  LL.B.;  |  The  Rev.  J,  J.  Bambridge. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  was  the  origin  of  the  Wars  of  the  Roses  ?  Show     10 
how  they  were  brought  to  an  end. 

2.  Give  some  account  of  the  Spanish  Armada  ;  and  state     10 
why  it  was  planned,  and  what   effect  it  had  on  the  naval 
position  of  England. 

3.  Write  what  you  know  of  the  following  : —  15 

(a)  Battles  : — Bannockburn,  Bunker's  Hill,  Naseby,   Mal- 
plaquet,  Trafalgar,  Tewkesbury. 

{b)   Treaties  :  —  Troyes,  Aix-la-chapelle,  Saibai,  Bassein. 

(e)  With  what  object  were  the  following  Laws  passed  : — 

Magna  Charta, 
Habeas  Corpus, 
Act  of  Settlement. 

4.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  second  Maratha  War.  10 

5.  Give  as  complete  a  list  as  you  can  of  the  foreign  pos-       8 
sessions  of  England. 

6.  Draw  a  map  of  France,  inserting  the    chief  rivers,     12 
with  the  principal  towns  on  them,  and  the  more  important 
sea-ports. 

7.  State  what  you  know  of  glaciers,  cyclones,  and  the    10 
gulf -stream. 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[11  a  m.  to  2  P.M.] 

ARITHMETIC  and  ALGEBRA. 
J,T.  Hathornthwatte,  M.A.;  John  Jack,  M.A. 
1.    Explain    carefully    the  meaning  of  prime  number,      10 
factor,  divisor,  measure,  multiple. 
Resolve  5005  into  its  prime  factors. 

Add  together  as  decimals  8138,  14'6S651,    •20508963'. 
b  1306—2  ex 


xiV  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

2.  The  circumference   of  the  forewheel  of  a  carriage  is       4 
6|  feet  and  that  of  the  hind  wheel  is  12£  feet.     How  many 
feet  must  the  carriage  pass  over  before  the  wheels  shall  have 
made  a  complete  number  of  revolutions  ? 

3.  A  vessel  is  filled  With  a  liquid,  3  parts  of  which  are      8 
water  and  5  parts  syrup.     How  much  of  the  mixture  must 

be  drawn  off  and  replaced  with  water  so  that  the  mixture 
may  be  half  water  and  half  syrup  ? 

4.  (i)   The  surface  of  a  cube  is  308.16  square  feet.    Find     11 
the  length  of  its  edge. 

(ii)  Extract  the  cube  root   of  45.698  to  four  places  of 
decimals. 

5.  If  the  price  of  gold  be  £3  10s.  lO^d.  an  ounce  and  a       ? 
cubic  inch  of  gold  weigh  10  ounces,  What  is  the  price  of  the 
gold  that  would  be  required  to  gild  a  dome  whose  surface  is 
5,000   square  feet,  the  thickness  of  the  gold  gilding  being 
•0002  of  an  inch  ? 

6.  A  person  invests  in  4  per  cent.  Government  paper  so  as      6 
to  receive  4  per  cent,  clear  when  the  income-tax  is  5  pies  in 
the  rupee.     What  percentage  will  be  received  if  the  tax  be 
increased  to  7  pies  in  the  rupee. 

7.  (i)  Simplify— 

24  {x-  i(af-l)}{*-#{*-2)}{*-|<*-14)}j 

and  subtract  the  result  from 

(x2  +  7«  +  12)  (x2  —  x  —  6) 
x  —  3 
(ir)  Reduce  to  its  simplest  form — 

a~  +  hl +    c" 

(a-b){a-c)       (6-c)(6-a)       (c-aj(c-b) 

8.  Resolve  into  factors  4  {ad  -  be)2  -  (a2  +  d?  -  b-  -  c2)2.  10 

If  x  A =  p,  express  ar3  +  -3  in  terms  of  p. 

x  x 

9.  Find  the  G.  C.  M.  and  L.  C.  M.  of—  5 

ar5  +  xx-  4x3  +  2x2  +  Gx  -9,    x4-x2  +  6x-9, 
and  x4  +  2x3-5«2-6x  +  9. 

10.  Extract  the  square  root  of—  8 

a* gf as I  .  SB  ,  a£  .  * 

16      6        4       9       3* 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  XV 

and  the  cube  root  of — 

8^-363*  +  6634-63X3  +  33s2 -9z  +  1. 

11.  Solve  the  equations —  10 

(i)  ^/\(x  —  a)2  +  2ab  +  b2}=x  —  a  +  b 
15     1  x 

x^  y  J 

12.  A  man  walks  from  the  University  towards  Malabar    10 
Hill  at  the  rate  of  3  miles  an  hour,   runs  part  of  the  way 
back  at  the  rate  of  8£  miles  an  hour,   and  then  walks  the 
remainder  in  1  hour  5  minutes.      He  was  out  2  hours  44 
minutes  ;  find  how  far  he  had  gone  ? 

Thursday,  18th  November. 
[11  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EUCLID. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. ;  John  Jack,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  All  the  exterior  angles  of  any  rectilineal  figure,  made       8 
by  producing  the  sides  successively  in  the  same  direction, 
are  together  equal  to  four  right  angles. 

Show  that  the  angle  of  a  regular  pentagon  is  to  the  angle 
of  a  regular  decagon  as  3  to  4. 

2.  The  complements  of  the  parallelograms,  which  are      8 
about  the  diameter  of  any  parallelogram,  are  equal  to  one 
another. 

3.  P  and  Q  are  any  two  points  and  A  and  B  are  any     10 
other  two  points  on  opposite  sides  of  the  straight  line  PQ. 
The  triangle  APQ  is  equal  to  the  triangle  BPQ  and  PQ  or 
PQ  produced  cuts  AB  in  C  ;  prove  that  AC  is  equal  to  CB, 

4.  If  a  straight  line  be  divided  into  two  equal  and  also     17 
into  two    unequal  parts,  the   squares  on  the  two  unequal 
parts  are  together  double  of  the  square  on  half  the  line  and 

of  the  square  on  the  line  between  the  points  of  section. 

If  two  chords  in  a  circle  cut  each  other  at  right  angles,  the 
sum  of  the  squares  on  their  segments  is  equal  to  the  square 
on  the  diameter. 


xvi  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

5.  ^  To  draw  a  straight  line  from  a  given   point  without     IS 
the  circumference,   which  shall  touch  a  given  circle. 

A  quadrilateral  circumscribing  a  circle  has  two  of  its  sides 
parallel;  show  that  each  of  the  other  two  sides  subtends 
a  right  angle  at  the  centre. 

6.  Prove  that  the  lines  bisecting  the  angles  of  a  regular      7 
pentagon  meet  in  a  point. 

7.  About  a  given  circle  to  describe  a  triangle  equiangular      7 
to  a  given  triangle. 


Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT. 
Lakshman  Ramchandra  Vaidya,  M.A. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
1.    Translate  into  English—  25 

(a)    ^m^m^^^k^ 

^  *r  ferret  ^t  ^rft  fe  jfTr^r 
(&)    stow  <ru  SMtcpjyr  ^  *' wi^crr  I 

(c)  *ffi$miini  ct  Affair  tr-^  1 antf 
^i%*  JST^i  pm  sfa  I  tfi^fnr  I  srr^mcf 
%^\  wt%  ^  wit:  1 ^jt^  rc^s  ctfr- 
*rtff  erg  EMfif  1  ^irr^r^PTf^Tif  ^  st^i 

wi^tf)"  t^r^H  *5mm  ml  Cr  fwrTfa- 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-37.  xvii 

2.  (a)  Name  and  analyse  the  compounds  underlined  in      8 
the  above  passages. 

(6)  Define    ^"? pUFC     ail(^    distinguish    it    clearly    from 

5lcJW.  what  is  a  sqj^if^ur  sfjpffft ■".! 

3.  Make  corrections,  where  necessary,  in  the  following    10 
sentences  : — 

(1)      ^RRT  *<Jf«lBft  ^f  Jt&F&f  &&  I 

(2)  yvmt  fosTR  sF^n^TPT  Tcr^rn:  I 

(3)  ^  fajTfa  esfi^f  sr*n^[^ti*lf  I 

(4)  spw  jsrpif  ot  ^r  ftg:  fcrRral^i 

(5)  #rc  ?sq  urfaef  r^%:  I 

Assign  reasons  for  your  corrections  wherever  you  can. 

4.  (a)  Decline  BT^cT*  3 

(6)  Express  in  Sanskrit  — 

1  One  thousand  one  hundred  and  one  gems.' 

5.  Give  the  feminine  forms  of —  4 

3^5.  *3'  ^J  W J^,  <Tf 5"  and  %$. 
b  1306—2  ex* 


XViii  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,   1886-87. 

6.  Give  the  Nom.  and  Accu.  plural,  and  Loc.   singular      S 
of  :— 

tffar^  and  ^°r. 

7.  Write  down—  3 
(a)  Imperfect  2nd  person  plural  of  — 

5t>t,  m  with  a*  ,  pjMth  arr,  5er?§rT,  **l, 

^Tr  and  fSJ  to  abandon  j 

(J)  Imperative  2nd  person  singular  and  plural  of  — 
*?t,  ^TIFT  ,  P^,  |  and  *cf«T  (9th  class). 

8.  Give—  12 
(a)  Perfect  2nd  person  plural  of  — 

Psr,*t|[ ,  ^i  ^  sforr  and  ^a^; 

(6)  Aorist  2nd  person  singular  of  — 
|,  Tlj  m^9  Wl  (Atm.)    Sf^and  cT^| 

{c)  Causative  and  Desiderative  Present  3rd  person  singular 
of- 

^T,  ^ff ,  *g  and    ?T5T. 

9.  Translate  into  Sanskrit  —  22 
(a)  The  Judge  counselled  the  witness  to  speak  the  truth, 

the  whole  truth,  and  nothing  but  the  truth. 

{h)  Poverty  takes  away  so  many  means  of  doing  good 
and  produces  so  much  inability  to  resist  evil  that  it  ought 
by  all  virtuous  means  to  be  avoided. 

(c)  But  in  the  midst  of  his  victories  A'havamalla  was 
tormented  by  a  deep  sorrow.  For  he  had  no  heir.  At 
last  he  formed  the  resolution  to  lay  aside  for  a  while  all 
princely  pomp,  and  to  perform,  together  with  his  queen, 
severe  penance  in  order  to  obtain  a  son  through  S'iva's 
favour.  He,  therefore,  made  over  the  kingdom  to  the 
care  of  his  ministers  and  retired  to  a  temple  of  Siva. 
There  the  royal  couple  slept  on  the  bare  ground  and  entirely 
gave  themselves  up  to  devotional  practices  and  to  the  ser- 
vices of  the  temple. 


MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,    J  886-87.  six 

Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

LATIN. 

J.  Oliver,  Esq. 

1.  What  Latin  prepositions  govern  two  cases,  and  with      5 
what  sense  ? 

2.  Conjugate  the  imperatives  of    sum,  eo,  loquor.     From      8 
what  verbs  do  the  following  participles  come  :— actus,  nactus, 
fatus,  satus,  fultus,  adultus  ? 

3.  Give  the  gender  of  trees,  islands,  mountains,   rivers      6 
and  winds  in  Latin,  and  mention  any  exceptions. 

4.  Give  the  gender  and  genitive  case,  singular  and  plural,       5 
of  apis,   apex,     cinis,    humus,    humor,   nix,  ver,  vis,    vitis, 
vulnus. 

5.  What  moods  do  quanquam,  quamvis,  licet,  quia,  quum,      7 
dummodo,  tanquam,  and  utinam  take  ? 

6.  Express  in  Latin —  14 

(a)  Is  anyone  at  home  ? 

(b)  Not  everyone  can  do  this. 

(c)  The  two  brothers  killed  each  other. 

(d)  My  father  taught  me  this. 

(e)  Do  not  conceal  this  from  me. 
(/)  I  am  not  persuaded  it  is  so. 

7.  Translate  into  Latin—  30 

The  combat  was  speedily  decided.  The  elephants,  thrown 
into  confusion  by  the  first  discharge  of  stones  and  arrows, 
turned  upon  the  ranks  they  were  placed  to  cover,  and  broke 
in  pieces  their  array.  The  native  cavalry  were  dismayed, 
and,  losing  their  accustomed  support,  were  the  first  to 
abandon  the  field.  The  legionary  force  made  little  further 
resistance  ;  their  camp  was  close  in  the  rear,  and  they  were 
content  to  seek  shelter  behind  the  entrenchments.  Deserted 
by  their  officers,  they  looked  in  vain  for  a  leader  to  direct 
the  defence  of  their  ramparts.  No  one  had  been  left  in 
command  of  their  camp.  The  fugitives,  seized  with  terror, 
threw  away  their  arms,  and  betook  themselves  to  the  en* 
campment  which  was  near  at  hand, 


XX  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

8.     Translate  into  English—  25 

Habita  oratione,  exposcentibus  militibus  et  studio  pugnaa 
ardentibus,  tuba  signum  dedit.  Erat  Crastinus  evocatus  in 
exercitu  Csesaris,  qui  superiore  anno  apud  enm  primum 
piluua  in  legione  decima  duxerat,  vir  singulari  virtnte.  Hie, 
signo  dato,  "  Sequimini  me,"  inquit,  "  manipulares  mei  qui 
fuistis,  et  vestro  imperatori,  quam  constituistis.  operam 
date  ;  unum  hoc  praelium  superest,  quo  confecto,  et  ille  suam 
dignitatem,  et  nos  nostram  libertatem  recuperabimus." 
8imul  respiciens  Caesarem,  "  Faciam,"  inquit,  "hodie, 
imperator,  ut  aut  vivo  mihi,  aut  mortuo  gratias  agas." 
Hasc  quum  dixisset,  primus  ex  dextro  cornu  procurrit, 
atque  eum  electi  milites  circiter  centum  et  viginti  voluntarii 
ejusdem  centuriae  sunt  prosecuti.  Inter  duas  acies  tantum 
erat  relictum  gpatii,  ut  satis  esset  ad  concursum  utriusque 
exercitus  :  sed  Pompeieus  suis  praedixerat,  ut  Caesaris 
impetum  exciperent,  neve  se  loco  moverent  aciemque  ejua 
distrahi  paterentur. 


Friday,  19th  Novf.mp.ee. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

HEBREW. 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     (a)  What  radical  letters  are  substituted  for  a  servile       8 
in  a  certain  form  of  verbs  ?  When  and  instead  of  what  do 
they  stand  ?  Give  examples. 

(b)  What  different  vowel  points  does  1  as  a  prefix  receive  ? 
When  does  it  receive  these  ?  Give  examples. 

2.  Give  the  feminine  singular  and   plural  of  ^2^  and       6 
n^n  the  plural  of  ttfclV*S  'pb'lXD  /HJ  ^g  »"titf 

and  the  plural  construct  of  "p^  j]12,  >nC^ 

3.  Decline  V%71    the  tree  and  F)&    thou  feminine.  6 

4.  Define   Defective  verbs.     Give    some  verbs  that  are      4 
doubly  defective. 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,  1886-87-  XXI 

5.  (a)  Give  the  infinitive,  imperative,  and  participle    of      8 
Kal   of  the  verb    *,  ^!2D 

-     T 

(b)  Give  the  past  and  future  of  Niphal  of  the  verb  72  N 

6.  Give  the  English  of  ,nJTP"TS     >nrfTD3    AID"1         8 

t     •  t  t   t  :  •  :  • 

niGJl  >n,"T5'1  and  the  Hebrew  of  /  have  redeemed 
them,  Let  its  redeem,  Redeem  thou,  And  she  shall  be  redeemed, 
When  I  redeem. 

7.  Translate  the  following  phrases  into  Hebrew  : —  10 
(a)  And  they  both  went  together. 

{b)  And  they  said  one  to  another . 

(c)  Let  now  a  little  water  be  fetched. 

(d)  What  is  your  age. 

(e)  Return  (fern. )  to  thy  mistress. 

8.  Translate  the  following  phrases  into  English  : —  15 

nm  bx  stf  rn  nntea  nMzh  nnpN  ^rn 
b&  "v^ni   so*?«tf?  *7p  )vh^  by  mr\ 
DnW  pte>n  nfcfctei  rib^ri  D^Npn  y$b  ?ton 
nn  inoN  "rotim    :  irretfriw  *?m  n:nn  ^b 
rrtN  ptS  jnw  ^  p|H  ffeft  ^ran^  raits 

is  dv  "b  rrrtn  ^nn  *&  n^bn    jrra-iNrr 

t:t  t  •:•  tt:  tt-:t 

rnin  njnta  £in  ntrtojl  WTO  nsn  ^?^n 

T     T  ~:  T  I    -  T  •  '     ••    T  "I  V  T    - 

tF$*2?\  ditto1?  nyi!1?  *"rtjrf]  a^tpi  N^in1? 
V^«n  ^  tod   TBEtt    wn      ;  o^msn 

I      V  T     T  -  T      T  •       I      ~  '       T  '. 


xxii  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,  1886-87. 

^s  bbrfy  riy  ^  ^  rrrtn  nrh  ^n?#n 

:  tttay  raits 

T    •  T 

9.  Translate  the  following  into  Hebrew  : —  25 

And  he  heard  the  words  of  Laban's  sons  saying,  Jacob 
hath  taken  away  all  that  was  our  father's,  and  of  that  which 
was  our  father's  hath  he  gotten  all  this  glory.  And  Jacob 
beheld  the  countenance  of  Laban,  and,  behold,  it  was  not 
towards  him  as  before.  And  the  Lord  said  unto  Jacob,  Re- 
turn  unto  the  land  of  thy  fathers,  and  to  thy  kindred  ;  and 
I  will  be  with  thee.  And  Jacob  sent  and  called  Rachel  and 
Leah  to  the  field  unto  his  flock.  And  said  unto  them, 
I  see  your  father's  countenance  ;  that  it  is  not  toward  me  as 
before  ;  but  the  God  of  my  father  hath  been  with  me.  And 
ye  know  that  with  all  my  power  I  have  served  your  father. 
And  your  father  hath  deceived  me,  and  changed  my  wages 
ten  times  ;  but  God  suffered  him  not  to  hurt  me. 

10.  Parse  the  following  sentence  : —  10 

:  ,$n$ftf  ^rrnin  ^  ^37$  T^rn  *?&&. 

Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

PERSIAN. 

JlJIBHAI   PESTONJI   MlSTRI,    M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  briefly  the  primitive  vowel  marks,  and  show       4 
by  examples  that  the  meanings  of  words  vary  according  to 
the  nature  of  these  marks. 

2.  (a)  What  is  the  force  of  the  initial  *  in  words  like       6 


MAT&ICttLATlOtf    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  JXlli 

aild  how  is  this  force  expressed  with  regard  to   nouns  of 
Persian  origin  ? 

{b)  What  do  the  following  suffixes  denote  ? 
(noun  and  adjective)         *  |  j  — -  .  U»  — —  j  I  J  — —  \  \f 
+  \h   and     \j 

3.     Distinguish  between  —  $ 

^ fyOM    \&*cuo  and  <>°'^    \  £*afi        \Cb) 
^J-oRJU   v^     and    J^/O  «aW        (&) 
yTyOL^iU^I  and  i^yO^Je  #*\         (c) 

JbU^I     and     ^JL>**»!        (<*) 

4      (a)  How  do  you  account  for   the  various  exceptions       6 
to  the  general  rules  for  forming  imperatives  ? 

{b)  Give   with    meanings  the    imperative    forms    of   the 
following  verbs  : — 

j^oyA  —  J^tf— {iy^f— J^S—  yjSfc* 


er^- 


5.  Analyse  the  following  compound  words,  give  their        6 
meanings,  and  also  the  meanings  of  their  component  parts  : — 

6.  Explain  clearly  with  examples  the  following  kinds  of     8 


SX1V  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

What  do  you  understand  by  t^  ^i  U^  1  ^S»*   • 

7.     Give  with  meanings  the  plural  forms  of — 
yA*$ \j»  **>L*. (JjJ&X* — -  yjSi a[a\ 


^  —  /•tATv^L  cJ  >a. 


8.  What  do  you  understand  by- 
<*-?  >a  — —  +Y:>°  L^5  ys.  a  JU    4aa.  W-?  *: 

l>J>1j    L-i  va.  and  ^yj^) 

9.  Translate  into  English  :—  25 

isyy    lAj*c   ^Cxo  ^  lJ^Io  j  I  ^6 
j^i  ^o  j|  <£  ^J  J^l  UUJl  ^AaT^^ 

S#$)      y^        ^         ^f       Oj)       (^lt>f       tV>   I    J  J 

L*J3U*  ^43-0  aSal^S  \J>y* £  ^U  &Ij  ; 
^Ojf  eJj<>    (^l/1    j1    c^V   ^  **l> 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,   1886-87.  XXV 

*y.s]  *>if  \&»*  cju.jj  :ff\/^a 

10.    Translate  into  Persian  :—  25 

A  Fakir  was  wandering  by  the  river  side  one  afternoon 
when  he  saw  a  barge  approaching.  He  enquired,  as  he  was 
wont  to  do,  what  was  in  the  barge.  The  man  replied,  "  Only 
earth."  The  Fakir  suspecting  that  the  man  had  lied  unto 
him,  prayed  that  God  would  grant  this  man's  answer  to  be 
correct.  God  heard  the  prayer,  and  the  whole  cargo  of 
sugar  was  changed  into  earth.  Soon  after  this  another  barge 
came  along.  '•  What  cargo  have  you  ?"  said  the  Fakir. 
"  Earth  "  answered  the  man.  This  reply  was  true,  and  the 
Fakir  prayed  again  that  if  it  were  true,  that  God  would  turn 
it  all  into  sugar.     This  prayer  also  was  granted. 


B  1306—3  ex 


•XXVi  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

Fkiday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  p.m.] 

FRENCH. 

E.  C.  Monod,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Translate  into  English —  5 

(1)  N'importe,  je  n'en  peux  mais,  je  n'irai  pas  plus 
*vant. 

(2)  II  est  venu,  mais  vient  de  partir. 

(3)  Veuillez  ne  pas  m'en  vouloir. 

2.  Translate  into  French —  10 

(1)  In  short,  we  are  too  late. 

(2)  Excuse  me,  Sir,  but  I  think  you  are  wrong. 

(3)  Will  you  be  so  kind  as  to  explain  to  me  how  it 

happened. 

(4)  You  do  not  know  him ;  his  temper  is  bad,  but 

his  character  is  still  worse. 

3.  Write  the  following  numbers  in  letters  :— 

(1)  en  l'an  1789. 

(2)  260chevaux. 

(3)  400  hommes. 

(4)  11000  moutons. 

4.  State  the  difference  between  :  5 

(1)  Une  brave  femme  and  un  jeune  homme  brave. 

(2)  Mon  grand  cheval,  and  les  grands  poetes  de  notre 
siecle. 

(3)  Compter  ses  ecus  and  compter  sur  quelqu  'un. 

(4)  Plus  tot  and  plut6t. 

(5)  Cette  dentelle  est  vieille  and  cette  dentelle  est 

ancienne. 

5.  Write  the  following  : —  5 

(1)  Future  present  of  rappeler. 

(2)  Subjunctive  present  of  vouloir. 

(3)  Subjunctive  pluperfect  of  se  souvenir. 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,   1886-87.  XXVii 

(4)  Indicative  present  of  venir  (interrogatively  and 
negatively). 

6.  Translate  into  English  :—  10 

(1)  La  femme  que  j'ai  vu  peindre. 

(2)  La  femme  que  j'ai  vue  peindre. 

(3)  Ces  enfants  ob^issant  a  leurs   parents  sont  des 

enfants  obeissants. 

Put  into  good  French  : — 

Elles  ont  £te"  arrSt^,  les  chemins  ayant  £tes  deionce"  et 
leur  voiture  se  £tant  brise\ 

Elles  avait  manque  la  diligence  qui  n'avait  pu  arrive" 
parcequ  'on  l'avait  retenu  au  relais  precedent ;  elle  ont  dus 
marcher  nus  pied  pendant  une  demie  heure. 

7.  Give  the  feminine  of  :  5 
Vieux,  natif,  benin,  grec,  feu  le  roi ; 

and  the  plural  of 

Cheval,bail,  bijou,  chou,  aieul,  voix,  ours. 

8.  What  preposition  require  the  following  verbs  : —  5 

Se  rappeler,"se  souvenir,  repondre,  dter,  approuver,  punir, 
se  d6fier,  remercier,  rire. 

9.  Translate  into  English  :—  30 

Ph6don  a  les  yeux  creux,  le  teint  echauffd,  le  corps  sec,  et 
le  visage  maigre  :  il  dort  peu,  et  d'un  sommeil  fort  leger  ; 
il  est  abstrait,  r^veur,  et  il  a  avec  de  l'esprit  l'air  d'un 
stupide  ;  il  oublie  de  dire  ce  qu'il  sait,  ou  de  parler  d'evene- 
ments  qui  lui  sont  connus  :  et,  s'il  lef  ait  quelquefois,  il  s'en- 
tire  mal ;  il  croit  peser  a  ceux  a  qui  il  parte  ;  il  conte  brieve- 
ment,  mais  froidement ;  il  ne  se  fait  pas  ecouter,  il  ne  fait 
pas  rire  :  il  applaudit,  il  sourit  a  ce  que  les  autres  lui 
disent,  il  est  de  leur  avis  ;  il  court,  il  vole  pour  leur  rendre 
de  petits  services  :  il  est  complaisant,  flatteur,  empress^  ; 
il  est  mysterieux  sur  ses  affaires,  quelquefois  menteur  ;  il 
est  superstitieux,  scrupuleux,  timide  ;  il  marche  doucement 
et  legerement ;  il  semble  craindre  de  fouler  la  terre  ;  il 
marche  les  yeux  baisses  ;  et  il  n  'ose  les  lever  sur  ceux  qui 
passent :  il  n'est  jamais  du  nombre  de  ceux  qui  forment  un 
cercle  pour  discourir  ;  il  se  met  derriere  celui  qui  parle, 
recueille  f  urtivement  ce  qui  se  dit,  et  il  se  retire  si  on  le 
regarde.  II  n'occupe  point  de  lieu,  il  ne  tient  point  de 
place  ;  il  va  les  £paules  serrees,    le  chapeau  abaisse^  sur  les 


XXVlii         MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

yeux  pour  n  etre  point  vu  ;  il  se  replie  et  se  renferme  dans 
son  manteau  :  il  n'y  a  pas  de  rues  ni  de  galeries  si  embaras- 
sees  et  si  remplies  de  monde,  ou  il  ne  trouve  moyen  de 
passer  sans  effort  et  de  se  couler  sans  etre  apercu  :  si  on  le 
prie  de  s'asseoir,  il  se  met  a  peine  sur  le  bord  d'un  siege  ;  il 
parle  bas  dans  la  conversation  et  il  articule  mal ;  il  n'ouvre 
la  bouche  que  pour  repondre  :  il  tousse,  il  se  mou^he  sous 
son  chapeau  ;  il  erache  presque  sur  soi,  et  il  attend  qu'il  soit 
seul  pour  6ternuer,  ou,  si  cela  lui  arrive,  c'est  a  l'insu  de  la 
compagnie  ;  il  n'en  coute  a  personne  ni  salut,  ni  compliment. 
II  est  pauvre. 

La  Bruyere. 

11.    Translate  into  French —  20 

"  Pere  Janson,  did  you  ever  kill  anybody  ?"  The  old 
cobbler  dropped  his  boot,  held  up  his  hands  and  stared  open- 
mouthed  at  his  questioner.  Jeannette  sat  still  in  the  same 
thoughtful  position,  her  chin  resting  in  her  hands. 

"  Heaven  forbid,  Mademoiselle." 

"But  you  might,  you  know,"  she  said  unmoved.  "I 
have." 

"  You,  Mademoiselle  !" 


Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

PORTUGUESE. 
J.  A.  DaGama,  L.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Translate  into  Portuguese  the  following  :—  20 

The  reputation  which  Dr.  Wilson  had  gained  in  the 
circles  of  the  learned  of  Europe  by  his  work  on  the  Parsee 
Religion  was  increased,  when  his  Lands  of  the  Bible  appeared, 
and,  during  his  occasional  visits  to  London,  caused  his 
society  to  be  sought  by  men  like  Lord  Castlereagh,  after- 
wards fourth  Marquis  of  Londonderry,  who  had  himself 
been  travelling  in  the  East.  In  the  addresses  of  1869  and 
1870  to  Dr.  Wilson,  the  public  and  the  Asiatic  Society  of 
Bombay  thus  sum  up  contemporary  opinions  on  these  two 
books  :— Your  learned  and  comprehensive  work  on  the  reli* 
gion  of  the  Parsees,  published  on  the  eve  of  your  journey  to 


MATBICULATION  EXAMINATION,   1886-87,  Xxix 

Europe  in  1843  was  recognised  by  the  few  scholars  then 
competent  to  form  an  opinion,  as  the  most  complete  investi- 
gation of  the  sacred  writings  of  the  Parsees,  that  had  up  to 
that  time  appeared.  Professor  Westergaard  of  Copenha- 
gen, whose  own  valuable  labours  in  this  branch  of  Oriental 
research  are  so  well  known,  thankfully  recognised  the  value 
of  the  services  you  had  rendered  himself,  which  he  said  he 
valued,  the  more  from  the  prominent  place  you  hold  amongst 
Oriental  philologists,  and  for  your  having  signally  contri» 
buted  to  the  furtherance  of  acquaintance  with  the  Zoro- 
astrian  lore. 

2,     Translate  into  English  the  following  : —  20 

Fazer  grandes  avenidas,  bellos  passeios,  estradas  para 
logares  incriveis,  sera  muito  bonito  e  bom,  mas  e"  depois 
de  se  acudir  ao  mais  necessario,  e  neste  caso  appellamos 
para  a  opini&o  do  illustre  parlamentar,  aquem  foi  commettido 
o  pedido,  e  para  todas  as  pessoas  que  aqui  teem  vindo,  se 
acham  rasoavel  que  um  cidadao  se  constipe  n'um  desses 
passeios,  ou  apanhe  algum  tipho,  ao  longo  dessa  estrada 
inutil,  e  depois  venha  para  a  hospedaria  estar  sujeito  a 
pobre  ambulancia  do  hotel  Universal,  e  as  prescrip9oens 
dos  barbeiros  da  terra,  e  depois,  quando  tanto  nacionaes 
como  e3trangeiros  aqui  vierem,  e  queiram  tomar  um  banho, 
encontrem  umas  espeluncas  indecentes  e  doentias,  onde  nao 
sera  a  premeira  vez  que  o  infeliz  saia  de  dores  rheumaticas 
que  antes  de  la  ir  nao  tinha.  Na  nossa  humilde  opiniao, 
oque  a  cidade  primeiro  necessita,  6  da  reforma  radical  do 
estabelecimento  dos  banhos  que  estao  immundos  e  repel- 
lentes. 

3.  What  is   meant  by   substantivos  proprios,  communs,      6 
and  collectivos  ?    Give  examples. 

4.  Can  ever  the  substantivos  proprios  be  used  as  substan-      4 
tivos  communs,  and  if  so,  give  examples, 

5.  What  is  the  rule  to  know  the  substantivos.  5 

6.  What  is  meant  by  numero  grammatical,  and  how  is  the     10 
plural  of  the  nouns  in  Portuguese  formed?     Mention  the 
exceptions  to  the  general  rule. 

7.  Give  some  nouns,  which  have  no  singular  in    Portu-       5 
guese. 

8.  When  in  a  sentence  there  are  substantivos  of  different       5 
render,    what   should  be  the  terminacdo  of  the  adjective 
referring  them  ?    Give  examples, 

B  1396—3  ex* 


*XX  MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,   1886-87. 


9.  Distinguish  between —  10 

(a)  Criiica  and  censura  ;  {b)  marada,  habita^do,  residencia ; 

(c)  memoria,    lembranca,    recordacdo    and    reminiscencia ; 

(d)  sempre  and  continuamente ;  {e)  attestar  and  certificar ; 
(f)  crer  em  Deos  and  crer  a  Deos ;  {g)  orgulho,  vaidade 
and  presumpcdo  ;  (h)  envelhecer  and  envelhentar. 

10.  Write  in  Portuguese  the  following  figures  ; —  10 

43546698324256361, 

11.  Give  the  first  person  of  the  presente,  preterito  per-      5 
feito*  and  preterito  mais  queper/eito  of  the  verbs  Faifitx   Very 
Querer,  Saber,  and  Trazer. 


Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P,M.] 

MARA'THI. 

Daji  Abaji  Khare,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  How  are  the  following  words  derived  :—  ($ 

2.  Give  the  different  significations  of  the  prefix  «f  with      20 
instances,  and  explain  fully  the  following  :— 

(«)  5£is  ^te  tot*- 


(c)  sfarar^f  srrer. 

(d)  gir^rr  ^farer  t^r  irr^r. 


,     MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,    1886-87,  XXxi 

(g)  m^  sf$3  km. 


Parse  the  words  underlined  in  the  above. 

3.  Give  the  Instrt  sing,  and  Voc.  sing,  of  the  following  : —    6 

*rra,  w\,  wrfm*  ?\*4,  m&,  mi\,  £*- 
^rc  and  5T^r. 

4.  Name  and  dissolve  the  following  compounds  :—  13 

tfcrwr,  fUTqar^  **w»i  3t*tft,  Rwfo 
new,  3WT5T,  m*tt*i and  qraqrwiT 

5.  Define    ^T,    3jq\    3J5qTT  and  cftf^    and  dis-      6 
tinguish    between    Sff^f  and  ^[^fi^cR  and      If^r«T^ 
and    $Jefq\ 

6.  Give  the  second  pers.  pi.  intffcf^cTITFT,  ^f^q-      4 

jjct  and  ^cfqr^T  *rf^  of  ^juj-,  «flf$Si  aua  ^rsor 

in    ft«J^  and  SfccfllJ. 

7.  Translate  the  following  into  English  :— •  2Q 

^  £r3R  fl  qpaff  ^a3,  eft  tPRira  arwricr 


XXXii        MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1836-87. 

3*rrtr  tffr  $m-xi;  ?a%  mm-  *&*u !  ^r  g- 
ff^TRW  irw^rr  wrfr^r  ^  #:^r  ^rg^f  art* 

j^qf  ff^RC  *TFT  SZtf  3TT5Tf^  g^R    ^f# 

glt*#,  ?*rr  wrttff  ^r  ^r^rr  5isn*rr  ?r  twl 
€^f  u^  fa&i  irscff !  erer  *rcrft  *  §- 

^ra  sir  g^r  %%?\  m%  strir  ^saT-  ?  r^^- 
*q£w  Ifcrr  ctCf  *rrf?r  *i^F<ri3  *m  ins* 

t  sfacr  q-rCteft  srrs?  arrl.  ^rerf  ffl  frrc  few 
*Ncr  'flat  *  ots  «rot 

8.    Translate  into  Marathi  the  following:—  25 

This  lesson  time  will  teach  to  all  alike.  But  history  ought 
purely  in  some  degree,  if  it  is  worth  any  thing,  to  anticipate 
the  lessons  of  time.  We  shall  all  no  doubt  be  wise  after  the 
event ;  we  study  history  that  we  may  be  wise  before  the  event. 
Why  should  we  not  now  form  an  opinion  about  the  destiny 
of  our  colonies  and  of  our  Ifldian  Empire  ?  That  destiny, 
we  may  be  sure,  will  not  be  decreed  arbitrarily.  It  will 
be  the  result  of  the  working  of  those  laws  which  it  is 
the   object    of   political   science  to    discover.    When  the 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  XXXlH 

event  takes  place,  this  will  be  visible  enough ;  all 
will  see  more  or  less  clearly  that  what  has  happened  could 
not  but  happen.  But  if  so,  the  students  of  political  science 
ought  to  be  able  to  foresee,  at  least  in  outline,  the  event 
while  it  is  still  future. 


Friday,  19th  Noveber. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

GUJARATHI. 
Nagindas  Tulsidas  Marphatia,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks] 

1.  Give  three  nouns  with  their  meanings —  6 

(a)  of  masculine  gender  ending  in  fef. 

(b)  of  feminine  gender  ending  in  *H[, 

(c)  of  feminine  gender  ending  in  (§. 
{d)  of  neuter  gender  ending  in  W. 

2.  Fully  decline  the  pronouns  <|  and  ^.  6 

3.  Give  two  compound  verbs  with  their  meanings  formed      6 
by  the  combinations — 

(a)  Of  nouns  and  simple  verbs. 

(b)  Of  adjectives  and  simple  verbs. 

(c)  Of  simple  verbs  and  simple  verbs. 

4.  (a)  Remove  the  Anuswar  from  the  tops  of  the  first     10 
letters  of  the  following  words  and  give  the  meanings  of  the 
original  and  of  the  words  you  thus  get : — 

\.      kH.  *.   <fa.  3.   <\H.  Y.   &L 

(6)  Remove  *Hl  from  the  first  letters  of  the  following 

words  and  give  the  meanings  of  the  words  you 
thus  get  as  well  as  of  the  original  words  :— 


XXxiv        MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

(c)  Remove  W  from  the  last  letters  of  the  following 

words  and  give  the  meanings  of  the  words  you 
thus  get  as  well  as  of  the  original  words. 

v    <*#.  *.  Shcfl.  3.  «ii£l.  v.^iil. 

5.  Translate  and  explain  in  English  the  following  : —  12 

(\)     i  CPIUI    il=Ht    ^U^l    <tft*U  ^    Ml"} 
<**l  M131  to  JrtSil  *teT 
'   (3)      V\[   Sitfflt  *>U    1*  Ml*   ^lll  <*l£?l 

(tf)     *tl  S$  Nl^l    MVU&l  &  >tfi  **Hl  tt- 

<A^  *Hli  *l$  Ehcfl*  **£  1 
(M)     ^«a  **l£l  *  Ul<l  €Mctl  8. 

6.  Write  a  short  essay  (not  exceeding  ten  lines)  in  Guja-    10 
rathi  the  last  sentence  in  which  should  be — 

7.  Translate  and  fully  analyze  the  following:—  10 
S($tl3}  £*t>ti  >l<£l*U  *ll5l  *IW,  &Ui  M^Sf^  %^'M- 

^  (Mini  W*8$i  **umr  q^i)  *u^U,  *fo  si- 

1MI1  *HlM&    ^  «<H,    *k  \[*A™\[nl    *l£t. 

a«3£  fi^i  3<q  <Miaj,  «Hcrfl  *«im!  M^m,  ^i 
»H»U*|&l  *ft  li*4  t% 

8.  Translate  into  English  the  following:—  20 


.MATRICULATION  EXAMINATION,    1886-87.         XXXV 

€1;  SWtaifl  dMi  His?  >i«afl«j  *i*i  *<ft  Miai^ 
okivJ  y<f*u  SMua  Slii  n*fti  qSft  H«wi  mUhI, 

»lt;  *i3  *q  M*ft  Victim  H<$M  =Hii<l  WMM*Q 
«t<wicic(l  ^j  J5>U^  qj^^i  ^^qi  ^|Ott  «tiH<|l 
HlfiL 

lifrttiHl  ^if\  lifc    frg^Ht  fe«iiCfti*tt 

^  MlHHi  ^tmj  ^IW^h.     £>M    *|*t*3  ntttN 

m«fc>Mi  ^  i*W  S*i  Ml^  H&,  ciM  ftl^M 
?l<*  Jlii  Srtfli   *h(cIH^Q  ^fo^c-fl  Si*  eft 

*a<tt  si. 

9.    Translate  into  Gujarathi  the  following  : —  20 

In  extenuation  of  our  national  ignorance  of  swimming,  we 
have  not  even  the  excuse  that  the  acquisition  of  the  art  is 
difficult.  On  the  contrary,  it  is  one  of  the  most  easily  ac- 
quired of  accomplishments.  The  one  secret  of  it  is  confidence, 
though,  like  most  other  things,  it  is  best  learned  young. 
There  is  no  reason  why  it  should  not — on  the  contrary,  on 
the  ground  both  of  health  and  of  saving  life,  there  is  every 
reason  why  it  should — be  made  a  necessary  part  of  the  educa- 
tion of  young  people  of  both  sexes  and  of  all  classes.  At 
Eton  and  some  other  schools,  it  is  systematically  taught ; 
but  it  would  be  far  cheaper,  and  more  useful  than  many  of 
the  things  for  which  parents  cheerfully  pay  as  '  extras  '  in 


XXXVI        MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

private  establishments  ;  whilst  in  these  days,  when  we  are 
concerning  ourselves  so  greatly  about  the  education  of  the 
masses,  and  paying  such  a  price  for  the  privilege,  swimming 
would  certainly  be  a  far  more  useful  subject  to  form  one  of 
the  items  of  Board  School  education  than  many  of  the  things 
for  which  the  long  suffering  ratepayer  is  now  compelled  to 
put  hi3  hand  in  his  pocket. 


Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.M.] 

CANARESE. 
Rao  Bahadur  Jayasatyabodhrao  Tirmalrao  Inamdar. 
(The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks] 

1.  Mention  the"  names  of  the  five  classes  into  which  the      9 
consonants  are  divided.    Mention  the  component  parts  of 

5  and  also  the  names  of  the  classes  to  which  the  parts  belong 
respectively. 

2.  What  affixes  are  joined  to  nouns—  9 

(a)  to  denote  the  agent,  doer,  or  constant  practice  ; 

(b)  to  denote  possession  ; 

(c)  to  make  neuter  and  abstract  nouns  ? 
Examples  to  accompany  your  replies. 

3.  Give  the  instances  in  which  the  addition  of  oJSSO  to      8 
give   verbss  a  different  signification,  and  those  in  which  it 
does  not.     Mention  some  of  the  uses    of      ^^    or  ^^, 
with  examples  to  illustrate  your  replies. 

4.  What  (1)  does  the  past  tense,  in  the  affirmative  mood,       9 
express  when  used  for  the  future  ;  and  what  (2)  the  future 
tense,  when  used  for  the  present  and  past  ?    What  (3)  does 
the  contingent  future  express  ?    Reply  with  examples. 

5.  Parse  fully  and  accurately  the  words  underlined  in  the     15 
Canarese  passage  given  in  the  next  question  for  translation 
into  English. 


MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.        XXXvii 
6.     Translate  the  following  into  English  :  —  25 

S-^      X  o* 

C^XS.)'  eOo3JG3j    W§  J&SOGSOXbd,     '3O&8OT350J8 

n^JO*.  s  5ox2oa>  depart  2S(Soa;ss  so^rr©   5o£>tf- 

— *  o     ao  •»  <w  "I 

e  £Je)3rf  5oJ0  S§&)*J  tSj^SSS^  3s>3.)  8o?rt    2S53J 

<^rf^o53:  £3ojo&s^oJ  eJaesSetfrt  5J&0Jj&o&£,>.  erf 
ecd  so  p-^s  &oojoti  eAftQ&s  sjsrfes  o&zpe)  sloBcft  s^ 

C3£;&<3,  300&J  e3j3P>53     Bfcff,    SJOC3J,     SoJ^OCbSj, 

5jo&)  aesosjsi  e3j*e£3tf  eoerf  ^^ocb© ,  eo^sk  pc- 

b  1306-4  ex 


XXXViii      MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

8&J3).  2o^1  cksS&rt    eru2d5"»ue)  ^ra&ztf   esx^jao 

V 

7.     Translate  the  following  into  English  : —  25 

Hugh  Miller  said  the  only  school  in  which  he  was  properly 
taught  was  "that  world-wide  school  in  which  toil  and 
hardship  are  the  severe  but  noble  teachers."  He  who 
allows  his  application  to  falter,  or  shirks  his  work  on  frivo- 
lous pretexts,  is  on  the  sure  road  to  ultimate  failure.  Let 
any  task  be  undertaken  as  a  thing  not  possible  to  be  evaded, 
and  it  will  soon  come  to  be  performed  with  alacrity  and 
cheerfulness.  Charles  IX.  of  Sweden  was  a  firm  believer  in 
the  power  of  will,  even  in  youth.  Laying  his  hand  on 
the  head  of  his  youngest  son  when  engaged  on  a  difficult 
task,  he  exclaimed  :  "He  shall  doit!  he  shall  do  it!" 
The  habit  of  application  becomes  easy  in  time,  like  every 
other  habit.  Thus  persons  with  comparatively  moderate 
powers  will  accomplish  much,  if  they  apply  themselves 
wholly  and  indefatigably  to  one  thing  at  a  time.  Fowell 
Buxton  placed  his  confidence  in  ordinary  means  and  extra* 
ordinary  application ;  realizing  the  scriptural  injunction, 
"whatsoever  thy  hand  findeth  to  do,  do  it  with  all  thy 
might ;  "  and  he  attributed  his  own  success  in  life  to  his 
practice  of  "  being  a  whole  man  to  one  thing  at  a  time." 


Friday,  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  P.  M.] 

HINDU'STA'NI. 

Khan  Bahadur  Ha ji  Ghulam  Muhammad  Munshi. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Explain  the  following  idioms,  and  use  them  in    sen- 
ences  : — 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.        XXXIX 

2.  Give  at  least  three  derivatives  from  each  of  the  follow-      4 
ing  roots,  with  their  meanings  : — 

U»j6  and  C_iyr 

3.  Give  the  different  meanings  of  >!t>  —  v£)o  — —      4 
(,»Ju  va.  and   ^uk 

4.  Into  how  many  senses  is  the  infinitive  used?   Give      3 
examples. 

5.  Explain   and  give  examples  of  ^o  J»  JX*&>  an<*      4 

6.  Distinguish  between    (a)    J 15— -  ^/  (&)  ^— —      4 

.a^J  andc^vo 

7.  What  are  the  following  personages  famous  for,  and      5 
use  them  in    sentences  : — 

**  u*> — +m»j — lJ^ji — &j*¥° — y*^ 

8.  Write  a  short  letter  to  a  friend  on  the  growth  and  pro-      8 
gress  of  the  Hindustani  language. 

9.  How  is  the  word  Uj  |  used  ?  Give  examples.  3 

10.  Parse    in    Hindustani  :—  6 

^i  jit*  J**  fc  &yj&$ 

and  iu  English  :— 

\jx  liftf  )**>  <-&  g.)  ^£*  U  ^U) 

11.  Paraphrase  and  translate  the  following  couplet :—  5 


Xl  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

12.     Translate  into  English :—  20 

M 

^' l*  v^N  c^  r^  jOr  ,4^  <^iO* 

•■s-**  t^  *-^fii5  ^*i  c^  j**  y  ^j^ 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  xli 

^^  ^'  J?  i***J  £-  ^^^  <J  A5^ 

13.     Translate  into  Hindustani , —  25 

After  this  my  brother  replaced  the  bags  in  the  same  spot. 
Que  of  the  blind  men  then  said,  there  was  no  occasion  for 
them  to  spend  anything  for  supper  that  night,  as  he  had  re- 
ceived from  the  charity  of  some  good  people  sufficient  provi- 
sions for  all  three  ;  he  instantly  took  out  of  his  wallet  some 
bread,  cheese,  and  fruit,  and  put  all  of  them  upon  a  table. 
They  then  began  to  eat,  and  the  robber,  who  sat  on  the 
right  hand  of  my  brother,  chose  the  best,  and  ate  of  every- 
thing with  them  ;  but  in  spite  of  all  the  precaution  he  used 
to  avoid  making  the  least  noise,  Bakbak  heard  him  chew,  and 
instantly  exclaimed,  "  We  are  lost,  there  is  a  stranger  among 
us.  "  While  he  was  saying  this,  he  stretched  out  his  hand, 
and  seized  the  robber  by  the  arm.  He  then  threw  himself 
upon  him,  calling  out  thief  I  and  giving  him  many  blows 
with  his  fist.  The  other  blind  men  also  instantly  called  out 
and  beat  the  robber,  who  on  his  part  defended  himself  as 
well  as  he  could.  As  he  was  both  strong  and  active,  and 
had  the  advantage  of  seeing  where  he  planted  his  blows, 
he  laid  about  him  most  furiously,  first  on  one  side  and  then 
the  other,  whenever  he  was  able,  and  called  out,  "Thieves, 
robbers,"  more  clamorously  than  his  enemies. 

jj  1306-4  ez* 


xlii  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87, 

Friday  19th  November. 
[12  noon  to  3  p.m.] 

SINDHI, 

Khan  Saheb  Sadikalw  Fraidunbeg  Mirza,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

I.     Translate  into  English  :—  20 

fcfitkJfligftaJ  J;'6b  1*1  f    ^fcl    Jo  j 

^y;  i/  ^■>Lo  ^;s=   c^*    Lf" 

•»■■'.*•  L  •* 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  xliii 

9  * 

2.  When  two  names  so  sacred  in  the  English  Constitu.  20 
tion  as  thos.3  of  King  and  Parliament  were  placed  in  opposi* 
tion,  no  wonder  the  people  were  divided  in  their  choice,  and 
were  agitated  with  the  most  violent  animosity  and  factions. 
The  nobility  and  more  considerate  gentry  dreading  a  total 
confusion  of  rank  from  the  fury  of  the  populaoe,  enlisted 
themselves  in  defence  of  the  monarch,  from  whom  they  re- 
ceived and  to  whom  they  communicated  their  lustre.  The 
city  of  London,  on  the  other  hand,  and  most  of  the  great  cor- 
porations took  part  with  the  Parliament,  and  adopted  with 
zeal  those  deraocratical  principles  on  which  the  pretensions 

of  that  assembly  were  founded. 

3.  (a)  Paraphrase  the  following  in    Sindhi,  and    parse    10 

the  words  underlined. 

(b)  Point  out  all  the  words  that  are  of  the  Persian 
and  Arabic  origin. 


•jj- 


i    ^   "  L>f 


Give  Sindhi  equivalents  for—  10 

1.  Many  cooks  spoil  the  soup. 

2.  Let  dogs  delight  with  bark  and  bite. 

3.  Might  is  the  right. 

4.  To  throw  pearls  to  the  swine. 

5.  Where  there  is  fire  there  is  smoke. 


xliv  MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

5.  Give  the  meaning  and  application  of  the  following  : —     10 

l/°  l#*  s/    5       l>*  '  \J*  -"  fo  *U 

£  J* 

6.  Give  the  etymology  of  the  following  words  —  8 
—  CU  j  !  J  I  >*  1 JU c  y>    %lw  —  *yaX* 

7.  (a)  What  are  the  roots  from  which  the  different  tenses      7 

of  verbs  are  formed  in  Sindhi  : — 

(b)  Distinguish  between  /$  and      Jo 

^■^  ■  •» 

8.  (a)  Give  the    signification     of     the  following,  with       7 

examples  : — 

9 

+4*0  JAW JK4>) 

(b)  How  are  different  moods  and  voices  expressed 
in  Sindhi.     Give  examples. 

9.  Give  the  following  forms  from  the  verb  4 

v^la.     OoJj    ja+4   ^vc|^*   U^»    eJ*"°J 


MATRICULATION   EXAMINATION,  1886-87.  xlv 

10.     Give  the  pronominal  affixes  in  Sindhi  as  used  with      4 
nouns  and  verbs.    Give  examples. 


Saturday,  20th  November. 
[11  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

NATURAL  SCIENCE. 

Kavasji  Dadabhai  Naegamvala,  M.A.,  F.R.A.S., 
F.C.S.,  F.I.C. ; 

Nanabhai  Ardesir  Moos,  B.Sc.(Edin.),  L.C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  fully  the  terms/or  ce,  state  of  equilibrium,  com-     10 
ponent  and  resultant  of  forces. 

A  ship  is  anchored  to  two  buoys  by  chains  which  make 
an  angle  of  60°  with  each  other.  The  strain  on  each  chain 
is  2,000  lbs. ;  find  the  force  of  the  stream. 

2.  Find  an  expression  to  determine  the  true  weight  of  a      8 
body  with  a  balance  of  unequal  arms. 

A  substance  is  weighed  from  both  arms  of  an  '  unequal ' 
balance  and  its  apparent  weights  are  9  and  16  kilogrammes  ; 
find  the  ratio  between  the  arms. 

3.  On  a  smooth  incline  a  body  can  always  be  supported      9 
by  a  force  less  than  its  own  weight  when  the  force  acts 
along  the  plane  of  the  incline.    Explain  fully  how  this  hap- 
pens. 

If  the  force  is  applied  parallel  to  the  plane,  what  maximum 
weight  can  be  supported  on  a  plane  inclined  at  an  angle  of 
45°  to  the  horizon  by  a  man  who  is  just  strong  enough  to 
lift  vertically  a  weight  of  a  maund  ? 

4.  Give  two  methods  of   obtaining  Nitrogen   from  at-     10 
mospheric  air.    How  would  you  detect  the  presence  of  COa 
and  H2Oinit? 

If  an  atmosphere  contains  twenty-five  per  cent,  of  its 
weight  of  oxygen,  how  many  pounds  of  carbon  must  be 
burnt  to  remove  all  oxygen  from  576  lbs.  of  air  ? 

5.  Give  in  symbols  the  action  of  Hydrochloric  Acid  on      7 
Zinc.     Name  the  products,    and  give  the  principal  charac- 
teristics of  the  gas  produced. 

6.  What  is  the  law  of  multiple  proportions  ?    Illustrate      7 
it  by  any  two  series  of  examples. 


Xlvi  MATRICULATION    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

7.  State  the  three  laws  of  Kepler,  and  mention  what 
important  conclusion  Newton  arrived  at  from  the  third  law. 

8.  Which  of  the  planets  are  attended  by  satellites? 
Name  them  and  say  how  many  has  each. 

9.  Give  the  general  conditions  under  which  eclipses  lunar 
and  solar  occur ;  and  explain  clearly  why  do  we  have 
sometimes  partial  and  at  other  times  total  eclipses. 


PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1883-87.  xlvil 

II. 
PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION. 

EXAMINERS. 


m.M.a ■) 

B.A.,  LL.M ) 


a 


R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A. 
G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A.    . 

H.  LlTTLEDALE,  B.A _...  t  ^  ^^^ 

C.  H.  Candy,  B. 

Yashvant   Vasudev     Athale,    M.A., ) 

LL.B / 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  I  jQ  ganlijrjt 

M.A 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B  A. 
Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A )  T„  TQf. 

H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A $ In  Latm' 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq In  Hebrew. 

Signor  0.  S.  Pedraza In  French. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B. .  \  -   m,1<lt . 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq S       rersian- 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A \In    History    and    in 

J.  DeO.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.  S J     Logic. 

The  Rev.  D.  Maokichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ...^ 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc | 

JamshedjiArdesirDalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  }-In  Mathematics. 
Chintaman    Vinayak    Vaidya,   M.A.,  | 
LL.B J 

The  Rev,  F.  Drehkmann,  S.J ] 

Khan       Bahadur    Bamanji     Sorabji,  I  T    XT  .       .  c  . 

L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S.,  Assoc.  M.Inst:  <>In  *atural  Science- 

C.E.,  M.C.G.B 1 


xlviii  PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

Monday,  1st  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ENGLISH. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A.  ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A. ; 
H.  Littledale,  B.A. ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.  LL.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Goldsmith — The  Good-natured  Man.     She  stoops  to  conquer. 
Austen — Pride  and  Prejudice. 

Section  I. 

1.  Contrast  the  domestic   and    social  life    of  English     10 
people  as  depicted  in  this  novel  with  that  of  Hindus. 

2.  Describe  the  characters  of  Mr.  Bennet  and  Mrs.  Ben-       6 
net,  quoting  illustrative  incidents. 

3.  By  whom  and  when  were  pride  and  prejudice  felt  in      8 
this  story  ?    Describe  how  these  two  feelings  were  gradually 
conquered. 

Section  II. 

4.  (a)  Give  the  etymology  and  meaning  of —  10 

Etiquette,  capriee,  detestable,  clue,  sanguine,  panegyric. 

(b)  Discuss  any  points  of  grammar  or  idiom  in  the 
following  : — 

(1)  It  will  then  be  publicly  seen  that  on  both  sides  we 
meet  only  as  common  and  indifferent  acquaintance. 

(2)  Anxious  and  uneasy,  the  period  that  passed  in  the 
drawing-room,  before  the  gentlemen  came,  was  wearisome 
and  dull  to  a  degree  that  almost  made  her  uncivil. 

(3)  No  arguments  shall  be  wanting  on  my  part,  that  may 
comfort  you,  under  a  circumstance  that  must  be  of  all  others 
most  afflicting  to  a  parent's  mind. 

(4)  If  we  were  able  to  learn  what  Wickham's  debts  have 
been,  we  shall  exactly  know  what  Mr.  Gardiner  has  done 
for  them. 

5.  Explain—  8 
(a)  Olive  branch. 

(&)  Presence  of  mind. 


S?kEVlOttS   EXAMINAflON,    1886-87.  2tlix 

$(c)  These  are  home  questions. 

[d)  The  young  lady  who  does  the  honours  of  this  house* 
(fe)  A  most  country-town  indifference  to  decorum, 
(J)  His  character  was  to  speak  for  itself. 

Section  lit. 

6.  Paraphrase  so  as  to  bring  out  clearly  the  meaning  of    20 
the  idiomatic  phrases  and  allusions  :— 

(a)  Elizabeth  soon  perceived  that  though  this  great  lady 
Was  not  in  the  commission  of  the  peace  for  the  county,  she 
was  a  most  active  magistrate  in  her  own  parish,  the  mi- 
nutest concerns  of  which  were  Carried  to  her  by  Mr,  Collins  ; 
&nd  whenever  any  of  the  cottagers  were  disposed  to  be 
quarrelsome,  discontented,  or  too  poor,  she  sallied  forth  into 
the  village  to  settle  their  differences,  silence  their  complaints, 
and  scold  them  into  harmony  and  plenty. 

(b)  %'  They  battled  it  together  for  a  long  time,  which  Was 
more  than  either  the  gentleman  or  lady  concerned  in  it 
deserved.  But  at  last  your  uncle  was  forced  to  yield,  and 
instead  of  being  allowed  to  be  of  use  to  his  niece,  was  forced 
to  put  up  with  only  having  the  probable  credit  of  it,  which 
went  sorely  against  the  grain  ;  and  I  really  believe  your 
letter  this  morning  gaVe  him  great  pleasure,  because  it  re- 
quired an  explanation  that  would  rob  him  of  his  borrowed 
feathers,  and  give  the  praise  where  it  was  due.  But,  Lizzy, 
liis  must  go  no  farther  than  yourself  or  Jane  at  most. 

Section  IV. 

7.  Give  the  dtamdtis  persona  of  the  Good  Natuted  Man       8 
and  a  brief  account  of  the  Act  in  the  Comedy  which  most 
interests  you. 

8.  Give  a  short  sketch  of  the  plot  of  *'  She  Stoops  to      8 
Conquer." 

9.  Tell  the  chief  facts  in  the  life  of  Goldsmith,  includ.      4 
ing  names  and  dates  of  his  writings, 

10.  Contrast  the  character  of  Croaker  and  Tony  Lump*      8 
foki. 

11.  Explain  the  following  : —  1Q 

(a)  This  same  philosophy  is  a  good  horse  in  the  stable 
b&t  an  arrant  jade  in  the  journey. 

b  1306—5  ex 


I  PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87- 

(b)  Very  good  circuit  weather  in  the  country. 

(c)  And    you    have     an    argument    in     your    cup,     old 
gentleman,  better  than  any  in  Westminster  Hall. 

(d)  This  is  all  but  the  whining  end  of  a  modern  novel. 

(c)  He  will  persuade  you  that  his  mother  was  an  Alderman 
and  his  aunt  a  Justice  of  the  Peace. 


Moni»ay,  1st  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  12  NOON.] 

HISTORY. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  concisely  the  condition  of  the  more  import-     10 
ant  Greek  States  at  the  time  of  the  accession  of  Philip  of 
Macedon. 

2.  How  do  you  account  for  the  sudden  rise  of  Macedonia     10 
to  supremacy  ? 

3.  What  part  did  the  Persians  take  in  the  Social  War  ?        10 

4.  Give  an  account  of  the  siege  of  Byzantium  by  Philip.     10 

5.  Can  you  give  any  reasons  why  the  Athenians  should     10 
or  should   not   have  been  guided   by  the  First  Philippic  ? 
How  had  matters  changed   when  the  Second   Philippic  was 
delivered  ? 

6.  Why  did  Alexander  the  Great  go  to  Egypt?    What     10 
did  he  do  there  ?    And  what  were  the  permanent  results  of 

his  visit  ? 

7.  What  arrangements    did   Alexander  make  for    the     10 
Government  of   Macedonia  during    his  absence  in   Asia  ? 
With  what  difficulties   had   Macedonia  to  contend  during 
that  time  ?  . 

8.  Draw    a    map    showing    the  positions  of  Chaeronea,       5 
Amphipolis,  Sestos,  Samos,  Sardis. 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  H 

Wednesday,  3rd  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A. ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A.  ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Viddhas'dlabhanjikd ;  Meghadtlta  and  Bitusamhdra, 

Section  I, 

1.  Translate  into  English  : —  7 

on 

Name  and  dissolve  the  compounds  underlined. 

2.  Write  short  notes  on  the  meaning,  derivation  or  gram-      5 
matical  construction  of  the  following  j — 


Hi  PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

3.  Discuss  the  following  sets  of  readings  : — 

?w 

(h)  v^*mvi<**v*\*[w*&tm 

SWTI^f  «£. 

cTc^^TT^^Wf  crr^r 

(d)  W^R^ffcTf^rRPrtTsr^^. 

pnrNtr 

4.  Explain  carefully  :— 

(a)  tou^   ^flft^®rj?qcfte|psr:  ti 
taprrct  q-Rr  ^R^^Pi^f^R^q-rrT  II 

(&)  $WWp  %mH*$l  CTTJTcftacqr  %^r: 

(c)  i^zxi  yii*\ftmiiw&  i&fei^m^w 

(d)  vmsw*  *&*  *racTr  wrctt  ^<rcrfa  11 

f  ^w^^ii^rq"  ll 

5.  Write  short  syntactical  notes  on  the  following  : — 

(a)  sftjj^r  lf^Bini4f  IRT^c^Rf1%^l 

(6)  ii?cToqr  *r  TOfcr^B^T  *ro  qSrwirej 


PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,   1886-87.  liii 

6.     What  is  an  ^^[^cT^'^T^"?  Give  an   example      8 

from  the  Meghaduta.  Does  the  Meghaduta  supply  any 
hist  orical  evidence  bearing  on  the  date  of  the  poet?  Briefly 
indicate  the  modern  position  of  the  places  which  the  cloud 
Ls  requested  to  pass  on  his  way  to  Alak&  from  Eamgiri. 

7.  Translate  into  English  :—  15 

Profit  IM  wiHqfkunii  <M«fo<4ft silreraifr 

^wg^cr:  wrefr  ftitng;:  W*r$  ifr^ 

^srWt  sftffcstf  srracftoffar  ^fsRTPrsrrfcr^- 
9#5T^f#W^mifTOp?T  It 

Section  II. 

8.  Explain  fully,   adding  grammatical  notes,  the  words    8 

^rrwrcrrsr,  ^3^H  ^r^ftRKf,  ftirtl,   w- 

B  1306-5  ea?  * 


Hv  PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

9.  (a)    Give    quotations    from    the    Viddbas'alabhanjika    8 
proving  that  Rajasekhra  was  a  minute  observer  of  nature. 

(b)  Give  some  of  the  strange  similes  you  have  met  with 
in  the  Viddhas'alabhanjika. 

(c)  Quote  a  verse  from  the  play  which  is  both  Sanskrit  and 
Prakrit. 

10.  (a)  According  to  Rajasekhara  what  time  do  pearls       8 
take  to  develope  and  attain  their  full  growth  and  perfection  ? 

(b)  What  is  the  difference  between  the  dress  worn  by 
unmarried  girls  and  that  worn  by  married  ones. 

(c)  What  are  or  were  the  ladies  of  Kerala,  Bahlika,  Lata 
and  Kuntala  noted  for  ? 

(d)  What  evidence  does  the  Viddhasalabhanjika  afford  of 
polygamy  ? 

11.  Explain  the  following  words  and  expressions  from     11 
the  Viddahsalabhanjika  : — 

f^S*,  qcfr^qr,  ^JTR^r,    f^j^tf cT, 

12.  Translate  into  Sanskrit : —  15 

A  merchant  having  some  money  due  to  him  set  out  on 
horse-back  to  receive  it  accompanied  by  his  dog.  Having 
settled  the  business  he  tied  the  bag  of  money  before  him 
and  began  to  return  home.  The  merchant  after  riding  some 
miles  alighted  to  rest  himself  under  a  tree,  and  taking  the 


PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,   1886-87.  lv 

bag  of  money  in  his  hand  laid  it  down  by  his  side.  But  on 
remounting  he  forgot  it.  The  dog  observing  this  ran  to 
fetch  the  bag  ;  but  it  was  too  heavy  for  it  to  drag  along.  _  It 
then  ran  after  its  master  and  by  barking  and  howling  tried 
to  tell  him  of  his  mistake.  The  merchant  did  not  under- 
stand these  signs  ;  but  the  dog  went  on  with  its  efforts  and 
after  trying  in  vain  to  stop  the  horse  it  at  last  began  to  bite 
his  heels. 


Wednesday,  3rd  November, 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

LATIN. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.B. ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Livy— Booh  VI. 

Ovid— Metamorphoseon,  VIII.,  1—588. 

1.     Translate  with  short  explanatory  notes  where  neces-    30 
sary  :— 

(a)  Non  enim  jam  orationes  modo  Mf  Manlii,  sed  facta 
popularia  in  speciem,  tumultuosa  eadem,  qua  mente  fierent, 
intuenti  erant.  Centurionem,  nobilem  militaribus  factis, 
judicatum  pecuniae  quum  duci  vidisset,  medio  foro  cum 
caterva  sua  accurrit  et  manum  injecit,  vociferatusque  de 
superbia  patrum  ac  crudelitate  feneratorum  et  miseriis 
plebis,  virtutibus  ejus  viri  fortunaque  "  Turn  vero  ego " 
iniquit  "  nequicquam  hac  dextra  Capitolium  arcemque  ser-? 
varerim,  si  civem  commilitonemque  meum,  tanquam  Gallis 
victoribus  captum,  in  servitutem  ac  vincla  duci  videam." 
Inde  rem  creditori  palam  populo  solvit  libraque  et  aere  libera- 
turn  emittit  deos  atque  homines  obtestantem  ut  M.  Manlio, 
liberatori  suo,  parenti  plebis  Romanae,  gratiam  ref erant. 

(b)  Vixdum  perfunctum  eum  bello  atrocior  domi  seditio 
excepit  et  per  ingentia  certamina  dictator  senatusque 
victus,  ut  rogationes  tribunicia  acciperentur  ;  et  comitia 
consulum  adversa  nobilitate  habita  quibus  L.  Sextius  de 
plebe  consul  primus  factus.  Et  ne  is  quidem  finis  certami- 
num  fuit.  Quia  patricii  se  auctores  futuros  negabant,  prope 
secessionern  plebis  res   terribilesque   alias  minas    civilian; 


Ivi  .        PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

certaminum  venit,  quum  tandem  per  dietatorem  condicio- 
nibus  se  datse  discordise  sunt  concessumque  ab  nobilitate 
plebi  de  consule  plebeio  a  plebe  nobilitati  de  praetore  uno 
qui  jus  in  urbe  diceret  ex  patribus  creando. 

What  was  the  date  of  the  events  above  referred  to? 
Piscuss  shortly  the  position  of  affairs  at  Rome  at  that  time. 

(c)  Q.  Fabio  simul  primum  magistratu  abiit  ab  Cn. 
Marcio  tribano  plebis  dicta  dies  est,  quod  (legatus)  in  Galloa 
ad  quos  missus  erat  orator  contra  jus  gentium  pugnasset. 

2.  Translate  into  Latin  pros    : —  25 

The  speech  of  Tullius  was  received  on  all  sides  by  the 
mob  with  entreaties  and  cries  that  he  would  give  them  a 
standard  to  fight  under  and  bid  them  tajke  arms.  The  Dic- 
tator, who,  though  he  little  approved  of  the  precedent  thus 
set,  thought  the  measure  taken  was  a  good  one,  withdrew  as 
though  he  were  about  to  comply  with  the  soldiers'  wishes. 
In  private  he  enquired  of  Tullius  what  was  the  nature  of  the 
affair  and  how  it  came  about.  Tullius  earnestly  begged  the 
Dictator  not  to  suppose  that  he  had  forgotten  that  he  was 
under  military  discipline,  or  that  he  was  in  any  way  un- 
mindful of  his  own  position  or  the  general's  high  estate  :  his 
reason  for  not  withdrawing  himself  from  the  leadership 
of  that  excited  mob  was  that  another  might  come  forward, 
some  such  man  as  mobs  thus  stirred  were  wont  to  choose  : 
as  for  himself  he  would  never  act  but  on  the  General's  orders. 
At  the  same  time,  he  said,  the  General  should  use  all 
diligence  to  see  that  he  had  the  army  properly  in  check  ;  it 
was  impossible  to  separate  men  whose  minds  were  wrought  to 
such  a  pitch  of  excitement :  they  would  certainly  insist  on 
taking  orders  as  to  the  place  and  time  of  battle  from  him,  if 
the  General  refused  them. 

As  they  were  thus  talking  the  herds  which  happened  to  be 
feeding  outside  the  ramparts  were  being  driven  off  by  a  Gaul, 
but  were  rescued  from  him  by  two  Roman  soldiers.  The 
Gauls  immediately  hurled  stones  at  them,  whereupon  a 
shout  arose  from  the  Roman  Camp,  and  a  forward  rush  was 
made  from  either  side.  The  affair  was  not  far  from  becom* 
ing  a  pitched  battle,  had  it  not  been  for  the  centurions  who 
speedily  separated  the  combatants. 

3.  Translate  with  short  explanatory  notes  where  ne- 
cessary :— 

(a)  Exige  psenas..... 

Nise  pater  :  gaudete  malis  modo  prodita  nostris 
Moenia  :  nam  fateor,  merui ;  et  sum  digna  perire 
Me  tanien  exillis  aliquis,  quos  impia  ltesi 


PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1886-87.  lvii 

Me  perimat.     Cur,  qui  vicisti  crimine  nostro, 
Insequeris  crimen  ?     Scelus  hoc  patriaeque  patrique  ; 
Officium  tibi  sit.     Te  vere  conjuge  digna  est, 
Qua?  torvum  ligno  decepit  adultera  taurum  ; 
Dissortemque  utero  foetum  tulit.     Ecquid  ad  aures 
Pervenient  mea  dicta  tuas  ;  an  inania  venti 
Verba  ferunt,  idemque  tuas  ingrate  carinas  ? 

Narrate  shortly  the  facts  of  the  story  from  which  the 
above  lines  are  taken.  Who  is  the  speaker  and  what  was  her 
end? 

(6)  Hunc  miseri  tumulo  ponentem  corpora  nati 
Garrula  ramosa  prospexit  ab  ilice  perdix, 
Et  plausit  pennis  testa taque  guadia  cantu  est ; 
Unica  tunc  volucris,  nee  visa  prioribus  annis 
Factaque  nuper  avis,  longum  tibi,  Daedale,  crimen 
Namque  huic  tradiderat,  fatorum  ignara  docendam 
Progeniem  gennana  suam,  natalibus  actis 
Bis  puerum  senis,  animi  ad  prsecepta  capacis 
Ille  etiam  medio  spinas  in  pisce  notatas 
Traxit  in  exemplum  :  f  erroque  incidit  acuto 
Perpetuos  dentes  ;  et  serrse  reperit  usum. 
Primus  et  ex  uno  duo  ferrea  brachia  nodo 
Vinxit,  ut  aequali  spatio  distantibus  illis 
Altera  pars  staret ;  pars  alt  era  duceret  orbem. 
Daedalio  invidit ;  sacraque  ex  arce  Minervse 
Praecipitem  mittit,  lapsum  mentitus.     At  ilium 
Quae  favet  ingeniis,  excepit  Pallas  avemque 
Reddidit  et  medio  velavit  in  aere  pennis. 

(c)  Utarque  Acheloe  domoque 
Consilioque  tuo,  respondit :  et  usus  utroque  est. 
Pumice  multicavo,  nee  levibus  atria  tophis 
Structa  subit.     Molli  tellus  erat  humida  musco 
Summa  lacunabant  alterno  murice  concha. 
Jamque  duas  lucis  partes  Hyperione  menso, 
Discubueret  oris  Theseus  comitesque  laborum. 
Hac  Ixionides  ilia  Troezenius  heros 

Parte  Selex,  raris  jam  sparsus  tempora  canis. 
Quosque  alios  parili  fuerat  dignatus  honore 
Amius  Acarnanum,  laetissiuno  hospite  tanto. 

(d)  Quique  aethera  carpere  possent 
Credidit  esse  Deos, 

Explain  the  use  of  the  subjunctive  in  the  above  sentence. 

(c)  Auratas  mutavit  vestibus  atris.  What  are  the  different 
constructions  of  "muto." 


lviii  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1886-87. 

.  Wednesday,  3rd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HEBREW. 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  (a)  Give  the  chief  peculiarities  of  the  verb  ^y  6 

(6)  Give  the  meaning  and  derivation  of  i  J"T2  J?   >  ^Ti^fe? 

t  ••  :  '         : 

:  n®h%  >hSty  'HNpn 

(c)  What  different  significations  has  the  word*^33  • 

2.  (a)  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English  :  —  8 

\^by  hub  e^in  Tna  15*1  ^towj 
jap  ntfg  \^bv.  b&  ipro*   :  ynwi  o^tf  rop 
:  Van  ^to  i1?  jtt*i  t^  T"tt 

..  -:  -  |  v"      '  v  t  :        '      v  -r 

(b)  Give  the  context  of  the  above  passage. 

(c)  Give  the  root  offtp  with  its  signification.    To  what 
conjugation  does  the  word  belong? 

(d)  Correct  the  error  in  the  last  verse,  stating  your  reason 
for  it. 

(e)  Give  the  imperative,  masculine  singular  Piel  of  the 
word  J^toSP 

3.  Translate  the  following  phrases  into  English  : —  10 

j  nVnn  p  wiptfri  ntrp  spy  n^^n    (<o 

T    T.        .   _        |  .  _  T        1,     .        .  T     FT         I      .  ■&        T  .  ;     . 


PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87-  llX 

4.  Give    the    rules    of  finding    out  the  roots  of  Hebrew      4 
words. 

5.  Give  the  following  phrases  in  idiomatic  Hebrew :— >  10 

(a)  And  these  were  confederate  with  Abraham. 

(b)  Do  to  her  as  it  pleaseth  thee. 

(c)  Return  to  thy  mistress,  and  submit  thyself  under  her 
hands. 

(d)  Shall  I  hide  from  Abraham  that  thing  which  I  do  ? 

(e)  That  be  far  from  thee,  to  do  after  this  manner,  to  slay 
the  righteous  with  the  wicked. 

6.  Give  with  significations  some  of  the  titles  of  the  Psalms.     4 
What  are  such  Psalms  as  have  no  titles  called  in  Hebrew  ? 

7.  {a)  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English  :—  8 
-  "r        •   :  -  :                       t  v   :      •  ••    :  it  • 

•    :  v  :  v:  t  -  :  v  •  ••  t  v  :  •  :   • 

(b)  Of  whom  does  David  speak  in  the  above  passage  ;  and 
why  does  he  speak  so  of  him  ? 

(c)  Give  the  different  significations  of  the  Word  ;  F|T?fc$ 

(d)  Give  the  Niphal  future  of  the  verb  J  yp 

8.  Translate  the  following  passage  into  English  !— >■  20 

•o  ^nn?  ;pan  tj    i  yr$y$  3179EP'  wain 

Wwpn   :  ^ee  rrjy;  iip  w^35  ^ttftri  n^ 
^p5  •*$    :  vipWr  nip  D*V»n  *?|  **tp  15? 


k  DEVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

wa-tn  vtoM  :  *nfcm  oho  rw  n^  inSe 

•  w  pu Di?  °3  w  ^^1  ^  ^3??  ^didp 

pmp  *sfirx$  vt&js  *yj?  ij|p  ''jni  'urjfc 

^5^  ^n^n  ■njftfi  ^p?  ^jpp  itf  j?J?i  :  vrqy 

tthryp  *?W£!   :  torn  Q^n  S5  nto^  rrrtn 

x  vb  nn?n  *h  zhx^  yp#N  tib 

9.  Translate  the  following  passage  into  Hebrew  :—  25 

And  the  men  said  unto  Lot,  Hast  thou  here  any  besides  ? 
Son-in-law,  and  thy  sons,  and  thy  daughters,  and  whatso- 
ever thou  hast  in  the  city,  bring  them  out  of  this  place  c 
for  we  will  destroy  this  place,  because  the  cry  of  them  is 
waxen  great  before  the  face  of  the  Lord  ;  and  the  Lord  hath 
sent  us  to  destroy  it*  And  Lot  went  out*  and  spake  unto 
his  sons-in-law,  which  married  his  daughters,  and  said,  Up, 
get  you  out  of  this  place ;  for  the  Lord  will  destroy  this 
city*  But  he  seemed  as  one  that  mocked  unto  his  sons-im 
law.  And  when  the  moraing  arose,  then  the  angels  hastened 
Lot,  saying,  Arise,  take  thy  Wife,  and  thy  daughters, 
which  are  here )  lest  thou  be  consumed  in  the  iniquity  of 
the  city.  And  while  he  lingered,  the  men  laid  hold  upon 
his  hand,  and  Upon  the  hand  of  his  wife,  antl  Upon  the 
hand  of  his  two  daughters  )  the  Lord  being  merciful  unto 
him,  and  they  brought  him  forth,  and  set  him  without  the 
city.  And  it  came  to  pass,  when  they  had  brought  them 
forth  abroad,  that  he  said,  Escape  for  thy  life ;  look  not  be- 
hind thee,  neither  stay  thou  in  all  the  plain  $  escape  to  the 
mountain,  lest  thou  be  consumed;. 

10.  Attach  vowel  points  to  the  words  of  the  following      5 
sentence  : — 

t  p^N  A w»  ^Dian  vram  rmwn  ^m  iann 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  Ill 

Wednesday,  3rd  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

FRENCH. 

Signor  0.  S.  Pedraza. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Translate  the  following  passages  : —  30 

Madame  Pernelle. 

(a)  Chacun  y  parle  haut 

Et  c'est  justement  la  cour  du  roi  Pe'taut. 

(b)  Mon  Dieu  !  sa  soeur,  vous  faites  la  discrete 

Et    vous    n'y   touchez  pas,    tant    vous   me  semblez 

doucette  ! 
Mais  il  n'est,  comme  on  dit,  pire  eau  que  1'eau  qui  dort 
Et  vous  menez,  soils  chape,  un  train  que  je  hais  fort. 

(c)  Vous  etes,  ma  mie,  une  fille  suivante, 

Un  peu  trop  forte  en  gueule,  et  fort  impertinente  ; 
Vous  vous  melez  sur  tout  de  dire  votre  avis. 

(d)  Mais  l'age  dans  son  ame  a  mis  ce  zele  ardent 

Et  Ton  sait  qu'elle  est  prude  a  son  corps  defendant. 

(e)  La  jamais  on  n'entend  de  pieuses  paroles  ; 

Ce  sont  propos  oisifs,  chansons  et  f ariboles  ; 

Bien  souvent  le  prochain  en  a  sa  bonne  part, 

Et  Ton  y  sait  m^dire  et  du  tiers  et  du  quart, 

Mille  caquets  divers  s'y  font  en  moins  de  rien  ; 

Et,  comme  l'autre  jour  un  docteur  dit  fort  bien, 

C'est  veritablement  la  tour  de  Baby  lone, 

Car  chacun  y  babille,  et  tout  du  long  de  I'aune  : 

Et,  pour  conter  l'histoire  ou  ce  point  l'engagea 

(Montrant  Cleante). 
Voila-t-il  pas  monsieur  qui  ricane  deja  ! 
Allez  chercher  vos  fous  qui  vous  donnent  a  rire, 

\A.  Elmire). 
Et  sans  ...  Adieu,  ma  bru  ;  je  ne  veux  plus  riendire. 
Sachez  que  pour  ceansfen  rabats  de  moitie", 
Et  qu'il  fera  beau  temps  quand  j;y  mettrai  le  pied. 

(Donnant  un   soufflet  a  Flipote) 
Allons,  vous,  vous  reVez  et  bayez  aux  corneilles 
Jour  de  Dieu  !  je  saurai  vous  frotter  les  orcilles. 
Marchons,  gaupe,  marchons. 

(f)  Dorine 

Certes,  monsieur  Tartufe,  a  bien  prendre  la  chose, 
N'est  pas  un  homme,  non,  qui  se  mouche  du  pied. 

Explain  the  words  in  italics. 
b  1306-  6  ex 


Ixii  PKEYIOUS   EXAMINATION,    188C-87. 

2.  (a)  Trace  the  word  "  Tartufe  "  to  its  origin  and  give  its     10 

meaning  when  used  figuratively  as  a  common  noun. 

(6)  Are  there  any  onomatopoeic  words  in  the  above 
passages  ?  If  so,  state  them  and  say  from  what  sounds 
they  have  been  formed. 

(c)  "Et  comme  l'autre  jour  un  docteur  dit  fort  bien." 
Who  is  the  doctor  probably  alluded  to  in  this  line  and 
how  does  Mme.  Pernelle  misquote  him  ? 

3.  Translate :—  30 

(a)  Un  pont  aerien,  leger  comme  s'il  etait  soutenu  dans  le 

brouillard  par  des  fils  de  la  vierge,  s'eleve  au-dessous 
d'une  large  riviere  qui  roule  doucement  ses  eaux 
paresseuses. 

(b)  Une  large  riviere  s'arrondissait  doucement  autour  de 

la  colline  sur  laquelle  nous  venions  d'arriver  ;  et  au- 
dela  de  cette  riviere  les  toits  et  les  clochers  d'une 
grande  ville  s'eparpillaient  jusqu'a  la  courbe  indecise 
de  1'  horizon.  Que  de  maisons  !  que  de  cheminees  ! 
Quelques-uDes  plus  hautes  et  plus  6troites,  elanc^es 
comme  des  colonnes,  vomissaient  des  tourbillons  de 
fumee  noire,  qui,  s'envolant  an  caprice  de  la  brise, 
formait,  an-dessus  de  la  ville,  un  nuage  de  vapeur 
sombre.  Sur  la  riviere,  an  milieu  de  son  cours 
et  le  long  d'  une  ligne  de  quais  se  tassaient  de 
nombreux  navires,  qui,  comme  les  arbres  d'une 
foret,  emmelaient  les  uns  dans  les  autres  leurs 
matures,  leurs  cordages,  leurs  voiles  et  leurs  drapeaux 
multicolores  qui  flottaient  au  vent.  On  entendait 
des  ronflements  sourds,  des  bruits  de  ferraille  et  de 
chaudronnerie,  des  coups  de  marteau  et  par-dessus 
tout  le  tapage  produit  par  le  roulement  de  nombreuses 
voitures  qu'on  voyait  courir  ga  et  la  sur  les  quais. 

(&)  Account  for  the  imperfect  tense  in  the  above  extract 
and  state  whether  the  meaning  wo  aid  have  been 
modified  if  the  past  definite  had  been  employed 
instead. 

(c)  From  what  words  are  the  verbs  underlined  derived  ? 

Give  the  verb  derived  from  each  of  the  following 
adjectives  :  leger,  large,  doux,  grand,  long,  sourd. 

4.  Traduisez  en  frangais : —  25 

I  cannot  name  this  gentleman  without  remarking  that  his 
labours  and  writings  have  done  much  to  open  the  eyes  and 
hearts  of  all  mankind.  He  has  visited  all  Europe — not  to 
survey  the  sumptuousness  of  palaces,  of  the  stateliness  of 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  Ixil 


temples  ;  not  to  make  accurate  measurements  of  the  remains 
of  ancient  grandeur,  not  to  form  a  scale  of  the  curiosities  of 
modern  art,  nor  to  collect  medals,  or  collate  manuscripts, 
but  to  dive  into  the  depths  of  dungeons,  to  plunge  into  the 
infection  of  hospitals,  to  survey  the  mansions  of  sorrow  and 
pain  ;  to  take  the  gauge  and  dimensions  of  misery,  depression, 
and  contempt ;  to  remember  the  forgotten,  to  attend  to  the 
neglected,  to  visit  the  forsaken,  and  compare  the  distresses  of 
all  men  in  all  countries.  His  plan  is  original ;  it  is  as  full  of 
genius  as  of  humanity.  It  was  a  voyage  of  discovery  ;  a 
circumnavigation  of  charity.  Already,  the  benefit  of  his 
labour  is  felt  more  or  less  in  every  country.  I  hope  he  will 
anticipate  his  final  reward  by  seeing  all  its  effects  fully 
realised  in  his  own. — Edmund  Burke,  Howard  the  Philan- 
thropitt. 

5.    Account  for  the  spelling  of  each  of  the  following  past 
participles  : — 

Cette  lettre  nous  a  bien  servi. 
Cette  brave  femme  nous  a  bien  servis. 
lis  se  sont  assure  des  revenus 
lis  se  sont  assure'.*  des  revenus 
Les  deux  heures  que  j'ai  couru. 
Les  dangers  que  j'ai  courus. 


Wednesday,  3rd  Notember. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PERSIAN. 

Sorabji  Manekji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Hafiz-  Odes  351—400- 

Anvari  Sohaili— Chapters  IV.  and  V. 

1.     Give  instances  with  their  meanings  of  : — 

(a)  The  dual  number  of  the  nature  of      J  oJ  I  1 

(6)    Compound    nouns   made   up   of   two   nouns,    e,g.} 


^j» 


Ixiv  PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

(c)  Nouns  of  instrument  of  the  measure  of  «j£  J  J^o 
((/)  Nouns  of  place  of  the  measure  of  ^  JlCo 

2.  Give  the   roots  and  meanings   of  the  following  words      S 
and   mention,   wherever  possible,  other  words  derived  from 
the  same  roots  : — 

3.  Explain  and  give  the  meanings  of  /. —  10 

4.  Translate  and  explain  : —  10 

—  &Z>  i*)\*yy»  {*)\j{  ^iJ^J  ujU^ft.  ^)t>b 

i£J*J>    j     ^Ulj     Li^^     dU^     *^ 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  lxv 

j^ti  ij  j\f  ^jji  j*  j*  ^  ytis  jy 
%*  jot  i  *aj  ?  u^  j  &#»j  ±£j  *y  )  yJ  i 

5.  Give  the  literal  and  technical  meanings  of  : —  5 

6.  Quote  the  opening  lines  of  the  ode  of  Hafiz  written  by       5 
him  while  at  Yezd  which  he  was  anxious  to  leave. 

7.  Translate  into  English  :—  10 

r%  **y.  ^  c^J1  **  »<*%* 

c^~oW  I  ^yw  ^j*.  ^  \y>^>  cP^j  ^^ 

*  t>jj      is?      m  &o  |      |  ^.     ^f    <>£j     ^  La 

**^>  y   j  If  J  iji  l«  *S  t)jc);   «j  ^  c> 

^63  ju  i^[«!j  j o  *aT  <*jy>  ^J^ 


b  \m-6ex* 


kvi  PREVIOUS   EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

fiji  l**  *J*1  -*  *)  c^J  *****  \sf  ^ 

&*&*    ij\y^    ij&t>    i^j0    <— -***     ^y^j^ 

(r)  Translate,  scan,  mention  the  peculiarities  and  give  the 
metres  of  : — 


»U  ,  -is'0  t>L>  (Ol<^^  ^Jb  ^s**  ^     (A 

8.     Translate  into  English  :—  1 3 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87-  lxVll 

^&>!  cuy  ^)  ^*£  lie  ^1  jl&  ;  u-H 

<3jlc3  ^Iv*  <jLj  ^5L*«5  L^ly^  c^*^'^ 


•  &  ** 

c^-^  ^'jo  c^Lo  ^^  ^r  *&*,  ^tj  j 

*-*\jf>  ^r^^vJI  ^!^  joy  £v&;,o  ^|o 


lxviii  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1886-87. 

9.     Translate  into  Persian  : —  20 

The  author  of  the  Tarikh-e-Mahmood  Shahi  states,  he 
heard  from  the  royal  attendants  that  upon  the  king's  first 
hearing  of  the  espape  of  the  Prince  Hussun  Khan  rage  and 
passion  so  overcame  him,  he  tore  his  robes,  bit  his  pillows 
and  often  his  own  lips  in  such  a  manner  that  they  dropped 
with  blood.  Alarmed  at  the  example  of  Hussun'fKhan,  he 
put  to  death  several  innocent  persons  of  the  royal  family 
who  were  confined  in  different  fortresses.  Nor  did  his  suspi- 
cions rest  here  ;  many  other  persons  of  his  own  court  fell 
the  innocent  victims  of  his  indiscriminate  cruelty.  From 
this  moment  Humayun  threw  off  all  restraint  and  seized  at 
will  the  children  of  his  subjects,  tearing  them  from  their 
parents  to  gratify  his  passions. 


Friday,  5th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ALGEBRA. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  j 

T.  S.Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LLB.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  If  x  +  y  =  p    and  xy  =  q,   express  a;2  +  y*,  xz  +  ys 
x*  +  y4,  in  terms  of  p  and  q. 

2.  Simplify— 

a*  b*  +  c2 

(a-b)  (a-c)     (a-b)  {b-c)       (a-c)  (b-c) 
Show  that — 

(  i    +  J—  +  -J_Y  =  -±-  +  — l-  +  JU 

\a~^b       b-c^  c—aj       [a-b)*       {b-c)*       (c-a)* 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  lxix 

3.  Find  x  and  y  from  the  equations  6 

V*  —  s/V=  n/I     I 

4.  What  is  the  condition  that  ax3  +  bx  +  c  shall  be  a      7 
perfect  square  with  respect  to  x  ? 

For  what  value  of  n  will  the  expression — 

x2  —  (ti  —  1)  x  +  n  +  i  be  a  perfect  square  ? 

5.  If  a,  6,  c,  e£  are  proportionals —  8 

a  +  b  :  a  —  6 :  :  c  +  d  :  c  —  d 

—    +     —      =  2    ?? 
62  d2  6rf 

(a  +  tf)_(6  +  c)   =(tt-5)(a-c)  J 
a 

6.  Sum  the  series  —  9 

3  —  1  +  i  —  £ ,  &c.  ad  infinitum 
3  +  6  +  11  +  20+  &c.  to  n  terms. 

If  a,  6,  c  be  in  arithmetical  progression,  b,  c,  d  in  geome- 
trical progression,  and  c,  d,  e  in  harmonical  progression ; 
prove  that  a,  c,  e  are  in  geometrical  progression. 

7.  Show  by  mathematical  induction  that  the  sum  of  the      9 
squares  of  the  first  n  natural  numbers  is — 

-Q  n  (n  +  1)  (2n  +  1). 

Hence  obtain  an  expression  for  the  sum  of  the  squares  of 
the  odd  numbers  in  this  series. 

8.  Prove  that  the  number  of  combinations  of  n  things       6 
taken  r  at  a  time  is  equal  to  the  number  of  combinations 
taken  n  —  r  at  a  time. 

Find  the  number  of  different  signals  that  can  be  made 
with  six  flags,  two  of  which  are  white,  two  black,  and  two 
red  ;  six  flags  to  be  used  in  each  signal. 

9.  Write  down  the  co -efficient  of  xr  in  the  expansion  of      9 

(1  +  x)»and  (1  +  z)— "and  the  middle  term  of  f  x  +  ~\  . 

If  P  denote  the  sum  of  the^odd  terms  and  Q  the  sum  of  the 
even  terms  in  the  expansion  of  (a  +  6)n,  P2  -  Q2  =  (a2  -  62^n 
and  4PQ  =  (a  +  b)2n-(a  -b)2n- 

10.  Find  the  5th  root  of  35  correct  to  five  places  of      7 
decimals. 


1XX  PEEVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87, 

Thursday,  4th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EUCLID. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc. ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M,A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Define  an  axiom.     State  the  12th  axiom  as  used  by       5 
Euclid  in  his.  propositions  on  parallel  straight  lines.     Is  it 
really  an  axiom  and  what  axiom  is   usually  proposed  in  its 
stead  ? 

2.  In  order  that  two  triangles  may  be  equal  in  all  re-      8 
spects  what  must  be  given  ?    Prove  any  one  of  the  cases. 

The  bisectors  of  the  external  angles  of  a  triangle  meet  on 
th  e  bisector  of  the  vertical  angle. 

3.  If  a  6  be  the  lengths  of  two  unequal  lines  prove  geo-     7 
metrically  that  a2  —  b2  =  (a  +  6)  (a  —  6). 

4.  If  two  chords  intersect  each  other  in  a  circle,  the  rect-     10 
angles  contained  by  their  segments  are  equal. 

The  three  common  chords  of  three  circles  which  intersect 
one  another  meet  in  a  point. 

5.  If  the  middle  point  of  a  chord  be  joined  to  the  centre     10 
of  the  circle  the  joining  line  is  at  right  angles  to  the  chord. 

11AOB,  COD  are  chords  of  a  circle  at  right  angles 
A02  +  OB2  +  CO2  +  OD2  is  equal  to  the  square  on  the 
diameter. 

6.  Inscribe  a  regular  pentagon  in  a  circle.  8 

If  the  alternate  angles  of  an  equilateral  and  equiangular 
pentagon  be  joined,  the  figure  formed  by  the  intersection  of 
the  joining  lines  is  also  a  regular  pentagon. 

7.  If  a  line  parallel  to  the  base  cuts  the  sides  of  a  triangle,     10 
the  segments  of  the  sides  are  proportional.    Is  the  converse 

of  this  true  ? 

AB  and  CD  intersect ;  AG  and  BD  are  joined.  Show 
that  the  middle  points  of  AB,  AC,  CD  and  DB  are  the  four 
corners  of  a  parallelogram. 


PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87.  lxxi 

8.  Define  mean  proportional.  10 

If  a  perpendicular  be  drawn  from  the  vertex  of  a  right- 
angled  triangle  on  the  hypotenuse,  the  perpendicular  is  a 
mean  proportional  between  the  segments  of  the  hypotenuse. 

Show  that  the  common  tangent  AB  which  touches  two 
touching  circles  at  A  and  B  is  a  mean  proportional  between 
the  diameters  of  the  circles. 

9.  Show  that  the  diagonals  of  a  quadrilateral,  two   of      7 
whose  sides  are  parallel  and  one  of  them  double  of  the  other, 
cut  one  another  at  a  point  of  trisection. 


Wednesday,  3rd  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  12  NOON.] 

LOGIC. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  are  syncategorematic  words  ?    Show,  by  help  of      7 
short  sentences,  whether  the  words  '  magnitude  ',   '  of ',  and 

'  large  '  are  syncategorematic  or  categorematic. 

2.  Make  propositions  predicating  a  differentia,  a  pro-     10 
perty,  a  separable,   and  an  inseparable  accident  of  school- 
boys.    How  would  you  determine   whether  ferocity  is  a 
differentia,  a  property,  or  an  accident  of  tigers  ? 

3.  What  faults  must  be  avoided  in  logical  divisions  ?     10 
Illustrate  your  meaning  by  making  first  a  good,  and  then  a 
very  bad  division  of  poems. 

4.  Permute  the  contradictory  of  the  converse  of —  7 
No  one  ignorant  of  geometry  will  be  admitted. 

5.  Test  the  validity  of  the  moods  EAE,  I  A  I,  and  All     12 
in  the  fourth  figure,  and  reduce  any  of  them,  that  are  valid, 

to  the  first  figure  by  ostensive  reduction,  and  by  reduction 
per  impossibile. 

6.  If  Ceesar  had  come  in  time,  all  the  Romans  would  have       5 
been  saved,  but  Csesar  was  late.     Can  we  conclude  that  all 
the  Romans  perished  ?    If  not,  why  not  ? 


lxxii  PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,   1886-87. 

7.  Test  the  validity  of  the  following  arguments  : —  16 

(a)  '  Freeman  '  is  an  Anglo-Saxon  word,  therefore  Mr. 
Freeman  cannot  be  of  Norman  descent. 

{b)  All  tigers  eat  flesh,  the  animal  killed  yesterday  by 
Captain  Smith  is  a  tiger,  therefore  it  is  eating 
flesh. 

(c)  Two-thirds  of  X  are  Y,  three-quarters  of  Y  are  Z, 
therefore  five-twelfths  of  X  are  Z. 

8.  What  is    the  difference  of  opinion  between  Mill  and      8 
Fowler  as  to  the  meaning  of  disjunctive  propositions  ? 


Tuesday,  2nd  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  12  NOON.] 

NATURAL  SCIENCE. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.  J. ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.M.Inst.C.EM  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
A. —  New  Course  (Larden's  Heat). 

1.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  Pri  nciple  of  Conser-     12 
vation  of  Energy  and  the  Mechanical  Equivalent  of  Heat  ? 

Find  from  what  height  a  kilogramme  of  lead  at  0°  C. 
must  fall  in  order  that  the  heat  disengaged  by  it's  striking 
the  ground  may  be  just  sufficient  to  melt  it,  supposing 
none  of  the  heat  to  be  communicated  to  any  other  body. 

Specific  heat  of  lead  =  0*03,  its  latent  heat  =  5#4;  its 
melting  point  =  335°C, 

2.  Define  coefficient  of  linear  expansion   and  show  that     10 
in  a  Gridiron  Pendulum     the   length   of  the   compensating 
rods  must  be  inversely  proportional  to  their  coefficients   of 
expansion. 

3.  Devise  an  experiment  to  prove  that    water  has  an       9 
anomalous   expansion   and     a   temperature     of    maximum 
density  ;  and  trace  some  of  the  consequences  of  this  proper- 
ty in  the  economy  of  Nature. 


previous  examination,  1886-87.  lxxiii 

4.  State  the  various  conditions  affecting  the  boiling  point     10 
of  a  liquid  and  show    how    the   height  of  a  mountain   may 

be  determined  from  an  observation   of  the   boiling  point   of 
water. 

5.  Distinguish  between  conduction  and  convection  and     12 
define  absolute  and  relative  conductivity. 

Two  equal  cylinders,  one  of  iron,  the  other  of  bismuth, 
are  covered  with  wax  and  simultaneously  placed  on  end  on 
a  hot  metal  plate.  At  first  the  melting  of  the  wax  advances 
most  rapidly  on  the  bismuth  bar,  but  when  it  has  melted 
about  2  ctm.  up  the  cylinder,  the  iron  overtakes  the  bis- 
muth and  then  the  melting  advances  more  rapidly  along 
the  iron  bar.     How  do  you  account  for  these  phenomena  ? 

6.  State  Boyle's  law  and  explain  it  according  to  the     12 
dynamical  theory  of  gases. 

In  a  barometer  which  is  immersed  in  a  deep  bath  the 
mercury  stands  743  millimetres  above  the  level  of  the  bath. 
The  tube  is  lowered  until  the  barometric  space  which  con- 
tains air  is  reduced  to  one  third  and  the  mercury  is  then 
at  a  height  of  701  millimetres.  Find  the  atmospheric 
presssure  at  the  time  of  observation, 

7.  State  the  laws  of  reflection  of  radiant  heat  and  show     10 
how  the  law  of  inverse  squares  may  be  proved  experiment- 
ally. 

B. — Old  Course  (Balfour  Stewart.) 

1.  Define  pressure,  weight,  specific    gravity.      A  body     10 
weighing   1  kilogramme  is  placed  on  a  moveable  support ; 
find  with  what  velocity  the  support  must  move  downwards 

so  that  the  pressure  upon  it  may  be  equal  to  half  a  kilogramme, 
and  upwards  so  that  it  may  be  equal  to  two  kilogrammes. 

2.  Show  how  to  find  the  specific  gravity  of  a  liquid  by     10 
means  of  the  Hydrostatic    Balance.      What  volume  of  fir 

of  density  0"5  must  be  joined  to  3  cubic  centimetres  of 
iron  of  density  7*1  that  the  mean  density  of  the  whole  may 
be  unity  ? 

3.     State    Boyle's  law  and  explain  it  according  to  the     10 
dynamical  theory. 

In  a  barometer  which  is  immersed  in  a  deep  bath  the 
mercury  stands  743  millimetres  above  the  level  of  the  bath. 
The  tube  is  lowered  until  the  barometric  space  which  con- 

b  1306—  lex 


IXX1V  PREVIOUS    EXAMINATION,    1886-87. 

tains  air  is  reduced  to  one-third  and  the  mercury  is  then  at 
a  height  at  701  millimetres.  Required  the  atmospheric  pres- 
sure at  the  time  of  observation. 

4.  Explain  the  motion  of  a  pendulum  and  show  that      6 
its  oscillations  are  isochronous.     Illustrate  the  principle  of 
conservation  of  energy  by  the  motions  of  the  pendulum. 

5.  Define  wave  motion  and    distinguish  between  longi-     12 
tudinal  and  transverse  vibrations. 

Show  how  the  sound  is  produced  in  an  organ-pipe  and 
explain  fully  the  effect  of  the  length  of  the  pipe  on  the  pitch 
of  the  fundamental  note  and  the  difference  between  an  open 
and  a  closed  organ-pipe. 

6.  Define  coefficient  of  linear  expansion  and  show  that     10 
in  a  Gridiron  Pendulum  the  length   of    the  compensating 
rods  must  be  inversely  proportional  to  their  coefficients  of 
expansion. 

7.  Distinguish  between  conduction  and   convection  and     12 
define  absolute  and  relative  conductivity. 

Two  equal  cylinders,  one  of  iron  and  the  other  of  bismuth, 
are  covered  with  wax  and  simultaneously  placed  on  end  on 
a  hot  metal  plate.  At  first  the  melting  of  the  wax  advances 
most  rapidly  on  the  bismuth  bar,  but  when  it  has  melted 
about  2  centimetres  up  the  cylinder,  the  iron  overtakes  ihe 
bismuth  and  then  the  melting  advances  more  rapidly  on 
the  iron  bar.     How  do  you  account  for  these  phenomena  ? 


PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1886-87.  lxxiv  « 

Tuesday,  2nd  November, 

[10  a.m.  to  12  NOON.] 

ELEMENTARY  MECHANICS  OF  SOLIDS 
AND  FLUIDS. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  Define  Force,  Mass,  Velocity  and  Acceleration.     Show    14 
that  the  height  of  any  place  in  feet  is  very  nearly  equal  to 
the  square  of  the  number  of  quarter  seconds  occupied  by  a 
body  in  falling  from  the  top  to  the  bottom. 

2.  Enunciate  the    Proposition  known  as  the  Parallelo-     15 
gram  of  Forces. 

A  body  is  pulled  north,  south,  east  and  west  by  four 
strings  whose  directions  meet  in  one  point  and  the  forces 
of  tension  in  the  strings  are  equal  to  10,  15,  20  and  32  lbs. 
respectively.     Find  the  resultant  of  the  four  forces. 

3.  Define  momentum,  and  show  that  a  force  is  measured    16 
by  the  momentum  which  it  produces.     A  bullet  fired  verti- 
cally upwards  enters  and  becomes  imbedded  in  a  block  of 
wood  falling  vertically  overhead  and  the  block  is  brought 

to  rest  by  the  impact.  If  the  velocities  of  the  bullet  and 
block  immediately  before  collision  were  respectively  1,500 
and  100  ft.  per  second,  compare  their  masses. 

4.  Explain     the     principle,     construction    and    use    of    12 
Bramah's  Press. 

The  sectional  area  of  the  small  plunger  in  a  Bramah's  Press 
is  1  sq.  ctm.  and  that  of  the  larger  100  sq.  ctm.  The  lever 
handle  gives  a  mechanical  advantage  of  6.  What  weight 
will  the  large  plunger  sustain  when  1  cwt.  is  hung  from  the 
handle  ? 

5.  Show  how  to  find  the  specific  gravity  of  a  body  by     15 
means  of  the  hydrostatic  balance. 

A  body  B  weighs  7*5  grammes  in  air  and  5  grammes  in 
water  and  6 '4  grammes  in  another  liquid  L;  determine  the 
density  of  the  body  B  and  that  of  the  liquid  L. 

6.  What  are  the  requisites  of  a  good  balance.  14 
b  1306—7  ex  a 


Ixxivfc  PREVIOUS  EXAMINATION,  1886-87. 


The  lengths  of  the  arms  of  a  faulty  balance  are  to  each 
other  as  7  to  8,  and  the  weight  is  put  into  one  scale  as  often 
as  into  the  other.  Find  the  gain  or  loss  per  cent,  to  the 
seller. 

7.     Explain  the  action  of  the  common  air-pump,  and  show    14 
why  it  is  impossible  to  obtain  with  it  a  perfect  vacuum. 

If  the  receiver  of  an  air-pump  has  double  the  volume  of  the 
barrel,  show  that  after  four  strokes  the  density  of  the  air 
remaining  in  the  receiver  will  be  nearly  0*2  of  its  original 
density. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,   1886-87.      1XX7 


III. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 


EXAMINERS. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A *. 

G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A. 

H.  LlTTLEDALE,  B.A 

C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A.,  LL.B 
Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A, 

NARAYAN  BAL KRISHNA  GODBOLE,  B.A, 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A.  ... 

C.  W,  Chitty,  B.A. 

H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A.        

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq.     ...        

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D,... 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A,,  B.Sc 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 


In  English. 

In  Sanskrit. 

In  Latin. 
In  Hebrew. 
In  Persian. 

InMathematics, 


lxxvi      FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87- 

Monday,  1st  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ENGLISH— Paper  I. 

E.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A. ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B,A.  ; 
H.  Littledale,  B.A.  ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Section  I. 

Golden  Treasury  :  Booh  IV. 

1.  There  are  four  different   kinds  of  poem  in  this  book.       8 
Name  them,  and  briefly  describe  each  kind,   quoting  a   few 
lines  from  each. 

2.  Compare  Shelley  and  Wordsworth  in  their—  8 

{a)  character, 

{b)  style  of  poetry, 

(c)  love  of  nature, 

as  illustrated  by  their  poems  to  a  sky-lark. 

3.  (a)  Write  a  brief  criticism  of  Scott's  poetry  as  met     10 
with  in  your  text,  illustrating  your  remarks  by  quota- 
tion. 

(b)  What  does   Wordsworth,  say   about  the   pleasures   of 
memory  and  of  imagination  ? 

4.  Explain  with  reference  to  the  context —  14 

(a)  With  thunders  from  her  native  oak 

She  quells  the  floods  below. 

(b)  I,  loving  freedom,  and  untried, 

No  sport  of  every  random  gust, 

Yet  being  to  myself  a  guide, 

Too  blindly  have  reposed  my  trust : 

And  oft,  when  in  my  heart  was  heard 

Thy  timely  mandate,  I  deferr'd 

The  task,  in  smoother  walks  to  stray  ; 

But  thee  I  now  would  serve  more  strictly,  if  I  may. 

(c)  As  travellers  oft  look  back  at  eve 

When  eastward  darkly  going, 
To  gaze   upon  that  light  they  leave, 
Still  faint  behind  them  glowing. 


FIRST  EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OL  B.A„   1886-87.        lxxvil 

(d)  It  was  a  childish  ignorance, 
But  now  'tis  little  joy- 
To  know  I'm  farther  off  from  Heaven, 
Than  when  I  was  a  boy. 

(e)  And  now,  alas  !     The  poor  sprite  is 

Imprison 'd  for  some  fault  of  his 
In  a  body  like  a  grave. 

{/)  When  the  Night  doth  meet  the  Noon 
In  a  dark  conspiracy 
To  banish  Even  from  her  sky. 

(g)  If  this  belief  from  Heaven  be  sent, 
If  such  be  Nature's  holy  plan, 
Have  I  not  reason  to  lament 
What  man  has  made  of  man  ? 

5.     Paraphrase  : —  ^ 

When  I  have  fears  that  I  may  cease  to  be, 
Before  my  pen  has  gleaned  my  teeming  brain, 
Before  high  piled  books  in  charact'ry 
Hold  like  rich  gainers  the  full  ripen'd  grain  ; 
When  I  behold,  upon  the  night's  starr'd  face, 
Huge  cloudy  symbols  of  a  high  romance, 
And  think  that  I  may  never  live  to  trace 
Their  shadows,  with  the  magic  hand  of  chance; 
And  when  I  feel,  fair  creature  of  an  hour  ! 
That  I  shall  never  look  upon  thee  more, 
Never  have  relish  in  the  fairy  power 
Of  unreflecting  love— then  on  the  shore 
Of  the  wide  world  I  stand  alone,  and  think 
Till  Love  and  Fame  to  nothingness  do  sink. 

Section  II. 

Burke  :  Reflections  on  the  French  Revolution, 

6.  Write  a  brief  sketch  of  the  French  Revolution  up  to       S 
the  date  when  Burke  wrote  his  tract  or  letter, 

7.  State   and  criticise    Burke's  opinion  regarding    the.    10 
Philosophers. 

S.     Explain  by  writing  in  your  own  words —  20 

[a)  "  The  whole,  at  one  time,  is  never  old  or  middle  aged, 
or  young,  but,  in  a  condition  of  unchangeable  constancy, 
moves  on  through  the  varied  tenour  of  perpetual  decay,  fall, 
renovation,  and  progression." 

(/;)  To  be  attached  to  the  Sub-division,  to  love  the  little 
platoon  we  belong  to  in  Society,  is  the  first  principle  (the 

b  1306—7  ex* 


Ixiviii      FIRST  EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

germ  as  it  were)  of  public  affections.  It  is  the  first  link  in 
the  series  by  which  we  proceed  towards  a  love  to  our 
country  and  to  mankind. 

(c)  Through  the  revenue  alone  the  body  politic  can  act  in 
its  true  genius  and  character,  and  therefore  it  will  display 
just  as  much  of  its  collective  virtue,  and  as  much  of  that 
virtue  which  may  characterise  those  who  move  it,  and 
are,  as  it  were,  its  life  and  guiding  principles,  as  it  is  pos- 
sessed of  a  just  revenue. 

(d)  Each  contract  of  each  particular  State  is  but  a  clause 
in  the  great  primaeval  contract  of  Eternal  Society,  linking 
the  lower  with  the  higher  natures,  connecting  the  visible 
and  invisible  world,  according  to  a  fixed  compact  sanctioned 
by  the  inviolable  oath  which  holds  all  Physical  and 
Moral  Natures,  each  in  their  appointed  place. 

9.  Burke  says  his  opinions  are  those  of  a  person  "who 
wishes  to  preserve  consistency  but  who  would  preserve 
consistency  by  varying  his  means  to  secure  his  end." 
Illustrate  this  remark  by  Burke's  life  and  writings. 

10.  Mention  Burke's  remarks  regarding  the  position  the 
Judicial  authority  ought  to  hold  in  a  State. 


Tuesday,  2nd  November, 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

ENGLISH— Paper  II. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A. ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A.  ; 
H.  Littledale,  B.A.  ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M, 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

Milton— Minor  Poems. 

Shakespeare — King  John* 

Section  I. 
1 .     Explain  with  reference  to  the  context  : —  20 

(a)  Or  wert  thou  of  the  golden-winged  host, 

Who,  having  clad  thyself  in  human  weed, 

To  earth  from  thy  prefixed  seat  didst  post, 

And  after  short  abode  fly  back  with  speed. 


FIRST  EXAM,  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87,      lxxiX 

{b)  Ease  was  his  chief  disease  ;  and  to  judge  right 
He  died  for  heaviness  that  his  cart  went  light. 
His  leisure  told  him  that  his  time  was  come 
And  lack  of  load  made  his  life  burdensome. 

(c)  The  old  Dragon  under  ground 
In  straighter  limits  bound 

Not  half  so  far  casts  his  usurped  sway 
And  wroth  to  see  his  kingdom  fail 
Swinges  the  scaly  horror  of  his  folded  tail. 

(d)  Juno  dares  not  give  her  odds. 

(e)  Then  thou,  our  fancy  of  itself  bereaving, 

Dost  make  us  marble  with  too  much  conceiving, 
And  so  sepulchred  in  such  pomp  dost  lie 
That  kings  for  such  a  tomb  would  wish  to  die. 

2.  Judging  from  internal  evidence  alone  can  you  assign     15 
the  Minor  Poems  of  Milton  to  the  author  of  Paradise  Lost  ? 
Give  reasons  for  your  answer. 

3.  Explain  the  following  allusions  : —  15 

(a)  Grim  Aquilo  his  charioteer 

By  boisterous  rape  the  Athenian  damsel  got. 

{b)  Of  old  the  sons  of  morning  sung, 

(c)  Ashtaroth 
Heaven's  queen  and  mother  both. 

(d)  The  mountain  nymph  sweet  Liberty. 

(e)  The  cynosure  of  neighbouring  eyes. 
(/ )  Thrice  great  Hermes. 

Section  II, 

4.  "  Shakespeare  has  probably  done,  more  to   diffuse  a     13 
knowledge  of   English  history   than   all  the   historians  put 
together."     Analyse  the  historical  element  in   King  Jo/mso 

as  to  show  that  the  foregoing  statement  is  hardly  applicable 
to  that  play  at  least,  however  true  it  may  be  of  the  other 
nine  "  Histories." 

5.  Summarise  the  aspects  of  John's  character  shown  us     10 
in  his  two  scenes  with  Hubert. 

6.  Paraphrase  : —  12 

A  noble  temper  dost  thou  show  in  this  ; 
And  great  affections,  wrestling  in  thy  bosom, 
Do  make  an  earthquake  of  nobility. 


1XXS         FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,     1886-8' 

0,  what  a  noble  combat  hast  thou  fought, 

Between  compulsion  and  a  brave  respect ! 

Let  me  wipe  off  this  honourable  dew, 

That  silverly  doth  progress  on  thy  cheeks  ; 

My  heart  hath  melted  at  a  lady's  tears, 

Being  an  ordinary  inundation  ; 

But  this  effusion  of  such  manly  drops, 

This  shower,  blown  up  by  tempest  of  the  soul, 

Startles  mine  eyes,  and  makes  me  more  amazed, 

Than  had  I  seen  the  vaulty  top  of  heaven 

Figur'd  quite  o'er  with  burning  meteors. 

Lift  up  thy  brow,  renowned  Salisbury, 

And  wjth  a  great  heart  heave  away  this  storm  ; 

Commend  these  waters  to  those  baby  eyes, 

That  never  saw  the  giant  world  enrag'd  ; 

Nor  met  with  fortune  other  than  at  feasts, 

Full  warm  of  blood,  of  mirth,  of  gossiping, 

7.     Explain  and  annotate : — 

(a)  Have  I  not  heard  these  islanders  shout  out 
Vive  U  roy,  as  I  have  banked  their  towns. 

(/>)  I  do  not  ask  you  much  ; 

I  beg  cold  comfort  ;  and  you  are  so  strait, 
And  so  ingrateful,  you  deny  me  that. 

{c)  Hub. — I  am  no  villain  J 

Sails, — Must  I  rob  the  law  ? 
Bast,— Your  sword  is  bright,  sir  ; 
put  it  up  again, 

(d)  When  workmen  strive  to  do  better  than  well 
They  do  confound  their  skill  in  covetousness  ; 
And,  oftentimes,  excusing  of  a  fault 

Doth  make  the  fault  the  worse  by  the  excuse. 

(e)  If  the  midnight  bell 

Did,  with  his  iron  tongue  and  brazen  mouth 
Sound  on  into  the  drowsy  race  of  night. 


15 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B,A„   1886-87.         lxXXl 

Thursday,  4th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT.— Paper  I. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar.  M.A. ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A.  ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Section  I. 

1.  Explain,  criticize  and  annotate  upon  the  following  15 

*tt^  I  fl^R^ST^  sTffi  Wl%:  IcTfe^  sTRT- 

(6)  s^rrr  warcrctf  wf  ^»^nr  I 

(c)  Prf^cT^"^I-eq^:| 

2.  State  the  meanings  which    Annambhatta  assigns  to       5 
the  following  words  : — 

<T#,  qw,  jw,  we?,  srj^R,  5*mi*. 

3.  Distinguish  between  ^fq^fq-   and  ^  ^HT  and  l{?fH       5 
and   J1 5« 

4.  Give  a  tabular  statement  of  the   divisions    and   sub-       ' 
divisions  of  hetvdbhdm  and  state  the    European   fallacies   to 
which  they  correspond, 


lxxxii        FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

5.  (a)  What  are  the  moods  in  which  a  svdrthdnumdna  is      8 
found  to  fall  ? 

(&)  Reduce  a  syllogism  is  Cesare  to  a  pardrthdnumdna  in 
Sanskrit. 

6.  Translate  into  English  :—  20 

^  V&SKW  5T*TPSTHT%  STfr%:f%  ^n*rr  1- 
^cq^%:  wurwtercqrsj  swat  §fa>*  5:^- 
faftfcr%^  Big  ^sqq^r^  =t  ^r^ftfcr  ^rerr- 

Section  II. 
7.     Translate  into  English  : —  12 

^%  ^  ^si^nfafts  ^r^Crqrrar^crrg 


FIRST  EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      lxxxiii 

^T5i5rcrcprm»Ti5ir  gran  ^r^arer  vm  cnsfc 

8.     Translate  the  following  passages,  clearly  bringing  out     20 
the  meaning : — 

(a)  cTs4r^  *T*5*fiiWfcr  qf^r^r$IH*J3r  Wl- 

sffafS  I gtftj^sw^^  ^raiw- 

^rr  f^frfo^r^r  fewft  rV^rfcr  I i? 

^T^fng^T  ( v.  l  *^t  )  ^  ^rr^qrtsrt- 


lxsxiv        FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87, 

(c)  cr^im  *&&m  «?m  *mr    st^fcrasft 

9.     To  what  class  of  compositions  does  the  Kadambari 
belong  ?     From  what  sources  has  Bana  derived  the  materials 

of  his  tale  ?    Estimate  the  poetical  merits  of  the  piece,  and 
show  what  moral  it  teaches. 


TIEST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.         IxXXV 

Friday,  5th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT.— Paper  II. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athai.e,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A.  ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A.  ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.} 

Section  I. 

1.     Explain  the  following  words  and    expressions   from     10 
the  Malati  Madhava  : — 

^frrf,  fa§5**,  *Wfci  arrcficTcT,  ^c€T  Set  GW- 
b  1306—8  ex 


lxXXVi      FIRST  EXAM.  TOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B  A.,  1886-87- 

2.  Translate  into  English  : —  8 

5t  fq^r  *r  ii  \  ii 

w  mOft  i 
**W  II  ^  II 

ft?\\  ll 

3.  (a)  What  is  the  metre  of  the  following  verse  ?  How  do     10 
you  define  it  ? 

(6)  To  what  species  of  Dramatical  Composition  does  the 
Malati  Madhava  belong  ?  In  what  respects  is  it  similar  to  a 
Nataka  ?    What  are  its  distinguishing  features  ? 

(c)  In  what  sense  is  the  word  ^J^"5"  used  throughout  the 
play  ?    Compare  it  with  its  etymological  sense. 

(d)  There  are  in  the  Malati  Madhava  many  verses  which 
are  identical  with  those  occurring  in  the  Uttara  Rama- 
charita.    Quote  them. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      lxxxvii 

4,  Criticise  and  give  grammatical  notes  on  the  following     10 
forms  and  case  relations  : — 

*^r=cft,  RftffrecT,  enc^T  S"*^  Wqf%i 

w,  ws^r^,  ftremfer,  ^farqt,  tfsrfftf, 
sfrorftps^  ^*%q-,  ^f|,  wm 

Section  II. 

5.  Translate  closely  the  following  :— -  16 

(a)  w  ft  *r  fafai*:  qcifcT  sprffSft  I 

(6)  *T  eiflwf:  tcW  *ffW  yfi"  *r  tfta :  «^- 
fr  NRbk  I 

fa  fa*r!  II 
(c)  ^tor  ft^r  ^rr  $cnPr  qr-sra  *<*M- 

5im  $;  II 
f*qai  «rt  I 


lxxxviii       FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

^rne:  II 
(e)  qiMr1  frrtfa&rc*  ^f^^r^r  ft  t%<ft: 

<ri'  !t  I 
3rra"  v^iz  3RfcR^rr  ^4  fori  ^r  *rrcr 

(/)  ii^  %<£  ^*r  |s^  sft'sfSrsft  ?  k**?i* 

In  (/.)  above  the  accentual  marks  of  ^^T  have  been 
omitted.  Write  down  the  word  with  those  marks  as  it 
should  stand  in  the  passage. 

Explain  the  nature  of  the  accent  on  Gqj  in  (/l) 

Write  out  the  last  rik  in  the  Padapatha. 

6.  (a)  Write  short  notes  on  the  meanings  of  the  following 
words  as  used  in  the  Rigveda  :  =fjcT?    SRTy     ^^"Ij     ^TcT, 

(b)  In  what  peculiar  sense  is  the  negative  particle  *T  often 
used  in  the  Veda  ?  Explain  how  it  comeB  to  have  that 
sense. 

7.  Quote  or  refer  to  passages  in  the  Suktas  you  have 
read  which  have  a  reference  to  the  following : — 

(a)  The  thirteenth  or  intercalary  month. 
(6)  Irrigation. 

(c)  Scepticism  as  to  the  existence  of  any  of  the  gods. 
\d)  The  idea  of  a  man  suffering  for  the  sins  of  others, 
(e)  A  belief  in  a  life  after  death. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOB  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87,   lxxxix 

8.  (a)  State  all  that  you  know  of  Sudas,  Chyavana  and      7 
Bhujyu  from  the  Suktas  you  have  read. 

(b)  State  with  reasons  what  you  think  as  to  the  age  of 
the  Purushasukta  as  compared  with  other  portions  of  the 
Rigveda. 

9.  (a)  Give  with    instances    the  peculiarities  of    Vedic      5 
declension  as  regards — 

(1.)    The  vowel  cases  of  nouns  in  3". 

(2.)    The  Instrumental  singular  of  feminine  nouns  in 

(3.)    The  Nominative  dual  of  masculine  nouns  in3J. 

(b)  In  the  light  of  Vedic  Grammar  how  would  you  look 
upon  the  Infinitive  of  Purpose  of  Classical  Sanskrit  ?  Give 
reasons. 

(c)  Give  two  instances  of  Vedic  words  the  aspirated  mutes 
of  which  disappear  in  Classical  Sanskrit  leaving  only  the 
aspirate  element  behind. 

10.     Translate  into  Sanskrit :—  20 

The  withered  leaf  catches  the  sun  sometimes,  little  as  it 
can  profit  by  it;  and  I  {fern.)  have  heard  stories  of  the 
breeze  in  other  climates,  that  sets  in  when  daylight  is  about 
to  close,  and  how  constant  it  is  and  refreshing.  My  heart 
indeed  is  now  sustained  strangely :  it  became  the  more 
sensibly  so  from  that  time  forward  when  power  and 
grandeur  and  all  things  terrestrial  were  sunk  from  sight. 
Every  act  of  kindness  from  those  about  me  gives  satisfaction 
and  pleasure,  such  as  I  did  not  feel  formerly.  I  was  worse 
before  God  chastened  me  ;  yet  I  was  never  an  ingrate. 


e  1306—8  ex* 


XC        FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Thursday,  4th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

LATIN.— Paper  I. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A. ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

Tacitus— Annates  II.     Vergil— JEneid  II. 

1.     Translate  with  short  explanatory  notes  where  neces-    50 
sary  :— 

(a)  Nox  eadem  laetam  Germanico  quietem  tulit,  vidit- 
que  se  operatum  et  sanguine  sacri  respersa  prsetexta  pulch- 
riorem  aliam  manibus  aviae  Augustae  accepisse ;  auctua 
omine  addicentibus  auspiciis  vocat  contionem  et  quae  sapi- 
entia  provisa  aptaque  imminenti  pugnae  disserit  :  non 
campos  modo  militi  Romano  ad  prcelium  bonos,  sed  si  ratio 
adsit,  silvas  et  saltus  ;  nee  enim  inmensa  barbarorum  scuta, 
enormis  hastas  inter  truncos  arborum  et  enata  humo 
virgulta  perinde  haberi  quam  pila  et  gladios  et  haerentia 
corpori  tegmina  :  denserent  ictus,  ora  mucronibus  quae- 
rerent :  non  loricam  Germano,  non  galeam  ;  ne  scuta  quidem 
ferro  nervove  firmata,  sed  viminum  textus  vel  tenuis  et 
fucatas  colore  tabulas ;  primam  utcumque  aciem  hastatam, 
ceteris  prseusta  aut  brevia  tela ;  iam  corpus  ut  visu  torvum 
et  ad  brevem  impetum  validum,  sic  nulla  vulnerum  pati- 
entia  ;  sine  pudore  flagitii,  sine  cura  ducum  abire,  fugere, 
pavidos  adversis,  inter  secunda  non  divini,  non  humani  iuris 
memores.  Si  tsedio  viarum  ac  maris  finem  cupiant,  hac 
acie  parari :  propiorem  iam  Albim  quam  Rhenum.  neque 
bellum  ultra,  modo  se,  patris  patruique  vestigia  premen- 
tem,  isdem  in  terris  victorem  sisterent. 

(b)  Proximo  senatus  die  multa  in  luxum  civitatis  dicta 
a  Q.  Haterio  consulari,  Octavio  Frontone  praetura  functo  ; 
decretumque  ne  vasa  auro  solida  ministrandis  cibis  fierent, 
ne  vestis  Serica  viros  foedaret.  Excessit  Fronto  ac  postulavit 
modum  argento,  supellectili,  familiae  :  erat  quippe  adhuc 
frequens  senatoribus,  si  quid  e  re  publica  crederent,  loco 
sententise  promere.  Contra  Gallus  Asinius  disseruit  : 
auctu  imperii  adolevisse  etiam  privatas  opes,  idque  non 
novum  sed  e  vetustissimis  moribus  ;  aliam  apud  Fabricios 
aliam  apud  Scipiones  pecuniam  ;  et  cuncta  ad  rem  publicam 
referri,  qua  tenui  angustus  civium  domos,  postquam  eo 
magnificentiae  venerit,  gliscere  singulos  ;  neque  in  familia  et 
argento,    quajque  ad  usum    parentur,    nimium  aliquid    aut 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.       XC1 

modicum  nisi  ex  fortuna  possidentis.  Distinctos  senatus  et 
equitum  census,  non  quia  diversi  natura,  sed  ut  locis,  ordini- 
bus,  dignationibus  antistent,  et  aliis  quae  ad  requiem  animi 
aut  salubritatem  corporum  parentur,  nisi  forte  clarissimo 
cuique  plures  curas,  maiora  pericula  subeunda,  delenimentis 
curarum  et  periculorum  carendum  esse.  Facilem  adsensum 
Gallo  sub  nominibus  honestis  confessio  vitiorum  et  similitudo 
andientium  dedit ;  adiecerat  et  Tiberius  non  id  tempua 
censurae,  nee.  si  quid  in  moribus  labaret,  defuturum  corrigen- 
di  auctorem. 

(c)  Translate  and  comment  on — 

Fundi  Germanos  acie  et  justis  locis — colligere  hastas — 
legati  legionum — Aegyptum  proficiscitur  cognoscendae 
antiquitatis — setate  et  forma  haud  dissimili  in  dominum  erat. 

2.     Translate    with     short     explanatory     notes     where     50 
necessary  : 

(a)  4  Vestibulum  ante  ipsum  primoque  in  limine  Pyrrhus 
Exultat,  telis  et  luce  coruscus  aena  ; 
Qualis  ubi  in  lucem  coluber  mala  gramina  pastus, 
Frigida  sub  terra  tumidum  quem  bruma  tegebat, 
Nunc,  positis  novos  exuviis  nitidusque  inventa 
Lubrica  convolvit  sublato  pectore  terga, 
Arduos  ad  solem,  et  Unguis  micat  ore  trisulcis. 
Una  ingens  Periphas,  et  equorum  agitator  Achillis, 
Armiger  Automedon,  una  omnis  Scyria  pubes 
Succedunt  tecto,  et  flammas  ad  culmina  iactant. 
Ipse  inter  primos  correpta  dura  bipenni 
Limina  perrumpit,  postesque  a  cardine  vellit 
Aeratos,   iamque  excisa  trabe  firma  cavavit 
Robora  et  ingentem  lato  dedit  ore  fenestram. 
Adparet  domus  intus,  et  atria  longa  patescunt, 
Adparent  Priami  et  veterum  penetralia  regum 
Armatosque  vident  stantis  in  limine  primo. 

(6)  Talia  vociferans  gemitu  tectum  orane  replebat, 
Cum  subitum  dictuque  oritur  mirabile  monstrum. 
Namque  manus  inter  maestorumque  ora  parentum 
Ecce  levis  summo  de  vertice  visus  Iuli 
Fundere  lumen  apex,  tactuque  innoxia  mollis 
Lambere  flamma  comas  et  circum  tempora  pasci. 
Nos  pavidi  trepidare  metu  crinemque  flagrantem 
Excutere  et  sanctos  restinguere  fontibus  ignes. 
At  pater  Anchises  oculos  ad  sidera  laetus 
Extulit,  et  caelo  palmas  cum  voce  tetendit. 
"Jupiter  omnipotens,  precibus  siflecteris  ullis, 
Aspice  nos  hoc  tantum,  et,  si  pietate  meremur, 
Da  deinde  augurium,  pater,  atque  haec  omina  firma." 


XCii    FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 


*  Vix  ea  fatus  erat  senior,  subitoque  fragore 
Intonuit  laevum,  et  de  caelo  lapsa  per  umbras 
Stella  facem  ducens  multa  cum  luce  cucurrit. 
Illam,  summa  super  labentem  culmina  tecti, 
Cernimus  Idaea  claram  se  condere  silva 
Signantemque  vias  ;  turn  longo  limite  sulcus 
Dat  lucem,  et  late  circum  loca  sulpure  fumant. 

(c)  Translate  and  explain  : — 

Obsessum  acta  testudine  limen — sensit  medios  delapsus 
in  hostes — hie  mihi  nescio  quod  trepido  male  numen  amicum 
confusam  eripuit  mentem — crateresque  auro  solidi. 


Friday,  5th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

LATIN.— Paper  II. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A. ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Translate—  21 

Admodum  autem  tenenda  sunt  sua  cuique,  non  vitiosa, 
Bed  tamen  propria,  quo  facilius  decorum  illud  quod  quaeri- 
mus  retineatur.  Sic  enim  est  faciendum  ut  contra  universam 
naturam  nihil  contend amus,  ea  tamen  conservata  propriam 
naturam  sequamur  ;  ut,  etiamsi  sint  alia  graviora  atque  me- 
liora,  tamen  nos  studia  nostra  nostrae  naturae  regula  metia- 
mur.  Neque  enim  attinet  naturae  repugnare,  nee  quidquam 
sequi  quod  assequi  non  queas.  Ex  quo  magis  emergit  quale 
sit  decorum  illud  ideo  quia  nihil  decet  invita  Minerva,  ut 
aiunt,  id  est  adversante  etrepugnante  natura  ...  Nam  quum 
in  omnibus  quae  aguntur  ex  eo,  quo  modo  quisque  natus  sit, 
at  supra  dictum  est,  quid  deceat  exquirimus,  turn  in  tota 
vita  constituenda  multo  est  ei  rei  cura  major  adhibenda,  ut 
constare  in  perpetuitate  vitae  possimus  nobismet  ipsis  nee  in 
nllo  officio  claudicare.  Ad  hanc  autem  rationem  quoniam 
maximam  vim  natura  habet,  fortuna  proximam,  utriusque 
omnino  habenda  ratio  est  in  deligendo  gen  ere  vitae,  sed 
naturae  magis  ;  multo  enim  et  firmior  est  et  constantior. 

Explain  fully  the  doctrine  of  *  universa  natura.' 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87,   XCiii 

2.  Translate—  21 

Ut  Geometrse  solent  non  omnia  docere  sed  postulare  ut 
quaedam  sibi  concedantur  quo  facilius  quae  volunt  explioent, 
sic  ego  a  te  postulo,  mi  Cicero,  ut  mihi  concedas  si  potea 
nihil  prseter  id  quod  honestum  sit  propter  se  esse  expeten- 
dum.  Sin  hoc  non  licet  per  Cratippum  at  illud  certe  dabia 
quod  honestum  sit  id  maxime  propter  se  esse  expetendum. 

To  what  school  did  Cratippus  belong  ?  Explain  clearly 
the  point  at  issue. 

3.  (1)  On  whose  treatise  is  Cicero's  'de  Officiis'  based?    24 
What  is  its  title  ?     What  reference  does  Cicero  make  to  hia 
style  ? 

(2)  Enumerate  and  distinguish  between  the  various  kinda 
of  courage* 

(3)  Quote  Cicero's  definition  of  tact  {evratjla,  evKaipia). 

(4)  Give  a  very  brief  summary  of  the  second  book,  quoting 
its  leading  idea  and  tracing  the  connection  of  the  arguments. 

4.  Translate  into  Latin  prose —  34 

It  is  justifiable  to  enter  into  a  war  against  our  nearest 
ally,  when  one  of  his  towns  lies  convenient  for  us,  or  a 
territory  that  would  render  our  dominions  round  and  com- 
pact. If  a  prince  sends  forces  into  a  nation  where  the 
people  are  poor  and  ignorant,  he  may  lawfully  put 
half  of  them  to  death  and  make  slaves  of  the  rest  in 
order  to  civilise  and  reduce  them  from  their  barbarous  way 
of  living.  It  is  a  very  kingly,  honorable,  and  frequent  prac- 
tice, when  one  prince  desires  the  assistance  of  another  to 
secure  him  against  an  invasion,  that  the  assistant,  when  he 
has  driven  out  the  invader,  should  seize  on  the  dominiona 
himself,  and  kill,  imprison,  or  banish  the  prince  he  came  to 
relieve.  Alliance  by  blood  or  marriage  is  a  frequent  cause 
of  war  between  princes  ;  and  the  nearer  the  kindred  is,  the 
greater  is  their  disposition  to  quarrel  ;  poor  nations  are 
hungry  and  rich  nations  are  proud  j  and  pride  and  hunger 
will  ever  be  at  variance. 


XCiv  PIEST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Thursday,  4th  November* 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.  M.] 

HEBREW.— Paper  I. 
Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  {a)  Give  all  the  uses  of  the  Infinitive  Absolute  with 
examples. 

(6)  When  does  a  plural  Nominative  take  a  singular  verb. 

2.  Give  the  dates  of  the  following  events :— J 

(a)    Confusion  of  Tongues. 

(6)     Call  of  Abraham. 

(c)    Battle  of  the  valley  of  Shiddim. 

3.  Give  the  following  phrases  in  English  : — 

:  DD^-n1?  an^rn  orrastprn    («) 
:  ^rra  ova  WTO  "ra  rfnw    m 

tt  :         •  't  :  •         •  t:t: 

I    v  t  t  :       ••••:-:         •  v    :  — : 

4.  (a)  What  is  the  difference  in  the  significations  of  the 

roots   of     nritP^    'INtpN     >rjgtpN     and 

(b)  Shew  the  difference  between    D^ttf'H    and    J7*H 

-  :    •  -  I  v  t  - 

and  between  JV|p"T  and  JTlp^  * 

(c)  Give  the  Niphal  past  and  future  of  the  verb  J  fl[0 

(d)  Give  the  different  significations  of  *TJ? ; 


FIRST  EXAM.     FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    XCV 

(e)  To  what  and  on  what  occasions  were  the  names 
PDBto  >pby  and  flUffi  given?  Give  their 
literal  significations. 

5.  Give  the  following  phrases  in  idiomatic  Hebrew : —         15 

(a)  Go,  return  each  to  her  mother's  house. 

(b)  Entreat  me  not  to  leave  thee. 

(c)  Thy  people  shall  be  my  people,  and  thy  God 

my  God. 

{d)  The  Lord  recompense  thy  work. 

(e)  Blessed  he  be  that  did  take  knowledge   of  thee. 

6.  (a)  Translate  the  following  sentences  into  English : —        7 

tin  wy  rn  isa  nbn  hx  ipjn  nnfeVn 

•  t         t  ••      F  ••  •  't  :     •         v         i  —.  -        v         - 

•  t        •••-.:       -  '    T     T  •  T    :  •    T 

nhbp  *hy  Tiaim  ynyrrai  wyi  vwn 

t  t  ':       -  t  :     ■»  •'  \  -  :    •  t  ••  :  •     •  t  : 

{b)  Give  the  roots  of  TJ^ton.    and  ^iTl^nnl  t 
(c)  To  what  conjugation  does  the  word  ^.Pl^Hpl  > 
belong,  and  what  part  of  the  conjugation  is  it  ? 

7.  (a)  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English : —  10 

wn  rnj%  *?  to0N  nib1?  $  prcr  ^^i 

-:      :-  :    •  >x :     ■         -  -  -    T,  ,.<..- 

•»i3M  m  rrab  p  dm  mam  swipa  d^ih 

x  v  x  x       I  ••  •  v  —  x     :'•   ;  •  x  — 

dn^>??  atiS  rnf;  vpyya  D'^t^  tjpi  ^913 
:  Tys  -fcjn  in  tow 

(b)  Parse  1gtS*J  and  "tgtyg  J 


XCVi  FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

(o)  Point  out  anything  that  seems  to  you   worthy  of 
notice  in  the  phraseology  of  the  last  verse. 

8.  (a)  Translate  the  following  verses  into  Engliih  : —  8 

tBN  •o  *b  tm  rbwn  nnyten  tftf  tBrim 

-     T  •  •        I    _   T  V       '•     T  :        -  ••  V  - 

torim    :  yrrwn  bx  Dpn  Man  b&  

tib  ^  tat  b&  *pN  pjrjn  ttttej  i?  ^tfa  ■aig 
:  oi»n  tatn  rfe  dm  •e  ttrwn  »pt£ 

(6)  Fill  up  the  ellipsis  in  the  above  passage. 

9.  Translate  the  following  passage  into  English  : —  20 

bbxh  fe  ttfN3  irm    j  vtwa  taa  ajnm 

•••:"  •         v  -:  ~        •   :  —  I   v  t  t       ••  t        t  t  t  : 

Dnr»j?*$  19*1  d^be  Man  n$N  nit^n  nw 
tip***!  j  bafc  tsyp  ^  ^?#  ^  30^y 
tba1?  trwrr  tta  tyn  tyrr  nbwS  rmrr  v*?n 
^  dm    :  asm  Darr^  ->n^a  135  win  tih 

x\b  matti  rma  win  ^hn  na  nVttfo 

• :  t  :  :  •  :  t  :  ••  t    •  •  t  v       -  ••  -    : 

ti^n  tt  Tja  m1?  nWp  5^m  d«i  j  bite 
inpm  tiTTl$  ^?  ^3?  ^in  N1? «^h  toy 
sr^S  tot1?  ^b  Dnihn  nn^  ^Ntfe?!  tfc*j 

T  •       T  -     T  T  :_  TVT  "» 

jm  3rtT»5  r&Nn  Detain  ^q  by  ib  taai  na 

^  -  ••     -       t-:        v  ••  t  •  t    :  -       •        -  v  --         t 

rnrr;  10^5  :  bjntn  n$  ttnVr  to*  ^ 
mawi  ^n  tyrr  nnbttf  ^a«  battel  ba 

t»t:       ••  -  -  »  t  :  •  •  ▼  ••  t  .  :  t 


FIRST  EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87.  XCVli 

T  -        -         :  -  -:         -  r  :       •.•:•:        t  ••  ••  1 

10.     Analyse  the  following  words,  giving  the  significations     10 
of  the  whole   words,   their  roots,   prefixes  and  affixes. 

'nnDM3    oMtfjps    *ypf?Np    >nwittto 
'jTp^nMn     »Tti¥t*ffQ    >?$#$%    ,rrl§0l? 

v  v    :  •  :         rv     :  •  - 

Friday,  5th  November. 

[2  P.M.  TOJ5  P.M.] 

HEBREW.— Paper  II. 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks .] 

1.  (a)  Where  are  the  chief  subjects  treated  in  the   pre-       6 

scribed  chapters  of  Isaiah  ? 

(6)  Give,  in  short,  the  life  of  king  Hezekiah. 

2.  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English  : —  10 

:  ntoas  *j  \™n  Dw  D2  ^ttto*' 

t  :    t  :    I        t  t  ••. :         T         t    :  • 

tfcti  ntoy  "ittSw  ntoyn  0*130*?  mm  t&i 

on?o  H9?  ony  ttton  vnrn  wp  ofta 
n^y  mans  *£  rrtyatjjyi  jjq?  n?jp  nvrsno 

:  nrwb  -xow  oinrr 

b  1306-9  ex  T   '"'      "™       vv* 


XCviii  FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

3.  (a)  What  grammatical  inconsistency  do  you  find  in  8 

the  first  verse  ?    How  will  you  modify  it  ? 

(b)  Explain  the  phrases  J^DJ^  ^B?  >2DT|  tffcT* 

(c)  What  language  is  meant  by    pJ23  J^?t?  J 

{d)  Give  the  different  renderings  of  the  phrase  "P^J 

Dvrn : 

4.  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English :—  6 

t  t        ••    :  ••  t         : 

5.  (a)  To  whom  is  the  phrase  ^ntf  ]1  TTH  applied  ?     8 
(6)  Give  with  its  signification  the  root  of  7  V^PT » 

and  the  noun  derived  from  the  root  of  ^^f?  J 
(c)  Give  with  their  different  significations  the  roots 

of  ^5  and  tThjtifj : 

6.  Give  the  following  phrases  in  idiomatic  Hebrew : —        10 

(a)  The  ox  knoweth  his  owner,  and  the  ass   his 

master's  crib. 
(&)  And  righteousness  shall  be  the  girdle  of  his 

loins. 

(c)  Wherefore  my    bowels  shall  sound  like  an 

harp. 

(d)  The  way  of  the  just  is  uprightness. 

(e)  They  are  drunken,  but  not  with  wine  ;  they 

stagger,  but  not  with  strong  drink, 

7.  (a)  Give  the  Hebrew  of  galley,  oars,  mast,  sail,  tacklings      7 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87.   XCil 
and   the  English    of    ,  D^D^H  •  D^TOn 

mivfri  'Jiin^n  .d^mh: 

(b)  Quote  the  Chaldaisms  that  you  meet  with  in  the 
prescribed  chapters  of  Isaiah. 

8.     Translate    the  following  verses,    and    explain   the        10 
phrases  in  them. 

«#■  r&i  Mtt&'n  "rtspi  nap  rmtfvi    (<*> 

T 


■rtHj   irc^  ^nu?  y^j   D^in  Ertjjri    w 
:  D^a  inp  vrrn  nrr^'Qfl 

What  river  is  meant  by  ihttj  *?    How  does  it  receive 
this  name  ? 
9.     Translate  the  following  verses  into  English :—  10 

t  -    i        :    •  :       -  v  t         ••   •• 

yrj;  xb  d^'ii  rrja  Dtp  ^n^  tfVj 

••  it  :     t  •  •  t  .  t  :  T 

•    •  :  t-:-  :  t  T  t  : 

x        :    :    -  :  •   •  tt  :  t  I :  - : 

nny  Kin1?  rrnpi  ay  ,»Vyrn  o^m 

••  t  •  t     v  t  : 

(b)  What  would  be  the  rendering  of  the  above   pas- 
sage    if  the  word  TTlfcT    be    substituted    for 


C  FIRST  EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87. 

^h^dtin  for  dyi'n  and  vito^nq 

for  YTVi-ft/Njl  as  some  commentators  do  ? 
t       :   :    -  : 

(c)  Which    of    these  versions  do  you  approve,   and 
why? 

10.     Translate  the  following  passage  into  Hebrew  : —  25 

And  in  that  day  thou  shalt  say,  0  Lord,  I  will  praise  thee 
though  thou  wast  angry  with  me,  thine  anger  is  turned 
away,  and  thou  comfortedst  me.  Behold  God  is  my  salva- 
tion. I  will  trust,  and  not  be  afraid  :  for  the  Lord  Jehovah 
is  my  strength  and  my  song:  he  also  has  become  my  salva- 
tion. Therefore  with  joy  shall  ye  draw  water  out  of  the 
wells  of  salvation.  And  in  that  day  shall  ye  say,  Praise  the 
Lord,  call  upon  his  name,  declare  his  doings  among  the  peo- 
ple, make  mention  that  his  name  is  exalted.  Sing  unto  the 
Lord  ;  for  he  hath  done  excellent  things  :  this  is  known  in  all 
the  earth.  Cry  out  and  shout,  thou  inhabitant  of  Zion  :  for 
great  is  the  Holy  one  of  Israel  in  the  midst  of  thee. 


Thursday,  4th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 
PERSIAN.— Paper  I. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ;    ' 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Ferishta.— Chapter  II.— (Kings  of  Delhi),  pp.  293—396. 

1.     Give  instances  of  : — 

(a)  Expressions  of  the  nature  of    iLj  %ks?  •  J  O 

(6)  Reduplicatives  of  the  nature  of    ^  0*o  CU  0*° 

M 

(c)  Plural  forms  of  the  measure  of  \  yC  and  tl^xh  I 

(d)  Words  of  Greek  origin  used  in  Persian. 

(e)  Explain  how  ^JLj   ^Lk  becomes  >^Uh.   \J+S 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.  CI 

(/)  What  is  the  difference  between  /^,!  »     «»<&3j  an(* 

2.  Distinguish  between  :—  6 

Illustrate  your  answer  by  quotations  from  your  text  books, 

3.  How  did  /<  O  J    (I  JLj  come  to  power  ?    Give  a       5 

short  account  of  his  progress  to  sovereignty. 

4.  Give  the  meanings  and  derivations  of  : —  10 

^L^» — 

5.  Explain  :—  8 

6.  Distinguish  between  : —  7 
b  1306-9  «c* 


Cli       FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-8? 
7-     Translate  :— 


— f*^J  fid*^  v^J^  d^  (OL^  ^  *T* 
Ff   e^°'y    <5i^    u>*jU)    o^  »Ut>tj 

j^  ^jU y>j  UL+s£**  0*==**  <^L*»I  ^  ^tfoj 

\si£    ^«**  #UJU  jL.  cju*  ^Uj  i>^ 


Li 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOB  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      Clli 

8.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  words  J  lj  and  J  *^  • 
Trace  the  pedigree  of  the  latter  from  the  former.     How  was 
\  jo  J      ys-o  |  related  to       ujIa.  >*&^    ?       Who  waa 

♦*  /♦» ^  I  ?    Give  a  short  account  of  her,  and  mention 

some  other  personages  in  the  world's  history  with  whom  she 
can  be  compared. 

9.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  character  of  ^  (j    Mention      8 

J'   * 

the  dates  and  results  of  his  expeditions  to  India  and  give  a 
brief  account  of  his  last  invasion. 

10.  Translate  into  English  :—  21 
SZ^>1  ^J+S lJjJIo  CUdL  >&L^  (j&jU*     (a) 

£>V  ^U*£j  cri^  Lr;^yv  ;  ^*  jl  & 
Jte y  i£*y&  ^jpy)  \j  sli^b  c^sj  MrijJ 

^JU.    tS^a     (^j;    j!    d**''  jf  j  C*A- 


UV       pirvST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87, 


C^if  JljA^cV  sUjL^.  ^*  <j^      (b) 
c^ib  ^^  !Ac^  W  9^  Cx£jf  cjL^y*** 

U*JJ     L^     **f     (*f    (*¥    **\    \J*$ 

*j*>jp    *£ti>  ^    sir   ^sUw    ^  j  j  j   0*1 
Jjj    lX»  )    Ay  )    ulm     li>*j  13  ^1 

«>JL3    ^l^jd    v*/j)     ^a.     yjL-l     c^y^j 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87. 

ya.U  sLijlj  LfjjxA  ^    ^»\ji    e^£|<J 

^>jy j\  \)  )&&»  (jtkJU  sjtuy  (^^ 

Jj^»  ^UaU  <}*S|d  C-J^U*  \j  jUj 
C-ftJl^0  L^lj^l^  t^l^itf  l*Mjjj  v«^  ^y^ 
o^^Uj   u*y**  j!  emails*   56JO    <j^*  J 


cvi       FIRST  EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87. 

Friday,  5th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PERSIAN.— Paper  II. 
Soraeji  Manikji  Kanoa,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
Sady— Odes  101—150. 

1.  {a)  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  life  of  i^  &**»  giving     12 

names  (in  Persian)  of  the  principal  rulers,  poets  and  men  of 
learning  who  were  contemporaneous  with  him. 

(b)  How  many  varieties  of  poetic  compositions  did 
<<  OJU»  try  and  in  which  of  them  did  he  excel  other  poets  ? 
Id  what  class  of  writing  is  he  still  unsurpassed  ? 

(c)  What  is  meant  by  a  la-ft-w^  ?  Give  an  example  of  a 
Ja**/0  occurring  in  your  text. 

2.  (a)  How  can  a  change  be  introduced  in  a  *j  [*t    S  j  ?      8 

Distinguish  between — 

\J(^A  — ■  U^  la.J  —  A  yflfc 

(6)  Give  the  Persian  terms  for — 

(1)  Metres  that  are  hexametres  in  nature. 

(2)  Metres  common  to  Arabic  and  Persian. 

(3)  The  various  feet  contained  in  a  l/*^j 

3.  Explain  in  their  rhetorical  sense  and  give  examples      8 
of — 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87.   Cvii 

4.  Quote  lines  from  ^  <>***»  in  your  text  analogous       10 
to- 

(a)  To  err  is  human,  to  forgive  divine. 

{b)  To  build  castles  in  the  air. 

(c)  To  carry  coals  to  Newcastle. 

{d)  An  ass  is  still  an  ass  though  clad  in  a  lion's  skin. 

Why  is  the  epithet  ^  j  jf  appKed  ^  according 

fc0  (^  6*"»   m  one  of  his  Gazals  ?  Give  your  answer  in  the 
poet's  own  words. 

5.  Scan  and  name  the  metres  of—  8 

f^  f^i  >*=$  JL>   ojU  jt>     (a) 
*j)i£  *U  y   fc«^Jfc   uj&jj     (b) 

&<^^J&&Vjfc^  UL*&&       (c) 

^   J^   LTJ^I/    S^+J* 
(5.     Give  the  meanings  and  derivations  of— 


10 


Cviii     FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 
7.    Translate  and  annotate  where  necessary— 

**  l^  >  J51    ^  ^/-    V*  *   *^> 

a^U  ej&l  JU>^  ^;*>  cJl^°   ^ 

t+f  j^j  c:^r  L^y  'j  *j*  ji 

J  I     ^c      J4*l      pU       ^^     J       ^JJ 


FIRST  EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      cix 

**w  jfcji  fclJt  -^J*  J  ^J^ 

8.     Translate  into  English—  12 

r' 

^'j**5    J^>   #  V?   *t»    ^ 

b  1306—10  ex 


CX        FIRST  EXAM  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87. 

9.     Translate  into  Persian—  15 

The  Raja  of  Bijanugur,  notwithstanding  his  vast  army, 
consisting  of  thirty  thousand  cavalry  besides  infantry,  was 
so  alarmed  that  he  sent  off  his  tieasure  and  elephants 
towards  his  capital  the  next  morning,  preparatory  to  engag- 
ing or  retreating,  as  he  might  deem  most  advisable.  The 
night  being  stormy  and  heavy  rain  falling,  the  elephants  and 
other  beasts  of  burden  stuck  frequently  in  the  mud,  and 
were  unable  to  advance  above  four  miles  from  the  camp. 
Mahomed  Shah,  hearing  of  the  movement  of  the  Hindoos, 
immediately  marched  against  them,  leaving  his  tents  stand- 
ing. Towards  the  dawn  he  arrived  at  the  Raja's  camp  ; 
and  the  alarm  being  given,  so  great  was  the  confusion  and 
consternation,  that  the  infidels  fled,  with  the  utmost  preci- 
pitation, to  Adony,  leaving  everything  behind  them. 
Mahomed  Shah  fell  in  with  that  part  of  the  camp  composing 
their  market  and  baggage,  and  put  to  death  without  distinc- 
tion men,  women,  and  children,  free  and  slave,  to  the 
number  of  seventy  thousand  souls. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.     Cxi 

Thursday,  4th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

TRIGONOMETRY. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ; 

T.  S.Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  Show  that  the  circumferences  of  circles  vary  as  their      8 
radii.     To  what  measurement  of  angles  does  this  properly 
lead  ?    What  is  the  unit  of  that  measurement  and  why  ? 

If  an  isosceles  triangle  be  inscribed  in  a  circle,  on  a  side 
of  a  regular  inscribed  heptagon,  find  the  angles. 

2.  Show  that  as  the  angle  8  increases,  tan  8  changes  sign,       6 
whenever  it  passes  through  the  value  0  or  oo  ,  and  for  no 
other  value. 

3.  Investigate  a  general   formula  for  all  values  of  A,       8 
which  satisfy  the  equation  tan  A  =  —  1  ;  and  for  those 
which  satisfy  the  equation  tan  A  =  ±  1. 

4.  Prove  that—  12 

^(M)-^(I-I)  =  ^^- 

Eliminate  8  between  the  equations  : — 

cosec  8  —  sin  8  =  m       ) 

sec  0  —  cos  8  =    n       $  ' 

If  A  and  B  be  two  acute  angles  such  that— 
3  sin2  A  +  2  sin2  B  =  1  1 
3  sin  2^1  —  2  sin  2  5  =  0  5 

prove  that  A  +  2  £  =  90°. 

5.  Having  given  sin  A,  show  how  to  find  cos—;     and      10 

account  for  all  the   values  [that    occur.     Between    what 

values  must  — -  lie  in  order  that  sin  —  +    cos —     and 
2  2  2 

A  A 

sm    — .—  cos -—may  both  be  negative. 


Cxii     FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

6.  In  any  plane  triangle  show  that —  10 

a  :  b  :  c  :  :  sin  A  :  sin  B  :  sin  C 

If  b-a  =  3c,  show  that  cos  f  A  +  ^  J  —  3  cos^  . 

7.  The  sides  of  a  triangle  are  1717,  1919,  and  2424  ;  find     11 
the  angle  opposite  to  1919,  given  log  3030  =  3*4814426  ;  log 
1313    =a  3-1182647;  log   1111    =    30457141;    log    606   = 
2782426  ;  L  tan  25°— 55'=  9*6865768  ;  diff.  for  1'= -0003213. 

8.  Find  all  the  values  of  the  radii  of  the  inscribed  and     11 
escribed  circles  in  terms  of  the   sides  and  angles  of  the 
triaDgle. 

Prove  that  the  square  of  the  area  of  a  triangle  is  equal 
to  the  product  of  the  radii  of  the  inscribed  and  the  three 
escribed  circles. 

9.  What  is  meant  by    sin-  x  and  sin  (sin~  x)  ?    Ex-     10 
press  the  value  of  tan   (.4  —  B)   by  means  of  the  inverse 
notation. 

Hence  find  the  value  of : — 

tan"1    *»""    V  +  tan-1    h^h     , 


1  +  tx  t2  1  +  *2  t3 

—1     tn— 1  —  tn 
+  tan       1  +  tn_x  7 


n 


10.  Find  the  area  of  a  sector  of  a  circle.  Three  circles  14 
touch  one  another  externally,  two  of  which  have  equal  radii, 
and  the  third  is  such  that  the  isosceles  triangle  formed  by 
joining  the  centres  has  each  of  the  angles  at  the  base  double 
the  vertical  angle.  Show  that  the  area  of  the  triangle  so 
formed  and  the  space  included  between  the  circles  are  re- 
spectively r2  tan  _: 

and  r*  }  tan  ^  -  *7  (l  +  itan*  |  tan^  )  }  ; 
r  being  one  of  the  equal  radii. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    Cliii 

Tuesday,  2nd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

STATICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc. ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Assuming  the  truth  of  the   Parallelogram  of  Forces     10 
as  regards  the  direction,  demonstrate  it  with  respect  to  the 
magnitude  of  the  resultant. 

Forces  P  and  Q  inclined  at  a  given  angle  have  a  resultant 
B  ;  P  +  S  and  Q  inclined  at  the  supplemental  angle  have  the 
same  resultant ;  prove  that  B2  =  P2  +  Q2  +  PS. 

2.  What  is  the  direction  of  the  action  between —  10 

(1)  two  smooth  surfaces  in  contact ; 

(2)  an  edge  and  a  smooth  surface  with  which  the  edge  is 
in  contact ; 

(3)  two  edges  in  contact  with  each  other. 

A  solid  sphere  rests  upon  two  parallel  bars  in  the  same 
horizontal  plane,  the  distance  between  the  bars  being 
equal  to  the  radius  of  the  sphere  ;  find  the  pressure  on  each 
bar. 

3.  Define  a  Couple,  and  find  when  two  unlike  couples  in      5 
the  same  plane  will  balance  each  other. 

4.  Define  the  Moment  of  a  force  with  respect  to  a  point,     12 
and  explain  what  is  meant  by  positive  and  negative  mo- 
ments. 

Forces  P,  Q,  E  act  from  the  angular  points  of  a  triangle 
at  right  angles  to  the  opposite  sides.  If  their  resultant  pass 
through  the  centre  of  the  circumscribing  circle  prove  that 

P  sin  (B—C)  +Qsin{C-A)  +  B  sin  (A—B)  =   0. 

5.  Define  Centre  of  Gravity.  10 
Find  the  locus  of  the  centres  of  gravity  of  triangles  which 

are  on  the  same  base  and  have  equal  vertical  angles. 

b  1306-10  ex* 


CX1V    FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 


6.  When  a  body  is  suspended  from  a  point  about  which    12 
it  can  swing  freely,  show  that  its  centre  of  gravity  will  be  in 

a  certain  line. 

A  straight  uniform  wire  is  bent  at  B  so  that  ABC  =  a  and 
is  then  suspended  by  a  string  from  a  point  A  :  show  that 
it  will  rest  with  BC  horizontal  if— 

BC2  -  (A B2  +  2  AB.BG)  cos  a. 

7.  Explain  how  the  common  steelyard  is  used  for  weigh-      5 
ing  goods.     Investigate  an  expression  for  its  sensibility. 

8.  Find  the  conditions  of  equilibrium  in  the  case  of  the     10 
First  System  of  Pullies,  the  number  of  pullies  being  n  and 
their  weights  all  different.     Also  show  that  if  the  tensions 

of  the  strings  increase  in  geometric  progression,  so  do  the 
weights  of  the  pullies. 

9.  If  a  weight  W  be  supported  on  an  inclined  plane  AB    10 
by  three  forces  each  equal  to    P,   one    acting  vertically 
upwards,  another  parallel  to  the  horizontal  line  AC,  and  the 
third  along  AB,   prove  that  the  inclination  of  AB  to  the 


horizon  is  2  tan 


\w-pj' 


10.     Enunciate  the  laws  of  friction.  16 

A  heavy  uniform  rod  of  length  I  rests  in  limiting  equili- 
brium at  an  angle  of  45°  on  a  rough  horizontal  plane  and 
against  an  equally  rough  vertical  wall.  It  is  acted  on  by 
a  horizontal  force  equal  to  its  weight.  The  angle  of  friction 
being  X  show  that  the  horizontal  force  must  be  applied  at  a 
distance  I  sin  2  X  or  I  cos  2  X  above  the  centre  of  the  rod 
according  to  the  direction  of  the  force. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87.       CXV 

IV. 

SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS. 


EXAMINERS. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A.  ) 

G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A 

H.  LlTTLEDALE,  B.A 

C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M,A., 

LL.B. 
Shridhar   Ramkrishna  Bhandar- 

KAR,  M.A. 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A. 
Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A 

H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A 

Joseph  Ezektel,  Esq 

Sorabji    Manikji     Kanga.    M.A., 

LL.B. 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq 


>  In  English. 

! 

)>In  Sanskrit. 

I 

[  In  Latin. 
In  Hebrew. 

>  In  Persian. 


M.  Macmillan,  B.A 

J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc 

Jamshedji  Ardesir   Dalal,   M.A.. 

LL.B. 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya.  M.A., 

LL.B. 
The  Rev  F,  Dreckmann,  S.J. 
Khan     Bahadur    Bamanji    Sorabji, 

L.C.E.,  Ph.  D.,  F.C.S.,  Assoc.  Inst. 

C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 
S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C„F.G.S.,  Assoc. 

M.  Inst.  C.E. 

MORESHVAR  GOPAL  DESHMUKH,  B.A., 

B.Sc,  M.D. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R. 

C.S.I..L.M. 
G.  W.  Woodrow,  Esq.  

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L..R.C.P.E. ... 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc.      ... 


In  History  and  Political 
Economy  and  in  Logic 
and  Moral  Philosophy. 


In  Mathematics. 


>  In  Experimental  Physics. 


In  Inorganic  Chemistry. 

In  Vegetable  Anatomy 
and  Physiology  and 
Systematic  Botany, 
and  in  Botany. 

In  Comparative  Ana- 
tomy  and  Physiology. 


CXvi       SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Monday,  8th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ENGLISH. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A.  ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A.  ; 
H.  Littledale,  B.A.  ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Bacon — Advancement  of  Learning \ 

1.  Discuss  shortly  Bacon's  position  with  regard  to  (a)  the    28 
Philosophers  of  Greece,  (&)  the  Schoolmen,  (c)  Modern  Logic, 
and  (d)  Modern  Natural  Science. 

2.  Explain  as  definitely  and  concisely  as  you  can  Bacon's    12 
use  of  Forms  and  the  importance  which  he  attaches  to  them. 

3.  In  what  sense,    if  any,    do  you    consider  Bacon  a     10 
Utilitarian  or  a  Materialist. 

4.  What  do  you  gather  was  Bacon's  attitude   towards     10 
contemporary  Theology. 

N.B.  —  In  considering  answers  to  the  above  questions, 
weight  will  be  given  to  accurate  and  relevant  quotations  or 
references. 

5.  Explain  with  reference  to  the  context —  30 

(a)  Learning  disposeth  the  constitution  of  the  mind  not  to 
be  fixed  or  settled  in  the  defects  thereof  but  still  to  be 
capable  and  susceptible  of  growth  and  reformation. 

(6)  Neither  is  certainly  that  other  merit  of  learning  in 
repressing  the  inconveniences  which  grow  to  man  much  in- 
ferior to  the  former,  of  relieving  the  necessities  which  arise 
from  nature  ;  which  merit  was  lively  set  forth  in  that 
feigned  relation  of  Orpheus'  theatre,  where  all  beasts  and 
birds  assembled  ;  and  forgetting  their  several  appetites, 
stood  all  sociably  together  listening  unto  the  airs  and  ac- 
cords of  the  harp,  the  sound  whereof  no  sooner  ceased  or  was 
drowned  by  some  louder  noise  but  every  beast  returned  to 
his  own  nature. 

(c)  Are  not  the  organs  of  the  senses  of  one  kind  with  the 
organs  of  reflection,  the  eye  with  a  glass,  the  ear  with  a 
cave  or  straight,  determined  and  bounded  ?  Neither  are 
these  only  similitudes  as  men  of  narrow  observation  may 
conceive  them  to  be  but  the  same  footsteps  of  nature  tread- 
ing or  printing  upon  several  subjects  or  matters. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A-,  1886-87.    Cxvii 

(c?)  This  Janus  of  imagination  hath  differing  faces  :  for  the 
face  towards  reason  hath  the  print  of  truth,  but  the  face 
towards  action  hath  the  print  of  good. 

(e)  It  was  great  injustice  in  Plato,  though  springing  out 
of  a  just  hatred  to  the  rhetoricians  of  his  time,  to  esteem  of 
rhetoric  but  as  a  voluptuary  art,  resembling  it  to  cookery, 
that  it  did  mar  wholesome  meats  and  help  unwholesome  by 
variety  of  sauces  to  the  pleasure  of  the  taste. 

(/)  The  opinion  of  Aristotle  seemeth  to  me  a  negligent 
opinion,  that  of  those  things  which  consist  by  nature  nothing 
can  be  changed  by  custom. 

6.    What  were  Bacon's  views  as  to  the  state  of  Universi-     10 
ties  and  of  Modern  History  in  his  time  ? 


Monday,  8th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A. ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A.  ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Section  I. 
1.     Explain  fully  giving  the  context  of  (d),  (e)  and  (/)  :—      16 

(&)  ^w%fttt^^qm^z\?^lw^:    $wrt- 


CXviii     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  188G-87. 

(c)    q^nffareTOi^r  jrffTrf^f^r§nq"r  *s- 
(e)  ms^r?r  *rcrfaen  e  cre^&rc  f  sfa  ^t- 

2.  As  containing  instances  of  what  Alamkara  is   the  fol- 
lowing verse  given  by  Mammata  ; — 

Show  to  what  kind  of  Lakshand  the  above  Alamkdra  has 
a  close  resemblance  ?  Explain  clearly  whether  it  would 
or  would  not  be  correct  to  regard  the  instances  of  that 
Alamkdra  in  the  above  passage  as  so  many  instances  of  that 
Lakshand. 

3.  (a)  Explain  the  nature  of  the  distinction  between 
Arthdpatti  and  S'rautdrthdpatti. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.     Cxix 

(b)  Clearly  explain  what  is  meant  by  Anvitdbhidhdna- 
vdda  and  Abhihitdnvayavdda. 

4.  (a)  Give  and  criticise  the  views  mentioned  by  Mam-      8 
mata  as  to  the  nature  of  the  lakshita  sense  in  the  case  of  a 
Gaunt  Lakshand. 

**• 

(b)  Of  what  kind  of  Lakshand  is.  JTHC^T  given  as  an  in- 
stance in  the  Kavya  prakas'a  ?  Can  it  be"  regarded  as  an 
instance  of  TflTlff  ?3"RRP  If  it  can  be,  show  how  the 
words  can  be  an  instance  of  both. 

(c)  Give  an  instance  of  fllfiqr  ^"TH^R^ST'7!!  and 
explain  its  meaning, 

5.  What  would  be  the  Alamkara  in  the  following  if  the      4 
speaker  be  a  courtier  and  what  if  an  ascetic  ? 

Give  reasons. 

6.  Mention  all  the  Alamkdras  which  depend    upon  an      6 
apparent  violation  of  the  relation  of   cause  and  effect  and 
state  in  each  case  in  what  respect  that  relation  is  violated. 

7.  Give  the    arguments    by  which  Mammata  tries  to      5 
prove    that    the    Prayojana    of    a  Lakshand  is  in  no  way 
Lakshita  ? 

Section  II. 

8.  Translate  into  English  —  14 

^ru^  OT3reFPmr5«srr$§  ^  I 
srarcn*^  *T5Rf  sr*5#r  ^^f  ^m^m 
^rrcrwfts*  m^  vrereffr  >rr%RRq"tfte  n 
(b)  ^  iftttvwtmm  ft  j^r^  ^tfa- 


CXX       SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A-,  1886-87 

Sxtf  cT^rr  m%  %a=wft  3**:  ^  r>nr%<wr- 

*T^RT  W'aricT    %%*&  I  ^SJTf^SPJf  %s*r 

9.     (a)  Distinguish    qfcTTOTqiTr  from    ^g^cf     and       12 

3W;  and  ©q^IrR  from  «?q^r<f. 

(b)  Compare   the    following     definition      of  f^^ff 
with  that  given  by  Mammata  : — 

(c)  Determine  the  AlamMras  in  the  following- 

(1)  ^i^|^|^rr?^rie^  g$  fr  ^:  | 

(2)  ^/i^jw?Nr:  wwr  *rwrTOfr^  1 

10.     (a)  Correct  the  following  sentences—  8 

vr&fnsrai 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A,,  1886-87.     CXXl 

(6)  Illustrate  by  examples  the  different  uses  of  the  Im- 
perative ( ^r^r ). 

(c)  Name  the  following  grammatical  forms  :  — 

(d)  Give  the  Benedictive  3rd  pers.  sing,  of  T\^  with  ^^« 

tlie  Potential  and  Aorist  3rd  per.  sing,  of  JT  5  Passive  Future 
in  ^€j"  3rd  pers.  dual  of  the  causal  of  C. 

11.     Translate  into  Sanskrit : —  16 

A  jackdaw  sat  chattering  upon  the  back  of  a  sheep. 
"Peace,  you  noisy  thing,"  says  the  sheep,  "  if  I  were  a 
dog,  you  durst  not  serve  me  so."  "  That  is  true  enough,  " 
replies  the  jackdaw,  "  I  know  well  with  whom  I  am  dealing. 
I  never  meddle  with  the  surly  and  the  revengeful,  but 
love  to  plague  those  who  cannot  retaliate." 

Many  people  are  of  the  temper  of  this  jackdaw  who  do 
mischief  for  mischief's  sake,  and  at  the  same  time  are  never 
so  well  pleased  as  when  they  do  it  to  the  innocent  and  the 
undeserving.  How  inconsistent  are  their  proceedings  with 
honor  and  generosity  !  How  opposite  to  the  character  of 
a  great  and  good  man  ! 

Monday,  8th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

LATIN. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A. ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Horace  i—Epistolce, 

1.     Translate,    with  marginal    notes   on   the    words   in    42 
italics : — 

(a)  Ira  furor  brevis  est :  animum  rege,  qui  nisi  paret 
Imperat ;  hunc  frenis,  hunc  tu  compesce  catena. 
Fingit  equum  tenera  docilem  cervice  magister 
Ire  viam  qua  monstret  eques  ;  venaticus,  ex  quo 

b  1306—11  ex 


CXXli  SECOND  EXAM.  TOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Tempore  eervinam  pellem  latravit  in  aula, 
Militat  in  silvis  catulus.     Nunc  adbibe  puro 
Pectore  verba,  puer,  nunc  te  melioribus  offer. 
Quo  semel  est  imbuta  recens  servabit  odorem 
Testa  diu.     Quodsi  cessas  aut  strenuus  anteis, 
Nee  tardum  opperior  nee  prsecedentibus  insto. 

{b)  Non  ego  ventosse  plebis  suffragia  venor 
Impensis  coenarum  et  tritse  munere  vestis  ; 
Non  ego,  nobilium  scriptorum  auditor  et  uUor, 
Grammaticas  arnbire  tribus  et  pulpita  dignor  : 
Hinc  illse  lacrimae.     Spissis  indigna  theatris 
Scripta  pudet  recitare  et  nugis  addere  pondus, 
Si  dixi  :  Rides,  ait,  et  Jovis  auribus  ista 
Servas  ;  fidis  enim  manare  poetica  mella 
Te  solum,  tibi  pulcher.     Ad  haec  ego  naribus  uti 
Formido  et,  luctantis  acuto  ne  secer  ungui, 
Displicet  iste  locus,  clamo,  et  diludia  poseo. 
Lucius  enim  genuit  trepidum  certamen  et  iram, 
Ira  truces  inimicitias  et  funebre  bellum. 

Explain  and  illustrate  the  force  of  the  perfect  '  genuit.7 

(c)  Si  proprium  est  quod  quis  libra  mereatur  et  aere, 
Quondam,  s'i  credis  consultis,  mancipat  usas  ! 
Qui  te  pascit  ager,  tuus  est,  et  vilicus  Orbi, 
Cum  segetes  occat  tibi  mox  frumenta  daturas, 
Te  dominum  sentit.     Dasi  nummos,  accipis  uvam, 
Pullos,  ova,  cadum  temet  :  nempe  modo  isto 
Paulatim  mercaris  agrum  fortasse  trecentis 
Aut  etiam  supra  nummorum  milibus  emptum. 
Quid  refert,  vivas  numerato  nuper  an  olim  ? 

2.  Write  notes  on  the  Grammar  of  : —  9 
(a)  Quo  mihi  fortunam  si  non  conceditur  uti? 

\b)  Atqui  rerum  caput  hoc  erat. 

(c)  Sunt  qui  non  habeant,  est  qui  non  curat  habere. 

3.  Translate  with,  full  explanatory  notes :—  14 

(a)  Optat  ephippia  bos,  piger  optat  arare  caballus. 

(b)  Virtus  est  medium  vitiorum  et  utrinque  reductum. 

(c)  Utor  permisso  caudaeque  pilos  ut  equinae 
Paulatim  vello  et  demo  unum,  demo  et  item  unum. 
Dum  cadat  elusus  ratione  ruentis  acervi. 

(d)  Grascia  capta  ferum  victorem  cepit  et  artes 
In  tulit  agresti  Latio. 

(e)  Rettulit  acceptos,  regale  nomisma,  Philippos. 
(/)  Meo  sum  pauper  in  aere. 

(g)  Discedo  Alcseus  puncto  illius. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.  CXxiii 

4.     Translate  into  Latin  Prose  : —  35 

'  The  great  field  of  local  public  business  has  been  made 
your  own  to  occupy  and  possess.  Reflect  on  the  problem 
connected  with  the  growth  of  population  under  the  Roman 
peace  of  this  Empire.  How  shall  these  multiplying  millions 
be  sustained  ?  By  what  resources  of  agricultural  science 
may  the  land  through  higher  cultivation  be  made  to  support 
a  greater  number  ?  What  products  can  be  grown  for  export 
which  will  bring  wealth  in  return  from  other  lands  ?  What 
alternative  industries  can  be  set  on  foot  for  the  employment 
of  the  surplus  population  ?  With  all  these  interesting  sub- 
jects and  pursuits  opening  and  expanding  before  us,  and 
with  freedom  of  speech  and  thought,  one  is  disposed  to 
envy  the  young  scholar  of  India  his  free  and  various  oppor- 
tunities for  usefulness  and  activity  in  civil  and  political  life.' 


Monday,  8th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HEBREW. 

Joseph  Ezekiel,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  How  many  decrees  were  there  given  by  the  kings  of 
Persia  ?  What  were  those  about  ?  Name  the  kings  by  whom 
those  were  given. 

2.  Give  the  dates  of  the  following  events : — 

(a)  Decree  of  the  rebuilding  of  the  Temple. 
(6)  Dedication  of  the  Temple, 
(c)  Ezra's  journey  to  Jerusalem, 

3.  What  were  the  great  political  events  by  which  the 
Aramaic  supplanted  the  Hebrew  ? 

4.  {a)  What  different  names  are  given  to  Chaldee  in  the 
Bible  ?  Properly  speaking,  those  are  the  names  of  the  lan- 
guages of  what  different  countries  ? 

(b)  What  are  the  chief  points  of  disagreement  between 
Hebrew  and  Chaldee? 

5.  (a)  Give  the  Chaldee  personal  pronouns  in  all  their 
different  forms. 

(6)  Give  the  names  of  all  unusual  conjugations. 

(c)  Attach  Chaldee    pronominal    affixes  to  the  noun  1^ 


and  to  the  preposition  V^  J 


CXX1V   SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGEEE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

6.  Translate  the  following  verse  : —  6 

PTlVoi  n^jgtfTn  D^^p  o^nsn 

•c    T .         v  ••  -  :  •-:•:-      I  t  t       ••  : 

••  t  '  v  v  •  t      ••  : 

(b)  Explain    the    phrase  J  Hl^SST®  0^170 

(c)  Correct  the  grammatical  inconsistency  in  the  above 
verse,  giving  your  reason  for  it. 

7 .  Translate  the  following  verses  into  English  : —  \q 

nnotp  paa  p  Diih  Rj")&*}  nds?  pro    (a) 

I »-t         tt: «  t   :        •        t - :  \ 

wjHJWj  MjWfJ  pt^n  n  "■rrtTJS?  ten 

nri  rrcnpD  nm  win  •n  am  pa* 

t   :         -    :i-  •         ••  :         t-:       •        t  :—    |.«  — t 

ires  21  *?*n^>  ^^  W?fe  l^ 

(c)  Give   the  sense  in   which  the  pronouns  p|fc$     and 
iDil  are  used  in  the  above  verses. 

8.  Translate  the  following  phrases  into  Chaldee  : —  15 

(a)  Then  ceased  the  work  of  the  house  of  God  which  is  at 
Jerusalem. 

(b)  Who  commanded  you  to  build  this  house  ? 

(c)  Take  these  vessels,  go,  carry  them  into  the  temple. 

(d)  Let  the  expenses  be  given  out  of  the  king's  house. 

(e)  And  they  prospered  through  the  prophecy  of  Haggai 
the  prophet. 

9.  Paraphrase  the  following  passage  into  Hebrew  : —  12 

Djnp  byz  owr\  hy  N|^g  rhy  Npjos 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.  CXXV 

H&$a  p?P(T  ^  flntyft  ^mfi  xy?o  *$$&) 
*!  MJt^t^)  J  n^5^i  d^0  njrj5  nig  "iNtzft 
o^to  *%&   :  •'Dip  ^p  tthsn  N^bx  pnn^tp 

tt't*.        •'•••         -t  :  t    v  -:    I         :  -  : 

t         I  •       '  t  t  :  :'•  •  -  :    -  :  »t-  ••  . 

-  :    v  :  -  :  t  :  -  :  •       1    •    :  -         -  t  .  it 

10.     Translate  the  following  passage  into  English  : —  20 

•at?  ay  prpyn  n  m1?  dj^  d^  ijpi 

n^s!?  PW1  p?7t  r^n  '•JPp  10^  hd*i 

nnans  ntro^i  n^n  nStt  rt^n  w&ttf  n^ 

••   :  -  :  -  -:         t    :      I     • :  •  -r-  :  t  v:  v 

prrirrg  f»4T?rn?  ]inS  n  :  n^tf  nS  *r  d^ 
:  ■'rrtojfl  m|^b  ^rj1?  pfejfS  aja^  n^|? 
MD|ops  M30rns  ^  0j$  ^5  n  Djrtp  D*»to  ^1 
*&$  W39tf!  ^Pf  nn$  jp  xm  toj^  n;i 

!•  -  •        tt       ••  t  :        -         ••-::•  t:  ..    - 

ht  n|?^  •*?  oyi  yba  bs  -^  rrari  rrtttp 

v  v  •         .      '  ..         t  x  v:  ••        t  t  -  :  t-:    -  : 

..  c:  :    .        T  :-  :   T         ?;  :  v  T         VT  :  r        -_: 

b  1306—11  ex* 


CXXvi       SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Monday,  8th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PERSIAN. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.  LL.B. ; 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Habeeb-os-Sear— Life  of  Mahommed,  pages  1—81. 
(Booh  III.  of  the  First  Vol.) 

1 .     Give  instances  with  their  meanings  of —  I 

(a)  Words  formed  on  the  analogy  of  yy£)  = saying^ |  dJU  I 

(b)  Names  of  persons  formed  after  the  names  of  animals 

(c)  Names  of  countries  formed  in  the  manner 


*  ,j,&y 


.  2.  Mention  (giving  meanings  of  the  terms)  the  different  5 
classes  into  which  prophets  can  be  divided  according  to  their 
dignity.  Name  the  prophets  who  belong  to  the  highest 
class. 

3.  Mention  some  of  the       J  U^  names  of  the  prophet       5 
&4S?°  and  give  their  meanings. 

4.  Trace  the  pedigree  of  the  prophet  as  far  as  l    ^l^^r*     10 
and  state  the  position,  social  and  religious,  which  the  fore- 
fathers of  the  prophet  up  to  l,,  *ll>c  ^c  occupied,   giving 

a  brief  account  of  each. 

5.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  following —  10 

6.  Explain  and  annotate  : —  15 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    CXXVli 

7.  When  and  under  what  circumstances  did  the  follow-       6 
ing  events  take  place  : — 

(a)  Veil  enjoined  to  Mahomedan  women. 

{b)  Mahomed  poisoned. 

(c)  Ayesha's  misadventure. 

8.  Describe  in  short  the  siege  of  Madina  and  the  battle      6 

of  the  (j  0**2w       How  did  the  siege  end  ?    What  Jewish 

tribe  fell  off  from  the  Prophet  at  this  time  ?    What  was  its 
fate? 

9.  Explain—  6 
U^   y^-^  jj>~C*£ii    CUjLaJ   (£*£&    L-jL"' 

tjkl>  c^*L±t  ljjl*U   L?ldC&o  ^f  c^Jbl* 


CXVxiii    SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGBEE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87- 

10.     Translate  into  English —  17 

U^dlx*  C->U^I  b  lUj  cJ^   CLJwfla.  Cl>*ws 

c-jU-^j   .^fcJ   (jLjj  ^  ^|jb  *Li>jLS 

4>s^°  v-lo^J  ^*^  J^  J  ^$i\    Xo  C^jl^J  J 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87.    CXX1X 

5^  !^(jU*»  !^t>  o!  ^LoJ  jjU^  Uaau|  *JJ| 

^)U  j!    ^1  ^  J  1*3  I  j    Jlo  CI^jao  j| 


LS   oo    jv*a     /*Uo    c^*^     (&) 


CXXX      SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,   188C-&7. 

^J^  Jo     {y^  15      c>5  o  *o 

J  !  cXa.    J     J  b*    ^  LoJ   j  J  jam.       (5) 

jv$*"  ^S'Y^  Ls^yi  c^^OvS  ^f 

i>Uft    J^l   J    ^;U    ^  j*.      (d) 

<j&>  ji  o*>f  ^  l;  *y  ^1  ^r 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-37.     CXXXL 


^VlC'jy  <^****  -^V>i^ 

N.  B.— State  to  what  incidents  do  (b),  (c)  and  (d)  relate. 
11.     Translate  into  Persian —  15 

In  the  reign  of  this  prince,  deservedly  surnamed  the  Just, 
Mahomed  was  born.  He  was  the  last  king  of  Persia  who 
deserved  the  throne,  which  after  him  was  almost  perpetually- 
contended  for,  till  subverted  by  the  Arabs.  His  son 
Hormuz  lost  the  love  of  his  subjects  by  his  excessive  cruelty  ; 
having  had  his  eyes  put  out  by  his  wife's  brothers,  he  was 
obliged  to  resign  the  crown  to  his  son  Khosru  Parviz,  who 
at  the  instigation  of  Beheram  Chubin  had  rebelled  against 
him,  and  was  afterwards  strangled.  Parviz  was  soon  obliged 
to  quit  the  throne  to  Beheram  ;  but  obtaining  succours  of 
the  Greek  emperor  Maurice,  he  recovered  the  crown  :  yet 
towards  the  latter  end  of  a  long  reign  he  grew  so  tyrannical 
and  hateful  to  his  subjects,  that  they  held  private 
correspondence  with  the  Arabs  ;  and  he  was  at  length 
deposed,  imprisoned  and  slain  by  his  son  Siruyeh.  After 
Parviz  no  less  than  six  princes  possessed  the  throne  in  less 
than  six  years.  These  domestic  broils  effectually  brought 
ruin  upon  the  Persians  ;  for  though  they  did,  rather  by  the 
weakness  of  the  Greeks  than  their  own  force,  ravage  Syria, 
and  sack  Jerusalem  and  Damascus  under  Khosru  Parviz,  yet 
when  attacked  by  the  Greeks  under  Heraclius,  they  not  only 
lost  their  new  conquests  but  part  of  their  own  dominions  ; 
and  no  sooner  were  the  Arabs  united  by  Mahomedanism,  than 
they  beat  them  in  every  battle,  and  in  a  few  years  totally 
subdued  them. 


CXXXli   SECOND  EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 
Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 

ENGLISH— Paper  I. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  M.A.  ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A.  ; 

H.  Littledale,  B.A.  ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Pope  :  Moral  Essays  ad  Satires. 

1.  Discuss    the  relative  merits  of  poetry  and  prose  as     15 
vehicles  for  (a)  moral  exposition  and  (b)  satiric  expression. 

2.  Enumerate  the  leading  characteristics  of  Pope's  moral     10 
and  satiric  writings,  with  appropriate  illustrative   quota- 
tions. 

3.  Pope,  like   Milton,    proposes  to  "  vindicate  the  ways     15 
of  God  to  man."     Compare  these  two  poets  as  regards  their 
methods  of  doing  this,  and   the   measures   of   success   they 
may  be  said  to  have  respectively  achieved. 

4.  "All   the  good  that  individuals  find  "  lies  in  "  three     10 
words."     Give  the  substance  of  the  passage  that  follows. 

5.  Explain —  20 
(a)  "  His  Principle  of  action  once  explore, 

That  instant  'tis  his  Principle  no  more." 

(6)  "  Strike  off  his  pension,  by  the  setting  sun, 
And  Britain,  if  not  Europe,  is  undone. " 

(c)  "  Whether  the  charmer  sinner  it  or  saint  it, 

If  folly  grows  romantic  I  must  paint  it." 

(d)  "  Helluo,  late  Dictator  of  y'r  feast, 

The  nose  of  Hautgout  and  the  tip  of  Taste." 

(e)  "Who  shall  decide  when  Doctors  disagree 

And  soundest  casuists  doubt,  like  you  and  me  ?" 

(/)  "  The  crown  of  Poland,  venal  twice  an  age, 
To  just  three  millions  stinted  modest  Gage." 

(g)  "A  Light,  which  in  y'rself  you  must  perceive 
Jones  and  Le  Notre  have  it  not  to  give." 

{h)  "  Point  she  to  Priest  or  Elder,  Whig  or  Tory, 
Or  round  a  Quaker's  Beaver  cast  a  glory." 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    CXXXlil 


(/)   "  Not  Waller's  Wreath  can   hide  the  Nation's  scar, 
Nor  Boileau  turn  the  feather  to  a  star." 

(;')  "  On    each    enervate    string    they    taught  the    note 
To  pant,  or  tremble  through  an  Eunuch's  throat." 

6.  Consider  Pope's  estimate  of  Women,  illustrating  your     10 
criticism  with  quotations  whenever  appropriate. 

7.  Paraphrase  and  annotate —  20 

"  Proud  as  Apollo  on  his  forked  hill, 

Sat  full-blown  Bufo  puff' d  by  every  quill ; 

Fed  with  soft  dedication  all  day  long, 

Horace  and  he  went  hand  in  hand  in  song. 

His  Library  (where  busts  of  poets  dead 

And  a  true  Pindar  stood  without  a  head), 

Received  of  wits  an  undistinguished  race, 

Who  first  his  judgment  asked,  and  then  a  place  ; 

Much  they  extolled  his  pictures,  much  his  seat, 

And  flattered  every  day,  and  some  days  eat ; 

Till  grown  more  frugal  in  his  riper  days 

He  paid  some  bards  with  port,  and  some  with  praise. 

To  some  a  dry  rehearsal  was  assigned, 

And  others  (harder  still)  he  paid  in  kind. 

Dry  den  alone  (what  wonder  ?)  came  not  nigh, 

Dryde.n  alone  escaped  this  judging  eye  ; 

But  still  the  Great  have  kindness  in  reserve  ; 

He  helped  to  bury  whom  he  helped  to  starve 


Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 

ENGLISH- Pa  per  II. 

R.  G.  Oxenham,  MA. ;  G.  W.  Forrest,  B.A.  ; 

H.  Littledale,  B.A.  ;  C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  "He  is  justly  to  be  called,   at  any   rate,   a  man  of     15 
letters  of  the  first  class,  and  the  greatest  power  in  English 
letters  during  the  eighteenth  century."    Who  were  the  other 
powers  ?  Mention  some  of  their  works,  and  discuss  Johnson's 
claim  to  be  considered  the  chief  power. 

2.  "  In  Johnson's  prose  the  words  are  often  ponderous,     10 
but  the   structure  is  always  plain  and  modern."     Discuss 
this  remark  and  illustrate  it  by  quotations. 

b  1306—12  ex 


CXXX1V  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

3.  State  Johnson's  criticism  on  the  characters  in  Paradise     10 
Lost. 

4.  State  Johnson's  criticism  on  Absalom  and  Achitophel,     12 
and  illustrate  his  remarks  by  any  lines  you  may  remember. 

5.  What  distinction  does  Johnson  draw  between  a  simile      5 
and  an  exemplification,  and  how  does  he  illustrate  the  dis- 
tinction ? 

6.  Mention  Johnson's  remarks  regarding  the  style  of  Swift.     8 

7.  State  the  comparison  which  Johnson  draws  between     10 
Pope  and  Dryden. 

8.  "  The  churchyard  abounds  with  images  which  find  a     10 
mirrour  in  every  mind  and  with  sentiments  to  which  every 
bosom  returns  an  echo. "    Discuss  this  remark  and  illustrate 

it  by  quotations. 

9.  Explain  the  following  passages—  20 

(a)  In  the  Annus  Merabilis  he  returned  to  the  quatrain. 

(b)  What  had  the  Guardian  of  the  Lizards  to  do  with 

clubs  of  tall  or  of  little  men,  with  nests  of  ants,  or 
with  Strada's  prolusions  ? 

(c)  Talks  by  the  way  of  the  Nicene  Fathers,   and  at  last 

declares  herself  to  be  of  the  Catholic  Church. 

(d)  He  was  a  Lion  that  had  no  skill  in  dandling  the  Kid. 

(e)  The  story  of  Lodona  is  told  with  sweetness,  but  a  new 

metamorphosis  is  a  ready  and  puerile  expedient. 

{/)  The  Tatler   and  Spectator  adjusted,  like  Casa,   the 

unsettled  practice  of  daily  intercourse  by  propriety 

and  politeness. 
(a)  It  might  have  been  said  of  him  as  of  Pindar  that  when 

he  lay  in  his  cradle  the  bees  swarmed  about  his  mouth. 
(h)  An  Epithet  or  Metaphor  drawn  from  Nature  ennobles 

Art ;    an    Epithet  or   Metaphor  drawn    from    Art 

degrades  Nature, 
(r)  Hannibal,  says   Juvenal,  did  not  perish  by  a  javelin 

or  a  sword  ;  the  slaughters  of  Cannae  were  revenged 

by  a  ring. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGEEE  OF  B.A.,   1886*87.     CXXXV 

Wednesday,  10th  November. 
[10  A.M.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 

SANSKRIT— Paper  I. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Shridhar  Bamkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A. ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A.  ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Section  I. 

I.     Translate,  giving  the  context : —  18 

(a)  ^  ^  ^r  sra^Frrcr  arm'fr  >rfr^- 

(b)  *f%  ft  SSFcTT  ^«TT^rOTqTqTT^c^r# 

(c)  srcwFf    fforft  ^m^  ?frr%^r 

(d)  *\\  <Tft*rrc^*nc*m:  its*  mfafir 

(e)  ;rft  ^f c3  SH^rsrcs  sNNN  *rsrr- 


rxXXVl      SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87. 


2.  Explain  fully  the  following  Stttras  ;—  10 

(&)   B^qfH^W^^forRKT  ^fewg- 
(c)      m>  %q^5^:  | 

What  difference  does  another  reading  noticed  by  S'amkara- 
cMrya  make  in  the  meaning  of  this  S'utra  ? 

3.  Quote  the  S'ruti  which  permits  the  use  of  ratioci-       6 
nation  in  acquiring  the  use  of  the  knowledge  of  Brahman  ? 
With  what  limitations  does  S'amkar&charya  accept  it  ? 

4.  Explain  the  meaning  of  the  following  : —  8 

5.  Notice  the  arguments  based  on  the  mental  state  of      8 
dreams  both  for  and  against  the  Vedantic  doctrine. 

Section  II. 

6.  Translate  and  explain —  20 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,   1886-87.      CXXXV11 

wref  rifts  sn^T«rpn:^3iR5«Tra^nrr^r  *rr^ 
%crf  ^r*r  %crtrM  *Rfaff<nMfcT  SbprnRfF- 

»  1306—12  ez* 


CXXXviil     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

7.  In  what  connection  does  the  second  of  the  above  pass-      5 
ages  occur  ?    In  what  way  does  S'am  karacharya  refute  the 
objection  brought  there  against  his  own  system  ? 

8.  What  are  the  several  Buddhistic  schools  mentioned  by     10 
S'amkaracharya  ?    Give  their  doctrines  as  detailed  by  him, 
shortly  explaining  the  technical  terms  you  might  mention. 

9.  What  is  an  Adkikarana  f    State  what  are  the  several     10 
parts  of  the  first  Adkikarana  of  Chap.  II.,  Pada  ii.  of  the 
Bhashya.     Give  a  substance  'of  it  (in  Sanskrit,  if  possible). 

10.  What  is  the  objection  brought  under     qc^T^OT       5 
^STWF^  against  the  system  of  the  Theistic  Schools  that 

S'amkaracharya  criticises  ?  Has  the  same  objection  been 
brought  against  S'amkaracharya's  own  system?  If  it  has 
been,  how  does  he  explain  it  away  ?  State  with  reasons 
whether  the  same  explanation  will  not  do  in  the  case  of  the 
others. 


Wednesday,  10th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  A.J 

SANSKRIT— Paper  II. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athale,  M,A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Shridhar  Ramkrishna  Bhandarkar,  M.A. ; 

Narayan  Balkrishna  Godbole,  B.A. ; 

Manilal  Nabhubhai  Dvivedi,  B.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Section  I. 
1.     Translate  into  English— 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.   CXXxix 


2.  Write    short    notes   explanatory    and  critical  on  the      6 
following : — 

3.  Translate,  giving  a  very  brief  but  clear  explanation  of      6 
each  of  the  words  underlined  — 

^^rsr  ctfcr  c**f  tffagsrfa^:  I 
TO  5$  gq^^T^tfiil^^r  srere: 
tf^Trci%  safari  ot  *f%<rror:  II 

4.  Explain  carefully—  1q 


CXl    SECOND  EXAM.  FOB  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87, 

{b)  wr;pr:  ST^TU^W  jrfcTOTJ.gatSJ- 

"S3 

^r%&ir  I 

%%*ft— aft  «&*&  *r  ^sfr  uwd  II 
^?a^r — wfc  w^k  %wt  ll 

5*r:  qfcm&N$  ^  II 

fir  fcm^Ai^rr  wsrg;  ^rtft  $jai 

5.  Give  an  account  of  Bajas'ekhara,  comparing  him  with 
Bhavabhuti ; 

or  (2)  discuss  the  position  "  The  Ramayana  is  an  imita- 
tion of  the  Iliad  ;  or  an  allegory  describing  the  spread  of 
Aryan  civilization  over  Southern  India"  ; 

or  (3)  give  the  topography  of  the  places  occurring  in  the 
Balaramayana. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.         cxli 

6.     (a)  What  is  an  3n*T<3  ?       Do  vou    make  any  dif'      6 
ference  in  kind  between  the  3jT*T^  of  the  principal  piece 

and  the    Sfl"*^  of  the    SRJ'ffS^r    in  the  third  Act  °f 
the  same  ? 

(b)  Name  all  the  plays  yon  know  to   be  based  on  the 
R&mayana.  What  does  the  poet  mean  when  he  puts  the  words 

JT5TR  ^r  ^rifar^fjis^l:  ^r%*g^  in  the 

mouth  of  Das'aratha  ? 

7.  What  relation  do  the  Prdh'Uas  bear  to  Sanskrita  and  to  7 
the  modern  vernaculars  ?  How  many  kinds  of  Prdkrita  are 
there  ?  Can  you  say  why  the  number  of  inflected  cases  is 
smaller  in  the  vernaculars  than  in  Sanskrit  ?  Connect,  if 
possible,  the  terminations  of  the  Instrumental  and  the  Gene- 
tive  in  your  vernacular  with  those  in  Sanskrit. 

Section  II. 

8.  Remarking  on  the  comparative  merits  of  Bhavabhuti     14 
and  Kalidasa,  Prof.  Wilson  has  the  following  :— *  There  is 
more  passion  in  the  thoughts  of  Bhavabhuti  than  in  those 

of  Kalidasa,  but  less  fancy.  There  are  few  of  the  elegant 
similitudes  in  which  the  latter  is  so  rich,  and  there  is  more 
that  is  common-place  and  much  that  is  strained  and  obscure. 
In  none  of  his  dramas  does  Bhavabhuti  make  any  attempt 
at  wit.  ...On  the  other  hand  he  expatiates  more  largely  in  the 
description  of  picturesque  scenery  and  in  the  representation 
of  human  conditions  and  is  perhaps  entitled  to  even  a  higher 
place  than  his  rival  as  a  poet.'  Discuss  this  remark  with 
particular  reference  to  the  Malati  Madhava,  giving  quotations 
from  the  play  to  illustrate  your  answer. 

9.  Give  the  context  of  the  following  verses —  6 

(i)  '37i*m*n;FR#T  m$n  m^pa  tR 

«^r  ^Wfl  fa  '  etc. 

(2)  'fr*fr  fasr  ^fcrr  *r  *nmr  ^  miw:  Sfafa- 

sffftcf  m'  etc. 


CXIii     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

(3)  ■  fiprcq-  gs-^t  q-^r  *w  *HN  *w  I 

10.  Explain  the  following  fully  :—  10 

foWH^vHlfa    WW  5*T*CR<F3rfa,  *d  f 

grc  ^*f*T,  grrffrr  mffit,  wfffosTrc^,  ^RFcFT- 

11.  Translate  into  English  :—  10 

a  s^fa  q^S:  Slfaft;  *ti%^ft:  mil 

12.  Which   of   the    following  sets  of    readings  do  you     10 
prefer  ?    Assign  reasons  for  your  choice  : — 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DKGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    Cxliii 

v.  I  Mrffmift- 
or  t^pfcwt 

v.  i.  q^Ftrg^src: 


Wednesday,  10th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 
LATIN— Paper  I. 
C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A.  ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
Horace — Satires. 
1.     (a)  Give  the  origin  and  meaning  of  the  word  '  satire.'     23 
{h)  Criticise  the    following  by  an   enumeration  of    the 
Roman  Satirists  together  with  a  summary  of  their  several 
styles  : — 

"  The  Roman  Satura  in  general  was  not  properly  a  fixed 
species  of  art,  but  only  indicated  negatively  the  fact  that 
the  '  multifarious  poem  '  was  not  to  be  included  under  any 
of  the  recognized  forms  of  art ;  and  accordingly  the  '  Satura'- 
poetry  assumed  in  the  hands  of  every  gifted  poet  a  different 
and  peculiar  character" 

(c)  Criticise  by  reference  to  Roman  and  English  litera- 
ture— 

1  Satirical  poetry  always  arises  when  natural  passion 
in  poetry  decays. ' 

(d)  "I  first  adventurer,  follow  me  who  list, 

**  And  be  the  second  English  Satirist." 
Who  makes  this  claim  and  with  what  justice  ?     Who 
might  make  a  similar  claim  in  Roman  satire  ? 


CXliv     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

2.  (a)  What  metre  is  commonly  used  in  (i)  Latin  and  (ii)     12 
English  satire  ?     Who  was  the  first  to  adopt  each  f 

(b)  Scan  and  comment  on  the  metre  of  — 

(i)  Usque  ad  mala  citaret,  Io  Bacche,  modo  summa 
(ii)  Si  quid  sit  vitium  non  fastidire  :  strabonem. 
(iii)  Me  capitolinus  convectore  usus  amicoque  A  puero. 
(iv)  Si  me  amas,  inquit,  paulum  hie  ades,    Inteream  si. 

3.  Explain  fully—  24 
(i)  Qui  nisi,  quum  tristes  misero  venere  Kalendae, 

Mercedem  aut  nummos  unde  unde  extricat,  amaras 
Porrecto  jugulo  historias  captivus  ut  audit. 

(ii)  Ad  unguem  f actus  homo. 

(iii)  Campanus  morbus. 

(iv)  Fallacem  circum. 

(v)  Heredes  monumentum  ne  sequeretur. 

(vi)  Pollio  regum  Facta  canit  pede  ter  percusso. 

(vii)  Ssepe  stilum  vertas. 

(viii)  Solventur  risu  tabulse. 

(ix)  Repotia, 

(x)  Chrysippi  porticus. 

(xi)  Intestabilis  et  sacer. 

(xii)  Anyti  reum. 

4.  Quote  and  criticise  the  variant  readings  for  : —  12 
(i)  Cum  tua  pervideas  oculis  male  lippus  inunctis. 

(ii)  Carne  tamen,  quamvis  distat  nil,  hac  magis  Mam 
Imparibus  formis  deceptum  te  petere. 

(iii)  Nequaquam  satis  est  in  re  consumere  curam. 

(iv)  Sparge  subinde  et,  si  paulum  potes,  illacrimare  ;  est 
Gaudia  prodentem  voltum  celare. 

5.  Discuss  and  attribute  to  their  proper  schools  the       10 
following  '  dicta  '  : — 

(a)  Paria  esse  peccata, 

(6)  Deos  didici  securum  agere  aevum. 

(c)  Divinae  particulam  auras. 
{d)  Insanire  omnes. 

(e)  Faba  cognata. 

(J.     Explain  the  reference  in—  3 

•  Molle  atque  facetum 
Vergilio  annuerunt  gaudentes  rure  CamcenaB  : 

7.     Translate  with  notes—  .10' 

(a)  Fugit  improbus  ac  me 

Sub  cultro  linquit.  Casu  venit  obvius  illi 
Adversarius  et  '  quo  tu  turpissime  ? '     magna 


SECOND  EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.   Cxlv 

Inclamat  voce  ;  et  '  Licet  antestari  ?'    Ego  vero 
Oppono  auriculam.     Rapit  in  jus  ;  clamor  utrinque, 
Undique  concursus.     Sic  me  servavit  Apollo. 

(b)  Tune  mihi  dominus,  rerum  imperiis  hominumque 
Tot  tan tisque  minor,  quern  ter  vindicta.quaterque 
Imposita  haud  unquam  misera  formidine  privet  ? 
Sive  vicarius  est,  qui  servo  paret,  uti  mos 
Vester  ait,  seu  conservus  ;  tibi  quid  sum  ego  ?  Nempe 
Tu,  mihi  qui  imperitas,  alii  servis  miser  atque 
Duceris  ut  nervis  alienis  mobile  lignum. 
Quisne  igitur  liber  ?    Sapiens,  sibi  qui  imperiosus, 
Quern  neque  pauperies  neque  mors    neque  vincula 

terrent, 
Responsare  cupidinibus,  contemnere  honores 
Fortis,  et  in  se  ipso  totus,  teres  atque  rotundus, 
Externi  ne  quid  valeat  per  leve  morari, 
In  quern  manca  ruit  semper  fortuna  ? 

Wednesday,  10th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 

LATIN— Paper*II. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A. ;  H.  P.  Hodson,  M.A. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Horace — Odes  III. 

1.     Translate  with  short  explanatory  notes  on  the  words    30) 
m  Italics  : — 

{a)    Martiis  caelebs  quid  agam  calendis, 
Quid  velint  flores  et  acerra  turis 
Plena,  miraris,  positusque  carbo  in 
Caespite  vivo, 

Docte  sermones  utriusque  Ungual  ? 
Voveram  dulcis  epulas  et  album 
Libero  caprum  prope  funeratus 
Arboris  ictu. 

Hie  dies  anno  redeunte  festus 
Corticem  adstrictum  pice  dimovebit 
Amphorae /ttwmm  bibere  institutes 
Consule  Tzillo. 

Sume,  Maecenas,  cyathos  amici 
Sospitis  centum  et  vigiles  lucernas 
Perfer  in  lucem  :  procul  omnis  eato 
Clamor  et  ira. 

b  1306—13  ex 


Cxlvi  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Mitte  civilis  super  urbe  curas  : 
Occidit  Dad  Cotisonis  agmen, 
Medus  infestus  sibi  luctuosis 
Dissidet  armis, 

Servit  Hispance  vetus  hostis  orat 
Cantaber  Sera  domitus  catena, 
lam  Scyihai  laxo  meditantur  arcu 
Cedere  campis. 

Neglegens  nequa  populus  laboret, 
Parce  privatus  nimium  cavere  : 
Bona  praesentis  cape  lsetus  horse  et 
Linque  severa. 

(6)  Aeli  vetusto  nobilis  ab  Lamo  18 

Quando  et  priores  hinc  Lamias  ferunt 
Denominates  et  nepotum 
Per  memores  genus  omne  fastus 

Auctore  ab  illo  ducit  originem, 
Qui  Formiarum  moenia  dicitur 
Princeps  et  innantem  Maricse 
Litoribus  tenuisse  Lirim 

Late  tyrannus  :  eras  foliis  nemus 
Multis  et  alga  litus  inutili 
Demissa  tempestas  ab  euro 
Sternet,  aquae  nisi  fallit  augur 

Annosa  cornix.     Dum  potis,  aridum 
Conpone  lignum  :  eras  genium  mero 
Curabis  et  porco  bimenstri 
Cum  famulis  operum  solutis. 

(c)    Impios  parrse  recinentis  omen  25 

Ducat  et  praegnans  canis  aut  ab  agro 
Rava  decurrens  lupa  Lanuvino, 
Fetaque  volpes. 

Rumpit  et  serpens  iter  institutum, 
Si  per  obliquum  similis  sagittae 
Terruit  mannos :  ego  cui  timebo 
Providus  auspex, 

Antequam  stantis  repetat  paludes 
Imbrium  divina  avis  inminentum, 
Oscinem  corvum  prece  suscitabo 
Solis  ab  ortu. 

Sis  licet  felix,  ubicumque  mavis, 
Et  memor  nostri  Galatea  vivas  ; 
Teque  nee  Icevus  vetat  ire  plcus 
Nee  vaga  cornix. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  BEGBEE  OP  B.A.,  1880-87.     Cxlvii 


Sed  vides  quanto  trepidet  tumultu 
Pronus  Orion.     Ego  quid  sit  ater 
Hadriae  novi  sinus  et  quid  albus 
Peccet  iapyx. 

Hostium  uxores  puerique  caecos 
Sentiant  motus  orientis  austri  et 
JEquoris  nigri  fremitum  et  trementis 
Verbere  ripas. 

Sic  et  Europe  niveum  doloso 
Credidit  tauro  latus  et  scatentem 
Beluis  pontum  mediasque  fraudes 
Palluit  audax, 

2.     Translate    and    comment    fully    on    the    following    27 


(a)  Me  Fabulosae  Vulture  in  Apulo 
Altricis  extra  limen  Apulise 
Ludo  fatigatumque  somno 
Fronde  nova  puerum  palumbes 
Texere. 

(b)  Non  me  Philippis  versa  acies  retro, 

Devota  non  extinxit  arbos, 
Nee  Sicula  Palinurus  unda. 

(c)  Si  non  periret  immiserabilis 

Captiva  pubes. 

(d)  Fertur  pudicae  conjugis  osculum 

Parvosque  notos  ut  capitis  minor 
Ab  se  removisse. 

(e)  I  pete  unguentum  puer  et  coronas 

Et  cadum  Marsi  memorem  duelli 
Spartacum  si  qua  potuit  vagantem 
Fallere  testa. 

(j)  Da  lunae  propere  novae 

Da  noctis  mediae,  da  puer  auguris  Murenae. 
{g)  0  nata  mecum  consule  Manlio. 

(h)  Immunis   aram  si  tetigit  manus, 
Non  sumptuosa  blandior  hostia 
Mollivit  aversos  Penates 
Farre  pio  et  Saliente  mica. 

(i)  Abstineto, 

Dixit,  irarum  calidaeque  rixae, 
Cum  tibi  invisus  laceranda  reddet 
Cornua  taurus. 
Uxor  invicti  Jovis  esse  nescis. 


Cxlviii  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A  ,   1886-87. 

Wednesday,  10th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  A.) 

PERSIAN— Paper  I. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Habeeb-os-Sear— i/wfon/  of  Bany  Omaya,  pages  1—54. 

1.  (a)  How  many    Kalifs    were   there   of  the  line    of    30 
-***"0  ^  i  ^  ?     Who  was  the  first  and  who  the  last  of  them  ; 
and  for  how  many  years  did  they  altogether  reign  ? 

(6)    Give   Moavia's  pedigree  up  to  where   his    and  the 
Prophet's  lines  meet, 

(c)  Give  a  short  account  of  the  battles  of      *aA4  and 

(d)  Who  were — 

Give  some  account  of  their  doings. 

2.  Explain  the  following  lines,  naming  the  persons  and     15 
describing  the  events  referred  to  : — 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87.      CXlix 


>jL)  yp*S  C>Lo|l3  ^  ,3^L>  J I 

&yt    y^i    &jy   y»   j\    j**> 

3.  Explain  and  give  the  meanings  of  10 

4.  Translate—  22 
Vi^a^U    j'^IV*      ^\?S\    J     tools'0      (t^^f 

o^yl  c-^Uu  ^  tJJbc-0  \j  ^5  Li  I  L-ijl^ 
c^v^J  3'  ^^ — ^^y  Ojhs?  ^i>Uvo 

ffc>V°    SJjil;    ^JUJlo    C^votj5    fLjU    C^J&w 
b  1306—13  ex* 


Cl  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B,A.,  1886-87. 

ftttjJ   *;!j^  **&}  ty*    h  ^[s^  f^] 

ult^i  Utt*i  v*o  fj^  ^^  j^' 

Cx&>\*)  iSj\*  -*;~^  ^^  \jSf  c^ 

j^  jo  —  cu&^  *£  J5^  ^^r1^ 

J^U     c^liju—  Jryoy    IjjSI  *j*    ^ 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A..   1886-87.         cli 

5.  By  what  line  of  Kalifs  were"  the  „^vo  1     Jj    sue-       5 

eeeded  ?  State  briefly  how  and  by  whom  was  the  change 
brought  about. 

6.  Mention  the  peculiarities  of  the  Arabic  infinitives  of     6 

the  measures  of    ,jtxiu*>  |  vzJLc  (ju  and  {J  \*&  \ 

giving  examples  of  each. 

7.  Translate—  12 

I j  cJoi  >^)y°  tPij**  v-J-^jl  f^l  jt>  ^J» 
^Ut>jj  jjLJU-o  >Wl<xT  jb  CL:|i>L.J 
*b|    lJ^  ^   ^^y   ^K)    IjSldyj   gl& 

^aa-o^J  I  vj*  I  ^*J  J  I  j  j  [ Jaiw  fJbyL  9  b  J»  I  J 
J^)  *a*  UU  w^ssM  J)W|  c>^/jl  J  ,1c 
J&   ^*o|    ^aJ    ?IJLs    ^    JjL    ?IaL.    ^1  J 

f;JJ^  J'  *J^J  <^j^  J^'  ^^J'  ^'^ 


«Hi     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

UJli^jj  j&  is&<£j£  cJiifco  ^*L>  ^l~ti 

Wednesday,  10th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 
(Group  A.J 

PERSIAN— Paper  II. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Ateshkada — From  Mazandran  (page  155)  to  Shiraz. 

1.     (a)  Give  a  short  account  of  &(>£&>  |     with    an     ex-     15 

planation  of  the  arrangement  of  its  materials.     Name  its 
author  and  give  a  brief  sketch  of  his  life.      Explain  the 

meaning  of  the  term  8  <>&)  I  and  state  why  it  is  so  called. 

(6)  How  many  biographies  of  poets  existed  before   the 

5  c>5SJ  I   an(*    Dy  whom  were  they  written  ?     How    does 

5  S&+)  I   differ  from  them  ? 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    cliii 

State  briefly  the  merits  and  defects  of  the  book. 

2.  Give  a  brief  account  of  each  of  the  following  places  as     10 
given  in  your  text,  their  situation  and  other  particulars, 
explaining  the  meanings  of  the  words — 

ujUir—  ^  ;js  —  uij  —  *jU 

3.  Give  a  short  biographical  sketch  of —  10 

—  J****>l  ^aJl  JUT—  ^yLojl  i^foJUil 

4.  State  what  you  know  of —  9 

5.  Give  the  derivations  of  the  following  : —  6 

6.  Translate,   mentioning  the     metres    and  explaining     40 
the  allusions  underlined — 


ff-y  *f>  u>l*j  ^s) y  (&  4^  (b) 


cliv   SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A  ,  1886-87. 

^   u^bjl    ^   ^  ^i  jab  dU  (<0 

J^/     O&s     u*>  )    C^T   ^Xi     JSa    fdyo 
C^Jm    b    £^>    ^    ^^L    ^*£    L> 

8  c>  y»     ^J>     8  tV  <>J     Ja      ^  liLuT  J  4>    j  Li 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.       civ 

a^Hj  j_^  tjl^j  ^^  j  04  ^S 


I  j      £olb      ^Ijcli     t>^     ^    jxi     ^    (/) 

JU     ^      j;j|     ^|y      ^j;   ^ 


felvi      -PECONI)  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-S7. 

*:o  a\f*jj.   j   pV  ^  5^vt  J- 

OjO   ^bjt0   -*♦*   ^J   ^J  -#    ^^ 

^o    ^U^    ^^    »^   j?^     ^ 

C^La>    ^o^     C^)i3     LJ    lac^     cV^    J&mo 
0^     ^U,    j*     ^      4>**l    ^    ^  J  J 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.     clvii 

c/jj  Jl  (*^  J***  -**j  u^  d^0;  -*&> 

LrJ^'j^   O*»0   (jlj<3   L-a*^  4^  ^o 

Jij(k^\  jO   c>^  ^  fy*  <*&>jj  <jUo    (m) 
fa   *  ^^  d  ^  Jf    U?J  lj^   (j^  J     vJ 

^  »<*^  &ff±  ^x  \j$$  J^y 
a  \J>   jjc    fk**i  I   j  c>    ^  I  o    ^  t  (n) 

?!j  **S  \&*s*   j^  -^  2^    d^v 

b  1306—14  ex 


clvili     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 
^      J^JJ       J*°    ^^1    J*      y^+"    »^Lo     (O) 

y  jo  mi  o^  lJju  y  ^lj^  -^ 

7.     Translate—  10 

0|0   <jL.    j£>   ^     c^&  J->o   ^f   #0^0 

Old    ^  |     ,j&U£a.     O^J    U*»    ^s^  w    ^)    *.0 

<^    hH    LTf!    JU    -^J    L^j« 
olo  jjlo  ci^^°  e^lj  ;  e^1-*'0  ^jj  j 

vasj     j  O      \j     u*  L»  I      (^  j  L*>     ,>W     ^  O 
0|0      ^^k)      ^.k      J^Lo      ^Uj      ^6 

£Xz  j  0     Ij  cJ^L»    ^v  l&u    u>!  l*>    J  o 
o  I  o  ^  ij^jj   ^fc    ;    J^j    «>j  ji    ^fc 

1 

olo    (jkj^  jf   LSj^^  s&*  L^^  <dk 


olo  ^L*  0^0  Jo  s^jjbci^^^f^^r 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.        clix 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  p.m.] 

(Group  B.) 

POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  How  does  Adam  Smith  prove—  12 

(1)  that  the  Colonial  trade  of  Great  Britain  towards  the 
end  of  the  eighteenth  century  was  advantageous  to 
the  mother  country  ; 

(2)  that  it  was  advantageous  not  by  means  of  the  mono- 
poly but  in  spite  of  the  monopoly. 

2.  Show  how  the  military   expenditure  of  a  State  varies     12 
with  the  progress  of  civilisation,  and  prove  that  in  spite  of 
apparent  exceptions  a  standing  army  is  a  far  more  powerful 
instrument  of  war  than  an  ordinary  militia. 

3.  Trace  the   steps  by  which  the  town  population  of     13 
Europe   increased  their  power  and  wealth.     How  was   the 
progress  of  the  town  population  a  benefit  to  the  country  ? 

4.  Illustrate     by    modern  and     ancient     historical    in-     13 
stances  the  frequent  violation  of  correct  principles  of  taxa- 
tion, 

5.  Enumerate    the    chief  causes  of  the  depreciation  of     13 
silver.     What  effects  have  been  produced  in  India  already 
and  are  likely  to  be  produced  in  the  future  by  the  change  in 
the  relative  value  of  silver  and  gold  ? 

6.  Show  the  utility  of  Political  Economy  by  pointing     12 
out  the  advantages  that  India  would  derive  from  a  more 
extensive  knowledge  of  the  science  among  the  people. 

7.  State   and  estimate   the  chief  objections   that  can  be     12 
brought  against  an  income-tax  whether  graduated  or  not.  • 
Upon  whom  does  the  incidence  of  this  tax  fall  ? 

8.  Show  that  the  nationalisation  of  the  land  and  other     J  9 
socialistic  schemes    "possess   this    fatal   defect    that  they 
would  spread  among  the  people  the  belief  that  they  could 
with  comparative  impunity  disregard  prudence,   self-denial, 
and  other  most  essential  virtues." 


Clx         SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  B.) 

HISTORY  of  INDIA. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A,,  C.S. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  a  summary  of  Mill's  reasons  for  thinking  that     H 
Lord  Mornington  was  not  justified  in  declaring  war  against 
Tippoo. 

2.  Sketch  the  career  of  Chin  Kilich  Khan.  12 

3.  What  were  the  circumstances  which  led  to  (1)  the     12 
flight  of  the  emperor  Humayun,  (2)  his  subsequent  restora- 
tion to  the  throne  ? 

4.  Why  did  the  Nizam   dismiss  his  English  troops  and     12 
engage  French  troops  in  their  stead  in  Sir  John  Shore's 
time  ?    How  does  Mill  attempt  to  defend  Sir  John  Shore's 
conduct  ? 

5.  When  and  why  was  the  Supreme  Court  established  in     12 
Calcutta,  and  what  were  its  powers  ? 

6.  Give  a  brief  account   of  the  struggle  between  the     12 
Marathas  and  the  Nabob  of  Oude  in  1773,  and  show  how  the 
English  became  involved  in  it. 

7.  Describe  Akbar's  operations  against  the  Rajputs.  12 

8.  Criticise  the  peace  of  Surat  between  the  English  and     14 
the  Marathas. 


Friday,  12th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  B.J 

HISTORY  of  ROME,  GREECE  or  ENGLAND. 

(Political). 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

History  of  England. 

1     Show  the  connection  between  the  domestic  and    the     15 

foreign  policy  of  the  last  two  Stuart  Kings. 

2.     Give  an  account  of  the  riots  of  1780.  10 


SECOND  KXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87.      clxi 

3.  Under  what  circumstances  was  the  battle  of  Navarino     10 
fought  ?    What  was  the  effect  of  it  on  European  powers  and 

on  the  ministry  in  England  1 

4.  How  was  it  that  England,  which  had  previously  been    10 
in  alliance  with  Austria  against  Prussia,  changed  sides  when 
the  Seven  Years'  War  broke  out  ? 

5.  Give  an  account  of  the  ministries  of  the  two  Pelhams.     10 

6.  "  The  Triple  Bond  bore  within  it  the  germs  of  that    15 
grand  alliance  which  at  last  saved  Europe.  "     Write  a  brief 
essay  on  this  statement. 

7.  Explain  the  connection  of  the  House  of  Orange  with     10 
the  Exclusion  Bill. 

8.  Give  a  concise  account  of  the  state  of  Ireland  during     10 
the  last  ten  years  of  the  18th  century. 

9.  Sketch  the  careers  of  Danby,  Godolphin,  Rockingham,     10 
and  Walpole. 

History  of  Greece. 

1.  Show  how  the  state  of  affairs  in  Greece  and  parti-     14 
cularly  at  Athens  was  affected  by  the  death  of  Alexander 
the  Great. 

2.  Give  an  account  of  the  military  operations  of  Conon.        12 

3.  Criticize  the  peace  of  Antalcidas.  1 2 

4.  Sketch  the  rise  and  fall  of  the  Spartan  maritime  empire     12 
after  the  Peloponnesian  war. 

5.  Estimate  the  character  of  Phocion.  12 

6.  Show  how  the   warning  of  the    oracle   "Beware  of  a    12 
lame  reign  "  proved  a  true  one. 

7.  Sketch  the  history  of  the  more  important  islands  of     14 
the  Archipelago  between  500  and  400  B.  C.,  and  draw  a  map 
showing  their  relative  positions. 

8.  How  did   the  expedition  described   in  the  Anabasis     12 
affect  the  subsequent  history  of  Asia   (1)  immediately,    (2) 
eventually. 

History  of  Rome. 

1.  What  was  the  incident  dealt  with  in  Cicero's  speech     12 
pro  Milone  ?    Show  how  it  was  typical  of  the  state  of  affairs 

at  Rome  at  that  time. 

2.  How  far  can  Sylla  be  said  to  have  turned  the  Roman     12 
democracy  into  an  oligarchy  ? 

b  1306-14  ex* 


Clxii      SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

3.  "  The  blood  of  the  Gracchi  was  the  seed   sown  and     14 
Marius  was  the  fruit."     Write  a  brief  essay  on  this  epigram. 

4.  Give  an  account  of  Hannibal's  march  from  Spain  to     12 
Italy,  and  draw  a  map  to  illustrate  it. 

5.  What  was  the  power  of  the  Senate  in  foreign  affairs     12 
at  the  time  of  the  2nd  Punic  War  ? 

6.  Describe  the  political  character  of  Cicero.  12 

7.  Give  a    brief    account  (with    dates)    of  the  various     12 
conflicts  between  the  Romans  and  the  Parthians  up  to  the 
close  of  the  republic. 

8.  "The  foreign  element  in  the  (Roman)  commonwealth     14 
determined  the  whole  course  of  its  history  which  in  all  its 
stages  is  little  more  than  a  narrative  of  conflicts  between  a 
stubborn  nationality  and  an  alien  population."    Show  the 
truth  of  this  statement. 


Friday,  12th  November. 
[2  p.m  to  5  r.M.] 

(Group  B.) 

HISTORY  of  ROME,  GREECE  or  ENGLAND. 

(Institutions,  Literature^  <kc.) 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A. ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

History  of  England. 

1.  Explain  the  effect  of  the  alteration  in  the  mode  of     12 
granting  the  supplies  effected  at  the  Revolution. 

2.  Show  the  value  of  Pepys'  diary  and  give  some  account     12 
of  it  and  of  Pepys  himself. 

3.  Under  what  circumstances  were  Drapier's  letters  pub-     12 
lished  ?     Give  an  account  of  them. 

4.  Why   and    when    did    Lord    North    become    Prime     14 
Minister  ?    Show  that  a  great  constitutional  struggle  then 
came  to  an  end. 

5.  "  The  bill,  the  whole  bill,  and  nothing  but  the  bill."     14 
Describe  at  length  the  circumstances  which   gave  rise   to 
this  famous  election  cry, 

6.  What  were  Dunning's  resolutions  ?  12 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      clxiii 


7,  Give  the  provisions  of  the  Bill  of  Rights  and  compare    12 
it  with  the  Declaration  of  Eights  and  the  Act  of  Settle- 
ment. 

8.  Sketch  the  history  of  political  pamphlet-writing  in    12 
Anne's  reign. 

History  of  Greece, 

).     "  To  us  the  fact  that  the  Comedy  of  the  Knights  was     14 
brought  on  the  Athenian  stage  with  success  is  far  more 
important  than  the  fact  that  the  Athenian  phalanx  was 
defeated  at  Deliuin."     Comment  on  this. 

2.  Show  the  effect  of  the  Persian  War  on  the  Athenian     12 
constitution. 

3.  What  was  the  Spartan  form  of  Government  at  the     12 
time  of  the  Peloponnesian  War  ? 

4.  How  did  the  Greeks  found  colonies,  and  how  did  they     12 
treat  them  ? 

5.  Show  the  influence  of  Pericles  on  Athenian  civiliza-     12 
tion. 

6.  What  were  the  functions  of  the  Chorus  in    Greek     12 

tragedy  ? 

7.  How  was  a  judicial  trial  conducted  in  Athens  at  the     14 
time  of  the  Peloponnesian  War  ?     By  what  laws  were  the 
courts  bound,  and  how  far  were  they  bound  by  them  ? 

8.  Give  an  account  of  the  "Crown"  speech  of  Demos-     12 
thenes  and  of  the  circumstances  which  led  to  its  delivery. 
Review  Demosthenes'  life  up  to  that  time. 

"History  of  Rome, 

1.  How  did  the  Romans  manage  conquered  countries  ?        12 

2.  Give  an  account  of  the  Via  Appia,   and  mention  the     10 
towns  through  which  it  passed. 

3.  Describe  briefly  the  Roman  system  of  taxation  in  the     14 
second  century  B.C. 

4.  Sum  up  the  history  of  the  intercessio  ?  14 

5.  Who  was  the  Praetor  Peregrinus?    When  and  why    14 
was  he  first  appointed  ?     What  were  his  duties  ? 

C.     Give  an  account  of  the  relations  of  Patron  and  Client.     12 

7.  For  what  are  Ennius    and    Polybius    celebrated    in     12 
literature?     What  part  did  the  latter  take  in  politics ? 

8.  Give  a  brief  history  of  the  Mime.  12 


Clxiv   SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1p.m.] 

(Group  G.) 

LOGIC— Paper  I. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A. ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  How  does  Mill  distinguish    (1)  between  positive  and     12 
negative  names,  (2)  between  relative  and  non-relative  names  ? 
Point  out  any  difficulties  in  the  principles  of  division  given. 

2.  What  is  meant  by  the  statement  that  all  attributes  of     14 
bodies  and  minds  are  grounded  on  states  of  consciousness. 
Illustrate  the  meaning  by  analysing  the  following  proposi- 
tions :  — 

Men  with  very  small  skulls  are  deficient  in  reasoning 

powers. 
Debtors  dread  the  day  of  payment. 

What  difference  is  there  between  the  attributes  of  bodies 
and  of  minds  ? 

3.  "  The  discoveries  which  change  the  method  of  a  science  12 
from  experimental  to  deductive,  mostly  consist  in  establish- 
ing, either  by  deduction  or  by  direct  experiment,  that  the 
varieties  of  a  particular  phenomenon  uniformly  accompany 
the  varieties  of  some  other  phenomenon  better  known." 
Explain  and  illustrate  this. 

4.  How    far    does    inconceivability    depend    upon    ex-     14 
perience  ? 

5.  Show  how  many  kinds  of  fallacies  are  due  to  ambi-      9 
guity  of  language. 

6.  In  what  forms  does  Mill  enunciate  the  fundamental     15 
axioms  of  the  syllogism  ?    Show  that  you  iinderstand  their 
meaning  by  applying  them  to  the  syllogism — 

No  happy  men  are  vicious. 
All  tyrants  are  vicious. 
No  tyrants  are  happy. 

Does  Mill  succeed  in  showing  the  superiority  of  his  syl- 
logistic axioms  over  the  dictum  de  omni  et  radio  ? 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.      clxv 

7.  Explain  by  reference  to  the  syllogism  given  in  the     13 
above   question  Mill's  theory  of  the  relation  of  the  major 
premiss  to  the  conclusion  and  of  the  advantages  of  coming 

to  conclusions  by  the  syllogistic  route.  What  objections 
may  be  urged  against  Mill's  theory  ? 

8.  "  Herbert  Spencer  teaches  us,    '  that  feeling  and  ner-     11 
vous   action   are    the   inner   and   outer   faces  of  the   same 
change  '  ;  and  '  having  contemplated  these  changes  on  their 
outsid.es,'  as  chemical  disturbances  propagated  through  any 
series  of  molecules  in  the  substance  of  the  nerves,  '  we  have 

to  contemplate  them  from  their  in  sides  '  as  emotions  and 
other  states  of  consciousness.  As  one  argument  to  support 
this  broad  conclusion,  he  cites  the  surprising  fact,  '  that  as 
nervous  action  occupies  appreciable  time,  so  feeling  occupies 
appreciable  time';  though  the  same  analogy  would  prove 
that  trundling  a  wheelbarrow  does  not  differ  from  reading 
an  epic  poem."     Bowen. 

Put  in  logical  form  the  argument  here  attributed  to  Her- 
bert Spencer,  and  explain  clearly  the  logical  process  used  to 
refute  it.  Assuming  that  Spencer's  views  are  correctly  given, 
is  the  refutation  perfectly  convincing  ? 


Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  G.) 

LOGIC— Paper  II. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.  ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Examine  the  theory  that    "Mind,  or,   to  speak  more     14 
precisely,  Will,  is  the  only  cause  of  phenomena."     What  are 
Mill's  references   to  the  theories  of  Leibnitz,  the  Cartesians, 
and   various   Greek   philosophers  intended  to   prove  in  the 
discussion  of  the  theory  ?    Give  Mill's  own  view  of  Volition 

as  a  cause. 

2.  Discuss  the  various  theories  as  to  the  origin  of  our     12 
belief    in    the  Law  of    Causation,  and  the  Uniformity  of 
Nature. 

3.  Supposing  a  veracious  and  disinterested  witness  were     14 
to  assert  that  he  had   seen   (1)  a  winged  horse,   (2)  a  solid 
piece  of  iron  floating  in  water,  and  (3)  motion  not  caused  by 
impact,  heat,  or  any  other   cause,  on  what  grounds  would 
you  determine  to  helieve  or  disbelieve  his  statements  ? 


Clxvi      SECOND  EXAM.  FOK  THE  DEGREE  OF  [5.A.,  1886-87. 

4.  Show  in  what  respects  the  Method  of  Residues  differs     12 
from  the  Method  of  Difference.     On  what  grounds  may   it 

be  said  to  be  to  a  certain  extent  a  Deductive  Method  ?  Are 
the  conclusions  it  affords  ever  absolutely  certain  ? 

5.  Illustrate  (1)  the  mutual  action  and  re-action  of  cause     14 
and  effect,  (2)  the  three  stages  of  the  Deductive  Method,  and 

(3)  the  disturbing  influence  of  the  intermixture  of  effects  in 
experimental  inquiry.  (Do  not  give  more  than  two  examples 
of  each,  and  if  possible,  let  one  of  the  two  examples  be  taken 
from  Indian  Sociological  or  other  phenomena.) 

C.     Explain  the  following  propositions  : —  .12 

(a)  Every  event  is  in  itself  certain,  not  probable. 

(b)  When  Newton  proves  the  existence  of  a  central  force 

deflecting  the  planets  from  the  rectilineal  course 
which  they  would  otherwise  describe  and  making 
them  describe  curves  round  the  sun,  by  showing  that 
no  other  supposition  would  account  for  the  fact  that 
their  radii  vectores  describe  equal  areas  in  equal 
times,  he  is  employing  the  Method  of  Difference. 

7,  Show   that  all  inductions  whether  strong    or  weak,     12 
which  can  be  connected  by  ratiocination,  are  confirmatory 

of  each  other, 

8.  "  I  took,"  says  Franklin,  "  a  number  of  little  square     10 
pieces  of  broadcloth  from  a  tailor's  pattern  card,  of  various 
colours.     They  were  black,  deep  blue,   lighter  blue,  green, 
purple,  red,  yellow,  white,    and  other  colours  and  shades 

of  colour.  I  laid  them  all  out  upon  the  snow  on  a  bright 
sunshiny  morning.  In  a  few  hours  the  black,  being  most 
warmed  by  the  sun,  was  sunk  so  low  as  to  be  below  the 
stroke  of  the  sun's  rays  ;  the  dark  blue  was  almost  as  low  ; 
the  lighter  blue  not  quite  so  much  as  the  dark  ;  the  other 
colours  less  as  they  were  lighter.  The  white  remained 
on  the  surface  of  the  snow,  not  having  entered  it  at  all.' 
What  conclusion  is  suggested  by  this  experiment,  and 
what  method  or  methods  may  be  employed  to  prove  it  ? 
Do  you  consider  that  any  conclusion  is  firmly  established  by 
the  experiment  ? 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    clxvii 

Friday,  12th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  C.) 

MORAL  PHILOSOPHY— Paper  I. 

M.  Macmillax,  B.A. ;  J.  DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

1.  Discuss  from  a  purely  Utilitarian  point  of  view  the     12 
present  movement  for  reform  in  Hindu  Marriage  Customs. 

2.  If  a  person  who  formerly  believed  in  Free  Will  becomes     12 
a  Determinist,   how  will  his  change  of  opinion   affect  his 
conduct  and  moral  feelings  ? 

3.  Consider    the   possibility   of  making   Egoism  mainly     14 
deductive  by  means  of  general  laws  as  to  the  invariable  ante- 
cedents or  concomitants  of  pleasure  and  pain. 

4.  Show  that  principles  which   appear   certain  and  self-     12 
evident   because   they  are   substantially   tautological   have 
played  a  prominent  part  in  the  history  of  Moral  Philosophy. 

5.  Can  the  view  that  the  complete  attainment  of  freedom     12 
is  the  complete  realization  of  justice  be  regarded  as  a  scien- 
tific intuition  ? 

6.  Examine  the  chief  points  in  which  Utilitarianism  has     14 
been  supposed  to  be  at  variance  with  Common  Sense  Mora- 
lity.    What  reason  does  Sidgwick  give  us  to  believe  that  the 
agreement  between  Common  Sense  and  Utilitarianism  is  not 
perfect  ? 

7.  Explain  shortly —  12 

(a)  In  Egoism  in  the  strictest  sense  of  the  term  "the  dis- 
tinctions of  quality  that  Mill  and  others  urge  can  only 
be  admitted  as  grounds  of  preference,  if  and  so  far  as 
they  can  be  resolved  into  distinctions  of  quantity" 

[!>)  "  Though  the  modern  mind  seems  to  have  no  serious 
difficulty  in  admitting  the  conception  of  deliberate 
irrationality  of  conduct,  still  such  a  notion  is  un- 
familiar in  comparison  with  those  of  (1)  impulsive 
irrationality,  (2)  mistaken  choice  of  bad  for  good." 

8.  Show   that  the   positive   conclusions    arrived   at   by     12 
Sidgwick  in  his  chapters  on  Philosophical  Intuitionism  are 
not  entirely  novel,  but  are  more  or  less  in  agreement  with 
the  views  of  certain  eminent  philosophers. 


clxviii    SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Friday,  12th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  C.) 

MORAL  PHILOSOPHY— Paper  II. 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A.";  J.DeC.  Atkins,  B.A.,  C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Sidgwick  remarks  that  "  Butler's  express  statement  of  14 
the  duality  of  the  regulative  principles  in  human  nature 
constitutes  an  important  step  in  ethical  speculation. "  Show 
the  importance  of  the  step.  What  does  Butler  say  about 
the  position  held  by  these  two  principles  (conscience  and 
self-love)  in  man's  inward  constitution,  and  the  course  to  be 
followed  if  they  should  conflict  ? 

2.  What    considerations    are    brought   forward  in    the     14 
Analogy  and  Sermons  to  show  that  the  two  principles  men- 
tioned in  the  previous  question  as  a  matter    of  fact  do  not 
conflict  ? 

3.  How  does  Butler  show  that  the  teleological  argument     14 
(1)  leads  to  our  obeying  conscience,  and  (2)  does  not  lead  to 
our   following  the    inward    principle  that    happens    to  be 
strongest  ?    Does  the  argument  carry  conviction  ? 

4.  Is  the  Standard  of   Morality  clearly  and  consistently     14 
laid  down  in  the  Sermons  ?     Can  Butler  be   said   to   give  us 

an  entirely  satisfactory  rule  to  guide  our  conduct  ? 

5.  How  does  Butler  reconcile  his  statement  that  "no     12 
passion  God  hath  endued  us  with  can  be  in  itself  evil  "  with 
the  existence  of  hatred,  malice,  and  revenge  ?     What  is  the 
final  cause  of  resentment,  and  what  are  the  limits  beyond 
which  this  passion  cannot  reasonably  be  followed  ? 

6.  What  is  Butler's  general  attitude  towards  Necessari- 
anism  ?  How  does  he  treat  the  Necessarian  objection 
against  the  credibility  of  the  Moral  Government  of  the 
World  ? 

7.  To  whom  is  the  first  part  of  the  Analogy  addressed, 
and  what  is  the  conclusion  it  is  intended  to  prove  ?  Dis- 
tinguish between  the  questions  treated  in  the  various 
chapters,  and  show  their  connection  with  one  another  and 
with  the  main  line  of  argument. 

8.  How  does  Butler  answer  the  objections  against  re- 
garding this  life  as  a  means  of  moral  discipline  and  improve- 
ment ? 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    clxix 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  D.J 

CONIC  SECTIONS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 
Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M,A.,  LL,B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .  If  PG  the  normal  at  P  of  a  conic  meet  the  axis  in  G       8 
thentftf:  SP  =  SA  :  AX. 

If  normals  be  drawn  at  the  ends  of  any  focal  chord  of  a 
conic,  show  that  a  line  through  their  intersection  parallel  to 
the  axis  will  bisect  the  chord. 

2.  Define  a  parabola  and  by  means  of  your  definition     10 
show  how  to  trace  the  curve. 

If  the  tangent  at  P  meet  the  directrix  in  Z  and  ZS  pro- 
duced meet  the  normal  at  P  in  Q  prove  that  the  distance  of 
Q  from  the  directrix  is  2  SP, 

3.  If  'in  an  ellipse  the  normal  at  P  meet  the  axis  in  G     10 
and  rj,  and  the  diameter  parallel  to  the  tangent  at  P  in  F, 
then  PF.  PG  =  BC*  and  PF.  Pg  =  AC2. 

If  PM  be  the  perpendicular  on  the  directrix  show  that 
MS  and  the  normal  at  P  intersect  each  other  on  the  minor 
axis. 

4.  The  products    of  segments    of  chords  of  an   ellipse     10 
through  a  fixed  point  are  proportional  to  the  squares  of  the 
parallel  diameters. 

If  A  B,  CD  be  two  chords  of  an  ellipse  equally  inclined  to 
the  major  axis  but  not  parallel,  prove  that  AC,  BD  and  also 
AD,  BG  are  equally  inclined  to  the  axis. 

5.  If  PN  be  the  ordinate  of  a  point  P  of  an  hyperbola     12 
and  AC  A'  the  transverse  axis,  thenPiV-is  to  AN.  NA'  in 

a  constant  ratio. 

AC  is  a  fixed  diameter  of  a  circle  and  BD  is  any  chord 
perpendicular  to  it,  find  the  locus  of  the  intersection  of 
AB  and  DC  and  sketch  it. 

6.  Find  the  equation  to  a  line  in  terms  of  its  intercepts      8 
on  rectangular  axis. 

b  1306—15  ex 


Clxx     SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

If  a  straight  line  move  in  such  a  manner  that  the  differ- 
ence of  the  intercepts  is  always  proportional  to  the  area  it 
encloses,  show  that  the  line  always  passes  through  a  fixed 
point. 

7.  Find  the  polar  equation  to  a  circle  in  its  most  general      8 
form. 

Prove  that  the  equation  of  the  normal  drawn  to  the  circle 
r  —  2a  coaO  at  the  point  where  6  =  a  is  r  sin  (2a  -  6)  = 
a  sin  2a. 

8.  Find  the  equation  to  the  normal  of  a  parabola  in  the    12 
form  y  =  mx  -  2am  —  amK 

Normals  at  points  P,  Q  of  a  parabola  intersect  in  0.  If 
PQ  be  fixed  in  direction  prove  that  the  locus  of  0  is  a 
straight  line  which  is  also  a  normal. 

9.  Find  the  equation  to  a  normal  of  the  ellipse —  12 

a«       &    ' 

a2  +   62  ~  *• 

Prove  that  the  locus  of  the  intersection  of  the  normal  at  a 
point  P  on  the  ellipse  with  the  diameter  conjugate  to  that 
through  P  is — 

<* +  »*(£  + $) -3*  (aS-i,)!- 

10.  Find  equation  to  the  tangent  at  any  point  of  an     10 
hyperbola  referred  to  the  asymptotes  as  axes. 

Hence  show  that  the  portion  of  the  tangent  at  any  point 
intercepted  between  the  asymptotes  is  bisected  at  the  point 
of  contact. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87,     clxxi 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  D.) 

DIFFERENTIAL  AND  INTEGRAL  CALCULUS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc? 

Jamshedji  Aedesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Define  function,  independent  and  dependent  variable,       9 
differential  co-efficient. 

From  your  definition  deduce  the  differential  co-efficient  of 
sin 6 and  sin- 1& 

Show  how  to  obtain  the  same  results  by  geometrical  con- 
struction. 

4.     Find  -r-  in  the  following—  10 

y  ==  tan-1  +  ,— -  ;  y  =  log  (s/x  —  a  +  ^/x  —  b)  ) 

1  —  V  ax 

x^y 

«>/l_+  y  +  y  n/1  +  «  =  0    x=e    y 

3.  Show  that  if  m  =  xy,  *JL  =  x  ±JL  +  n~ f9  10 

dxn  dxn  dx1l~l 

if  y=  cot-1^,^  J  (  _  u*   jn_1  B.n»  y  gin  ny> 

if  y  -  tan  "^  x,d-l  =  (  —  1  )»-l   ,  ,     .  n     . 

dxn  1  n  — 1  sin  y  sm  wy. 

4.  If  /  (a:  +  h)  +J  (x  -  h)  =  f  (x)f(h)  for  all  values     12 
of  x  and  h,  prove  that — 

and  show  that  when    .,  .  =  —  a2,  /  (x)  as  2  cos  ax. 


clxxii   SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87 


5.     Find  the  limiting  value  of    .  ',  x  '   .  ,  .when  a;  =  a      8 
&  0  (05)  -  0  (a) 


Prove  that  the  limit  of  x         when    x  tends   to  unity, 

9 

COt  3 

is   e— lj    and  that  of  (cos  x)        when     x     tends     to     zero, 
is  6—! . 

6.  Determine   the  greatest  rectangle  which  can  be  in-     10 
scribed  in  a  given  isosceles  triangle. 

7.  Interpret  the  expression  _  J  /'    (x)    #x  anti   show        9 

a 
that  it  is  equal  to  f{b)  —  f(a) 

%  7T 

Show    that    C    sin    x  dx  =   J"  cos    x  </#. 
o  % 

8.  Integrate  by  parts    f  /  ^^  and  J  a3  sin  *■ 
Prove  that  if  /  (x)  is  a  rational  algebraic  function  of  the 

»e*  degree    /  /"  fa?^n+1  (^-l)**1 
-1  ~^+i 

9.  Perform  the  integrations — 


dx  =  0. 


10 


/dx  fb   

V  (x-a){b-x)  >    J  \/  (a;  -  a)  {b  —  a?)  <& 

(X 

,  r    \+x?    . 

and    f  /-j r-Ti sr  cte. 

t/  (1— a;)  (1-a*) 

10.     Obtain  a  formula  of  reduction  for  P  tan    0  rfd 
Hence  obtain  the  integral  /'tan4  #  d$t 


12 


X' 


,   I  (1  -  r2) 

0 


m        2.  4.  G. 


3.  5.  7 2n  + 


$ECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886'87.  clxxiji 

Thursday,  11th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  D.) 

DYNAMICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A  ,  B.Sc. ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  MA,  LL.B.; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

(The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  how  the  velocity  of  a  moving  point  is  mea-     10 
sured  when  it  is  (1)  uniform,  (2)  variable. 

Two  men  whose  heights  are  respectively  6  feet  and  5^  feet 
are  walking  at  night  in  a  straight  line  towards  each  other, 
each  at  the  rate  of  i  miles  an  hour.  The  taller  man  carries 
a  lamp,  holding  it  on  a  level  with  the  top  of  his  head  ; 
find  the  velocity  of  the  extremity  of  the  shadow  of  the 
other  man. 

2.  Give    the    usual    algebraical    proof  of    the    formula      6 

?  =  hft-. 

3.  Find  the  straight  line  of  quickest  descent  from  a  given     1 2 
circle  to  another  given  circle  without  it,  the  motion  taking 
place  in  a  vertical  plane, 

If  the  radius  of  each  circle  be  a,  the  distance  between  the 
centres  c,  and  the  centres  in  the  same  horizontal  line,  prove 
that  the  time  of  shortest  descent  is — 


A 


1     &  -  4rr 


V         2a 

4.  The  velocity  of  a  projectile  at  any  point  of  its  path  is     10 
that  which  would  be  acquired  in  falling  from  the  directrix 

to  that  point. 

A  particle  is  projected  so  that  its  distance  from  the  direc- 
trix when  it  has  been  going  for  ^rd  of  its  whole  time  of 
night  is  ^rd  of  the  initial  distance  from  the  directrix.  What 
is  the  angle  of  projection  ? 

5.  Two  heavy  bodies  are  connected  by  a  string  which     10 
passes  over  a  fixed  smooth  pulley,  find  the  acceleration,  also 
the  tension  of  the  string.     If  the   sum   of   the  weights   is 
constant,  show  that  the  greater  the  tension  the  less  is  the 
acceleration. 

b  1306-15  ex* 


olXXlV  SBCOND  EXAM.  FOB  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A,,  1886-87. 

6.  Two  perfectly  elastic  balls  moving  with  given  veloci-     10 
ties  impinge  directly  upon  each  other  ;  find  the  velocity  of 
each  after  impact. 

A  perfectly  elastic  ball  Mx  impinges  directly  upon  another 
3/ „  and  this  upon  another  Ms,  compare  the  velocity  com- 
municated to  M3  with  that  which  would  have  been  commu- 
nicated if  the  first  had  impinged  upon  it, 

7,  A  ball  impinges  obliquely  upon  a  fixed  smooth  plane,     12 
hud  the  motion  of  the  ball  after  impact. 

An  elastic  ball  is  projected  from  a  suitable  point  in  one 
side  of  a  square  billiard  table  so  as  to  describe  an  inscribed 
square  :  prove  that  the  time  of  describing  the   square  is  to 

the  time  of  describing  the  first  side  as  1  —  e2  ;  e?  —  (?. 

S.     What  is  a  simple  pendulum,  and  on  what  does  its  time     10 
of  oscillation  depend  ? 

How  high  must  a  seconds  pendulum  be  carried  above  the 
level  of  the  sea  so  that  it  may  vibrate  598  times  in 
10  minutes,  the  radius  of  the  earth  being  3,958  miles  ? 

9.  A  stone  is  whirled  round  horizontally  by  a  string  2       8 
yards    long :    prove    that    the    time     of    one     revolution 
when  the  tension  of  the  string  is  4  times  the  weight  of  the 

,  ■    r^ 

stone  is  7T  v . 

Y     0 

10.  What  is  meant  by  kinetic  energy  ?    Compare  the     12 
energies  of  two  bodies   having  equal  momentum.     A  ball 
projected  with  a  velocity  v  can  penetrate  into  a  block  of 
wood  m  feet.     It  can  also  pass  through  a  board  n  feet  thick, 
the  resistance  being  uniform.     Show  that  in  the  latter  case 

the  loss  of  velocity  is  t'  (    1   —  •/    i_j?) 
V  m/' 


SECOND  BXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87.    clxxv 

Thursday,  11th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  D.) 

HYDROSTATICS. 

The  Rev.  D,  Mackichan,  M.A„  D.D.  ;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.  B.Sc  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Daial,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the   convention  with  regard   to  the  units  in      8 
W=gpVznd  W=SV. 

If  the  unit  of  weight  be  the  game,  find  the  unit  of  time  in 
order  that  the  standard  may  be  the  same  in  both  formula?, 
the  unit  of  length  being  one  foot  in  both. 

2.  Explain  the  difference  between  whole  pressure  and     15 
Resultant  pressure 

If  a  cubical  vessel  be  filled,  half  with  mercury  and  half 
with  water,  compare  the  pressure  on  the  sides  with  the  press- 
ure on  the  base,  which  is  horizontal  ;  p  and  cr  being  the 
densities  of  water  and  mercury  respectively. 

A  hemisphere  is  immersed  in  a  fluid,  density  p,  with  its 
base  coincident  with  the  surface,  divide  it  by  horizontal 
planes  into  4  parts,  so  that  the  pressures  on  all  the  convex 
surfaces  may  be  equal. 

3.  Define  "  centre  of  pressure,"  and  show  that  its  depth     10 
below  the  free  surface  =     inS_  where  m  and  h  represent  the 

areas  and  the  depths  of  the  centres  of  gravities  of  the  various 
parts  respectively. 

Find  the  centre  of  pressure  of  a  triangular  plane,  whose 
vertex  is  on  the  surface  of  the  fluid,  and  base  parallel  to 
the  surface. 

4.  Find  the  conditions  of  equilibrium  of  a  floating  body,       8 
A  cylinder,  height  h,  placed  with  its  axis  vertical  in  a 

fluid  rests  with  an  m  part  immersed  ;  when  placed  in  an- 
other fluid,  it  rests  with  the  n  part  immersed  ;  to  what 
depth  will  it  sink  in  a  mixture  composed  of  equal  quantities 
of  these  fluids  ?  l        l 


Clxxvi   SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-8 


5.  Define   the  metacentre  ;    and    explain    when   equili-     10 
brium  is  stable,  unstable,  or  neutral ;  when  is  the  position 

of  the  metacentre  obvious  ? 

A  small  iron  nail  is  driven  into  a  wooden  sphere,  and  the 
weight  of  the  sphere  is  then  half  of  an  equal  volume  of 
water ;  mid  its  positions  of  equilibrium  in  water,  and 
examine  the  stability  of  the  equilibrium. 

6.  Show  that  the  elasticity  of  a  fluid  varies  inversely  as 
the  space  occupied 

If  a  cylindrical  vessel  20  feet  long  be  half  filled  with 
water,  and  then  inverted  in  a  basin  of  water,  find  the  alti- 
tude at  which  the  water  will  stand. 

7.  Enunciate  Boyle  and  Marriotte's  law.  10 

If  a  cubic  foot  of  air  at  20°  C.  weigh  '078  lbs.  when  the 
height  of  the  barometer  is  30  inches,  find  the  weight  of  a 
cubic  foot  at  10°  C,  the  height  of  the  barometer  being 
28  inches 

f  Co- efficient    of    expansion  =  ^r  1. 

8     Describe  the  condenser  and  the  gauge  of  a  condenser.     10 

If  the  capacity  of  the  receiver  be  40  times  that  of  the 
barrel,  and  the  length  of  the  horizontal  gauge  be  25  inches, 
determine  the  position  of  the  globule  after  15  strokes 

9.  If  a  liquid  contained  in  a  vessel  which  rotates   uni-     10 
formly   about   a   vertical   axis,   rotate   uniformly  with  the 
vessel,  prove  that  its  surface  is  a  paraboloid 

10.  Find  the  tension  at  any  point  of  a  spherical  vessel,     10 
containing  gas  at  a  given   pressure  ;  and   find  its  ratio   to 
that  of  a  cylindrical  one  of  the  same  material  and  radius. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,   1886-87.    clxxvii 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  E.) 

ELEMENTARY  PHYSICS— Paper  I. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dkeckmann,  S.J.  ; 
Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Prove  that  the  component  of  the  Centrifugal  Force  di-     10 
minishing  gravity  varies  as  the  square  of  the  cosine  of  the 
latitude,  and  that  bodies  at  the  Equator  would  have  no  weight, 

if  the  day  should  be  ^th  part  of  its  present  length. 

2.  Describe  the  advantages  and  disadvantages  of  an  air       8 
thermometer.     Why  is  the  scale  of    the  air  thermometer 
considered  to  be  of  great  importance  ?    State  some  of  the 
considerations  upon  which  it  is  based. 

3.  How  will  you  determine  the  co-efficient  of  cubic  ex-      8 
pansion  of  a  solid  by  knowing  its  S.  G.   at  two  different 
temperatures  ? 

The  S.  G.  of  a  solid  at  5°C.  was  7 '788  and  at  20°C.  was 
7  "7S4,  find  the  co-efficient  of  expansion  of  the  solid. 

4.  Explain  the  accumulation  of  heat  in  glass  houses  and 
apply  your  knowledge  to  explain  the  influence  of  the  Earth's 
atmosphere  upon  the  temperature  of  the  Earth. 

5.  What  distinct  relations  has  Heat  to  Frictional  and      7 
Voltaic  Electricity  and  to  Magnetism  ? 

6.  Find  the  work  done  by  the  conversion  of  a  pound  of      8 
water  into  steam  at  the  ordinary  atmospheric  pressure. 

7.  Define  accurately  the  term  Co-efficient  of  Thermal  10 
Conductivity.  84  grammes  of  ice  are  melted  in  a  minute  by 
the  heat  passing  from  an  iron  plate  4  CM.  square  and  2£ 
CM.  thick,  which  formed  part  of  a  vessel  containing  boiling 
water  at  100°C.  and  rested  on  the  ice.  Find  the  thermal 
conductivity  of  iron. 

8.  Describe  clearly  the  different  corrections  required  in     10 
delicate  weighings  made  for  physical  experiments. 


Clxxviii  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.A.,  1886-87. 

When  weighing  with  brass  (S.  G.  =*  8*4)  weights  in  air, 
what  weight  is  apparently  lost  by  weights  per  gramme. 

9.     State  the  chief  principles  of  the  Science  of  Energetics     11 
and  show  how  the  important  Physical  Axiom  of  the  Con- 
servation of  Energy  leads  to  the  statement  that  Perpetual 
Motion  is  impossible. 

A  ball  of  1,000  pounds  moving  with  a  velocity  of  1,500 
feet  per  second  strikes  a  fixed  target,  in  which  it  penetrates 
2  feet,  find  the  resistance  of  the  target. 


Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  C.) 
ELEMENTARY  PHYSICS-Paper  II, 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  how  the  velocity  of  light  was   determined      7 
from  observations  of  the  occultations  of  Jupiter's  satellites. 

2.  State  the  laws  of  reflection  of  light,  and  show  how  to      9 
prove  them  experimentally. 

A  B  C  is  a  triangle  the  interior  of  the  sides  of  which  reflects 
light.  In  the  side  A  B  are  two  small  holes  at  D  and  E  :  find 
by  construction  the  position  of  a  luminous  point  outside  the 
triangle  such  that  a  ray  of  light  proceeding  from  it  so  as  to 
enter  through  D  may  be  reflected  so  as  to  pass  out  through 
E. 

3.  What  changes  does  a  ray  of  light  undergo  by  passing     10 
through  a  prism  ?     What  do  you  understand  by  the  irration- 
ality of  dispersion  ? 

Investigate  the  conditions  under  which  a  ray  of  light  en- 
tering the  prism  on  one  side  will  emerge  from  the  other. 

4.  Describe  the  measures  that  must  be  taken  to  obtain  a      8 
pure  spectrum,  and  explain  why  the  spectral  colours  of  the 
rainbow  are  not  pure. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    clxxix 

5.  Describe   the  phenomenon    of  diffraction  and    show       9 
how   it  may   serve    for    the  determination  of  the    wave- 
length of  light. 

6.  Describe  the  tangent-galvanometer,  and  show  that  the     10 
strength  of  the  current  is  proportional  to  the  tangent  of  the 
angle  of  deflection.     Show  how  to  compare  a  tangent  gal- 
vanometer with  a  voltameter. 

7.  Show  how  the  heating  effect  of  an  electric  discharge      9 
may  be  measured. 

A  condenser  whose  capacity  is  10,000  charged  to  potential 
14  is  partially  discharged  so  that  its  potential  falls  to  5. 
Find  the  amount  of  heat  produced  by  the  discharge  on  the 
supposition  that  all  the  energy  of  the  charge  is  converted 
into  heat. 

8.  State  Ohm's  law  and  show  that  the   maximum  effect      9 
of  a  battery  is  obtained  when  internal  and  external     re- 
sistances are  equal. 

9.  Describe    Gramme's    ring  armature  and  explain  its      9 
action. 


Thursday,  11th  November. 
[10  a.m  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  E.) 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY— Paper  I. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.  ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Describe  how  you  would  ascertain  the  errors  of  a      8 
thermometer.     Explain  what  is  meant  by  the  "  exposure 
correction." 

%     What  is  the  weight  of  a  dozen  litres  of  hydric  chloride      S 
at  15°C.  and  720  mm.  ? 

3.  Show,     from   the    kinetic    theory  of  gases,   that  the    14 
kinetic  energy  of  the  molecules  is  proportional  to  the  tempera- 
ture of  the  gas. 

4.  Describe  how  the  equivalents  of  tin  and  copper  are      8 
ascertained. 


clxxx    SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  188G-81 


5.  Describe  the  various  methods  employed  for  the  deter-     12 
mination  of  atomic  weight,  explaining  also  the  nature  of  the 
checks  employed. 

6.  Write  a  short  account  of  the  chemistry  of  selenium     17 
and  tellurium,  pointing  out  their  relations  to  other  elements. 

7.  Describe  the  compounds  of  arsenic    and    antimony.     16 
Why  are  they  usually  classed  with  Metalloids  ? 

8.  How  are  nitrates  and  nitrites  distinguished  from  one     17 
another  ?     What  inference  would  you  draw  from  the  presence 

of  nitrites  in  well-water  ? 


Thursday,  11th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

(Group  E.) 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY— Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc. M.Inst.  C.E.  ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc.  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  is   microcosmic   salt  ?     How   is   it    prepared  ?     10 
What  occurs  when  heat  is  applied  to  it,  and  what  is  it  prin- 
cipally used  for  in  the  laboratory  ? 

2.  Name  two  soluble  salts  of  barium,  and  describe  them.     12 
How  are  they  prepared  from  the  principal  ores  of  the  metal  ? 

3.  How  is  metallic  magnesium  prepared  ?    Mention  the     10 
properties  and  uses  of  the  metal. 

4.  Describe  the  oxides  of  copper.     Name  some  of  the     12 
oxysalts  corresponding  to  the  oxides. 

5.  Give   the  chemical  and  physical  properties   of    the     13 
chlorides  of  platinum  and  the  methods  of  preparing  them. 

6.  In  what  forms   does  tin  occur  in  nature  ?    How  is     18 
metallic  tin  extracted  from  its  ores  ?     Describe  its  oxides. 

7.  What  is    Pyrolusite  ?    What  does    the    commercial     14 
value  of  this  mineral  depend  upon  ?    How  would  you  pro- 
ceed to  determine  it  ? 

8.  Name  the  chromates  of  .'potassium,  giving  their  chemi-     11 
cal  composition,  methods  of  preparation,  and  properties. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87.    clxxxi 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m. to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  E.J 

VEGETABLE  ANATOMY  and  PHYSIOLOGY,  and 
SYSTEMATIC  BOTANY— Paper  I. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.  A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .  In  what  condition  is  the  food  of  plants  taken  up  ?  20 

2.  What  conditious   favour  and  what    are  adverse    to    20 
assimilation  ? 

3.  What    are  the  general  characters  and  properties   of    20 
Cruciferae  and  Cueurbitacese  ? 

4.  Give  an  account  of  the  arrangement  of  the  parts  of     10 
a  pea  flower. 

5.  Describe  the  kinds  of  inflorescence  called  the  spike,     15 
cyme  and  corymb,  giving  examples. 

6.  Describe  the  chief  types  of  placentation,  with  exam-     15 
pies. 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

(Group  E.) 

VEGETABLE  ANATOMY  and  PHYSIOLOGY,  and 
SYSTEMATIC  BOTANY— Paper  II. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  What  conditions  favour  the    germination  of    seeds,     20 
and  what  conditions  assist  in  retaining  dormant  vitality  ? 

2.  What  changes  take  place  in  the  preparation  of  malt  ?       20 

3.  Show  in  what  a  pea  differs  from  a  grain  of  wheat.  20 

4.  Describe  the  structure  and  function  of  pollen.  20 

5.  Compare  the  stem  of  a  sugarcane  with  a  rose  tree  or    £0 
any  other  dicotyledon. 

b  1306—16  ex 


clxxxii  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1886-87. 

Thursday,  11th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

(Group  KJ 

COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  I. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E. ; 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.} 

1.  Describe   the  structures  passed  through  in  a  trans-     20 
verse  section  of  the  ray  of  Uraster  Rubens,  near  the  disc  ; 
also  their  arrangement. 

2.  Draw  a  diagram  of  a  typical  somite  of  the  Lobster     20 
and  its  appendages,  naming  its  elements.     Show  how  any 
two  segments  of  the  head  proper  may  be  reduced  to  this 
type. 

3.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  formation  of  the  blasto-     20 
derm  in  the  Vertebrata.     Name  the  different  systems  and 
organs  produced  from  each  of  its  germinal  layers. 

4.  How  are  the  Lacertilia  and  Batrachia   distinguished  ?    20 
Compare  their  osseous  and  circulatory  systems. 

5.  Describe  the  digestive  system  in  the  specimen  placed    20 
before  you. 


Thursday,  11th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

(Group  E.J 

COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  AND  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  II. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E. ; 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Describe  what  is  meant  by  inhibition  and  acceleration    20 
of  the  heart's  action,  and  mention  the  agency  by  which  each 
is  accomplished. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.A.,  1836-87.     clxxxiii 

2.  Give  the  function  of  the  Cerebellum.  20 

3.  Describe  reflex  action,  giving  an  instance,  and  mention    20 
the  centres  existing  in  the  lumbar  region  of  the    Spinal 
Chord. 

4.  Give  the  minute  structure  of  human  skin,    and  its    20 
functions. 

5.  Identify  specimens  1,  2  and  3  under  the  microscopes.      20 


clxXXlV   FIRST  EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.BC,  1886-87. 


V. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE. 

EXAMINERS. 


The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.        . .  ] 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc '.        ...  (  j 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ...  j 
Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ) 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,   F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M. 

Inst.  C.E. 
Moreshvar  Gopal Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc., 

M.D. 

The  Rev.  F   Dreckmann,  S.J 

Khan  Bahadur    Bamanji  Sorabji,   L.C.E., 

Ph.  D.,    F.O.S.,    Assoc.    M.    Inst.    C.E., 

M.C.G.B. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I., 
L.M. 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M. A.,  B.Sc 

G,  M,  Wooprow,  Esq 


Mathematics. 


In  Inorganic  Che- 
mistry. 


In    Experimental 
Physics. 


In  Biology. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC.,  1886-87.     clxXXV 

Thursday,  4th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

TRIGONOMETRY. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ;  T.S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  same  as  set  for  the  First  B.A.  Examination:  see  page  cxl] 


Tuesday,  2nd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

STATICS. 

The  Rev,  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ;  T.  S.Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  same  as  set  for  the  First  B.A.  Examination  :  seepage  cxii.] 


Monday,  1st  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY— Paper  I. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the  term  Diffusion    of  Gases  ?      What  law      6 
does  it  obey  ?    How  is  it  distinguished  from  the  apparently 
similar  process  called  Osmose  ? 

2.  How  is  Hydrogen  Peroxide  prepared  ?    What  are  its    6 
properties  ? 

3.  How  would  you  proceed  to  show  the  percentage  of    10 
Oxygen  present  in  atmospheric  air  by  means  of  an  Endio- 
meter  ?    State  clearly  all  the  steps  of  the  procedure,  and 
work  out  an  example  in  illustration. 

b  1306-16  ex* 


Clxxxvi    FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87. 

4.  Why  is  the  Radicle  Ammonium  supposed  to  be  a     10 
metal  ?     What  facts  are  for  and  against  this  theory  ? 

5.  How  is  Iodine  separated  from  the  Mother  Liquor  of     10 
Kelp  ?    Express  what  occurs  by  an  equation  ? 

6.  How  is  Carbon  Bisulphide  prepared?    What  are  its     10 
properties  ?    In  what  points  does  it  resemble  Carbon  Dioxide 

7.  How  are  the  soluble  and  insoluble  varieties  of  Silicic     10 
Oxide  prepared  ? 

8.  What  is  Phosphoretted  Hydrogen?    How  is  it  pre-     12 
pared.     What  are  its  properties  and  in  what  chemical  rela- 
tions does  it  resemble  Ammonia  gas  ? 

9.  How  does  the  vapour  of  Phosphorus  form  an  excep-     1 3 
tion  to  the  Law  of  Combination  by  Volume  ?    Explain  the 
law  and  the  exception. 

10     Give  a  succinct  account  of  the  Kinetic  theory  of    13 

gases. 


Monday,  1st  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY -Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M(A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .  What  use  is  Metallic  Sodium  applied  to  in  the  Arts  ?      6 
How  is  it  prepared  ? 

2.  Write  the   chemical  constitution  of  an  "  Alum  "   in     10 
symbols  ?     How  is   ' '  Ammonia*alum  "   prepared,   and  for 
what  purposes  is  it  largely  used  ? 

3.  Describe  the  compounds  of  Cadmium.    What  salts  of    10 
Cadmium  are  used  in  the  Arts  and  for  what  purposes  ?    How 

s  the  metal  obtained  ? 

4.  How  is  Bismuth  obtained  ?    What  compounds  of  this     10 
metal  are  used  in  the  Arts  ?    How  are  they  prepared  ? 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC,  1886-87.  clxXXVU 

5.  Describe  the  sources,  and  the  chief  compounds,  of    14 

Platinum  and  their  uses. 

6.  Explain  how  Nickel  is  separated  from  Cobalt  in  qua-     14 
litative  analysis. 

7.  Describe  the  ores  of  Manganese,  mentioning  the  uses    10 
to  which  any  of  them  are  applied. 

8.  Explain  the  chemical  changes  which  take  place  in  the    15 
blast  furnace  for  smelting  iron  ores. 

9.  Describe  the  action  of  Nitric  Aoid  on  each  of  the  fol-     11 
lowing  metals  :— Tin,  Antimony,  Lead,  Copper  and  Gold. 
How,  with  Nitric  Acid,  can  gold  be  separated  from  silver  ? 


Tuesday,  2nd  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS-Paper  I. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J. ; 
Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc  M.  Inst,  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Show    how    to   prove    by    Atmoad's    Machine   the    12 
formula  :— 

v=  gt. 
A  stone  is  thrown  vertically  upwards    with  an    initial 
velocity  of  100  metres  ;  after  x  seconds  a  seoond  stone  is 
thrown  up  with  the  same  velocity  and  meets  the  first  one 
8*7  seconds  afterwards.     Find  x. 

2.  State  the  principle  of  Archimedes  and  give  an  experi*    12 
mental  proof  of  it. 

A  piece  of  ice  is  placed  in  a  vessel  full  of  water  and  the 
overflowing  water  removed  ;  the  ice  floats  in  the  water  with 
10  cubic  centimetres  of  it  standing  out :  as  it  gradually 
melts,  how  much  more  of  the  water,  if  any,  will  flow  over  ? 


ClXXXViii   FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87, 

3.  What  is  a  stationary  wave  ?    In  what  does  it  differ    12 
from  an  ordinary  wave,  and  how  is  it  produced  ?  How  would 
you  show  that  sound  is  produced  by  a  wave-motion  ? 

4.  State  and  explain  Doppler's  principle.     At  a  railway     14 
station  a  note  is  sounded  making  272  vibrations  per  second  : 
how  is  the  pitch  of  this  note  (in  wave-lengths)  altered  to  a 
passenger  in  a  train  on   entering  and  leaving  the  station, 
supposing  the  train  to  pass  through  it  at  a  rate  of  20  metres 

a  second. 

Velocity  of  sound  «=  340  metres. 

5.  Explain  fully  how  you  would  test  a  new  thermometer.     12 

6.  How    high    must    the    mercury  stand  in    the  glass     12 
vessel  of  a  mercurial  seconds-pendulum,  the  rod  of  which 

is  also  made  of  glass  ? 

Co-efficient  of  expansion  of  glass  =  tt^Vttt 

,,  ,,  apparent  expansion  of  mercury  =  ■$&■$. 

Length  of  seconds -pendulum  =  0'9936  metres. 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  gas  and  a  vapour  ?  12 
State  and  explain  how  the  pressure  of  a  cubic  metre  of  a  non- 
saturated  vapour  is  changed  as  the  volume  is  gradually 
reduced  by  external  pressure  without  change  of  temperature. 
Explain  how  the  quantity  of  moisture  present  in  the  atmos- 
phere may  be  determined  from  an  observation  of  the  dew- 
point. 

8.  Define  Latent  Heat  and  Specific  Heat.  The  latent  14 
heat  of  water  is  79*5  ;  the  specific  gravity  of  ice  with  re- 
ference to  water  at  0°  is  0'917.  10  grammes  of  a  certain 
metal  at  100°  are  immersed  in  a  mixture  of  ice  and  water 
and  the  volume  of  the  mixture  is  found  to  be  reduced  by 
125  cubic  centimeters  without  change  of  temperature.  Find 
the  specific  heat  of  the  metal. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.    ClxXxix 

Wednesday,  3rd  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS— Paper  II. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.  J.; 

Khdn  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Define  Specific  Inductive  Capacity  of  a  substance  and    10 
Faraday's   mode    of  determining    it.     Which   has    greater 
specific  inductive  capacity, — air,  glass   or  shell-lac  ?    What 

do    you    understand    by    the    term    reduced  thickness  of  a 
dielectric  ? 

2.  What  conditions  should  a  good  Voltaic  battery  fulfill  ?     14 
How  may  the  internal  resistance  of  a  battery  be  diminished 
and  the  electro-motive  force  increased  ?     Prove  that  in  a 
battery  the  best  results  can  be  obtained  by  so  arranging  it, 
that  the  internal  and  external  resistances  are  equal. 

3.  Describe  any  one  method  of  comparing  the  E.M.F.   of    13 
2  cells  or  batteries.      What  do  you  mean  by  the  reduction 
Jactor  of  a  Galvanometer  ? 

Compare  the  strengths  of  2  currents  sent  through  an 
interpolar  of  60  Ohm.  resistance  by  a  battery  of  20  cells  and 
by  a  battery  of  6  cells.     For  each  cell  E  =  2  and  R  =  1  *5. 

4.  Describe  briefly  some  of  the  different  methods  for    10 
producing  electricity  except  friction.    How  is  the  identity 

of  Frictional  and  Dynamical  Electricity  proved  ? 

5.  Give  a  brief  sketch  of  what  is  known  regarding  the     14 
Magnetism  of  the  Earth,  the  position  of  its  poles,  the  direc- 
tion of  Terrestrial  Magnetism  and  the  variations  it  has  been 
proved  to  undergo. 

A  magnet  needle  under  the  influence  of  the  Earth's  magne- 
tism makes  50  oscillations  per  minute,  the  torsion  co-efficient 
of  the  suspending  wire  being  ^,  how  many  oscillations  will 
it  make,  the  torsion  of  the  thread  being  neglected. 

6.  What  is  the  difference  in  behaviour  of  soft  iron  and      6 
steel  in  respect  to  magnetism  ?    How  would  you  increase  or 
decrease  these  different  effects  ? 


CXC    FIRST  EXAM.    FOR    THE   DEGREE    OF   B.SC,    1886-87. 

7.  State  the  fundamental  laws   of  Illumination.      How     10 
would  you  compare  the  intensities  of  2  lights  ? 

Given  the  intensities  of  2  lights,  find  in  the  line  joining 
them  the  point  of  equal  illumination  between  them, 

8.  State  the  laws  of  Refraction  of  light  and  explain  the     13 
physical  meaning  of  the  term   Index  of  Refraction.     What 
effect  has  density  upon  refractive  power,  and  what  has   been 
observed  in  regard  to  inflammable  substances  as  regards  their 
refractive  power. 

Define  Critical  Angle,  and  state  the  circumstances  under 
which  Total  Reflection  occurs. 

9.  Give  a  formula  for  finding  the  focal  length  of  a  thin     10 
lens.     The  focal  length  of  a  double  convex  lens  in  air  is  5 
feet.     Find  its  focal  length  when  placed  in  water,  the  re- 
fractive indices  of  glass  and  water  with  reference  to  air 
being  f  and  $ . 


Wednesday,  3rd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

BIOLOGY -Paper  I. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.  C.S.I. ,  L.M.  ; 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. ;  G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  a  White  Blood  corpuscle,  showing  how  it 
differs  from  the  Red.     Compare  it  with  an  amoeba. 

2.  Enumerate  the  sense-organs  in  the  Mussel  and  the    15 
Lobster,  indicating  their  anatomical  position. 

3.  Give  the  minute  structure  of  a  medullated  nerve  fibre     20 
and  of  a  nerve  cell. 

4.  "  Respiration  is  a  physico-chemical  process."    Show,    25 
by  reference  to  the  Tadpole  and  the  Frog,  what  parts  of  the 
process  are  due  to  physical,  or  to  chemical,  action,  respect- 
ively. 

5.  Write  an  account  of  the  contents  of  the  pallial  chamber    20 
of  the  Mussel,  and  describe  in  detail  the  structure  of  the 
gills. 


FIRST  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87,       CXci 

Thursday,  4th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

BIOLOGY— Paper  II. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ;  G.  M.   Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  a  living  vegetable  cell  and  state  in  what  parts    15 
of  the  plant  such  are  to  be  found. 

2.  Mention  the  analogies    which    occur  between  any     15 
Leguminosse  and  any  Filicineae  ;  name  the  plants  you  select. 

3.  Compare  fully  Torula  and  Penicillium.  15 

4.  Describe  in  detail  the  process  of  fertilization  in  a    20 
Phanerogamous  plant ;  name  the  plant  you  select. 

5.  Give  the  histological  structure  of  any  leaf  you  have    15 
examined  ;  name  the  plant. 

6.  Describe  the  formation  and  use  of  Stomates.  10 

7.  State  what  you  know  regarding  Chlorophyll.  10 


CXCii    SECOND  EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1880-87. 

VI. 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  FOR  THE 
DEGREE  OP  BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE. 


EXAMINERS. 


The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. 

In  Mathematics. 


T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  .  .'       ...         Z  [ 


Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ) 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ] 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,    L.C.E.,  (  In    Experimental 

Ph.    D.,    F.C.S.,    Assoc.  M.    Inst.    C.E.,  {      Physics. 

M.C.G.B.  ) 

S.Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.    M.  ) 

Inst.  C.E.  It    r\       •  + 

Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.  A.,  B.Sc,  (  ln  ^nemistry- 
M.D.  ) 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc In  Zoology. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E 5 In  Animal  Phy- 

(     siology. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,    Assoc,   M.  i Inn  Physical 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C  S.I. 

L.M.  [In  Botany. 

G.  W.  Woodrow,  Esq.  


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.    CXClii 

Monday,  8th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ALGEBRA  and  TRIGONOMETRY. 

The  Rev.  1).  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 
Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL,B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Show  how  to  express  a  given  integer  number  in  any      8 
proposed  scale. 

Transform  43£2«  (where  t  represents  10)  from  a  scale  in 
which  eleven  is  the  radix  to  one  in  which  nine  is  the  radix. 

2.  Find  an  expression  for  the  general  term  in  the  expan-      8 
sion  of  (a0  +  ax  x  +  a2  x'2  +  )«. 

Find  the  co-efficient  of  x?  in  (a0  +  ax  x  -f  «2  x2)n. 

3.  Enunciate  the   logarithmic   series  and  thence  deduce     10 
series  for  calculating  the  usual  table  of  the  logarithms  of 
numbers. 

Show  that  Q^-±y+1   =  (l  +  g  i) -/Nearly,  if  a  be 

large. 

4.  Name  and  prove  some  method  for  ascertaining  whether     10 
a  series  is  convergent  or  divergent. 

11111 

Show  that  p  +     £3    +~4+~I  +  ~T+    is  con- 
vergent. 

5.  Find  an  expression  for  the  radius  of  an  escribed  circle.     10 
If  6  be  the  centre  of  the  inscribed  circle  of  a  triangle  and 

P,  Q,  R  the  centres  of  the  escribed  circles,  prove  that— 

OP2  +  QR?  =  OQ2  +  HP2  =  OR2  +  PQ*. 

6.  Enunciate  De  Moivre's  Theorem  and  prove  it  when  n      8 
is  a  positive  integer. 

Find  the  values  of  (  -  1)  K 

7.  Find  the  sum  of  the  sines  of  a  series  of  angles  in  A.  P.      8 
and  from  the  result  deduce  the  sum  of  the  cosines  of  the 
same  angles. 

u  1306—17  ex 


CXC1V  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87- 

8.  State   the  value  of  cos  A   in  terms  of  the  sines  and     1! 
cosines  of  the  sides,  and  thence  prove  that  the  sines  of  the 
angles  of  a  spherical  triangle  are  proportional  to  the  sines  of 
the  opposite  sides.     Deduce  the  corresponding  proposition 
for  a  plane  triangle. 

9.  Enunciate  Delambre's  (otherwise  called  Gauss's)  ana-     15 
logies.  , 

In  a  spherical  triangle  A  =  B  +  C  ;  prove  that — 

•   2  a  •  2    b    ,      •  2  c 

sinJ  2  —  sin2   75-  +   sin   ~o  • 

10.  Having  given  two  sides  (a  and  b)  and  the  angle  A     V 
of  a  spherical  triangle,  solve  the  triangle.     Show  that  the 
solution  will  be  ambiguous,  and  investigate  the  case  when 

b=   ^ 


Tuesday,  9th  "November. 
[10  a.m.  to    1  P.M.] 

GEOMETRICAL  COXICS  and  ANALYTICAL  GEOMETRY 
of  TWO  DIMENSIONS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 
Jamshedji  Akdesir  Dalal,  M.A.,LL.B.  ; 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

[The  same  as  for  the  Second  B.A.  Examination  :  see  page  thAx  \ 


JOHD  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,   1886-87.    CXCV 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

DIFFERENTIAL  and  INTEGRAL  CALCULUS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ;  T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 

Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Define  function,    independent  and  dependent  variable,      9 
differential  co-efficient. 

From  your  definition  deduce  the  differential  co-efficient 
of  sin#  and  sin  ~~ 1^.  Show  how  to  obtain  the  same  result  by 
geometrical  construction. 

dnu        xdny         nd71  —  1?/  in 

2.  Show  that  if  u  =  xy,   —  =  —   +  —-j-  ; 

dny 

ifv=  cot"1  %,  — -    =  (  —  l)n  I  n- 1  $mny  sin  ny  ; 
9  dxn  

if  y  =  tan      x,~—^~  (  -  1)          1  n- 1  sin%  sin  ny  . 
dxn  

3.  If  /  {x  +  h)    +  f(x  —  h)  =f{x)  f(h)  for  all  values  of    12 

fll  ix\  fiv  ix\ 

x  and  h,  prove  that  -^j-'  =    '     /  /    =    &c  =  constant, 
/  \x)         /"  (x) 

and  show  that  when  J—£~    =  —  a2,  f(x)  =  2  cos  ax. 
jx 

4.  Determine  the  greatest  rectangle  that  can  be  inscribed    10 
in  a  given  isosceles  triangle. 

Q 

5.  Investigate  the  equation  to  the  tangent  to  the  curve 
wbose  equation  is  xy2  =  a2  (a  —  x),  and  find  at  what  point 
the  subtangent  is  a  maximum. 


CXCVi  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  188G-87. 

6.  Obtain  an  expression  for  the  polar  subtangent  and  sub-      9 
normal  of  a  curve. 

Show  that  in  the  curve  r  =  a$,  the  polar  subnormal  is 
constant,  and  that  the  tangents  to  the  logarithmic  spirals  = 
ad  makes  a  constant  angle  with  the  radius  vector. 

7.  Integrate  by  parts   f  e*  x2  dx  and    fx3  sin*.  10 
Prove  that  if  f{x)  is  a  rational  algebraic  function  of  the  nth 

degree     pM^y^-t 

8.  Obtain  a  formula  of  reduction  for    I  tann  6d$.    Hence     12 
obtain  the  integral    f  tan4  6d6. 

Show  that   C  (l  _  a;2)n  <&  = 


3,  5,  7 2n+l 


9.  Show  that  in  the  logarithmic  spiral  the  length  of  any       8 
arc  is  proportional  to  the  difference  between  the  vectors  of 

its  extremities. 

10.  Investigate  an  expression  for  the  area  of  curve  in     ll 
terms  of  rectangular  co-ordinates  and  explain  the  method  of 
determining  the  limits  in  the  case  of  a  closed  curve. 

Find  the  whole  area  of  the  curve  y  =      ,-*— — s-  and  the 
area  of  one  loop  of  the  curve  r  =  a  sin  6. 


SECOND  EXAM.    FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-37     CXCVU 

Monday,  8th  November. 
0  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

zoology-paper  i. 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  a    Sclerodermic    Coral.     How  is    it  distin-     15 
guished  from  a  Sclerobasic  ? 

2.  Give  the  general  characteristics  of  the  Quadrumana    20 
and  their  affinities  to  the  Bimana  ? 

3.  Compare  the  pectoral  fin  of  a  fish  and  the  "  flipper"     20 
of  a  whale. 

4.  Contrast  the  digestive  system    of  a  Beetle   and  the     20 
common  Fowl ;  giving  diagrams  ? 

5.  Briefly  summarise  and  criticise     Darwin's  theory  of    25 
the  "  Origin  of  Species." 


Monday,  8th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ZOOLOZY— Paper  II. 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  the  minute  structure  of  a  Sponge.    What  reasons     20 
are  there  for  referring  it  to  the  Coelenterata  rather  than 

to  the  Protozoa  ? 

2.  Describe  an  Ascidian.     What  points  of  connection  are     20 
alleged  to  exist  between  its  larval  form  and  the  Vertebrata  ? 

3.  Write  an     account  of  the  structure  of    the  Pearly    20 
Nautilus  ? 

4.  Give  a  complete  description   of  the  anatomy   of  the    20 
Polyzoa  and  the  Hydrazoa. 

5.  Explain  the  terms  homologous  and   analogous,  and    20 
give  examples,  either  in  the  same  or  in  different   animals   of 
organs,  (1)  both  homologous  aud  analogous,   (2)  analogous 
but  not  homologous,  (3)  homologous  but  not  analogous. 


*  1306  -17  ex' 


CXCVlii  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC,  1886-87 

Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  p.m.] 

BOTANY— Paper  I. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  State  what  you  know  regarding  the  composition  and    20 
growth  of  the  cell- wall. 

2.  Give  the  characters,  properties  and  geographical  dis-     15 
tribution  of  the  Natural  Order  Scitaminese. 

3.  Give  the  characters  which  distinguish  Angiosperma?    20 
from  Gymnospennoe. 

4.  How  do  you  account  for  the  accumulation  of  carbon     15 
in  plants. 

5.  What  rays  of  the  solar  spectrum  are  most  active  in     10 
assimilation. 

6.  What  do  you  understand  by  parasitic  and  by  epiphy-     20 
tic  plants  ;  give  examples  of  each  from  the  Bombay  flora. 


Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

BOTANY— Paper  II. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.L,  LM.  ; 

G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

1.  Mention  the  chief  means  which  aid  or  prevent  cross    20 
fertilization,  and  state  what  you  know  regarding  hypogeal 
flowers. 

2.  Explain  what  leads  to  the  fall  of  the  leaf,  13 

3.  Why  do  the  leaves  of  plants  become  white  if  light  is     10 
shut  out  it. 

4.  How  do  you  account  for  the  presence  of  sugar  in    10 
plants. 

5.  Show  the  principles  on  which  plants  are  systematically    25 
arranged,  taking  any  of  the  chief  groups  as  illustrations. 

6.  Give  the  Botanical   name  and  Natural  order  of  the     20 
plants    which  yield    Quinine,     Black   Pepper,     Turmeric, 
Ginger,  Gum  Arabic,  Senna,  Logwood,  Jalap,  Coriander. 


ND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.   CXCXlX 

Thursday,  11th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  I. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .  Describe  the  secretion  of  urine.  25 

2.  Describe  the  changes  which  attend  muscular  contrac-     26 
tion  ? 

3.  Explain  what  is  meant  by  conduction,  transference  and    25 
rejkx  action  respectively  as  belonging  to  the  nervous  system, 
giving  instances  of  each  ? 

4.  Give  the  forces  concerned  in  ordinary  tranquil  res-     25 
piration  ? 


Thursday,  11th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ANIMAL  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  IL 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  circulation  of  the  blood,  both  before  and    25 
after  birth  ? 

2.  What  nerve  centres  reside  in  the  Medulla  and  Obion-    25 

gata? 

3.  State  the  difference  between  the  mucous  membrane    25 
of  the  duodenum  and  that  of  the  colon. 

4.  Describe  insalivation,  and  state  its  object.  25 


CC      SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-S7 

Friday,  12th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  r.  M.] 

CHEMISTRY- Paper  I. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M,D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  State  the   laws   of    symmetry    in    crystallography,     12 
mentioning  also  some  of  the  most  conspicuous  instances  of 
modified  forms  amongst  common  minerals. 

2.  State  the  laws  on  which  the  modern  unitary  system      8 
of  chemistry  is  based. 

3.  Explain    the  origin   of  the    nitric    acid    found    in     12 
atmospheric  air.     What  effect  do  you  suppose  it  to  have 

on  the  fertility  of  the  soil  ?    Offer  a  chemical  explanation 
of  the  low  productive  power  of  Indian  soils . 

4.  Give  the    average    composition    of    sea-water,    and      8 
explain  how  bromine  is  prepared  from  sea-water.     What 
bromides  are  in  common  use  ? 

5.  Describe  the  methods  of  preparation  and  the  pro-     10 
perties  of  silicon  chloroform. 

6.  State  how  you  would  proceed  to  ascertain  the  com-     10 
position  of  a  sample  of  iron  ore,  assuming  it  to  be  a  mixture 

of  oxides. 

7.  Describe  how  you  would  make  an  assay  of  a  com-     10 
mercial  sample  of  silver. 

8.  Describe  the  pigmental  compounds  of  bismuth  arse-     10 
nic,  lead  and  zinc. 

9.  Classify  the  acid  radicles  for  the  purposes  of  analysis  ;     14 
and  give  the  distinguishing  tests  for  the  following  acid 
bodies  : — Oxalic,  phosphoric  and  boracic  acids. 

10.  What    is     the    chemical    composition    of    kaolin  ?      6 
What  is  its  origin  ?    What  are  the  useful  purposes  to  which 

it  is  applied  in  the  arts  ? 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.     CC1 

Friday,  12th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

CHEMISTKY-Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc. M.Inst.C.E. ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the  action    of    fixed    alkaline    hydrates    on     14 
organic  bodies.    How  is  it  in  the  case  of  nitrogenised  bodies 
taken  advantage  of  in  estimating  the  amount  of  nitrogen 
present.     Describe  clearly  the  different  steps  of  this  oper- 
ation. 

2.  Describe  the  chief    types    of    molecular    groupings     14 
according   to  which  the  constitutions  of  nitrogenous  and 
non-nitrogenous  organic  bodies  are  explained. 

3.  Define  a  glycol.    What  is  ethylene  glycol  ?    How  is     14 
it  related  to  oxalic  acid  ?    How  can  the  latter  be  obtained 
from  the  former  ? 

4.  What  are    ethylamines  ?    Describe  the  chemical  re-     18 
actions  by  which  they  can  successively  be  obtained  from 
ammonia.     Why    are  these   compounds  regarded  as  com- 
pound ammonias  1 

5.  How  is  benzoic  acid  prepared  ?     Give  its  properties    10 
and  trace  its  relationship  to  benzene. 

6.  What  is  aniline  ?    How  is  it  prepared  from  nitroben-     15 
zene  ?    Express  its  composition  in  symbols  on  the  ammonia 
type.     How  are  the  so-called  aniline  colors  related  to  it  ? 

7.  How  is  potassium  sulphocyanate  prepared  ?    Give  its    15 
properties.     What   occurs  when  chlorine  gas    is    passed 
through  a  solution  of  this  substance  ? 


CCli  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC,  1886-87. 
Friday,  12th  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY  and  GEOLOGY-Paper  I. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  P.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.Inst.C.E. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the  technical  terms  : — Fauna,    Flora,    Drift,     10 
Boulder-clay,  Iceberg,  Glacier,  Moraine  Roche,  Moutonnee, 
Province,  Horizon, 

2.  Give  a  brief  account  of  the  boundaries,  depths,  and     15 
general  form  of  the  Pacific  and  Atlantic  Oceans.     What  is 
the  prevailing  rule  with  respect  to  the  relative  positions  of 
deep  seas  and  high  mountain  ranges  ? 

3.  Describe  some  mineral  deposit  which  may  be  said  to     10 
have  been  formed  by  marine  organisms. 

4.  Describe  the  conditions  favorable  to  a  large  annual     10 
rainfall. 

5.  Describe  the  cretaceous  formation  of  India,  and  indi-     25 
cate  the  probable  physical  conditions  under  which  it  was 
laid  down. 

6.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  earliest  known  forms  of    15 
life  on  the  earth . 

7.  State    all  the    known    arguments    for  proving  the     15 
rotation  of  the  earth,  and  explain  what  is  meant  by  the 
nutation  of  the  earth's  axis. 


Friday,  12th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.J 

PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY  and  GEOLOGY— Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C,E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Give  Darwin's  explanation  of  the  phenomena  attend-     15 
ing  the  conversion  of  a  fringing  coral  reef  into  a  barrier  reef 
and  ultimately  into  an  Atoll,  with  the  necessary  sketches 
in  illustration. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.  Cciii 

2.  Give  Mallet's  definition    of   an    "earthquake,"  and     20 
state  the  laws  of  earthquake  motion  as  deduced  by  him. 

3.  What  are  Professor  Thomson's  arguments  against  the     15 
theory  of  the  internal  fluidity  of  the  earth  ? 

4.  Give   sketches  illustrating   the  physical  appearances     15 
of  granite,  trap,  and  limestone  quarries  respectively. 

5.  Describe   the   accidental  minerals  found  in  granitic,     10 
schistose,  and  calcareous  rocks,  respectively. 

6.  Describe  the    ordinary    modes  of   occurrence  of  the     10 
metals  — gold,  silver,  copper,  tin,  lead,  and  iron. 

7.  Describe   the    fossils    of  the  Triassic    and   Permian    15 
formations. 


Saturday,  13th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.  M.] 

EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS-  Paper  I. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ; 
Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D., 
F.C.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  How  will  you  experimentally  determine  the  torsion  of    10 
a   wire  ?      Give  an  expression  denoting  Coulomb's  laws  of 
torsion,  explaining  clearly  the  meaning  of  the  symbols  used. 

2.  State  the  laws  of  thermodynamics,  and  explain  what  is     12 
meant  by  Carnot's  function  and  reversible  engine.     Under 
what  conditions  is  an  engine  completely  reversible  ? 

3.  State  very  briefly  the  methods  employed  for  deter-     15 
mining  the  mean  density  of  the  earth,   giving  some   of  the 
facts  and  experiments   by  the  help  of  which   this  has  been 
done. 

4.  Mention  any  experiments  which  show  that  the  effect    12 
produced  by  magnetising  a  steel  bar  is  molecular.    In  what 
way  did  Wertheim  confirm  the  hypothesis  of  molecular  move- 
ment in  iron  wires  at  the  moment  of  their  magnetisation  and 
demagnetisation. 


cciv  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC.,  1886-87. 

5.  What  corrections  are  needed  to  barometric  observa-     10 
tions,  and  what  is  the  reason  of  each  correction,  and  how  are 
they  made  ? 

6.  State  the  circumstances    which  influence    the    con-     13 
ductivity  of  sound  in  solid  bodies,  and  explain  the  general 
principles  of  wave  interference  and  the  theory  of  beats  in 
sound. 

7.  State  the  laws  of  transverse  vibrations  of  strings,  and     13 
describe  the  nature  of  the  transverse  vibrations  of  an  elastic 
rod,  showing  in  what  respects  they  differ  from  the  vibra- 
tions of  a  stretched  string. 

A  wire  of  steel  (S.  G  =  7'8)  1  metre  long  and  1*2  mm 
thick  is  stretched  by  the  weight  of  40  kilogrammes  and  set 
in  transverse  vibration ;  find  the  vibration  frequency  of  its 
fundamental  note. 

8.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  sharp  or  flat  of  any     14 
note  ?  What  numerical  ratio  converts  a  note  into  its  sharp 

or  flat  ?  Explain  what  is  meant  by  key  note,  and  the  effect 
on  the  scale  of  changing  the  key  note  which  necessitates  the 
use  of  flats  and  sharps. 


Mokday,  15th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS-  -Pap  f.r  II. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D., 

F.C.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  relation  exists  between  the  centres  of  oscillation 
and  suspension  in  a  compound  pendulum  ?  Find  the  distance 
between  the  centres  of  oscillation  and  suspension  in  a  com- 
pound pendulum,  the  time  of  its  oscillation  being  1£  seconds. 

2.  Define  moment  of  inertia,  and  give  an  experimental 
mode  of  determining  the  moment  of  inertia  of  bodies  which 
can  be  hung  by  a  thread  so  as  to  turn  about  a  vertical  axis. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.   CCV 

3.  By  what  methods  did  Pictet  and  Cailletet  succeed  in    9 
liquefying  hydrogen  ?    Give  a  short  account  of  the  previous 
unsuccessful  attempts  to  effect  the  result. 

4.  Distinguish    between     calorific  power   and    calorific      9 
intensity. 

Find  the  calorific  intensity  of  hydrogen  burning  in  air,  the 
calorific  power  being  34462  ;  Sp.  Ht.  of  steam  =  *48  and  Sp. 
Ht.  of  Nitrogen  =  '24. 

5.  Write  a  short  account  of  the  kinetic  theory  of  heat,     14 
giving  a  brief    historical  sketch  of    the  researches  which 
resulted  in  establishing  it. 

6.  State  the  course  of  reasoning  by  which  Professor  J.     14 
Tompson  explained  the  effect  of  pressure  upon  lowering  the 
freezing  point  of  ice. 

Given  the  latent  heat  of  water  80°C,  Sp.  gravity  of  ice  = 
*92  and  Joule's  equivalent  424  killogram  metres,  find  what 
the  lowering  of  the  freezing  point,  for  an  increase  of  one 
atmospheric  pressure,  will  be, 

7.  State  what  you  know  of  the  absorption  of  gases  by    12 
porous  solids   and  the  circumstances  which    influence  it. 
Give  the  results  of  Graham's  experiments  on  liquid  diffusion 
and  osmotic  action. 

8.  How  is  the  low  conductivity  of  gases  for  heat  proved  ?      9 
Describe  an  experiment  which  proves  hydrogen  to  be  a 
marked  exception. 

9.  What  do  you  understand  by  "Dissipation  of  Energy"?      8 
Give  illustrations  of  this  in  light,  heat,  electricity,  and  sound, 
pointing  out  the  sense  in  which  the  term  is  used. 

10.  State  what  you  know  of  the   relations  existing  be-     10 
tween  light,  heat,  and  electricity.     What  do  you  mean  by 

"  Correlation  of  forces"  and  give  a  brief  history  of  the  pro- 
gress of  these  ideas  in  physical  science. 


b  1306—18  ex 


CCvi  SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  B.SC,  1886-87. 

Monday,  15th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

EXPERIMENTAL  PHYSICS-Paper  III. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.  J. ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  why  up  to  now  it  has  been  found  impossible     12 
to  form  a    perfectly  achromatic  combination  of  lenses  or 
prisms. 

Give  an  accurate  description  of  Huyghens'  eye-piece  and 
account  for  its  achromatism  ;  why  is  it  called  a  negative 
eye-piece  ? 

2.  Give  a  full  and  clear  statement  of  what  you  suppose     12 
to  be  the  cause  of  the  light  and  colour  of  the  sky.     Cite 
definite  experiments  as  the  basis  of  your  explanation,  and 
state  what  is  known  to  you  about  the  polarization  of  sky- 
light. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  circular  and  rotatory     14 
polarization,  and  how  is  the  latter  one  produced  ? 

State  and  explain,  as  far  as  you  are  able,  the  circumstances 
in  which  the  rotation  of  the  plane  of  polarization  by  quartz 
differs  from  that  produced  by  a  strong  magnetic  field  in 
Faraday's  experiment. 

4.  Give  a  short  sketch  of  the  advancement,  within  the    12 
last  seventy  years,  of  our  knowledge  of  solar  physics  by 
means  of  the  spectroscope. 

5.  Supposing  the  earth's  magnetism  to  be  due  to  electric    14 
currents,  in  what  direction  must  these  currents  circulate  ? 

Is  there  any  proof  of  the  existence  of  such  currents,  and  to 
what  cause  are  they  due  ? 

Show  that  the  true  inclination  d  of  a  place  may  be  found 
from  the  relation  cot  d  =  cot  dx  +  cot  d?,  where  dx  and  d2 
are  the  apparent  inclinations  observed  in  any  two  planes 
at  right  angles  to  each  other. 


SECOND  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  B.SC,  1886-87.  CCvii 

6.  Describe  the  chemical  process  going  on  in  a  Planters    12 
accumulator  during  charge  and  discharge. 

7.  The  conductivity  of  metals  diminishes,  while  that  of    12 
electrolytes  increases  with  increasing  temperature.     Explain 
this  with  reference  to  Faraday's  law  that  conduction  takes 
place  in  electrolytes  only  by  electrolysis,  and  Clausius'  theory 

of  electrolysis. 

8.  Give  the  theory  of  Wheatstone's  bridge,  and  show    12 
how  to  find    the  resistance  of  a  galvanometer  by  its  own 
deflection. 


CCVlii       EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  M.A.,  1886-87. 

VII. 

EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  MA. 

EXAMINERS. 

BRANCH  L— LANGUAGES  (ENGLISH, 

SANSKRIT,  LATIN  and  PERSIAN). 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardine, 
C.S.  j-In  English. 


C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

Yashvant  Vasudev  Athalye,  M.A., 

LL.B. 
Shi vram  Bapuji  Paranjapye,  B.A. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A It„Ta«„ 

The  Rev.  E.  Usteri,  S.J J  ln  ■Latm# 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,M.A.,  LL.B.  "I  T„  !>_•__ 
Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq |ln  ^eman- 

BRANCH  II.— HISTORY  AND  PHILOSOPHY. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A J  In  History  and  Philoso- 

M.  Macmillan,  B.A 3     phy. 

BRANCH  III.— MATHEMATICS. 

J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A.         ...  )  T„  M,Um  ,.D 
T.  C.  Lewis,  Esq {  In  Mathematics. 

BRANCH  IV.— NATURAL  SCIENCES. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E,  ...  )  In  Zoology,  Comparative 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc.      _  >     Anatomy  and  Physio- 

)      logy. 

SUTrgp°"    RT    B™'     RA"     M'B'')  In  Botany  and  Vegetable 

G.MRwfoDRowMEsq |     K^oar- 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ...  \ 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.  I  Tn  pLflm'  ^V,,,,-  „ 

C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  (  In  Chemical  Physics. 

C.E.,  M.C.G.B.  ) 

S.    Cooke,    M.A.,    F.I.C.,     F.G.S.,  ) 

B.Sc,  M.D.  ) 

S-^Tm  ttblXC-    F-G-S-iIaMe»oLa^" 
Assoc.  M.  Inst.  UE.  J     gical  Geography, 


EX1M.  TOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.         CC1X 

Monday,  15th  Novembeb. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ENGLISH— Papeb  L 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardine,  C.S.; 
C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

Shakespeare  ;  The  Tempest,  Julius  Ccesar,  Hamlet ; 
Wordsworth  ;  Selections  by  Matthew  Arnold. 

1.  Compare  Brutus  and  Hamlet. 

2.  Describe  clearly  the  central  idea  of — 

(a)  The  Tempest,  or 

(b)  Hamlet. 

3.  Taking  '  Julius  Ccesar '  as  your  [theme,  show^Shakes* 
peare's  method  as  a  play-wright— 

(a)  in  the  treatment  of  his  materials  ; 

(b)  in  the  development  of  character. 

4.  What  internal  evidence  do  you  find  in  The  Tempest 
for  the  conclusion  that  it  was  one  of  the  latest  plays  of 


5.  (a)  Quote  from  your  plays  six  sentences  in  which 
Shakespeare's  grammar  differs  from  that  of  to-day,  and  trace 
the  growth  of  the  change. 

(6)  Quote  from  '  Hamlet '  six  sentences  that  have  become 
*  familiar  in  their  mouths  as  household  words.'  State 
the  connection  in  which  they  occur  in  the  play,  and 
show  how  they  may  be  used  proverbially  in  common 
speech. 

6.  Paraphrase  and  annotate: — 

(a)  Hold,  my  hands 
Be  factious  for  redress  of  all  these  griefs, 

And  I  will  set  this  foot  of  mine  as  far 
As  who  goes  farthest. 

(b)  Our  arms  in  strength  of  malice,  and  our  hearts 

Of  brothers'  temper  do  receive  you  in 

With  all  kind  love,  good  thoughts  and  reverence. 

(c)  the  dram  of  eale 
Doth  all  the  noble  substance  of  a  dout 

To  his  own  scandal. 

B  1306-18  ex* 


OCX-  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  Of  M.A.,  1886-87. 

(d)  That  monster,  custom,  who  all  sense  doth  eat, 
Of  habits  devil,  is  angel  yet  in  this, 

That  to  the  use  of  actions  fair  and  good 
He  likewise  gives  a  frock  or  livery, 
That  aptly  is  put  on. 

(e)  §  He  being  thus  lorded, 
Not  only  with  what  my  revenue  yielded 

But  what  my  power  might  else  exact, — like  one 
Who  having  unto  truth,  by  telling  of  it, 
Made  such  a  sinner  of  his  memory, 
To  credit  his  own  lie. 

7*  (a)  Why  has  Wordsworth  been  called  the  "  Priest  of 
Nature  "  ? 
May  he  be  styled  a  pantheist,  or  a  metaphysician  ? 
Give  reasons  for  your  answer. 

(6)  Trace  in  the    "Lines  on  revisiting  the  Wye"  the 
*  various  stages  of  Wordsworth's  love  of  nature. 

8.  State  clearly  but  briefly  the  substance  and  purpose 
of— 

(a)  The  Leech  Gatherer/  or 

(b)  Ruth,  or 

(c)  Laodameia. 

9.  (a)  State  Wordsworth's  dictum  on  poetic  diction ; 
and  show  by  examples  that  he  was  never  more  truly  poetical 
than  when  he  disobeyed  his  own  rules. 

(b)  Criticize  the  philosophy  of  the  "  Ode  on  Intimations  of 
Immortality." 

10.  Show  by  quotation  from  '  The  Happy  Warrior '  that  it 
is  an  apt  description  of  Nelson. 


EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.  COXi 

Monday,  15th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ENGLISH -Paper  II. 

The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jardine,  C.S. ; 
C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 

Spenser — Faery  Queene,  Book  I. 
Carlyle— French  Revolution. 
Sir  Thomas  Browne — Religio  Medici. 

1.  Write  a  short  account  of  Sir  Thomas  Browne's  life 
previous  to  the  publication  of  the  Religio  Medici,  with  illustra- 
tions from  that  work  of  his  pursuits  and  accomplishments. 

2.  Give  the  substance  of  his  statements  about  the  form  of 
religion  which  he  professed  and  his  tolerance  of  other  religious 
practices. 

3.  State  briefly  his  opinions  regarding  either — 

(a)  the  cessation  of  miracles  ;  or 

(b)  the  creation,  existence  and  destiny  of  the  soul. 

4.  Explain  the  following  passages  : — 

(a)  To  see  ourselves  again,  we  need  not  look  for  Plato's  year 
every  man  is  not  only  himself ;  there  have  been  many  Dio« 
geneses. 

(b)  He  knoweth  all  things  because  he  made  them  all  : 
but  his  greatest  knowledge  is  in  comprehending  that  he 
made  not,  that  is,  himself.  And  this  is  also  the  greatest 
knowledge  in  man.  For  this  do  I  honour  my  own  profession, 
and  embrace  the  counsel  even  of  the  Devil  himself  :  had  he  read 
such  a  lecture  in  Paradise  as  he  did  at  Delphos,  we  had  better 
known  ourselves  ;  nor  had  we  stood  in  fear  to  know  him.  I 
know  God  is  wise  in  all ;  wonderful  in  what  we  conceive,  but  far 
more  in  what  we  comprehend  not :  for  we  behold  him  but  asquint 
upon  reflex  or  shadow ;  our  understanding  is  dimmer  than 
Moses's  eye  ;  we  are  ignorant  of  the  back  parts  or  lower  side  of 
his  divinity. 

(c)  I  would  not  omit  a  copy  of  Enoch's  pillar. 

(d)  This  frame  we  look  upon,  hath  been  upon  our  trenchers ; 
in  brief,  we  have  devoured  ourselves. 

(e)  The  toll  of  a  passing  bell. 


CCXli  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

5.  Describe  the  construction  of  the  Fairie  Queene  and  the 
intention  of  the  two  allegories  underlying  tne  tale,  giving  your 
authorities  and  illustrations  from  Book  I. 

6.  "  The  Fairie  Queene  was  enthusiastically  received.  It 
could  scarcely,  indeed,  be  otherwise,  considering  how  well  it  was 
adapted  to  the  court  and  times  of  the  Virgin  Queen." 

State  the  causes  of  the  immediate  popularity  of  the  poem. 

7.  Write  notes  on  the  grammar  of  the  following : — 

(a)  And  with  his  trenchand  blade  her  boldly  kept 
From  turning  backe. 

(b)  Him  booteth  not  resist,  nor  succour  call. 

(c)  His  ruffin  raiment  all  was  stained  with  blood 

Which  he  had  spilt,  and  all  to  rags  yrent ; 
Through  unadvized  rashnesse  woxen  wood. 

(d)  It  rightly  hot 
The  well  of  life. 

8.  Annotate— 

(a)  Her  vomit  full  of  bookes  and  papers  was, 
With  loathly  frogs  and  toades. 

(b)  What  voice  of  damned  Ghost  from  Limbo  lake. 

(c)  And  her  to  serve  sixe  years  in  warlike  wize, 
Gainst  that  proud  Paynim  king  that  works  her  teene. 

(d)  The  housling  fire. 

9.  Write  notes  on  the  following  words  : — 

Caytive,  miscreant,  persaunt,  bewaile,  ymp,  rather,  unbid, 
sam,  eyas,  gossib,  german,  cordwainer. 

10.  Sum  up  the  arguments  used  by  Despair  in  favour  of 
suicide. 

11.  "Almost  every  page  of  Spenser  bears  witness  to  his 
intimate  acquaintance  with  Ariosto  and  with  his  own  contem- 
porary, Tasso." 

M  He  introduces  words  purely  Italian  " 

English,  Past  and  Present. 
Give  some  examples  in  proof  of  the  above. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.  CCXlii 

12.  Give  some  account  of  the — 

(a)  Oath  of  the  Tennis  Court. 

(b)  Law  oLthe  Suspect, 

13.  Explain  the  following  passages  :— 

(a)  So  thousandfold  complex  a  Society,  ready  to  burst  up 
from  its  infinite  depths ;  and  these  men,  its  rulers  and  healers, 
without  life — rule  for  themselves— other  life-rule  than  a  Gospel 
according  to  Jean  Jacques !  To  the  wisest  of  them,  what 
we  must  call  the  wisest,  man  is  properly  an  Accident  under 
the  sky  :  man  is  without  duty  round  him  except  it  be  '  to  make 
the  Constitution.'  He  is  without  Heaven  above  him,  or  Hell 
beneath  him :  he  has  no  God  in  the  world. 

What  further  or  better  belief  can  be  said  to  exist  in  these 
Twelve  Hundred  ?  Belief  in  high-plumed  hats  of  a  feudal  cut ;  in 
heraldic  scutcheons  ;  in  the  divine  right  of  kings,  in  the  divine 
right  of  Game-destroyers.  Belief,  or  what  is  still  worse, 
canting  half-belief ;  or  worst  of  all,  mere  Macchiavellic  pre- 
tence-of -belief, — in  consecrated  dough- wafers,  and  the  god- 
hood  of  a  poor  old  Italian  Man.  Nevertheless  in  that  immea- 
surable confusion  and  corruption,  which  struggles  there 
so  blindly  to  become  less  confused  and  corrupt,  there  is, 
as  we  said,  this  one  salient  point  of  a  New  Life  discernible; 
the  deep  fixed  determination  to  have  done  with  shams. 

(b)  In  these  very  days  we,  by  Act  of  Assembly  *  naturalise  ' 
the  chief  Foreign  Friends  of  Humanity  ;  Priestley,  burnt  out 
for  us  in  Birmingham. 

(c)  This  is  the  Cannonade  of  Valmy ;  wherein  the  World- 
Poet  experimented  on  the  cannon  fever. 

(d)  The  nobles  in  like  manner  have  nearly  ceased  either  to 
guide  or  misguide  ;  and  are  now,  as  their  master  is,  little  more 
than  ornamental  figures,  *  *  Ever  since  that  period  of  the 
Fronde  the  Noble  has  changed  his  fighting  sword  into  a  Court 
rapier  :  and  now  loyally  attends  his  King  as  ministering  satellite  ; 
divides  the  spoil,  not  now  by  violence  and  murder,  but  by 
soliciting  and  finesse. 


CCxiv  EXAM.  FOR  THE    DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ENGLISH  COMPOSITION. 
The  Honourable  Mr.  Justice  Jakdine,  C.S  ; 
C.  H.  Candy,  B.A.,  LL.M. 
Write  an  Essay  on  one  of  the  following  subjects : — 

1.  The  marks  of  true  civilization. 

2.  Compare  the  dramatist,  the  moralist,  and  the  poet  as 
teachers  of  mankind. 

3.  Describe  your  own  education,  pointing  out  its  merits 
and  demerits. 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 

[  10  A.  M.  TO  1  P.  M.  ] 

SANSKRIT— Paper  I. 
Yasavant  Vasudev  Athalye,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 
Shivram  Bapuji  Paranjapye,  B.A. 
1.     Translate  into  English  ; — 

(l)    sjfa^tjt  ?r    ^f^^r  5?!    53%r 

(2)  |^    3  e?R\t    ^Vfa>%cr5T    fa   ^ 

*t*ftl  II 

(3)  3?PT    q-    £*T     PHffRrf^3(ttf     ^3      $ 

*Tcr?:|| 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87,     CCXV 

(4)    *r    f|  sftW    %*4yr   w«*}  *rrai**ft 


STCT^if  II 


(6)  jft  ns  fir^nf  *?r$f  ^Wot^T* 
ftpfar; !  qf<  3>  Ic^r  q*faw  fssr  ss  5  V$i 
<sumz  #£  ii 

(7)  q    OT&T    qT*far    ^q^H^T^r 

*?r*gt  $j  I  Jprpfcrrcr  *&fa  ?iT<t  fr^rr  arit  Ti^Tr 
ifoftar:  || 

(8)  tmr^  ifftiffr  gd  3"  srewresr  fN1  ^ 
gf:  |  Ff :  q?;  Rm  g*0TnS  grar  ifa  fen  ^B; 

3»T  33:  II 
ft**t  II 


CCXV1  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

2.    (a)    Give  the  Padas  of  the  following  verses  : — 

mw  1 

{b)  Name  the  principal  deities  of  the  Mandala  in  the  order 
of  the  hymns. 

(c)     Quote  stanzas  in  the  following  metres:  — 

(1)     OTRSTpa?;   (2)   RW^'frfT;   (3)    g*j 

3.  Cite  instances  from  the  7th  Mandala  to  show  that  Western 
Aryan  languages  prove  a  great  help  in  interpreting  the  Vedas. 

4.  What  information  do  we  gather  from  the  Mandala  about 
Vasishtha  and  his  family.  Quote  passages  to  illustrate  your  an- 
swer. 

5.  («)  Write  a  brief  historical  notice  of  the  Das'agranthas  of 
the  Asvalayanas. 

(b)  How  do  you  distinguish  the  different  Sakhas  of  the 
Yajus  extant  at  present  in  this  part  of  India. 

SANSKRIT— Section  II. 
1.     Translate  the  following  : — 

^cf  *T3fcT  I 


EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OP  M.A.,  1886-87.  CCXVli 

2.  What  is  the  view  of  Yaska  as  regards  the  composition  of 
Vedic  hymns  ?  Support  your  answer  by  quotations. 

3.  (a)  Derive  the  following  words  :— 

3*i*r,  sis*,  55^ft,  sr?,  =«?,  657,  fcr. 

f&)  Give  the  Vedic  synonyms  of  the  following  words:  — 

4  Give  the  meanings  of  the   following   words,  with   their 
derivations  as  given  by  Yaska  — 

5  State  the  grammatical  terms  used  by  Yaska,  and  compare 
them  with  those  used  by  Panini. 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[2  p.  m.  to  5  p.  m.] 

SANSKRIT— Paper  II. 
Yasavant  Vasudev  Athalye,  M.A.,  LL.B.} 
Shivram  Bapujt  Paranjapye,  B.A. 
VEDANTA— Section  I. 

1.  Give  a  brief  sketch  of  the  contents  of  the  H*fC5J"#  How  are 

the  topics    srerfaSJlf^rC,    and     ^^R^fa^,     intro- 
duced  ?  Name  the  Sadhanas  mentioned  in  the  'ft  ^f^TTO  • 

2,  Explain,  giving  the  context : 

(l)    ^rag  $T«r%^5*T5j 

b  1306—19  ex 


CCXV111  EXAM.  FOB  THE  DEGBEE    OF   M.A.,    18  86-87, 

(2)  %^^*w*nTj 

(3)  ^qfl^r^Tw  fr<rcVr  srfrmij 

(4)  mm  ^aH^-^rw  ctp=«t;  i 

(5)  o^^r^qft^^r^r^^r^  i 

(7)  *r  ^rrgq^;  i 

(8)  ^[sh^^tk  I 

(9)     SkcW^T?"?  ^  cTf^:  i 

(10)  ^rr>|tf^qr^ 

3.  State  the  points  on  which  5}f*?f«T  an<*  ^I^CR^F 
differ.  Give  reasons  for  the  difference, 

4.  How  does  the  SH^ST  explain  the  problem  of  'the  origin 

of  evil'?   How  does    it    prove  that  the  soul  is  different  from 
the  body  ? 

5.     («)   Mention  the  Nyayas  occurring    in  the       *TIc?Tj 
noticing  the  points  they  elucidate. 
(6)  Explain  the  meaning  of 

sqflK,  sr-prc,  <Ttft3^  3}n%^rf^,  qM^f 

spa^T,  TOW,  6'qTrr,  *TItF, 
Section  II. 

G.  'Some  of  the  Upanishads,  the  chief  source  of  the  Vedanta 
doctrine,  do  without  any  qualification  declare  that  sin  and  virtue 
are  alike  to  one  who  knows  Brahma,  and  the  system  is  there- 
fore rightly  charged  with  immorality.'  What  passage  in  the 
Vedantasara  is  the  above  remark  of  Major  Jacob  based  on,  and 
how  far  is  it  justifiable  ? 

7.     Translate  the  following,  giving  the  context : — 


EXAM.  FOR  THE    DEGREE   OF   M.A.,   1886-87.  CCxix 


(6)    ^fct:  ^^^kni  ff^w^fqrrfr 

^HTKW^^W  ^TTf^R^c^  I  3TtT^ 

Give  an  example. 

8.  Note  the  principal  points  of  difference  between  the  doc- 
trines of  Nyaya  and  Vedanta  mentioned  in  the  Vedanta-  pari- 
bhasha. 

9.  Write  full  notes  on  the  following  words  : — 


10     State  and  criticize  the  doctrines  of  Nyaya,  Mim&msa,  and 
Vedanta  on  the  question  of  the  origin  of  the  Vedas. 


CCXX  EXAM   FOB  THE  DEGREE  OP  M.  A.,   1886-87. 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[10  a,m.  to  1  P.M.] 

SANSKRIT  TRANSLATION. 
Yasavant  Vasudev  Athalye,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 
Shivram  Bapuji    Paranjapye,  B.A. 

^i  Tit  W*r  ^gcTi  ^'rm  «r^  }q$«if<pTi^- 

5\Z^  W*  ^^mr^flf «ir  ^<pt3^t*t  I  wrr  I"  ^ 

^rf^JrrraVpr  fasf  ^kg<farftr  sth  i  ftrclrcr 
r%  ^fricT^rr  fear  tfrafaufif^rft   $ ^  *?te*r  i 


EXAM.    FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.    1886-87.  CCXXi 


e^cr^rt:   ^^qmn^fa   cwfa  sT*rr  atwr 

firs*  I  «raHT<3^jntcT^i  fl  ^rfa  smctorcomtft 

^n^Twrg^^Ti'  1  grqT^f  :^|tw  ^  cn^r 
q-w^q  3^n^r^g^rf^fti%  I  *T^T5fa%qcr 

^$Firqrqr*iq6iT^l  qq^^rafaw  ^FcPEqrotcr 
^r  m§  ^areifcPitcr  3^:  fl5i*rrq%*r  I  *m- 

b  1306-19  ex* 


eCXXll        EXAM.    FOR   TIIE    DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

Section  II. 
Translate  into  Sanskrit:— 

(a)  The  lowest  condition  of  life  with  freedom  attending  it  is 
better  than  the  most  exalted  station  under  a  restraint.  ^Ssop, 
who  had  tasted  the  bitter  cup  of  slavery,  never  slipped  an  oppor- 
tunity of  expressing  his  great  abhorrence  of  servitude  and  his 
passion  for  liberty  upon  any  terms  whatsoever.  Indeed,  a  state 
of  slavery,  with  whatever  seeming  grandeur  it  may  be  attended, 
is  so  precarious  and  despicable  that  he  must  want  sense,  honour, 
courage  and  all  manner  of  virtue,  who  can  endure  to  prefer  it  in 
his  choice.  He  who  can  bear  to  be  a  slave  when  he  may  prevent 
it,  would  make  no  scruple  to  cut  the  throats  of  his  fellow 
creatures,  or  to  do  any  wickedness  that  the  wanton  unbridled 
will  of  his  tyrannical  master  might  suggest. 

(b)  Fond  words  have  oft  been  spoken  to  thee,  Sleep  ! 
And  thou  hast  had  thy  store  of  tenderest  names  ; 
The  very  sweetest  words  that  fancy  frames 
When  thankfulness  of  heart  is  strong  and  deep  ! 
Dear  bosom  child  we  call  thee,  that  dost  steep 
In  rich  reward  all  suffering  ;  balm  that  tames 
All  anguish  ;  saint  that  evil  thoughts  and  aims 
Takest  away,  and  into  souls  dost  creep, 

Like  to  a  breeze  from  heaven.     Shall  I  alone — 
I,  surely  not  a  man  ungently  made — 
Call  the  worst  tyrant  by  which  flesh  is  crossed  ? 
Perverse,  self-willed  to  own  and  to  disown, 
Mere  slave  of  them,  who  never  for  thee  pray'd, 
Still  last  to  come  where  thou  art  wanted  most  ! 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

LATIN— Paper  I. 
C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A.  ;  The  Rev.  E.  Usteri,  S.J. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
I.     1.  What  position  does  the  verse  of  Lucretius  hold   in     10 
the  history  of  Latin  poetry  ?  Contrast  his  style  with  that  of 
Virgil. 


EXAM.   FOR  THE   DEGREE    OP    M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXxiil 

2.  Translate:—  20 

Illud  in  his  rebus  vereor  ne  forte  rearis 
Impia  te  rationis  inire  elementa  viamque 
Indugredi  sceleris.     Quod  contra  saepius  ilia 
Religio  peperit  scelerosa  atque  impia  facta. 
Aulide  quo  pacto  Triviai  virginis  aram 
Iphianassai  turparunt  sanguine  foede 
Ductores  Danaum  delecti,  prima  virorum, 
Cui  simul  infula  virgineos  circuindata  comptus 
Ex  utraque  pari  malarum  parte  profusast. 
Et  maestum  simul  ante  aras  adstare  parentem 
Sensit  et  hunc  propter  ferrum  celare  ministroa 
Aspectuque  suo  lacrimas  effundere  civis, 
Nee  miserae  prodesse  in  tali  tempore  quibat 
Quod  patrio  princeps  donarat  nomine  regem  ; 
Nam  sublata  virum  manibus  tremibundaque  ad  aras 
Deductast,  non  ut  solemni  more  sacrorum 
Perfecto  posset  claro  comitari  Hymenaeo, 
Sed  casta  inceste  nubendi  tempore  in  ipso 
Ilostia  concideret  mactatu  maesta  parentis, 
Exitus  ut  classi  felix  faustusque  daretur. 
Tantum  religio  potuit  suadere  malorum. 

3.  What  was  the  homoeomeria  of  Anaxagoras  ?  How  is  the      6 
theory  refuted  by  Lucretius  ? 

4.  Translate  : —  16 
Proinde  ubi  se  videas  hominem  indignarier  ipsum, 

Post  mortem  fore  ut  aut  putescet  corpore  posto 

Aut  flammis  interfiat  malisve  ferarum, 

Scire  licet  non  sincerum  sonere  atque  subesse 

Caecum  aliquem  cordi  stimulum,quamvis  neget  ipse 

Credere  se  quemquam  sibi  sensum  in  morte  futurum. 

Non,  ut  opinor,  enim  dat  quod  promittit  et  unde, 

Nee  radicitus  e  vita  se  tollit  et  eicit, 

Sed  facit  esse  sui  quiddam  super  inscius  ipse. 
Explain  fully  Lucretius'  theory  of  animus  and  anima. 
II.     1.  Translate  :—  20 

Nam  quod  rumores  distulerunt  malevoli, 

Multas  contaminasse  Graecas,  dum  fecit 

Paueas  Latinas  :  factum  hie  esse  non  negat, 

Neque  se  pigere  :  et  deinde  facturum  autumat. 

Habet  bonorumexemplum  :  quo  exemplosibi 

Licere  id  facere,  quod  ill i  fecerunt,  putat. 

Turn  quod  malevolus  vetus  poeta  dictitat ; 

Repente  ad  studium  hunc  se  applicasse  musicum, 

Amicum  ingenio  fretum,  haud  natura  sua : 

Arbitrium  vestrum,  vestra  existumatio 

Valebit. 


CCXX1V       EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87, 

Who  is  the  vetus  poela  above  referred  to  ?  Discuss  the 
question  of  the  justice  or  injustice  of  the  accusation  against 
Terence  aJluded  to  in  the  above  lines. 

2.  Translate  with  short   explanatory  notes  when  neces-     18 
eary:— 

Chr.     Nunc  cum  sine  magno  intertrimento  non  potest 

Haberi  quidvis  dari  cupis  :  nam  ut  tu  scias, 

Quam  ea  nunc  instructa  pulchre  ad  perniciem  siet, 

Primum,  jam  ancillas  secum  adduxit  plus  decern, 

Oneratas  veste  atque  auro :  satrapes  si  siet 

Amator,  numquam  sufferre  ejus  sumtus  queat, 

Nedum  tu  possis.     Men.  Estne  ea  intus  ?    Chr.  Sit  rogas  ? 

Sensi :  namque  ei  unam  coenam   atque  ejus  comitibus 

Dedi :  quod  si  iterum  mihi  sit  danda,  actum  siet. 

Nam,  ut  alia  omittam,  pytissando  modo  mihi 

Quid,  quid  vini  absumpsit !     sic  hoc,  dicens,  asperum, 

Pater,  hoc  est ;  aliud  lenius  sodes  vide. 

Helevi  dolia  omnia,  omnes  serias  ; 

Omnes  solicitos  habui :  atque  haec  una  nox. 

Quid  te  futurum  censes,  quern  assidue  exedent  ? 

Sic  me  di  amabunt,  ut  me  tuarum  miseritum'st, 

Menedeme,  fortunarum.     Men.  Faciat  quod  lubet  : 

Sumat,  cousumat,  perdat :  decretum'st  pati. 

3.  What  are  Synaloipha    and  Synizesis  ?  Distinguish  bet-       4 
ween  them,  and  give  illustrations  of  each  from  the  play. 

4.  Translate  and  comment  upon  : —  8 

(a)  Homo  sum,  humani  nihil  a  me  alienum  puto. 

(b)  Inscripsi  illico  aedes  mercede. 

(c)  "  Nihil "  narras  ?  visa  vero  est  quod  dici  solet  aquilae 

senectus. 

(d)  Ea  relicta  est  huic  arrhaboni  pro  illo  argento. 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

LATIN— Paper  II. 

C.  W.  Chitty,  B.A.  ;  The  Rev,  E.  Usteri,  S.J. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indioate  full  marks.] 

I.     1.  Translate,  adding  explanatory  notes : —  35 

Laetari  te  nostra  moderatione  et  continentia  video :  turn 
id  magis  faceres,  si  adesses.  Atque  hoc  foro,  quod  egi  ex 
Idibus  Februariis  Laodiceae  ad  Kal.  Maia*  omnium  dioece- 
sium  praeter  Ciliciae,  mirabilia  quaedam  effecimus :  ita 
multae  civitates  omni  aere  alieno  liberatae,  multae  valde 
levatae  sunt ;  omnes  suis  legibus  et  judiciis  usae,  avrovofiiav 
adeptae,  revixerunt.  His  ego  duobus  generibus  facultatem 
ad  se  aere  alieno  liberandas  aut  levandas  dedi :  uno,    quod 


BXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.        CCXXV 

omnino  nullus  in  imperio  meo  sumptus  f actus  est— nullum 
cum  dico  non  loquor  vnepftoXiiccos — nullus,  inquam,  ne 
teruncius  quidem.  Hac  autem  re  incredibile  est,  quan- 
tum civitates  emerserint.  Accessit  altera.  Mira  erant  in 
civitatibusipsorumfurtaGraecorum,  quae  magistratus  sui 
fecerant :  quaesivi  ipse  de  iis,  qui  annis  decern  proximis 
magistratum  gesserant ;  aperte  fatebantur.  Itaque  sine 
ulla  ignominia  suis  humeris  pecunias  populis  retulerunt ; 
populi  autem  nullo  gemitu  publicanis,  quibus  hoc  ipso  lustro 
nihil  solverant,  etiam  superioris  lustri  reliqua  reddiderunt ; 
itaque  publicanis  in  oculis  sumus.  "  Gratis "  inquis 
"  viris  !  "  Sensimus.  Tarn  cetera  jurisdictio  nee  imperita 
et  clemens  cum  admirabili  facilitate  ;  aditus  autum  ad  me 
minime  provinciales  ;  nihil  per  cubicularium ;  ante  lucem 
inambulabam  domi,  ut  olim  candidatus.  Grata  haec  et 
magna  mihique  nondum  laboriosa  ex  ilia  vetere  militia. 

2.  Write  a  short  sketch  of  the  if  e  of  Atticus.  5 

3.  Explain  the  following  passages  : —  10 

(a)  Bibliothecam  mihi  tui  pinxerunt  constrictione  et  sit- 
tybis :  eos  velim  laudes. 

(b)  Cum  scies,  Romae  intercalatum  sit  necne,  velim  ad  me 
scribas  certum,  quo  die  mysteria  futura  sint. 

(c)  Fenus  ex  triente  Idibus  Quinctilibus  factum  est  bessi- 
bus. 

(d)  Ego  (proficiscens  Athenis)  aphracta  Rhodiorum  et 
dicrota  Mytilenaeorum  habebam  et  aliquid  eniKayirav. 

(e)  Habebam  acta  urbana  usque  ad  Nonas  Martias,  ex  qui- 
bus intelligebam,  etc. 

II.     (a)  Translate  : —  20 

lam  Tiberium  corpus,  jam  vires,  nondum  dissimulatio 
deserebat  :  idem  animi  rigor :  sermone  ac  vultu  intentus 
quaesita  interdum  comitate  quamvis  manifestam  defectio- 
nem  tegebat.  Mutatisque  saepius  locis  tandem  ad  promonto- 
rium  Miseni  consedit  in  villa,  cui  L.  Lucullus  quondam  do- 
minus.  Illic  eum  appropinquare  supremis  tali  modo  com- 
pertum.  Erat  medicus  arte  insignis,  nomine  Charicles,  non 
quidem  regere  valetudines  principis  solitus,  consilii  tamen 
copiam  praebere.  Is  velut  propria  ad  negotia  digrediens 
et  per  speciem  officii  manum  complexus  pulsum  venarum 
attigit.  Neque  fefellit :  nam  Tiberius,  incertum  an  offensus 
tantoque  magis  iram  premens,  instaurari  epulas  jubet  dis- 
cumbitque  ultra  solitum,  quasi  honori  abeuntis  amici  tri- 
bueret.  Charicles  tamen  labi  spiritum  nee  ultra  biduum 
duraturum  Macroni  firmavit.     Inde  cuncta  conloquiis  inter 


CCXXVi      IXAM.   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

praesentes,  nuntiis  apud  legatos  et  exercitus  festinabantur. 
Septimum  decimum  Kal,  Aprilis  interclusa  anima  creditus 
est  mortalitatem  explevisse  ;  et  multo  gratantum  concursu 
ad  capienda  imperii  primordia  Caius  Caesar  egrediebatur, 
cum  repente  adfertur,  redire  Tiberio  vocem  ac  visus  vocari- 
que  qui  recreandae  defectioni  cibum  adferrent.  Pavor  hinc 
in  omnes,  et  ceteri  passim  dispergi,  se  quisque  maestum  aut 
neecium  fingere ;  Caesar  in  silentium  fixus  a  summa  spe 
novissima  expectabat. 

(b)  Translate  tbe  following  passages,  and  point  out  which 
terms  and  constructions  in  them  are  peculiar  to  the  style  of 
Tacitus : — 

1.  Die  funeris  (Augusti)  milites  velut  praesidio  stetere, 
multum  inridentibus  qui  ipsi  viderant  quique  a  parentibus 
acceperant  diem  ilium  crudi  adhuc  servitii  et  libertatis 
inprospere  repetitae,  cum  occisus  dictator  Caesar  aliis  pessi- 
mum  aliis  pulcherrimum  facinus  videretur. 

2.  Magna  eius  diei  species  fuit,  quo  senatus  maiorum  bene- 
ficia,  sociorum  pacta,  regum  etiam  qui  ante  vim  Romanam 
valuerant  decreta  ipsorumque  numinum  religiones  intro- 
spexit,  libero,  ut  quondam,  quid  firmaret  mutaretve. 

3.  Ingruebat  nox  nimbo  atrox  hostisque  clamore  turbido, 
modo  per  vastum  silentium,  incertos  obsessores  effecerat, 
cum  Sabinus  circumire,  hortari,  ne  ad  ambigua  sonitus  aut 
Simula tionem  quietis  casum  insidientibus  aperirent. 

(c)  Explain  the  meaning  of  the  following  terms  : — 

Provincia  senatoria,  provincia  imperatoria  ;  census  sena^ 
torius,  census  equestris  ;  aerarium,  fiscus  ;  potestas  tribuni- 
cia,  potestas  censoria,  potestas  imperatoria  ;  praefectus  urbi, 
praefectus  praetorio,  praefectus  Aegypti. 

(d)  Mention  the  sources  which  Tacitus  made  use  of  in  the 
Annals. 

(e)  Discuss  the  following  remark  of  Merivale  (History  of 
the  Romans,  Vol.  VIII)  : — "The  Annals,  the  latest  of  the 
author's  works,  the  most  mature  and  finished  of  his  produc- 
tions, is  almost  wholly  satire.'''' 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

LATIN  TRANSLATION. 

C.  W,  Chttty,  B.A.  ;  The  Rev.  E.  Ustert,  S.J. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

I.     Translate  into  English  prose  : — 

Ostia  jamque  domus  patuere  ingentia  centum 
Sponte  sua,  vatisque  ferunt  responsa  per  auras  ; 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXvii 

0  tandem   magnis  pelagi  defuncte  periclis  ! 
Sed  terrae  graviora    manent :   in    regna    Lavini 
Dardanidae  venient ;  mitte  hanc  de  pectore  curam  ; 
Sed  non  et  venisse  volent.  Bella,  horrida  bella, 
Et  Thy  brim  multo  spumantem  sanguine  cerno. 
Non  Simois  tibi,  nee  Xanthus,  nee  Dorica  castra 
Defuerint ;  alius  Latio  jam  partus  Achilles, 
Natus  et  ipse  dea  ;  nee  Teucris  addita  Juno 
Usquam  aberit ;  cum  tu  supplex  in  rebus  egenia 
Quas  gentis  Italum  aut  quas  non  oraveris  urbes  ! 
Caussa  mali  tanti  conjunx  iterum  hospita  Teucria 
Extemique  iterum  thalami. 
Tu  ne  cede  malis,  sed  contra  audentior  ito, 
Quam  tua  te  fortuna  sinet.  "Via  prima  salutis 
Quod  minime  reris,  Graia  pandetur  ab  urbe. 
Talibus  ex  adyto  dictis  Cymaea  Sibylla 
Horrendas  canit  ambages  antroque  remugit 
Obscuris  vera  involvens  :  ea  frena  f urenti 
Concutit,  et  stimulos  sub  pectore  vertit  Apollo. 

2.     Translate  into  Latin  : — 

(a)  It  is  well  then,  soldiers,  with  you,  the  bravest  of  the  20 
brave  while  you  lived,  but  now  sanctified  by  death.  For 
your  merit  can  never  lie  unsepulchred,  cither  by  the  oblivion 
of  those  who  now  exist,  or  the  silence  of  posterity,  when 
the  Senate  and  Roman  people  have  raised,  almost  with 
their  own  hands,  an  imperishable  monument  for  you.  There 
have  been  many  great  and  noble  armies  in  the  Punic,  Gallic 
and  Italian  wars,  but  on  none  has  an  honour  of  such  kind 
been  bestowed.  And  would  that  we  could  do  even  more 
for  you,  since  we  have  received  from  you  the  greatest 
blessings.  You  drove  away  Anthony  in  his  fury  from  the 
city.  You  repelled  him,  when  he  was  attempting  to  return. 
There  shall  therefore  be  raised  a  memorial-building  of  splen- 
did workmanship  and  characters  shall  be  engraved  on  it— as 
eternal  witnesses  of  your  gallantry.  And  never  shall  the 
language  of  gratitude  cease  with  regard  to  you,  either  from 
those  who  see  your  monument,  or  those  who  hear  of  it. 

{b)  With  what  force,  my  Lord,  with  what  protection  are  40 
you  prepared  to  meet  the  united  detestation  of  the  people  of 
England  ?  The  city  of  London  has  given  a  generous  example 
to  the  kingdom,  in  what  manner  a  king  of  this  country 
ought  to  be  addressed  ;  and  I  fancy,  my  Lord,  it  is  not  yet 
in  your  courage  to  stand  between  your  Sovereign  and  the 
addresses  of  his  subjects.  The  injuries  you  have  done  this 
country  are  such  as  demand  not  only  redress,  but  vengeance. 
In  vain  shall  you  look  for  protection  to  that  venal  vote, 


CCXXViii      EXAM.   FOR  THE   DEGREE  OF   M.A.,    1886-87. 


which  you  have  already  paid  for  —another  must  be  pur- 
chased ;  and  to  save  a  minister,  the  House  of  Commons  must 
declare  themselves  not  only  independant  of  their  consti* 
tuents,  but  the  determined  enemies  of  the  Constitution. 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.]  ' 

PERSIAN— Paper  I. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Najmudin  TYabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  (a)  Mention  the  principal  kinds  of  poetic  compositions     15 
in  Persian,     In  what  particular  kinds  of  poetic  compositions 

did  jO }  4  O  a  4*°  excel?  What  do  you  understand  by 
the  poetic  composition  known  as  ig  *a*/0  ?  Mention 
some  well-known  writers  of  ^  aa*-*  whose  poems  cor* 

respond  to  what  is  called  in  English  the  Heroic,  the  Didactic, 
the  Romantic  and  the  Descriptive. 

(b)  Mention  the  metres  in  which  the  principal  Masnavis 
have  been  written.     What  is  the  metre  of  the/^*^  £»    of 

<°  }  )  U    a  ^o  ?   What  other  Masnavis  have  been  written 

in  the  same  metre  and  by  whom  ? 

2.  (a)  Under  what  circumstances  was  the  first  book  of    15 

the  i~  y&o  begun  ?    What  is  the  other  name  of  the  poem, 

and  why  is  it  so  called  ?  Illustrate  your  answer  by  quota- 
tions. 

(b)  Quote   the  opening  lines  of  the    first  book  of    the 

i*  y&o  and  the  last  couplet  which  ends  the  poet's  first 

day's  work. 

(c)  What  is  the  supposed  origin  of  the  ^J  mentioned  m 

the  opening  lines  of  the  ^  »Aa<o  ? 


EXAM.    FOE   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXlX 

3.     Translate  and  annotate  the  following  as  fully  as  you    17 
can  :— 

e^fiio    U£*n  I    8  &j  j  13    Lj    (^  I     (a) 

{j^k*.  c^**|  t&u»|  jjLw  bjl  ^Lx 

ttir^r ^  t*j  &jf  L>  ^^  ^i1   (&) 

c^J  <jL^  |^  -**  ^J  (jLo  jj     (c) 

c^^iLot^A.  ^icyr^j^^jdsoij  (d) 

fttt*j»    \0*   criju   ^r*  J'     (*) 

^1  ^LkjcVl  4J>«^.  ^jcj\  s&\j 


b  1306—20  ex 


CCXXX      KXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

**k       jhk       j*>**i        ^****     (j) 

*~c    *cj|    ^|    L£.««J    jjU.  ^i« 
C^     f*^  ^°     /♦****     4*     ^'      ^ 

&S    w    OJjI   ^lj    d**La*   y\       (n) 

dS     £~i     USlfc    jij^    ^>il 
j^^^A^U^^l^JdU^l^^c-^^U^  (p) 

4.    Give   some  account   of       i^  I)  yj     .  tfvfri*     and    10 
t<  *j  Ic^JsA-nientioned  in  the  Matnavi.     In  what  terms 

does    jjfl^j    G  J  yO  speak  of  the  former  ?    Quote  some 


EXAM.    FOR  THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXxi 

lines  of  the  latter  which  the  author  of  the  Mamavi  takes 
as  his  text  to  expatiate  upon. 

5.  Describe  briefly  the  rise,  progress  and  downfall  of  the     10 
Sassanian  dynasty. 

6.  (a)  State  shortly  what  you  know  of —  10 

(b)  Give  an  account  of — 

C/^'y'ii^U^    and    J**°  uj!  {if** 

(c)  Describe  the  incident  which  took  place  between — 

J  \y*J,yL.     and     Jj  y*9 

(d)  What  are— 

?  ji  ***  and  i3b^ 

Give  their  etymology. 

7.  Translate  into  English —  15 

ujU*!    A)W    J~»*.    ej  I    J*^ 
>kk     <V  b    j  I     ci^i  b     >vA  6«  U 

jJJ      cJikJ     b         £j*        <V>|         o 


CCXXXn      EXAM.   FOE  THE    DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

ojA   t>J  ^5  I  J    e;1^   ufcjj 


EXAM.    FOB  THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXXIU 

8.     Explain  what  is  meant  by —  8 
(^  j  La.    ijJ  \    9L*     J  I  0$  I 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

PERSIAN— Paper  II. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,LL.B.; 

Najmudin  Tyabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures 'to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.) 

Shahnamah  and  Akhlak-e-Jalali. 

1.  Give  a  short  account  of  the  origin  of  the  ^yo  (j    #  t£  .     10 

Into  how  many  epochs  can  the  ancient  history  of  Persia 
be  divided  ?  To  which  of  the  epochs  does  the  history  of  the 
Sassanian  dynasty  belong  ? 

2.  How  did    ^i  |  j  yji  y  divide  his  empire?    Give  a    10 

short  account  of  his  internal  government,  military  discipline 
and  character. 

B  1306-20  ex* 


CCXXX1V      EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE   OF   M.A.,    1886-87. 

3.     (a)  Give  a   short    account   of      J  U  and  ^J  <3  yO    10 

contrasting  their  religious  tenets. 

(b)  In  what  words  does      ^*»  J  £  %J  8um  up  the  doctrines 
of  ^J  J  Lo  ?    With  the  doctrines  of  which  of  the  modern 

religious  sects  can  the  doctrines  of  L-J  c>  y°  De  compared  ? 
4.     (a)    How    has       ^  \*      been    defined    by    the      3 

<6)  Mention  the  ^&  .  |  .L  Lai  with  the  corresponding       8 
JjfiSj  by  J?|  J]  and  y  Jo 

(c)  Explain  and  distinguish  between —  19 

and    O  o,  J  |  j»^>     6y*> y  I   <*^a>  1^  (1) 
>*o|^J  ^^     w~J*°  ^^5  (2)       Oj^J  I  jaV> 
JU.     and    >%£L      ^1^     (3)       SjLl  /^.W    and 
^,  Ja3     ^**£a.         and         (^U«     Ll^fck      (4) 

^  lAo  ^  IjA  I  (6)  J j*u>  and  sjy*?  (5) 
OsLcb  k**J  and  ^X&s*.  Lm»j  (7)  .aaj  |^  and 
5.     Explain  and  illustrate  by  examples  —  6 


EXAM.    FOB   THE   DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXXV 

6.  What  do  you  understand  by—  * 

7.  Give  the  technical  terms  for  the  following  :—  9 
Proposition,  syllogism,  corollary,  fallacy,  logical  definition, 
physics,  metaphysics,  zenith,  nadir, 

8.  Translate—  21 

ju^j  j$>L  ui^  ij  <Jk  y  ^ 

\)    UiU|    ^;lj«3  Jl«*t  *>  ^^  JljJ^ 


y±>sy*>) .£|jift.|j  £lt>;|  ujifef  J^*l|  ^oi 


CCXXXY1      EXAM,   FOR   THE    DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

^^  ^SU£  c-jIjI  J^jOwO  J$  ^JJ^>  eu*>l 

Ls*\j.    d^^    (*  J    J^   Jj*°  y^i 

t>JLj  jUj  J^/J  J^  jUjI  ^^^ 
>*f  e^i!^  ,3^  *$  o£  fjl**  i*)j*>     (c) 

^1^   $£  &\y  ^  I   £&\  j    ^L*  ^  I  c^b 

<jU^    J     Ij    u><^     <-^w  '  ^v*-*  I  &Aa.  JjA^J 
O&lo    ^a.     |^   ujIdJl    C^*>l    ^j*    J3t>  ^>U«i 


ISAM.    FOB  THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXXTii 

Thursday,  18th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PERSIAN  TRANSLATION. 

Sorabji  Manikji  Kanga,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 
Najmudin  Ttabji,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1,     Translate  into  Persian  : —  50 

(a)  By  the  month  of  Rajab  of  the  six  hundred  and  second 
of  the  Hejera  when  the  sun  should  have  attained  to  the 
mansion  of  its  highest  sublimity,  in  Aries  at  the  vernal 
equinox,  and  when  the  hills  and  plains  should  have  arrayed 
themselves  in  nature's  loveliest  robe,  Jenghis  Khan  had 
given  directions  to  prepare  for  a  Koreiltai,  or  general  diet 
of  the  states  of  the  empire,  so  called  by  the  Tartars.  A 
prodigious  concourse,  consisting  of  his  sons  and  generals, 
and  of  the  majority  of  the  higher,  with  many  of  the  lower 
classes  from  all  parts  of  the  Moghul  territory,  assembled 
accordingly,  at  the  appointed  period,  at  the  imperial 
residence.  On  this  occasion,  Jenghis,  having  caused  the 
great  white  standard  of  nine  degrees  (or  tails)  to  be  erected, 
presented  himself  on  a  magnificent  throne  under  the  shadow 
of  it,  and  proceeded  to  extend  to  every  rank  of  his  admiring 
subjects,  the  most  liberal  proofs  of  his  munificence.  He 
was  saluted  by  an  universal  burst  of  acclamation  and 
applause,  from  the  whole  of  the  nobility  and  grandees  of 
the  empire  ;  not  an  individual  of  the  vast  assembly  omit- 
ting, at  the  same  time,  to  offer  before  the  throne  some  token 
of  allegiance,  together  with  his  vows  for  the  prosperity  and 
happiness  of  the  monarch. 

(b)  Such  was  the  forlorn  position  of  that  noble 
country  towards  the  close  of  the  reign  of  Louis  XIV.  The 
misfortunes  which  embittered  the  declining  years  of  the  King 
were,  indeed,  so  serious,  that  they  could  not  fail  to  excite 
our  sympathy,  if  we  did  not  know  that  they  were  the 
result  of  his  own  turbulent  ambition,  and  of  his  insufferable 
arrogance,  but,  above  all,  of  a  grasping  and  restless  vanity, 
which,  making  him  eager  to  concentrate  on  his  single  person 
all  the  glory  of  France,  gave  rise  to  that  insidious  policy,, 
which,  with  gifts,  with  honours,  and  with  honied  words, 
began  by  gaining  the  admiration  of  the  intellectual  classes, 
then  made  them  courtly  and  time-serving,  and  ended  by 


CCXXXViii      EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

destroying  all  their  boldness,  stifling  every  effort  of  original 
thought,  and  thus  postponing  for  an  indefinite  period  the 
progress  of  national  civilization. 

2.     Translate  into  English : —  50 

t3*j    {gjyJL    c)^*  ^^  s^Jr^      ia) 

jo  JjLx>  ^yi^^  j^&o  ^^  ^JL^ 

feU)  b  ^US  Ub  cl>^  l&o  lJwj  j  ^  U«  J  I 
^LjI^    c->U»|    J^o^  cy^;b  ^lyb" 


EXAM.    FOE   THE    DEGREB    OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXXXix 

±i&  U^  ^tj  yjLo  jj  ^ 
c^-jd  ^-j^  ^viiy  j^\f 

e 

cr^r  jl>  t*i  -»!  'y5  t*>»L^ 


CCXl  EXAM.   POK  THE   DEGREE  OF   B.A.,    1886-87. 


r 


ji 


'r 


t3Jt>^ 


jj^LkjA     v^o   3^£j   <Xo|     O     ^m*       (c) 

^Loy   vOJjti   ciJuj  U*J  ^ 
y^b  <3*-j  i^JS  e^UJs  f  jL> 


EXAM.    FOR  >THE    DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCxii 

jjtoiw  2»*c  jj>  g3j\  t>j  uJU 


b  1306—21  ea; 


CCxlii      EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OF   M.A.,    1886-87. 


BRANCH  IL— HISTORY  and  PHILOSOPHY 

Monday,  15th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

HISTORY— Paper  I. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A.  ;  M.  Macmillan,  B.A. 

1.  What  was  the  constitution  and  personal  composition 
of  the  States  General  which  met  at  Versailles  in  May  1789  ? 
Review  its  history,  and  distinguish  between  what  was  per- 
manent and  what  was  ephemeral  in  its  work. 

2.  What  impression  was  produced  in  England  by  the 
triumph  of  the  Jacobin  party  in  France  ?  Trace  the  work- 
ing of  that  impression  in  the  legislation  and  literature  of 
that  period. 

3.  Relate  briefly  the  course  and  issue  of  the  first  Euro- 
pean coalition  against  France. 

4.  Point  out  the  effect  of  the  Revolution  and  the  revolu- 
tionary wars  on  the  political  institutions  and  the  social  con- 
dition of  Germany  and  Italy.  What  analogies  can  you 
discover  in  the  history  of  these  two  countries  ;  and  how  far 
can  these  be  traced  to  a  common  cause  ? 

5.  What  were  Nelson's  principal  services  to  his  coun- 
try ;  and  how  did  these  affect  the  course  of  the  war,  and 
the  international  relations  of  the  several  States  concerned 
in  it? 

6.  Narrate  the  events  which  brought  about  the  alliance 
between  the  Spanish  patriots  and  England  in  the  spring  of 
1808  ;  and  the  military  incidents  in  the  latter  half  of  that 
year. 

7.  What  were  the  causes  of  Napoleon's  breach  with  Rus- 
sia ?  What  combination  of  causes  brought  about  the  disast- 
rous issue  of  the  Campaign  of  1812  ? 

8.  Mention  the  principal  provisions  of  the  treaties  of 
1814-15. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE    OF   M.A.,    1886-87.       CCXliii 

Monday,  15th  November, 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HISTORY— Paper  II. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A, ;  M.  Macmjllan,  B.A, 

1.  What  was  the  internal  condition  of  England  at  the 
close  of  the  great  war  ?  With  what  economic  and  moral 
difficulties  had  the  Government  to  contend,  and  how  did  it 
meet  them  ? 

2.  Trace  briefly  the  history  of  Catholic  Emancipation 
from  the  union  with  Ireland  to  1829,  and  show  how  it  influ- 
enced party  government  in  England. 

3.  Write  a  short  history  of  the  Duke  of  Wellington's 
administration,  and  show  what  was  his  success  in  dealing 
with  the  principal  difficulties,  internal  and  foreign,  of  that 
period. 

4.  What  effect  had  the  Revolution  in  Greece  on  the  in- 
ternational relations  of  the  leading  European  States  ?  What 
was  the  policy  pursued  by  Russia,  and  to  what  did  it  lead  ? 

5.  What  were  the  motives  and  results  of  the  intervention 
of  the  French  in  Spain  in  1823  ?  What  influence  had  this 
intervention  on  the  foreign  policy  of  the  English  Govern- 
ment ? 

6.  Review  the  Pontificate  of  Pius  VII.  principally  in  its 
relations  to  the  French  Empire  under  Napoleon  and  the 
restored  Bourbon  monarchies. 

7.  What  was  the  political  condition  of  Italy  in  1820, 
and  what  important  events  happened  in  the  peninsula  in 
that  year  ? 

8.  What  general  spirit  was  manifested  in  European 
literature  at  the  close  of  the  revolutionary  wars?  Trace 
the  working  of  that  spirit  in  the  piety,  philosophy,  and  reli- 
gious movements  of  the  time. 


CCxliv      EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

POLITICS  and  POLITICAL  ECONOMY. 
W.  Wordsworth,  B.A. ;  M.  Macmillan,  B.A. 

1.  Define  monarchy,  and  show  under  what  influences  this 
form  of  government  has  been  enlarged,  limited,  or  abo- 
lished in  the  leading  European  States, 

2.  What  is  the  relation  of  economics  to  statesmanship  ? 
Can  you  point  out  how  economical  causes  contributed  to 
th  e  fall  of  the  Roman  Empire  and  the  modern  French  mo- 
narchy. 

3.  Compare  the  political  situation  of  an  ancient  Greek 
colony  with  those  of  England  in  the  18th  century.  What 
fundamental  political  problems  were  involved  in  the  breach 
between  England  and  her  American  colonies  ? 

4.  What  meaning  do  you  attach  to  the  words  a  free 
government  ? 

5.  Do  aristocratic  o  r  democratic  governments  appear  to 
possess  most  effectively  the  fundamental  conditions  for  the 
maintenance  of  political  stability  and  the  preservation  of 
public  spirit  ?  Illustrate  your  answer  by  historical  exam- 
ples. 

6.  What  is  meant  by  Imperial  Federation  ?  Discuss  some 
of  the  difficulties  which  this  conception  appears  to  involve. 

7.  Briefly  recapitulate  and  criticise  the  political  doctrines 
contained  in  one  of  the  following  books :  the  Prince,  the 
Leviathan,  the  Social  Contract. 

8 .  How  far  have  recent  explanations  of  the  general  law 
of  wages  helped  to  define  more  exactly  the  reciprocal  inter- 
ests of  employers  and  employed  ? 

9.  Discuss  the  principle  of  the  limitation  of  the  '  •  laissez- 
faire  "  doctrine  admitted  by  recent  English  economists,  and 
enumerate  some  of  the  most  important  deviations  from  that 
doctrine  which  English  legislation  during  the  last  quarter 
of  a  century  has  sanctioned. 


EXAM.    FOR    THE   DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCXW 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P,M.] 

LOGIC. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A.  ;  M,  Macmillan,  B.A. 

1.  What  are  the  chief  objections  that  have  been  or  can 
be  brought  against  the  rules  of  inductive  inquiry  as  given 
by  (1)  Bacon  and  (2)  Mill? 

2.  Is  reasoning  possible  without  language  ? 

3.  Logically  examine  any  fallacies  you  remember  to  have 
been  unintentionally  committed  by  eminent  philosophers. 

4.  How  do  you  know  that  two  straight  lines  do  not 
enclose  a  space  in  the  most  distant  regions  of  the  universe  ? 
Trace  the  origin  of  this  belief  to  its  ultimate  foundations  in 
accordance  with  the  views  of  various  philosophers,  and  show 
how  much  is  left  unexplained  about  the  origin  of  knowledge 
in  their  explanations. 

5.  How  far  is  it  possible  to  draw  a  hard  and  fast  line 
between  (1)  Deductive  and  Inductive  Sciences  ;  (2)  between 
the  Inductive  and  Deductive  stages  of  particular  sciences  ? 

6.  Is  the  syllogism  a  petitio  principii  ? 

7.  Show  the  importance  of  hypotheses  in  the  promotion 
of  discovery.  What  attempts  have  been  made  to  distin- 
guish between  scientific  and  illegitimate  hypotheses  ? 

8.  Explain  and  discuss  the  doctrine  of  the  relativity  of 
knowledge.  How  can  the  discussion  of  this  theory  naturally 
find  a  place  in  a  logical  treatise  ? 

9.  State  and  examine  the  distinctions  that  have  been 
made  between  different  kinds  of  causes,  How  do  you  dis- 
tinguish between  the  relation  of  Reason  and  Logical  Conse- 
quent, and  the  succession  of  Cause  and  Effect  ? 


Wednesday,  17th  November, 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

HISTORY  OF  GREEK  PHILOSOPHY. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A.  ;  M.  Macmillan,  B.A. 

1.     Give  and  examine  the  chief  arguments  for  and  against 
the  immortality  of  the  soul  to  be  found  in  Greek  philosophy. 

B  1306—21  ex* 


CCxlvi      EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OF   M.A.,    1885-87. 

2.  Describe  the  original  form  and  subsequent  modifica- 
tions of  Stoical  Ethics,  showing  by  what  course  of  reason- 
ing Stoicism  arrived  at  its  moral  principles,  and  what 
considerations  led  to  their  being  afterwards  modified. 

3.  Is  Greek  philosophy  purely  original  ? 

4.  Give  an  account  of  the  atomic  theory  of  Epicurus, 
showing  how  far  it  differed  from  that  of  Democritus.  What 
are  the  chief  objections  urged  against  the  theory  of  Epicurus 
in  particular,  and  materialism  in  general  ? 

5.  Explain  how  so  many  different  philosophies  could 
trace  their  origin  to  Socrates. 

6.  Illustrate  from  Greek  philosophy  the  misleading  influ- 
ence of  words  over  philosophical  theory.  How  was  it  that 
Greek  philosophers  were  peculiarly  liable  to  be  so  misled  ? 

7.  Explain  and  illustrate  Aristotle's  doctrine  of  the  Golden 
Mean,  showing  to  what  extent  previous  philosophers  had 
suggested  the  idea. 

8.  Give  an  account  of  Plato's  idealism,  and  of  the  objec- 
tions urged  against  the  theory  by  Aristotle. 

9.  Explain  fully  the  distinctions  drawn  by  Aristotle 
between  form  and  matter.  Does  Aristotle  attach  the  same 
meaning  to 'matter,'  as  is  generally  given  to  the  term  in 
modern  philosophy  ? 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HISTORY  OF  MODERN  PHILOSOPHY. 

W.  Wordsworth,  B.A. ;  M.  Macmillan,  B.A. 

1.  Compare  the  philosophy  of  Descartes  with  that  of 
Bacon,  and  estimate  the  comparative  influence  of  those  two 
philosophers  on  the  subsequent  history  of  philosophy. 

2.  Explain  the  principle  of  sufficient  reason,  and  give  the 
principal  deductions  made  by  Leibnitz  from  that  principle. 

3.  What  is  Kant's  theory  about  space  and  time,  and  by 
what  arguments  does  he  support  it  ? 

4.  Give  an  outline  of  the  contents  of  Locke's  Essay  on 
Human  Understanding,  and  a  critical  estimate  of  its  philoso- 
phical value.  Show  that  in  the  treatment  of  one  import- 
ant question  there  is  a  natural  transition  from  Locke  to 
Berkeley,  and  from  Berkeley  to  Hume. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OF   M.A.,    1886-87.     CCXiYn 

5.  Give  an  account  of  the  views  held  by  Leibnitz,  Mala- 
branche,  and  Hume  on  the  subject  of  causation. 

6.  Write  a  short  essay  on  the  Moral  System  of  Hobbcs 
or  Adam  Smith. 

7.  Bacon  says  of  the  Scholastic  philosophers  that  "  in 
the  inquisition  of  nature  they  ever  left  the  oracle  of  God's 
works  and  adored  the  deceiving  and  deformed  images  which 
the  unequal  mirror  of  their  own  minds  or  a  few  received 
authors  or  principles  did  represent  unto  them. "  Estimate 
the  justice  of  this  and  other  similar  criticisms  made  by 
Bacon  upon  Scholastic  philosophy. 

8.  Give  an  account  of  French  philosophy  in  the  eight- 
eenth century,  and  point  out  the  general  features  of  resem- 
blance between  the  doctrines  of  the  French  philosophers 
who  lived  in  that  century. 


BRANCH  III. —MATHEMATICS. 

Monday,  15th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

EUCLID  and  GEOMETRICAL  CONIC  SECTIONS. 

J.  T.  Hathobnthwaite,  M.A. ;  T.  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.  Parallelograms  and  triangles  upon  the  same  base  and 
between  the  same  parallels  are  equal. 

A',  B',  C  are  the  middle  points  of  the  sides  of  a  triangle 
ABC,  and  through  B,C  are  drawn  two  parallel  straight 
lines  meeting  C  'A'  and  A'B'  in  b,  c  respectively  ;  prove  that 
b  c  passes  through  A. 

2.  In  obtuse-angled  triangles,  if  a  perpendicular  be 
drawn  from  either  of  the  acute  angles  to  the  opposite  side 
produced,  the  square  on  the  side  subtending  the  obtuse 
angle  will  be  greater  than  the  squares  on  the  sides  contain- 
ing the  obtuse  angle  by  twice  the  rectangle  contained  by  the 
side  on  which,  when  produced,  the  perpendicular  falls,  and 
the  straight  line  intercepted  without  the  triangle  between 
the  perpendicular  and  the  obtuse  angle. 

If  ABCD  be  a  quadrilateral,  and  P,  Q,  R,  S  be  the 
middle  points  of  AB,  BC,  CD,  DA  respectively,  then  twice 
the  square  on  PR  together  with  the  squares  on  AB  and  CD 
will  be  equal  to  twice  the  square  on  QS  together  with  the 
squares  on  BC  and  DA. 


CCxlviii     EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OP   M.A.,    1886-87. 

3.  The  diameter  is  the  greatest  straight  line  in  a 
circle  ;  and  of  all  others,  that  which  is  nearer  to  the  centre 
is  always  greater  than  one  more  remote  ;  and  the  greater  is 
nearer  to  the  centre  than  the  less. 

Place  two  parallel  chords,  at  a  given  distance  apart,  one 
in  each  of  two  concentric  circles,  so  that  their  sum  shall  be 
the  greatest  possible. 

4.  Describe  an  isosceles  triangle  having  each  of  the 
angles  at  the  base  double  of  the  third  angle. 

If  AB,  AC  be  the  equal  sides  of  the  triangle  so  described, 
and  D  the  point  of  division  of  AB  used  in  the  construction, 
show  that  AD,  DC  are  successive  sides  of  an  equilateral  and 
equiangular  pentagon  inscribed  in  the  circle  ADC. 

5.  Two  straight  lines  in  space  which  are  each  of  them 
parallel  to  the  same  straight  line  are  parallel  to  one  another. 

Draw  a  plane  to  cut  the  four  faces  of  a  tetrahedron,  so 
that  the  section  shall  be  a  parallelogram.  Determine  the 
angles  of  this  parallelogram,  and  indicate  under  what 
circumstances  it  is  possible  to  draw  a  plane  cutting  the  four 
faces  in  four  lines  forming  a  square. 

6.  Draw  the  two  tangents  to  a  conic  from  any  external 
point. 

T  is  a  point  on  the  tangent  at  P  such  that  TK  perpendi- 
cular to  SP  is  constant ;  show  that  the  locus  of  T  is  a  similar 
and  similarly  situated  concentric  conic. 

7.  If  PN  be  the  ordinate  at  any  point  P  of  a  parabola, 
prove  that  PN2=4  AS.  AN. 

Any  diameter  QL  intersects  the  double  ordinate  PP'  in  L  ; 
show  that  PL.  P'L=4  AS.  QL. 

8.  Prove,  with  the  usual  notation,  that  in  any  ellipse 
CT.  Ctf=CA2. 

From  any  point  P  on  an  ellipse  a  line  PHK  is  drawn 
meeting  the  major  and  minor  axes  in  H,  K  respectively  ; 
prove  that  if  PH  be  half  the  minor  axis,  PK  will  be  half  the 
major  axis. 

9.  Show  that  the  portion  of  the  tangent  at  any  point  of 
an  hyperbola  intercepted  between  the  asymptotes  is  bisected 
at  the  point  of  contact. 

Prove  that  in  the  rectangular  hyperbola,  as  in  the  circle, 
the  angle  between  the  tangents  at  P  and  Q  is  equal  to  the 
angle  PCQ. 

10.  Prove  that  the  section  of  a  right  circular  cone  by  a 
plane  parallel  to  a  generating  line  is  a  parabola. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE   OF   M.A.,    1886-87.      CCxlix 


If  a  series  of  such  parabolas  be  cut  from  any  cone,  show 
that  their  foci  will  all  lie  on  another  cone,  and  that  their 
latera  recta  will  vary  as  the  distance  of  the  focus  from  the 
vertex  of  the  cone. 


Monday,  15th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ALGEBRA  and  TRIGONOMETRY. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A.  ;  T.  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.  Express  a  given  number,  whole  or  fractional,  in  any 
proposed  scale  of  notation. 

What  is  the  least  integer  which  expressed  in  the  scale  of 
3  has  zero  for  its  three  right  hand  digits,  in  the  scale  of  4  has 
zero  for  its  two  right  hand  digits,  and  in  the  scale  of  5  has 
zero  for  its  extreme  right  hand  digit  ? 

2.  Investigate  a  test  for  the  convergency  of  an  infinite 
series. 

Show  that  the  reciprocal  of  the  base  of  natural  logarithms 
is  a  superior  limit  to  the  numerical  values  of  x  consistent 
with  the  convergency  of  the  series 

22  x2      33  a? 


•     *+]T+TT+ 

3.     Prove  the  law  of  formation  of  the  successive  conver- 
gents  to  a  continued  fraction. 

Show  that  the  r      convergent  to  the  continued  fraction 


2  a  —2a  —2a  — 


ra 
r+l' 


4.  State  and  prove  the  Principle  of  Indeterminate    Co- 
efficients. 

Determine  a,  b,  c,  d,  so  that  the  general  term  in  the  ex- 

,  a  +  bx  +  ex2  +  dx3  ,       .  .       .     n  - 1 

pansionof  r ^ may  be  (n3-n)  x 

(1  —  X) 

5.  If  n  be  a  prime  number  and  JV  be  prime  to  n  ,  prove 
thatiV—*1!  is  a  multiple  of  n. 


CCl     EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

N  and  n  both  being  primes  and  different,  show  that 
If  +  n  ~  when  divided  by  Nn  leaves  a  remainder 
unity. 

6.  Investigate  a  formula  for  tan  n&  in  terms  of  the  powers 
of  tan  6. 

Prove  that— 

tan    6  +  tan  f#  +  —  ^  +  tan  (&+  —  ^     + - 

+  tan  f  8   +  — ^—  it  J  is  equal  to  n  tan  nd  or  to  —  n  cot  nd 
according  as  n  is  odd  or  even. 

7.  Obtain  the  exponential  values  of  the  sine  and  cosine 
of  an  angle. 

Given  that  cos  V  a  +j3s/—  1/=A  +  B   */  — 1,  show  that 
a2  sec2  A— /32  cosec2  A=l. 

8.  Demonstrate  the  formula 


<v2n^  o- 


sm 

Deduce  the  relation 

1 

sin  5  3  sin  11  £sin  17  £ sin  (6/t— 1)  3=— n 

ss 

7T 

where  3  =— . 
6n 

9-  The  spherical  excess  of  the  spherical  triangle  ABC 
being  denoted  by  E,  prove  that 

E        *  b  c  be  "\         a 

cos  —  =(  cos  —  cos  —  +  sin  —  sin  —  cos  A  1  sec  -. 

2       \         2  2  22  ^2 

If  the  three  angles  of  a  spherical  triangle  be  together 
equal  to  four  right  angles,  show  that  the  area  of  the  triangle 
formed  by  joining  the  middle  points  of  its  sides  is  one- 
eighth  of  the  surface  of  the  sphere. 

10.     Prove  that  there  can  be  only  five  regular  polyhedrons . 


EXAM.   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   M.A.,    1886-87,         Ccli 

If  every  line  joining  two  solid  angles  which  do  not  lie  in 
the  same  face  be  called  a  diagonal,  show  that  the  number  of 


the 


diagonals  is  %    \  S2-  (2m+l)  S+4m  £  ,    where    S    is 

number  of  solid  angles  in  the  polyhedron  and  m  the  number 
of  sides  in  each  face. 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

NEWTON'S  PRINCIPIA  and  ASTRONOMY. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A.  ;  T.  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.  State  and  prove  Lemma  I. 

ABC  is  a  triangle,  and  through  a  fixed  point  0  in  BC  any 
line  PQ  is  drawn  meeting  the  sides  AB,  AC  in  P,  Q  respect- 
ively; find  the  limiting  position  of  the  chord  of  intersection 
of  the  circles  ABC  and  APQ,  when  P  moves  up  to  and 
ultimately  coincides  with  B. 

2.  Enunciate  and  prove  Lemma  IV. 

Find  the  direction  and  magnitude  of  the  resultant  attrac- 
tion of  a  uniform  rod  at  a  point  without  it,  every  particle 
of  the  rod  being  supposed  to  attract  with  a  force  varying 
inversely  as  the  square  of  the  distance. 

3.  State  and  prove  Lemma  XI. 

Show  that  if  PQ  be  a  small  arc  of  a  curve  of  finite  curva- 
ture, and  QT  be  perpendicular  to  the  tangent  at  P,  •  ^" 

QI- 
wlll  ultimately,  when  PQ  is   indefinitely    diminished,   be 
equal  to  the  diameter  of  curvature  of  the  curve  at  P. 

4.  Prove  that  the  velocity  at  any  point  of  a  central  orbit 
at  which  the  curvature  is  finite  is  that  which  would  be 
acquired  by  a  fall  from  rest  through  a  quarter  of  the  chord 
of  curvature  drawn  in  the  direction  of  the  force  under  the 
action  of  a  constant  force  equal  to  the  central  force  at  the 
point  considered. 

Two  equal  particles  are  projected  from  a  given  point  with 
a  given  velocity  in  a  given  direction  under  the  action  of 
forces  directed  to  a  given  centre ;  if  the  path  of  one  is  a 
cardioid  and  of  the  other  an  equiangular  spiral,  the  centre 
being  the  pole  of  each  curve,  then  at  the  commencement  of 
the  motion  the  forces  are  to  one  another  in  the  ratio  of  3  :  2. 


CClli  EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OF   M.A.,    1886-87. 

5.  If  any  number  of  bodies  revolve  about  a  common 
centre,  and  the  centripetal  force  varies  inversely  as  the 
square  of  the  distance,  the  squares  of  the  periodic  times  are 
proportional  to  the  cubes  of  the  major  axes. 

State  Kepler's  Laws,  and  give  the  inferences  drawn  from 
each  one  of  them  by  Newton. 

6.  Describe  briefly  some  experimental  proof  of  the  earth's 
rotation. 

Prove  that  if  a  particle  be  let  fall  from  a  height  h  at  the 
equator,  and  if  t  be  the  time  of  falling,  and  a>  the  angular 
velocity  of  the  earth,  the  easterly  deviation  is  §  a  t.  h. 
How  many  inches  will  this  be  when  h  is  twelve  yards  ? 

7.  Describe  the  Transit  Instrument.-  What  are  its 
errors  ? 

Find  the  error  in  the  observed  time  of  transit  of  a  star 
due  to  given  instrumental  errors. 

8.  Show  how  to  express  a  mean  solar  interval  as  a 
sidereal  interval. 

If  the  earth  were  to  rotate  more  slowly  on  its  axis  than 
at  present,  would  the  ratio  of  the  mean  solar  and  sidereal 
measures  of  a  given  interval  be  greater  or  less  than  at  pre- 
sent ?    And  why  ? 

9.  Explain  how  the  effect  of  aberration  is  produced. 

Light  takes  16m.  36s.  to  travel  from  apse  to  apse  of  the 
earth's  orbit ;  if  the  eccentricity  be  '01679,  find  the  differ- 
ence between  the  greatest  and  least  times  required  by  light 
to  travel  from  the  sun  to  the  earth  at  different  times  of  the 
year. 

10.  Show  how  to  find  the  sun's  declination  on  a  given 
day. 

At  what  date  is  the  sun's  longitude  240°?  And  what  is 
hia  declination  on  that  day  ? 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ANALYTICAL  GEOMETRY  and  DIFFERENTIAL  and 

INTEGRAL  CALCULUS. 

J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. ;  T.  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.     Investigate  the  conditions  which  must  be  satisfied  that  the 
general  equation  of  the  second  degree 

ax*  +  bxy  +  cy%  +  dx  +  ey  +  f  m  0 
may  represent  (1)  an  ellipse,  (2)  an  hyperbola. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.         Ccliii 

Water  is  poured  gently  into  a  cylindrical  cup  of  given  density 
and  thickness  ;  prove  that  the  locus  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of 
the  water,  the  cup,  and  its  handle  is  an  hyperbola. 

2.  The  equation  to  a  central  conic  being  ax%  +  2bxy  +  cy%  =  1, 
find  the  equation  to  the  axes  in  the  form 

x2  —  y2  _  xy 

a    —c    ~~   b 

and  show  that  the  foci  are  determined  by  equating  each  of  these 

ratios  to.-- 

&2  —  ac 

3.  Show  that  the  general  equation  to  any  circle  may  be 
written  in  the  form 

aj3y  +  bya  +  ca/3  +  (aa  +   Z>/3  +  cy)  (la  +  m&  +  ny)  =  o. 

Determine  I,  m,  n,  so  that  this  may  represent  the  circle  passing 
through  the  centres  of  the  escribed  circles  of  the  triangle  of 
reference. 

4.  Explain  how  the  solution  of  problems  in  maxima  and 
minima  may  be  facilitated  by  using  indeterminate  multipliers. 

Prove  that  of  all  rectangular  parallelopipeds  of  the  same 
volume  the  cube  has  the  least  surface. 

5.  The  equation  to  a  curve  being  given  in  polar  co-ordinates, 
indicate  how  its  asymptotes  may  be  found. 

Trace  the  curve 

__  a  sin  6 

6.  Prove  that  the  locus  of  the  ultimate  intersections  of  a  series 
of  curves  touches  each  of  the  intersecting  curves. 

Show  that  the  envelop  of  the  chords  of  intersection  of  the  ellipse 
T  +  hJ    ~  1  anc*  *ts  circles  °*  curvature  is  the  curve 

7.  Define  a  hypocycloid  and  obtain  the  equation  to  a  four- 
cusped  hypocycloid  in  the  form  xl  +  yl  =  a%. 

8.  What  do  you  mean  by  the  intrinsic  equation  to  a  curve  ' 
In  what  kind  of  investigations  is  this  method  of  determining  a 
curve  specially  useful  ?  5 

Show  that  the  curve  s=a  sin  -^  consists  of  twelve  equal  and 
similar  branches  symmetrically  disposed  in  the  shape  of  a  star. 
b  1306—22  ex 


CCllV         EXAM    FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 


9.     Prove  that  J     &~l 

o     1+SP* 


ax=~ —  where  s  /.  r. 


Hence  show  that  the  whole  area  enclosed  by  the  curve 
r3  =a3  cottf  is  27ra2. 

10.  Define  the  mean  value  of  a  series  of  variables,  and  indicate 
how  the  Integral  Calculus  may  be  applied  to  the  solution  of 
problems  in  mean  value. 

Find  the  mean  length  a  of  the  lines  drawn  from  A  to  the 
opposite  side  BC  of  a  triangle  of  area  S,  all  inclinations  to  the 
side  AB  being  equally  probable  ;  and  if  0,  y  be  the  mean  lengths 
of  the  lines  similarly  drawn  from  B,  C  to  the  opposite  sides  CA, 
AB  respectively,  prove  that 

«A  6B  _  cC 

--25*  "IS13  ~2SV 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

STATICS  and  DYNAMICS. 
J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. ;  T.  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.  Find  the  co-ordinates  of  the  centre  of  gravity  of  an  arc  of 
a  given  curve. 

Show  that  the  centre  of  gravity  of  the  perimeter  of  the  cardioid 
r  —  a  (1  +  cos#)  is  at  a  distance  £  a  from  the  pole. 

2.  A  particle  is  constrained  to  remain  on  a  rough  surface  : 
find  the  condition  that  it  may  remain  in  equilibrium  under  the 
a  ction  of  any  forces. 

A  is  the  vertex  of  a  rough  hemisphere,  AS  a  diameter  of  the 
complete  sphere  ;  the  coefficient  of  friction  at  any  point  P  varies 
as  SP,  being  §  at  A.  Prove  that  if  a  particle  be  placed  on  the 
hemisphere,  and  be  acted  on  by  a  force  tending  to  S,  it  will  remain 
at  rest  only  if  it  is  placed  on  that  half  of  the  hemisphere  remote 
from  S. 

3.  Find  the  extension  of  a  uniform  heavy  elastic  string 
hanging  at  rest  with  one  end  fastened. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A  ,  1886-87.     CClv 

A  heavy  uniform  elastic  string  of  weight  2/i  lbs.  hangs  by  one 
end  with  a  weight  of  m  lbs.  attached  to  the  other :  find  the 
extension  at  any  point,  and  show  that  the  whole  extension  is 
the  same  as  if  the  string  lay  on  a  smooth  table,  and  were  stretched 
by  a  force  equal  to  the  weight  of  m+n  lbs. 

4.  Investigate  the  resultant  attraction  of  a  uniform  straight 
rod  on  an  external  particle, 

A  is  the  centre  of  a  sphere  of  radius  a,  B  and  C  are  two  points 
on  a  line  through  A  such  that  AB.  AC  =  a2  ,  B  being  inside  the 

sphere  ;  from  A  to  B  is  a  rod  of  linear  density  £-,  at  B  and  C  are 

two  particles  of  masses  ^  and  /x  respectively,  the  rod  attract- 

Av 
ing  and  the  particles  repelling  according  to  the  inverse  square  of 
the  distance  ;  prove  that  the  force   at  any  point  of  the  surface 
of  the  sphere  is  wholly  tangential. 

5.  State  and  prove  the  principle  of  virtual  velocities  for  a 
system  of  forces  in  one  plane. 

Six  equal  heavy  rods  freely  hinged  at  the  ends  form  a  regular 
hexagon  ABCDEF,  which  when  hung  up  by  the  point  A  is 
kept  from  altering  its  shape  by  two  light  rods  BF,  CE  ;  prove 
that  the  thrusts  of  the  rods  B  F,  C  E  are  as  5  to  1,  and  find  their 
magnitudes, 

6.  Explain  how  dynamical  quantities  can  be  expressed  in 
terms  of  fundamental  units,  and  show  how  the  measure  depends 
on  the  dimensions  of  the  units  involved  in  the  quantity. 

A  certain  physical  quantity  is  represented  algebraically  by  a 
single  term.  If  the  unit  of  length  be  doubled,  the  measure  will 
be  |  of  its  former  value,  while,  if  the  units  of  time  and  length  be 
both  doubled,  the  measure  will  also  be  doubled.  If  the  unit  of 
mans  were  defined  as  the  mass  of  unit  volume  of  some  substance, 
then  if  the  unit  of  length  be  doubled,  the  measure  is  -fa  of  its 
original  value.     What  kind  of  quantity  is  it  ? 

7.  Find  a  curve  such  that  a  particle  will  descend  under  tha 
action  of  gravity  through  a  vertical  space  h,  starting  from  the 
vertex  with  the  velocity  due  to  a  height  A,  in  a  time  independent 
of  h. 

If  a  be  the  radius  of  the  generating  circle  of  the  curve  so 
described,  prove  that  the  time  of  descent  will  be 


2v/«log(v/2  +  l), 


Cclvi         EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

8.  Define  the  hodograph  of  an  orbit,  and  show  that  the 
acceleration  is  proportional  to  the  arc  of  the  hodograph  described 
per  unit  of  time. 

The  hodograph  of  an  equiangular  spiral  described  under  a 
force  to  the  pole  is  the  inverse  of  the  same  spiral  turned  through 
an  angle  equal  to  that  of  the  spiral ;  hence  prove  that  the  force 

1 

varies  as— s 
r3. 

9.  Determine  the  motion  of  two  smooth  hard  spheres  after 
direct  impact. 

Two  spheres  of  elasticity  e  and  radii  a  and  b  respectively, 

whose  centres  are  at  a  distance  d  apart,  attract  one  another  with 

a  force  which  varies  inversely  as  the  square  of  the  distance  ;  show 

that  after  the  nth.  impact  their  centres  will  separate  to  a  distance 

d(a  +  b) 

a—  [d—  (a  +  6)}e2». 

10.  Prove  that  the  path  of  a  particle  moving  freely  under  the 
action  of  a  central  force  fi  u«  is  given  by  the  equation 

d^u  ix™-* 

d6%    +  U~  h2U' 

Prove  that  when  n  —  S  there  cannot  be  more  than  one  apsidal 
distance :  and  that  when  n  =  5  the  velocities  at  the  two  apsidal 

distances  are  such  that  the  sum  of  their  squares  is  equal  to ' 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HYDROSTATICS  and  OPTICS. 

J.  T.  Hathornthwaite,  M.A. ;  T,  C.  Lewis,  M.A. 

1.     Investigate  the  general  equation  of  fluid  pressure 

dp  =  p  [X dx+  Y  dy  +  Z dz), 

A  mass  m  of  elastic  fluid,  extending  through  all  space,  rotates 
about  an  axis  with  constant  angular  velocity  a>  and  is  acted  on 
by  an  attraction  towards  a  point  in  that  axis  equal  to  p.  times 


EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87,         CChii 

the  distance,  p,  being  greater  than  a>2  ;  prove  that  the  locus  of 
points  at  which  the  density  p  is  the  same  is  given  by 

/         2)2  mo 
fi  (*2  +  2/2  +22)-0)2  (X2   +  y2)  =  ^log^^-^ 


Qc     2     2 


^GivenJ    e        dx=-) 


8tt3  W  p2 


2.  Obtain  a  formula  in  Cartesian  co-ordinates  for  the  determN 
nation  of  the  centre  of  pressure  of  a  plane  area  exposed  to  the 
action  of  fluid. 

Two  equal  parabolas  with  the  same  vertex  and  their  axes  at 
right  angles  to  each  other  are  immersed  vertically  in  a  liquid, 
the  axis  of  one  of  them  coinciding  with  the  free  surface  ;  show 
that  the  centre  of  pressure  of  the  area  common  to  both  is  at  a 
depth  =  f-  latus-rectum. 

3.  State  the  experimental  facts  from  which  is  obtained  the 
equation  connecting  the  numerical  measures  of  the  pressure, 
density  and  temperature  of  a  gas  ;  and,  assuming  those  facts, 
obtain  the  equation. 

If  it  be  assumed  that  the  temperature  of  the  atmosphere  in 
ascending  from  the  earth's  surface  decreases  slowly  by  an  amount 
which  is  proportional  to  the  height  ascended,  prove  that  the 
relation  connecting  the  pressure  p  and  the  density  p  at  any 
point  will  be  of  the  form  p  gc  pl+»,  n  being  very  small. 

4.  Find  the  resultant  pressure  of  a  liquid  on  the  surface  of  a 
solid  wholly  or  partially  immersed  in  it. 

A  hemispherical  bowl  of  radius  c  is  filled  to  the  brim  with 
water,  and  a  uniform  rod  of  length  2a  specifically  heavier  than 
water  rests  with  one  end  in  contact  with  the  concave  surface  of 
the  bowl  and  passes  over  its  rim ;  show  that  the  position  of 
equilibrium  is  determined  by  the  cubic 

3c2  cos3  0  —  4  p  ac cos2  6  +  (pa2  —  2c2)  cos 6  f  2p  ac  =  o 

where  p  is  the  specific  gravity  of  the  rod  and  6  its  inclination 
to  the  horizon. 

5.  If  fluid  at  rest  under  the  action  of  given  forces  be  contained 
in  a  cylindrical  surface  of  any  form,  show  that  the  tension  at 
any  point  of  a  section  perpendicular  to  the  axis  is  the  same. 

Find  the  equation  to  the  curve  formed  by  pouring  liqiiid  upon 
a  rectangular  piece  of  thin  cloth,  the  ends  of  which  are  support- 
ed horizontally,  while  the  liquid  is  prevented  from  escaping  at 
the  sides, 

b  1306-22  ex* 


CClviii  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

6.  Investigate  the  form  of  a  pencil  of  light  after  direct 
reflexion  at  a  plane  mirror. 

A  bright  point  is  placed  at  the  intersection  of  the  diagonals  of 
a  quadrilateral,  inscribed  in  a  circle,  of  which  the  sides  are  re- 
flective ;  prove  that  a  circle  can  be  inscribed  in  the  quadrilateral 
formed  by  the  images,  and  that  the  distance  between  the  centres 
of  these  two  circles  is  VH2  —  Br  cosec  6,  where  i?,  r  are  the 
radii  of  the  circles  and  6  is  the  angle  between  the  diagonals  of 
the  given  quadrilateral. 

7.  Obtain  a  formula  to  determine  the  geometrical  focus  of  a 
small  pencil  of  rays  after  direct  refraction  through  a  lens  of  small 
thickness,  both  of  whose  surfaces  are  spherical ;  and  by  known 
properties  of  the  circle  of  curvature  indicate  how  the  formula 
may  be  applied  when  the  surfaces  of  the  lens  are  generated  by 
the  revolution  round  the  axis  of  any  known  curves. 

The  two  surfaces  of  a  lens  are  formed  by  a  concentric  and 
coaxal  ellipse  and  hyperbola  of  respective  eccentricities  e  and  e\ 
which  touch  one  another ;  show  that  a  small  pencil  of  light 
diverging  from  the  further  focus  of  the  ellipse  will  converge  to  a 
focus  of  the  hyperbola,  provided  the  refractive  index  of  the  lens 
be 

ee' — 1 


8.  If  a  ray  of  light  pass  in  a  principal  plane  through  a  prism 
donser  than  the  surrounding  medium,  show  that  the  deviation 
is  towards  the  thicker  part  of  the  prism. 

Two  triangular  isosceles  prisms  are  placed  with  two  faces  in 
contact  and  the  refracting  edges  parallel ;  prove  that  the  devi- 
ation of  a  ray,  which  in  passing  through  the  combination  in  a 
principal  plane  is  reflected  at  each  base,  is  independent  of  the 
refractive  indices  of  the  prisms  and  of  the  angle  of  incidence. 

9.  Describe  briefly  the  experiment  by  which  Newton  proved 
the  chromatic  decomposition  of  light. 

Investigate  the  condition  which  must  be  fulfilled  that  a  combi- 
nation of  two  lenses  used  as  an  eye-piece  may  be  achromatic, 
and  examine  whether  this  condition  is  satisfied  by  Huyghens' 
and  ftamsden's  eye-pieces. 

10.  Indicate  how  by  means  of  an  auxiliary  sphere  the  bright- 
ness at  any  point  of  a  surface  illuminated  by  a  given  uniformly 
bright  surface  may  be  calculated. 

A  circular  disc,  in  which  the  intrinsic  illuminating  power  at  a 
distance  r  from  the  centre  is  Ir,  illuminates  a  small  plane  area 
placed  at  right  angles  to  the  line  joining  it  with  the  centre  of  the 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEir.EE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87-  CCllX 

disc  and  at  a  distance  =  the  radius  c  of  the  disc,  the  disc  being 
also  at  right  angles  to  this  line  ;  show  that  the  illumination  01 
the  plane  is 


(r-.f>* 


BRANCH  IV\ -NATURAL  SCIENCES. 

Monday,  15th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  p.m.] 

ZOOLOGY,  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY,  and 

physiology-Paper  i. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E.  ; 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A,,  B.Sc. 
(1).     How  is  nutrition  carried  on  in  the  Vorticella  and    20 
the  Hydra  ? 

(2).     Describe  the  anatomy  of  the  Ophiuroidea.  20 

(3).     Give  an  account  of  the  structure  of  a  Barnacle   (as 

Sepas  Pectinata)  and  its  developement.     What  other  larval    20 

types  occur  among  the  Crustacea  ? 

(4).     Give  the  characteristics  and  affinities  of  the  Sirema. 

What  variations  occur  in  the  form  of  the  skull  in  this  order  !    20 

(5).     What  are  the  causes  of  migration  among  animals?        20 
Give  illustrations. 

Monday,  15th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.  M.] 

ZOOLOGY,  COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY  and 
PHYSIOLOGY- Paper  II. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E.  ; 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  the  physiological    classification  of  the   various    20 
food  stuffs. 

2.  How  is  circulation  assisted  in  the  capillaries  and  veins    20 
respectively  ? 

3.  Describe  the  minute  structure  of  the  lobule  of  a  liver.     20 

4.  What  are  the  different  sources  from  which  carbonic    20 
acid  gas  is  produced  in  the  system  ? 

5.  What  is  the  exact  nature  of  the  changes  which  blood    20 
undergoes  in  the  pulmonary  capillaries  ? 


CClx  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

BOTANY  and  VEGETABLE  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  I. 

Surgeon R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
G.  M,  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks] 

1.  Describe  the    general    appearance    presented  by  the     10 
transverse  section  of  a  dicotyledonous  leaf. 

2.  Mention  the  modifications  of  the  stamen  which  occur    20 
in  Bombay  plants. 

3.  Discuss  the  cause  of  the  impression  left  on  the  polished     15 
surface  of  calcareous  stone  by  roots. 

4.  Give  a  description  of  the  flora  of  the  Island  of  Bombay    20 
or  of  any  district  of  the  Bombay  Presidency. 

5.  The  cactus  which  covers  large  tracts  in  the  Deccan  is     15 
not  a  native  of  India  ;  discuss  this  assertion,  and  show  how 
you  would  prove  or  disprove  it. 

6.  Describe  the  plants  placed  before  you.  20 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

BOTANY  and  VEGETABLE  PHYSIOLOGY— Paper  II. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L. B.C. S.I. ,  L.M.  ; 

G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  a  botanical   description  of  any  five  fruits  to  be    20 
found  in  the  Bombay  markets. 

2.  Give    the    characteristics  of  the    chief    divisions  of    15 
Leguminosse,  or  Composite,  or  Solanacese. 

3.  Name    the  genera  of  fresh  water  plants  to  be  met    20 
with  near  Bombay. 

4.  M  ention  the  different  members  of  a  plant  which  may    15 
be  modified  so  as  to  act  as  tendrils,   with  examples  from 
Bombay  flora. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.  Cclxi 

5.  State  what  you  understand  by  a  regular  flower,  a     10 
complete  flower,  monochlamydeous,  gymnospermous,  gynan- 
drous,  exalbuminous. 

6.  State  what  you  know  regarding  the  following  botani-     20 
cal    writers : — Csesalpinius,     Linnaeus,    A.  L.    de    Jussieu, 
Lindley,  and  Bentham. 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

GEOLOGY— Paper  I. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Define  and  explain  the  terms : — dip,  strike,  joint,  fault,     10 
palseozoic,  neozoic,  palaelithic,  neolithic,  fauna,  flora. 

2.  Name  and  describe  the  principal  rock-forming  mine-     10 
rals.  What  are  the  three  great  classes  of  rocks  ? 

3.  Explain  the  use  of  the  terms  :  lamination,  cleavage,      5 
foliation,  false-bedding,  slickensides, 

4.  Give  sketches  to  illustrate  the  different  varieties  of    20 
faults  termed  single,  compound,  step  and  trough  faults  ;  and 
give  the  rule  as  to  the  "  throw  "  of  faults. 

5.  Write    a  short  essay  on  "  Traps  "  viewed  as  rock      15 
masses,  explaining  the  nature  of  their  effect  on  the  physical 
features  of  a  country,  &c,  &c. 

6-     Give  a  short  description  of  the  modes  of  occurrence    10 
and»peculiarities  of  mineral  veins,  giving  explanations  of  the 
more  common  mining  terms. 

7.  Give  a  short  account  of  what  you  supposed  to  be  the    10 
processes  which  account  for  the  surface  outlines  of  the  Deccan. 

8.  State  what  you  know  of  the  lithological  composition    20 
of  rock  masses  forming  the  Vindhyan   Mountains.     Name 
also  some  of  their  mineral  products. 


Wednesday,  17th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

GEOLOGY— Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A„  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the  nature  and  use  of  fossils.  10 

2.  Classify  animals  and  plants  of  the  kinds  most  likely  to    15 
occur  in  fossil. 


CClxii         EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

3.  Show  the  necessity  for  settling  the  chronological  classifi  -    25 
cation  of  each  large  area  separately  before  forming  one  for 
the  whole  earth. 

4.  State  the  nature  of  palseontogical  evidences  as  to  for-     15 
mer  changes  of  climate. 

5.  Give  a  chronological  tabulation  of  British  sedimentary     20 
strata,  mentioning  also  the  more  important   characteristic 
fossils  of  the  various  groups. 

6.  Describe  how  you  would  proceed  to  make  a  geological     15 
survey  of  an  unknown  tract  of  country. 


Monday,  15th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

CHEMICAL  PHYSICS— Paper  I. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J. ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sop.ap.ji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.  M. Inst. C.E.,  M.C.G.B, 

1.  What  relation  exists  between  the  centres  of  oscillation 
and  suspension  in  a  compound  pendulum  ?  Find  the  distance 
between  the  centres  of  oscillation  and  suspension  in  a  compound 
pendulum,  the  time  of  its  oscillation  being  1|  seconds. 

2.  Define  moment  of  inertia,  and  give  an  experimental  mode 
of  determining  the  moment  of  inertia  of  bodies  which  can  be 
hung  by  a  thread  so  as  to  turn  about  a  vertical  axis. 

3.  By  what  methods  did  Pictet  and  Cailletet  succeed  in  lique- 
fying hydrogen  ?  Give  a  short  account  of  the  previous  unsuc- 
cessful attempts  to  effect  the  result. 

4.  Distinguish  between  calorific  power  and  calorific  inten- 
sity.  Find  the  calorific  intensity  of  hydrogen  burning  in  air,  the 
calorific  power  being  34,462  ;  specific  heat  of  steam  =  '48  and 
specific  heat  of  nitrogen  =  *24. 

5.  Write  a  short  account  of  the  kinetic  theory  of  heat,  giving 
a  brief  historical  sketch  of  the  researches  which  resulted  in 
establishing  it. 

6.  State  the  course  of  reasoning  by  which  Professor  J.  Thomp- 
son explained  the  effect  of  pressure  on  lowering  the  freezing 
point  of  ice. 

Given  the  latent  heat  of  water  80°c ;  specific  gravity  of 
ice  =  *92  and  Joule's  equivalent  424  kilogramme  metres,  find 
what  the  lowering  of  the  freezing  point  for  an  increase  of  one 
atmospheric  pressure  will  be  ? 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87,      CclxiH 

7.  State  what  you  know  of  the  absorption  of  gases  by  porous 
solids,  and  the  circumstances  which  influence  it.  Give  the 
results  of  Graham's  experiments  on  liquid  diffusion  and  osmotic 
action. 

8.  How  is  the  low  conductivity  of  gases  for  heat  proved  ? 
Describe  an  experiment  which  proves  hydrogen  to  be  a  marked 
exception* 

9.  What  do  you  understand  by  "Dissipation  of  energy"? 
Give  illustrations  of  this  in  light,  heat,  electricity,  and  sound, 
pointing  out  the  sense  in  which  the  term  is  used, 

10.  State  what  you  know  of  the  relations  existing  between 
light,  heat,  and  electricity  What  do  you  mean  by  "correlation 
offerees,"  and  give  a  brief  history  of  the  progress  of  these  ideas 
in  physical  science. 


Monday,  15th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

CHEMICAL  PHYSICS-Paper  II. 

The  Eev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.CS., 
Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

1 .  Explain  why  up  to  now  it  has  been  found  impossible  to 
form  a  perfectly  achromatic  combination  of  lenses  or  prisms. 

Give  an  accurate  description  of  Huyghens'  eye-piece,  and 
account  for  its  achromatism ;  why  is  it  called  a  negative 
eye-piece  ? 

2.  Give  a  clear  and  full  statement  of  what  you  suppose  to  be 
the  cause  of  the  light  and  colour  of  the  sky.  Cite  definite  ex- 
periments as  the  basis  of  your  explanation  and  state  what  is  known 
to  you  about  the  polarization  of  sky-eight. 

3.  What  is  the  difference  between  circular  and  rotatory  polari- 
zation, and  how  is  the  latter  one  produced  ? 

State  and  explain,  as  far  as  you  are  able,  the  circumstances  in 
which  the  rotation  of  the  plane  of  polarization  by  quartz  differs 
from  that  produced  by  a  strong  magnetic  field  in  Faraday's 
experiment. 

4.  Give  a  short  sketch  of  the  advancement,  within  the  last 
twenty  years,  of  our  knowledge  of  solar  physics  by  means  of  the 
spectroscope. 


CclxiV        EXAM.  FOR  THE!  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886*87. 

6\  Supposing  the  earth's  magnetism  to  be  due  to  electric 
currents,  in  what  direction  must  these  currents  circulate  ?  Is 
there  any  proof  of  the  existence  of  such  currents,  and  to  what 
cause  are  they  due  ? 

Show  that  the  true  inclination  B  of  place  may  be  found 
from  the  relation  cot.  8  =  cot.  6\  +  Got  52,  where  6\  &  82  are 
the  apparent  inclinations  observed  in  any  two  planes  at  right 
angles  to  each  other. 

6.  Describe  the  chemical  process  going  on  in  a  Plante's  accu- 
mulator during  charge  and  discharge. 

7.  The  conductivity  of  metals  diminishes  while  that  of 
electrolytes  increases  with  increasing  temperature.  Explain  this 
with  reference  to  Faraday's  law  that  conduction  takes  place  in 
electrolytes  only  by  electrolysis,  and  Clausius'  theory  of  elec- 
trolysis 

8.  Give  the  theory  of  Wheatstone's  bridge,  and  show  how  to 
find  the  resistance  of  a  galvanometer  by  its  own  deflection, 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

inorganic  chemistry-paper  i. 

8,  Cooke,  M.A4)  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.  ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  BiSc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  evidences  can  you  adduce  to  justify  the  formu-     20 
lation  of  the  hypothesis  that  all  the  substances  known  as 
elements  at  present  are  really  different  forms  of  aggregation 

of  one  and  the  same  kind  of  matter.     Discuss  the  new  posi- 
tion as  fully  as  you  can. 

2.  Describe  clearly  the  preparation  and   properties  of    10 
hydrofluosilicic  acid.     What  is  its  use  in  the  laboratory  ? 

3.  In  what  forms  does  selenium  occur  naturally  ?     When     15 
and  how  was  it  first  extracted  ?  Compare  it  in  its  physical 
and  chemical  characters  with  other  elements  bearing  close 
analogies  to  it. 

4.  What  processes  are  recommended  for  the  quantitative    15 
estimation  of  nitrates  and  nitrites  present  in  potable  water? 
Describe  them  in  detail  and  give  their  rationale, 

5.  What  is  hydrate  of  chlorine  ?    How  is  it  obtained  ?     10 
How  ia  liquid  chlorine  prepared  from  it  ? 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87.         CclxV 

6.  What  is  diamond  of  boron.     How  is  it  prepared  ?    In     10 
what  other  forms  is  boron  obtained  ? 

7.  Deduce  a  formula  for  calculating  the  calorific  intensity    20 
of  a  fuel  burning  in  air,  and  consisting  of  carbon,  hydrogen 
and  oxygen.     What  circumstances  tend  in  actual  practice 

to  give  less  intensity  than  the  calculated  ?     What  portion  of 
loss  does  Siemen's  regenerative  furnace  seek  to  avoid  ? 

8.  Name  and  describe  the  hydrated  oxides  of  silicon  that     10 
appear  as  the  analogues  of  some  of  the  so-called  organic 
compounds  of  carbon. 

9.  How  would  you  proceed  to  ascertain  the  quantity  of     10 
combined  iodine  present  in  a  given  sample  solution. 

N.B. —Select  questions  to  aggregate  100  marks. 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 

[2  P.M.  TO  5  P.M.] 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY— Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E,  ; 

Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmtjkh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  methods  of  classifying  the  metals  (a)     12 
with  a  view  to  qualitative  analysis,  and  (6)  with  a  view  to 
quantitative  analysis. 

2.  How  are  metallic  hydrates  usually  obtained.     Give      8 
the  composition  of  the  hydrates  of  potassium,  calcium,   and 
lead,  and  describe  the  effects  of  heat  on  them. 

3.  What  are  the  present  sources  of  the  metals  gold,     16 
copper  and  silver  ?    Describe  the  ordinary  methods  of  assay- 
ing these  metals. 

4.  Describe  the  metallic  compounds  used  for  pyrotechny.     12 

5.  Describe  the  chief  metallic  compounds  employed  as     12 
pigments. 

6.  Describe  the  processes  employed  in  the  manufacture     10 
of  the  prussiates  of  potash,  giving  the  re-actions  in  symbols. 

7.  Calculate  the  quantities  of  raw  materials  required  to     15 
manufacture  a  ton  of  caustic  potash,  giving  full  details. 

8.  Give  the  characters  of  the  several  crystalline  systems.     15 
To  what  forms  are  the  foil  owing  bodies  referable  : — mica, 
tourmaline,  quartz,  cupric  sulphate,  gypsum,   oxalic  acid, 
Epsom  salt,  common  salt,  chili  nitre,  and  sulphur. 

b  1306-23  ex* 


CClXvi       EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A.,  1886-87. 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

METEOROLOGY  and  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY— Paper  I. 
S.Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  apparatus  employed  for  observing  the     15 
amounts  of  solar  and  terrestrial  radiation, 

What  other  sources  of  radiation  affect  the  quantity  of 
heat  gained  or  lost  by  the  earth  ? 

2.  What  is  a  thermograph  ?    Describe  some  form,  5 

3.  Describe  how  the  following  formulae  are  applied  in     15 
making  use  of  the  readings  of  the  "  psychrometer  ":  — 

rn fi         t         t    .    f» ci        t  —  t' 

4 .  How  may  atmospheric  electricity  be  collected  for  ex- 
perimental purposes  ? 

5.  Describe  some  forms  of  "  Atmometers,  "  and  explain     15 
the  reasons  for  the  absence  of  preciseness  in  the  observations 
obtained  by  their  aid, 

6.  Describe  some  method  of  estimating  the  ozone  in  the      5 
atmosphere. 

7.  Define  and  sketch  (in  black  and  white)  the  various     20 
forms  of  cloud. 

8.  Explain  the  effects  of  forest  vegetation  on  the  climate     1 0 
of  any  given  region. 

9.  How  does  the  growth  of  large  forests  tend  to  increase     10 
the  fertility  of  the  soil  on  which  it  grows  ? 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

METEOROLOGY  and  PHYSICAL  GEOGRAPHY— Paper  II. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  nature  of  the  earth's  movements  in  space,     12 
and  state  the  arguments  by  which  they  are  confirmed. 

2.  Draw  an  outline  map  of  India,  and  mark  in  the  river    10 
systems  and  mountain  ranges. 


EXAM.  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.A,,  1886-87.     cclxvii 

3.  Contrast  the  climates  of  Calcutta,  Bombay,  and  Poona,     10 
noting  the  physical  causes  of  their  differences. 

4.  Explain  what  is  understood  by  the  geographical  range       8 
of  a  species. 

5.  Give  a  sketch  illustrative  of  a  glacier,  with  lateral,     12 
medial,  and  terminal  moraines  and  "  roches  moutonnees.  " 

6.  Describe  the  position,  volume,  and  temperature  of  the     12 
Gulf  Stream.     What  effects  is  it  supposed  to  have  on  the 
British  Isles  ! 

7.  Explain  why  modern  rock  formations  are  and  must     12 
continue  to  be  more  limy  than  the  older  ones. 

8.  Give  the  reasons  why  coral  reefs  are  limited  to  certain     10 
regions  of  the  earth, 

9.  Classify    the    plants    occurring  in  peat,    and     give     1ft 
your  views  as  to  the  manner  in  which  you  suppose  coal  may 

be  formed  from  peat. 

Where  in  India  do  peat  formations  occur  ! 


CClxviii      EXAM.   FOE   THE    DEGREE   OP   LL.B.,    1886-87. 


VIII. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE 
OF  LL.B.,  1886-87. 

EXAMINERS. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq. 

Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LL.B. 


EXiM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  LL.B.,  1886-87.  CClxir 

Monday,  15th  November. 
[10  A.M.  to  1  P.M.] 

PAPER  I. 

L.  J,  Robertson,  Esq.; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B,A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Roman  Civil  Law,  Elements  of  GeneralJurisprudence  and 
International  Law. 

1.  What  rules  of  International  Law  were  agreed  to  by     10 
the  signatories  to  the  Treaty  of  Paris  (1854)  ?    Why  did  the 
United  States  refuse  to  agree  to  them  ? 

2.  Enumerate  the  sources  from  which  our  knowledge   of     10 
the  rules  of  International  Law  is  derived.     Name  the  prin- 
cipal text- writers  on  International  Law  in  the  17th  century ; 
and  state  in  what  respects  you  consider  them  defective. 

3.  "What  was  the   rule  of   1756?    Discuss  shortly  the     10 
policy  of  such  restrictions  on  trade. 

4.  How  does  Kent  distinguish  between  Intervention  and     10 
Interposition  ?    Under  which  head  would  you  put  the  action 

of  the  powers  at  the  time  of  the  Revolution  in  Belgium  in 
1830  ?    Give  a  short  account  of  that  occurrence. 

5.  Define  Blockade.     What  are  the  principal  rules  as  to     10 
(1)  valid  blockades,  (2)  violation  of  blockades. 

6.  Trace  briefly  the  progress  of  Contract  Law  in  Roman    10 
Jurisprudence. 

7.  Name  the  elements  composing  the  status  of  a  Roman    10 
citizen.     What  was  meant  by  capitis  diminutio  ? 

8.  In  what  ways  could  Patria  Potestas  arise  ?    Explain     10 
fully  what  was  essential  to  Justoz  Nuptics  ? 

9.  What  different  kinds   of   theft  were  there  in  Roman     19 
Law  ?    Who  could  bring  the  actio  furti  ? 

10.  Enumerate  the  contracts  made  by  delivery   of  the    10 
thing  (contracts  re).     By  what  actions  could  they  be  en« 
forced  ? 

w  1306—23  ex* 


CCIXX         EXAM.  TOR    THE  DECREE  OP  LL.B.,  1886-87. 

Monday,  15th  Novembbb. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PAPER  II. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq.; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Succession  and  Family  Rights,  with  special  reference  to  Hindu 
and  Mahomedan  Laws, 

1.  Define  the  terms   "Will,"   "Codicil,"    "Probate,"      5 
"  Executor,"  and  "  Administrator." 

2.  What  is  the  widow  of    an  intestate  entitled  to  (1)     12 
under  the  Indian  Succession  Act,  (2)  under  the  Mahomedan 
Law,  and  (3)  under  the  Parsi  Succession  Act  ? 

3.  What  are  the  rights  of  a  Hindu  widow  as  to  succession       8 
to  her  husband's  estate  and  to  the  estate  of  collaterals  of  the 
husband  under  the  Bengal  School  and  under  the  Mitaxara  ? 

4.  Who  are  excluded  from  inheritance   under  (1)    the     10 
Hindu  Law,  and  (2)  under  the  Mahomedan  Law  ? 

5.  What  are  the  different  sorts  of  sons  under  the  Hindu     10 
Law  ;  which  of  them  are  now  recognized  ?    Who  can  adopt  ? 
Who  cannot  be  adopted  ? 

6.  What  is  the  testamentary  power  of  a  Hindu  (1)  in     10 
Bengal,  and   (2)  in  Western    India  ?    What   estates  can  a 
Hindu'  create  by  will  ? 

7.  What  is    the   Increase  and  the  Return   under  the     10 
Mahomedan  Law,  and  when  does  each  take  place  ? 

8.  A  dies  leaving  behind  him  (1)  a  son,  (2)  the  widow     15 
of  a  predeceased  son,  (3)  a  son  and  a  daughter  of  another 
predeceased    son,  and  (4)  a  sister.       How   will  the  estate 

be  divided  (a)  if  A  was  a  Hindu  ;  (b)  if  he  was  a  Maho- 
medan ;  (c)  if  he  was  a  Parsi. 

9.  What  are  the  restrictions  upon  the  estate  which  female     10 
heirs,  viz.  a  widow,  a  daughter,  and  a  sister,  take  under  the 
Hindu  Law  in  Bengal  and  in  Bombay  ? 

10.  What  was  the  liability  of  a  son  to  pay  his  father's  or     10 
grandfather's  debts  under  the  Hindu  Law  formerly  ?     How 

far  is  it  limited   now  ?    Are  debts  a  charge  upon  the  estate 
of  a  Hindu  in  the  hands  of  his  son  or  of  other  co-parceners  ? 


ISAM.  FOR  THE    DEGREE  OP  LL.B.,  1886-87.      CClxxi 

Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

PAPER  III. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq. ; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LLB. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

The  Law  of  Contracts  and  of  the  Transfer  and  Lta»>e 
of  Immoveable  Property. 

1.  Define     "  Contingent        Contract,"     "  Insolvency,"      5 
"  Contract  of  Indemnity,"  "  Partnership,"    "  Firm,"  "  Sub- 
agent.  " 

2.  What  is  the  obligation  of  parties  toV Contracts  ?    In    10 
what  cases  is  performance  of  promises  excused  under  the 
Contract  Act  ? 

3.  What  is  the  surety's    liability?     When  is  a  surety    10 
discharged  altogether  or  as  to  some  transactions,  and  when 
not? 

4.  Give  briefly  the^history  of  the  doctrine  of  considera-      5 
tion. 

5.  What  are  artificial  persons  ?    What  are  the  artificial      8 
persons  recognized  by  English  Law  ?    Are  there  any  analo- 
gous instances  to  be  found  in  India  ? 

6.  What    are  Bottomry  and  Respondentia?    How  do    10 
they  differ  from  a  common  loan  ?    Who  can  enter  into  these 
cantracts,   and   what  are  the  rights  of  the  lender  in  each 


7.  What  is  a  lien  ?    How  is  it  acquired  and  how  lost  ?    12 
Give  instances. 

8.  What  is  rent  ?  How  is  it  reserved,  and  to  whom  must      8 
it  be  reserved  ? 

A  lets  his  field  to  B,  stipulating  that  B  is  to  pay  to  C,  A's 
nephew,  Rs.  20  per  annum.  B  fails  to  pay  the  rent;  can 
C  sue  B  for  it  ? 

9.  What  covenants  and  agreements  are  implied  in  the     12 
case  of  a  lease  for  a  term  of  years  by  the  lessor  and  the 
lessee,  and  what  not  ? 

10.  Define  "Moveable  Property,"    "Immoveable  Pro-    12 
pery." 


Cclxxii      EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  LL.B.,  1886-87. 

(1)  A  mortgages  his  land  to  B  for  Rs.  250  in  1878  by  a 
registered  mortgage.  A's  son  Cin  1879  borrows  Rs.  40  from 
B,  and  in  the  document  that  he  passes  recites  the  fact  of  the 
mortgage  by  A,  and  says  that  he  will  repay  the  40  rupees 
and  what  is  due  by  A  on  the  mortgage  in  1880. 

(2)  A  agrees  with  B  by  a  document  that  he  will  let  B 
cut  grass  in  his  grass  land  for  5  years  on  payment  of  Rs.  120 
every  year. 

(3)  A  obtains  a  decree  against  B  upon  a  mortgage  for  re- 
covering the  amount  due  by  sale  of  the  property  mortgaged. 
Afterwards  A  passes  a  document  to  B  by  which  he  agrees 
not  to  execute  the  decree  for  2  years. 

Which  of  these  documents  must  be  registered,  and  which 
not? 

11.     Where    must  every  document  to  be  registered  be    10 
presented  for  registration  ?    Who  must  present  it  ? 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PAPER  IV. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq. ; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

Equity  with  special  reference  to  the  Law  of  Trust,  Mortgages  and 
other  Securities  for  money,  and  Specif  c  Belief. 

1.  In  what  ways  are  charitable  trusts  favoured  by  the    10 
law? 

2.  What  is  a  resulting  trust  ?    When  is  the  presumption    10 
in  favour  of  the  purchaser  lost  ? 

3.  Give  reasons  for,  and  illustrations  of,  the  rule  that  a    10 
trustee  may  not  purchase  the  trust  estate.     Can  a  trustee 
ever,  and  if  so  when,   purchase  from  his  cestuis  qui  trust  ? 

To  what  other  classes  of  persons  does  this  rule  apply  ? 

4.  What  is  the  measure  of  a  trustee's  liability  for  trust    10 
property  in  his  possession  ? 


EXAM.   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   LL.B.,    1886-87.   CCkxiii 


An  executor  is  directed  by  the  will  to  convert  at  all  con- 
venient speed.  He  declines,  though  requested  to  do  so  by 
his  co-executor,  to  sell  certain  bonds  till  18  months  after  the 
testator's  death.  Is  he  liable  for  a  consequent  loss  to  the 
estate  ? 

5.  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  term  consolidation  of     10 
mortgages  ?    How  does  consolidation  differ  from  tacking  ? 

6.  A,  the  defendant,  advanced  money  to  B  on  mortgage  10 
and  obtained  a  conveyance  of  the  legal  estate  then  out- 
standing in  a  mortgagee  whose  debt  had  been  satisfied.  B, 
the  mortgagor,  was  in  possession  under  a  will  which  turned 
out  to  be  forged.  The  plaintiff,  the  heir-at-law,  claimed  the 
estate.     How,  and  upon^what  principles  would  you  decide 

his  case  ? 

7.  What  is  an  equitable  mortgage,?  10 

A  deposits  the  title  deeds  of  his  estate  with  B  preparatory 
to  the  preparation  of  a  legal  mortgage.  At  the  time  when 
the  mortgage  is  executed  the  money  is  advanced  by  B.  The 
deed  is  not  registered.  B  asserts  that  there  was  an  agree- 
ment to  treat  the  deposit  of  title  deeds  as  an  additional 
security,  and  claims  to  stand  in  the  position  of  a  secured 
creditor  under  A's  subsequent  insolvency.  Is  his  claim  a 
good  one  if  (1)  the  agreement  is  proved,  (2)  not  proved  1 

8.  A  mortgages  his  property  to  B  paying  12  per  cent.  10 
interest  on  the  loan.  C  offers  to  advance  the  money  at  9 
per  cent.  Should  C  get  B  to  re-convey  the  estate  to  A, 
and  obtain  from  him  a  fresh  mortgage,  or  should  he  take  a 
transfer  of  the  mortgage  from  B  ?  Give  reasons  for  your 
answer. 

9.  What  rights  has  a  purchaser  against  a  vendor  with     10 
an  imperfect  title  ?    What  was  the  decision  on  this  point  in 
the  case  of  Navroji  Beramji  v.   Rogers?  (4  Bom.  H.   C. 
Reports. ) 

10.  What  discretion  has  the  Court  as  to  decreeing  specific     10 
performance  ?     What  rules  are  laid  down  in  the  Specific 
Relief  Act  for  the  guidance  of  the  Court  in  exercising  such 
discretion  ?    Give  one  illustration  under  each  head. 


CCIXXIV     EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  LL.B.,  1886-87. 

Wednesday,  17th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

PAPER  V. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq.; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  B.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

The  Law  of  Torts  and  Crimes. 

1.  What  is  the  liability  of  carriers  of  passengers  ?    In     10 
actions  for   personal   injuries   by  negligence  what  are  the 
respective  functions  of  (1)  the  Judge,  (2)  the  Jury  ? 

2.  Under  -what   circumstances  is  a  person  employing  a    10 
contractor  liable  for  the  contractor's  wrongful  acts  ? 

3.  A  dug  a  trench  close  to  the   boundary  of  B's  land.     10 
B's    buildings  were  injured    by  a  consequent   subsidence 

of  the  soil.  Discuss  the  liability  of  A.  for  the  injury 
so  done. 

4.  A,  the  plaintiff,  a  passenger  on  the  defendants'  line,     10 
sustained  injuries  by  being  pulled  violently  out  of  a  railway 
carriage  by  one  of  the  defendant's  porters,  who  acted  under 
the  erroneous  impression  that  the  plaintiff  was  travelling 
without  a  ticket.     A  sued  the  Company  for  damages.     Was 

he  entitled  to  recover  ?  Quote  any  cases  you  know  of,  bear- 
ing upon  this  point. 

5.  What   is  meant  by  contributory    negligence  ?    The     10 
defendant  improperly  placed  a  pole  in  front  of  his  house  so 

as  to  project  across  the  roadway.  The  plaintiff  riding 
rapidly  along  the  street  was  thrown  against  it  and  injured. 
Could  he  recover  damages  ? 

6.  What  is  stolen  property  ?     What  must  be  proved  in    10 
order  to  convict  a  prisoner  of  dishonestly  receiving  stolen 
property  ? 

7.  A  owes  B  money.     B  in  order  to  compel  A  to  pay     10 
him,   obtains  possession   of  property   belonging    to   A  by 
means  of  a  false  pretence.      Discuss  the  criminal    liabi- 
lity of  B. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  LL.B.,  1886-87.      CclxxV 


8.  Under  what  circumstances  does  the  right  of  private     10 
defence  (a)  of  the  body,  (b)  of  property  extend  to  the  caus- 
ing of  death  ? 

9.  Distinguish    between  Theft,  Criminal  Misappropria-     10 
tion  and  Criminal  Breach  of  Trust. 

A  servant  was  sent  by  his  fellow  servants  to  receive 
their  wages  from  their  master.  He  retained  the  money 
so  obtained  for  his  own  use.  What  offence  did  he 
commit  ? 

10.  What  offences,  if  any,  has  A  committed  in  each  of  the    10 
following  cases  ? 

(a)  A  acted  as  an  auctioneer  at  a  mock  auction  and 
knocked  down  a  picture  to  B,  whom  he  knew  had  not 
bid  for  it,  and  refused  to  allow  B  to  leave  the  auction 
room  until  he  paid  for  it. 

(6)  A  intending  to  forge  a  document  in  the  name  of  K, 
purchased  a  stamp  in  K's  name,  and  caused  the 
stamp  vendor  to  endorse  K's  name  upon  it  as  the 
purchaser. 

(c)  J.  A.  gave  a  cheque  drawn  in  the  name  of  W.  A. 
(a  fictitious  person)  upon  a  bank  in  which  there  was 
no  account  answering  to  that  signature  ;  the  prosecu- 
tor took  the  cheque  believing  that  it  was  drawn  in 
the  prisoner's  real  name. 


Wednesday,  17th  Novkmbeb. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

PAPER  VI. 

L.  J.  Robertson,  Esq.; 
Mahadev  Chimnaji  Apte,  BA.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

ITJie  Law  of  Evidence,  Civil  Procedure,  including  Limitation 
and  Criminal  Procedure. 

i     1.     Define  the  terms,  "Fact,"  "Facts  in  Issue,"  "Evi-      4 
dence,"  "Disproved." 

2.     When  are  Judgments  of  Courts  of  Justice  relevant,     10 
i,nd  when  not  ? 


CCkxvi    EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  LL.B.,    1886-87. 

3.  When  may  admissions  be  proved  against  a  person  or 
his  representative  in  interest  ?  When  can  they  be  proved 
by  them  or  on  their  behalf  ?     Give  illustrations. 

4.  What  are  public  documents,  and  how  may  they  be 
proved  ? 

5.  In  what  cases  is  oral  evidence  excluded  by  docu- 
mentary evidence,  and  when  not  ? 

6.  What  is  the  doctrine  of  Res  Judicata  ?  When  is  a 
Foreign  Judgment  not  a  bar  to  a  suit  in  British  India? 

7.  When  may  a  suit  be  disposed  of  at  the  first  hearing  ? 

8.  When  is  an  appeal  from  an  Appellate  Decree  to  the 
High  Court  allowed,  and  when  to  the  Queen  in  Council  ? 

9.  What  orders  are  appealable  under  the  Civil  Proce- 
dure Code,  and  what  Courts  are  competent  to  hear  such  ap- 
peals ? 

10.  What  sentences  may  the  Courts  of  various  classes 
under  the  Criminal  Procedure  Code  pass?  What  are  the 
o  rdinary  and  additional  powers  of  Magistrates  ? 

11.  What  procedure  is  a  Magistrate  or  Court  cf  Sessions 
or  High  Court  to  follow  in  the  case  of  an  accused  person 
being  a  lunatic  or  insane  ? 

12.  What  is  the  period  of  limitation  to  the  following 
suits,  and  when  does  it  begin  to  run  : — 

(1)  to  set  aside  a  sale  in  pursuance  of  a  decree  or  order 

of  a  Collector  or  other  officer  of  revenue  ; 

(2)  by  a  ward  who  has  attained  majority  to  set  aside  a 

sale  by  his  guardian  ; 

(3)  to  set  asi^e  an  order  for  possession  made  by  a  Mam- 

latdar  under  the  Bombay  Mamlatdars'  Court  Act  ; 

(4)  on  a  promissory  note  or  bond  payable  by  instalments  ; 

(5)  for  declaration  that  an  ad  option  is  valid. 

13.  What  are  the  provisions  of  the  Limitation  Act  as  to 
acquisition  of  ownership  by  possession  ? 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE,    1886-87.        Cclxxvii 


IX. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 

EXAMINERS. 

S.     Cooke,    M.A.,    F.I.C.,   F.G,S., ) 

Assoc. M.Inst. C.E.  I    In       Chemistry      and 

Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  (      Practical  Chemistry. 

B.  Sc,  M.D.  J 

SUTgpnr^    tBmER'     B>A"   M-B',\ln     Botany,      Materia 
G  M  WoobrowX  J    Medica,andPharmacy, 


a  1306—24  ca? 


cckxviii  FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE,   1886-87. 

Monday,  13th  Septembir. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

CHEMISTRY. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.Inst.C.E.  ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Explain  the  term  compound-radicle  and  give  illusfcra-      5 
tions  of  such  radicles.     Why  is  ammonium  regarded  as  a 

q  uasi-metal  ? 

2.  Describe  fully  the  effects  of  a  continuous  stream  of      5 
carbonic  anhydride  on  a  solution  of  calcium  hydrate.    How 

is  solid  carbonic  anhydride  prepared  and  for  what  purposes 
is  it  used? 

3.  Describe  the  effect    of   the   respiration    of   carbon     10 
monoxide  by  animals. 

How  would  you  test  the  air  of  a  room  as  to  whether  it 
contained  an  excess  of  carbonic  acid  or  otherwise  ? 

4.  Explain  the  use  of  sulphur  as  an  ingredient  in  gun-     10 
powder.     Represent  in  symbols  the  result  of  the  explosion 

of  ordinary  English  gunpowder. 

5.  Mention  the  tests  by  which  you  would  distinguish    10 
compounds  of  antimony  from  those  of  arsenic,  and  give  the 
composition  of  the  ores  of  these  metals,  also  that   of  the 
alloys  in  which  these  metals  occur. 

6.  What  is  rust  ?    How  is  it  produced  ?    What  processes    10 
are  in  use  to  prevent  rusting  ? 

Explain  the  effect  of  the  continuous  action  of  sea  water  on 
cast  iron. 

7.  Define  the  terms  alcohol  and  ether.     What   are  ordi-    12 
nary  alcohol  and  ordinary  ether  ?    How  is  the  latter  related 

in  molecular  structure  to  the  former  ?  Describe  the  process 
of  producing  ordinary  ether  from  ordinary  alcohol  by  the 
action  of  sulphuric  acid,  stating  the  various  chemical  re- 
actions that  occur  during  the  process. 

8.  What  is  phenol  ?    How  is  it  separated  from  coal  tar*    12 
oils  during  the  process  of  its  manufacture  ? 


FIRST  EXAMINATION   IN   MEDICINE,    1886-87.     CClxxix 


How  is  picric  acid  related  to  phenol  in  chemical  structure 


9.  Express  the  chemical  composition  of  each  of  the  fol-     10 
lowing  in  symbols : — Tartaric  acid,  Lactic  acid,    Benzoic 
acid,  Acetic  acid,  Sulphovinic  acid,  and  a  metallic  salt  of 
each  acid. 

10.  Give  the  chemical  composition  and  modes  of  prepa-      8 
ration  of  yellow  prussiate  of  Potash  and  Prussian  Blue. 

11.  Describe  the  process  of  ascertaining  the  quantity  of      8 
grape-sugar  present  in  a  given  sample  of  diabetic  urine, 
stating  the  nature  of  solutions  required,  and  explaining  the 
chemical  reaction  on  which  the  process  is  based. 


Monday,  13th  September, 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

BOTANY. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M. ; 

G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  typical  structure  and  functions  of  the    20 
stamen,  and  state  the    peculiarities     characteristic  of  the 
stamens  in  any  five  genera  or  natural  orders  which  occur  in 
Bombay. 

2.  Compare  a  mango  with  a  cocoa-nut  and  an  orange  with    20 
a  cucumber,  showing  in  what  they  agree  and  differ  ;  explain 
the  differences. 

3.  Describe  the  general  characters  and  properties  of  the    20 
natural  orders  malvaceae  and  gramineas. 

4.  Suppose  apiece  of  the  axis  of  a  flowering  plant  was     10 
placed  before  you,  what  appearances  would  enable  you  to 
docide  whether  it  was  part  of  a  root  or  of  a  stem. 

5.  From  what  source  is  the    starch    derived  which  is    20 
stored  up  in  the  potatoe   tuber?  By  what  means  has   it 
been  transported  thither  ? 

6.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  compound  and  a    10 
simple    leaf?    Name    five    families  of    plants  occurring  /n 
Bombay  in  which  simple  leaves  prevail  and  five  in   which 
compound  leaves  prevail. 


CClxXX      FIRST   EXAMINATION   IN   MEDICINE,    1886-87. 

Tuesday,  14th  September. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

MATERIA  MEDICA  and  PHARMACY. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 
G.  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Mention  the  officinal  plants  of  the  natural    order    15 
convolvulaceas.     What  are  the  preparations  of  scammony  ? 
Give  the  ingredients  and  dose  of  each  preparation. 

2.    How  is  ether  prepared  ?    Give  the  officinal  preparations    25 
of  this    agent,   and    compare    it    with    chloroform    as  an 
anaesthetic. 

3.     What  is  ergot  ?    Give  its  officinal  preparations,  with    20 
their  doses,  and  indicate  the  chief  therapeutic  uses  of  the 
drug. 

4.  What  are  the  sources  of  senna,  and  the  varieties  of  the     25 
commercial  drug  ?    Give  its  officinal  preparations,  and  com- 
pare its  action  with  that  of  aloes. 

5.  Mention  the  oleates  in  the  British  Pharmacopoeia.  Give     15 
the  strength  of  each.     What  are  the  uses  of  this  group  of 
drugs  ? 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE,  1836-87     CClxxxi 


X. 


SECOND  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE. 

EXAMINERS. 


S^e0ni  f  p  n  ^TIKAf  \  M-R'C'S-  )  In  Anatomy,  Descriptive 

(Eng.),  L.P.C.P.,  (Lond.)  \         d  Practical        * 

Anna  Moreshvar  Kuntb,  B,  A„  M.D.  )     ana  rracwcai- 

G.  Waters,   L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E.   ..  )  In  Physiology  and    His- 
W.  M.  Alexaneer,  M.A.,  B.  Sc.     ...  j     tology. 


b  1306—24  ex* 


CCkxxii   SECOKD  EXAMINATION  IN  MEDICINE^  1886-87, 

Monday,  20th  September. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

ANATOMY. 

Surgeon  K.  JR.  Kirtikar,  M.E.C.S.  (EDg.),  L.R.C.P.  (Lond.)  j 

Anna  Moreshvar  Kunte,  B.A.,  M.D 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the    tibia   and   mention  the   muscles    and    25 
ligaments  attached  to  it. 

2.  Give  the  course  and  relations  of  the  4th  cranial  nerve    25 
from  its  apparent  origin  to  its  distribution. 

3.  Give  the  co  urse,  relations  and  main  branches  of  the    25 
right  subclavian  artery, 

4.  Give  the  dissection  necessary  to  expose  the  descen-    25 
dens  noni. 


Monday,  20th  September. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

PHYSIOLOGY  and  HISTOLOGY. 

G.  Waters,  L.R.C.S.,  L.R.C.P.E. ; 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

1.  Explain  the  nerve  agency  by  which  the  rhythm  of  the     15 
heart  is  governed. 

2.  Give,   in  detail,  what  takes  place  in    the  different    20 
stages  of  a  complete  cardiac  revolution. 

3.  Describe  a  transverse  section  of  the  spinal  cord.  15 

4.  Give  the  structure  of  a  lymphatic  gland  and  describe    20 
fully  the  part  played  in  the  animal  economy  by  the  lym- 
phatic system. 

5.  Describe  so  much  of  the  digestive  process  as  takes     1 5 
place  in  the  stomach. 

6.  Identify  specimens  1,  2,  3  placed  under  the  micro-    15 
scopes.. 


EXAM,  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.«.  &  S.,   1886-87.  CClxXXlii 


XI. 


EXAMINATION  FOE  THE  DEGREE  OF 
L.M.  &  S. 

EXAMINERS. 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D.  )  In  Principles  and  Practice 

>     of    Medicine,    including 
R.  Manser,  M.R.C.S )     Pathology. 

J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  CM j  In  Principles  and  Practice 

Surgeon    R.    Baker,    B.A.,  M.B.,  I      of    Surgery,      including 
L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  |      Surgical    Anatomy   and 

I      Ophthalmic  Surgery. 

Rastamji      Nasarvanji     Khori,  \ 

kfeEWS CFPR:o.(sLond0'  J*™^.**™™ 

Surgeon  D.  N.  Parakh,  L.R.C.P.,        of  Women  ^d Children. 
M.R.C.S.  J 

A.  M.  Milne,  M.A.,  M.B )  In  Medical  Jurisprudence, 

Kaikhosru     Rastamji      Vikaji,  >     including  Practical  Toxi* 
M.D.,  L.M.  )     cology  and  Hygiene. 


CClxxxiv  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  L.M.  &  S.,   1886-87. 

Monday,  22nd  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

PRINCIPLES  and  PRACTICE  of  MEDICINE,  including 
PATHOLOGY  and  THERAPEUTICS. 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D. ;  R.  Manser,  M.R.C.S. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  the  pathology  of  Dropsies,  and  mention  those    20 
particular  conditions  under  which  General  Dropsy  commonly 
occurs. 

2.  What  are  the  usual  causes,  the  successive  symptoms,    30 
and  the  appropriate  treatment,  of  uncomplicated  Remittent 
Fever  ?    In  the  course  of  a  severe  or  prolonged  attack,  what 
secondary  local  diseases  are  likely  to  supervene,  and  what 
then  are  the  principles  of  treatment  ? 

3.  Albumen  being  found  constantly  present  in  the  urine,     25 
how  would  you  proceed  to  ascertain  the  particular  morbid 
state  of  the  kidney  giving  rise  to  this  symptom  ?    Sketch 
the  treatment  of  acute  Bright's  disease. 

4.  Describe  concisely  the  morbid  lesions  which  charac-    25 
terise  acute  Dysentery,  the  corresponding   aspects  of  the 
alvine  evacuations,  and  the  most  suitable  treatment  of  this 
disease  in  its  early  and  late  stages. 


Monday,  22nd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

SURGERY,  SURGICAL  ANATOMY  and  OPHTHALMIC 
SURGERY. 
J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  CM.; 
Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the   different  kinds  of  iritis  and  their  treat-    20 
ment. 

2.  Describe  the  formation  of  an  aneurism  and  the  methods    20 
of  surgical  treatment.    Give  the  diagnosis  from  other  tumour. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  L.M.  &  S.,  1886-87.    CclxxXV 

3.  Describe  the  treatment  of  a   compound  comminuted    20 
fracture  of  the  leg. 

4.  Give  the  methods  of  repair  in  wounds  and  ulcers  and    20 
the  rationale  of  treatment. 

5.  Differentiate  the  various  tumours  found  in  the  scro-    20 
turn. 


Tuesday,  23rd  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

MIDWIFERY  and  DISEASES  of  WOMEN  and  CHILDREN. 

Rastamji  Nasarvanji  Khori,  L.M.,  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.,  (Lond.), 
F.R.C.S.,  (Lond.),  F.R.O.S.  ; 

Surgeon-Major  D.  N.  Parakh,  L.R.C.P.,  M.R.C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Enumerate  the  causes  of  Haemorrhages  from  the  20 
uterus  during  pregnancy,  and  state  at  what  period  of  preg- 
nancy they  generally  occur.  How  do  you  distinguish 
Haemorrhages  due  to  Placenta  Previa  from  those  due  to 
other  causes  ?  Describe  the  management  of  a  case  of 
Placenta  Prsevia  and  indicate  the  placental  site  in  such  a 
case. 

2.  Mrs.  N.  P.,  a  thin  anaemic  multipara,  aged  48  years  ;     15 
has  had  six  children  ;  deliveries  all  natural ;  has  completed 
the  full  term  of  gestation  ;  the  abdomen  is  unusually  large 
and  prominent,  and  its  shape  is  less  regular  than  it  should 

be  ;  the  foetal  heart-sounds  are  heard  at  two  points  at  some 
distance  from  each  other,  with  very  nearly  the  same  intensity 
at  each  point. 

Delivery  takes  place  the  next  day  ;  the  placenta,  however, 
is  retained.  You  are  sent  for  to  see  the  case  24  hours  after 
delivery.  The  pulse  is  120,  the  temperature  is  102°  F,  the 
patient  has  had  no  labour  pains  for  the  last  6  hours  though 
she  is  very  restless  and  complains  of  headache  ;  the  rectum 
and  bladder  are  empty.  On  vaginal  examination  you  find 
the  os  fully  dilated,  and  you  feel  a  round  hard  body  with 
a  linear  depression  which  you  can  trace  downwards,  for- 
wards and  to  the  left  leading  to  a  triangular  depression, 
the  whole  being  felt  through  another  fluctuating  rounded 
tumour. 


CC1XXXV1  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  L.M.  &  S.,   1886-87. 


Diagnose  the  case  and  state  what  mode  of  procedure  you 
would  adopt  under  the  circumstances,  and  state  your  prog- 
nosis as  regards  mother,  &c. 

3.  You  are  summoned  to  see  a  scrofulous  flabby  Primipara  25 
aged  about  24  years,  at  about  6  p.m.  ;  she  has  advanced  to 
the  full  period  of  gestation  ;  has  been  in  labour  for  the  last 
30  hours ;  the  pains  strong  at  first  have  become  gradually 
weaker  until  at  last  they  ceased  10  hours  before  ;  she  has 
not  passed  her  water  since  the  morning  of  the  previous  day, 
and  her  bowels  have  not  been  moved  also.  The  skin  is 
pungently  hot,  pulse  126,  temperature  104°  F.  She  has  no 
headache.  On  palpation  over  the  abdomen  two  distinct 
tumours  are  felt  one  above  the  other,  and  separated  from 
each  other  by  a  sulcus,  fluctuation  indistinct  in  the  upper 
tumour  is  felt  distinctly  in  the  lower  one  j  the  foetal  heart 
sounds  are  heard  in  their  normal  situation.  On  making  a 
P.  V.  you  find  the  vaginal  canal  hot,  dry  and  narrow  ;  the 
vulvae  are  swollen  and  (edematous  ;  the  pelvis  is  small,  its 
conjugate  is  contracted  measuring  only  2  inches  ;  the  outlet 
is  not  narrowed  much.  A  native  midwife  is  said  to 
have  ruptured  the  membranes  12  hours  before  you  saw  the 
patient.  The  os  is  soft  but  not  fully  dilated  ;  a  large  Caput 
Succedaneum  is  felt  and  the  child's  head  feels  unusually 
large.  Mention  and  describe  the  operation  you  would  con- 
sider necessary  for  the  delivery  of  the  woman  and  the  after- 
treatment  of  the  case. 

4.  Define  Leucorrhcea  ;  enumerate  the  local  pathological    ] 
conditions,  the  general  states  of  the  body,  and  the  organs 
concerned  in  its  production.     Describe  the  line  of  general 
treatment  for  it. 

5.  Describe  the  gradual  and  the  quick  or  forcible  methods 
of  cervical  dilatation.  State  for  what  purposes  they  are  had 
recourse  to. 

6.  Give  the  symptoms  of  the  two  varieties  of  syphilis  in    10 
children,  and  describe  the  local  and  constitutional  treatment 

of  the  disease  in  them. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  I,.M.  &  S.,   1886-87.   CclxxXVll 
Tuesday,  23rd  November. 

[2  P.M.  to  5  P.M.] 

MEDICAL  JURISPRUDENCE  and  HYGIENE. 

A.  M.  Milne,  M.A.,  M.B. ; 
Kaikhosru  Rastamji  Vikaji,  M.D.,  L.M. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  How  is  the  dynamic  value  of  an  average  day's  work,  18 
and  of  a  hard  day's  work,  for  a  strong,  healthy  adult 
weighing  150  lbs.  estimated  ?  Calculate  the  amount  of  work 
done  by  each  of  the  ten  palanquin  bearers,  carrying  an 
individual  weighing  160  lbs.  from  Neral  to  Matheran — dis- 
tance seven  miles,  with  an  ascent  of  2377  feet ;  the  average 
weight  of  each  man  being  144  lbs.  and  that  of  the  palanquin 
200  lbs. 

2.  In  making  an  observation  with  the  Mercurial  Baro-     16 
meter,  explain  (a)  how  to  use  the  Vernier,  (b)  how  to  correct 

for  capacity  and  temperature,  and  (c)  how  to  correct  for 
height  above  the  sea-level.  Give  some  account  of  the 
periodical  variations  in  the  height  of  the  barometer  in  Bom- 
bay during  the  dry  and  rainy  seasons. 

3.  For  each  patient  in  a  hospital  ward  how  much  cubic     10 
space  is  required  ?  What  ought  to  be  the  dimensions  (length, 
width    and    height)    of    a  ward    to   accommodate   twenty 
patients  ? 

4.  What  diseases  and  habits  tending  to  shorten  life  are    16 
to  be  particularly  noted  in  determining  the  eligibility  of  an 
adult  person  for  life  insurance  ?     What  is  meant  by  the  term 

*  Expectation  of  life,  '  and  what  would  be  the  expectation 
of  life  for  a  healthy  man  47  years  of  age  ? 

5.  How  would   you  determine  by  post-mortem  appear-     12 
ances  alone,  whether  death  was  due  to  Coma,  Syncope  or 
Apnoea  ? 

6.  In  poisoning  by  Corrosive   Sublimate,  what  are  the    12 
symptoms   and  post-mortem  appearances;    and  how  would 
you  proceed  if  called  upon  to  treat  such  a  case  ? 

7.  A  widow  with    abdominal    enlargement    has    been    16 
wrongfully  accused  of  being  pregnant.     Enumerate  the  dis- 
eases and  conditions  which  cause  abdominal   enlargement 
and  simulate  pregnancy.     State  what  you  know  about  un* 
conscious  pregnancy  and  unconscious  delivery. 


CclxXXViii  EXAM.   FOB  THE  DEGREE   OF   M.D.,    1886-87. 


XII. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  M.D. 

EXAMINERS. 


H.  V.  Carter,  M.D. 
R.  Manser,  M.R.C.S. 

J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  CM, 


"  Vln  Physic. 

J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  CM ) 

Surgeon    R.      Baker,     B.A.,      M.B.,  V  In  Surgery. 
L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  .) 


Rastamji  Nasarvanji  Khori,  L.M., 
M.D.,  M.ft.C.P.,  (Lond.),  F.R.C.S., 
(Lond.),  F.R.O.S. 

Surgeon  D.  N.  Parakh,  L.R.C.P., 
M.R.C.S. 

W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A.,  B.Sc. 


In  Midwifery. 


In  Comparative  Ana* 
tomy. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.D.,  1886-87.    CclxXXlX 

Monday,  29th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

PHYSIC. 

H.  V.  Carter,  M.D.J  E.  Manser,  M.R.C.S. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Give  a    short  account  of  the  nature  and   causes   of    20 
scorbutus  as  prevailing  on  land  ;  and  state   what    measures 
you  would  adopt  for  checking  scurvy  in  regiments,  jails,  and 
schools. 

2.  Summarise  the  prevailing  views  regarding  the  origin    2  5 
and  spread  of  typhoid  ( enteric)  fever  :  what  do  you  under- 
stand by  the  term  iypho -malarial fever,  and  how  will  your 
diagnosis  of  this  affection  influence  your  prognosis  and  treat- 
ment ? 

3.  Discuss  the  significance  of  tube-casts  in  the  urine,  as    20 
regards  the    diagnosis,  prognosis  and    treatment  of    renal 
disease. 

4.  The  nature,  causes  and  anatomical  characters  (briefly)     20 
of  sclerosis  of  the  nerve  centres  ;  enumerating  the  chief  varie- 
ties of  this  affection,  with   the  particular  diseases  included 
under  them. 

5.  Briefly  state    your  experience    of    the    comparative     15 
therapeutic   values  of    antipyretics,    such    as  antipyrin    or 
thallin,  and  of  quinine  in  the  treatment  of  'Fevers*. 


Monday,  29th  November. 
[2  p.  m.  to  5  P.  M.] 

SURGERY. 
J.  Arnott,  M.D.,  CM.  ; 
Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Diagnosis,    prognosis,    and    treatment  of    malignant    25 
tumours  of  the  breast. 

2.  What  are  the  indications  for  performing  tracheotomy    25 
and  laryngotomy  ?  Describe  the  operations.     What  ars  the 
dangers  and  difficulties  in  performing  them  ? 

b  1306— 25  ex 


CCXC  EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.D.,  1886-87. 


3.     Symptoms,  diagnosis,  prognosis  and  treatment  of  the    25 
fracture  of  the  base  of  the  skull. 

4>    What  is  meant  by  convergent  strabismus?    Mention    25 
its  symptoms,  and  describe  the  operation  performed  to  reme- 
dy the  defect. 


Tuesday,  30th  November, 

MIDWIFERY. 

Rastamji  Nasarvanji  Khori,  LM„  M.D.,  M.R.C.P.,  (Lond.)T 

F.R.C.S.  (Lond.),  F.R.O.S.  ; 

Surgeon  D.N.  Parakh,  L.R.C.P.,  M.R.C.S. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .     Explain  fully  the  following  :  — 

(a)  Naegele's  obliquity. 

(b)  Bandl's  ring. 

(c)  Carus'  curve. 

(d)  Moulding  of  the  head  in  vertex  presentation. 

(e)  Placenta  succenturiata. 

2.  Describe  the  management  of  the  following  cases  : —        20 

{a)  A  case  of  pregnancy  complicated  with  an  ovarian 
tumour. 

{b)  A  case  of  procidentia  of  the  gravid  uterus  at  full 
term. 

3.  Describe   the  mechanism  of  parturition  in  the  second     15 
position  of  the  face. 

4.  Enumerate  the   causes  which   render  it  necessary  to    25 
accelerate  delivery  at  any  period  of  gestation. 

(a)  Adventitious  ; 

(b)  Connected  with  the  powers  of  expulsion ; 

and  explain  their  consequences  if  delivery  be  not  accelerated. 

5.  Describe  the  method  of  performing  Porros'  operation.     25 

What  are  the  conditions  favourable  to  the  performance  of 
the  same  ?  Give  your  views  as  to  the  advisability,  or  other- 
wise, of  performing  Porros'  operation  or  Caesarian  section  in 
women  of  this  country. 


EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  M.D.,  1886-87.  CCXCl 

Tcjesday,  30th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

COMPARATIVE  ANATOMY. 
W.  M.  Alexander,  M.A,,  B.Sc. 

1.  Describe  a  sertularian,  and  the  formation  of  its  gener- 
ative organs. 

2.  Give,  in  detail,  the  structure  of  trichina  spiralis,  and 
the  characteristics  of  the  order  to  which  it  belongs. 

3.  Describe  the  respiratory  organs  of  an  insect,  a  mol- 
lusc, and  an  annelid. 

4.  Enumerate  the  distinctive  character  of  (a)  the  mono- 
delphia,  (&)  the  delphia,  (c)  the  armthodelphia. 

5.  State  what  is  meant  by  the  law  of  the  '  'Correlation  of 
Growth"  and  its  application. 


CCXcii      FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,    1886-87. 


XIII. 


FIRST  EXAMINATION  IN  CIVIL 
ENGINEERING. 

EXAMINERS. 

The  Rev.  D.Mackichan,M.A.,  D.Do 

T,  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc | 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  [  T    -..-,,         ,. 
jr  g  '  Y In  Mathematics. 

Chintaman        Vinayak     Vaidya,  I 
M.A.,  LL.B J 

S.   Cooke,    M.A.,   F.I.C.,    F.G.S.,  ) 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E fT    T  .    n. 

Moreshvar      Gofal    Deshmukh,  f In  Organic  Chemistry. 

B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D | 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J.     ...  \ 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  f  T    -^         .        ,  i  ™ 

L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S.,  Assoc.M.  (  In  Experimental  Physics. 

Inst.C.E.,  M.C.G.B ) 

James     Scorgie,     F.C.S,,    Mem. 

Soc.  Eng 

Khan    Bahadur    Mancharji    Ka-  V  In  Engineering. 

vasji    Murzban,  Assoc.  M.Inst.  ' 

C.E 


1.. 


FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  1886-87.      CCXCiil 

Friday,  5th  November. 

[10  A.M.   TO  1  P.M.] 

ARITHMETIC  and  ALGEBRA. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D, ; 
T.  S.  Tait,M.A.,  B.Sc.; 
Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  A  person  after  paying  an  income-tax  of  5  pies  per      9 
rupee  has  a  clear  income  of  Rs.  2, 244  per  annum  derived  from 
four  per  cent.  Government  paper.     He  sells  out   two-thirds 

of  this  at  97 \  and  invests  the  money  in  five  per  cent.  Munici- 
pal Bonds  at  101  £.  What  is  now  his  clear  income  after 
paying  income-tax  as  before  ? 

2.  A  box  with  a  lid  is  to  be  made  of  inch-and-a-half      6 
plank,  the  external  dimensions  to  be  3  ft.  6  in.,  2  ft.  6  in. 
and  1  ft.  9  in.     How  many  square  feet  of  plank  will  be 
used  in  the  construction  ? 

3.  Prove  that  if  x  =  loga  m  and  y  -  log&  m  10 

2/*  xlogb  a. 

Given  log  2  -  '3010300,  log  3  =  '4771213 
find  x  in  the  equation  3*  =  25. 

4.  If  the  number  of  births  in  a  year  be  ^th  of  the      8 
population  at  the  beginning  of  the  year  and  the  number  of 
deaths  ^th ;  find  in    what  time  the  population  will  be 
doubled. 

Given — 

log  2  = -3010300,  log  241  =  2-3820170,  log  240=2*3802112. 

5.  If  x  t  y  =  p  and  xy  -  q,  express  x2  +  y2,  x3  +  yz,      9 
xA  +  y\  in  terms  of  p  and  q. 

6.  Find  the  value  of  a^and  y  Jrom  the  equations —  8 

\/»  -  *jy  -  >/$  ") 
s/xy  =3       J 
b  1306— 25  ex* 


CCXciv       FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  1886-87. 

7.  If  a,  6,  c,  d  are  proportionals  show  that —  12 

a  +  b  :  a  —  b  ::  c  +  d  :  c  —  d 

a2    ,    <?_    _  9  ac 
"P        J2  bd 

(a  +  d)-(b  +  c)={a-h){a-€)- 

8.  Sum  the  series  —  13 

3  —  1  +  %  —  I  &c.  ad  infinitum 
3  +  6  +  11  +  20  +  &c.  to  n  terms. 

If  a,  b,  c  be  in  arithmetical  progression,  &,  c,  d  in  geome- 
trical progression,  and  c,  d,  e  in  harmonical  progression ; 
show  that  a,  c,  e  are  in  geometrical  progression. 

9.  Show  by  mathematical  induction  that  the  sum  of  the     13 
squares  of  the  first  n  natural  numbers  is  £  n  (n+ 1)  {2n+ 1). 

Hence  obtain  an  expression  for  the  sum  of  the  squares 
of  the  odd  numbers  in  this  series. 

10.  Write  down  the  middle  term  in  the  expansion  of — 
Find  the  5th  root  of  35  correct  to  5  places  of  decimals. 


Thursday,  4th  November. 
[10  A.M.  to  1  P.M.] 

EUCLID  and  TRIGONOMETRY. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 

T.  B.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 

Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

1.  What  is  an  axiom  ?  Give  the  12th  axiom  as  used  by 
Euclid  in  his  propositions  on  parallel  straight  lines.  Is  it 
really  an  axiom,  and  what  axiom  is  usually  proposed  in  its 
stead  ? 


FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  1886-87.       CCXCV 

2.  If  a,  b  be  the  lengths  of  two  unequal  straight  lines,       9 
prove  geometrically  that — 

a?-W  =  (a  +  b)  (a—b). 

3.  The  .rectangles  contained    by  the    segments    of  two    11 
chords  which  intersect  each  other  on  a  circle  are  equal. 

The  three  common  chords  of  three  circles  which  intersect 
one  another  meet  in  a  point. 

4.  The  perpendicular  from  the  vertex  of  a  right-angled    12 
triangle  on  the  hypotenuse  is  a  mean  proportional  between 

its  segments. 

Show  that  the  common  tangent  AB  which  touohes  two 
touching  circles  at  A  and  B  is  a  mean  proportional  between 
their  diameters. 

5.  Draw  a  straight  line  perpendicular  to  a  given  plane     12 
from  a  given  point  without  it. 

Straight  lines  are  drawn  from  two  given  points  without  a 
given  plane  meeting  each  other  on  that  plane ;  find  when 
their  sum  is  the  least  possible. 

6.  If  an  isosceles  triangle  be  inscribed  in  a  circle,  on  a      7 
side  of  a  regular  inscribed  heptagon,  find  the  circular  mea- 
sure of  its  angles. 

Investigate  a  general  formula  for  all  values  of  A  if 
tan  A  =  — 1. 

7.  Eliminate  8  between  the  equations  : —  10 

cosec  6  —  sin  6  =  m 
sec  &  —  cos  6  —  n 
If  A  and  B  be  acute  and 

3  sin2  A  +  2  sin2  B  »  1. 
3  sin  2  A  —  2  sin  2  B  =  0 
Show  that  A  +  2  B  =  90°. 

8.  The  sides  of  a  triangle  are  1717,   1919,  2424  ;  find  the     12 
angle  opposite  to  1919. 

Given  log  3030=3  4814426,  log  1313  =  3-1182647  J 
log  1111  =3-0457141,  log  606  =  2-782426  ; 
L  tan  25°55'  =  9  -6865768        cliff,  for  1'  =  -0003213. 


CCXCvi    FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  1886-87. 

9.  Find  all  the  values  of  the  radii  of  the  inscribed  and    12 
escribed  circles  in  terms  of   the  sides  and  angles    of   the 
triangle. 

Prove  that  the  square  of  the  area  of  a  triangle  is  equal  to 
the  product  of  the  above  radii. 

10,  litlt  t2 tn  be  the  tangents  of  AjA2 An      10 

find  the  value  of — 

tan"1     <1~*8+  tan"1  }*~~\  + + 

tan      1  +  Ms  l+hh 

tan 


Tuesday,  2nd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  p.m.] 

STATICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ; 
T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,B.Sc; 
Jamshedji   Ardfsir  Dalal,  M.A,,  LL.B. ; 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
[The  same  as  set  for  the  First  B.A.  Examination:  seepage  cxiii. 


FIKST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,   1886-87.      CCXCvii 

Tuesday,  2nd  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  p.m.] 

DYNAMICS  and  HYDROSTATICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.  ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  If /be  the  measure  of  acceleration,  when  n  feet  and  m      8 
seconds  are  the  units  of  length  and  time,  find  the  measure  of 
the  same  acceleration  when  p  feet  and  q  seconds  are  the 
units. 

If  the  acceleration  of  a  heavy  body  falling  freely  be  the  unit 
of  acceleration,  and  the  velocity  acquired  in  8  seconds  be  the 
unit  of  velocity,  find  the  unit  of  length. 

2.  Find  the   straight  line  of    quickest  descent  from  a    10 
given  point  to  a  given  straight  line,  and  from  a  given  circle 

to  another  given  circle  without  it. 

If  a  be  the  base  of  an  inclined  plane,  determine  the  height, 
so  that  the  time  of  a  body's  falling  down  the  plane  may  be 
the  least  possible. 

3.  Find  the  greatest  height  to  which  a  projectile  reaches,     10 
and  the  range  on  the  horizontal  plane  through  the  point  of 
projection. 

A  ball  fired  from  a  gun  just  clears  a  wall  20  feet  high, 
and  the  distance  from  the  wall  of  the  point  where  it  falls  is 
the  same  as  that  of  the  gun  from  the  wall,  being  40  (2  +  /  3) 
feet ;  determine  the  angle  of  elevation  of  the  gun.  ^ 

4.  What  would   be  the  velocity  communicated  by  the     12 
impact  of  one  perfectly  elastic  body  upon  another  such  body 

at  rest  ?  There  is  a  row  of  perfectly  elastic  bodies,  the 
masses  of  which  are  in  an  increasing  geometrical  progression, 
whose  common  ratio  is  3,  and  which  are  placed  contiguous 
to  each  other ;  the  first  impinges  upon  the  second,  which 
transmits  its  velocity  to  the  third,  and  so  on  ;  the  last  body 
moves  off  with  ^th  of  the  velocity  of  the  first  body  ;  find 
the  number  of  bodies. 


CCXCviii      FIEST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,   1886-87. 


5.  A  body  impinges  obliquely  upon  a.  fixed  smooth  plane  ;     10 
determine  the    velocity  after  impact,   the  elasticity  being 
imperfect.     What  interesting  results  may  be   deduced  by 
considering  e  =  1  or  0,  and  the  impact  to  be  direct  ? 

A  body  starts  from  one  given  point,  and  after  reflection  at 
a  given  smooth  fixed  plane  passes  through  another  given 
point,  determine  the  direction  of  incidence,  the  index  of 
elasticity  being  known. 

6.  Find  the    pressure  of  a  fluid  upon  a    rectangular     10 
plane,  immersed   in  it,    with  one  edge  in  the  surface,  and 
inclined  at  an  angle  6  to  the  vertical. 

Compare  the  pressures  on  the  bottom  and  side  of  a 
cubical  vessel  filled  with  fluid. 

7.  Define  the  centre  of  pressure.     Is  it  the  same  as  the     10 
centre  of  gravity  ?    Do  they  ever  coincide  ?    Find  the  centre 

of  pressure  of  a  rectangle  immersed  vertically  in  a  liquid, 
with  one  side  in  the  surface. 

8.  Define  Specific  Gravity ;  what  are  the  conditions  of    10 
equilibrium  of  a  floating  body  ?  A  hemispherical  bowl  of  given 
material  just  floats  in  a  given  fluid  ;  determine  the  thickness 

of  the  bowl ;  s  being  the  specific  gravity  of  the  material 
relatively  to  the  fluid. 

9.  Explain  the  principle  of  the  diving  bell.     A  cylin-     10 
drical  tube  4  feet  long  closed  at  its  upper  end  is  let  down 

in  a  vertical  position  in  the  sea  ;  water  rises  3  feet ;  find 
the  depth  to  which  it  has  sunk,  assuming  that  a  column 
of  32  feet  of  sea-water  measures  the  weight  of  the 
atmosphere. 

10.  Explain  the  construction  of  Smeaton's  air-pump.    In     10 
this  air-pump  find  the  density  of  the  air  in  the  receiver,  after 

n  strokes  of  the  piston. 

Having  given  the  quantity  of  air  p,  contained  in  this  air- 
pump  at  first,  how  many  strokes  will  be  required  to  exhaust 
a  given  quantity  q  1 


FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  1886-87.      CCXcix 

Monday,  1st  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A„  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E.  ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  ^  State  succinctly  the  various  conditions  necessary  for      8 
chemical  combination.     How  would  you  distinguish  between 

a  mechanical  and  a  chemical  solution  ? 

2.  State  the  Law  of  Atomic  Heat.  Explain  and  illustrate      8 
it  by  examples. 

3.  Define  the  terms,  acid,  Base    salt,    anhydride    and      8 
radicle. 

4.  What  are  isomorphous  and  isomeric  bodies?     Give      8 
some  examples. 

5.  How  many  grammes  of  granulated  Zinc  are  necessary     13 
to  generate  10  litres  of  Hydrogen  measured  at  25°  C.  and 
740  M.M.  ? 

6.  What  is  marsh  gas  ?    How  is  it  artificially  prepared     12 
on  a  small  scale  ?     Mention  its  important  properties  ? 

7.  What    occurs    when    Phosphorus  is    immersed    in     10 
(a)  Chlorine,    (6)  Oxygen.     What  are  the  resulting  com- 
pounds ?  Describe  them. 

8.  Mention  the  different  crystallographic  systems,  giving     17 
the   characteristics   of  each  silbus     illustrating    them    by 
examples. 

9.  Explain  the  action  of  various  waters  on  lead  pipes,     16 
mentioning  the  conditions  which  preclude  the  employment 

of  such  pipes  for  drinking  water. 


CCC         FIRST  EXAM.  IN  CIVIL  ENGINEERING,  3886-87. 

Monday,  1st  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HEAT  and  FRICTIONAL  ELECTRICITY. 

The  Rev.  P.  Dreckmann,  S.J.  ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.,  C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

1.  Explain  fully  why  -  273°C  ia  called  the  absolute  zero     12 
of  temperature,  and  show  that  the  volume  of  a  gas  is  pro- 
portional to  its  absolute  temperature. 

Calculate  the  temperature  (pressure  being  unchanged)  at 
which  air  possesses  the  same  density  as  hydrogen  at  0W. 

Specific  gravity  of  hydrogen  «=  0*069. 

2.  Describe  any  one  method  of  finding  the  specific  heat     14 
of  a  body. 

.  Pind  in  what  proportion  a  kilogramme  of  water  at  80°C. 
must  be  divided  in  order  that  the  heat  given  out  by  one 
portion  in  cooling  down  to  ice  at  0°  may  be  just  sufficient  to 
change  the  other  one  into  steam  at  100°. 

3.  Explain  how  the  co-efficient  of  linear  expansion  of    10 
glass  may  be  determined  by  means  of  the  weight  thermo- 
meter. 

4.  Compare  the  evaporation  and  ebullition  of  a  liquid.     12 
Explain  the  connection   between  pressure  and  boiling  point, 
and  show  why  the  temperature  of  a  liquid  during  ebullition 
remains  constant. 

5.  Describe  any  one  form  of  dew-point  hygrometer,  and     12 
show  how  the  absolute  and  relative  humidity  of  the  air  may 

be  determined  from  its  observation. 

6.  From  the  law  of  inverse  squares  prove  that  the  electric     12 
density  is  the  same  on  all  points  of  a  charged  sphere.     How 

is  the  charge  and  the  density  distributed  over  two  spheres 
of  unequal  radii  connected  by  a  fine  wire?  Explain  the 
action  of  points. 

7.  Describe  the  action  of  an  electric  condenser.     Two     14 
spheres,  each  one  decimetre  in  radius,  are  connected  by  a  fine 
wire,   the   capacity  of  which  may  be  neglected.     A  third 
conducting  sphere  connected  with  the  earth  is  concentric 


FIRST   EXAM.    IN   CIVIL   ENGINEERING,    1886-87.      CCCi 

with  and  envelopes  one  of  the  spheres,  the  distance  be- 
tween the  surfaces  being  2  millimetres.  Show  in  what  pro- 
portion a  charge  communicated  to  the  system  is  divided. 

8.     Explain  what  is  meant  by  electrostatic  induction  and    14 
show  how  to  prove  experimentally  that  the  quantity  of 
electricity  induced  by  a  charged  body  is  equal  to  the  amount 
of  the  charge  of  the  inducing  body. 

How  is  the  striking  distance  and  the  appearance  of  a 
spark  passing  through  air  changed  by  gradually  diminishing 
the  gaseous  pressure  down  to  zero  ? 


Wednesday,  3rd  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

ENGINEERING  FIELD  WORK. 

James  Scorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem.  Inst.  C.E.  ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Mastcharji  Kavasji  Mur'zban, 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Construct  a  line  of  chords  and  from  it  draw  an  angle      4 
of  50°. 

2.  Construct  a  scale  of  6  inches  to  the  mile  showing       Q 
chains.     Distances  up  to  6,000  ft.  are  required  to  be  taken. 

3.  Name  the  instruments  usually  employed  in  taking  off-      7 
sets.    State  which  of  these  you  would  employ  in  taking  long 
offsets. 

4.  Describe  the  operation  of  chaining.    How  would  you    12 
chain  on  sloping  ground  ? 

5.  Explain  why  the  East  point  is  placed  to  the  left  and     13 
the  West  to  the  right  of  North  in  the  Prismatic  Compass. 
Describe  the  method  of    surveying    with    the    Prismatic 
Compass. 

6.  What  conditions  must  be  fulfilled  when  a  traverse    10 
makes  a  complete  circuit  ? 

7.  How  would  you  find  your  place  in  a  survey  10 

8.  Describe  the  temporary  adjustments  of  the  Theodolite ;    13 
and  explain  the  method  of   observing  an  angle.     What  is 
meant  by  the  repetition  of  an  angle  ? 

b  1306—26  ex 


CCCii      FIRST   EXAM.    IN   CIVIL   ENGINEERING,    1886-87. 

9.  Describe  the  permanent  adjustment  of  the  Dumpy     15 
Level,  and  the  method  of  using  it. 

10.  What  is  the  difference  between  true  and  apparent     10 
levels  ?    What  would  be  the  effect  of  taking  the  apparent 
instead  of  the  true  level  ? 


Wednesday,  3rd  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

MATERIALS  used  in  CONSTRUCTION. 

James  Scorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem.  Soc.  Eng. ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Mancharji  Kavasji  Murzban, 

Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  By  what  constituent  part  of  themselves  are  the  prin-     10 
cipal  classes  of  building  stones  distinguished  ?    To  which  of 
these  classes  do  the  following  stones  belong  : — 

1.  Marble. 

2.  Coorla  stone. 

3.  Granite. 

2.  If  two  specimens  of  stone,  equally  good  in  all  respects,     10 
one  composed  wholly  of  carbonate  of  lime  and  the  other  con- 
taining an  equivalent  portion  of  Magnesia,    were   offered  to 
you,  which  would  you  select  for  building  ?    State  your  reason 
for  giving  preference  to  one  above  the  other. 

3.  What  is    natural  hydraulic  Cement  as  distinguished     10 
from  artificial   Cement  ?     Name  some  of  the  best  known 
Cements  of  each  kind. 

4.  What  is  Mortar  .'    With  what  view  is  mortar  gene-     10 
rally  tested  ?    Describe  some  of  the  usual  methods  of  testing 
the  strength  of  mortar. 

5.  What    is    the  adhesive  power  of  hydraulic  cement      5 
according  to  Pasley  and  what  of  mortar  according  to  Ron- 
let? 

6.  Which  part  of  timber  is  the  best  for  being  used  in      5 
works  of  carpentry  and  why  ? 

7.  What  are  the  general  appearances  which  are  charac-     10 
teristic  of  all  kinds  of  strong  and  durable  timber  ? 


FIRST   EXAM.    IN   CIVIL   ENGINEERING,    1886-87.      CCCiii 

8.  What  are  the  general  characteristics  of  wrought  iron,     10 
cast  iron  and  steel. 

9.  What  points  should  be  attended  to  in  examining  iron     10 
castings  with  a  view  to  ascertaining    their    quality    and 
soundness. 

10.  Cast  iron  is  for  many  reasons  inferior  to  wrought    10 
iron  as  a  material  for  beams,  but  it  possesses  one  advantage 
which  makes  it  valuable  to  the  Engineer  for  beams  of  com- 
paratively  small  dimensions.     What  is  that  advantage  ? 

11.  What  is  varnish  generally  made  of?    What  points     10 
are  necessary  to  be  considered  in  estimating  the  quality  of  a 
varnish  ? 


Thursday,  4th  Novembe*. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

MASONRY. 

James  Scorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem,  Soc.  Eng. ; 
Khan  Bahadur  Mancharji  Kavasji  Murzban, 
Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  A  wall  of  a  single-storied  building  is  to  be  built  on    20 
a  slightly  compressible  moorum  soil.  It  is  to  be  constructed  of 
uncoursed  rubble  stone  and  lime  masonry,  faced  with  ashlar. 
Give  a  pen  and  ink  sketch  showing  the  facing  and  a  section 

of  the  wall  and  its  foundation.  State  how  you  would 
prepare  the  foundation  and  describe  the  whole  process  of 
building  the  wall  beginning  with  the  foundation. 

2.  What  is  a  groin  ?  Give  a  sketch  of  a  simple  style  of     1 0 
groining. 

3.  State  how  you  would  use  the  Square,  the  Level  and       5 
the  Plumb,  in  the  operation  of  building. 

4.  Why  are  bricks  wetted  before  being  used  in  work  ?  5 

5.  What  is  a  Skew  Arch  ?    Illustra+e  your  description     15 
by  a  plan  and  elevation.     What  is  meunt  by  the  angle  of 
skew  or  obliquity,  and  what  is  the  best  position  of  the  bed 
joints  of  the  voussoirs  in  such  arches. 

6.  Give  neat  sketches  of  a  mo/eable  Jib-crane,  a  Travel-     10 
ling  crab  and  of  the  three  principal  descriptions  of  Lewis. 


CCCiv      FIRST    EXAM.    IN   CIVIL    ENGINEERING,    1886-87. 


7.  What  advantage  is  gained  by  building  brick  arches  in    10 
concentric  rings  ? 

8.  What  should  be  the  thickness  of  mortar  in  the  joints      6 
of  well  executed  ashlar  masonry  ? 

9.  Why  should  mortar  joints  of  brick  masonry  be  thin,       7 
and  what  is  necessary  in  order  to  obtain  these  fine  joints  ? 

10.  How  would  you  excavate  a  foundation  under  water     12 
5  feet  deep  ?    Describe  what  a  dredging  machine  is,  and 
how  the  operation  of  dredging  by  hand  is  carried  out. 


Friday,  5th  November. 

[2  P.M.  TO  5  P.M.] 

ROADS  and  EARTHWORK. 

James  Scorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem.  Inst.  C.  E. ; 
Khan  Bahadur  Mancharji  Kavasj  i  Murzban, 
Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  works  are  generally  included  under  the  term    12 
Earthwork  ?    Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  :— 

(a)  Angle  of  repose. 
(6)  Natural  slope, 
(c)  Co-efficient  of  friction. 
\d)  Made-earth. 

2.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  a  piece  of  earth-work  ?    10 
How  would  you  set  out  the  centre  line  and  side-widths  ? 
Illustrate  your  answer  by  an  example, 

3.  Describe  the  method  of  laying  down  a  longitudinal      8 
slope  by  means  of  boning  staves. 

4.  Embankments  may  be  made  in  three  ways.    Describe      8 
and  illustrate  each. 

5.  Describe  some  of  the  expedients  employed  in  forming     10 
a  temporary  road  through  the  deep  sandy  bed  of  a  river. 

6.  Give  a  summary  of  the  items  required  for  a  complete    10 
road  project. 


FIRST  EXAM.    IN  CIVIL   ENGINEERING,    1886-87.      CGCV 


7.  To  what  extent  may  the  horizontal  length  of  a  road    10 
be  advantageously  increased  to  avoid  the  ascent  of  a  hill 
two  hundred  feet  high  ? 

8.  What  is  meant  by  the  co-effident  of  resistance  on  a    10 

road  ?    If  the  co-efficient  of  friction  of  a  road  be    -   what 

n 

should  be  the  maximum  to  allow  full  loads  to  be  taken  short 
lengths  ? 

9.  What  considerations  determine  the  position  of  the    10 
formation  level  on  the  section  of  a  road  ? 

10.  What  is  the  size,  shape  and  other  characteristics  of    12 
good  road-metal  ?    Describe  the  usual  method  of  metalling 

3  new  and  an  old  road. 


b  1306-26  ex* 


CCCYi      EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OF   L.C.E.,   1886-87. 


XIV. 


EXAMINATION  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF 
L.C.E. 

EXAMINEES. 


The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.  D. 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B,  ... 
Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B., 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M. 

Inst.  C.E. 
Moreshvar  Gopal Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc., 

M.D. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S.J 

Khan   Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E., 

Ph.  D.,  F.C.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.  E.,  M.C. 

G.B. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M. 
Inst.  C.E. 

H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E 

Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc.  M.Inst. 
C.E. 

James  Scorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem.  Soc.  Eng.     ... 
W.  W.  Squire,  Esq 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I., 

L.M. 
G,  M.  Woodrow,  Esq. 


In  Mathematics. 


In  Inorganic  Che- 
mistry and  in 
Metallurgy. 


[  In    Experimental 
[      Physics. 

1  In  Geology  and  in 

>  Mining         and 
J      Meteorology. 

>  In  Engineering. 

>  In       Mechanical 
)      Engineering. 

\  In  Botany. 


EXAM     FOR  THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886  87.     CCCVli 

Wednesday,  10th  Novembeb. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M,] 

MENSURATION  or  SURFACES  and  SOLIDS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.;1 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1 .  Explain  the  principle  of  the  decimal  diagonal  scale  and      7 
the  vernier. 

2.  Express  the  area  of  a  regular  polygon  in  terms  of  the     12 
number  of  sides  and  the  radius  of  the  circumscribed  circle. 

Hence  show  that  the  area  of  the  polygon  formed  by  join-, 
ing   the  alternate  angles  of  any  regular  polygon  is  to  the 


cos2??r 


area  of  the  first  polygon  in  the  ratio- 


,2  7T 


3.  Find  the  area  of  the  curvilinear  figure  whose  ordi-    10 
nates  are  0,  20,  32,  36,  32,  20,  0  measured  from  a  straight 
line  6  feet  long  (a)  by  the  ordinary  method,  (b)  by  Simpson's 
rule.     Explain  the  difference  in  the  two  results.     In  what 
cases  does  the  ordinary  method  yield  an  accurate  result. 

4.  Find  the  quantity  of  earth  which  must  be  excavated      9 
in  order  to  form  a  railway  cutting  500  feet  long,  the  surface 

of  the  ground  having  originally  a  slope  in  the  direction  of 
the  line  of  1  in  20,  the  breadth  at  the  bottom  of  the  cutting 
being  uniformly  20  feet,  the  breadth  at  the  top  at  one  end  50 
feet  and  at  the  other  90  feet,  and  the  depth  at  one  end 
20  feet. 

5.  If  a  heavy  sphere  4  inches  in  diameter  be  placed  in  a     10 
conical  vessel  whose  diameter  is  5  inches  at  the  top  and  4 
inches  at  the  bottom  and  which  has  a  depth  of  6  inches,  how 
much  water  will  remain  ? 

6.  If  a  cone  and  a  hemisphere  of  equal  bases  and  altitude     10 
be  placed  with  their  axes  parallel  and  the  vertex  of  the  cone 

in  the  plane  of  the  base  of  the  hemisphere,  the  sum  of  the 


CCCVlii   EXAM.   FOR  THE  DEGREE  OF  L.C.E.,   1886-87. 

sections  made  by  any  plane  perpendicular  to  their  axis  is 
constant. 

Hence  show  that  the  volume  of  the  cone  and  hemisphere 
together  is  equal  to  7TT3,  r  being  the  radius  of  the  hemisphere 
and  the  height  of  the  cone. 

7.  Find  the  weight  of  iron  in  a  cylindrical  pontoon  with      8 
hemispherical  ends,  the  extreme  length  of  the  pontoon  being 

20'  8"  and  its  outside  diameter  2'  8"  the  iron  being  |th  of  an 
inch  thick,  the  weight  of  a  cubic  foot  of  iron  being  500  lbs. 

8.  Find  the  area  of  the  zone  of  a  circular  disc  lying    12 
between  two  chords    60    and  80  inches  respectively,   the 
breadth  of  the  zone  being  10  inches. 

Find  the  outer  radius  of  the  annulus  of  the  same  breadth 
and  thickness  which  it  will  form. 

9.  Find  the  lateral  surface  and  solid  content  of  a  hexa-     10 
gonal  pyramid,  each  side  of  the  base  being  50  cm.  and  the 
perpendicular  height  250  cm. 

At  what  distance  from  the  base  must  a  plane  cut  this 
figure  in  order  to  divide  it  into  two  parts  (a)  of  equal 
volume,  (b)  of  equal  surface, 

10.  Find  the  height  of  a  triangular  pyramid  of  silver     12 
worth  one  lakh  of  rupees,  each  of  the  sides  of  the  base  being 
equal  to  the  height,  the  value  of  one  kilogramme  of  silver 
being  taken  at  Ks.  100  and  the  density  of  silver  at  10  "5. 

The  relative  value  of  gold  being  15  and  its  density  19, 
what  would  be  the  height  of  a  similar  gold  pyramid  of  equal 
value  ? 


Tuesday,  9th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

CONIC  SECTIONS  and  ANALYTICAL  GEOMETRY  or 
TWO  DIMENSIONS. 

The  Eev.  D,  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 

T.^S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 

Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
1.    If  PG  the  normal  at  P  of  a  conic  meet  the  axis  in  G 
then  SG:SP  =  SA  :AX. 


EXAM.   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C,E.,    1886-87.       CCClX 

If  normals  be  drawn  at  the  ends  of  any  focal  chord  of  a 
conic  show  that  a  line  through  their  intersection  parallel  to 
the  axis  will  bisect  the  chord. 

2.  Define  a  parabola  and  by  means  of  your  definition     10 
show  how  to  trace  the  curve. 

If  the  tangent  at  P  meet  the  directrix  in  Z  and  ZS  pro- 
duced meet  the  normal  at  P  in  Q  prove  that  the  distance  of 
Q  from  the  directrix  is  2  SP. 

3.  If  in  an  ellipse  the  normal  at  P  meet  the  axis  in  O     10 
and  g,  and  the  diameter  parallel   to  the  tangent  at  P  in  F 
then  PF.  PG  =  BC2  and  PF.  Pg  =  AC2. 

If  PM  be  the  perpendicular  on  the  directrix  show  that 
MS  and  the  normal  at  P  intersect  each  other  on  the  minor 
axis. 

4.  The   products  of  segments  of  chords  of  an  ellipse    10 
through  a  fixed  point  are  proportional  to  the  squares  of  the 
parallel  diameters. 

If  A  B,  CD  be  two  chords  of  an  ellipse  equally  inclined  to 
the  major  axis  but  not  parallel,  prov«  that  AC,  BD  and  also 
AD,  BC  are  equally  inclined  to  the  axis. 

5.  If  PN  be  the  ordinate  of  a  point  P  of  an  hyperbola    12 
and  AC  A'  the  transverse  axis,  then  PN2  is  to  AN.  NA'  in 

a  constant  ratio. 

AG  is  a  fixed  diameter  of  a  circle  and  BD  is  any  chord 
perpendicular  to  it,  find  the  locus  of  the  intersection  of 
AB  and  DC  and  sketch  it. 

6.  Find  the  equation  to  a  line  in  terms  of  its  intercepts      8 
on  rectangular  axis. 

If  a  straight  line  move  in  such  a  manner  that  the  differ- 
ence of  the  intercepts  is  always  proportional  to  the  area  it 
encloses  show  that  the  line  always  passes  through  a  fixed 
point. 

7.  Find  the  equation  to  two  straight  lines  through  the     12 

/tt»2  rt»2  Qj, 

origin  and  the  intersection  of  _+  f-  =  _   and  Ix  +  my  =  ». 
a-       b2       a 

If  they  be  at  right  angles  prove  that  the  straight  line 
passes  through  a  fixed  point. 

8.  Show  that  the  curves  whose  equations  are —  10 

x2  +  y2  —  r2  =  0 
x3  +  yl  +  2gx  +  2fy  +  r2  =  0 


CC3X   EXAM.  FOR  THE  DEGREE  OP  L.C.E.,  1886-87. 

cut  one  another  at  right  angles.     Also  find  the  equation 
to  their  chord  of  intersection. 

9.  Find  the  polar  equation  to  a  circle  in  its  most  general      8 
form. 

Prove  that  the  equation  of  the  normal  drawn  to  the  circle 
r  —2a  costf  at  the  point  where  6  =  o  is  r  sin  (2a  —  6) 
=  a  sin  2a. 

10.  Find  what  loci  are  represented  by—-  12 

(1)  (x  —  a){y-b)  =  Q 

(2)  x2  +  a/2  =  0 

(3)  x2  —  5xy  +  4y2  +  x  +  2y  —  2  =  0 

(4)  3z2  +  3y2  —  5x  —  7y  +  1  =  0. 

(5)  r2  —  {a  +  b)r  +  ab  =  0. 


Thursday,  11th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

STATICS  AND  DYNAMICS. 

The  Rev.  D,  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc. ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesik  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B. ; 

Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Demonstrate  the  Polygon  of    Forces  and  investigate     4 
whether  its  converse  is  true  or  not. 

2.  Find   the   conditions   of  equilibrium  of  a  system  of     10 
forces  acting  in  one  plane. 

Two  spheres' are  supported  by  strings  attached  to  a  given 
point  and  rest  against  one  another  ;  find  the  tensions  of  the 
strings. 

3.  Prove  that  the  centre  of  gravity  of  a  triangle  coin-     12 
cides  with  the  centre  of  gravity  of  three  equal  particles 
placed  at  the  angular  points  of  the  triangle. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87,     CCCxi 

A  triangular  lamina  A  BG  whose  weight  is  W  is  suspended 
by  a  string  fastened  at  C ;  show  that  the  weight  which 
must  be  attached  at  B  so  that  the  vertical  through  C  may 

jy    5 a 

bisect    the  angle  ACB  is  — . 

4.  Sketch  the  2nd  system  of  pullies  and  find  the  condi-    12 
tion  of  equilibrium. 

If  there  are  n  strings  at  the  lower  block  and  W  ascends  in 
consequence  of  a  power  P  prove  that  the  upward  accelera- 

t     nP—W 

tion  of  W  is  a. 

n2P  +  W 

5.  _  What  is  meant  by  rough  and  smooth  surfaces,  and    12 
how  is  the  friction  of  a  body  on  a  surface  measured  ? 

A  uniform  rod  rests  with  one  extremity  against  a  rough 
vertical  wall,  the  other  being  supported  by  a  string  of  equal 
length  fastened  to  a  point  in  the  wall  :  prove  that  the 
least  angle  which  the  string  can  make  with  the  wall  is — 

tan-1  (3/*-1  )• 

6.  Give  the  usual    algebraical    proof    of    the    formula      5 

7.  Find    the  straight  line  of  quickest  descent  from  a    12 
given  circle  to  another  given  circle  without  it,  the  motion 
taking  place  in  a  vertical  plane. 

If  the  radius  of  each  circle  be  a,  the  distance  between  the 
centres  c,  and  the  centres  in  the  same  horizontal  line,  prove 
that  the  time  of  shortest  descent  is — 


A- 


2    c2  —  4  a- 


9  2a 

8.  Two  heavy  bodies  are  connected  by   a  string  which      9 
passes  over  a  fixed  smooth  pulley,  find  the  acceleration,  also 
the  tension  of  the  string.     If  the  sum  of  the  weights  is  con- 
stant,  show  that  the  greater  the  tension   the   less   is  the 
acceleration. 

9.  A  ball  impinges  obliquely  upon  a  fixed  smooth  plane,     12 
find  the  motion  of  the  ball  after  impact. 

An  elastic  ball  is  projected  from  a  suitable  point  in  one 
side  of  a  square  billiard  table  so  as  to  describe  an  inscribed 
square  :  prove  that  the  time  of  describing  the  square  is  to 

the  time  of  describing  the  first  side  as  1  -  e2  :  e—  e2. 


CCCxii     EXAM.   FOE   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.O-E  ,    1886-87. 

10.    What  is  meant  by  Kinetic  energy?    Compare  the    12 
energies  of  two  bodies  having  equal  momentum. 

A  ball  projected  with  velocity  v  can  penetrate  into  a  block 
of  wood  m  feet.  It  can  also  pass  through  a  board  n  feet  thick, 
the  resistance  being  uniform.     8how  that  in  the  latter  case 

the  loss  of  velocity  is  v  ( 1  —     /l V 


Thursday,  11th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HYDEOSTATICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  ; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  VaiDya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[  The  same  as  set  for  the  Second  B.A.  Examination.  See  page  clxxv, 


Monday,  8th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

INORGANIC  CHEMISTRY. 

S  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  process  by  which  Sodium  Carbonate  is     12 
manufactured  on  a  large  scale,  stating  the  various  chemical 
re-actions  that  occur  during  the  process. 

2.  How    is    lime  prepared  from    lime-stones  ?      What    10 
happens  when  lime  is  said  to  be  over-burned  1     Explain 
what  occurs  when  lime  is  slaked. 

3.  Describe  the  various  forms  in  which  Calcium  Sulphate     15 
and  Calcium  Carbonate  occur  in  nature.     Explain  the  forma- 
tion of  what  are  known  as  stalagmites  and  stalactites. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87.    CCCXiii 

4.  Describe  the  chlorides  of  tin,  giving  their  preparation    10 
and  properties. 

5.  What  is  white  lead?    For  what  use    and  by  what    18 
methods  is  it  prepared  on  a  large  scale  ?  What  other  metallic 
substances  are  used  as  a  substitute  for  white  lead  ? 

6.  Name  the  various  ores  of  iron  and  state  their  chemi-     10 
cal  composition. 

7.  What  is  sympathetic  ink  and  what  is  mineral  chame-     10 
leon  ?    Describe  the  chemical  changes  that  have  given  rise 

to  these  names. 

8.  Give   chemical   composition  and  uses  of  substances    15 
known  as  chrome  yellow  and  Scheele's  green.     What  tests 
will  you  apply  to  identify  each  of  these  ? 


Monday,  8th  November, 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

HEAT,  VOLTAIC  ELECTRICITY  and  MAGNETISM. 

The  Rev.  F.  Dreckmann,  S/J. ; 

Khan  Bahadur  Bamanji  Sorabji,  L.C.E.,  Ph.D.,  F.C.S., 
Assoc.M.Inst.C.E.,  M.C.G.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Given  the  weight  of  a  litre  of  air  1  "3  grammes  ;  specific     13 
gravity  of  mercury  13  "6  ;  and  specific  heats  of  air  at  constant 
pressure  and   constant    volume    '24  and    *17  respectively ; 
determine  the  mechanical  equivalent  of  heat. 

2.  What  do  you  understand  by  the  efficiency  of  a  Heat      9 
Engine  ?  Determine  the  Efficiency  of  a  Heat  Engine  working 
between  the  limits  of  160°C.  and  40°C. 

3.  Define  Diathermancy.      Give  illustrations    to  show     10 
what  relation  generally  exists  between  Diathermancy  aDd 
Transparency,  and  explain  fully  what  effect  has  mechanical 
division  upon  the  Diathermancy  of  bodies. 

4.  If  copper    remains  immersed  in  sea-water  as  when    10 
plates  of  that  metal  are  applied  to  a  ship's  bottom,   the 
copper  becomes  corroded  ;  how  did  Sir  H.  Davy  attempt  to 
prevent  this  corrosion  and  why  his  plan  cannot  be  adopted 
with  advantage. 

»  1306—27  ex 


CCCX1V     EXAM.    FOR  TIIE   DEGREE   OP    L.C.E.,    1886-87. 

5.  Assuming  your  own   data  for  external  and  internal     1 1 
resistances,  &c. ,  show  how  you  will  arrange  a  battery  of  20 
cells  so  as  to  obtain  the  best  results — 

(a)  in  telegraphing  from  Bombay  to  Madras  ; 

(6)  in  making  ah  Electro -magnet  for  a  lecture  experiment. 

The  two  poles  of  a  battery  are  joined  in  divided  circuit 
by  3  wires  whose  resistances  are  r1}  r<i  and  r3.  Find  the 
whole  resistance. 

6.  State    Faraday's    laws  of  Electrolysis.      Can  ice  be      8 
decomposed  by  Voltaic  current  ? 

7.  State  Joule's  law  of  the  development  of  heat  by  a     11 
current  passing  through  a  wire  of  uniform  cross  section,  and 
give  an  equation  expressing  these  results  fully. . 

8.  Define  the  following  terms  in  Magnetism  : — Horizontal     12 
Intensity,  Total  Force,  Magnetic  Moment,  Dip,   Isogonic  and 
Isoclinic  lines. 

What  elements  must  be  known  before  the  Magnetic 
condition  of  a  place  on  the  Earth's  surface  can  be  deter- 
mined ? 

9.  A  needle  under   the  influence  of  Earth's   Magnetism     13 
makes  15  oscillations  per  minute.     A  bar  magnet  within  8 
inches  of  the  needle  increases  the  number  of  oscillations  to 

24.  The  number  of  oscillations  observed  when  the  bar 
magnet  is  placed  at  a  distance  of  3  inches  is  52  per  minute. 
From  these  data,  establish  the  law  of  Magnetic  Force  in 
respect  of  distance. 


Wednesday,  10th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

GEOLOGY. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.O.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Illustrate  by  examples  taken  from  the    animal  and     10 
vegetable  kingdoms  the  manner  in  which  organic  agency 
affects  the  earth's  crust. 

2.  Define    and    explain    the     terms :— Iceberg,  Glacier,    10 
Moraine,  Silt,  Alluvium,  Sand,  Gravel,  Shingle,  Rock,  Fossil. 


EXAM,    FOR   THE    DEGREE    OF    L.C.E.,    1886-87.     CCCXV 

3.  What  is   Kaolin  ?  Describe  its  origin  and  properties.       6 
Where  does  it  occur  in  the  Bombay  Presidency  ? 

4.  What  groups  of  stratified  rocks  are  included  in  the     10 
Metamorphic  system  ?    Explain  the  effects   of  cleavage  on 
clay-slate. 

5.  Explain  what  is  meant  by  the  "throw "if  a  fault.     10 
What  is  a  reversed  fault  ? 

6.  Describe  the  conditions  favourable  to  the  existence  of    24 
Artesian  wells.     Explain  the  relation  between  the  depth  of 

an  ordinary  well  and  its  drainage  area. 

7.  Quote  some  examples  where  geological  agencies  have    10 
been  found  to  be  antagonistic  to  the  works  of  Engineers. 

8.  Tabulate  the  stratified  rocks  of  the  Indian  Peninsula,     20 
mentioning  also  their  British  equivalents. 


Friday,  12th  November. 

[10  A.M.   TO   1   P.M.] 

ENGINEERING  FIELD  and  OFFICE  WORK. 

H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E.  ; 
Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc,  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Draw  a  scale  of  1  inch  =  9  miles,  and  divide  it  dia-      8 
gonally  to  show  furlongs.     Give  the  representative  fraction. 

2.  Explain  the  term   "variation"  of  the  compass.  Give    20 
the    extreme    limits    of    variation.      Describe    any     three 
methods  of  finding  the  variation. 

3.  In  the  pocket  sextant  the  graduated  arc  is  divided     12 
into  double  the  number  of  degrees  that  the  arc  actually 
measures.     Demonstrate  the  reason  of  this. 

4.  Explain  how  to  make  a  road  traverse  with  a  theodolite.     10 

5.  What  do  you  mean  by  a  "  contour.  "    Explain  how     10 
you  would  make  a  contoured  survey  of  a  piece  of  hilly 
country. 

6.  Name  the  permanent  adjustments  for  Gravatt's  level,     15 
and  describe  in  detail  how  to  make  them. 

7.  "  Trigonometrical  stations  must  be  chosen  with  a  view      7 
to  the  formation  of  well-conditioned  triangles."    Explain 


CCCXV1    EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C,E.,    1886-87. 

the  meaning  of  this,  and  show  how  in  a  survey  of  some 
extent  you  would  fix  your  base  line  and  other  stations. 

8.  Explain  and  illustrate  by  means  of  a  diagram  the     10 
terms  Zenith,  Nadir,   Sensible  Horizon,  Eational  Horizon. 
How  do  you  measure  the  altitude  and  zenith  distance  of  a 
star? 

9.  Suppose  that  the  declination  of  a  star  is  not  known,       8 
how  could  you  obtain  the  latitude  by  two  observations  ? 


Friday,  12th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

STRENGTH  of  MATERIALS. 

H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E.  ; 

Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E,;  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Professor  Rankine  gives  certain  limits  of  proportion      7 
between  the  length  and  diameter  of  pillars  of  dry  timber  as 
well  as  of  wrought  and  cast  iron  within  which  failure  by 
crushing  alone  will  take  place.     State  these  limits, 

2.  Define    the    terms    Stiffness,    "Pliability,  Resilience.     10 
How  are  these  terms  usually  expressed  ? 

3.  An  iron  rod  one  square  inch  in  section  and  ten  feet     12 
long  is  stretched  one-tenth  of  an  inch  under  the  action  of  a 
load  of  ten  tons  suspended  from  it.     Find  the  value  of  the 
stress  on  the  section  of  the  bar  and  its  modulus  of  elasticity 

in  tons  per  square  inch. 

4.  Calculate  by  Gordon's  formula  the  safe  load  you  may     10 
place  on  a  teak  pillar  one  foot  square  and  20  feet  long  fixed 

at  both  ends,     c  =shf,  fc  for  teak  =  12,000  lbs. 

5.  If  in  any  beam  freely  supported  at  its  ends  and  loaded     12 
at  different  points  of  its  length  with    concentrated  weights 

a  point  be  taken  so  as  to  divide  the  length  of  the  beam  into 
segments  a  and  b,  show  that  the  bending  moment  fi  at  that 
point  may  be  expressed  thus — 

Aa  +  Bb 

A  being  the  sum  of  the  moments  of  all  the  weights  on  the 
segment  b  with  respect  to  its  support  and  B  the  sum  of  the 
moments  of  all  the  weights  on  the  segment  a  with  respect  to 
its  support. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87.    CCCXvii 


6.  Give  any  graphic   method  you  may  be  aware  of  for    12 
finding  the  bending  moment  at  any  point  of  a  beam  supported 
and  loaded  as  given  in  question  5  above,  and    show  how 
the  re-action  at  the  supports  maybe  found  ? 

7.  Give  the  safe  deflections  assigned  in  your  text  book  10 
for  timber,  wrought  iron  and  cast  iron.  Calculate  the  deflec- 
tion of  a  teak  beam  supported  freely  at  its  ends  and  twenty 
feet  in  length  between  its  supports,  one  foot  in  width  and 
twenty  inches  in  depth,  the  load  to  be  carried  being  one 
hundred  pounds  per  foot  run,  co-efficient  of  deflection  for 
teak  being  4,500  lbs. 

8.  State  what  you  know  about  the  theory  of  earth  press-  12 
ure  against  a  retaining  wall  and  draw  a  section  of  a  vertical 
retaining  wall  to  support  a  bank  of  earth  twenty  feet  in 
height,  the  earth  being  level  with  the  top  of  the  wall.  Give 
depth  of  foundations  on  the  supposition  that  the  first  five 
feet  under  the  surface  of  the  ground  consists  of  what  is 
known  as  black  cotton  soil  underlaid  by  good  moorum. 

9.  Give  a  sketch  of  a  teak  king  post  truss  thirty  feet     15 
span  with  a  rise  of  one-third  of  the  span  ;  give  dimensions  and 
strains  for  the  several  parts  ;  prove  your  strains  by  a  graphic 
diagram  ;  take  the  total  load  at  fifty  pounds  per  square  foot 

of  horizontal  surface,  the  trusses  to  be  placed  ten  feet  apart. 


Monday,  15th  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

BRIDGES. 

H.  I.  B.  Hargbave,  M.A.,  C.E. ; 
Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  In  choosing  a  site  for  a  bridge  over  a  rapid  river    10 
what  are  the  chief  points  to  be  considered,  and  what  circum- 
stances would  guide  you  as  to  the  selection  of  the  class  of 
pier  and  superstructure  to  be  adopted  ? 

2.  Give  a  sketch  to  scale  of  a  twenty-foot  semicircular     14 
arched  bridge  to  carry  a  county  road  over  a  single  track 
railway  in  an  earth-cutting  twenty-five  feet  deep  at  for- 
mation level. 

b  1306—27  ex  * 


CCCXviii   EXAM.    FOR   THE  DEGREE  OP  L.C.E.,   1886-87. 

3.  Design  a  set  of  centres  for  the  bridge  mentioned  in     12 
question  No.  2  above,  and  give  all  necessary  details  for  strik- 
ing them. 

4.  Give  a  description  of  the  causeway  over  the  Soane      9 
where  the  grand  trunk  road  crosses  the  river.     Accompany 
your  answer  with  neat  sketches, 

5.  The  tension  diagonal  bracing  of  an  iron  bridge  has  to  10 
carry  a  load  of  twenty-five  tons,  the  thickness  of  the  bracing 
being  five-eighths  of  an  inch,  what  must  be  the  width  of  the 
bracing  if  the  rivets  which  join  it  to  either  boom  are  three 
quarters  of  an  inch  in  diameter  with  a  pitch  of  three  inches  ? 
Take  five  tons  per  square  inch  as  the  safe  strain  for  bearing, 
tearing  and  shearing,  give  a  sketch  showing  disposition 
and  number  of  rivets. 

6.  Design  an  N-shaped  iron  truss  sixty  feet  span  to  carry     14 
a  dead  load  on  the  lower  flange  of  one  ton  to  the  foot  run. 
Give  the  strains  on  each  part, 

7.  How  do  you  determine  the  waterway  required  for  a      9 
bridge  ?    Illustrate  your  answer  by  an  example. 

8.  Are  the  live  loads  for  long  and  short  span   railway      8 
bridges  per  foot  run  the  same?    Give  reasons  for   your 
answer. 

9.  In  all  ri vetted  structures  how  are  the  tension  and      7 
compression  members  affected  by  the  rivetting. 

10.  Describe  Dredge's  system  as  adapted  for  suspension      7 
bridging.     Does  it  answer  the  purpose  intended  ? 


Monday,  15th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

IRRIGATION  and  HARBOUR. 
H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E.; 
Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.  ] 

1.  Name  the  conditions  respectively  necessary  for  the     12 
development  of  an  irrigation  canal  and  a  navigation  canal. 

2.  What  considerations  govern  the  slope  which  may  be     12 
given  to  an  irrigation  canal  ? 

3.  Describe  the  working  and  reasons  for  Falls,  Rapids    15 
and  Locks  in  canals, 


EXAM.    FOR  THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1380-87.  CCCxix 

4.  What  methods  are  employed  for  carrying  a  canal  past    15 
the  various  obstacles  which  the  cross  drainage  of  the  country 
throws  in  its  way  ?     Briefly  describe  each  method. 

5.  Indicate  briefly  the  conditions  most  favorable  for  the    11 
construction  of  a  tank  intended  for  irrigation. 

6.  Explain  the  ordinary  method  of  constructing  an  earthen   15 
dam.     Give  a  detailed  sketch  to  illustrate  your  remarks. 
How  is  the  outlet  pipe  usually  situated  with  regard  to  the 
dam  ?    And  why  ? 

7.  What  is  the  main  difference  between  a  dock  and  a    10 
deep-water  basin  ?    How  should  the  entrance  to  a  dock  be 
situated  as  regards  the  main  channel?    What  is  the  best 
form  of  dock  gate  ? 

8.  Wherein  does  a  breakwater  differ  from  a  bulwark  ?    10 
If  a  breakwater  runs  out  from  the  shore  into  deep  water, 
what  is  the  best  place  to  start  it  from  the  shore,  and  why  ? 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

SPECIFICATION  and  ESTIMATING. 

H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E. ; 

Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     From  the  accompanying  drawings  draw  up  a  bill  of  100 
quantities  and  estimate  for  the  building,  adopting  the  rates 
current  in  Poona. 

Foundations  to  consist  of  rubble  on  concrete  ;  work  above 
plinth  to  be  of  coursed  rubble  ;  steps  and  coping  to  be 
of  dressed  stone  ;  timber  throughout  to  be  of  teak  :  Man- 
galore  tiles  to  be  used.  . 


Tuesday,  16th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 
RAILWAYS. 
H.  I.  B.  Hargrave,  M.A.,  C.E.  ; 
Major  W.  H.  Haydon,  R.E.,  Assoc.  Inst.  C.E. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 
1.     What    is    the   guage    of    a    railway?    Mention  the     12 
principal  guages  in  use.     Discuss  briefly  the  advantages 
claimed  for  narrow  and  broad  guages  respectively. 


CCCXX     EXAM.   FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87. 

2.  Enumerate  the  circumstances  which  affect  the  resist-       6 
ance  opposed  by  curves  to  the  motion  of  a  railway  train. 

3.  What  is  the  use  of  ballast  ?    Of  what  may  it  be  com-     12 
posed  ?    How  is  it  laid  ?    Roughly  speaking  what  quantity 

of  ballast  is  required  per  foot  run  of  a  single  line  4'-8^* 
guage  ? 

4.  A  railroad  may  cross  previously  existing  roads  by     10 
level  crossings,   overbridges   and  underbridges.       Describe 
each  of  these  kinds  of  crossing,  and  mention  the  principal 
limiting  dimensions  of  the  two  latter. 

5.  Give  free  hand  sections  with  figured    dimensions  of     14 
a  metre  guage  railway  in  embankment  and  cutting. 

6.  Give    the  weight  per  yard  of   rails  in    use  on   the      8 
principal  Indian  lines.     What  is  a   general  rule  for  deter- 
mining the  weight  of  rail  to  be  used? 

7.  What  arrangements  are  made  to  obviate  the  ill  effects      7 
of  contraction   and   expansion   and    creeping   of  rails  in  a 
permanent  way  ? 

8.  Give  a  free  hand  sketch  of  a  single  crossing  1  in  4.     1( 
Letter  it  and  give  the  technical  names  of  the  parts . 

9.  Give  the  ordinary  weight  of  passenger  and  goods 
engines  on  different  lines. 

10.  Calculate  the  available  tractive  force  and^ross  resist- 
ance of  an  engine,  tender  and  train  from  the  following 
data  : — 

Weight  of  engine  22  tons. 
Weight  on  driving  wheels  20  tons. 
Weight  of  train  60  tons. 
Weight  of  tender  10  tons. 
Velocity  per  hour  10  miles. 
Incline  1  in  100. 


EXAM.   FOR  THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87.    CCCXXi 
Tuesday,  9th  November. 

[2  P.M.  TO  5  P.M.] 

t   DIFFERENTIAL  AND  INTEGRAL  CALCULUS. 
The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 
T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.; 
Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 
Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  same  as  set  for  the  Second  B.A.  Examination.  Seepage  clxxi.] 


Saturday,  13th  November. 

[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

OPTICS. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D.; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Ardesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.; 

Chintaman  Vinayak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  A  ray  is  incident  on  a  refracting  sphere  (p  =  f) ;  find     10 
the  values  of  <fi  (1)  if  after  one  internal  reflection  it  emerges 
parallel  and  reversed,  (2)  if  after  two  internal  reflections  it 
emerges  parallel  and  proceeding. 

112 

2.  Prove  the  formula  _-  +  _  =  —  in  case  of  a  direct    12 

v        u        r 

pencil  of  rays  incident  on  a  reflecting  sphere.  What  do  you 
mean  by  the  principal  focus  and  what  is  its  distance  from 
the  centre  of  the  sphere  ? 

Shew  that  this  distance  is  a  mean  proportional  between 
its  distance  from  the  origin  of  a  pencil  and  its  distance  from 
the  geometrical  focus  of  the  pencil. 


11  2 

3.    Deduce  from  the  above  formula    —  +  —  -     —    the 


13 


CCCXX11     EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87. 

formula    -_  +    _   =  —  as  referred  to  the  centre. 
p  q  r 

Q  is  a  luminons  point  on  AB  the  diameter  of  a  hollow 
sphere  silvered  at  A  and  B  ;  /and/'  the  foci  of  the  pencils 
reflected  at  A  and  B  ;  show 


the  distance  //'  = 


OQ*      r* 

4.  A  pencil  of  rays  is  indirectly  incident  on  a  plane  or    10 
spherical  surface  ;  find  the  distance  and  the  diameter  of  the 
circle  of  least  confusion. 

5.  Investigate  what  relation  <£  must  bear  to  i,  the  angle     12 
of  a  prism,   in  order  that  the  deviation  of  a  ray  passing 
through  it  may  be  a  minimum. 

Show  that  this  minimum  deviation  is  given  by  the 
equation 

co*   ~k  +    H-   cosec  —    =  cot  — 

6.  Prove  the  property  on  which  the  construction  of  the     10 
sextant  depends. 

Both  directly  from  this  and  by  independent  geometrical 
proof,  find  what  must  be  the  angle  of  inclination  of  two 
plane  mirrors,  that  a  ray  parallel  to  one  of  them  may  after 
two  internal  reflections  be  parallel  to  the  other. 

7.  Show  what  is  the  least  distance  between  an  object     13 
and  its  real  image  by  refraction  through  a  lens. 

A  hemisphere  of  radius  ^  foot  and  refractive  index  £  is 
used  as  a  lens,  find  the  value  of  this  distance, 

8.  Describe  fully  the  construction  and  the  principle  of    10 
Galileo's  telescope. 

9.  Find  the  angular  radius  of    the  primary    rainbow.    10 
Show   why,    in   the  secondary  rainbow,  the    order  of    the 
colours  is  reversed. 


EXAM.   EOR  THE  DEGREE  OE  L.C.E.,    1886-87.  CCCXxiii 

Saturday,  13th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

ASTRONOMY. 

The  Rev.  D.  Mackichan,  M.A.,  D.D. ; 

T.  S.  Tait,  M.A.,  B.Sc.  ; 

Jamshedji  Arhesir  Dalal,  M.A.,  LL.B.  j 

Chintaman  Vina  yak  Vaidya,  M.A.,  LL.B. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks,] 

tTri*     Define  latitude  and  longitude,  terrestrial  and  celestial.      7 
What  are  east  and  west  limits  ? 

_  What  do  you  mean  by  the  dip  of  the  horizon  ?  Show  that  it 
is  equal  to  the  angle  subtended  at  the  centre  of  the  earth  by 
the  radius  of  the  surface  visible. 

2.  Show  how  to  find  the  radius  of  the  earth  by  observa-      9 
tions  of  a  star  from  different  places. 

3.  Describe  fully  any  experiment  by  means  of  which  the      8 
diurnal  motion  of  the  earth  may  be  proved. 

4.  Explain  the  apparent  motion  of  the  sun  through  the    10 
signs  of  the  zodiac. 

Find  the  highest  and  least  meridian  altitude  of  the  sun  in 
latitudes  60°  and  20°. 

5.  Define  equation  of  time  :  when  is  it  additive  and  when     12 
substractive  ?    What  causes  make  it  vanish  ? 

The  sun  rose  one  morning  at  8h.  7m.  and  set  the  same 
evening  at  4h.  5m.  What  was  the  value  of  the  equation  of 
time? 

6.  Trace  the  effect  of  aberration  on  the  apparent  position     10 
of  a  star.     Show   clearly  that  the  aberration  curve  is    an 
ellipse. 

7.  "  The  present  pole  star  will  before  long  have  lost  its    10 
claim  to  that  title."     Explain  this  fully. 

8.  Explain  the  phenomenon  called  the  "  Harvest  Moon."     12 

The  sidereal  month  being  27&  days.calcalate  approximately 
the  time  at  which  the  moon  will  rise  to-morrow  night  if  she 
rises  to-night  at  8  oclock  mean  solar  time. 

9.  What  are  superior  and  inferior  planets,  and  what  dif-     12 
ferences  are  seen  in  their  apparent  motions  ?    Account  for 
them  shortly. 

Venus  is  a  morning  star  and  stationary.  Will  it  begin  to 
move  forwards  or  backwards  amongst  the  stars  ? 

10.  Determine  the  number  of  possible  solar  and  lunar    10 
eclipses  in  a  year. 


CCCXX1V   EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87. 

Saturday,  13th  November. 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M,] 

MINING. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  modes  of  occurrence  of  salt,  gypsum  and    10 
coal. 

2.  Name  the  chief  localities  where  tin,  copper  and  lead     10 
mines  are  worked,  and  briefly  describe  the  methods  employed 

in  "  dressing  "  the  ores  of  these  metals. 

3.  Discuss  the  question  as  to  the  probability  of  gold  being     10 
found  in  the  Western  Ghats.   What  minerals  are  sometimes 
liable  to  be  mistaken  for  gold  ? 

4.  What  limits  the  depth  of  a  shaft  lined  with  brick-     10 
work? 

5.  Give  statistics  to  show  the  manner  in  which  the  cost     10 
of  boring  increases  with  the  depth. 

6.  What  shoixld  be  the  inclination  of  a  mineral  tramway     20 
for   carrying  down  materials  from  above  in  order  that  the 
winding  engine  may  be  continually  worked  at    the  same 
pressure  ? 

7.  The  "backs  "  of  two  lodes  coming  to  grass  make  an     20 
angle  of  30°.     Their  "  underlays  "  are  18  and  12  inches  in 
the  fathom  respectively.     Draw  on  a  scale  of  one  inch  to  the 
foot  their  line  of  intersection. 

8.  Explain     the     terms  -.—prospecting     shoad    stones,     10 
winze,  cross  course,  brattice,  heading,  curb,  tubbing,  gossan, 
gobbin. 


Saturday,  13th  November. 

[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

METALLURGY. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. ; 
Moreshvar  Gopal  Deshmukh,  B.A.,  B.Sc,  M.D. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.     Describe  the  ores  of  iron  and  their  metallurgical  treat-     12 
ment  prior  to  the  manufacture  of  cast  or  pig  iron. 


EXAM.    FOR   THE   DEGREE   OP   L.C.E.,    1886-87.    CCCXXV 

2.  Explain  the  chemical  changes  which  take  place  in  the    10 
manufacture  of  steel  by  the  cementation  process. 

3.  What  is  the  composition  of  aluminium-bronze  ?    How    10 
is  it  manufactured,  and  what  are  its  chief  uses  ? 

4.  Give  the  composition  of  phosphor-bronze,  and  describe    10 
Its  properties. 

5.  Describe  the  English  and  German  methods  of  copper-    18 
smelting. 

6.  Describe  in  detail  two  methods  for  estimating  the    10 
calorific  power   of  fuels.      What  percentage  of  the   heat 
evolved  by  combustion  is  lost  in  ordinary  furnaces  ? 

7.  Describe  the  nature  and  properties  of  the  materials    10 
ordinarily  used  for  constructing  furnaces. 

8.  Describe  the  more  effectual  processes  employed  for    10 
protecting  metal  works  from  decay. 

9.  Classify  the  metals  according  to  their    conductive    10 
powers  for  heat  and  electricity.    How  would  you  protect  an 
iron-roofed  building  from  lightning  ? 


Saturday,  13th  November. 

[10  A.M.  TO  1  P.M.] 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING. 

James  Soorgie,  F.C.S.,  Mem.  Soc.  Eng.; 

W.  W.  Squire,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  What  is  the  cause  of  (1)  cold  shortness,  (2)  red  shortness 
in  wrought  iron  ?  How  are  these  defects  corrected  in  the 
course  of  manufacture  ? 

How  are  malleable  cast  iron  castings  produced  ?  What 
change  in  the  character  of  cast  iron  would  result  from  pour- 
ing  it  into  thick  cast  iron  moulds  ? 

2.  Describe  briefly  some  of  the  modes  employed  for  pro* 
tecting  iron  from  corrosion.  Boilers  are  protected  by 
suspending  inside  them  a  block  of  zinc  :  explain  this. 

3.  How  many  bolts  finches  diameter  are  required  for 
the  cover  of  a  cylinder  40  inches  diameter,  the  boiler 
pressure  being  60  lbs.  and  the  stress  per  square  inch  on  the 
section  of  the  bolts  is  not  to  exceed  1,800  lbs  ? 

b  1306—28  ex 


CCCXXVi    EXAM.    FOR    THE    DEGREE    OF    L.C.E.,    1880-87. 

What  will  be  the  strain  on  each  bolt  ? 

4.  In  a  factory  the  power  developed  by  the  engine  has  to     If) 
be  transmitted  to  the  various  machines.  How  is  this  usually 
effected?     Show  by  a  sketch  how  the   lengths  of  shafting 
would  be  connected  together. 

Of  what  use  are  speed  cones  and  loose  pullies  with  reference 
to  the  foregoing  ? 

5.  Describe  the  general  construction  of  a  locomotive  boiler.     10 
Why  is  the  firebox  made  of  copper  ? 

6.  What  is  the  Board  of  Trade  Regulation  regarding  the      9 
size  of  the  safety  valve  of  a  boiler  ? 

A  safety  valve  4f  inches  in  diameter  is  loaded  by  a  dead 
weight  consisting  of  eight  56  lbs.  and  six  90  lbs.  ;  the  weight 
of  the  spindle  is  24  lbs.  and  the  valve  12  lbs.  Find  the 
effective  pressure  per  square  inch  on  the  valve. 

7.  How  does  the  steam  act  in  a  (1)  single  acting  engine,     16 
(2)  double  acting  engine,   (3)  high  pressure  engine,   and  (4) 
compound  condensing  engine  ? 

What  is  the  horse  power  of  an  engine  the  diameter  of 
cylinder  being  5  feet  10  inches,  length  of  stroke  6  ft.,  num- 
ber of  revolutions  10  per  minute  and  effective  pressure  of 
steam  30  lbs.  per  square  inch  ? 

State  by  what  means  these  data  would  be  obtained. 

8.  What  is  the  nature  of  the  resistance  a  vessel  encoun- 
ters in  moving  through  the  water  ?  If  a  vessel  steamed  at 
the  rate  of  10  knots  an  hour,  would  she  steam  20  knots  with 
double  the  engine  power  ?  If  not,  what  rate  would  she 
develope  ? 

You  are  not  to  attempt  to  answer  more  than  one  part  (a)  or 
(b)  of  each  of  the  following  two  questions. 

9.  (a)  Explain  the  action  of  the  governour  and  throttle     10 
valve  in  regulating  the  speed  of  an  engine. 

(b)  Explain  and  illustrate  Stephenson's  link  motion. 

10.  (a)  In  a  pair  of  bevel  wheels  in  gear  with  axes  at     10 
right  angles  the  driver  has  24  and  the   follower  20  teeth  1| 
inch  pitch.      Find  the   diameter  of  the    wheels  and    the 
velocity  ratio. 

(b)  A  crab  winch  has  a  chain  barrel  12  inches  diameter 
fixed  to  a  spur  wheel  with  64  teeth,  which  is  driven  by  a 
pinion  with  10  teeth.  If  the  handles  are  18  inches  long, 
what  weight  can  be  lifted  by  four  men ,  neglecting  friction 
and  supposing  a  man  can  exert  a  force  equal  to  15  pounds  ? 


EXAM.    FOR   THE    DEGUEE    OF    L.C.E.,    188G-87.     CCCXXvii 

Saturday,  13th  November, 
[10  a.m.  to  1  P.M.] 

BOTANY. 

Surgeon  R.  Baker,  B.A.,  M.B.,  L.R.C.S.I.,  L.M.  ; 

G.  M,  Woodrow,  Esq. 

[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe   a  transverse  section  of  a  teak  stem  (Tectona    20 
grandis),   and   show   in  what  it  differs  from  the  stem  of  a 
cocoa-nut  tree  (Cocos  nucifera.) 

2.  What  other  characteristics  usually  accompany   paral-     10 
lei  and  reticulate  venation. 

3.  Define  the    terms  Albumen,    Centripetal,   Diclinous,     10 
Duramen,  Hilum. 

4.  Give   the   essential  characters  and  properties  of  the    20 
Natural   Orders    Labiatse    and    Verbenacea?,   and    mention 
indigenous  examples  of  each. 

5.  Explain  the  terms  inferior  and  superior  as  applied  to     10 
the  ovary. 

6.  Describe  the  specimens  placed  before  you.  30 


Saturday,  13th  November. 
[2  p.m.  to  5  P.M.] 

METEOROLOGY. 

S.  Cooke,  M.A.,  F.I.C.,  F.G.S.,  Assoc.  M.  Inst.  C.E. 
[The  figures  to  the  right  indicate  full  marks.] 

1.  Describe  the  method  of  reading  a  barometer  by  means     12 
of  a  vernier  scale,  explaining  how  the  vernier  should   be 
set. 

What  are  the  chief  defects  of  the  barometer  ? 

2.  Explain    the   nature    of    the    corrections  applied  to    20 

barometrical  observations.      Show  how  the  barometer  may 
be  employed  for  the  measurement  of  heights. 

3.  What  are  standard  thermometers  ?      How  arc  they     12 
constructed  ?     What  verifications  are  necessary  ? 

4.  Describe  Stevenson's  screen  for  the  exposure  of  thermo-      8 
meters. 


occxxviii  EXAM.  FOR  the  degree  of  l.c.e.,  1886-87. 

5.  Write  directions  for  the  management  of  the  wet  and      8 
dry  bulb  hygrometer,  and  explain  its  theory. 

6.  Describe     the   methods   usually     adopted     for    the    12 
measurement  of  rainfall  and  evaporation,  giving  sketches 

of  apparatus. 

7.  Describe  the  different  forms  of  anemometer.  6 

8.  Give  Howard's  definitions  of  the  different  classes  of      6 
cloud. 

9.  Give  an  illustration  of  Beaufort's  notation  and  method      6 
of  weather  entry. 

10.  Explain  the   scientifio  reasons  for  the  coolness  of    10 
elevated  regions.